HP
m¥Mi
■HHBHH
HgHBHP
Mm
m
IfljjflflBI
few
For Reference
Not to be taken from this room
Northeastern University
Catalogs of
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
SCHOOL OF LAW
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
EVENING COURSES OF COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
HUNTINGTON SCHOOL FOR BOYS
Northeastern University
Day Division
College of
LIBERAL ARTS
1940-1941
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
January, 1940
The Northeastern University Corporation
Robert Gray Dodge
Chairman
Frank Lincoln Richardson
Vice-Chairman
Carl Stephens Ell
President of the University
Galen David Light
Secretary and Treasurer
Charles Francis Adams
Wilman Edward Adams
Roger Amory
Earl D. Babst
Robert Baldwin
Arthur Atwood Ballantine
George Louis Barnes
Thomas Prince Beal
Farwell Gregg Bemis
Paul Codman Cabot
Winthrop L. Carter
Walter Channing
William Converse Chick
Everett Avery Churchill
Paul Foster Clark
Sears B. Condit
Albert Morton Creighton
Ernest Blaney Dane
William James Davidson
James Dean
Henry Sturgis Dennison
Paul Augustus Draper
Charles Francis Eaton
Lindsay Ellms
Josfph Buell Ely
Frederic FIarold Fay
Allan Forbes
Edward J. Frost
Franklin Wile Ganse
George Peabody Gardner, Jr.
Harvey Dow Gibson
Merrill Griswold
Henry Ingraham Harriman
Chandler Hovey
Howard Munson Hubbard
Sinclair
Maynard Hutchinson
Arthur Stoddard Johnson
Halfdan Lee
Edward Abbott MacMaster
John Russell Macomber
Joseph Patrick Manning
Harold Francis Mason
Hugh Dean McLellan
Irving Edwin Moultrop
Clarence Lucian Newton
Olaf Olsen
Augustin Hamilton Parker, Jr.
George Edwin Pierce
Roger Pierce
Matthew Porosky
Frederick Sanford Pratt
Harry Wendell Prout
Sidney Rabinovhz
Stuart Craig Rand
James Lorin Richards
Charles Milton Rogerson
Robert Billings Rltgg
Leverett Salstontall
Frank Palmer Speare
Russell Henry Stafford
Francis Robert Carnegie Steele
Charles Stetson
Earl Place Stevenson
Robert Treat Paine Storer
Frank Horace Stuart
Edward Watson Supple
John Edwin Toulmin
Bayard Tuckerman, Jr.
Eliot Wadsworth
Edwin Sibley Webster
Weeks
t5o
Northeastern University
DAY DIVISION
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Conducted on the Co-operative Plan
Catalogue for 1940-1941
TABLE OP CONTENTS
Pages
The Corporation Frontispiece
Calendar for the College Year 1940-1941 4-5
Administrative and Instructional Staff 6-9
Purpose of Northeastern University 12-14
Co-operative Plan of Education 16-21
General Information 22-28
Buildings and Facilities 29-35
Student Activities 36-45
Aims and Methods of the College 46-47
Admission Requirements and Freshman Programs 48-53
Graduation Requirements 54
Curricula and Courses of Instruction 55-108
Laboratory Equipment 109-114
Index 115-117
Freshman Calendar, 1940-1941
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
1
8
9
IO 11 12
13
14
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
15
16
17 18 19
20
21
9
IO
11 12 13
14
15
22
23
24 25 26
27
28
16
17
18 19 20
21
22
29
30
OCTOBER
23
30
24
31
25 26 27
APRIL
28
29
8
M
T W T
F
s
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
12 3
4
5
6
7
8 9 IO
11
12
6
7
8 9 IO
11
12
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
27
28
29 30 31
NOVEMBER
27
28
29 30
MAY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
1
2
3
3
4
5 6 7
8
9
4
5
6 7 8
9
IO
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
17
18
19 29 21
22
23
18
19
20 21 22
23
24
24
25
26 27 28
DECEMBER
29
30
25
26
27 28 29
JUNE
30
31
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
1
8
15
M
2
9
16
T W T
3 4 5
IO 11 12
17 18 19
F
6
13
20
8
7
14
21
1
8
15
22
2
9
16
23
3 4 5
10 11 12
17 18 19
24 25 26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
22
23
24 25 26
27
28
29
30
29
30
31
JULY
JANUARY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
1 2
3
4
6
7
8 9 10
11
12
5
6
7 8 9
IO
11
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
12
13
14 15 16
17
18
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
19
20
21 22 23
24
25
27
28
29 30 31
26
27
28 29 30
31
AUGUST
FEBRUARY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
1
3
4
5 6 7
8
9
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
9
IO
11 12 13
14
15
17
18
19 20 21
22
23
16
17
18 19 20
21
22
24
25
26 27 28
29
30
23
24
25 26 27
28
31
Days on which college exercises are held are indicated thus: 1» 2> 3.
Sundays, holidays, and vacations are indicated thus: 1, 2i 3-
Upperclass Calendar, 1940-1941
SEPTEMBER
8 M T W T P 8
© © © © © © ©
© 9 10 11 12 13 14
© 16 17 18 19 20 21
© 23 24 25 26 27 28
© 30
OCTOBER
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
©
7
8 9 10
11
@
©
14
15 16 17
18
19
©
21
22 23 24
25
26
©
28
29 30 31
NOVEMBER
8
M
T W T
F
8
1 2
©456789
© 11 12 13 14 15 16
© 18 19 20 21 22 23
© 25 26 27 © 29 30
DECEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
©234567
© 9 lO 11 12 13 14
© 16 17 18 19 20 21
@ 23 24 © 26 27 28
© 30 31
JANUARY
8 M T W T F 8
©234
© 6 7 8 9 lO 11
© 13 14 15 16 17 18
© 20 21 22 23 24 25
© 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
8 M T W T F 8
1
© 3 4 5 6 7 8
© 10 11 12 13 14 15
© 17 18 19 20 21 ©
© 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH
8 M T W T
©
3
4 5 6
7
8
©
10
11 12 13
14
15
©
17
18 19 20
21
22
©
24
25 26 27
28
29
©
31
APRIL
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
©
7
8 9 19
11
12
©
14
15 16 17
18
19
©
21
22 23 24
25
26
©
28
29 30
MAY
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
3
©
5
6 7 8
9
lO
©
12
13 14 15
16
17
©
19
20 21 22
23
24
©
26
27 28 29
JUNE
©
31
8
M
T W T
F
8
©
2
3 4 5
6
7
©
9
lO 11 12
13
14
©
©
© © ©
®
®
@
©
® © ©
@
©
©
©
JULY
8 M
© © © © ©
© © © © © © ©
© © © © © ® ©
@ ® © © © © @
© @ © © ®
AUGUST
8 M T W T F 8
© ©
© © © © © © ®
@ © © © © © ©
© @ © @ ® © @
© ® © @ © © ®
@
Days on which Division A students are in college are indicated thus: 1, 2> 3-
Days on which Division B students are in college are indicated thus: -l» »» *>•
Sundays, holidays, and summer periods are indicated thus: ®i @i ©•
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Calendar for the College Year, 1940-1941
1940
August 28 Wednesday. Entrance condition examinations.
September 2 Monday. Labor Day. (College exercises omitted.)
September 5 Thursday. Registration and opening of college for
freshmen. Students failing to register promptly on
September 5 will be charged a late registration fee
of five dollars ($5).
September 9 Monday. Opening of college for Division A upper-
classmen. Co-operative work period begins for
Division B upperclassmen.
October 12 Saturday. Columbus Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
November 18 Monday. Opening of college for Division B upper-
classmen. Co-operative work period begins for
Division A upperclassmen.
November 27 Wednesday. College exercises omitted after 1:00
p.m.
November 28 Thursday. Thanksgiving Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
December 24 Tuesday. College exercises omitted after 1:00 p.m.
December 25 Wednesday. Christmas Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
December 23 \ , , . r r .
January 4 f Vacatlon for freshmen.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
1941
January 1 Wednesday. New Year's Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
January 27 Monday. Second semester begins for freshmen
and Division A upperclassmen. Co-operative
work period begins for Division B upperclassmen.
February 22 Saturday. Washington's Birthday. (College exer-
cises omitted.)
April 5 Saturday. College year ends for Division A upper-
classmen.
April 7 Monday. Second semester begins for Division B
upperclassmen. Co-operative work period begins
for Division A upperclassmen.
May 24 Saturday. College year ends for freshmen.
May 30 Friday. Memorial Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
June 14 Saturday. College year ends for Division B upper-
classmen.
June 15 Sunday. Baccalaureate Sermon.
June 16 Monday. Commencement.
June 17 Tuesday. Bunker Hill Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
July 4 Friday. Independence Day. (College exer-
cises omitted.)
September 1 Monday. Labor Day. (College exercises omitted.)
September 4 Thursday. Registration and opening of college for
freshmen. Students failing to register promptly
on September 5 will be charged a late registration
fee of five dollars ($5).
September 8 Monday. Opening of college year 1941-1942.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
faculty
Executive Council
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D. President of the University
Office 186 West Building Res 21 Beaumont Ave., Newtonville
Frank Palmer Speare, M.H., LL.D. - President Emeritus
Res 90 Commonwealth Ave., Boston
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D. Vice President of the University
Office 138 West Building Res. 48 Long Ave., Belmont
Galen David Light, A.B. Secretary-Treasurer of the University
Office 115 West Building Res. 3 Preble Gardens Rd., Belmont
Administrative Officers
Wilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D Dean of the College
Office 452 East Building Res. 69 Columbus St., Newton Hlds.
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A. Dean of Students
Office 256 West Building Res. 44 Houston Ave., Milton
Winthrop Eliot Nightingale, A.B., S.B., Ed.M. Director of Co-operative Work
Office 253 West Building Res. 136 Dickerman Rd., Newton Highlands
Edward Snow Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Student Activities
Office 355 West Building Res. 19 Hardy Ave., Watertown
John Butler Pugsley, A.B. Registrar
Office 254 West Building Res. 23 Hardy Ave., Watertown
Milton John Schlagenhauf, A.B., B.D., M.A. Director of Admissions
Office 150 West Building Res. 96 Blakely Rd., Medford
Telephone: Mystic 6148-M
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M. Executive Secretary
Office 153 West Building Res. 30 Summit Rd., Wellesley
Myra Edna White Librarian
Library, East Building Res. 118 Hemenway St., Boston
Henry Arthur Kontoff, M.D. College Physician
Office 479 Beacon Street, Boston Res. Overlook Park, Newton Centre
instructing Staff
Professors
Charles Frederick Barnason, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Professor of Modern Languages and Chairman of the Department
Office 463 East Building Res. 122 Downer Ave., Hingham
Robert Bruce, B.C.S., M.C.S. Professor of Accounting
Office 350 East Building Res. 53 Harley Ave., Everett
Joseph Arthur Coolidge, S.B., M.A. Professor of Physics
Office 246 West Building Res. 20 Martin St., Cambridge
Stanley Goddard Estes, A.B., M.A., Ph.D
Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department
Office 256 West Building Res. 60 Pinckney St., Boston
Charles William Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D.
Professor of Sociology and Chairman of the Department
Office 357 West Building Res. 83 Franklin St., South Braintree
Wilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department
Office 452 East Building Res. 69 Columbus St., Newton Highlands
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A.
Professor of English and Chairman of the Department
Office 256 West Building Res. 44 Houston Ave., Milton
COLLEGE OF LIBERIA L A?RVT S
Carl Frederick Muckenhoupt, A.B., S.B., Ph.D.
Professor of Physics and Chairman of the Department
Office 246 West Building Res. 332 Winchester St., Newton Highlands
John Butler Pugsley, A.B. Professor of Geology
Office 254 West Building Res. 23 Hardy Ave., Watertown
Joseph Spear, A.B., M.A.
Professor of Mathematics and Chairman of the Department
Office 325 West Building Res. 31 Matchett St., Brighton
Samuel Abbott Smith Strahan, S.B. Professor of Chemistry
Office 400(B) West Building
Res. 242 South Huntington Ave., Jamaica Plain
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department
Office 425 West Building Res. 30 Erie Ave., Newton Highlands
Associate Professors
Roger Stanton Hamilton, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Economics
Office 363 East Building Res. 1367 Walnut St., Newton Highlands
Frederick William Holmes, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of English
Office 453 East Building Res. 43 Lincoln St., Dedham
Stanley Demetrius Miroyiannis, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department
Office 209 South Building Res. 8 Cumberland St., Boston
Norris Whitfield Potter, Jr., A.B., M.A.
Associate Professor of History and Government and Acting Chairman of the Department
Office 363 East Building Res. 34 Medfield St., Boston
Assistant Professors
Elmer Ellsworth Haskins, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Office 325 West Building Res. 213 Jackson St., Newton Ctr.
Carl David Johnson, A.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of Physics
Office 246 West Building Res. 24 Lunt St., Norfolk Downs
Everett Carter Marston, A.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of English
Office 453 East Building Res. 40 Hereward Road, Newton Ctr.
Waldemar Stanwood McGuire, S.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Office 425 West Building Res. 33 Samoset Ave., Quincy
John Christie Morgan, S.B. Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 24 Walker St., Newton ville
Rudolf Oscar Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 37 Walker St., Atlantic
Gerald Russell Tatton, S.B., M.B.A.
Assistant Professor of Physical Education
Office 355 West Building Res. 61 Almont St., Medford
John Wills Tuthill, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Banking and Finance
Office 350 East Building Res. 1A Gibson Ter., Cambridge
George Baker Welch, S.B., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics
Office 246 West Building Res. 876 Watertown St., West Newton
Instructors
William Thomas Cloney, Jr., A.B. Instructor in English
Office 352 West Building Res. 30 Lantern Lane, Milton
Edward Marks Cook, A.B. Instructor in Mathematics
Office 325 West Building Res. 64 Highland Ave., Arlington
Louis Cooperstein, A.B., M.A. Instructor in Modern Languages
Office 463 East Building Res. 31]Howland St., Roxbury
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Frank Edward Duddy, A.B., S.T.B., Ed.M., Ph.D. Lecturer in Sociology
Office 357 West Building Res. 112 Upland Rd., Cambridge
James William Dunn, A.B.
Instructor in Physical Education and Head Coach of Football and Basketball
Office 355 West Building
Herbert Wendell Gallagher, S.B.
Office 355 West Building
Laurence B. Heilprin, S.B., M.A.
Office 325 West Building
Paul Albert Hilli, A.B.
Office 246 West Building
William Carl Hultgren
Gymnasium Office, East Building
Res. 12 Mason Rd., Watertown
Head Coach of Hockey and Baseball
Res. 164 Cabot St., Newton
Instructor in Mathematics
Res. 14 Sacramento St., Cambridge
Instructor in Physics
Res. 201C Holden Green, Cambridge
Instructor in Physical Education
Res. 80 Woodside Rd., Winchester
Reginald Gage Lacount, S.B., M.A., Ph.D. Instructor in Mathematics
Office 325 West Building Res. 11 Cleveland Rd., Wellesley
Thomas Bryan Larson, A.B., M.A. Instructor in Government
Office 363 East Building Res. 35 Goodrich Road, Jamaica Plain
Robert Everett Laveaga, B.P.Ed., Ed.M.
Gymnasium Office, East Building
William Fay Luder, A.B., Ph.D.
Office 425 West Building
Donald Hershey MacKenzie, S.B., Ed.M.
Office 355 West Building
Rudolph Magnus Morris, S.B., Ed.M.
Office 153 West Building
Franklin Norvish, S.B., M.A.
Office 453 East Building
Ellis Merton Purinton
Office 253 West Building
Paul Everett Reynolds, A.B., Ph.D.
Office 453 East Building
Charles Arthur Sewell, S.B., M.S.
Office 325 West Building
Calvin Wesley Tenney, A.B.
Office 463 East Building
Alfred James Thomson, B.S.
Office 100 South Building
Instructor in Physical Education
Res. 91 Cross St., Belmont
Instructor in Chemistry
Res. 51 Symmes St., Roslindale
Instructor in Chemistry
Res. 34 Exeter St., Wollaston
Instructor in Education
Res. 66 Myrtle St., Boston
Instructor in English
73 Upland Rd., Brockton
Instructor in Co-ordination
Res. 7 Clark Ave., Beverly
Instructor in English
Res. 15 Linden St., Framingham
Instructor in Mathematics
Res. 316 Huntington Ave., Boston
Instructor in Modern Languages
Res. 98 Hemenway St., Boston
Instructor in Biology
Res. 20 Pierce Place, Canton
Graduate Assistants
Adam Martin Cook, S.B.
Office 246 West Building
Laurent Oscar Dubois, S.B.
Office 425 West Building
Mario Giella, S.B.
Office 425 West Building
Lyman Albert Keith, S.B.
Office 351 East Building
Harold Thomas Regan, S.B.
Office 452 East Building
Graduate Assistant in Physics
Res. 440 Summer St., Lynn
Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
Res. 1200 Great Plain Ave., Needham
Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
Res. 52 Hull St., Boston
Graduate Assistant in Business Administration
Res. 339 Lakeside Drive, Bridgewater
Graduate Assistant in Economics
Res. 84 Pemberton St., Cambridge
Office and Secretarial Staff
Florence Elsie Avellar
Secretary to the Treasurer of the University — 116W
Mabel Ellen Bean
Secretary to the Purchasing Agent — 117W
70 Fenway, Boston
61 Quint Ave., Allston
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
38 Lakewood Rd., Newton Hlds.
23 Brimmer St., Boston
30 Freeman Place, Needham
100 Linden St., Allston
254 Clifton St., Maiden
14 Holden Rd., Belmont
42 Brush Hill Rd., Milton
15 Wenham St., Jamaica Plain
Marjorie Elizabeth Bunker
Publicity Office— 352W
Virginia Cushing Darling
General Offices of the University — 115W
Thelma Gertrude Dunn
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office — 1 15(A) W
Daisy Milne Everett 1095 Highland Avenue, Needham Heights
Assistant Treasurer — 115 (A)W
Ruth Phillips Fiott 173 Marianna St., East Lynn
Admissions Office — 151 W
Mildred Curtis Garfield 2142 Commonwealth Ave., Auburndale
Secretary to the President — 152W
Edna Jane Garrabrant 8 Maynard St., Arlington
Secretary to the Director of Co-operative Work — 25 3W
Elsie Hinckley Hunt
Secretary to the Director of Admissions — 150W
Barbara Knight
Secretary to the Dean — 452 E
Helen Louise Kolderup
Cashier, Treasurer's Office — 115W
Florence Maskell
Co-operative Work Office— -25 3W
Dorothy Brett Mason
Registrar's Office— 254W
Dorothy Milne Murray 204 Fair Oak Park, Needham
Secretary to the Director of Student Activities — 355W
Alyce Ann Nichols 507 Chestnut St., Needham
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office — 115W
Myrl Alberta Orcutt 99 Hemingway St., Winchester
Admissions Office— 15 1W
Caroline Frances Pettingell 1654 Massachusetts Ave., Cambridge
Bookkeeper, Registrar's Office — 254W
Marjorie Graffte Prout
Office of the President— 152W
Madelyn Edythe Ralph
Secretary to the Executive Secretary — J53W
Gretchen Douglass Randall
Registrar's Office— 254W
Jessie Paine Rhodes
Secretary to the Registrar — 254^
Priscilla Speare
Secretary to the Dean of Students — 256W
Ruby Kathleen Sweetland
Student Activities Office — 355W
Jeanette Thayer
Co-operative Work Office— 253W
Mary Dixon Turner
Student Union Office— 357W
Grace Liscom Watkins
Assistant Librarian — Library, East Building
Margaret Mary Weir
Admissions Office— 151W
Cynthia Worth
Assistant Librarian — Library, East Building
Louise Worthen
Admissions Office— 150W
1179 Boylston St., Boston
11 Coolidge Rd., East Lynn
48 Milk St., Newburyport
2 Perkins Sq., Jamaica Plain
69 Pelham St., Newton Ctr.
139 College Ave., Somerville
4 Hamilton Rd., Waltham
163 Forest St., Melrose
76 Glendale St., Dorchester
41 Stewart St., Quincy
82 Thorndike St., Brookline
127 Youle St., Melrose
10 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Convocation Lecturers
THORNTON W. BURGESS
Author
"Learning from the Wild"
J. ANTON DE HAAS
Professor of International Relationships, Harvard University
"Where Do We Go From Here?"
LLOYD C. DOUGLAS
Author, Lecturer
"Experiences of an Author"
H. V. KALTENBORN
Author, News Commentator
"Kaltenborn Edits the News"
JAMES M. LANDIS
Dean, Harvard University Law School
"The Securities and Exchange Commission"
HENRY CABOT LODGE, JR.
United States Senator from Massachusetts
"The National Outlook"
HARRY A. OVERSTREET
Head, Department of Philosophy and Psychology
College of the City of New York
"Ten Ways to Reach Wrong Conclusions"
G. BROMLEY OXNAM
Bishop, Methodist Episcopal Church
"A Date with the World"
J. EDGAR PARK
President, Wheaton College
"The Secret of Success"
JAMES H. POWERS
Of the Boston Globe Editorial Staff
"The Engineer in the New World"
HARLOW SHAPLEY
Astronomer, Lecturer
"What Makes the Stars Shine"
RALPH W. SOCKMAN
Minister, Christ Church, New York City
"The New Patriotism"
ALLEN A. STOCKDALE
Editor, Clergyman, Lecturer
"The Future of America"
MAURICE J. TOBIN
Mayor of Boston
"City Government"
EDWARD A. WEEKS, JR.
Editor, The Atlantic Monthly
"An Editor Faces an Angry World"
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 11
Chapel "Treachers
DR. CHARLES N. ARBUCKLE
Minister, First Baptist Church, Newton
DR. RICHARD H. BENNETT
Minister, Payson Park Church, Belmont
DR. EDWIN PRINCE BOOTH
Professor of Church History, Boston University School of Theology
REVEREND ROBERT WOOD COE
Minister, Leyden Congregational Church, Brookline
DR. FRANK E. DUDDY
Minister, North Congregational Church, Cambridge
RABBI LOUIS M. EPSTEIN
Rabbi, Temple Kehillath Israel
DR. NEWTON C. FETTER
Minister to Baptist Students in Greater Boston
DR. C. LESLIE GLENN
Minister, Christ Church, Cambridge
REVEREND WILLIAM H. GYSAN
Minister to Unitarian Students in Greater Boston
DR. CHARLES W. HAVICE
Executive Secretary, Northeastern Student Union
DR. ARTHUR L. KINSOLVING
Minister, Trinity Church, Boston
REVEREND CARL H. KOPF
Minister, Mount Vernon Church, Boston
DR. ASHLEY D. LEAVITT
Minister, Harvard Congregational Church, Brookline
DR. ELMER A. LESLIE
Professor of Hebrew and Old Testament Literature, Boston University
DR. BOYNTON MERRILL
Minister, Second Church, Newton
REVEREND SAMUEL H. MILLER
Minister, Old Cambridge Baptist Church, Cambridge
DR. PHILLIPS E. OSGOOD
Minister, Emmanuel Church, Boston
FATHER THOMAS R. REYNOLDS
Priest, St. Matthew's Church, Dorchester
THE RT. REVEREND HENRY KNOX SHERRILL
Bishop, Episcopal Church
DR. FRANCIS L. STRICKLAND
Professor of the History and Psychology of Religion, Boston University
DR. G. CAMPBELL WADSWORTH
Minister, Church of the Covenant, Boston
12 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
V^ortheastern University
General Statement
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY is incorporated as a philan-
thropic institution under the General Laws of Massachu-
setts. The State Legislature, by special enactment, has given
the University general degree granting powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men
who occupy responsible positions in business and the professions.
This Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees
in whom the control of the institution is vested. The Board of
Trustees has four standing committees: (a) an Executive Commit-
tee which serves as an Ad Interim Committee between the regular
meetings of the Board of Trustees and has general supervision of
the financial and educational policies of the University; (b) a
Committee on Housing which has general supervision over the
buildings and equipment of the University; (c) a Committee on
Funds and Investments which has the responsibility of administer-
ing the funds of the University; (d) a Development Committee
which is concerned with furthering the development plans of the
University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from the outset, had
as its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs
and the meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly service-
able ways. While subscribing to the most progressive educational
thought and practice, the University has not duplicated the pro-
grams of other institutions but has sought "to bring education
more directly into the service of human needs."
With respect to program, Northeastern has limited itself:
— To offering, in its several schools, basic curricula from which
non-essentials have been eliminated;
— To effective teaching;
— To advising and guiding students;
— To giving students the chance to build well-rounded personalities
through a balanced program of extra-curricular activities.
The Northeastern Plan of Education is especially designed for
the student who must earn while he learns. In the main, it con-
sists of two definite types of education.
— Co-operative Education by Day,
— Adult Education by Night.
The plan has been developed in such a way that experience in
jobs with pay is utilized to help boys of limited financial resources
secure an education and at the same time gain the maximum
educational benefit from their practical experience. So far as the
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 13
New England States are concerned, Northeastern University is
the only institution whose day colleges, other than the School of
Law, are conducted under the Co-operative Plan.
The several schools and programs of the University are operated
either under the name "Northeastern University" or by its
affiliated schools — the Lincoln Schools and The Huntington
Day School for Boys. The following is a brief outline of the
principal types of educational opportunities offered.
1. In the field of Co-operative Education there are three day
colleges — the College of Liberal Arts, the College of
Engineering, and the College of Business Administration.
All of these colleges offer five-year curricula. The College
of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the arts
and the sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science. The College of Engineering, one
of the largest engineering colleges in the United States, has
curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Condi-
tioning, and Aeronautical options), Electrical, Chemical,
and Industrial Engineering. The College of Business
Administration has curricula in Accounting, Banking and
Finance, Marketing and Advertising, Journalism, Public
Administration, and Industrial Administration. The
College of Engineering and the College of Business Admin-
istration confer the degree of Bachelor of Science with
specification indicating the field of specialization. The
Co-operative Plan under which all of these day colleges
operate enables the student to alternate regular periods of
classroom instruction with supervised employment in an
industrial or commercial position, thus combining theory
and practice in an exceedingly effective manner. Apart
from the educational advantages of the Co-operative Plan
is the opportunity for self-support while the student is
pursuing his studies at Northeastern University. During
the co-operative periods, students not only gain experience
but are also paid for their services. Approximately three
hundred business and industrial concerns co-operate with
Northeastern University in making this program effective.
2. The School of Law conducts both a day and an evening
undergraduate program which prepares for admission to
the bar and for the practice of the law and leads to the
degree of Bachelor of Laws. It also conducts a graduate
program in the evening leading to the degree of Master
of Laws.
3. The Adult Education Program has been developed in the
evening work of the School of Law as indicated above, in
the School of Business, and in the Evening Division of the
14 N O R T HEASTERN UNIVERSITY
College of Liberal Arts. The School of Business has
curricula in Management — with Industrial and Merchan-
dising majors, Accounting, Law and Business Management,
and Engineering and Management. The School awards
the Bachelor of Business Administration degree with
specification and the Bachelor of Commercial Science
degree in Law and Business Management. The Evening
Division of the College of Liberal Arts offers an evening
program the equivalent in hours to one-half of the re-
quirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree, providing a general
education and preparation for admission to the School of
Law. The title of Associate in Arts is conferred upon
those who complete this program.
4. In order that larger groups of men and women might be
served through its evening schools, Northeastern Univer-
sity operates divisions of the School of Law and the School
of Business in co-operation with the Young Men's Chris-
tian Association in Worcester and Springfield and of the
School of Business in co-operation with the Providence
Young Men's Christian Association. With the establish-
ment of the divisions thorough-going methods of super-
vision were instituted and have been consistently followed
and improved, with the result that the divisional work is
conducted upon a highly efficient basis.
5. The Adult Education Program has also been developed
through the Lincoln Schools, which are affiliated with and
conducted by Northeastern University. The classes in
these schools are held at convenient evening hours. The
Lincoln Technical Institute offers curricula upon a college
level in various phases of engineering leading to the title
of Associate in Engineering; whereas the Lincoln Prepara-
tory School, accredited by the New England College
Entrance Certificate Board, prepares students for ad-
mission to college and offers other standard high school
programs.
6. The Huntington Day School for Boys, also affiliated with
and conducted by Northeastern University, is the out-
growth of a demand in the city of Boston for an urban
preparatory school with high educational standards which
would furnish thorough preparation for admission to the
leading colleges and universities. While easily accessible
to the various sections of Boston and to the suburbs, it
has the facilities of a country day school and offers a
country day school program. This School is one of the
leading preparatory schools of the country.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
15
D\(grtheastern University and
^Affiliated Schools
Statistical Summary
1938-1939
Administrative
Officers and
Faculty
Students
I. General Administration
8
II. Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
College of Engineering >
103
2112
College of Business Administration J
School of Law
50*
1461*
School of Business
105*
1550*
Evening Division, College of
Liberal Arts
A**
33**
III. Schools affiliated with and conducted by
Northeastern University
Lincoln Technical Institute
38
532
Lincoln Preparatory School
19
437
Huntington Day School for Boys
Regular Term
16
171
Summer Term
10
146
Total
353
6442
Less Duplicates
42
403
311
6039
*These figures include the administrative officers, faculties, and
students
of the Divisions of the University in Worcester, Springfield, and Provi-
dence.
**The Evening Division of the College of Liberal Arts admitted stu-
dents for the first time in September 1938.
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
cShe Co-operative Tlaru
How It Works
THE co-operative plan works in the following manner. Upper-
classmen are divided into two nearly equal groups, one of
which is called Division A and the other Division B. Each
man is assigned a job with some business or industrial concern.
So far as possible each man in one Division is paired with a man
in the other Division, so that the two, by taking turns, may occupy
one job throughout the entire year. In September the Division A
student returns to the University for ten weeks of classroom work.
At the end of that time he goes out to work ten weeks with a co-
operating firm. His place at the University is then taken by his
alternate, the corresponding Division B student. When ten weeks
more have passed, the Division A man returns to college, and the
Division B man returns to the co-operative job. The alternation
of work and classroom study continues throughout the year so
that an upperclassman has annually twenty weeks at college,
twenty-six weeks at co-operative work, and six weeks of vacation.
Faculty Co-ordinators
Students are assigned to a co-ordinator, who interviews them
periodically during their freshman year for the purpose of de-
termining their background, abilities, temperaments, and apti-
tudes. During these interviews the co-ordinator discusses various
fields of activity and answers such questions as the students may
have in regard to the many phases of business and industry.
Each student is studied in the light of his physical condition,
scholastic ability, and other factors affecting his probable success
in vocational life. These interviews culminate in an agreement
between the student and his co-ordinator regarding the field of
co-operative work in which the student is to be placed. During
his upperclass years the student continues to have frequent con-
ferences with his co-ordinator regarding vocational adjustments
and personal problems. In this way the progress of every student
is observed and co-ordinated with his college work to the end
that he may obtain maximum values from his training at North-
eastern.
Placement
The co-ordinator visits co-operative firms and arranges with
them for the employment of the students under his charge. The
range of opportunities available to Northeastern students is wide,
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 17
including practically all phases of industrial life. As a general
rule, sophomores are placed upon routine and laborious jobs
through which they may prove their fitness for more responsible
work. The jobs upon which Northeastern students are employed
are in no sense protected opportunities. They are regular jobs
under actual business conditions and are held in competition with
other sources of supply. The only special privilege accorded
Northeastern students is that of attending college on the co-
operative plan. The University expects every student to stand
on his own feet while he is on co-operative work, and advance-
ment to the more responsible jobs is based entirely upon merit.
Supervision and Guidance
While the University does not adopt a paternal attitude toward
co-operative work, it nevertheless assumes certain responsibilities
toward students and co-operating firms. Co-ordinators visit each
job in order that the employer may report upon the student's
achievement and that necessary adjustments may be made. Co-
ordinators supervise the assignment of students to various jobs
and in conjunction with employers arrange for promotions and
training schedules. Problems that arise on co-operative work are
adjusted by common agreement of co-ordinator, student, and em-
ployer. In the event of special difficulties or dissatisfaction, the
case may be adjusted by the Committee on Co-operative work,
which comprises several members of the faculty.
Through a series of co-operative work reports prepared during
their working periods, students are led to analyze their jobs and to
develop a thoughtful and investigative attitude toward their
working environment. A most important phase of co-operative
work is the opportunity afforded for guidance by the frank dis-
cussion of actual problems encountered on the job. The intimate
contact between co-ordinator and student is of great worth in
helping the student to get the most value from each co-operative
work assignment. While the University endeavors to provide
every possible opportunity for its students, it expects them at the
same time to take the initiative and to assume the responsibility
involved in their individual development. To every student are
available the counsel and guidance of the faculty, and every
resource at its disposal. But the faculty does not coerce students
who are uninterested or unwilling to think for themselves.
The co-operative plan is thus designed specifically to provide
actual working conditions which shall afford the student practical
experience, give meaning to his program of study, and train him
in reliability, efficiency, and team work.
18 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Correlation of Theory and Practice
Co-operating companies employ the students in the various
departments of their establishments. The training is thorough.
To derive the greatest value from his co-operative work the student
is advised to continue in the employ of his co-operating firm for
at least one year after graduation, since certain types of work which
would afford him valuable experience cannot be made available
to him while he is alternating between work and study. Statistics
compiled over a period of many years show that on the average
about fifty per cent of each graduating class do remain with their
co-operating employers after graduation.
Co-operative Work Reports
The values to be derived from the practical experiences are
further enhanced by required report writing. These co-operative
work reports are written during the working periods by all co-
operative students. A complete job analysis is required as the
first report written on any new co-operative work assignment.
Subjects of other reports are selected by the student after con-
ference with his Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work, by whom
they must be approved. The reports are designed to encourage
observation and investigation on the part of the students and to
help them to appreciate more fully the extent and value of their
experience. These reports are carefully read by the Co-ordinator
and are discussed with the student during the following college
period. Exceptionally valuable results are obtained from these
reports. The value derived must necessarily be directly propor-
tional to the conscientious and intelligent concentration of effort
by the student upon this phase of the work.
Co-operative Work Records
Complete and detailed records are kept of the co-operative
work of each student. They are based upon reports made by the
employer at the end of each working period; upon occasional
personal interviews between the employer and the Co-ordinator;
and upon various evidences of the student's attitude toward all
the phases of his co-operative work. It is not possible for the
student to secure a degree unless this part of the curriculum is
completed satisfactorily. These records of practical experience
serve as a valuable future reference for the Alumni Placement
Division of the Department.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 19
Positions Available
Because of uncertainties of business conditions, as well as other
reasons beyond its control, the University cannot and does not
guarantee to place students. Although the University in no way
discriminates among students of various races and religions, con-
siderable difficulty has been experienced in placing at co-operative
work the members of certain racial groups and students who are
physically handicapped. However, past experience has demon-
strated that students who are willing and capable of adapting
themselves to existing conditions are almost never without em-
ployment except in periods of severe industrial depression.
Earnings
The rates of pay for students tend to be low because students
are given the privilege of attending college on the Co-operative
Plan and because effort is made to provide the student with the
opportunity of being transferred, at reasonable intervals, from
one department to another of the co-operating company. It
should be understood that the primary purpose of the Co-opera-
tive Plan is training.
The minimum rates of pay will be governed to a very large
extent by prevailing wages-and-hours laws. To assist the student
in budgeting his expenses, however, the following scale of wages
may be considered as minimum rates received by students in times
of normal business.
$12 per week for second year students
$14 per week for third year students
$16 per week for fourth and fifth year students
Statistical records show that the pay actually received by
students averages appreciably above these figures.
Location of Work
It is the policy of the University to assign students to co-opera-
tive work within commuting distance of their homes. This is not
always possible, however, and at times it may be necessary for
students to live away from home in order to obtain satisfactory
and desirable co-operative work assignments.
Types of Co-operative Work
Insofar as possible students are placed at co-operative work
in that general field for which they express preference, provided
that aptitude, physical ability, temperament, and other personal
20 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
qualities appear to fit them for this field. Usually students are
placed first in the lower ranks of an organization where they may
learn the fundamental requirements of the business.
For example, a student interested in manufacturing might be
started as an operative on some machine in the plant. As his
progress and other conditions warranted he would be transferred
to other types of work such as shipping, inspecting, cost finding,
adjusting complaints, or bookkeeping, and so on, so that in the
course of his four years co-operative training he would have
the opportunity to acquire a substantial background in at least
some of the functions of factory administration. This progressive
type of training is more readily obtained in the employ of one
company. A change of company each year provides more a
change of environment than a progression of experiences.
Engineering firms, manufacturing companies, public utilities,
and many other types of enterprises are employing Northeastern
students. In some cases definite training schedules have been
established so as to permit the student one full year in each of
several important departments.
Typical Co-operative Training Schedules
These schedules are arranged with the basic idea of giving the
student a comprehensive training through the several different de-
partments, but must of necessity be varied in accordance with the
needs of those departments.
BOSTON &. MAINE RAILROAD CO.
One Year — Erecting Shop
One Year — Machine Shop
One Year — General work in Machine Shop and Erecting Shop
One Year — Mechanical Engineer's Dept.
BOSTON EDISON COMPANY
The schedule of the Boston Edison Company is divided into the following
general classifications. Very few co-operating students obtain experience in all
branches, but students progress from year to year in the respective branches
as conditions require.
Standardizing
(a) Testing and standardizing of electrical instruments
(b) Miscellaneous standardization
(c) Repairs on electrical instruments
(d) Laboratory high voltage tests
Steam Practice
(a) Turbine, engine and boiler tests
(b) Instrument tests and repairs
(c) Miscellaneous tests
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 21
Electrical Testing
(a) Testing and repairing of electrical instruments in power stations and
sub-stations
(b) Cable tests
(c) High voltage tests on apparatus and in the field
(d) Checking up construction work
(e) Miscellaneous electrical tests
Chemical Engineering
(a) Fuel analysis
(b) Miscellaneous tests and analysis of oils, water paints, and other
materials
Photography
Office Work
HUNT-SPILLER MANUFACTURING CORPORATION
One Year General laboratory and plant work, including preparation of
samples
Pyrometry
Use and care of Metallurgical apparatus
One Year Complete analysis of coal, coke, limestone, sand, iron, soil, etc.
One Year Keeping of general metallurgical records, filing, and making of
reports
One Year Analysis for combined, graphitic, and total carbon with a com-
plete knowledge of a carbon combustion apparatus
PEPPERELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY
One Year Stock Records
One Year Production Analysis
One Year Inventory Control
22 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Qeneral ^nformatioru
Tuition
THE tuition for all curricula in the Day Division is $250 per
year, or $125 per term. Certain fees and deposits are also
required as specified in the following paragraphs. A com-
plete statement of tuition and fee payments is given on page 26.
Students who carry academic loads of greater or less than
normal amount may pay their tuition on a semester hour basis.
General Library and Materials Fee
All students are charged a general library and materials fee of
fourteen dollars *($14) each year. This fee is payable at the time
of registration and is included in the schedule of payments on
page 26.
Student Activities Fee
Each student in the Day Division is charged a student activities
fee of sixteen dollars ($16). This fee is payable at the time of
registration and is included in the schedule of payments on page
26. This fee supports in part certain student activities, and in-
cludes membership in the Northeastern University Athletic Associa-
tion, The Northeastern Student Union and subscription to The
Northeastern News, the college paper.
The services of a physician are also available for all students
under this fee. Minor ailments are treated by the college health
officers without additional charge. If the student shows signs of
more serious illness, he is immediately advised to consult a
specialist or return to his home, where he can get further treatment.
i
Chemical Laboratory Deposit
(Applies only to students taking chemical laboratory work)
All students taking chemical laboratory work are required to
make a deposit from which deductions are made for breakage,
chemicals, and destruction of apparatus in the laboratory. Any
unused portion of this deposit will be returned to the student at
the end of the college year. If the charge for such breakage,
chemicals, or destruction of apparatus is more than the sum
deposited, the student will be charged the additional amount.
Freshmen make a chemical laboratory deposit of ten dollars
with their first tuition payment at the beginning of the year;
upperclassmen make a chemical laboratory deposit of ten dollars
($10) at the beginning of each term.
*This fee is twelve dollars ($12) for students who were enrolled in the Day
Division prior to January 1, 1940.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 23
Schedule of Payments for Freshmen
Date Due Amount
"September 5, 1940 Tuition $125.00
Fees 30.00
$155.00
February 3, 1941 Tuition $125.00
Schedule of Payments for Upperclassmen
Division A
♦September 9, 1940
Tuition
Fees
Tuition
♦♦$125.00
28.00
♦January 27, 1941
$153.00
$125.00
Division B
♦November 18, 1940
Tuition
Fees
Tuition
♦♦$125.00
28.00
♦April 7, 1941
$153.00
$125.00
There will be a $2.00 deferred payment fee added to all bills
which are not paid by the Saturday following the date on which
payments fall due. When further extensions of time are given
on payments which have been previously deferred, an additional
$2.00 fee will be charged for each extension.
Failure to make the required payments on time, or to arrange
for such payments, is considered sufficient cause to bar the student
from classes or suspend him from co-operative work until the
matter has been adjusted with the Director of School Adminis-
tration.
Graduation Fee
A fee often dollars ($10) covering graduation is required by the
University of all candidates for a degree. This fee must be paid
before the end of the seventh week of the second term in the
senior year.
Payments
All payments should be made at the treasurer's office. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University.
♦Students taking chemical laboratory work pay a deposit of $10.00 additional.
♦♦This tuition payment is $100 instead of $125 for all upperclassmen enrolled
in the College prior to September 1, 1938.
24 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Refunds
The University assumes the obligation of carrying the student
throughout the year. Instruction and accommodations are pro-
vided on a yearly basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except
when students are compelled to withdraw on account of personal
illness.
Expenses
The following tables, compiled from expense returns submitted
by the student body, give an idea of freshman expenditures under
ordinary conditions.
Estimated College Expenses for a Freshman
Application Fee $ 5.
Tuition 250.
General Library and Materials Fee 14.
Chemical Laboratory Deposit 10.
Student Activities Fee 16.
Books and Supplies 35.
$330.
(Engineering students should add approximately $25 for drawing
instruments and equipment.)
Estimated Living Expenses Per Week for a Freshman
Residing Away from Home
Room Rent $ 3.75
Board 7.00
Laundry 1.00
Incidentals 2.00
$13.75
The figures given above are approximate and may not exactly
apply to any one student; however, they will be found to repre-
sent fairly well the expense of a freshman who lives comfortably
but without extravagance.
Textbooks and Supplies
The Northeastern University Bookstore, located in the Base-
ment of the West Building, is a department of the University and
is operated for the convenience of the student body. All books
and supplies which are required by the students for their work
in the University may be purchased at the Bookstore.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 25
A Northeastern Bookstore Discount Card will be issued to
every Day Division student at the time of registration and will
entitle him to a ten per cent discount on all Day Division text-
books which he purchases for his own use while in school.
The ten per cent discount will not apply on equipment, supplies
or novelties. It will be the policy of the bookstore, however, to
stock these materials and to sell them at the lowest possible prices.
Part-Time Work
Students who find it necessary to accept part-time jobs while
attending college may obtain such work through the Director of
Co-operative Work.
No student is justified in assuming that the University will take
care of his expenses or guarantee to supply him with work suffi-
cient to meet all his needs.
A student should have available a reserve fund adequate to
provide for immediate needs and unexpected contingencies. This
should ordinarily amount to at least the first year's tuition plus
the student activity and other fees, room rent, and board for
several weeks, or a total of about $500.
Examinations
Examinations covering the work of the term are usually held
at the close of each term. Exceptions may be made in certain
courses where, in the opinion of the instructor, examinations are
not necessary.
Condition examinations will be given in all subjects during the
week of July 7, 1941, for Division A students, and the week of
September 1, 1941, for Division B students. Condition examina-
tions are not given for laboratory courses.
Special examinations may be arranged for only by vote of the
Administrative Committee, and for all such examinations the
University requires the payment of a special fee of five dollars
($5).
Grades
A student's grade is officially recorded by letters, as follows:
A superior attainment
B above average attainment
C average attainment
D lowest passing grade, poor attainment (the faculty will
accept only a limited amount of grade D work towards
the Bachelor's degree)
26 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
F failure, removable by condition examination
FF complete failure (course must be repeated in class)
I incomplete, used for intermediate grades only to signify
that the student has not had time to make up work lost
through excusable enforced absence from class
L used in all cases of the removal of a failure by condition
examination or by attendance at summer term
A student who does not remove a condition before that course
is again scheduled, a year later, must repeat the course. A condi-
tion in more than one subject may involve the loss of assignment
to co-operative work.
The responsibility for the removal of a condition rests with the
student, who is required to ascertain when and how the condition
can be removed.
Dean's List
A Dean's List, issued at the end of each term, contains the
names of upperclass students who have an honor grade average
in all subjects during the preceding period. Freshman who
achieve high scholastic standing are included on a Freshman
Honor List, which is published at the end of each grading period.
No student under disciplinary restrictions is eligible for either of
the honor lists.
Report Cards
Freshman reports are issued at the end of each grading period;
upperclass reports, at the end of each term. In addition, a special
report on review subjects pursued during the summer term will be
issued immediately at its close. Questions relative to grades are
to be discussed with the student's faculty adviser.
Students are constantly encouraged to maintain an acceptable
quality of college work. Parents and students are always wel-
comed by the college officers and faculty advisers for conference
upon such matters.
Parents or guardians will be notified whenever students are
advised or required to withdraw from the University.
Conduct
It is assumed that students come to the University for a serious
purpose and that they will cheerfully conform to such regulations
as may from time to time be made. In case of injury to any building
or to any of the furniture, apparatus, or other property of the
University, the damage will be charged to the student or students
known to be immediately concerned; but if the persons who
caused the damage are unknown, the cost for repairs may be
assessed equally upon all the students of the University.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 27
Students are expected to observe the accepted rules of decorum,
to obey the regulations of the University, and to pay due respect
to its officers. Conduct inconsistent with the general good order
of the University or persistent neglect of work may be followed
by dismissal; if the offense be a less serious one, the student may
be placed upon probation. The student so placed upon pro-
bation may be dismissed if guilty of any further offense.
It is desired to administer the discipline of the University so as
to maintain a high standard of integrity and a scrupulous regard
for truth. The attempt of any student to present as his own any
work which he has not performed, or to pass any examination
by improper means, is regarded as a most serious offense and
renders the offender liable to immediate expulsion. The aiding
and abetting of a student in any dishonesty is also held to be a
grave breach of discipline.
Scholastic Year for Seniors
Seniors of either division who are candidates for a degree in
the current year must have completed all academic work, class
assignments, theses, regular and special examinations, before
twelve o'clock noon of the Saturday next following the close of
recitations for seniors.
Attendance
Students are expected to attend all exercises in the subjects they
are studying unless excused in advance. Exercises are held and
students are expected to devote themselves to the work of the
University between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., except for a lunch
period, on every week day except Saturday. Saturday classes are
held only between 9:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m.
No cuts are allowed. A careful record of each student's attend-
ance upon class exercises is kept. Absence from regularly sched-
uled exercises in any subject will seriously affect the standing of
the student. It may cause the removal of the subject or subjects
from his schedule. If he presents a reasonable excuse for the
absence, however, he may be allowed to make up the time lost
and be given credit for the work; but he must complete the work
at such time and in such manner as his instructor in the course
may designate.
Laboratory work can be made up only when it is possible to
do so during hours of regularly scheduled instruction.
Absences from exercises immediately preceding or following a
recess are especially serious and entail severe penalties.
Attendance at all mass meetings of the student body is com-
pulsory. Exceptions to this rule are made only when the student
has received permission from the Director of Student Activities
previous to the meeting from which he desires to be absent.
28 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Housing Regulations
The University endeavors to exercise due consideration and
care for the student's welfare while he is in residence. This
necessitates the adoption of the rules and regulations presented
herewith.
1. Assignments will be made when the student registers.
2. Students may inspect rooms before accepting an assignment;
after reaching a decision students must notify the office of the
Director of School Administration, 254W.
3. Students who accept room assignments must retain them
for the period of their residence, unless given permission by the
Director of School Administration to change.
4. Students are not permitted to live in unsupervised quarters.
Under no conditions are groups of students permitted to lease
apartments.
5. Students are not permitted to engage rooms without the prior
approval of the University. Those violating this rule will be
required to give up such rooms immediately and will be assigned
by the University to approved quarters.
6. Violation of any of the above rules is considered a breach
of discipline and will be dealt with accordingly.
Residence
It has been found to be much more satisfactory for the student
to live within easy access of Boston, especially during periods in
college, than to live out twenty-five or thirty miles. The saving
of time and effort more than offsets any increased expense.
Residence in Boston is advisable, as it gives the student oppor-
tunity to use the college facilities outside of class hours and to
confer more easily with his instructors about his college work.
Dormitories
At present the University does not maintain dormitories. Pro-
vision, however, is made for students to secure rooms in the
vicinity. Many freshmen prefer to take room and board at the
fraternity houses, which are all supervised by the University
through faculty advisers. For information relative to such
housing write the Director of Admissions.
Rooms in the dormitory of the Huntington Avenue Branch of
the Boston Y.M.C.A. may be secured only through the Housing
Department of the Y.M.C.A. The applicant must present him-
self in person to a representative of the Department before assign-
ment will be made.
Applicants desiring to room in the Association dormitory are
advised to write the Housing Department of the Huntington
Avenue Branch, 316 Huntington Avenue., Boston, Massachusetts.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 29
^Buildings and facilities
Boston — A Great Educational Center
THE fact that Northeastern University is in Boston broadens
the educational and cultural opportunities of its students.
Few other cities in the country are so rich in the finest
elements of American life. Many of its historic buildings, such
as the Old State House, Faneuil Hall, and the Old North Church,
have become museums for the preservation of old documents,
paintings, and other collections representative of early Colonial
life. The Boston Public Library and the Museum of Fine Arts,
both within a few blocks of the University Buildings, are widely
noted for their treasures of literature and art. Even nearer to
the University is Symphony Flail, home of the world-famous
Boston Symphony Orchestra. And the many churches within
Greater Boston not only afford the opportunity of hearing dis-
tinguished preachers but through their student clubs and young
people's societies make possible for students a fine type of social
and intellectual life.
Location of University Buildings
The Day Division of Northeastern University is housed in
three buildings located on Huntington Avenue, Boston, just
beyond Massachusetts Avenue and opposite the historic Boston
Opera House. The main administrative offices of the University
are located in the West Building, a four-story brick structure added
to the physical plant of Northeastern in 1938.
Transportation
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South
Stations. From the North Station board a car going to Park
Street, at which junction transfer to any Huntington Avenue car.
At South Station board a Cambridge subway train for Park Street
Under. There change to a Huntington Avenue car and alight
at the West Building of Northeastern University.
West Building
The West Building contains over 100,000 square feet of floor
space for administrative and instructional purposes. In the base-
ment are the Mechanical Engineering offices, laboratories, and
machine shops; the University Bookstore; the Husky Hut, where
light refreshments are sold; several classrooms; and a large drafting
room used chiefly by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Ample area is also provided in the basement for a student check
room, lockers, and various storage rooms and vaults.
30 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
On the first floor are located the President's office, the General
Offices of the Secretary-Treasurer, and the offices of the Vice-
President of the University. A large public reception room adjoins
the main lobby, and several small classrooms are located in both
wings of the building. This floor was given to the University in
memory of Lieutenant Stafford Leighton Brown by his mother.
The Department of Physics has a suite of offices, laboratories,
and research areas in the south wing of the second floor. A large
lecture hall with raised seats accommodating over three hundred
people occupies the central area of the second floor. This room
is fully equipped for both lantern slide and motion picture pro-
jection, and is provided with up-to-date motor driven ventilating
equipment. The room is fitted with a lecture demonstration desk
having all necessary accessories including gas, water, various
types of electricity, and hoods for the removal of gases. A fully
stocked preparation room adjoins this lecture hall. The offices of
the Director of School Administration, the Director of Co-
operative Work, and the Dean of Students, a large number of
small classrooms, and several conference rooms complete the
layout of the second floor.
Student lounging and recreation rooms sponsored by the
Northeastern Student Union occupy the Huntington Avenue side
of the third floor, together with the offices of the Department of
Student Activities. This floor also contains a small University
Chapel, a lecture hall similar to that on the second floor but
slightly smaller, and a number of large classrooms equipped with
special tables for freshman drawing classes.
A group of large, fully equipped laboratories for Inorganic
Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis, Physical Chemistry and
Quantitative Analysis, and Organic Chemistry occupy the prin-
cipal areas of the fourth floor. The Chemistry Department has
its offices and a large lecture hall equipped especially for courses
in chemistry adjoining these laboratories. A number of research
areas for special purposes, a large central stockroom, a dark room,
and several balance rooms complete the chemistry suite. Three
large drafting rooms having blackboards especially equipped with
sliding T-squares, an Art Room, and the offices of the Drawing
Department, are also found on the fourth floor.
In the penthouse on the roof there are a faculty-alumni lounge,
a radio laboratory, and an astronomy laboratory.
South Building
The South Building of Northeastern University comprises a
basement and two stories. The Department of Electrical Engi-
neering occupies the entire basement with its offices, Dynamo
Laboratories, High Tension Laboratory, Electrical Measurements
Laboratory, Instrument Room, and research areas.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
31
MAP SHOWING NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY AND VICINITY
32
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Key to Map
Northeastern University and Vicinity
1.
East Building
2.
South Building
3.
West Building
4.
Symphony Hall
5.
Horticultural Hall
6.
Christian Science Church
7.
New England Conservatory of Music
8.
Boston Opera House
9.
Boston Museum of Fine Arts
10.
Mechanics Exhibition Hall
11.
Back Bay Station
12.
Trinity Place
13.
Boston Public Library
14.
Trinity Church
15.
Museum of Natural History
16.
Boston Public Garden
17.
Boston Common
18.
South Station
19.
North Station
20.
State House
21.
U. S. Customs House
22.
Rowes Wharf
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 33
On the first floor are located the Departments of Civil and of
Industrial Engineering. A Hydraulics and Sanitary Engineering
Laboratory, a Methods Engineering Laboratory, a Civil Engineer-
ing drafting room, and several classrooms complete the layout
of this floor. A large lecture room, several classrooms, the Chem-
ical Engineering Unit Operations Laboratory, the Chemical
Engineering Department Offices, and the Biology Laboratory are
located on the second floor.
East Building
The East Building of Northeastern University is the educational
wing of the Huntington Avenue Branch of the Boston Y.M.C.A.
On its second floor are located the library, a branch library and
reading room, and several classrooms. The third floor contains
the office of the Dean of Business Administration, several de-
partmental offices, a laboratory for statistical work, and additional
classrooms. On the fourth floor are located the office of the
Dean of Liberal Arts, the Department of English, the Department
of Modern Languages, several large lecture rooms, and a Student
Union Reading Room.
Jacob P. Bates Hall, located in the East Building, has a seating
capacity of 400. The hall is equipped with a motion picture
machine and has a large stage suitable for entertainments of
various kinds.
Bates Hall is an important center for various student activities.
Here the band and the orchestra have their rehearsals, the glee
club gives its entertainments, and some of the dramatic work is
presented. Numerous student socials and small group dinners
frequently are held here.
Natatorium
The swimming pool, 75 feet long by 25 feet wide, is supplied
with filtered water and is heated to the proper temperature by an
elaborate system of pipes. It is one of the finest of its kind in
New England.
Gymnasium
This structure, the funds for which were provided by the
relatives of the late Samuel Johnson, is known as the Samuel
Johnson Memorial Gymnasium. The gymnasium provides the
following facilities: three gymnasiums, a twelve-lap running track,
two large exercise rooms, boxing and wrestling rooms, handball
and squash courts, bowling alleys, showers, steam baths, massage
rooms, and electric cabinet baths.
34 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Lecture Assembly Halls
Through special arrangement, Jordan Hall, Symphony Hall,
and the Boston Opera House are made available for assembly
purposes. These halls provide ample space for student activity
assemblies and for special lectures by noted men. All the students
in college at any period assemble for one hour each week through-
out the college year. More than half of the assembly sessions are
devoted to interests and activities developed by the students
themselves. The other assembly periods are devoted to special
lectures, sometimes under the direction of the student body and
sometimes under the direction of the faculty. The special lectures
are devoted to those elements of life which count most in the
development of a man's viewpoint and his character.
Equipment for Physical Training
Northeastern has exceptional facilities for all-round physical
training. The gymnasium is one of the most complete in New
England. Adjoining the West Building is a large field equipped for
athletics. Here are two tennis courts, an outdoor gymnasium, a
rifle range, a baseball cage, jumping pits, and a track with a 100-
yard straightaway.
Huntington Field
Northeastern University owns and operates a large athletic field
a short distance from the University. This field, known as the
Huntington Field, provides ample facilities for track, baseball,
football, and other outdoor sports. A bus service maintained
between the field and the University makes it possible for students
to get back and forth with a minimum loss of time. A new and
commodious field house has recently been erected at the field as
well as ten sections of stadium seats capable of seating 2,000
spectators.
Design and Drafting Rooms
The University possesses large, light, and well-equipped drawing
rooms for the carrying on of the designing and drafting which
form so important a part of engineering work. These rooms are
supplied with lockers containing the drawing supplies, files con-
taining blue prints, and photographs of machines and structures
that represent the best practice. Drafting room blackboards are
equipped with traveling straight edge devices which facilitate
speed and accuracy in blackboard demonstrations.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 35
Libraries
The library service of Northeastern University comprises the
following units:
1. The Main Library, located on the second floor of the East
Building, includes three reading rooms in which are available all
of the general reference books, many of the professional and
scientific volumes, and all of the periodicals (approximately 100)
to which the University subscribes. This library is under the
direction of a librarian and two assistants, all of whom have had
special training for the work. Main library hours are as follows:
9:00 A.M.
to 10:00 P.M.
Daily
2:00 P.M.
to 9:00 P.M.
Sundays
12:00 M
to 9:00 P.M.
Holidays
2. The Branch Library, also located on the second floor of the
East Building, houses most of the books on engineering and man-
agement with the exception of those in the field of chemical
engineering, which, for greater convenience of students in this
department, are kept in the Main Library. The Branch Library
is in charge of a corps of student assistants and is open from
8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m. daily except Sundays. Students have access
directly to the shelves which contain books on reserve for par-
ticular courses as well as general reference works.
3. A general reading room and library is maintained by the
Northeastern Student Union in Room 356, West Building. The
books located here are chiefly non-technical works dealing with
contemporary affairs, religious problems, international relations,
travel, etc., among which students may browse during periods of
relaxation. A few of the literary and religious periodicals are also
available in this room.
Boston Public Library
All members of the University, whether resident or non-
resident students, have the privilege of taking books from the
Boston Public Library and of using the library for general reference
and study. Inasmuch as this is one of the best in the country,
it presents unusual opportunities to the students. Within a few
minutes' walk from the University, it enables students to have
unlimited reference at any time to books and periodicals bearing
upon their studies.
36 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Student ^Activities
NORTHEASTERN University regards student activities as
an integral part of its educational program. One of the
main departments of the University is charged with the
responsibility of co-ordinating the various types of activities and
of administering the social, musical, literary, and athletic organi-
zations in such a way as to enable each to contribute in a whole-
some, worth-while manner to student life at Northeastern. Every
student is encouraged to participate in such activities as may
appeal to him, although a standard of scholarship which is in-
compatible with excessive devotion to such pursuits is required of
all students.
Members of the faculty also are interested in the informal
aspects of the college program. Teaching loads are kept suf-
ficiently low so that the instructional staff may have ample
opportunity to mingle with students outside of the classroom in
social activities and on the athletic field. In fact, some member
of the faculty is appointed to serve as adviser for each student
activity. His function is not to dictate how the organization shall
be run, but to encourage the students in their extra-curricula
endeavors and to give them the benefit of his mature point of
view in solving the problems that inevitably arise.
One of the outstanding contributions of the co-operative plan
in the field of higher education has been its capacity to develop
in students those powers of social understanding that are so
essential to success in professional life. At Northeastern the
program of student activities is made to contribute to this end
in a very real way. It is a conscious aim of the student activities
advisers to develop among their advisees those qualities of per-
sonality and character which will enhance their usefulness as
future professional men and citizens. Students have splendid
opportunities to develop administrative and executive ability as
leaders of undergraduate organizations. No academic credit is
awarded for any student activity. This has been no deterrent,
however, to student participation in extra-curricula activities, for
a recent survey of the undergraduate body showed that over 90%
of the enrollment were engaged in one or more forms of student
activity.
Athletic Association
All students in the Day Division are members of the North-
eastern University Athletic Association. Policies of the asso-
ciation are passed upon by a Faculty Committee on Student
Activities appointed by the vice-president in charge of the Day
Division. This committee decides what students are eligible to
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 37
participate in athletics, what the various sports schedules shall
be, and what students may be excused from classes to represent
the University on athletic trips.
The actual administration of the athletic program is in the
hands of a second committee, known as the General Athletic
Committee, which consists of the Director of Student Activities,
the captains and managers of all varsity teams, and the coaches
as ex officio members.
The University maintains both varsity and freshman teams in
basketball, baseball, football, hockey, and track. Intercollegiate
games and meets are arranged with the leading colleges in the
East. In addition to intercollegiate athletics the athletic associa-
tion conducts an intramural program in various sports.
Tennis Club
The Northeastern University Tennis Club is open to all under-
graduates. The Department of Student Activities appoints a
faculty adviser who assists the members in conducting an intra-
mural tennis tournament. Excellent facilities for tennis are
afforded on the courts adjacent to the East Building of the Uni-
versity. In the early spring members of the Tennis Club have
access to the gymnasium for indoor practice.
Mass Meeting
The hour from 12:00 to 1:00 on Wednesdays throughout the
year is set aside for mass meetings. Attendance is compulsory.
Arrangements are made to bring before the student body some of
the ablest and foremost thinkers of the day. A list of speakers
for the year will be found on page 1 1 of this catalogue. When
the mass meeting hour is not occupied by a University lecturer,
class meetings, concerts, or athletic rallies are held instead. Such
gatherings are under the direction of the Department of Student
Activities.
"The News"
A college newspaper, the Northeastern News, is published each
week throughout the college year by a staff selected from the
student body. The copy is prepared, edited, and published by the
students themselves with the counsel of a faculty adviser. Op-
portunity is afforded for the students to express their opinions
on subjects relating to study, co-operative work, social events, or
topics of the day. Positions on the News staff and promotions
are attained by competitive work. The paper is in part supported
by advertising, both national and local, and in part by a portion
of the student activities fee. The Northeastern News is a member
38 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
of the Eastern Intercollegiate Newspaper Association, and sends
one of its editors to the annual convention of this association
each year. Copies of the News are mailed to upperclassmen when
they are at co-operative work and to freshmen after the close
of their college year.
"The Cauldron"
The senior class publishes annually a college year book, The
Cauldron. It is ready for distribution in the latter part of the
second semester and contains a complete review of the college
year with class histories, pictures of all seniors, of the faculty,
and of undergraduate groups, as well as a miscellany of snapshots
and drawings contributed by students.
The Handbook
Each fall the Northeastern Student Union issues a conven-
iently sized student Handbook, which is sold to students at a
nominal price. The book contains information about the various
college clubs, athletic programs, fraternities, rules governing
freshmen, lockers, publications, and so on. The Handbook also
includes a diary for the college year in which it is issued.
Student Council
Student government of the Day Division at Northeastern Uni-
versity is vested in the Student Council, composed of elected rep-
resentatives from the various classes. The Council is the authority
on all matters relating to student policies not definitely connected
with classroom procedure. It has jurisdiction, subject to faculty
approval, over all such matters as customs, privileges, campus
regulations, etc. and meets regularly to consider and act upon
issues referred to it for decision. The Dean of Students serves as
faculty adviser to the Student Council.
Honor Societies
Three honorary societies are chartered by the University in its
Day Division:
The Senate, in the College of Engineering.
The Sigma Society, in the College of Business Administration.
The Academy, in the College of Liberal Arts.
Election to the college honorary fraternity is founded primarily
upon scholarship, but before a man is privileged to wear the
honorary society insignia he must give evidence of an integrity of
character and an interest in the extra-curricula life of the Uni-
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 39
versity as well as an acceptable personality. The Societies have
memberships consisting of the outstanding men in the Day Divi-
sion. Election to the honorary society is the highest honor that
can be conferred upon an undergraduate.
Fraternities
There are at present ten local Greek letter fraternities chartered
by Northeastern University. Each fraternity is provided with a
faculty adviser who is responsible for the proper administration
of the fraternity house under the rules and regulations established
by the faculty. The list of fraternities in the order of their estab-
lishment is as follows:
1. Alpha Kappa Sigma 6. Phi Beta Alpha
2. Beta Gamma Epsilon 7. Phi Gamma Pi
3. Eta Tau Nu 8. Sigma Phi Alpha
4. Nu Epsilon Zeta 9. Kappa Zeta Phi
5. Sigma Kappa Psi 10. Gamma Phi Kappa
Elected representatives from each fraternity make up an Inter-
Fraternity Council, a body which has preliminary jurisdiction over
fraternity regulations. Its rulings are subject to the approval of
the Faculty Committee on Student Activities.
Professional Societies and Clubs
To assist in the promotion of social, cultural, and intellectual
advancement through informal channels, a number of professional
societies and clubs are sponsored.
Accounting — Law Club
All students interested in accounting and law are invited to
join this stimulating club. Problems and cases involving the
interrelations of accounting and law are presented and discussed
at club meetings. Although upperclassmen usually present prob-
lems arising out of thesis or co-operative work, speakers from the
professional world come to the meetings to present papers and
lead the student discussion.
Banking Club
The purpose of this organization is to increase among its mem-
bers the knowledge of the theory and practice of banking. Any
student of Northeastern University, while enrolled in any of the
banking courses of the College of Business Administration, is
eligible to active membership in this club. Meetings are held each
ten week period at which banking executives from Greater Boston
are invited to discuss current issues in the field of banking.
40 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
National Engineering Societies
Students in the several professional curricula of the College of
Engineering operate Northeastern University Sections of the
appropriate national engineering societies. Chief among these
are the following:
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Boston Society of Civil Engineers
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
American Society for the Advancement of Management
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
Members of the engineering faculty who hold membership in
the parent organizations serve as advisers to these student groups.
Meetings are held regularly, usually at night so that students from
both Divisions may attend, and practicing engineers are invited
to address the Section. Occasionally appropriate motion pictures
are shown, or the group visits some current engineering project in
the vicinity of Boston. The College of Engineering encourages
these student sections of the technical societies in the belief that
they provide a wholesome medium for social intercourse as well
as a worth-while introduction to professional life.
Affiliated Engineering Societies of New England
Membership in the student sections of the Boston Society of
Civil Engineers, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
or the American Institute of Electrical Engineers also includes
membership and privileges of the Affiliated Engineering Societies
of New England. This organization is an affiliation of all the
major technical societies of Boston and vicinity and provides very
valuable lectures, smokers, and informal meetings with the out-
standing men engaged in engineering work in Boston and vicinity.
International Relations Club
The International Relations Club was founded in 1932 for the
purpose of studying and discussing those current national and
international events and issues which vitally concern our American
life and institutions.
It is the intention of the club to deal with all questions in an
impartial and broadminded manner, and to take an intelligent
and effective part in promoting international understanding and
harmony. The club maintains contacts with similar organizations
in other colleges.
Membership is not open to freshmen, and only to those upper-
classmen who maintain good scholarship.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 41
Astronomy Club
Membership in the Astronomy Club is open to all students in
the College of Engineering who maintain satisfactory scholastic
standing. The club has access to machine shops for the con-
struction of telescopes and other instruments. It also has quarters
in the penthouse on the fifth floor of the West Building. Meetings
are held twice a month for the purpose of making astronomical
observations and carrying on appropriate discussions.
Debating Society
The purpose of the Debating Society, formed in 1936, is "to
foster and promote an interest and facility in formal argumenta-
tion; to develop an impartial, unbiased, and intellectual considera-
tion of questions and issues of current interest; and to sponsor
intercollegiate relationships and competition in the debating field."
Membership is open to all students of the Day Division.
Radio Club
One of the most popular undergraduate activities is the North-
eastern University Radio Club. Members are provided oppor-
tunity for code practice and are encouraged to obtain their
amateur licenses. The Club owns and operates station W1KBN,
a short wave transmitter, located in the Radio Laboratory in the
penthouse of the West Building. Meetings are held about once
a month for the discussion of technical matters. Practicing
radio engineers are frequently invited to address the Club at
evening meetings, when students in both divisions may attend.
Dramatic Club
Students interested in dramatics have an opportunity to culti-
vate this art under faculty coaches who co-operate with the
Dramatic Club in the production of several pieces in the course of
each college year. Frequently the Northeastern Dramatic and
Glee Clubs collaborate with those of Simmons College in light
operas such as those of Gilbert and Sullivan.
Rifle Club
Organized a number of years ago, the Rifle Club was so success-
ful that in 1933 riflery was recognized as a minor sport. Members
of the club are given instruction in the art of rifle shooting. Those
students who excel in intra-mural competition are selected for
the team representing the University in intercollegiate contests.
Practice sessions are held twice a week in the University rifle
range. Membership is open to all students.
42 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Musical Clubs
The Department of Student Activities sponsors the following
musical clubs: an orchestra, a band, a glee club, a banjo club, and
a dance orchestra, for which all students with musical ability are
eligible. Membership in the various musical clubs is attained by
competitive effort.
Each organization has a faculty adviser and each elects a
representative to the Musical Clubs Council. The purpose of
this council is to co-ordinate the various musical activities of the
Day Division. At the annual Musical Clubs Banquet, held early
in the spring, charms are awarded to the leaders and managers of
the several clubs and to members who have played over a period
of three full years.
The various musical clubs, in conjunction with the Dramatic
Club, combine in an annual mid-winter entertainment and partici-
pate in occasional outside public engagements throughout the
college year.
Camera Club
The Camera Club welcomes all men interested in photography.
Weekly discussions and special evening lectures by guest artists
are part of the yearly program. Field trips, monthly photo con-
tests and a general exhibition add to the interest and progressive
work of this organization.
Mathematics Society
The Mathematics Society encourages the study of topics of
mathematical interest which are either outside or beyond the
scope of the regular mathematics courses. Membership is re-
stricted to those men who have completed one and one-half
years of study in mathematics and have an average grade of not
less than "C" in mathematics courses up through differential
calculus. The club meets once every five weeks in the evening.
Although membership is limited to upperclassmen, any student
is always welcome to any meeting, and freshmen especially inter-
ested in mathematics are always welcome.
The final program of the year is devoted to a dinner meeting
for which some prominent outside speaker is procured.
Class Organization and Activity
Each of the Classes in the Day Division elects its officers and
carries on activities as a class. Dances are sponsored by the
classes at regular periods throughout the year. One of the high
lights of the social program is the Junior Promenade, held each
spring at one of the Boston hotels.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 43
Seniors plan a whole week of activities just prior to Commence-
ment in June.
Freshmen are required to wear the red and black cap distributed
through the Department of Student Activities in order that they
may be readily distinguishable to each other and to upperclass-
men.
The Northeastern Student Union
The purpose of the Northeastern Student Union is to carry
out the work of a Christian association within the University.
It endeavors to deepen the spiritual lives of Northeastern men
through the building of Christian character, to create and pro-
mote a strong and effective Northeastern University spirit in and
through a unified student body, to promote sociability, and to
emphasize certain ethical, social, civic, intellectual, economic,
physical, vocational, and avocational values.
All students are encouraged to participate in the activities of
the Union, no matter what their religious faith, as the work of
the Union is entirely non-sectarian. A good moral character is
the only requirement for eligibility to membership. It is hoped
that as many students as can will participate in this ideal extra-
curricula work.
The Union conducts a weekly Chapel Service in the little chapel
in the West Building, to which all faculty members and students
are invited. The service, which is non-sectarian and voluntary,
is held on Thursday mornings from 8:40 to 8:55 o'clock. Many
eminent preachers of Greater Boston are engaged to deliver brief
addresses.
Awards and Prizes
Public Speaking Contest
Each spring the University conducts a Public Speaking Contest
for which all students in the Day Division are eligible. Prizes of
fifty, twenty-five, fifteen, and ten dollars respectively are awarded
to the four ablest speakers at a general mass meeting of the student
body.
Speeches are original in nature and about ten minutes in length.
The judges base their decision on appropriateness of subject,
content, and delivery. Preliminary contests are held during the
winter in each division.
Alcott Award
In 1934 the William Jefferson Alcott, Jr. Memorial Fund was
established by the faculty and other friends to perpetuate the
memory of Professor Alcott who was a member of the Depart-
ment of Mathematics in Northeastern University from 1924 until
his death in 1933.
44 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Each year the income from this fund is used for a suitable
award to the Northeastern University Day Division student who
has made some outstanding academic achievement during the
preceding year. The recipient of the award is chosen by a com-
mittee elected by the faculty.
Alumni Association
The alumni of the Day Division are organized to promote the
welfare of Northeastern University, to establish a mutually bene-
ficial relationship between the University and its alumni, and to
perpetuate the spirit of fellowship among members of the Alumni
Association.
Among the events sponsored by the Alumni Association are
the annual meeting and reunion; the annual alumni-varsity
basketball game; and class reunions. The Association also awards
a track trophy each year and contributes to the Alumni Student
Loan Fund.
The work of the General Alumni Association is supplemented
by the activities of regional alumni clubs. The local clubs meet
periodically in their respective centers to discuss matters pertain-
ing to the University and its alumni. Meetings are also held in
conjunction with the visits of Northeastern's athletic teams to
the various club centers.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
45
Officers of the cAlumni cAssociatioru
President
Lindsay Ellms '23
Vice President
George A. Mallion '20
Secretary
Earl H. Thomson '25
Treasurer
Willis P. Burbank '31
Executive Committee
Farnham W. Smith '24 Raymon D. Tellier '28
John W. Greenleaf, Jr. '30 George Davenport '28
James W. Daniels '25
Alumni Executive Secretary
Rudolf O. Oberg '26
Alumni Council Representatives
1913-1920 John R. McLeish
Harry J. Freeman
Perry F. Zwisler
1921 — Roger E. Spear
1922 — Richard B. Brown
1923 — Thomas A. Stevens
1924 — Farnham W. Smith
1925 — Rene G. Maurette
1926 — Earl L. Moulton
1927 — Rudolph A. Lofgren
1928 — William E. R. Sullivan
1929 — Harold L. Burton
1930 — Dexter W. Lovell
Alexander G. MacGregor
1931 — Donald H. MacKenzie
1932 — Sidney A. Standing
1934 — J. Lloyd Hayden
1935 — Hartwell G. Howe
1936 — Frederic S. Bacon, Jr.
1937 — John F. Shea
1938 — Chesley F. Garland
46 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
<$kims and o!Methods
THE Northeastern University College of Liberal Arts aims to
instruct men in the art of living and to lay down a systematic
foundation of knowledge upon which, as graduates, they
may continue with more specialized training, either by formal
graduate study or by independent learning and experience.
Liberal as this program is, however, it develops for the student
genuinely practical values. The student is encouraged from the
beginning of his freshman year to consider the problem of his
future vocation, to select courses having the most useful bearing
on his intended life-work, and to take advantage of opportunities
for practical experience in his chosen field.
Through the Northeastern plan of co-operative education for
upperclassmen, the student makes early contact with actual
working conditions and profits by the wholesome experience of
earning at least part of the money to defray his own college
expenses. Viewed as a whole, then, his college years surround
him not with an artificial atmosphere of cloistered scholarship
but with an environment very close to that which he will enter
after graduation. Having completed his course, if he has made
good use of his opportunities, he will be mentally capable and,
what is no less important, readily employable.
The Elective System
So that each student may plan a college program to suit his own
interests and aptitudes and to prepare him for the work he intends
to take up after graduation, a wide range of elective courses is
offered. This does not mean that students are free to select
courses indiscriminately. A definite series of basic courses in each
program of instruction is required by the faculty, in order that
every student may be insured a proper foundation in his major
field. These required courses are largely concentrated in the first
two years of the curriculum.
Throughout the college course the problem of the student's
vocational future is emphasized by the adviser. Together the
adviser and student consider possible careers open to the student.
If the latter expects to pursue graduate or professional studies, he
is guided in a choice of courses which will best prepare him for
his advanced work. If the student must begin to earn his liveli-
hood immediately after graduation, the various fields open to
him are carefully considered in the light of his ability and in-
clination.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 47
Students who plan to enter professional schools are urged to
familiarize themselves with the requirements for admission to the
particular schools in which they are interested.
Those students who wish to enter business directly after gradua-
tion from the College of Liberal Arts may take courses offered in
the Northeastern University College of Business Administration
for which they have the necessary prerequisites, provided they
fulfill all the curricular requirements of the College of Liberal
Arts in regard to freshman courses, language courses, and major
and minor fields.
48 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
^Admission ^Requirements and
freshman Programs
Applicants for admission to the freshman class without restric-
tions must qualify by one of the following methods:
1. Graduation from an approved course of study in an accred-
ited secondary school, including prescribed subjects listed below.
2. Completion of fifteen acceptable secondary school units with
a degree of proficiency satisfactory to the Department of Admis-
sions.
3. Examinations.
(Certificate of entrance examinations passed for admission
to recognized colleges and technical schools may be accepted.)
Prescribed Subjects for Admission
College of Liberal Arts
The College of Liberal Arts offers courses leading either to the
A.B. or to the S.B. degree. According to the degree which he
expects to receive, the student will present for admission one or
the other of the groups of prescribed subjects listed below.
A.B. Curriculum
S.B. Curriculum
Units
Units
English 3
English
3
Foreign Language 3
fMathematics
2 or 3
(Ancient or Modern)
Natural Science
1
Social Studies 2
*Electives
8 or 9
*Electives 7
Total 15 Total 15
A unit is a credit given to an acceptable secondary school
course which meets at least four times a week for periods of not
less than forty minutes each throughout the school year.
Entrance examinations are not required of students whose
transcripts of record are acceptable, but the Committee on Ad-
mission reserves the right to require a candidate to present him-
self for examination in any subjects that it may deem necessary
because of some weakness in his secondary school record.
*Not less than four of the "electives" must be in one or more of the following
academic branches: Languages, Natural Science, Mathematics, Social Sciences,
History.
fStudents expecting to major in chemistry, mathematics, or physics must
offer 3 units.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 49
Other Requirements
These formal requirements are necessary and desirable in that
they tend to provide all entering students with a common ground
upon which the first year of the college curriculum can be based.
But academic credits alone are not an adequate indication of a
student's ability to profit by a college education. Consequently
the Department of Admissions takes into consideration, along
with the formal requirements stated above, many other factors
regarding candidates for the freshman class. A student's interests
and aptitudes in so far as they can be determined, his capacity for
hard work, his attitude toward his classmates and teachers in
high school, his physical stamina, and most important of all —
his character, all these considerations are carefully weighed. In
this way the University seeks to select for its student body those
who not only meet the academic admission requirements but who
also give promise of acquitting themselves creditably in the rigor-
ous program of training afforded by the co-operative plan and of
later becoming useful members of society.
Personal Interview
Candidates for admission should communicate with the Director
of Admissions, who will advise them frankly on the basis of past
experience. A personal interview is always preferred to corre-
spondence, and parents are urged to accompany their sons when-
ever this is possible. Effective guidance depends in large measure
upon a complete knowledge of a candidate's background and
problems. Parents invariably are able to contribute much in-
formation that aids the admissions officer in arriving at a decision.
In general, a student is likely to be more successful in his college
work if he does not enroll under the age of seventeen.
Application for Admission
Each applicant for admission is required to fill out an applica-
tion blank whereon he states his previous education, as well as
the names of persons to whom reference may be made in regard
to his character and previous training.
An application fee of five dollars ($5) is required when the
application is filed. This fee is non-returnable.
The last page of this catalog is in the form of an application
blank. It should be filled out in ink and forwarded with the
required five dollar fee to Director of Admissions, Northeastern
University, Boston, Mass. Checks should be made out to North-
eastern University.
Candidates are urged to visit the office of Admissions for
personal interview if it is possible for them to do so before sub-
50 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
mitting their applications. Office hours of the Department are
from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily; Saturdays to 12:00 m. The
Director of Admissions will interview applicants on Wednesday
evenings but by appointment only.
Upon receipt of the application, properly filled out, the College
at once looks up the applicant's references and secondary school
records. When replies have been received to the various inquiries,
the applicant is informed as to his eligibility for admission.
Applications should be filed not later than May first, thus
allowing ample time for the investigation of the applicant's
secondary school records before he enrolls in the College.
The University reserves the right to place any entering student
upon a period of trial. Whether he shall be removed from trial
at the end of this time or requested to withdraw will be deter-
mined by the character of the work he has accomplished and his
conduct during this trial period.
Trustee Scholarships
Each year Northeastern University grants in the College of
Liberal Arts a limited number of full tuition scholarships to
entering freshmen who have demonstrated, throughout their
preparatory or high school course, superior scholarship. For
additional information relative to these scholarships, communi-
cate with the Director of Admissions.
Registration
Eligibility for admission does not constitute registration. Fresh-
men register at the University on September 5, 1940. No student
is considered to have met the requirements for admission until he
has successfully passed the required physical examination.
Advanced Standing
Students transferring from approved colleges will be admitted
to advanced standing provided their records warrant it. Whenever
a student enters with advanced standing and later proves to have
had inadequate preparation in any of his prerequisite subjects,
the Faculty reserves the right to require the student to make up
such deficiencies.
Applicants seeking advanced standing should arrange to have
transcripts of their previous college records forwarded with their
initial inquiry. Students admitted to advanced standing are not
eligible for placement at co-operative work until they have com-
pleted a full year of academic work at the University.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 51
Entrance Condition Examinations in Boston
Students who are deficient in required units for admission may
remove these deficiencies by examination. Such examinations
are held at the University unless special arrangements are made
with the Department of Admissions to administer them elsewhere.
Students are advised to take such examinations on the earliest
possible date in order that any deficiencies which they fail to clear
may be made up in time to permit registration with the desired
class and division.
The time of examinations is as follows:
10:00 A.M. to 12:00 M.
1:00 P.M. to 3:00 P.M.
During the current year examinations will be given on the fol-
lowing days: June 5, 1940; August 28, 1940. All other examina-
tions will be given by special assignment.
Freshman Orientation Period
In order that freshmen may be ready to pursue their academic
work with greater composure and be somewhat acclimated
preceding the beginning of scholastic work, three or four days
prior to the first term are devoted to a freshman orientation
period. During this time freshmen are advised as to choice of
program, and assisted in every way possible in order that they
may be prepared to begin serious study and work on the first day
of the college term. All freshmen are required to attend all exer-
cises at the University scheduled during the orientation period.
An optional feature of the orientation program is the freshman
camp conducted under the auspices of the Student Union. The
camp is planned particularly for out-of-town students, although
commuters are welcomed. It aims at providing a stimulating and
wholesome environment under vacation conditions in which the
new men may become acquainted with one another and with
members of the faculty. The camp site on Lake Massapoag in the
northern part of Massachusetts is admirably equipped for this
purpose, having ample facilities for baseball, basketball, tennis,
boating, and swimming. The cost of the two days at camp is
nominal and most freshmen avail themselves of this opportunity
for recreation prior to the beginning of the college year.
Physical Examination
All freshmen receive a thorough physical examination at the
University during the orientation period. All students are
expected to report promptly at the appointed time for examina-
tion. Those who fail to appear at the appointed time will be
charged a special examination fee of two dollars ($2).
52 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Freshman Counsellors
At the time of his matriculation each freshman is assigned to a
personal counsellor, a member of the faculty, who serves as an
interested and friendly counsellor during the perplexing period of
transition from school to college. A personal record card is
prepared for each student, containing certain pertinent data from
his preparatory school record, the report of his physical examina-
tion at Northeastern, his scores on psychological tests, the results
of placement examinations, and any special notes which may be
of significance in counselling work. The aim of the freshman
counselling system is primarily to assist students in making an
effective start upon their programs and secondarily to acquire for
the later use of guidance officers a fund of significant informa-
tion relative to every freshman. Counselling is under the direction
of a Dean of Students, assisted by a clinical psychologist, who
handles the diagnosis and remedial treatment of problem cases.
Individual Attention to Freshmen
Not only is attention given to the problems of the student in
connection with his studies, but also the service is extended to
include help upon any problem in which advice is needed and
desired, the aim being to guide the student to the fullest possible
personal development.
The college record of each student is carefully analyzed in the
light of what could reasonably be expected of him, considering
his previous school record, his score on the psychological test,
and the other factors in his situation. If he is not doing his best
work, an investigation is made to determine and eliminate the
causes. If he is doing as well as could be expected or better, he is
encouraged to continue to do so. In other words, each student is
held to the most effective work possible, through advice, encourage-
ment, and assistance.
Outline of Freshman Courses
The first year is a period of full time study during which the
student must demonstrate his fitness for the program which he
has elected. Students who are unsuccessful in the basic courses
of the freshman year will not be permitted to continue with their
advanced program, but will be advised to change their goal and
type of training. In some instances this will mean change to
another curriculum at Northeastern; in others, transfer to another
institution. The freshman courses are so arranged as to permit change
of objective at the end of the first year with a minimum loss of time.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
53
freshman ^Programs
1. For Liberal Arts students majoring in English, Economics-Sociology, or
taking the Pre-Legal program.
Course
No.
H 1
Gv 1
P LA
E LA
G 1.F3,
orF5
Ps 1-A Orientation
PE 3-4 Physical Training .
S.H. No.
History of Civilization. . 4
American Government. 3
Survey of Physical
Science 4
English 1 3
German or French 3
H2
Gv2
P2-A
E2-A
G 2, F 4,
or F 6
.— PE2
Course
S.H.
History of Civilization 4
American Government 3
Survey of Physical
Science 4
English 1 3
German or French .... 3
Hygiene . . . . 1
PE 3-4 Physical Training.
17
18
2. For Liberal Arts students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, and Mathematics-
Physics.
Ml, M3 Algebra, Trigonometry. 5 M 4
P 1 Physics 1 3 P2
Ch 1 General Chemistry 4 Ch 2
E 1-A English 1 3 EM
G 1, F 3, German or French 3 G 2, F 4,
or F 5 or F 6
Ps 1-A Orientation — PE 2
PE 3-4 Physical Training — PE 3-4
Analytic Geometry .... 5
Physics 1 3
Inorganic Chemistry. . . 4
English 1 3
German or French .... 3
Hygiene 1
Physical Training —
18
19
54 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
l^equirements for Qraduatioru
The following requirements must be fulfilled by all candidates
for the A.B. or S.B. degree:
1. To be graduated, a student must have completed a total of not
less than 125 semester hours of academic work with a degree of
proficiency acceptable to the faculty. (One semester hour
comprises three clock hours of work per week over a period of
from fifteen to eighteen weeks.) Usually this represents one
hour of recitation or lecture and two hours of outside prepara-
tion. In laboratory work, however, a larger part of the time
is given to class work.
College attendance over a five-year period is normally needed
to fulfill this requirement, although the work may be com-
pleted in four years by students who elect full-time study in-
stead of the co-operative plan for one or more upperclass years.
Students who undertake co-operative work assignments must
also meet the requirements of the Department of Co-operative
Work before they become eligible for their degrees.
No student transferring from another college or university is
eligible to receive the A.B. or the S.B. degree until he has
completed at least one academic year at Northeastern im-
mediately preceding his graduation.
2. At least 30 semester hours must be completed in a major field
of concentration. Certain courses are required in each field
of concentration.
3. From 12 to 16 semester hours must be completed in each of
two other fields which are called the minor fields.
4. All candidates for the A.B. degree must offer at least three
units of foreign language for admission and complete at least
two full year courses in foreign languages in their college
programs.
5. All candidates for the S.B. degree must complete at least two
full year courses in foreign language in their college programs.
6. Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment
in their academic work will be graduated with honor. Upon
special vote of the faculty a limited number of this group may
be graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Stu-
dents must have been in attendance at the University at least
two years before they may become eligible for graduation with
honor, with high honor, or with highest honor.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
55
Curricula Requirements in Liberal Arts
The following fields of study are approved as fields of concentra-
tion, or major fields, in the College of Liberal Arts: biology,
chemistry, economics-sociology, English, English (journalism
option), and mathematics-physics. Required courses for students
majoring in these fields are listed below.
Biology
Courses in General Zoology, General Botany, Invertebrate
biology: Zoology, Vertebrate Zoology, Animal Histology,
Physiology, Vertebrate Embryology, History of
Biology, Histological Technique, and Genetics.
Courses in fifteen semester hours in chemistry and six sem-
other fields: ester hours in physics.
Chemistry
Courses in Qualitative Analysis, Qualitative Analysis Lab-
chemistry: oratory, Quantitative Analysis, Quantitative
Analysis Laboratory, Organic Chemistry, Organic
Chemistry Laboratory, Physical Chemistry,
Colloidal Chemistry, Advanced Chemistry. (N.B.
Thesis work is strongly recommended for all
qualified students.)
Courses in twelve semester hours in physics and six semester
other fields: hours in mathematics.
Economics-Sociology
Courses in Economic Principles, Economic Problems, Labor
economics: Problems, International Economic Relations,
Business Cycles, and Economic Systems.
Courses in Introduction to Sociology, Principles of Sociology,
sociology: Social Problems, Criminology, The Family, Social
Ethics.
Courses in sixteen semester hours in English, psychology and
other fields: government.
English
Courses in English Literature, American Literature, Shake-
English: speare, 18th and 19th Century Prose, Drama be-
fore Shakespeare, Chaucer, 19th Century Poetry,
Creative Writing, Great European Writers, and
Comparative Drama or History of the Novel.
Courses in sixteen semester hours in the social sciences.
OTHER FIELDS:
56 NO RTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
English'] ournalism
Courses in English Literature, American Literature, Shake-
English: speare, 18th and 19th Century Prose, Comparative
Drama or History of the Novel, Journalism I and
Journalism II, Creative Writing.
Courses in sixteen semester hours in the social sciences.
OTHER FIELDS:
Mathematics-Physics
Courses in Differential Calculus, Integral Calculus, Differen-
mathematics: tial Equations, Advanced Calculus, Theory of
Equations, and History of Mathematics.
Courses in Physics II, Physics Laboratory, Optics, Sound,
physics: and Modern Physics.
Courses in ten semester hours in non-science fields.
OTHER FIELDS:
Students may elect their minor fields of study after consultation
with their faculty advisers. The following subjects are available
as minors: biology, education, French, German, history and
government, physical education, and psychology. Any of the
major fields listed above may also be chosen as minors. Students
in the College of Liberal Arts may also elect a limited number of
courses from among those offered in other colleges of the Day
Division such as advertising, contracts, marketing, industrial
management, public administration, finance, accounting, and
similar subjects. For a complete statement of admission require-
ments and freshman programs see pages 48 to 53 of this catalog.
Pre- Legal Curricula
Effective September 1, 1938, by a ruling of the Supreme Judicial
Court of Massachusetts, in order to be eligible for examination
for admission to the Bar an applicant must have completed certain
general educational requirements before beginning his legal
education. Briefly, this general education must comprise gradua-
tion from a four-year high school and the completion of not less
than half of the work accepted for the Bachelor's degree in a
college approved by the Board of Bar Examiners.
Two separate programs of pre-legal study, both of which meet
one-half of the semester hour requirements for the Bachelor's
degree, are offered by the College of Liberal Arts.
One of these curricula is designed for young men who are able
to give their full time to college life for the two-year period neces-
sary to complete the pre-legal requirements. It comprises one
year of thirty-five weeks and a second year of thirty weeks and is
specifically adapted to the needs of full-time students. The
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 57
academic work is articulated directly with that of the secondary
schools from which these young men have recently been graduated.
It is paralleled by a wholesome program of athletics and social
activities which contribute much to the development of young
college men.
The other pre-legal curriculum is built around the needs of
mature employed men and women who can give only part time
to college work. While this evening course of study meets the
same academic standards and includes the same number of
semester hour credits as that offered in the day, less emphasis is
given to student activities and the courses of instruction are chosen
to meet the needs of adult students. Class attendance three
nights a week, forty weeks each year, for three years is needed to
cover the curriculum requirements.
Both day and evening curricula lay much emphasis upon the
social sciences, English, and history, because of the value of
thorough grounding in these fields for the prospective student
of law.
On the pages which follow are given the synopses of courses
offered in the several curricula of the College. Courses offered
in the first semester bear odd numbers, and those offered in the
second semester bear even numbers.
The term pre-requisite indicates a course that must be passed
by a student before he will be permitted to register for an advanced
course.
Freshman courses extend over a full semester of 18 weeks.
Upperclass courses are uniformly 10 weeks in length each term.
The University reserves the right to withdraw any course in
which there is insufficient enrolment.
Unless otherwise noted all courses meet for three class periods
each week.
biology
Professor Miroyiannis; Mr. Thomson and Assistants
B 1 General Zoology
An introductory course dealing with the basic principles of
zoology. A survey of the main types of animals; their classifica-
tion, structure, life history, distribution, and economic value.
The laboratory work illustrates the lectures.
3 semester hour credits (3 cl, 3 lab.)
B 2 General Botany
An introductory course dealing with the basic principles of botany.
A general survey of the more important plant types throughout
58 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
the vegetable kingdom; their classification, structure, life history,
distribution, and economic value. The fundamentals of plant
physiology are stressed. The laboratory work illustrates the
lectures.
3 semester hour credits (3 cl., 3 lab.)
B 3 Invertebrate Zoology
This course deals with the comparative development and structure
of the organic systems of invertebrate animals as represented by
the following phyla: Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterata, Ctenophora,
Platythelminthes, Nemathelminthes, Trochelminthes, and Mol-
luscoidea; their biological and ecological relationships. The
laboratory work consists of detailed dissection of representative
types.
Pre-requisite: B 1 2 semester hour credits (2 cl, 3 lab.)
B 4 Invertebrate Zoology
Continues and presupposes course B 3. In this part of the course,
the lectures deal with the comparative development and structure
of the various organ systems of invertebrate animals as represented
by the following invertebrate phyla: Coelhelminthes, Mollusca,
Arthropoda, and Echinodermata; their biological and ecological
relationships. The laboratory work consists of detailed dissection
of representative types.
Pre-requisite: B 1 2 semester hour credits (2 cl, 3 lab.)
B 5 Vertebrate Zoology
This course deals with the comparative anatomy of the integu-
ment; the skeletal, muscular, digestive and respiratory systems of
the principal classes of vertebrates. The laboratory work con-
sists of detailed dissection of representative types.
Pre-requisite: B 1 2 semester hour credits (2 cl, 3 lab.)
B 6 Vertebrate Zoology
Continues and presupposes course B 5. In this part of the course,
the lectures deal with the comparative anatomy of the vascular,
excretory, reproductive and nervous systems together with the
organs of special sense of the principal classes of vertebrates.
The laboratory work consists of detailed dissection of representa-
tive types.
Pre-requisite: B 1 2 semester hour credits (2 cl, 3 lab.)
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 59
B 7 Animal Physiology
This course deals with the functions of vertebrates with particular
emphasis on mammalian and human physiology. Demonstra-
tions are given from time to time and are arranged to correspond
as closely as possible with the lecture work.
Pre-requisite: B 1, B 5, B 6 2 semester hour credits
B 8 Genetics
This course deals with the laws of variation and inheritance; their
application to man and to domestic animals and plants.
Pre-requisite: B 1, B 2 , 2 semester hour credits
B 9 Animal Histology
The lectures deal with the normal microscopic anatomy of the
cell; histogenesis; and the fundamental tissues of various inverte-
brates and vertebrates. The laboratory work illustrates the lectures
by means of microscopic preparations.
Pre-requisite: B 1, B 5, B 6 2 semester hour credits (2 cl., 2 lab.)
B 10 Animal Histology
Continues and presupposes course B 9. In this part of the course
a detailed study is made of the normal microscopic anatomy of
the organs of the lower and higher vertebrates. The laboratory
work illustrates the lectures by means of microscopic preparations.
Pre-requisite: B 1, B 5, B 6 2 semester hour credits (2 cl., 2 lab.)
B 11 Vertebrate Embryology
The lectures deal with the general embryology and the early stages
of development of Amphioxus and of theTeleost, frog, chick, and
pig. The laboratory work is devoted to the study of embryos in
toto and in sections of the early stages of the frog and of the chick .
Pre-requisite: B 1, B 5, B 6 2 semester hour credits (2 cl., 2 lab.)
B 12 Vertebrate Embryology
Continues and presupposes course B 11. In this part of the
course the lectures deal with the later stages of development of
the chick and the pig, and comparisons with the frog. The
laboratory work is devoted to the study of embryos in toto and in
sections of the later stages of development of organs and organ
systems in the chick and the pig.
Pre-requisite: B 1, B 5, B 6 2 semester hour credits (2 cl, 2 lab.)
60 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
B 13 Mammalian Anatomy
An advanced laboratory course in the dissection of a mammal.
2 semester hour credits (I cl, 6 lab.)
B 14 Mammalian Anatomy
Continuation of course B 13.
2 semester hour credits (I cl, 6 lab.)
B 15 Histological Technique
This course is designed to present the fundamentals of histological
technique. Lectures deal with the various methods of fixation,
clearing, hardening, embedding, section cutting, and staining of
various vertebrate, invertebrate, and plant tissues. Emphasis is
laid upon the laboratory work, which consists of preparing
histological slides.
2 semester hour credits (I cl., 4 lab.)
B 16 Histological Technique
Continuation of course B 15.
2 semester hour credits (I cl., 4 lab.)
B 17 History of Biology
A course treating the development of biological sciences from
the earliest times to the present, and tracing the history of bio-
logical investigations.
2 semester hour credits
Chemistry
Professors Vernon, Strahan, McGuire; Dr. Luder;
Messrs. MacKenzie, Giella, and Dubois
C/i 1 Inorganic Chemistry
A course designed for those who have had chemistry before
entering college. The fundamental ideas of matter and energy;
the properties of gases, liquids, and solids; molecular weights,
equations; atomic structure; classification of the elements; ionic
reactions; and the chemistry of the non-metals are among the
topics covered.
4 semester hour credits (3 cl, 3 lab.)
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 61
Ch 2 Inorganic Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 1 Inorganic Chemistry. Modern ideas
covering the theory of solutions of electrolytes are discussed. The
chemistry of the metals is covered thoroughly, and time is devoted
to an introduction to organic chemistry. The latter part of the
course is given to qualitative analysis with particular emphasis
on the laboratory work. 4 semester hour credits (3 cl, 3 lab.)
Ch 3 Inorganic Chemistry
A course intended for those who have not had chemistry in high
school. The content is similar to that of Ch 1, but the treatment
is such that no prior knowledge of chemistry is necessary.
4 semester hour credits (3 cl, 3 lab.)
Ch 4 Inorganic Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 3. 4 semester hour credits (3 cL, 3 lab.)
Ch 9 Qualitative Analysis
A study of various fundamental qualitative laws and principles
as applied to the separation of ions. Mass law action, ionic
equilibrium, and oxidation-reduction are among the topics
covered. 3 semester hour credits {4 cl.)
Ch 1 1 Qualitative Analysis Laboratory
Laboratory work on detection of anions and cations. The
experiments are designed to amplify the class work and give
experience in the analysis of unknown substances.
23^ semester hour credits (11 lab.)
Ch 12 Quantitative Analysis
Each of the major operations, such as weighing, measuring of
volumes, titration, filtration, ignition, and combustion, is con-
sidered from the standpoint of the theoretical principles involved,
and with due consideration of the manipulative technique
necessary. 2 semester hour credits (3 cl.)
Ch 13 Quantitative Analysis
A continuation of Ch 12. Advanced gravimetric analysis and
systematic mineral procedures are studied together with the
common technical methods. 2 semester hour credits (3 cl.)
62 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Ch 14 Quantitative Analysis Laboratory
Acidimetry and alkalimetry, and oxidation and precipitation
methods as used in volumetric work comprise the first part of the
laboratory work. This is followed by simple gravimetric analysis.
1 x/2 semester hour credits (7 lab.)
Ch 15 Quantitative Analysis Laboratory
A continuation of Ch 14. Advanced gravimetric, electrolytic,
combustion, and optical methods are used. In the latter half of
the course actual industrial technical methods are used.
2 semester hour credits (9 lab.)
Ch 31 Organic Chemistry 1
A study of the basic principles of the aliphatic organic com-
pounds. The resemblance of classes is stressed, and emphasis is
placed on genetic charts. The industrial significance of the sub-
ject is discussed to show the practical nature of organic chemistry.
2 semester hour credits (3 cl.)
Ch 32 Organic Chemistry 11
A continuation of Ch 31, dealing with the preparation and
characteristic reactions of the aromatic organic compounds.
Special attention is given to polymerization, diazotization, dyes,
and the use of catalysts, nitration, and sulfonation.
A few of the more important heterocyclic compounds are studied.
2 semester hour credits (3 cl.)
Ch 33 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1
Preparations and reactions designed to teach the laboratory
technique involved in organic chemistry. The method of keeping
notes in the work performed and reactions involved is stressed.
1 semester hour credit (5 lab.)
Ch 34 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 11
This is a continuation of Ch 33. The preparations in this course
serve to acquaint the student with such types of chemical reactions
as sulfonation, the Grignard reaction, the Perkins reaction,
Skraup's synthesis, the Friedel-Crafts' reaction, and the prepara-
tion of dyes.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 63
Ch 35 Organic Chemistry 111
A continuation of Ch 32, this course includes a study of the
preparation and reactions of heterocyclic and alicyclic com-
pounds.
2 semester hour credits (3 cL)
Ch 40 Physical Chemistry 1
This course begins with a short resume of the field of physical
chemistry and its relationship to the other courses in chemistry
and chemical engineering. Atomic and molecular weights, and
the properties of gases, liquids, solids, ionized, non-ionized, and
colloidal solutions are then taken up.
3 semester hour credits (3 cl, 4 lab.)
Ch 41 Physical Chemistry 11
A continuation of Ch 40, this course includes a consideration of
the following topics: rates of reaction, homogeneous and hetero-
geneous equilibrium, and thermochemistry.
3H semester hour credits (4 cl., 4 lab.)
Ch 42 Physical Chemistry 111
A continuation of Ch 41 including electrical conductance,
electrolytic equilibrium, electrolysis, photochemistry, and atomic
structure.
3>Y% semester hour credits (4 cl, 4 lab.)
Ch 48 Colloidal Chemistry
A study of the preparation and properties of suspensoids, emul-
soids, emulsions, and gels.
2 3-4 semester hour credits (3 cl, 2 lab.)
Ch 51 Sources of Information
This course is intended to acquaint the chemical student with the
constantly increasing volume of scientific literature pertaining to
the field of chemistry.
After a brief outline of the entire field of scientific literature and
a description of various methods of library procedure, the various
available sources of scientific information are investigated. A
series of individual library problems, in which the student is
required to apply the information obtained in the classroom,
forms a very important part of the course.
1 semester hour credit (1 cl.)
64 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Ch 52 History of Chemistry
A study of the development of scientific theories and contributions
of workers in the field of chemistry. Elective for students majoring
in chemistry.
2 semester hour credits (3 cl.)
Ch 63 Advanced Chemistry
A survey of the most recent developments in physical chemistry
and inorganic chemistry.
2% semester hour credits (4 cl.)
Ch 64 Advanced Chemistry
A survey of the most recent developments in organic chemistry
theory and practice.
2l/2 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
Ch 65 Thesis
Original experimental work carried out under the direction of
some member of the chemistry department staff. Elective for
qualified students majoring in chemistry.
Pre-requisite: Ch 42 3 semester hour credits (9 lab.)
Ch 66 Thesis
A continuation of Ch 65.
Pre-requisite: Ch 42 4 semester hour credits (12 lab.)
Co-ordination^
Professors Nightingale, Everett, and Morgan; Mr. Purinton
C 11 Vocational Conference
This course is designed to bring about analytical thinking and
systematic planning of the "after-graduation-employment" prob-
lem. It is conducted as an open discussion class by the Depart-
ment of Co-operative Work. Each Co-ordinator has in class
those students whom he has placed and supervised on co-opera-
tive work. Each student analyzes and applies to himself as the
"product" the fundamental principles of merchandizing. Prom-
inent men who are leaders in the fields of employment counselling,
business, or engineering present the employers' viewpoints. Thus
the graduating seniors are brought face to face during the year
with one of the most important and perplexing problems of life,
namely, how to "sell their services," thereby aiming to bring a
co-ordinated training of theory and practice to a logical conclusion.
}/2 semester hour credit (2 cl.)
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 65
C 12 Vocational Conference
This course is the sequel to C 11 and consists of the practical
application of the techniques of job-getting which have been
analyzed and discussed in that course. It is conducted on a
conference rather than on a class basis, the major portion of the
time being devoted to the planning and writing of letters to and
securing interviews with prospective employers. It is intended
that this course shall culminate in the attainment by each student
of his after-graduation job.
J^ semester hour credit (2 cl.)
Economics
Dean Lake; Professors Hamilton and Tuthill; Mr. Regan
Ec 3 Economic Principles
A thorough grounding in the fundamental principles and laws of
economics is the aim of this basic course. The main topics in-
clude the nature and organization of production, the nature and
importance of wants, the relation of money and prices, the process
of exchange, and the nature of international trade.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 4 Economic Principles
A continuation of Ec 3. A careful analysis is made of the deter-
mination of price under conditions of competition and monopoly,
and of the distribution of wealth and income in the form of wages,
economic rent, interest, and profits. The elements of insurance
are discussed in connection with profits.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 5 Economic Problems
In this course the application of economic principles to some
of the major economic problems of modern society is emphasized.
The problems studied include consumption, protective tariffs and
subsidies, labor problems such as unemployment and labor
unions, and the business cycle.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 6 Economic Problems
A continuation of Ec 5. Among the problems considered are the
following: price stabilization, the agricultural problem, the re-
lation of government to business including control of monop-
olies and public utilities, insurance, public finance, and proposals
for the remodeling and improving of the economic system.
2 semester hour credits
66 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Ec 7 Money and Banking
This course, amplifying the more general treatment of money
and credit in Ec 3 and Ec 4, considers the problems of monetary
and banking control with particular emphasis upon the policies
of the Federal Reserve System. Current developments are care-
fully considered.
Pre-requisite: Ec 3, Ec 4 2 semester hour credits
Ec 11 Labor Problems
An intensive study of the labor problems of modern industry con-
stitutes the content of this course. Unemployment and other
grievances of the worker, including industrial accident and
disease, inadequate wages, long hours, undesirable working con-
ditions, child and woman labor, etc., are carefully analyzed.
Labor unions, representing the workers' effort to solve the above
problems, receive extended attention with an appraisal of their
policies and accomplishments. Employee representation, profit-
sharing plans and similar devices of the employer to meet the
same problems are also examined critically. The attitude of our
government toward these problems and its attempts to handle
them are analyzed carefully. The suggestions of other groups and
agencies in respect to these problems will be treated, e.g. co-
operative movement, socialism.
Pre-requisite: Ec 3, Ec 4 2 semester hour credits
Ec 12 Economic Systems
After developing various criteria for evaluating the different
economic systems, the course proceeds to a comparative analysis
of capitalism, co-operation, socialism, communism, and fascism.
The problems of economic planning receive particular attention.
Pre-requisite: Ec 3, Ec 4 2 semester hour credits
Ec 13 Business Cycles
After a study of the conditions which underlie cyclical fluctua-
tions in prices, volume of trade, physical production, and employ-
ment, a careful analysis is made of the more significant theories
of the business cycle. The possibilities of controlling such fluctua-
tions and of initiating recovery receive extended attention.
Throughout the course emphasis is placed upon the current phase
of the business cycle and its peculiar problems.
Pre-requisite: Ec 5, Ec 6 2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 67
Ec 14 International Economic Relations
A careful examination of the important principles of international
trade and finance precedes a critical survey of the international
commercial policies of modern nations, with special reference to
the United States. Such broader problems as the international
control of raw materials, exchange restrictions, international
cartels and the economic activities of the League of Nations and
other international organizations are considered.
Pre-requisite: Ec 5, Ec 6 2 semester hour credits
Ec 15 History of Economic Thought
A critical review of the origin and development of economic
thought. After a brief account of the contributions of Plato and
Aristotle, the early Christian fathers, and the writers of the
Middle Ages, each of the main schools of economic thought is
taken up in turn: the Mercantilists, the Physiocrats, the Classical
School, the Socialists, the Historical School, the Austrian School,
and that of Alfred Marshall.
Pre-requisite: Ec 5, Ec 6 2 semester hour credits
Ec 16 Advanced Economic Theory
The course introduces the student to the more complex aspects
of economic theory. Particular consideration is given to the
major modern theoretical problems.
Pre-requisite: Ec 15 2 semester hour credits
Ec 17 Statistics
This course is intended to give the student an understanding of
statistical principles and methods and their practical application
in the social sciences. A study is made of the nature, sources,
collection and organization of statistical facts; the presentation of
such facts in tabular or graphic form, the various averages,
measures of dispersion, and the construction and use of index
numbers.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 18 Statistics
The major portion of this continuation of Ec 17, Statistics, con-
cerns the analysis of time series, and includes the methods of
obtaining trends, seasonal indexes, and the measurement of
cyclical variation. The application of correlation analysis in
the field of social science is given extended attention.
2 semester hour credits
68 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Education
Professors Estes and White; Mr. Morris
Note: In addition to the courses listed below, Ps 5 and Ps 6, Educational
Psychology, may also be counted as courses in education.
Ed I History of Education
Education is considered as the means by which nations have
attempted to realize their social and spiritual ideals. This course
traces the history of education from ancient times through the
Greek and Roman periods, the Middle Ages, the Renaissance and
Reformation, down to John Locke and the Enlightenment. The
course is concerned with the development of points of view as
well as with the details of organization and practice.
2 semester hour credits
Ed 2 History of Education
Beginning with the emotional reaction against formalism in life
as exemplified by Rousseau, this course takes up the immediate
background of modern education and traces the development of
national systems. The influence of such men as Pestalozzi,
Herbart, Froebel, Spencer, Mann, Barnard, Dewey, and others is
studied in detail. The course closes with a consideration of
present tendencies in education. 2 semester hour credits
Ed 3 Educational Organization and Administration
A study of the principles underlying the organization, adminis-
tration, and supervision of public schools in the U. S. A. The
course is illustrated with suitable problems taken from actual
practice. It should be of special interest to students who con-
template teaching as a vocation. 2 semester hour credits
Ed 4 Educational Measurements
The course concerns itself with current problems in the field of
educational tests and measurements. Most of the lectures are
given over to a discussion of the construction and use of new
type objective tests, with particular reference to the field of second-
ary education. The relative merits of the essay and the objective
examination are considered in connection with the problem of
grades and grading systems. Enough elementary statistics are
included to enable students to use intelligently the results of test-
ing. Emphasis is placed upon the importance of an accurate
interpretation of test data and upon the futility of indiscriminate
testing. 2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 69
Ed 7 Comparative Education
A discussion of the educational background and current theories
and practices of England, France, and Germany. Emphasis is
laid upon the bearing of European education on American prac-
tice. Much of the assigned reading is in current periodical
literature, although a basic text is also used. Lectures, special
reports, and class discussions comprise the media by which the
course is conducted.
2 semester hour credits
Ed 9 Educational Sociology
The course considers the relationship between education and
sociology. Educational objectives are set up from the findings of
sociological research and the traditional curriculum is examined
in the light of these objectives with a view towards its recon-
struction. A critical attitude is maintained toward philosophical
implications which will inevitably arise in the course.
2 semester hour credits
Ed 10 Educational Philosophy
A study of the relationship between the science of education and
the philosophy of education is followed by a consideration of
philosophies of education in the light of basic theses of the history
of philosophy. Such topics as evolutionism, behaviorism, prag-
matism, instrumentalism, and progressive education are viewed
in the perspective of the history of philosophy.
2 semester hour credits
English
Dean Melvin; Professors Holmes and Marston; Dr. Reynolds;
Messrs. Cloney, and Norvish
E l'A English 1
The aim of this course is to help the student attain competence
in the understanding and evaluating of modern literature and in
written expression. It includes a review of the structural essen-
tials of the English language, various written assignments, and the
study of essays and informational articles.
3 semester hour credits
E 2-A English 1
Continuing the general purposes of E 1A, this course proceeds
to a study of the special problems of description and narration,
and to a critical reading of poems, short stories, and plays.
3 semester hour credits
70 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
E 7 Creative Writing
For students interested in imaginative writing. Original papers
by the students will be discussed in class and in weekly conference
with the instructor. The principles underlying creative writing
will be carefully studied.
2 semester hour credits
E 8 Creative Writing
Continued practice in creative writing supplemented by an
analysis of the work appearing in the better magazines. The
shorter forms will be emphasized.
Pre'requisite: E 7 2 semester hour credits
E 9 Journalism I
The newspaper technique, with practice in re-writing. The
general tasks of an "inside" man and the functions of the editorial
department.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
E 10 Journalism 1
The problems of reporting and newswriting, with written assign-
ments in all types of spot news reporting.
Pre-requisite: E 9 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
E 11 Journalism 11
Editing the news. The writing of editorials, feature articles, and
columns.
Pre-requisite: E 10 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
E 12 Journalism 11
A general practice course in newspaper writing, the covering of
special assignments, and editorial problems.
Pre-requisite: E 11 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
E 13 Effective Speaking
This course offers practical training in the preparation and presen-
tation of the various types of speeches. The instruction is planned
to eliminate defects of voice, posture, and delivery, and to develop
in the student an ability to speak easily, naturally, and forcefully.
1 semester hoar credit (2 cl.)
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 71
E 14 Effective Speaking
Continued practice in impromptu and extempore speaking,
organization of material, consideration of the audience, and
vocabulary building, form the basis of the course.
Pre-requisite: E 13 I semester hour credit
E 15 Survey of English Literature
A survey of English literature to 1800. After a brief study of the
social and political background of each literary period, the writing
of the period is considered, and the more important writers are
studied and read in detail. The purpose of the course is to give
the student an appreciation of English literature as a whole, and
an intimate knowledge of its major figures.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl. )
E 16 Survey of English Literature
A survey of English literature from 1800 to the present century.
The outstanding writers are read, studied, and related to the
general background of nineteenth-century England. The purpose
of the course is to give the student an understanding of the
writers who contributed most to the formation and development
of modern literature in England.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
E 17 English Drama Before Shakespeare
A study of the origins and growth of English drama from
its beginning to its culmination in the work of Shakespeare. A
discussion of the morality plays will be followed by a careful
consideration of the influence of Plautus, Terence, and Seneca on
the dramatists of the age. Plays by Lyly, Peele, Greene, Kyd, and
Marlowe will be read as a background for Shakespearean drama.
2 semester hour credits
E 18 Chaucer
An introduction to the language and literature of Chaucer and
his contemporaries, with special attention to the "Canterbury
Tales." The course includes a consideration of Chaucer's in-
fluence on the growth of the language, an examination of the
"roman de tiroir" form, and a survey of the chief types of Euro-
pean popular narrative which the "Canterbury Tales" represents.
2 semester hour credits
72 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
E 19 Shakespeare
The Elizabethan period, sixteenth century London, the Shakes-
pearean stage and audience, and the actors' companies will be
discussed. Shakespeare's life and his development as a dramatist
will be carefully considered. Five plays will be intensively studied.
2 semester hour credits
E 20 Shakespeare
Lectures will be given on Shakespeare's language, the text of the
plays, Shakespearean criticism, editors' problems, etc. Four
plays will be intensively studied. The sonnets will be read and
discussed.
2 semester hour credits
E 21 "Nineteenth Century Poetry I
Background forces which shaped the Romantic period will be
carefully studied; the influence of German idealists, of the French
Revolution, and of the natural reaction from the classicism of
Pope and Johnson will be analyzed and evaluated. Poetry of
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley will be studied
critically.
2 semester hour credits
E 22 Nineteenth Centry Poetry 11
A study of the poetry of the Victorian era with emphasis on the
writings of Browning and Tennyson. The influence of the age
on its poets will be carefully considered.
2 semester hour credits
E 23 Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Prose
A study of the important, non-fiction prose works of Bacon,
Browne, Swift, Addison, Steele, Johnson, and Boswell, among
others, with emphasis on the relationship of the literature to the
age. The various prose styles will be discussed. A written paper
will be required.
2 semester hour credits
E 24 Nineteenth Century Prose
An examination of significant nineteenth century writers as to
their social, political, literary, and educational ideas. Lamb,
Hazlitt, Carlyle, Macaulay, Newman, Ruskin, Arnold, Huxley,
and Stevenson are among those to be considered. A written
paper will be required.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 73
E 25 American Literature to 1860
A survey of American literature from colonial times to the triumph
of the transcendental movement in New England. The work of
Bryant, Irving, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Lowell, Holmes,
Longfellow, and Melville will be emphasized.
2 semester hour credits
E 26 American Literature After 1860
Continuing E 25, the course will consider the rise of realism after
the Civil War, the development of American humor, the appear-
ance of local color writers, and modern trends since 1900.
2 semester hour credits
E 27 History of the English Novel
This survey will trace the development of the novel from the
18th century to the beginning of the Victorian era. It will deal
with the maturing of the novel form in the hands of Defoe,
Richardson, Fielding, and Smollett; the "Gothic romances" of
Walpole and Lewis; and the novel of manners as seen in Jane
Austen.
2 semester hour credits
E 28 History of the English Novel
This course will deal with the work of the Great Victorians,
particularly Thackeray, Dickens, Eliot, Conrad, and Hardy. A
few contemporary novels will be discussed. The student will be
expected to read widely in the field.
2 semester hour credits
E 29 Great European Writers
An introduction to the classics of Ancient and Medieval literature.
The purpose of the course is to acquaint the student broadly with
our literary heritage and to furnish him background for later
studies in literature.
2 semester hour credits
E 30 Great European Writers
A survey of the literature of Europe from the Renaissance to
the beginning of the twentieth century.
2 semester hour credits
74 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
E 31 Comparative Drama
Through the analysis of plays of various origins, this course shows
the development of essential techniques in drama from period to
period, and demonstrates how a general type of drama manifests
special characteristics in accordance with the social and political
backgrounds against which it is set. During this term the emphasis
is placed on the classic literature of the Greek and Roman theater.
2 semester hour credits
E 32 Comparative Drama
This course, a continuation of the study begun in E 31, deals with
the representative plays of the Continent since 1600.
2 semester hour credits
E 33 Modern Literature 18954915
Beginning with a study of late nineteenth-century literature in
England and America, the course considers the principal literary
developments of the period 1895 to 1915. New forms and methods
in poetry, the novel, the short way, and the play are studied, and
are illustrated by the work of literary groups and movements and
by such major writers as Walt Whitman and Henry James.
2 semester hour credits
E 34 Post-war Literature
A survey of contemporary literature in England and America.
Outstanding writers are studied in detail. Some of the subjects
discussed are recent changes in form and technique; literary
experiments; the effect on literature of the World War, and of
recent social changes. During the course each student writes a
paper and presents a class report on a contemporary author.
2 semester hour credits
Qeology
Professor Pugsley
Gy 1 General Geology
A study of earth movements and various terrestrial applications
of solar energy. Lectures on fundamental general facts as to
origin and movements of the earth, weathering, work of winds,
underground and surface waters, glaciers and the glacial period,
lakes and swamps, and vulcanism.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 75
Gy 2 General Geology
Course Gy 1 is continued with such topics as mountain forma-
tion, oceans, oceanic life, atmosphere touching upon meteorology.
A considerable portion of time is given to the study of igneous,
sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, supplemented by laboratory
and field work.
2 semester hour credits
Gy 5 Historical Geology
A review of the beginning of the earth, its development and
historical significance of rock characters. This is followed by a
study of the pre-Cambrian Paleozoic and the early Paleozoic
sub-era.
2 semester hour credits
Gy 6 Historical Geology
Continuation of the first semester taking in the late Paleozoic
sub-era, and the Mesozoic and Cenozoic periods, and continuing
through the geologic history of man.
2 semester hour credits
(government
Professor Bruce; Messrs. Larson and Keith
Gv 1 American Government and Politics
The study of our National Government with respect to its organ-
ization and function; its powers and limitations under the Con-
stitution; its legislative, administrative, and judicial machinery
under the party system of government and bureaucracy.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 2 American Government and Politics
A more detailed study of the relationships of our federal, state, and
municipal governments, including an analysis and comparison of
the various state governments and types of municipal government
with respect to state and local agencies for carrying out the exec-
utive, legislative, and judicial functions of government in a
democratic country.
2 semester hour credits
76 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Gv 3 Comparative Government
The older governments of Europe, those, principally of Great
Britain and France, but also of Switzerland and the Scandanavian
countries, are described and analyzed in this course. Institutions
are compared in these various states with reference to America
and the newer governments of Europe.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 4 Comparative Government
A study of the newer governments of Europe, as found in Ger-
many, Italy, and the Soviet Union. Democracy and dictatorship
are analyzed as different modes of life and rule. These states are
compared to each other, to the older governments of Europe,
and to the United States.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 5 American Constitutional Law
After a careful study of the influences affecting the framing of the
Constitution, attention is turned to the leading constitutional
principles of the American government as developed through
judicial interpretation.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 6 American Constitutional Law
A continuation of Gv 5. Primary emphasis is placed upon the
relation of constitutional law to present day problems with partic-
ular reference to such items as "due process of law" and "inter-
state commerce."
2 semester hour credits
Gv 7 Origins of Political Theory
A survey of political philosophy from Plato and Aristotle to
Bentham. The nature, origin, forms, and ends of the state and
government are covered.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 8 Modern Political Theory
A critical study is made of the major developments in political
theory since Bentham, with special reference to the influence of
these developments upon American politics and political institu-
tions. Attention is paid to the modern conflict between the
democratic and the totalitarian conceptions of the state.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 77
history
Professor Potter and Assistants
H 1 History of Civilization
This is primarily a background course. Introductory lectures
deal with primitive society, the development of language and
writing, and the early contributions of Egypt and Asia. More
detail is given to the structure of Greek and Roman society, the
rise of the Christian Church, the barbarian invasions of the
Empire, the growth of Islam, and the life of the early Middle Ages.
4 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
H 2 History of Civilization
This course deals with the growth of the monarchies in Europe,
the medieval Church, the art and literature of the Renaissance
and Reformation, the economic revolution, the Age of Reason
in France and England, the Old Regime and the Revolution in
France, and the growth of science and industrialism.
As in H 1, the emphasis is upon the cultural rather than the
political history of Europe. 4 semester hour credits (4 cl)
H 5 Europe, 17894870
This course aims at describing and interpreting the development
of European states from the French Revolution to 1870. Major
topics include the Metternich system, the emergence of French
Republicanism, and the unification of Italy and Germany. Non-
political factors receive much attention throughout the course.
2 semester hour credits
H 6 Europe, 18704938
The international relationships which precipitated the tragedy of
1914 are considered. The rise of militarism and nationalism,
secret diplomacy, propaganda and the press, the "incidents"
which led to the World War, the conduct of the war, the peace
treaties, and the rise of socialism and fascism are discussed in
this course. 2 semester hour credits
H 7 England to 1688
This course surveys the political, social, religious, and economic
development of England to the Revolution of 1688. Political
history receives the major emphasis, but stress is placed upon the
rise of the English institutions which represented England's
Outstanding contribution to civilization. 2 semester hour credits
78 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
H 8 England since 1688
A continuation of H 7. A study is made of Queen Anne's Eng-
land, the policies of Walpole, England's part in European politics,
the age of the first Reform Bill, English imperialism, and Victorian
society.
2 semester hour credits
H 9 The United States to 1865
This course is an interpretation of the events which shaped the
American nation to the Civil War. Social customs, economic
influences, racial contributions, and humanitarian movements
are not neglected, though the political history is stressed.
2 semester hour credits
H 10 The United States Since 1865
Major attention is given to the social, economic, and political
foundations of recent history in this survey of the transition of
America from an agricultural to an urban industrialized society
since the Civil War. Consideration is given to the problems
arising with the emergence of America as a world power.
2 semester hour credits
H 11 Latin American History
This course deals with the European background of Spanish and
Portuguese colonization in the New World, the exploits of the
conquistadores, the Indian civilizations, colonial institutions, and
the forces which gave rise to the revolutions in the early 19th
century.
2 semester hour credits
H 12 Latin American History
This course continues H 11, and describes the Wars of Inde-
pendence and the rise of the republics. A study is made of the
international relations of the Latin American countries, the
Monroe Doctrine, and the Pan-American conferences.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 79
c^fCathematics
Professors Spear and Haskins; Dr. Lacount; Messrs. Sewell,
Dean and Cook
M 1 College Algebra
The study of algebra is scheduled to begin with the solution of
the quadratic equation, simultaneous quadratics, and equations
in quadratic form. However, a rapid but thorough review of the
fundamentals of algebra precedes this. The solution of the quad-
ratic is followed by a detailed study of the theory of exponents.
Then follow radicals, series, variation, inequalities, and the
elementary principles of the theory of equations. Considerable
time is given to plotting and the use of graphs in the solution of
equations. The elementary theory of complex numbers is also
covered.
3 semester hour credits
M 3 Trigonometry
This is a complete course in trigonometry and should enable the
student to use all branches of elementary trigonometry in the
solution of triangles as well as in the more advanced courses
where the knowledge of trigonometry is essential. Some of the
topics covered are the trigonometric ratios; inverse functions;
goniometry; logarithms; circular measure; laws of sines, cosines,
tangents, half angles; solution of oblique and right triangles;
transformation and solution of trigonometric and logarithmic
equations. Considerable practice in calculation of practical
problems enables the student to apply his trigonometry to prob-
lems arising in practice at an early stage. Additional work,
graphical and algebraic, is done with the complex number, in-
troducing De-Moivre's theorem and the exponential form of
the complex number.
2 semester hour credits (2 cl.)
M 4 Analytic Geometry and Introduction to Calculus
This being a basic course in preparation for any further study of
mathematics, it requires a thorough knowledge of the funda-
mentals of algebra. The course covers cartesian and polar co-
ordinates; graphs; the equations of simpler curves derived from
their geometric properties; thorough study of straight lines, circles,
and conic sections; intersections of curves; transformation of
axes; plotting and solution of algebraic equations of higher order
and of exponential, trigonometric, and logarithmic equations;
80 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
loci problems. The general equation of the second degree is
thoroughly analyzed in the study of conic sections. Some time is
devoted to curve fitting from empirical data.
Explicit and implicit functions, dependent and independent
variables, some theory of limits, continuity and discontinuity are
given special attention from both the algebraic and the geometric
points of view. Some theorems on the infinitesimal are intro-
duced, and a study is made of infinity and zero as limits. Relative
rates of change, both average and instantaneous, and the meaning
of the slope of a curve follow. The differential and the derivative
as applied to algebraic functions with the geometric interpretation
are then studied. Tangents to curves of the second degree follow
here. Simple applications with interesting practical problems
help to develop the interest here and lay a solid foundation for the
study of the calculus. The introduction of the differential at the
same time with the derivative helps considerably to bridge the
large gap which usually exists when the student passes from the
study of the elementary analytic geometry to the infinitesimal
of calculus.
5 semester hour credits (5 cl.)
M 5 Differential Calculus
The differential is introduced at the outset of the course, together
with the derivative; geometric and practical illustrations are given
of both; and both are carried along throughout the course. The
work consists of differentiation of algebraic, trigonometric
exponential, and logarithmic functions, both explicit and im-
plicit; slopes of curves; maxima and minima with applied prob-
lems; partial differentiation; parametric equations; derivatives of
higher order; curvature; evolutes and involutes; points of inflec-
tion; related rates; velocities, acceleration; indeterminate forms;
expansion of functions; series. Although the subject matter
deals with considerable theory, constant sight is kept of the
practical application of the theory. The geometric interpretation
of every new subject is carefully defined, and problems are con-
tinually solved dealing in practical applications of the theory in
geometry, physics, and mechanics.
Prerequisite: M 4 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 6 Integral Calculus
This course, a continuation of Calculus M 5, deals with integra-
tion as the inverse of differentiation as well as the limit of sum-
mation. The topics covered are methods of integration; use of
integral tables; definite integrals; double and triple integrals; areas
in rectangular and polar co-ordinates; center of gravity; moment
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 81
of inertia; length of curves; volumes of solids; areas of surfaces
of revolution; volumes by triple integration; practical problems
in work, pressure, etc., depending on the differential and integral
calculus for solution; solution of simpler differential equations.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 7 Differential Equations I
The elementary theory of differential equations and the method
of solution of certain ordinary differential equations are offered
here as a general course in mathematics. Although this is prin-
cipally a problem course in solving differential equations, prop-
erties of the equations and of their solutions are deduced, and
applications in the various fields of scientific work are analyzed.
Pre-requisite: M 6 2 x/2 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 8 Differential Equations U
Special cases of first order equations are considered, and a fuller
treatment of first order equations of higher degree leads to a con-
sideration of envelopes, special loci, and particular curves. The
general second order linear equation is studied, and the several
well-known methods of attack are presented. Solution in series
form of equations whose primitives are not made up of classified
functions is studied. Elementary partial differential equations of
the fitst and second orders, leading to a presentation of Fourier's
Series, conclude the course.
Pre-requisite: M 7 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 9 Higher Algebra
Complex numbers and the elementary theory of vectors start this
course. It continues with the solution of equations of the third
and fourth degree, Horner and Sturm theorems, the solution of
higher degree equations with the use of graphs. Some invariant
forms are studied. Then follow general systems of equations with
the complete study of determinants, and some of the elements of
matrices. A study is made of the theory of elimination, linear
dependence, and linear transformations. If time permits, a study
is made of probability and related subjects.
Pre-requisite: M 1, M 3 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 10 Curve Analysis
This course deals with the methods of approximation of roots;
plotting; empirical equations; and alignment charts.
Pre-requisite: M5 3 semester hour credits (4 cl. )
82 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
M 11 Solid Analytic Geometry
The study of analytic geometry is extended here into three di-
mensions, mostly with rectangular co-ordinates, although cylindri-
cal and spherical co-ordinates and the transformation between
the three systems are also introduced. The equations of the first
and second degree are analyzed. A study is made of line segments
and angles; planes, linear equations in three variables; normal
forms; systems of planes and angles; surfaces in general; quadric
surfaces. Some work is done on general curves, certain special
curves, surfaces of revolution, locus problems, and homogeneous
co-ordinates.
Pre-requisite: M 4 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 12 Modern Geometry
This course offers a brief outline of the history of geometry through
the ages, especially the 19th century; analysis of geometry of the
triangle and circle; systems of co-ordinates, linear dependence,
transformations; principle of duality; poles and polars; harmonic
division, cross ratios; and conical projection. Certain special
theorems include those of Desargues, Pascal, and Brianchon.
Pre-requisite: M 4 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 13 Spherical Trigonometry
This is a complete course in the study of spherical trigonometry,
solving right and isosceles spherical triangles; Napier's rules; laws
of sines, cosines, half-angles, and half-side formulas; Napier's
analogies. A detailed solution of oblique spherical triangles
including areas follows. Considerable time is spent on the celestial
sphere and the astronomical triangle and on navigation, calcula-
tion of latitude and longitude, bearing, and time.
Pre-requisite: M3 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 14 History of Mathematics
In this course a survey is made of the development of various
branches of mathematics, and attention is given to the lives of
men who have made outstanding contributions to mathematical
science.
2 semester hour credits
M 15 Advanced Calculus
No student should choose this course unless he is thoroughly
familiar with the contents of courses M 5 and M 6. The subjects
covered are continuity, indeterminate forms, applications of partial
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 83
differentiation, vectors and differentiation of vectors, the complex
variable, differentiation and functions of the complex variable,
differentiation of integrals, envelopes.
Pre-requisite: M 6 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 16 Advanced Calculus
This is a continuation of M 15. The course starts with work in
differential equations and problems in damped vibration and the
potential function. Other topics are the hyperbolic function;
expansion in infinite series including, Fourier series; integration
of special forms with definite, multiple, and improper integrals;
probability integral; Gamma function; Beta function; Bessel's
function; line integrals and applications.
Pre-requisite: M 15 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 17 Series
Various types of series and their uses. Study of limits, infinite
series, tests for various types of convergence; divergence; algebraic
operations with series; integration and differentiation; applications
and use of special series.
Pre-requisite: M 5, M 6 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
M 18 Theory of Equations
This course is devoted more to the theory and analysis of equa-
tions and roots than to actual solutions. The properties of
polynomials and continuity are studied. The complex number,
algebraic and geometric form, is reviewed. The solutions of
quadratic, cubic, and quartic equations are discussed and analyzed
with various theorems on roots. Proof is given of the funda-
mental theorems; other theorems discussed are the remainder
theorem, Horner's and Newton's methods, limits of roots, Rolle's
theorem, Descarte's rule, Sturm's theorem, Budan's theorem, and
De-Moivre's theorem. Transformations are studied and an
analysis is made of rational, irrational, complex, and multiple
roots. Symmetric functions including the relation of roots and
coefficients are also taken up. Some work is done with discrimi-
nants. The course closes with the theory of least squares and
curve fitting. 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
^Philosophy
Professor Havice; Dr. Duddy and Assistants
Ph 1 Introduction to Philosophy
This introductory course combines the historical and systematic
approaches to the subject. The historical treatment includes a
84 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
survey of the chief philosophers and the development of basic
philosophical ideas. The systematic treatment presents the
several types of philosophy, such as realism, materialism, idealism,
and pluralism. The place of philosophy is considered in its
relation to ethics, religion, and natural sciences. The course
both acquaints the student with facts about philosophy and trains
him to think philosophically. -
2 semester hour credits
Ph 2 Problems of Philosophy
The chief systems of thought are applied to what may be termed
the persistent problems of philosophy. The problems are to be
found in the fields of epistemology, teleology, and metaphysics.
The following topics suggest representative problems which will
be studied: the relation between mind and body, the nature and
extent of freedom of the will, the validity of knowledge, and the
bearing which the more recent views in physics and psychology
have upon related philosophical problems.
2 semester hour credits
Ph 3 History of Philosophy
Beginning with the early Greek age period, the course traces the
development of philosophical thought through the patristic and
scholastic periods. A study is made of the transition from
medieval to modern philosophy.
2 semester hour credits
Ph 4 History of Philosophy
The first half of the course is a study of the period from Bacon
to Kant; the second half begins with the time of Kant and ends
with a consideration of present-day philosophers and their
systems of thought.
2 semester hour credits
Ph 5 Philosophy of Religion
Fundamental questions of religious belief are examined in the
light of philosophy. Modern religions are compared with respect
to their views on the nature of the Deity, the meaning of life, and
the relationship between man and God. Further topics for study
include the question of the validity of mysticism and intuitive
knowledge of religious truth, the immortality of the soul, the
meaning of the supernatural, the presence of natural evil, and the
relation of morality to religion.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 85
Students may take Philosophy of Religion without having had
any other course in this department, although there is an advan-
tage in having had the Introduction to Philosophy.
2 semester hour credits
Ph 6 Logic
Formal logic is subordinated in this course to the more practical
consideration of the methods of critical and reflective thought.
Common fallacies in logic are indicated, and the student is given
frequent exercises in correct reasoning. Attention is given to the
principles of induction, deduction, verification, syllogism, and
assumption. To assist the student to think clearly and correctly
is the essential purpose of this modified course in logic.
2 semester hour credits
e!Modern Languages
Professor Barnason; Messrs Tenney and Cooperstein
FRENCH
F 1 Elementary French
A beginner's course stressing the essentials of grammar, practice
in pronunciation, and progressive acquisition of basic vocabulary
and current idiomatic expressions.
3 semester hour credits (5 cl.)
F 2 Elementary French
A continuation of F 1. Most of the time is devoted to the reading
of simple texts with oral practice based on the material read.
3 semester hour credits (5 cl.)
F 3 Intermediate French
In this course several texts of average difficulty are read and
studied. The work includes a thorough review of grammar, oral
practice based on the reading matter, memorizing of selected
passages, dictation, study of idioms, vocabulary building, and
outside reading.
3 semester hour credits (upperclass, 4 cl.)
F 4 Intermediate French
A continuation of F 3, with an increasing amount of both class
and outside reading.
3 semester hour credits (upperclass, 4 cl.)
86 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
F 5 Advanced French
This course aims to develop further the student's ability to read
and speak French and to acquaint him with representative works
of modern French literature. Some of the texts to be studied will
deal with French geography, history, and civilization.
Pre-requisite: F 4 3 semester hour credits (upperclass, 4 cl.)
F 6 Advanced French
A continuation of F 5, The reading is mainly from writers of the
second half of the 19th century.
3 semester hour credits (upperclass, 4 cl.)
F 7 French Classicism
This course is designed to furnish a comprehensive survey of the
background and development of French literature of the 17th
century and to aid the student in a critical interpretation of the
most significant works of the period. The reading is mainly from
the dramatic works of Corneille, Racine, and Moliere. Collateral
reading and reports.
Pre-requisite: F 6 2 semester hour credits
F 8 French Classicism
A continuation of F 7. The works of La Fontaine, Descartes,
and Pascal receive the major attention.
2 semester hour credits
F 9 French Romanticism
A study of the origins and development of the Romantic move-
ment in French literature. The readings include significant
selections from the novels of the principal writers of the Romantic
school, as well as some of the more important Romantic dramas.
Pre-requisite: F 6 2 semester hour credits
F 10 French Romanticism
Continuing F 9, the course pursues further the study of the
Romantic drama. The latter part of the term is devoted to the
reading of selections of poetry from the works of Lamartine, Hugo,
Musset, and others.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 87
GERMAN
G 1 Elementary German
A beginner's course stressing the essentials of grammar, practice
in pronunciation, and progressive acquisition of basic vocabulary
and current idiomatic expressions.
3 semester hour credits (upperclass, 5 cl.)
G 2 Elementary German
A continuation of G 1. Most of the time is devoted to the reading
of simple texts, with oral practice based on the material read.
3 semester hour credits (upperclass, 5 cl.)
G 3 Intermediate German
In this course several texts of average difficulty are read and
studied. The work includes a thorough review of grammar, oral
practice based on the reading matter, memorizing of selected
passages, dictation, study of idioms, vocabulary building, and
outside reading.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl. )
G 4 Intermediate German
A continuation of G 3, with an increasing amount of both class
and outside reading.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
G 5 Advanced German
This course aims to develop further the student's ability to read
and speak German and to acquaint him with representative works
of modern German literature. The texts to be studied consist
mainly of outstanding German "Novellen" of the 19th century.
Pre-requisite: G 4 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
G 6 Advanced German
A continuation of G 5. The reading consists chiefly of selections
from contemporary German writers of prose.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
G 7 The Classical Period of German Literature
This course aims to trace the development of German literature
during the second half of the 18th century, beginning with the
Storm and Stress period. The works of Lessing, Goethe, and
Schiller will receive the major emphasis.
Pre-requisite: G 6 2 semester hour credits
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
G 8 The Classical Period of German Literature
A continuation of G 7. The readings will consist mainly of the
later works of Goethe and Schiller.
2 semester hour credits
G 9 German Literature of the Nineteenth Century
This course will consider the chief tendencies in German literature
from the beginning of Romanticism to the coming of Naturalism.
Representative works of the principal writers of the period will
be read and analyzed.
Pre-requisite: G 6 2 semester hour credits
G 10 German Literature of the Nineteenth Century
A continuation of G 9. Among the works to be read will be
some of the outstanding dramas of the latter half of the century.
2 semester hour credits
Thysical Education^
Professors Parsons and Tatton; Dr. Kontoff;
Messrs. Mackenzie, Gallagher, Kopp, Laveaga, Hultgren, and
Dunn
PE 2 Hygiene
One class hour a week is devoted to the study of information
closely related to the Physical Training work and to personal and
mental hygiene. For this class lecture, each student is assigned at
least one hour of outside study based on the required textbook.
The course includes enough of the fundamentals of physiology
and anatomy to enable the student to understand such parts of
the course as require some knowledge of these subjects.
1 semester hour credit
PE 3-4 Physical Training
All first year students are required to take Physical Training.
Health, strength, and vitality do not come by chance, but by
constant attention to good habits of living.
The work in the course includes a formal calisthenic program,
special exercise classes for the correction of postural defects,
participation in the regular athletic program, including baseball,
basketball, hockey, football, track, and many types of informal
games. All members of the class are also required to learn to
swim.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 89
Students wishing to be excused trom Physical Training because
of physical defects are required to present to the faculty a petition
supported by a physician's certificate.
PE 5 Principles of Physical Education
The course considers the place of physical education in the
educational program in the United States. The development of
physical education programs based on the changes in society from
primitive to modern times is discussed, careful attention being
given to the needs of the individual, as well as to the needs of the
group. Relationship between medical service and the physical
education department is considered, and methods of co-ordination
between these two important departments are investigated. The
history of physical education, in so far as it affects the modern
program, is included in the course. Factors such as economic,
social and political influences, which have an important effect
on the conduct of the program, are also considered. School
health programs are discussed, with particular emphasis upon the
medical and physical examinations and tests and the procedures
which follow. Diagnostic and remedial techniques, classroom
hygiene, and principles of preventive and corrective exercise are
discussed. The course also includes a consideration of the proper
place occupied by interschool and intercollegiate athletics in the
physical education program.
Required of all students electing Physical Education as a minor
field.
2 semester hour credits
PE 6 Play and Recreation
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for leadership
of leisure time activities. It considers the biological and socio-
logical aspects of play and its increasing importance in modern life.
From a practical point of view the course deals with the problems
faced by the director of leisure time activities in the community,
in the school, or on the playground. The course should be of
special interest to students who contemplate entering social work
or teaching.
2 semester hour credits
PE 7 History of Physical Education
To provide a valuable background for students in this field, this
course traces the whole history of physical education from the
days of the Greeks and the Romans up to the present. Attention
is given to a number of special systems of training which have
been developed in Europe.
90 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The course is required of all students electing Physical Education
as a minor field.
2 semester hour credits
PE 8 Administration of Physical Education
This course is designed to acquaint the student in the field of
physical education with many of the administrative problems
which are likely to arise in connection with his work. The sub-
ject matter includes a consideration of the objectives of the
physical education program, personnel required, and various
allied subjects such as gymnasia, athletic fields, and the con-
struction and maintenance of these units. The conduct of the
athletic program including requirements for equipment, arrange-
ments of schedules, coaching, meets, etc., is also included.
Required of all students electing Physical Education as a minor
field.
2 semester hour credits
PE 9 Football
This course is designed to furnish the student interested in foot-
ball coaching with a thorough knowledge of the sport. Careful
consideration is given to the fundamentals in discussing the plays
of each position in the line and backfield. Various well-known
offensive and defensive systems are discussed for the purpose of
considering their general merits, as well as adaptations to particular
situations. Training and conditioning, rules and interpretation,
and officiating are given proper attention.
2 semester hour credits
PE 11 Track and Field Events
The course considers the care and training of track athletes.
Practice schedules, selection of material, conduct of meets, etc.,
are discussed. The viewpoint from which the topics are treated
is that of the student of coaching technique. In connection with
this course, action pictures taken from actual performances by
world champions, together with moving pictures, are of great
value in demonstrating the style and technique of track and
field events.
2 semester hour credits
PE 12 Basketball and Baseball
Various systems in use throughout the country are compared
and contrasted. Team play, offense, defense, signal systems,
training and conditioning, rules, and officiating are among the
topics studied. The student in this course should acquire a
thorough knowledge of all phases of the sports.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 91
Thysics
Professors Muckenhoupt, Welch, Coolidge, and, Johnson;
Messrs. Hilli, and Cook
P l'A Survey of the Physical Sciences
The purpose of the course is to give a definite conception of the
physical world to those students who ordinarily would not elect
a science course but who need to know something about the
contributions and the place of the physical sciences in contem-
porary civilization. This course begins with a study of the universe
and solar system. Consideration is given to the principles of
distance, mass and weight, and the simple dynamics of bodies.
The earth is studied from the viewpoint of its geological, meteor-
ological, and chemical aspects, these main fields introducing a
non-mathematical discussion of magnetism, heat, and electricity.
4 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
P 2-A Survey of the Physical Sciences
In this course, which continues P 1-A, the phenomena of light
are taken up. Following this, consideration is given to spectro-
scopy and matter structure, the periodic table, acids, bases, salts,
and organic compounds. The course concludes with a discus-
sion of certain aspects of physics which are of practical importance
in the household, such as heating, lighting, refrigeration, and
electrical appliances.
4 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
P 1 Physics 1
A course in the study of the fundamental principles of the me-
chanics of physics. Some of the topics covered are simple har-
monic motion, uniformly accelerated motion, friction, work,
energy, power, fluid pressure, angular velocity, centripetal force,
equilibrium under the action of a series of parallel forces, and
equilibrium under the action of concurrent forces.
3 semester hour credits
P 2 Physics I
This is a thorough course in magnetism and electricity, covering
all the details within the scope of standard college texts on these
subjects. All lectures are illustrated by means of lantern slides,
motion pictures, and special apparatus.
3 semester hour credits
92 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
P 3 Physics 11
A course in the study of wave motion, sound, and light. Molec-
ular mechanics and other fundamental principles of physics are
stressed at the beginning.
Pre-requisite: M 1, M 3, P 2 2 semester hour credits
P 4 Physics U
The topics studied are thermometry, expansion of solids, liquids
and gases, calorimetry, change of state including latent heat of
fusion and vaporization (sublimation), triple point diagram,
conduction and radiation, and the mechanical equivalent of heat.
2 semester hour credits
P 5 Physics Laboratory
This course consists of experiments in mechanics, light, electricity,
and magnetism performed by each student, supplementing the
lecture and classroom work of courses P 1, P 2, and P 3. The
experiments on mechanics include the use of the vernier, mi-
crometers, and spherometer; the calculation of true weights; the
funicular polygon; gyroscopic motion; simple harmonic motion;
and the determination of areas by means of the planimeter. Other
experiments in this course include plotting the magnetic field
about a bar magnet and the determination of the pole strength
and field strength of the magnet, the position of images in a com-
bination of lenses, and one experiment on electrostatics.
1 semester hour credit (2 lab.)
P 6 Physics Laboratory
A continuation of the experiments started in P 5, including ex-
periments on sound and heat. Some of the experiments of this
course concern the modulus of elasticity, the determination of the
velocity of sound, the coefficient of cubical expansion of mercury,
the air thermometer, the determination of the mechanical equiva-
lent of heat, the study of the maximum and minimum ther-
mometers, and the use of the spectroscope in the study of the
bright line and solar spectra. The experiments of this course
supplement the class work of courses P 1, P 2, P 3, and P 4.
1 semester hour credit (2 lab.)
P 9 Optics
This is a course in the more advanced forms of geometrical optics
and the study of physical optics.
Pre-requisite: P 3, M 6 3 semester hour credits (3 cl, 2 lab.)
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 93
P 10 Optics
Continuing P 9, a detailed study is made of physical optics with
considerable time spent on modern spectroscopic theory.
Pre-requisite: P 9 3 semester hour credits (3 cl, 2 lab.)
P 13 Acoustics
A complete mathematical study of the modes of vibration of
strings, pipes, membranes; and a consideration of vibrating
systems in general.
Pre-requisite: P 3, M 6 3 semester hour credits (3 cl, 2 lab.)
P 14 Acoustics
A course in the application of the principles of P 13 to the prob-
lems of speech, audition, sound, filters, musical instruments, and
the acoustics of auditoriums.
Pre-requisite: PI 3 3 semester hour credits (3 cl., 2 lab.)
P 15 Modern Physics
Consideration is given to molecular relations, and then to atomic
structure, quantum mechanics, and allied subjects.
Pre-requisite: P 4, M 7 3 semester hour credits (3 cl, 2 lab.)
P 16 Modern Physics
Radioactivity, artificial transmutation, nuclear structure, and the
devices for studying these phenomena are here presented. Some
time is also given to the Stark, Zeeman, and Raman effects; and
to X radiation and cosmic rays.
Pre-requisite: P 15 3 semester hour credits (3 cl, 2 lab.)
ME 20 Applied Mechanics (Statics)
The subjects treated are collinear, parallel, concurrent, and non-
concurrent force systems in a plane and in space; the determina-
tion of the resultant of such systems by both algebraic and graph-
ical means, special emphasis being placed on the funicular polygon
method for coplanar force systems; the forces required to produce
equilibrium in such systems; first moments; and problems in-
volving static friction, such as the inclined plane and the wedge.
Pre-requisite: P 4 3 semester hour credits (4 cl)
94 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ME 21 Applied Mechanics (Kinetics)
The subjects treated are continuation of first moments as applied
to varying intensity of force and to the determination of centers
of gravity of areas and solids; second moments and the applica-
tion to the determination of moment of inertia of plane and solid
figures, radius of gyration, polar moment of inertia, product of
inertia, principal axes; uniform motion, uniformly accelerated
motion, variable accelerated motion, harmonic motion; simple
pendulum, rotation, work, energy, momentum, and impact.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
ME 30 Thermodynamics
In this introductory course in the fundamentals of thermo-
dynamics the following subjects are discussed: general theory of
heat and matter; first and second laws of thermodynamics;
equations of state; fundamental equations of thermodynamics;
laws of perfect gases; properties of vapors including development
and use of tables and charts; thermodynamic processes of gases,
and saturated and superheated vapors; and the general equations
for the flow of fluids.
Pre-requisite: P 4 3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
EL 13 Electrical Measurements 1
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the theory
of precision measure as applied to electrical measurement in
particular. Some of the subjects covered are theory of measure-
ments, directly and indirectly measured quantities, recording of
observations, rules of significant figures, classification of error,
law of error, characteristics of error, and laws of average deviation.
Most of the problems studied fall in the following two general
classifications: (1) Given the precision measures of the directly
measured quantities, to determine the precision measure of the
indirectly measured quantity as calculated by the use of engineer-
ing equations which apply to measurements work. (2) Given the
prescribed precision to be obtained in the indirectly measured
quantity, to determine the precision measure of the directly
measured components which enter into its calculations.
In this course parts and theory of operation of resistance devices,
galvanometers, ammeters, and voltmeters are discussed, the
treatment of other instruments being taken up later in connection
with their use. This is followed by a detailed discussion of the
methods of measuring various electrical quantities: resistance,
resistivity, conductance; D. C. electromotive force, current,
power, and energy. This part of the work involves the student's
use of visual indicating devices.
2}/2 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 95
EL 14 Electrical Measurements 11
Resistance, capacitance, inductance, magnetic induction, A. C.
power, and energy are treated in this course, with a detailed dis-
cussion of the methods of measuring them. This phase of the
subject involves the use of both visual and sound indicating de-
vices, and includes some work on the uses of circuits and bridges
designed for high frequency measurements and tube constant
determination. The student is given a thorough discussion of the
construction, theory of operation, method of use, sources of error,
etc., of the types of measuring instruments used in commercial
work and in the standardizing laboratory.
2 semester hour credits
EL 21 Electrophysics
The first part of this course is concerned with Faraday's Rule and
the extended Ampere Rule, divergence of electrical vectors,
Poisson's equation, and Maxwell's field equations and wave
equations. Study is then made of molecular activity, and various
properties of and measurements on electrons.
Pre-requisite: M 7 1 semester hour credit (2 cl.)
EL 22 Electrophysics
Continuing EL 21 the topics considered are photo-electricity,
X-rays, atomic structure and the spectrum, vacuum tubes, radio-
activity, and the modern physics of matter and waves.
2 semester hour credits
EL 23 Electrical Measurements Laboratory
This course consists of a series of experiments emphasizing the
principles developed in courses EL 13 and EL 14. The student
becomes familiar with the standard apparatus used in testing
laboratories. Particular stress is laid on the correct use of the
apparatus, and precision discussions are required throughout.
The general experiments cover various methods of measuring
resistance, resistivity, conductivity, electromotive force, current,
inductance, mutual inductance, capacitance, hysteresis, etc.
Further experiments are made in cable testing, magnetic testing,
wave form determination, and the use of special apparatus.
Thorough training in the principles of precision measure and
measurements technique is also given, and applied to each experi-
ment performed.
2 semester hour credits (3 lab.)
96 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EL 24 Advanced Measurements Laboratory
This course concerns the use of laboratory and secondary stand-
ards and precision methods as applied to the checking of resist-
ances, and the calibration of indicating and integrating instru-
ments of various types.
It involves the use of the potentiometer, Weston laboratory
standard instruments; precision model Kelvin Low Resistance
and Carey-Foster Bridges; Westinghouse portable oscillograph,
cathode ray oscillograph; ordinary, reflex, and logarithmic vacuum
tube voltmeters; Anderson Bridge, Edgerton Stroboscope; low,
medium, and high frequency oscillators; vacuum tube bridge;
potential phase shifters and rotating standard. The work in-
cludes testing for characteristics and investigation of the action
of multi-electrode tubes, thyratron, tungar rectifier, artificial
telephone line, and Piezo oscillating crystals.
Precision work is insisted on throughout. The student is trained
to develop speed and quickness of manipulation, but never at the
expense of quality and accuracy of the work.
2 semester hour credits (3 lab.)
Psychology
Professor Estes and Assistants
Ps 1 Introduction to Differential Psychology
An elementary survey of the psychology of individual differences
including personality differences, together with a presentation of
some of the practical applications of the findings of differential
psychology.
2 semester hour credits
Ps 2 General Psychology
An introduction to general experimental psychology. The topics
considered include learning, thought, memory, perception, and
sensation.
2 semester hour credits
*Ps 5 Educational Psychology
Considers the applications of psychological facts and principles
to educational problems and practices.
Prerequisite: Ps 1 and 2 2 semester hour credits
*Ps 6 Educational Psychology
Continuation of Ps 5. 2 semester hour credits
*May be counted for credit in either Psychology or Education.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 97
Ps 7 Social Psychology of Everyday Life
A course devoted to the psychological examination of some of the
phenomena observable in everyday social life. These include
customs, crazes, fashions, rumor, propaganda, crowds, leadership,
competition, and co-operation.
Pre-requisite: Ps 1 and 2 2 semester hour credits
Ps 8 Social Psychology, Theory, and Methods
A survey of the field of social psychological theory and an exam-
ination of the experimental techniques utilized in this field of
psychology. Special emphasis is placed upon attitudes and their
measurement.
2 semester hour credits
Ps 9 Psychology of Personality
Presents a survey of historical and contemporary theories of the
nature of personality. The problems of the generality of traits,
the consistency of expression, and the relation of cultural factors
to personality, growth, and integration will be discussed.
Pre-requisite: Ps 1 and 2 2 semester hour credits
Ps 10 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to the field of psychopathology. The psychology
of the neuroses and the minor disturbances of everyday life are
emphasized. Interpretation of clinical findings in the light of
some contemporary schools of psychology is included.
2 semester hour credits
Sociology
Professor Havice; Dr. Duddy and Assistants
S 1 Introduction to Sociology
In presenting a survey of the origins and sources of human society,
this study provides orientation for the courses in principles and
problems which follow. The several theories of organic evolution
are discussed. The antiquity of man and basic anthropological
data are considered. The racial and ethnic groupings of man are
then studied in the light of biological, geographical, and cultural
factors.
2 semester hour credits
98 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
S 2 Principles of Sociology
Facts and principles basic to a general knowledge of the field of
sociology are presented. The origins, forms, and forces of human
associations are discussed. Consideration is given the several
leading schools of sociological thought. The course is designed
to meet the needs of the student who desires only an elementary
survey of the subject, as well as the student who plans to take
advanced courses in social science.
2 semester hour credits
S 3 Social Problems
Attention is given the nature, complex causation, and inter-
relatedness of social problems in general. Cultural change with
its attendant lags, as well as other social forces and conflicts, are
studied. While sociological theory is occasionally introduced to
clarify the problem at hand, the course is essentially practical in
character. Such problems as poverty and unemployment, race
antagonisms, population pressures, and the broken home are
considered. Optional field trips to various institutions give
concreteness to the problems studied.
2 semester hour credits
S 4 Social Pathology
Similar to the course in Social Problems in background and
approach, this study deals with the maladjustments and ills of
human society. Emphasis is given those pathological conditions
which exist in relations between the individual and the group.
Typical subjects presented include mental defectiveness and dis-
ease, alcoholism and drug addiction, suicide, delinquency and
crime, and pathologies of domestic relations. The field trips
arranged for this course add to the practical knowledge of the
social ills which are studied.
2 semester hour credits
S 5 Criminology
Delinquency and crime are defined and classified, and their casual
factors indicated. The various theories as to what makes criminals
are dealt with, and a brief history of crime is sketched. Legal and
economic aspects of crime are summarized, but the study is
mainly sociological. Prevention and correction of criminal
behavior are stressed. Local institutions are visited.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 99
S 6 Penology
Closely related to the course in Criminology, this subject begins
with an historical treatment of the punishment of criminals.
Time is devoted chiefly to an understanding of modern methods
and problems of dealing with offenders. Field trips are taken to
criminal courts and penal institutions.
2 semester hour credits
S 7 Principles of Social Ethics
To clarify the meaning of morality in social relations is the aim
of this study. Right and wrong conduct is analyzed in the light
of the highest values for human society. Moral laws are discussed,
and the various systems of ethics are evaluated. Scientific atti-
tudes are encouraged in order that one's moral judgments may
be compatible with one's best reflective thought.
2 semester hour credits
S 8 The Family
The historical development of the family is first traced, after which
the course focuses upon the modern family. The monogamic
family is contrasted with other types, and such unconventional
forms as companionate and trial marriages are evaluated. Then
follows an intensive study of family problems.
A constructive program is presented for strengthening the family
as a basic unit in society.
2 semester hour credits
S 9 Problems in Social Ethics
Problems arising from differences in moral standards found in the
various social groups will be examined. The question of ethical
relativism and determinism will be considered. A selected number
of specific problems in social ethics will be discussed.
2 semester hour credits
S 10 Social Progress
The historical development of the theory of progress, contem-
porary concepts of social progress, the agents of progress, and the
phenomenon of regression are several of the subjects for study.
The course is based on Hertzler's Social Progress, supplemented
with lectures and collateral readings.
2 semester hour credits
100 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
S 11 Social Control
The methods by which social forces are controlled provide the
fundamental material of the course. External and internal
types of control of the social organism are discussed. The use of
violence, the power of public opinion, and the application of
certain principles of social psychology are examined.
2 semester hour credits
S 12 Sociology of Religion
Religious beliefs, practices, and institutions are examined and
evaluated in relation to their effects upon society at large. The
great religions of the world are compared in the light of their
contributions to the well-being and progress of mankind. The
social creeds of the several leading denominations in America are
discussed with respect to their attitudes towards race, industry,
war, and other social problems. The influences of organized
religion upon politics and educational institutions are given
attention. 2 semester hour credits
S 13 Population Problems
Population pressure, contrasts between urban and rural popula-
tion, migration, and pertinent types of social mobility are studied
in this course. After a brief survey of population problems in
several areas of Europe and the Orient, attention is then given
to a careful analysis of population conditions in the United
States. The many factors are shown which intensify the prob-
lem in our country in spite of its wide area. What principles have
superseded those of Malthus? What immigration policies are
most sound for our country in the long run? What methods can
be adopted which will relieve the population pressure in our great
cities? Such questions as these will be discussed.
2 semester hour credits
S 14 Urban Sociology
Upon studying the complex human society found in the various
cities of the world, this course then turns to an analysis of the
modern American city. Its types, social values, and pathological
elements are discussed. Methods of city planning are considered.
The belief on the part of some sociologists that democracy is
doomed by its cities is examined in the light of typical problems
of urban society.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 101
Theses
A thesis in the College of Liberal Arts is considered to be an
essay involving the statement, analysis, and solution of some
problem in a special field. Its purpose is to demonstrate a satis-
factory degree of initiative and power of original thought and
work on the part of the candidate. A mere resume of existing
knowledge in some subject is not acceptable. This, it is true,
must usually be made, but in addition thereto the student must
show his ability to deal constructively with the data he has
collected and his power to draw significant and reliable conclu-
sions from his investigations. The completed thesis will be
examined for acceptance or rejection from the technical viewpoint
by the Major Departments interested and then forwarded to the
Secretary of the Day Division. Final approval of the thesis rests
with the Dean. When it is accepted, the thesis becomes the
property of the college and is not so be printed, published, nor in
any other way made public except in such manner as the Profes-
sional Department and the Dean shall jointly approve.
Theses are not required of seniors in the College of Liberal Arts.
To certain students who wish to do so, however, the privilege of
writing a thesis may be granted by the Faculty Committee on
Theses in accordance with the following regulations:
1. To be eligible to write a thesis a student must have attained
a scholastic average of at least 2.0 or better through his middler
year and the first half of his junior year.
2. Students who have met this minimum requirement may
petition for the privilege of substituting a thesis for formal class-
room work.
3. In his petition the student must state the subject which he
proposes to investigate and give a brief statement of the purpose
and scope of the proposed thesis.
4. Petitions for the privilege of writing theses must be submitted
in writing to the head of the student's Major Department not
later than the middle of the second term of the junior year.
102
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Courses of Instruction
1940-1941
Course
Number
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B 8
B 9
B 10
B 11
B 12
B 13
B 14
B 15
B 16
B 17
Ch
Ch
Ch
Ch
Ch
Ch
1
2
3
4
9
11
Ch 12
Ch 13
Ch 14
Ch 15
Ch 31
Ch 32
Ch 33
Ch 34
Ch 35
Ch 37
Ch 40
Course
BIOLOGY
General Zoology
General Botany
Invertebrate Zoology
Invertebrate Zoology
Vertebrate Zoology
Vertebrate Zoology
Animal Physiology
Genetics
Animal Histology
Animal Histology
Vertebrate Embryology
Vertebrate Embryology
Mammalian Anatomy
Mammalian Anatomy
Histological Technique
Histological Technique
History of Biology
CHEMISTRY
Inorganic Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Qualitative Analysis
Qualitative Analysis Laboratory . .
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative Analysis Laboratory .
Quantitative Analysis Laboratory .
Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
Organic Chemistry Laboratory I . .
Organic Chemistry Laboratory II .
Organic Chemistry III
Organic Chemistry Laboratory III .
Physical Chemistry I
Semester
Hours
4
4
4
4
3
2V2
2
2
VA
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
3
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
103
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
Ch 41
Ch 42
Ch 48
Ch 51
Ch 52
Ch 63
Ch 64
Ch 65
Ch 66
C 11
C 12
Ec 3
Ec 4
Ec 5
Ec 6
Ec 7
Ec 11
Ec 12
Ec 13
Ec 14
Ec 15
Ec 16
Ec 17
Ec 18
Ed 1
Ed 2
Ed 3
Ed 4
Ed 7
Ed 9
Ed 10
Course
CHEMISTRY (Continued)
Physical Chemistry II
Physical Chemistry III
Colloidal Chemistry
Sources of Information
History of Chemistry
Advanced Chemistry
Advanced Chemistry
Thesis
Thesis
CO-ORDINATION
Vocational Conference
Vocational Conference
ECONOMICS
Economic Principles
Economic Principles
Economic Problems
Economic Problems
Money and Banking
Labor Problems
Economic Systems
Business Cycles
International Economic Relations .
History of Economic Thought
Advanced Economic Theory
Statistics
Statistics
EDUCATION
History of Education
History of Education
Educational Organization and Admin-
istration
Educational Measurements
Comparative Education
Educational Sociology
Educational Philosophy
Semester
Hours
3^
3^
2y2
1
2
llA
lxA
3
4
104
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
1-A
2-A
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Course
ENGLISH
English I
English 1 .'
Creative Writing
Creative Writing
Journalism I
Journalism I
Journalism II
Journalism II
Effective Speaking
Effective Speaking
Survey of English Literature
Survey of English Literature
English Drama Before Shakespeare ....
Chaucer
Shakespeare
Shakespeare
Nineteenth Century Poetry I
Nineteenth Century Poetry II
Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century
Prose
Nineteenth Century Prose
American Literature to 1860
American Literature After 1860
History of the English Novel
History of the English Novel
Great European Writers
Great European Writers
Comparative Drama
Comparative Drama
Modern Literature 1895-1915
Post-war Literature
FRENCH
Elementary French
Elementary French
Intermediate French
Intermediate French
Advanced French
Advanced French
French Classicism
French Classicism
French Romanticism
French Romanticism
Semester
Hours
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
105
Courses of Instruction
Course
GEOLOGY
General Geology
General Geology
Historical Geology
Historical Geology
GERMAN
Elementary German
Elementary German
Intermediate German
Intermediate German
Advanced German
Advanced German
The Classical Period of German Litera-
ture
The Classical Period of German Litera-
ture
German Literature of the Nineteenth
Century
German Literature of the Nineteenth
Century
Semester
Hours
GOVERNMENT
American Government and Politics
American Government and Politics
Comparative Government
Comparative Government
American Constitutional Law
American Constitutional Law
Origins of Political Theory
Modern Political Theory
HISTORY
History of Civilization
History of Civilization
Europe, 1789-1870
Europe, 1870-1938
England to 1688
England Since 1688
The United States to 1865
The United States Since 1865
Latin American History
Latin American History
106
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
M 1
M 3
M 4
M 5
M 6
M 7
M 8
M 9
M 10
M 11
M 12
M 13
M 14
M 15
M 16
M 17
M 18
Ph 1
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
PE 2
PE 3-4
PE 5
PE 6
PE 7
PE 8
PE 9
PE 11
PE 12
Course
MATHEMATICS
College Algebra
Trigonometry
Analytic Geometry and Introduction to
Calculus
Differential Calculus
Integral Calculus
Differential Equations I
Differential Equations II
Higher Algebra
Curve Analysis
Solid Analytic Geometry
Modern Geometry
Spherical Trigonometry
History of Mathematics
Advanced Calculus
Advanced Calculus
Series
Theory of Equations
PHILOSOPHY
Introduction to Philosophy .
Problems of Philosophy ....
History of Philosophy
History of Philosophy
Philosophy of Religion
Logic
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Hygiene
Physical Training
Principles of Physical Education
Play and Recreation
History of Physical Education
Administration of Physical Education
Football
Track and Field Events
Basketball and Baseball
Semester
Hours
5
3
3
IV*
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
107
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
1-A
2-A
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
10
13
14
15
1,6
ME 20
ME 21
ME 30
EL 13
EL 14
EL 21
EL 22
EL 23
EL 24
Ps
1
Ps
2
Ps
5
Ps
6
Ps
7
Ps
8
Ps 9
Ps
10
Course
S 1
S 2
S 3
PHYSICS
Survey of the Physical Sciences
Survey of the Physical Sciences
Physics I
Physics I
Physics II
Physics II
Physics Laboratory
Physics Laboratory
Optics
Optics
Acoustics
Acoustics
Modern Physics
Modern Physics
Applied Mechanics (Statics)
Applied Mechanics (Kinetics)
Thermodynamics
Electrical Measurements I
Electrical Measurements II
Electrophysics
Electrophysics
Electrical Measurements Laboratory . .
Advanced Measurements Laboratory .
PSYCHOLOGY
Introduction to Differential Psychology
General Psychology
Educational Psychology
Educational Psychology
Social Psychology of Everyday Life ....
Social Psychology, Theory and Methods
Psychology of Personality
Abnormal Psychology
SOCIOLOGY
Introduction to Sociology .
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems
Semester
Hours
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
W*
2
1
2
2
2
108
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
9
10
11
12
13
14
Course
SOCIOLOGY (Continued)
Social Pathology
Criminology . . . .'
Penology
Principles of Social Ethics
The Family
Problems in Social Ethics
Social Progress
Social Control
Sociology of Religion
Population Problems
Urban Sociology
Semester
Hours
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 109
Laboratory Equipment
Chemistry Laboratories and Equipment
The Hayden Memorial Laboratories
The Chemical Laboratories, located on the fourth floor of the
West Building and embodying the most recent developments in
materials and design, were given to the University by the Charles
Hayden Memorial Fund. The laboratories are adequately
equipped for undergraduate instruction in the major branches of
chemistry and consist of the following units: (1) General Chem-
istry and Qualitative Analysis Laboratory, (2) Organic Chemistry
Laboratory, (3) Quantitative Analysis and Physical Chemistry
Laboratory, (4) Research Laboratories, (5) Dark Room for
Photography, and (6) Service Rooms.
General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis Laboratory
This large and well-lighted laboratory is fully equipped for giving
instruction in these undergraduate courses. A hydrogen sulfide
room, a well-equipped balance room, a coat closet, and a confer-
ence room are a part of this unit.
The laboratory tables are made of light oak and have alberene
stone tops. The usual services including water, gas, A.C. and
D.C. electricity, and steam are available to the students. The
large and well-illuminated fume hoods are of the open front
construction type with a special built-in drying cabinet in the
base. This cabinet is so constructed that a draft of filtered air is
drawn in through screened holes at the base and then passes into
the fume exhaust. The hoods are supplied with water, gas, steam,
steam cones, 110 V. A.C, 115-230 V. D.C, and also variable
D.C supplied by a battery system.
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
This laboratory is adequately equipped for undergraduate
courses in preparation of organic compounds and qualitative
organic analysis. The laboratory furniture is made of light oak
with alberene stone tops and so arranged that each student has a
working space of about six feet. A sink and steam cone are
available for each student as well as water, steam, gas, and elec-
tricity.
Eight large fume hoods, made of Sheldine stone with leadclad
steel bases, enable the student to work in a clean atmosphere.
The hoods are well illuminated and contain the same services as
the assigned table units. The bases of the hoods serve as drying
cabinets and are well insulated to make working conditions at
the hood more comfortable.
110 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
A large evaporator unit made of alberene stone with ceramic
baths, stainless steel tops, and concentric rings facilitates evapora-
tion operations. Provision is made for twenty-seven simulta-
neous evaporations, arranged in three tiers of nine units. The
source of heat is steam. A special overhead glass plate provides
for the draining away of overhead condensate to prevent con-
tamination of the solutions being evaporated.
A multiple-unit organic combustion furnace, an ice storage
chamber, an ice crusher, cork presses, a Fisher micro-melting
point apparatus, a saccharimeter, and other accessories needed in
these courses are available.
Quantitative Analysis and Physical Chemistry Laboratory
The laboratory tables and fume hoods are similar to those in
the Organic Chemistry Laboratory. Abundant drying cabinet
space is available in the hood bases. A large evaporator unit,
similar to that in the Organic Chemistry Laboratory, and a sand
bath built into one of the hoods provide ample space for evapora-
tions. A large Freas drying oven is available for the drying of
analytical samples. The balance room is of modern design and
well illuminated by indirect lighting.
A small laboratory, adjacent to the Quantitative Analysis
Laboratory, is used for technical analyses such as the determina-
tions of coals, vegetable oils, lubricating oils, gasolines, dairy
products, textiles, rubber, and other industrial materials.
Some of the equipment available for this type of work includes
the following: a standard A.S.T.M. gasoline distillation apparatus,
a closed cup and an open cup flash and fire point apparatus, a
Conradson carbon residue apparatus, a muffle furnace, an Abbe
refractometer, a three objective B. <St L. microscope with an oil-
immersion objective, a Kjeldahl distillation outfit, a combustion
furnace for iron and steel determinations, rheostats, voltmeters,
ammeters, etc. This technical analysis laboratory has a fume
hood and several working tables with all the necessary services
such as water, gas, steam, vacuum, 110 V. A.C., 115-230 V. D.C.
and several variable D.C. circuits supplied from a series of bat-
teries through a distribution panel.
A special laboratory is available for electrolytic work such as
potentiometric determinations, electrometric titrations, electrolytic
analyses of metals, etc. For this work the equipment includes two
L. and N. student potentiometers, a Wilkens-Anderson electro-
lytic machine, and all the accessories necessary.
The electric current distribution panel, specially designed at the
University and constructed by the Holtzer-Cabot Company, is
located in this electrolytic laboratory. The current available for
distribution at this panel is variable D.C. (2-32 V.) and 115-230
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 111
V. D.C. A built-in tungar charger enables the batteries to be
kept fully charged at all times. The battery system is located in a
separate battery room adjacent to the electrolytic laboratory.
The physical Chemistry Laboratory contains working benches
equipped with water, gas, and electricity. A special table contain-
ing a thermostat and having D.C. and A.C. connections is used
for experiments requiring these services. Apparatus is available
for performing experiments on the properties of gases and liquids,
thermochemical measurements, and conductivity of solutions. A
supply of electrical instruments and special thermometers enables
a wide range of special tests to be made as directed.
Research Laboratories
The Chemistry Department has three research laboratories
equipped with A.C. and D.C, water, gas, and steam. In one
laboratory work can be done on the electrical properties of solu-
tions, solubility effect, and other physical chemistry phenomena.
Another laboratory is equipped for work in organic chemistry,
and the third can be used for research in analytical or physical
chemistry. Electrical instruments and glass apparatus of various
types are available for use in the laboratories.
Dark Room Equipment
The photographic dark room is equipped with all the common
accessories necessary in photography. A copying camera is
available and is especially useful in the making of lantern slides
for instructional purposes. An Ellwood enlarger taking a nega-
tive as large as 5 x 7 inches, siphon print washers, and several safe
lights with interchangeable green, amber, and red filters are
available. The room is equipped with gas, electricity, water and
distilled water. A large light-proof fan gives adequate ventilation.
Service Rooms
The service rooms consist of the following units: (1) the stock
room supplying the main laboratories; (2) storage rooms on the
fourth floor for the operating supply of chemicals and apparatus;
(3) storage rooms in the basement for the main supply of chemicals
and apparatus; (4) solution room; and (5) preparation rooms
adjacent to all main lecture rooms.
The stock room is centrally located to feed all the main labora-
tories. The wall tables, adjacent to the service windows leading
into each laboratory, are stocked with the materials necessary for
the servicing of those laboratories. The still, for the making of
distilled water, and a large storage tank are located in the stock
room. The water is piped from this tank into the various lab-
oratories, solution room, and dark room. The distilled water
outlets are tin-lined, self-closing bibcocks. Aluminum piping is
used throughout.
112 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
A storage room for alcohol and inflammable solvents, a storage
room for chemicals, and a storage room for apparatus maintain
an adequate supply of materials for this stock room. These
storage rooms are all connected to the stock room.
The solution room is fully equipped with a laboratory table, a
hood, and all the necessary services including distilled water.
There is ample shelf room for maintaining a complete supply of
chemicals necessary for the preparation of solutions needed in the
various laboratory courses.
The two large and well-ventilated storage rooms in the basement
are used for storing the main bulk of chemical and apparatus
supplies. A freight elevator makes these rooms readily available
to the stock room on the fourth floor.
The preparation rooms adjoining lecture halls are equipped
with working tables, hoods, and steel storage cabinets. All
materials necessary for setting up of lecture demonstrations are
stored in these rooms. Tables mounted on wheels are used for
carrying the set-up demonstrations into the lecture room.
Visual Education Equipment
Classroom instruction is made more effective by the use of
motion pictures and lantern slides. For this purpose there are
available projectors for 16 mm. and 35 mm. films. Complete
sound motion picture apparatus is also available. New and
powerful Delineascopes project the lantern slides. Stationary as
well as portable day light screens enable students to take notes
while viewing the pictures.
Statistics Laboratory
Students have available for laboratory work in statistics all the
commonly used office machines. Principal pieces of equipment
include duplicators, typewriters, hand and electric calculators,
and both hand and electric adding machines. The laboratory is
in charge of a graduate assistant whose work is to maintain the
equipment in excellent condition and to give instruction in the
use of the various machines.
Biological Laboratory
The Biological Laboratory, a large, well-lighted room containing
six dissecting tables, can accommodate thirty-six students.
General equipment includes simple and compound microscopes,
binocular dissecting microscopes, microscopical stains, staining
solutions, physiological preparations, reagents, chemicals, and
glassware.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 113
The zoological collection is especially good. It includes a com-
plete series of invertebrate and vertebrate specimens for dissection
and also various demonstration specimens. Among these are
complete series of sponges, corals, flat worms, round worms, echi-
noderms, annelids, mollusks, arthropods, insects, and chordates;
a set to demonstrate the general survey of the animal kingdom; a
series of heart models of different types of vertebrates and human
heart; a series of brain models of the most important vertebrate
groups; a set of models to demonstrate the various cell types from
human tissues; a set of models to demonstrate the principal steps
in somatic mitosis; various other models of invertebrates and
vertebrates; zoological dissections in museum jars; skeletal prep-
arations of the most important vertebrate groups; and a complete
series of Leuckhart zoological charts.
The histological collection consists of some four hundred
mounted microscopical specimens illustrating various forms of
invertebrate, vertebrate, and plant tissues, while the botanical
collection includes a complete series of both preserved and
mounted botanical specimens.
Physics Laboratories
General Laboratory
The General Laboratory is fully equipped with large working
tables, each provided with gas, alternating current, and direct
current. Some also have water supplies for such experiments as
require a constant flow. A separate balance room, a spectrometer
room, a photographic room, and a photometer room are directly
connected with this laboratory. A large amount of apparatus
for all of the usual physics experiments is available so that the
students may work alone thus gaining confidence in laboratory
technique. The students work in groups only when the experi-
ment requires more than one person for its proper operation.
Advanced Laboratory
This laboratory is designed with a view both to precision and
flexibility. A special switchboard provides single phase and
polyphase alternating current and a variety of direct current
potentials to be fed around to various working points. Two
separate research rooms and a workshop with lathe, drill press,
grinder, and a full set of tools complement the laboratory. Typical
of the equipment available are a General Radio impedance bridge,
high frequency bridge, wave analyzer, cathode ray oscillograph,
and vacuum tube voltmeter, together with standards of resistance,
inductance, and capacity manufactured by the same company.
A communications type radio receiver, and a large number of
meters, amplifiers, discharge tubes, and vacuum tubes are avail-
able for electrical work.
114 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
In the field of light there are spectrometers, photometers, photo-
cells, a Zeiss ECE330 microscope, polarizing equipment, pro-
jectors, etc. A Central Scientific cathetometer measuring to
0.05 mm. over a 97 cm. length is used for precision measurement
of large objects. Vacuum pumps, blower, and large amounts of
auxiliary apparatus give a well rounded set of equipment for the
Advanced Laboratory courses and for research.
Astronomy Laboratory
This laboratory is in the penthouse of the West Building, close
to a platform on the roof which gives a very good view free from
obstructions. Equipment is available for the grinding of mirrors
and the constructing of telescopes, and students are encouraged
to build their own instruments. The Astronomy Club holds
evening meetings in the laboratory regularly throughout the col-
lege year. The Club has made a good start in building up a
library in its special field for the use of its membership.
Radio Laboratory
This is also in the penthouse of the West Building and is a
completely shielded room high up from the street. Three masts
support three horizontal antennae and a vertical ultra high
frequency doublet. The transmitters operate on both radio-
telephone and radiotelegraph as permitted in the amateur bands
by the Federal Communications Commission. The maximum
allowable power is available on all bands except the ultra high
frequency ones. Full controls and safety devices make the opera-
tion simple and without hazard to the operators. Facilities are
provided for research. The Radio Club uses this laboratory and
supplies most of the operators.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 115
(Judex
Absences 27
Academy 38-39
Accounting-Law Club 39
Activities 36-45
Administrative Officers 6
Admission Requirements 48-52
Advanced Standing 50
Aims and Methods 46
Alcott Award 43
Alumni Association 44-45
Application for Admission 49-50
Assistant Professors 7
Assistants 8
Associate Professors 7
Astronomy Club 41
Astronomy Laboratory Equipment 114
Athletic Association 36-37
Attendance 27
Awards and Prizes 43-44
Banking Club 39
Biological Laboratory Equipment 112-113
Biology 57-60
Books and Supplies 24-25
Buildings and Equipment 29-35
Calendar:
Freshman 2
Upperclass 3
Calendar for College Year, 1940-1941 4-5
Camera Club 42
"Cauldron," College Annual 38
Chapel Preachers 11
Chemical Laboratory Deposit 22
Chemical Laboratory Equipment 109-112
Chemistry 60-64
Class Organization and Activity 42-43
Condition Examinations 51
Co-operative Plan 16-21
Correlation of Theory and Practice 18
Earnings 19
Faculty Coordinators 16
How It Works 16
Location of Work 19
Placement at Work 16-17
Positions Available 19
Records of Co-operative Work 18
Reports 18
Supervision and Guidance 17
Training Schedules 20-21
Types of Co-operative Work 19-20
Co-ordination 64-65
Corporation Frontispiece
Counsellors 52
Courses of Instruction , 102-108
Curricula Requirements 55-56
Dean's List 26
116 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Debating Society 41
Degrees 48
Deposits, Laboratory 22
Design and Drafting Rooms 34
Discipline 26-27
Dormitories 28
Dramatic Club 41
East Building 33
Economics 65-67
Education 68-69
Elective System, College of Liberal Arts 46-47
English 69-74
Entrance Examinations in Boston 51
Entrance Requirements 48-53
Equipment, Laboratory 109-114
Examinations 25
Executive Council 6
Expenses 24
Faculty 6-9
Fees 22-24
Fraternities 39
French 85-86
Freshman Orientation Period 51
Freshman Programs 53
General Information 22-28
General Library and Materials Fee 22
General Officers 6
Geology 74-75
German 87-88
Government 75-76
Grades 25-26
Graduation Fee 23
Graduation with Honors 54
Gymnasium 33
Handbook 38
History 77-78
Honor Societies 38-39
Housing Regulations 28
Instructing Staff ' 6-8
Instructors 7-8
Inter-Fraternity Council 39
International Relations Club 40
Laboratory Deposits and Fees 22
Lecture Assembly Halls 34
Liberal Arts, College of 46-101
Libraries 35
List of Courses Offered \ 102-108
Location of University 29
Map of Vicinity 31
Marks 25-26
Mass Meeting 37
Mathematics 79-83
Mathematics Society 42
Modern Languages 85-88
Musical Clubs 42
Natatorium 33
"Northeastern News" ' 37-38
Northeastern Student Union 43
Northeastern University Alumni Association 44-45
Orientation Period, Freshman 51
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 117
Part-Time Work 25
Payments 23
Personal Interview 49
Philosophy 83-85
Physical Education 88-90
Physical Examination 51
Physical Training Equipment 34
Physics 91-96
Physics Laboratories Equipment 113-114
Plan of Co-operation 16-21
Pre-Legal Curricula 56-57
Professional Societies and Clubs 39-42
Professors 6-7
Programs of Study 53
Provisional Acceptance 50
Psychology 96-97
Public Speaking Contest 43
Purpose and Program 12-14
Radio Club 41
Radio Laboratory Equipment 114
Refunds 24
Registration 50
Religious Activities 43
Report Cards 26
Requirements for Admission 48-52
Requirements for Graduation 54
Residence 28
Rifle Club 41
Scholarships, Trustee 50
Scholastic Year for Seniors 27
Secretarial Staff 8-9
Sociology 97-100
South Building 30-33
Statistical Summary 15
Statistics Laboratory Equipment 112
Student Activities 36-45
Student Activities Fees 22
Student Council 38
Student Union 43
Subjects for Entrance 48
Subjects of Instruction 102-108
Supplies 24-25
Tennis Club 37
Theses 101
Transportation 29
Tuition 22
University Lecturers 10
Visual Education Equipment 112
West Building 29-30
Yearbook 38
OFFICE HOURS
DEPARTMENT OP ADMISSIONS
9 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily
Saturday 12.00 n'n
Wednesday Evenings by
Appointment
Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
Paste a Small
Photo or
Snapshot
in This Space
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
(A non-returnable fee of five dollars must accompany this appli-
cation. Make checks, money orders, or drafts payable to
Northeastern University)
Boston, Mass 19
To Director of Admissions:
I (Name in full)
hereby respectfully apply for admission to the College of Liberal Arts to
major in the field checked:
D Biology □ English
□ Chemistry □ Sociology and Economics
d Mathematics and Physics □ Pre-Legal
for the school period beginning 19 ... .
NOTE: The applicant should fill out the following form (both sides) with care.
Residence Street
Town or City
State Tel
Date of Birth Age
Place of Birth
Race Religion Nationality
Graduate of High School, Year
Location of High School
Name of Principal
Other high schools you have attended
Names of Principals
If not a graduate, state the years of attendance and why you left
Father's, Mother's, or Guardian's Name ,
Address
Father's work, business or profession
Names and addresses of two other persons, to whom we may direct in-
quiries concerning you.
(over)
Weight Height. .
Have you any physical infirmities? Explain, if any
Defects of speech
Defects of hearing
Defects of sight
Bodily infirmities
Is your general health good, fair, or poor?
Have you done collegiate work elsewhere?
// so, name and address of college or university
Name of person who will furnish transcript of your college record ,
Do you expect advance credit for past collegiate work? .
List all athletics and other extra curricula high school activities you
have engaged in
Names and addresses of all past employers with brief description of
each job, length of employment, and wages received:
Date
Milton J. Schlagenhauf, Director of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Mass.
Dear Sir:
Please send me additional information on the following points:
Name
Street and Number.
Town or City
State
3
Northeastern University
Day Division
College of
ENGINEERING
1940-1941
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
January, 1940
Northeastern University
DAY DIVISION
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Conducted on the Co-operative Plan
Catalogue for 1940-1941
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pages
The Corporation Frontispiece
Calendar for the College Year 2-5
Administrative and Instructional Staff 6-14
Purpose of Northeastern University 15-18
Co-operative Plan of Education 19-24
General Information 25-31
Buildings and Facilities 32-38
Student Activities 39-48
Admission Requirements 49-53
Graduation Requirements 54
Curricula and Courses of Instruction 55-113
Laboratory Equipment 1 14-133
Index 134-136
Freshman Calendar, 1940-1941
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
s
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
1
8
9
IO 11 12
13
14
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
15
16
17 18 19
20
21
9
IO
11 12 13
14
15
22
23
24 25 26
27
28
16
17
18 19 20
21
22
29
30
OCTOBER
23
30
24
31
25 26 27
APRIL
28
29
s
M
T W T
F
s
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
12 3
4
5
6
7
8 O IO
11
12
6
7
8 9 IO
11
12
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
27
28
29 30 31
NOVEMBER
27
28
29 30
MAY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
1
2
3
3
4
5 6 7
8
9
4
5
6 7 8
9
IO
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
17
18
19 20 21
22
23
18
19
29 21 22
23
24
24
25
26 27 28
29
30
25
26
27 28 29
JUNE
30
31
DECEMBER
8
M
T W T
F
8
s
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
13
14
8
O
1© 11 12
13
14
15
16
17 18 19
20
21
15
16
17 18 19
20
21
22
23
24 25 26
27
28
22
23
24 25 26
27
28
29
30
29
30
31
JULY
JANUARY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
1 2
3
4
6
7
8 9 10
11
12
5
6
7 8 9
IO
11
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
12
13
14 15 16
17
18
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
19
20
21 22 23
24
25
27
28
29 30 31
26
27
28 29 30
31
AUGUST
FEBRUARY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
1
3
4
5 6 7
8
9
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
9
IO
11 12 13
14
15
17
18
19 20 21
22
23
16
17
18 19 20
21
22
24
25
26 27 28
29
30
23
24
25 26 27
28
31
Days on which college exercises are held are indicated thus: J-j /£} «$.
Sundays, holidays, and vacations are indicated thus: L 2> 3-
Upperclass Calendar, 1940-1941
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
8
M
T W T
F
s
8
M
T W T
P
8
®
©
© © ©
©
©
1
©
9
10 11 12
13
14
©
3
4 5 6
7
8
©
16
17 18 19
20
21
©
10
11 12 13
14
15
(22)
23
24 25 26
27
28
©
17
18 19 20
21
22
©
30
OCTOBER
©
©
24
31
25 26 27
APRIL
28
29
s
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
12 3
4
5
©
7
8 9 10
11
©
©
7
8 9 IO
11
12
@
14
15 16 17
18
19
©
14
15 16 17
18
19
©
21
22 23 24
25
26
©
21
22 23 24
25
26
©
28
29 30 31
NOVEMBER
©
28
29 30
MAY
8
M
T W T
F
8
B
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
3
1
2
©
5
6 7 8
9
IO
©
4
5 6 7
8
9
©
12
13 14 15
16
17
©
11
12 13 14
15
16
©
19
20 21 22
23
24
©
18
19 29 21
22
23
©
26
27 28 29
®
31
©
25
26 27 © 2
30
JUNE
DECEMBER
8
M
T W T
F
s
8
M
T W T
F
8
©
2
3 4 5
6
7
©
2
3 4 5
6
7
©
9
IO 11 12
13
14
©
9
IO 11 12
13
14
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
16
17 18 19
20
21
©
©
© © @
©
@
©
23
24 © 26
27
28
©
©
©
30
31
JULY
JANUARY
3
M
T W T
F
s
s
M
T W T
F
8
© © ©
©
©
© 2
3
4
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
6
7 8 9
IO
11
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
13
14 15 16
17
18
©
®
© © @
©
©
©
20
21 22 23
24
25
©
©
© © ©
@
27
28 29 30
31
AUGUST
FEBRUARY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
©
©
1
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
3
4 5 6
7
8
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
10
11 12 13
14
15
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
17
18 19 20
21
©
©
©
© © @
©
©
©
24
25 26 27
28
©
Days on which Division A students are in college are indicated thus: 1, 2> 3-
Days on which Division B students are in college are indicated thus: -l» — »» «*•
1 Sundays, holidays, and summer periods are indicated thus: (i), (2)> (£)•
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Calendar for the College Year, 1940-1941
1940
August 28 Wednesday. Entrance condition examinations.
September 2 Monday. Labor Day. (College exercises omitted.)
September 5 Thursday. Registration and opening of college for
freshmen. Students failing to register promptly on
September 5 will be charged a late registration fee
of five dollars ($5).
September 9 Monday. Opening of college for Division A upper-
classmen. Co-operative work period begins for
Division B upperclassmen.
October 12 Saturday. Columbus Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
November 18 Monday. Opening of college for Division B upper-
classmen. Co-operative work period begins for
Division A upperclassmen.
November 27 Wednesday. College exercises omitted after 1:00
p.m.
November 28 Thursday. Thanksgiving Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
December 24 Tuesday. College exercises omitted after 1:00 p.m.
December 25 Wednesday. Christmas Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
December 23 \ , , . , . .
January 4 | Vacatlon r°r freshmen.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
1941
January 1 Wednesday. New Year's Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
January 27 Monday. Second semester begins for freshmen
and Division A upperclassmen. Co-operative
work period begins for Division B upperclassmen.
February 22 Saturday. Washington's Birthday. (College exer-
cises omitted.)
April 5 Saturday. College year ends for Division A upper-
classmen.
April 7 Monday. Second semester begins for Division B
upperclassmen. Co-operative work period begins
for Division A upperclassmen.
May 24 Saturday. College year ends for freshmen.
May 30 Friday. Memorial Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
June 14 Saturday. College year ends for Division B upper-
classmen.
June 15 Sunday. Baccalaureate Sermon.
June 16 Monday. Commencement.
June 17 Tuesday. Bunker Hill Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
July 4 Friday. Independence Day. (College exer-
cises omitted.)
September 1 Monday. Labor Day. (College exercises omitted.)
September 4 Thursday. Registration and opening of college for
freshmen. Students failing to register promptly
on September 5 will be charged a late registration
fee of five dollars ($5).
September 8 Monday. Opening of college year 1941-1942.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
faculty
The Executive Council
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D. President of the University
Office 186 West Building Res. 21 Beaumont Ave., Newtonville
Frank Palmer Speare, M.H., LL.D. President Emeritus
Res. 90 Commonwealth Ave., Boston
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D. Vice President of the University
Office 138 West Building Res. 48 Long Ave., Belmont
Galen David Light, A.B. Secretary-Treasurer of the University
Office 115 West Building Res. 3 Preble Gardens Rd., Belmont
Administrative Officers
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D.
Dean of the College of Engineering
Office 186 West Building Res. 21 Beaumont Ave., Newtonville
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M. Executive Secretary of the Day Division
and Assistant Dean of the College of Engineering
Office 153 West Building Res. 30 Summit Rd., Wellesley
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A. Dean of Students
Office 256 West Building Res. 44 Houston Ave., Milton
Winthrop Eliot Nightingale, A.B., S. B., Ed.M. Director of Co-operative Work
Office 253 West Building Res. 136 Dickerman Rd., Newton Hlds.
Edward Snow Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Student Activities
Office 355 West Building Res. 19 Hardy Ave., Watertown
John Butler Pugsley, A.B. Director of School Administration
Office 254 West Building Res. 23 Hardy Ave., Watertown
Milton John Schlagenhauf, A.B., B.D., M.A. Director of Admissions
Office 150 West Building Res. 96 Blakely Rd., Medford
Telephone: Mystic 6148-M
Administrative Staff
William Thomas Cloney, Jr., A.B. Director of the Publicity Bureau
Office 354 West Building Res. 30 Lantern Lane, Milton
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A. Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work
Office 253 West Building Res. 4 Crown St., Auburndale
George Raymond Fennell, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Director of Admissions
Office 150 West Building Res. 42 Fremont Ave., Everett
Telephone: Everett 1172-W
Mary B. Foor Manager of Bookstore
Office 41 West Building Res. 32 Milton Rd., Brookline
Charles William Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D.
Executive Secretary, Northeastern Student Union
Office 357 West Building Res. 83 Franklin St., So. Braintree
Henry Arthur Kontoff, M.D. College Physician
Office 479 Beacon St., Boston Res. Overlook Park, Newton Centre
Donald Hershey MacKenzie, S.B., Ed.M.
Assistant to the Director of Student Activities
Office 355 West Building Res. 34 Exeter St., Wollaston
John Christie Morgan, S.B. Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work
Office 253 West Building Res. 24 Walker St., Newtonville
Verner Olof Nelson Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work
Office 105 South Building Res. 60 Birchcliff Rd., East Weymouth
Rudolf Oscar Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Alumni Secretary
Office 253 West Building Res. 37 Walker St., Atlantic
John Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Purchasing Agent
Office 117 West Building Res. 101 Goden St., Belmont
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
George Wesley Towle, S.B. Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work
Office 253 West Building Res. 23 Hilltop Ave., Lexington
Myra Edna White Librarian
Library, East Building Res. 118 Hemenvvay St., Boston
instructing Staff
Professors
Chester Packard Baker, S.B., M.A.
Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 200 South Building Res. 31 Bow Rd., Newton Centre
Robert Bruce, B.C.S., M.C.S. Professor of Accounting
Office 100 South Building Res. 53 Harley Ave., Everett
Joseph Arthur Coolidge, S.B., M.A. Professor of Physics
Office 246 West Building Res. 20 Martin St., Cambridge
Carl Stevens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D. Professor of Civil Engineering
Office 152 West Building Res. 21 Beaumont Ave., Newtonville
Stanley Goddard Estes, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department
Office 256 West Building Res. 60 Pinckney St., Boston
Emil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 101 South Building Res. 19 Hilltop Ave., Lexington
Charles William Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D.
Professor of Sociology and Chairman of the Department
Office 357 West Building Res. 83 Franklin St., So. Braintree
Julian Ernest Jackson, A.B., LL.B., M.B.A.
Professor of Business Law and Management
Office 350 East Building Res. 187 WoodclifT Rd., Newton Hlds.
Asa Smallidge Knowles, A.B., M.A.
Professor of Industrial Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 352 East Building Res. 41 Louise Rd., Belmont
Wilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D
Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department
Office 452 East Building Res. 69 Columbus St., Newton Hlds.
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A.
Professor of English and Chairman of the Department
Office 256 West Building Res. 44 Houston Ave., Milton
Carl Frederick Muckenholipt, A.B., S.B., Ph.D.
Professor of Physics and Chairman of the Department
Office 246 West Building Res. 332 Winchester St., Newton Hlds.
Winthrop Eliot Nightingale, A.B., S.B., Ed.M. Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 136 Dickerman Rd., Newton Hlds.
Edward Snow Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Professor of Physical Education
Office 355 West Building Res. 19 Hardy Ave., Watertown
Roland Guyer Porter, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 12 South Building Res. 19 Woodbury St., Beverly
John Butler Pugsley, A.B. Professor of Geology
Office 254 West Building Res. 23 Hardy Ave., Watertown
Milton John Schlagenhauf, A.B., B.D., M.A. Professor of Economics
Office 150 West Building Res. 96 Blakely Rd., Medford
William Lincoln Smith, S.B., Eng. D. Professor of Electrical Engineering
Office 1 1 South Building Res. 4 Academy Lane, Concord
Joseph Spear, A.B., M.A.
Professor of Mathematics and Chairman of the Department
Office 325 West Building Res. 31 Matchett St., Brighton
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Samuel Abbott Smith Strahan, S.B. Professor of Chemistry
Office 400(B) West Building Res. 242 South Huntington Ave., Jamaica Plain
Eliot Franklin Tozer, S.B.
Professor of Drawing and Chairman of the Department
Office 451 West Building Res. 22 Devon Ave., Beverly
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department
Office 425 West Building . Res. 30 Erie Ave., Newton Hlds.
Joseph William Zeller, S.B., M.E.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 75 West Building Res. 282 Concord St., Framingham
Associate Professors
Alfred John Ferretti, S.B., M.S. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 West Building Res. 29 Coolidge Rd., Lynn
Frederick William Holmes, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of English
Office 453 East Building Res. 43 Lincoln St., Dedham
Stanley Demetrius Miroyiannis, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department
Office 209 South Building Res. 8 Cumberland St., Boston
Norris Whitfield Potter, Jr.
Associate Professor of History and Government and Acting Chairman of the Department
Office 363 East Building Res. 34 Medfield St., Boston
Henry Edward Richards, S.B., M.S. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Office 14 South Building Res. 171 First St., Melrose
Frederick Arlington Stearns, S.B., M.S.
Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 West Building Res. 66 Florence Ave., Melrose
George Wesley Towle, S.B. Associate Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 23 Hilltop Ave., Lexington
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M. Associate Professor of Education
Office 153 West Building Res. 30 Summit Rd., Wellesley
Assistant Professors
William Thurlow Alexander, S.B., M.A.
Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering
Office 100 South Building Res. 22 West Highland Ave., Melrose Fllds.
Wayland Solon Bailey, S.B., M.S.
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 West Building Res. Norwell
Charles Oscar Baird, Jr., S.B. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Office 101 South Building Res. 17 Manning Rd., Lynn
Laurence Fuller Cleveland, S.B., M.S.
Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Office 13 South Building Res. 30 Churchill St., Newtonville
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 4 Crown St., Auburndale
Elmer Ellsworth Haskins, S.B., M.A., Ph.D
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Office 325 West Building Res. 213 Jackson St., Newton Centre
Carl David Johnson, A.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of Physics
Office 246 West Building Res. 24 Lunt St., Norfolk Downs
Everett Carter Marston, A.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of English
Office 453 East Building Res. 40 Hereward Rd., Newton Ctr.
Waldemar Stanwood McGuire, S.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Office 425 West Building Res. 33 Samoset Ave., Quincy
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
George Harris Meserve, Jr., S.B.
Office 451 West Building
John Christie Morgan, S.B.
Office 253 West Building
Rudolf Oscar Oberg, S.B., Ed.M.
Office 253 West Building
Gerald Russell Tatton, S.B., M.
Office 355 West Building
Robert Douglas Thomson, S.B.
Office 352 East Building
George Baker Welch, S.B., Ph.D.
Office 246 West Building
Albert Edward Whittaker, S.B.,
Office 75 West Building
Saverio Zuffanti, S.B., M.A.
Office 425 West Building
Assistant Professor of Drawing
Res. 64 Magoun Ave., Medford
Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Res. 24 Walker St., Newtonville
Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Res. 37 Walker St., Atlantic
B.A. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
Res. 61 Almont St., Medford
Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering
Res. 411 Broadway, Lynn
Assistant Professor of Physics
Res. 876 Watertown St., West Newton
Ed.M.
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Res. Highland Ave., Lynnfield Ctr.
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Res. 12S Atlantic St., Quincy
Instructors
Byard Charles Belyea, S.B. Instructor in Physics
Office 246 West Building Res. 6 South Washington St., Whitman
Bertram Morris Brown, S.B., M.S. Instructor in Chemistry
Office 425 West Building Res. 30 Erie Ave., Newton Hlds.
Reginald Lawrence Capon, S.B., M.A. Instructor in English
Office 453 East Building
Peer John Cody, S.B.
Office 200 South Building
Wilfred James Combellack, A.B.,
Office 325 West Building
Henry Martin Cruickshank, S.B.
Office 350 East Building
Otis French Cushman, S.B., M.S.
Office 451 West Building
Warren Clifton Dean, A.B.
Office 325 West Building
John James Devtne, S.B., Sc.M.
Office 101 South Building
Res. 58 Channing Rd., Newton Centre
Instructor in Chemical Engineering
Res. 36A Elm St., Jamaica Plain
M.A. Instructor in Mathematics
Res. 11 Park Drive, Boston
M.B.A. Instructor in Industrial Engineering
Res. 338 Commonwealth Ave., Boston
Instructor in Drawing
Res. 316 Huntington Ave., Boston
Instructor in Mathematics
Res. 43 Symphony Rd., Boston
Instructor in Civil Engineering
Res. 27 Park Drive, Boston
James William Dunn, A.B
Instructor in Physical Education and Head Coach of Eootball and Basketball
Office 355 West Building
Martin White Essigmann, S.B.
Office 13 South Building
Herbert Wendell Gallagher, S.B.
Office 355 West Building
Laurence B. Heilprin, S.B., M.A.
Office 246 West Building
Paul Albert Hilli, A.B.
Office 246 West Building
Randall Walrath Hoffmann, S.B.
Office 453 East Building
William Carl Hultgren
Gymnasium Office, East Building
Robert S. Hunting, S.B., M.A.
Office 363 East Building
Harold Walter Kopp, S.B.
Office 355 West Building
Res. 12 Mason Rd., Watertown
Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Res. 27 Rock St., Woburn
Head Coach of Hockey and Baseball
Res. 164 Cabot St., Newton
Instructor in Physics
Res. 14 Sacramento St., Cambridge
Instructor in Physics
Res. 201 C Holden Green, Cambridge
Instructor in English
Res. 1209 Boylston St., Boston
Instructor in Physical Education
Res. 80 Woodside Rd., Winchester
Instructor in English
Res. 13 S. Russell St., Boston
Instructor in Physical Education
Res. 11 Queensbury St., Boston
Reginald Gage Lacount, S.B., M.A., Ph.D. Instructor in Mathematics
Office 325 West Building Res. 11 Cleveland Rd., Wellesley
10
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Thomas Bryan Larson, A.B., M.A.
Office 363 East Building
Robert Everett Laveaga, B.P.Ed., Ed.M.
Gymnasium Office, East Building
William Fay Luder, A.B., Ph.D.
Office 425 West Building
Donald Hershey MacKenzie, S.B., Ed.M
Office 355 West Building
Verner Olof Nelson
O&ce 105 South Building
Franklin Norvish, S.B., M.A.
Office 453 East Building
George Everett Pihl, S.B.
Office 14 South Building
Paul Everett Reynolds, A.B., Ph.D.
Office 453 East Building
Gustav Rook, S.B.
Office 451 West Building
Albert Edward Sanderson, Jr., B.C.E
Office 451 West Building
Charles Arthur Sewell, S.B., M.S.
Office 325 West Building
Alfred James Thomson, S.B.
Office 100 South Building
Instructor in History and Government
Res. 35 Goodrich Road, Jamaica Plain
Instructor in Physical Education
Res. 91 Cross St., Belmont
Instructor in Chemistry
Res. 51 Symmes St., Roslindale
Instructor in Chemistry
Res. 34 Exeter St., Wollaston
Instructor in Co-ordination
Res. 60 Birchcliff Rd., East Weymouth
Instructor in English
Res. 73 Upland Rd., Brockton
Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Res. 100 Carroll Ave., Brockton
Instructor in English
Res. 15 Linden St., Framingham
Instructor in Drawing
Res. 24 Pleasant St., Dorchester
Instructor in Drawing
Res. State Rd., Way land
Instructor in Mathematics
Res. 316 Huntington Avenue, Boston
Instructor in Biology
Res. 20 Pierce Place, Canton
Thomas Homkowycz Wallace, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Instructor in Mathematics and Physics
Office 325 West Building Res. 43 Brookdale Rd., Brighton
Chester Henry Wolowicz, S.B. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 West Building Res. 139 West 9th St., Boston
Graduate Assistants
Robert Williams Cole, S.B., M.S.
Office 75 West Building
Adam Martin Cook, S.B.
Office 246 West Building
Laurent Oscar Dubois, S.B.
Office 425 West Building
Mario Giella, S.B., M.A.
Office 425 West Building
Robert Henry Hansen, S.B.
Office 425 West Building
Francis E. Vinal, A.B., M.A.
Office 425 West Building
Graduate Assistant in Mechanical Engineering
Res. 21 Lawrence St., Maiden
Graduate Assistant in Physics
Res. 440 Summer St., Lynn
Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
Res. 1200 Great Plain Ave., Needham
Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
Res. 52 Hull St., Boston
Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
Res. 17 Braman St., Danvers
Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
Res. M. I. T. Graduate House, Cambridge
Faculty Committees
1. General
Carl S.
Asa S. Knowles
Wilfred S. Lake
Harold W. Melvin
Winthrop E. Nightingale
Ell, Chairman
Edward S. Parsons
John B. Pugsley
Milton J. Schlagenhauf
William C. White
2. Executive
Harold W. Melvin, Chairman
Asa S. Knowles
Wilfred S. Lake
Winthrop E. Nightingale
Edward S. Parsons
John B. Pugsley
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 11
3. Engineering Research
William C. White, Chairman
Chester P. Baker Carl F. Muckenhoupt
Emil A. Gramstorff Roland G. Porter
Asa S. Knowles Arthur A. Vernon
4. Student Activities
Edward S. Parsons, Chairman
Roger S. Hamilton Joseph Spear
Donald H. MacKenzie Eliot F. Tozer
5. Day Division Council
Carl S. Ell, Chairman
Chester P. Baker Winthrop E. Nightingale
Charles F. Barnason Edward S. Parsons
Stanley G. Estes Roland G. Porter
Emil A. Gramstorff Norris W. Potter, Jr.
Charles W. Havice John B. Pugsley
Asa S. Knowles Milton J. Schlagenhauf
Wilfred S. Lake Joseph Spear
Harold W. Melvin Eliot F. Tozer
Stanley D. Miroyiannis Arthur A. Vernon
Carl F. Muckenhoupt William C. White
Joseph W. Zeller
Office and Secretarial Staff
Florence Elsie Avellar 70 Fenway, Boston
Secretary to the Treasurer of the. University — 1 1 6W
Mabel Ellen Bean 61 Quint Ave., Allston
Secretary to the Purchasing Agent — J 1 7W
Marjorie Elizabeth Bunker 38 Lakewood Rd., Newton Hlds.
Publicity Office— 352W
Mary C. Combellack 11 Park Drive, Boston
University Press, South Building
Constance Adelia Conant 22 Chatham St., Cambridge
General Offices of the University — 115W
Helen Muir Coolbroth 11 Windsor Rd., West Somerville
University Press, South Building
Virginia Cushing Darling 23 Brimmer St., Boston
General Offices of the University — 1 15W
Myrtle Corkish Donohue 24 Peterborough St., Boston
Secretary to the Dean of College of Business Administration — 352E
Thelma Gertrude Dunn 30 Freeman Place, Needham
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office — 1 15(A) W
Daisy Milne Everett 1095 Highland Ave., Needham Hts.
Assistant Treasurer — 1 15(A) W
Ruth Phillips Fiott 173 Marianna St., East Lynn
Admissions Office— 15 1W
Mildred Curtis Garfield 2142 Commonwealth Ave., Auburndale
Secretary to the Dean of Engineering — 152W
Edna Jane Garrabrant 8 Maynard St., Arlington
Secretary to the Director of Co-operative Work — 253W
Ruth Gibson 14 Avon Rd., Watertown
Office— 153W
Elsie Hinckley Hunt 100 Linden St., Allston
Secretary to the Director of Admissions — 150W
12
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
254 Clifton St., Maiden
14 Holden Rd., Belmont
42 Brush Hill Rd., Milton
Barbara Knight
Secretary to the Dean of College of Liberal Arts
Helen Louise Kolderup
Cashier, Treasurer's Office — 115W
Florence Maskell
Co-operative Work Office— 25 3W
Dorothy Brett Mason 15 Wenham St., Jamaica Plain
Registrar's Office— 254W
Dorothy Milne Murray 204 Fair Oak Park, Needham
Secretary to the Director of Student Activities — 355W
Alyce Ann Nichols 507 Chestnut Street, Needham
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office — 115W
Myrl Alberta Orcutt 99 Hemingway St., Winchester
Admissions Office — 151W
Caroline Francis Pettingell 1654 Massachusetts Ave., Cambridge
Bookkeeper, Registrar's Office — 254W
Marjorie Graffte Prout 1179 Boylston St., Boston
Office of the Dean of Engineering — 152W
Madelyn Edythe Ralph 11 Coolidge Rd., East Lynn
Secretary to the Assistant Dean of Engineering — 153W
Gretchen Douglas Randall
Registrar's Office— 254W
Jessie Paine Rhodes
Secretary to the Registrar — 254W
Priscilla Speare
Secretary to the Dean of Students — 256W
Ruby Kathleen Sweetland
Student Activities Office — 355W
Jeannette Thayer
Co-operative Work Office— 25 3W
Mary Dixon Turner
Student Union Office— 357W
Grace Liscom Watkins
Assistant Librarian — Library, East Building
Margaret Mary Weir
Admissions Office — 15 1W
Cynthia Wort
Assistant Librarian — Library, East Building
Louise Worthen
Admissions Office— 150W
48 Milk St., Newburyport
2 Perkins Sq., Jamaica Plain
69 Pelham St., Newton Ctr.
139 College Ave., Somerville
4 Hamilton Rd., Waltham
163 Forest St., Melrose
76 Glendale St., Dorchester
41 Stewart St., Quincy
82 Thorndike St., Brookline
127 Youle St., Melrose
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 13
Convocation Lecturers
THORNTON W. BURGESS
Author
"Learning from the Wild"
J. ANTON DE HAAS
Professor of International Relationships, Harvard University
"Where Do We Go From Here?"
LLOYD C. DOUGLAS
Author, Lecturer
"Experiences of an Author"
H. V. KALTENBORN
Author, News Commentator
"Kaltenborn Edits the News"
JAMES M. LANDIS
Dean, Harvard University Law School
"The Securities and Exchange Commission"
HENRY CABOT LODGE, JR.
United States Senator from Massachusetts
"The National Outlook"
HARRY A. OVERSTREET
Head, Department of Philosophy and Psychology
College of the City of New York
"Ten Ways to Reach Wrong Conclusions"
G. BROMLEY OXNAM
Bishop, Methodist Episcopal Church
"A Date with the World"
J. EDGAR PARK
President, Wheaton College
"The Secret of Success"
JAMES H. POWERS
Of the Boston Globe Editorial Staff
"The Engineer in the New World"
HARLOW SHAPLEY
Astronomer, Lecturer
"What Makes the Stars Shine"
RALPH W. SOCKMAN
Minister, Christ Church, New York City
"The New Patriotism"
ALLEN A. STOCKDALE
Editor, Clergyman, Lecturer
"The Future of America"
MAURICE J. TOBIN
Mayor of Boston
"City Government"
EDWARD A. WEEKS, JR.
Editor, The Atlantic Monthly
"An Editor Faces an Angry World"
14 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Chapel "Treachers
DR. CHARLES N. ARBUCKLE
Minister, First Baptist Church, Newton
DR. RICHARD H. BENNETT
Minister, Payson Park Church, Belmont
DR. EDWIN PRINCE BOOTH
Professor of Church History, Boston University School of Theology
REVEREND ROBERT WOOD COE
Minister, Leyden Congregational Church, Brookline
DR. FRANK E. DUDDY
Minister, North Congregational Church, Cambridge
RABBI LOUIS M. EPSTEIN
Rabbi, Temple Kehillath Israel
DR. NEWTON C. FETTER
Minister to Baptist Students in Greater Boston
DR. C. LESLIE GLENN
Minister, Christ Church, Cambridge
REVEREND WILLIAM H. GYSAN
Minister to Unitarian Students in Greater Boston
DR. CHARLES W. HAVICE
Executive Secretary, Northeastern Student Union
DR. ARTHUR L. KINSOLVING
Minister, Trinity Church, Boston
REVEREND CARL H. KOPF
Minister, Mount Vernon Church, Boston
DR. ASHLEY D. LEAVITT
Minister, Harvard Congregational Church, Brookline
DR. ELMER A. LESLIE
Professor of Hebrew and Old Testament Literature, Boston University
DR. BOYNTON MERRILL
Minister, Second Church, Newton
REVEREND SAMUEL H. MILLER
Minister, Old Cambridge Baptist Church, Cambridge
DR. PHILLIPS E. OSGOOD
Minister, Emmanuel Church, Boston
FATHER THOMAS R. REYNOLDS
Priest, St. Matthew's Church, Dorchester
THE RT. REVEREND HENRY KNOX SHERRILL
Bishop, Episcopal Church
DR. FRANCIS L. STRICKLAND
Professor of the History and Psychology of Religion, Boston University
DR. G. CAMPBELL WADSWORTH
Minister, Church of the Covenant, Boston
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 15
^Northeastern University
General Statement
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY is incorporated as a philan-
thropic institution under the General Laws of Massachu-
setts. The State Legislature, by special enactment, has given
the University general degree granting powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men
who occupy responsible positions in business and the professions.
This Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees
in whom the control of the institution is vested. The Board of
Trustees has four standing committees: (a) an Executive Commit-
tee which serves as an Ad Interim Committee between the regular
meetings of the Board of Trustees and has general supervision of
the financial and educational policies of the University; (b) a
Committee on Housing which has general supervision over the
buildings and equipment of the University; (c) a Committee on
Funds and Investments which has the responsibility of administer-
ing the funds of the University; (d) a Development Committee
which is concerned with furthering the development plans of the
University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from the outset, had
as its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs
and the meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly service-
able ways. While subscribing to the most progressive educational
thought and practice, the University has not duplicated the pro-
grams of other institutions but has sought "to bring education
more directly into the service of human needs."
With respect to program, Northeastern has limited itself:
— To offering, in its several schools, basic curricula from which
non-essentials have been eliminated;
— To effective teaching;
— To advising and guiding students;
— To giving students the chance to build well-rounded personalities
through a balanced program of extra-curricular activities.
The Northeastern Plan of Education is especially designed for
the student who must earn while he learns. In the main, it con-
sists of two definite types of education.
— Co-operative Education by Day,
— Adult Education by Night.
The plan has been developed in such a way that experience in
jobs with pay is utilized to help boys of limited financial resources
secure an education and at the same time gain the maximum
educational benefit from their practical experience. So far as the
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
New England States are concerned, Northeastern University is
the only institution whose day colleges, other than the School of
Law, are conducted under the Co-operative Plan.
The several schools and programs of the University are operated
either under the name "Northeastern University" or by its
affiliated schools — the Lincoln Schools and The Huntington
Day School for Boys. The following is a brief outline of the
principal types of educational opportunities offered.
1. In the field of Co-operative Education there are three day
colleges — the College of Liberal Arts, the College of
Engineering, and the College of Business Administration.
All of these colleges offer five-year curricula. The College
of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the arts
and the sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science. The College of Engineering, one
of the largest engineering colleges in the United States, has
curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Condi-
tioning, and Aeronautical options), Electrical, Chemical,
and Industrial Engineering. The College of Business
Administration has curricula in Accounting, Banking and
Finance, Marketing and Advertising, Journalism, Public
Administration, and Industrial Administration. The
College of Engineering and the College of Business Admin-
istration confer the degree of Bachelor of Science with
specification indicating the field of specialization. The
Co-operative Plan under which all of these day colleges
operate enables the student to alternate regular periods of
classroom instruction with supervised employment in an
industrial or commercial position, thus combining theory
and practice in an exceedingly effective manner. Apart
from the educational advantages of the Co-operative Plan
is the opportunity for self-support while the student is
pursuing his studies at Northeastern University. During
the co-operative periods, students not only gain experience
but are also paid for their services. Approximately three
hundred business and industrial concerns co-operate with
Northeastern University in making this program effective.
2. The School of Law conducts both a day and an evening
undergraduate program which prepares for admission to
the bar and for the practice of the law and leads to the
degree of Bachelor of Laws. It also conducts a graduate
program in the evening leading to the degree of Master
of Laws.
3. The Adult Education Program has been developed in the
evening work of the School of Law as indicated above, in
the School of Business, and in the Evening Division of the
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 17
College of Liberal Arts. The School of Business has
curricula in Management — with Industrial and Merchan-
dising majors, Accounting, Law and Business Management,
and Engineering and Management. The School awards
the Bachelor of Business Administration degree with
specification and the Bachelor of Commercial Science
degree in Law and Business Management. The Evening
Division of the College of Liberal Arts offers an evening
program the equivalent in hours to one-half of the re-
quirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree, providing a general
education and preparation for admission to the School of
Law. The title of Associate in Arts is conferred upon
those who complete this program.
4. In order that larger groups of men and women might be
served through its evening schools, Northeastern Univer-
sity operates divisions of the School of Law and the School
of Business in co-operation with the Young Men's Chris-
tian Association in Worcester and Springfield and of the
School of Business in co-operation with the Providence
Young Men's Christian Association. With the establish-
ment of the divisions thorough-going methods of super-
vision were instituted and have been consistently followed
and improved, with the result that the divisional work is
conducted upon a highly efficient basis.
5. The Adult Education Program has also been developed
through the Lincoln Schools, which are affiliated with and
conducted by Northeastern University. The classes in
these schools are held at convenient evening hours. The
Lincoln Technical Institute offers curricula upon a college
level in various phases of engineering leading to the title
of Associate in Engineering; whereas the Lincoln Prepara-
tory School, accredited by the New England College
Entrance Certificate Board, prepares students for ad-
mission to college and offers other standard high school
programs.
6. The Huntington Day School for Boys, also affiliated with
and conducted by Northeastern University, is the out-
growth of a demand in the city of Boston for an urban
preparatory school with high educational standards which
would furnish thorough preparation for admission to the
leading colleges and universities. While easily accessible
to the various sections of Boston and to the suburbs, it
has the facilities of a country day school and offers a
country day school program. This School is one of the
leading preparatory schools of the country.
18
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
U\[prtheastern University and
^Affiliated Schools
Statistical Summary
19384939
Administrative
Officers and
Faculty Students
I. General Administration
103 2112
50* 1461*
105* 1550*
4** 33**
II. Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
College of Engineering >
College of Business Administration J
School of Law
School of Business
Evening Division, College of
Liberal Arts
III. Schools affiliated with and conducted by
Northeastern University
Lincoln Technical Institute
Lincoln Preparatory School
Huntington Day School for Boys
Regular Term
Summer Term
Total
Less Duplicates
*These figures include the administrative officers, faculties, and students
of the Divisions of the University in Worcester, Springfield, and Provi-
dence.
**The Evening Division of the College of Liberal Arts admitted stu-
dents for the first time in September 1938.
38
19
532
437
16
10
171
146
353
42
6442
403
311
6039
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 19
c&he Co-operative <rPlaru
How It Works
THE co-operative plan works in the following manner. Upper-
classmen are divided into two nearly equal groups, one of
which is called Division A and the other Division B. Each
man is assigned a job with some business or industrial concern.
So far as possible each man in one Division is paired with a man
in the other Division, so that the two, by taking turns, may occupy
one job throughout the entire year. In September the Division A
student returns to the University for ten weeks of classroom work.
At the end of that time he goes out to work ten weeks with a co-
operating firm. His place at the University is then taken by his
alternate, the corresponding Division B student. When ten weeks
more have passed, the Division A man returns to college, and the
Division B man returns to the co-operative job. The alternation
of work and classroom study continues throughout the year so
that an upperclassman has annually twenty weeks at college,
twenty-six weeks at co-operative work, and six weeks of vacation.
Faculty Co-ordinators
Students are assigned to a co-ordinator, who interviews them
periodically during their freshman year for the purpose of de-
termining their background, abilities, temperaments, and apti-
tudes. During these interviews the co-ordinator discusses various
fields of activity and answers such questions as the students may
have in regard to the many phases of business and industry.
Each student is studied in the light of his physical condition,
scholastic ability, and other factors affecting his probable success
in vocational life. These interviews culminate in an agreement
between the student and his co-ordinator regarding the field of
co-operative work in which the student is to be placed. During
his upperclass years the student continues to have frequent con-
ferences with his co-ordinator regarding vocational adjustments
and personal problems. In this way the progress of every student
is observed and co-ordinated with his college work to the end
that he may obtain maximum values from his training at North-
eastern.
Placement
The co-ordinator visits co-operative firms and arranges with
them for the employment of the students under his charge. The
range of opportunities available to Northeastern students is wide,
20 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
including practically all phases of industrial life. As a general
rule, sophomores are placed upon routine and laborious jobs
through which they may prove their fitness for more responsible
work. The jobs upon which Northeastern students are employed
are in no sense protected opportunities. They are regular jobs
under actual business conditions and are held in competition with
other sources of supply. The only special privilege accorded
Northeastern students is that of attending college on the co-
operative plan. The University expects every student to stand
on his own feet while he is on co-operative work, and advance-
ment to the more responsible jobs is based entirely upon merit.
Supervision and Guidance
While the University does not adopt a paternal attitude toward
co-operative work, it nevertheless assumes certain responsibilities
toward students and co-operating firms. Co-ordinators visit each
job in order that the employer may report upon the student's
achievement and that necessary adjustments may be made. Co-
ordinators supervise the assignment of students to various jobs
and in conjunction with employers arrange for promotions and
training schedules. Problems that arise on co-operative work are
adjusted by common agreement of co-ordinator, student, and em-
ployer. In the event of special difficulties or dissatisfaction, the
case may be adjusted by the Committee on Co-operative work,
which comprises several members of the faculty.
Through a series of co-operative work reports prepared during
their working periods, students are led to analyze their jobs and to
develop a thoughtful and investigative attitude toward their
working environment. A most important phase of co-operative
work is the opportunity afforded for guidance by the frank dis-
cussion of actual problems encountered on the job. The intimate
contact between co-ordinator and student is of great worth in
helping the student to get the most value from each co-operative
work assignment. While the University endeavors to provide
every possible opportunity for its students, it expects them at the
same time to take the initiative and to assume the responsibility
involved in their individual development. To every student are
available the counsel and guidance of the faculty, and every
resource at its disposal. But the faculty does not coerce students
who are uninterested or unwilling to think for themselves.
The co-operative plan is thus designed specifically to provide
actual working conditions which shall afford the student practical
experience, give meaning to his program of study, and train him
in reliability, efficiency, and team work.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 21
Correlation of Theory and Practice
Co-operating companies employ the students in the various
departments of their establishments. The training is thorough.
To derive the greatest value from his co-operative work the student
is advised to continue in the employ of his co-operating firm for
at least one year after graduation, since certain types of work which
would afford him valuable experience cannot be made available
to him while he is alternating between work and study. Statistics
compiled over a period of many years show that on the average
about fifty per cent of each graduating class do remain with their
co-operating employers after graduation.
Co-operative Work Reports
The values to be derived from the practical experiences are
further enhanced by required report writing. These co-operative
work reports are written during the working periods by all co-
operative students. A complete job analysis is required as the
first report written on any new co-operative work assignment.
Subjects of other reports are selected by the student after con-
ference with his Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work, by whom
they must be approved. The reports are designed to encourage
observation and investigation on the part of the students and to
help them to appreciate more fully the extent and value of their
experience. These reports are carefully read by the Co-ordinator
and are discussed with the student during the following college
period. Exceptionally valuable results are obtained from these
reports. The value derived must necessarily be directly propor-
tional to the conscientious and intelligent concentration of effort
by the student upon this phase of the work.
Co-operative Work Records
Complete and detailed records are kept of the co-operative
work of each student. They are based upon reports made by the
employer at the end of each working period; upon occasional
personal interviews between the employer and the Co-ordinator;
and upon various evidences of the student's attitude toward all
the phases of his co-operative work. It is not possible for the
student to secure a degree unless this part of the curriculum is
completed satisfactorily. These records of practical experience
serve as a valuable future reference for the Alumni Placement
Division of the Department.
22 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Positions Available
Because of uncertainties of business conditions, as well as other
reasons beyond its control, the University cannot and does not
guarantee to place students. Although the University in no way
discriminates among students of various races and religions, con-
siderable difficulty has been experienced in placing at co-operative
work the members of certain racial groups and students who are
physically handicapped. However, past experience has demon-
strated that students who are willing and capable of adapting
themselves to existing conditions are almost never without em-
ployment except in periods of severe industrial depression.
Earnings
The rates of pay for students tend to be low because students
are given the privilege of attending college on the Co-operative
Plan and because effort is made to provide the student with the
opportunity of being transferred, at reasonable intervals, from
one department to another of the co-operating company. It
should be understood that the primary purpose of the Co-opera-
tive Plan is training.
The minimum rates of pay will be governed to a very large
extent by prevailing wages-and-hours laws. To assist the student
in budgeting his expenses, however, the following scale of wages
may be considered as minimum rates received by students in times
of normal business.
$12 per week for second year students
$14 per week for third year students
$16 per week for fourth and fifth year students
Statistical records show that the pay actually received by
students averages appreciably above these figures.
Location of Work
It is the policy of the University to assign students to co-opera-
tive work within commuting distance of their homes. This is not
always possible, however, and at times it may be necessary for
students to live away from home in order to obtain satisfactory
and desirable co-operative work assignments.
Types of Co-operative Work
Insofar as possible students are placed at co-operative work
in that general field for which they express preference, provided
that aptitude, physical ability, temperament, and other personal
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 23
qualities appear to fit them for this field. Usually students are
placed first in the lower ranks of an organization where they may
learn the fundamental requirements of the business.
For example, a student interested in manufacturing might be
started as an operative on some machine in the plant. As his
progress and other conditions warranted he would be transferred
to other types of work such as shipping, inspecting, cost finding,
adjusting complaints, or bookkeeping, and so on, so that in the
course of his four years co-operative training he would have
the opportunity to acquire a substantial background in at least
some of the functions of factory administration. This progressive
type of training is more readily obtained in the employ of one
company. A change of company each year provides more a
change of environment than a progression of experiences.
Engineering firms, manufacturing companies, public utilities,
and many other types of enterprises are employing Northeastern
students. In some cases definite training schedules have been
established so as to permit the student one full year in each of
several important departments.
Typical Co-operative Training Schedules
These schedules are arranged with the basic idea of giving the
student a comprehensive training through the several different de-
partments, but must of necessity be varied in accordance with the
needs of those departments.
BOSTON & MAINE RAILROAD CO.
One Year — Erecting Shop
One Year — Machine Shop
One Year — General work in Machine Shop and Erecting Shop
One Year — Mechanical Engineer's Dept.
BOSTON EDISON COMPANY
The schedule of the Boston Edison Company is divided into the following
general classifications. Very few co-operating students obtain experience in all
branches, but students progress from year to year in the respective branches
as conditions require.
Standardizing
(a) Testing and standardizing of electrical instruments
(b) Miscellaneous standardization
(c) Repairs on electrical instruments
(d) Laboratory high voltage tests
Steam Practice
(a) Turbine, engine and boiler tests
(b) Instrument tests and repairs
(c) Miscellaneous tests
24 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Electrical Testing
(a) Testing and repairing of electrical instruments in power stations and
sub-stations
(b) Cable tests
(c) High voltage tests on apparatus and in the field
(d) Checking up construction work
(e) Miscellaneous electrical tests
Chemical Engineering
(a) Fuel analysis
(b) Miscellaneous tests and analysis of oils, water paints, and other
materials
Photography
Office Work
HUNT-SPILLER MANUFACTURING CORPORATION
One Year General laboratory and plant work, including preparation of
samples
Pyrometry
Use and care of Metallurgical apparatus
One Year Complete analysis of coal, coke, limestone, sand, iron, soil, etc.
One Year Keeping of general metallurgical records, filing, and making of
reports
One Year Analysis for combined, graphitic, and total carbon with a com-
plete knowledge of a carbon combustion apparatus
PEPPERELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY
One Year Stock Records
One Year Production Analysis
One Year Inventory Control
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 25
Qeneral ^nformatioru
Tuition
THE tuition for all curricula in the Day Division is $250 per
year, or $125 per term. Certain fees and deposits are also
required as specified in the following paragraphs. A com-
plete statement of tuition and fee payments is given on page 26.
Students who carry academic loads of greater or less than
normal amount may pay their tuition on a semester hour basis.
General Library and Materials Fee
All students are charged a general library and materials fee of
fourteen dollars *($14) each year. This fee is payable at the time
of registration and is included in the schedule of payments on
page 26.
Student Activities Fee
Each student in the Day Division is charged a student activities
fee of sixteen dollars ($16). This fee is payable at the time of
registration and is included in the schedule of payments on page
26. This fee supports in part certain student activities, and in-
cludes membership in the Northeastern University Athletic Associa-
tion, The Northeastern Student Union and subscription to The
Northeastern News, the college paper.
The services of a physician are also available for all students
under this fee. Minor ailments are treated by the college health
officers without additional charge. If the student shows signs of
more serious illness, he is immediately advised to consult a
specialist or return to his home, where he can get further treatment.
Chemical Laboratory Deposit
(Applies only to students taking chemical laboratory work)
All students taking chemical laboratory work are required to
make a deposit from which deductions are made for breakage,
chemicals, and destruction of apparatus in the laboratory. Any
unused portion of this deposit will be returned to the student at
the end of the college year. If the charge for such breakage,
chemicals, or destruction of apparatus is more than the sum
deposited, the student will be charged the additional amount.
Freshmen make a chemical laboratory deposit of ten dollars
with their first tuition payment at the beginning of the year;
upperclassmen make a chemical laboratory deposit of ten dollars
($10) at the beginning of each term.
*This fee is twelve dollars ($12) for students who were enrolled in the Day
Division prior to January 1, 1940.
26 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Schedule of Payments for Freshmen
Date Due Amount
♦September 5, 1940 Tuition $125.00
Fees 30.00
$155.00
February 3, 1941 "Tuition $125.00
Schedule of Payments for Upperclassmen
Division A
♦September 9, 1940
Tuition
Fees
Tuition
♦♦$125.00
28.00
♦January 27, 1941
$153.00
$125.00
Division B
♦November 18, 1940
Tuition
Fees
Tuition
♦♦$125.00
28.00
♦April 7, 1941
$153.00
$125.00
There will be a $2.00 deferred payment fee added to all bills
which are not paid by the Saturday following the date on which
payments fall due. When further extensions of time are given
on payments which have been previously deferred, an additional
$2.00 fee will be charged for each extension.
Failure to make the required payments on time, or to arrange
for such payments, is considered sufficient cause to bar the student
from classes or suspend him from co-operative work until the
matter has been adjusted with the Director of School Adminis-
tration.
Graduation Fee
A fee often dollars ($10) covering graduation is required by the
University of all candidates for a degree. This fee must be paid
before the end of the seventh week of the second term in the
senior year.
Payments
All payments should be made at the treasurer's office. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University.
♦Students taking chemical laboratory work pay a deposit of $10.00 additional.
♦♦This tuition payment is $100 instead of $125 for all upperclassmen enrolled
in the College prior to September 1, 1938.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 27
Refunds
The University assumes the obligation of carrying the student
throughout the year. Instruction and accommodations are pro-
vided on a yearly basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except
when students are compelled to withdraw on account of personal
illness.
Expenses
The following tables, compiled from expense returns submitted
by the student body, give an idea of freshman expenditures under
ordinary conditions.
Estimated College Expenses for a Freshman
Application Fee $ 5.
Tuition 250.
General Library and Materials Fee 14.
Chemical Laboratory Deposit 10.
Student Activities Fee 16.
Books and Supplies 35.
$330.
(Engineering students should add approximately $25 for drawing
instruments and equipment.)
Estimated Living Expenses Per Week for a Freshman
Residing Away from Home
Room Rent $ 3.75
Board 7.00
Laundry 1 .00
Incidentals 2.00
$13.75
The figures given above are approximate and may not exactly
apply to any one student; however, they will be found to repre-
sent fairly well the expense of a freshman who lives comfortably
but without extravagance.
Textbooks and Supplies
The Northeastern University Bookstore, located in the Base-
ment of the West Building, is a department of the University and
is operated for the convenience of the student body. All books
and supplies which are required by the students for their work
in the University may be purchased at the Bookstore.
28 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
A Northeastern Bookstore Discount Card will be issued to
every Day Division student at the time of registration and will
entitle him to a ten per cent discount on all Day Division text-
books which he purchases for his own use while in school.
The ten per cent discount will not apply on equipment, supplies
or novelties. It will be the policy of the bookstore, however, to
stock these materials and to sell them at the lowest possible prices.
Part-Time Work
Students who find it necessary to accept part-time jobs while
attending college may obtain such work through the Director of
Co-operative Work.
No student is justified in assuming that the University will take
care of his expenses or guarantee to supply him with work suffi-
cient to meet all his needs.
A student should have available a reserve fund adequate to
provide for immediate needs and unexpected contingencies. This
should ordinarily amount to at least the first year's tuition plus
the student activity and other fees, room rent, and board for
several weeks, or a total of about $500.
Examinations
Examinations covering the work of the term are usually held
at the close of each term. Exceptions may be made in certain
courses where, in the opinion of the instructor, examinations are
not necessary.
Condition examinations will be given in all subjects during the
week of July 7, 1941, for Division A students, and the week of
September 1, 1941, for Division B students. Condition examina-
tions are not given for laboratory courses.
Special examinations may be arranged for only by vote of the
Administrative Committee, and for all such examinations the
University requires the payment of a special fee of five dollars
($5).
Grades
A student's grade is officially recorded by letters, as follows:
A superior attainment
B above average attainment
C average attainment
D lowest passing grade, poor attainment (the faculty will
accept only a limited amount of grade D work towards
the Bachelor's degree)
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 29
F failure, removable by condition examination
FF complete failure (course must be repeated in class)
I incomplete, used for intermediate grades only to signify
that the student has not had time to make up work lost
through excusable enforced absence from class
L used in all cases of the removal of a failure by condition
examination or by attendance at summer term
A student who does not remove a condition before that course
is again scheduled, a year later, must repeat the course. A condi-
tion in more than one subject may involve the loss of assignment
to co-operative work.
The responsibility for the removal of a condition rests with the
student, who is required to ascertain when and how the condition
can be removed.
Dean's List
A Dean's List, issued at the end of each term, contains the
names of upperclass students who have an honor grade average
in all subjects during the preceding period. Freshman who
achieve high scholastic standing are included on a Freshman
Honor List, which is published at the end of each grading period.
No student under disciplinary restrictions is eligible for either of
the honor lists.
Report Cards
Freshman reports are issued at the end of each grading period;
upperclass reports, at the end of each term. In addition, a special
report on review subjects pursued during the summer term will be
issued immediately at its close. Questions relative to grades are
to be discussed with the student's faculty adviser.
Students are constantly encouraged to maintain an acceptable
quality of college work. Parents and students are always wel-
comed by the college officers and faculty advisers for conference
upon such matters.
Parents or guardians will be notified whenever students are
advised or required to withdraw from the University.
Conduct
It is assumed that students come to the University for a serious
purpose and that they will cheerfully conform to such regulations
as may from time to time be made. In case of injury to any building
or to any of the furniture, apparatus, or other property of the
University, the damage will be charged to the student or students
known to be immediately concerned; but if the persons who
caused the damage are unknown, the cost for repairs may be
assessed equally upon all the students of the University.
30 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Students are expected to observe the accepted rules of decorum,
to obey the regulations of the University, and to pay due respect
to its officers. Conduct inconsistent with the general good order
of the University or persistent neglect of work may be followed
by dismissal; if the offense be a less serious one, the student may
be placed upon probation. The student so placed upon pro-
bation may be dismissed if guilty of any further offense.
It is desired to administer the discipline of the University so as
to maintain a high standard of integrity and a scrupulous regard
for truth. The attempt of any student to present as his own any
work which he has not performed, or to pass any examination
by improper means, is regarded as a most serious offense and
renders the offender liable to immediate expulsion. The aiding
and abetting of a student in any dishonesty is also held to be a
grave breach of discipline.
Scholastic Year for Seniors
Seniors of either division who are candidates for a degree in
the current year must have completed all academic work, class
assignments, theses, regular and special examinations, before
twelve o'clock noon of the Saturday next following the close of
recitations for seniors.
Attendance
Students are expected to attend all exercises in the subjects they
are studying unless excused in advance. Exercises are held and
students are expected to devote themselves to the work of the
University between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., except for a lunch
period, on every week day except Saturday. Saturday classes are
held only between 9:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m.
No cuts are allowed. A careful record of each student's attend-
ance upon class exercises is kept. Absence from regularly sched-
uled exercises in any subject will seriously affect the standing of
the student. It may cause the removal of the subject or subjects
from his schedule. If he presents a reasonable excuse for the
absence, however, he may be allowed to make up the time lost
and be given credit for the work; but he must complete the work
at such time and in such manner as his instructor in the course
may designate.
Laboratory work can be made up only when it is possible to
do so during hours of regularly scheduled instruction.
Absences from exercises immediately preceding or following a
recess are especially serious and entail severe penalties.
Attendance at all mass meetings of the student body is com-
pulsory. Exceptions to this rule are made only when the student
has received permission from the Director of Student Activities
previous to the meeting from which he desires to be absent.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 31
Housing Regulations
The University endeavors to exercise due consideration and
care for the student's welfare while he is in residence. This
necessitates the adoption of the rules and regulations presented
herewith.
1. Assignments will be made when the student registers.
2. Students may inspect rooms before accepting an assignment;
after reaching a decision students must notify the office of the
Director of School Administration, 254W.
3. Students who accept room assignments must retain them
for the period of their residence, unless given permission by the
Director of School Administration to change.
4. Students are not permitted to live in unsupervised quarters.
Under no conditions are groups of students permitted to lease
apartments.
5. Students are not permitted to engage rooms without the prior
approval of the University. Those violating this rule will be
required to give up such rooms immediately and will be assigned
by the University to approved quarters.
6. Violation of any of the above rules is considered a breach
of discipline and will be dealt with accordingly.
Residence
It has been found to be much more satisfactory for the student
to live within easy access of Boston, especially during periods in
college, than to live out twenty-five or thirty miles. The saving
of time and effort more than offsets any increased expense.
Residence in Boston is advisable, as it gives the student oppor-
tunity to use the college facilities outside of class hours and to
confer more easily with his instructors about his college work.
Dormitories
At present the University does not maintain dormitories. Pro-
vision, however, is made for students to secure rooms in the
vicinity. Many freshmen prefer to take room and board at the
fraternity houses, which are all supervised by the University
through faculty advisers. For information relative to such
housing write the Director of Admissions.
Rooms in the dormitory of the Huntington Avenue Branch of
the Boston Y.M.C.A. may be secured only through the Housing
Department of the Y.M.C.A. The applicant must present him-
self in person to a representative of the Department before assign-
ment will be made.
Applicants desiring to room in the Association dormitory are
advised to write the Housing Department of the Huntington
Avenue Branch, 316 Huntington Avenue., Boston, Massachusetts.
32 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
buildings and facilities
Boston — A Great Educational Center
THE fact that Northeastern University is in Boston broadens
the educational and cultural opportunities of its students.
Few other cities in the country are so rich in the finest
elements of American life. Many of its historic buildings, such
as the Old State House, Faneuil Hall, and the Old North Church,
have become museums for the preservation of old documents,
paintings, and other collections representative of early Colonial
life. The Boston Public Library and the Museum of Fine Arts,
both within a few blocks of the University Buildings, are widely
noted for their treasures of literature and art. Even nearer to
the University is Symphony Hall, home of the world-famous
Boston Symphony Orchestra. And the many churches within
Greater Boston not only afford the opportunity of hearing dis-
tinguished preachers but through their student clubs and young
people's societies make possible for students a fine type of social
and intellectual life.
Location of University Buildings
The Day Division of Northeastern University is housed in
three buildings located on Huntington Avenue, Boston, just
beyond Massachusetts Avenue and opposite the historic Boston
Opera House. The main administrative offices of the University
are located in the West Building, a four-story brick structure added
to the physical plant of Northeastern in 1938.
Transportation
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South
Stations. From the North Station board a car going to Park
Street, at which junction transfer to any Huntington Avenue car.
At South Station board a Cambridge subway train for Park Street
Under. There change to a Huntington Avenue car and alight
at the West Building of Northeastern University.
West Building
The West Building contains over 100,000 square feet of floor
space for administrative and instructional purposes. In the base-
ment are the Mechanical Engineering offices, laboratories, and
machine shops; the University Bookstore; the Husky Hut, where
light refreshments are sold; several classrooms; and a large drafting
room used chiefly by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Ample area is also provided in the basement for a student check
room, lockers, and various storage rooms and vaults.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 33
On the first floor are located the President's office, the General
Offices of the Secretary-Treasurer, and the offices of the Vice-
President of the University. A large public reception room adjoins
the main lobby, and several small classrooms are located in both
wings of the building. This floor was given to the University in
memory of Lieutenant Stafford Leighton Brown by his mother.
The Department of Physics has a suite of offices, laboratories,
and research areas in the south wing of the second floor. A large
lecture hall with raised seats accommodating over three hundred
people occupies the central area of the second floor. This room
is fully equipped for both lantern slide and motion picture pro-
jection, and is provided with up-to-date motor driven ventilating
equipment. The room is fitted with a lecture demonstration desk
having all necessary accessories including gas, water, various
types of electricity, and hoods for the removal of gases. A fully
stocked preparation room adjoins this lecture hall. The offices of
the Director of School Administration, the Director of Co-
operative Work, and the Dean of Students, a large number of
small classrooms, and several conference rooms complete the
layout of the second floor.
Student lounging and recreation rooms sponsored by the
Northeastern Student Union occupy the Huntington Avenue side
of the third floor, together with the offices of the Department of
Student Activities. This floor also contains a small University
Chapel, a lecture hall similar to that on the second floor but
slightly smaller, and a number of large classrooms equipped with
special tables for freshman drawing classes.
A group of large, fully equipped laboratories for Inorganic
Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis, Physical Chemistry and
Quantitative Analysis, and Organic Chemistry occupy the prin-
cipal areas of the fourth floor. The Chemistry Department has
its offices and a large lecture hall equipped especially for courses
in chemistry adjoining these laboratories. A number of research
areas for special purposes, a large central stockroom, a dark room,
and several balance rooms complete the chemistry suite. Three
large drafting rooms having blackboards especially equipped with
sliding T-squares, an Art Room, and the offices of the Drawing
Department, are also found on the fourth floor.
In the penthouse on the roof there are a faculty-alumni lounge,
a radio laboratory, and an astronomy laboratory.
South Building
The South Building of Northeastern University comprises a
basement and two stories. The Department of Electrical Engi-
neering occupies the entire basement with its offices, Dynamo
Laboratories, High Tension Laboratory, Electrical Measurements
Laboratory, Instrument Room, and research areas.
34
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
MAP SHOWING NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY AND VICINITY
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 35
Key to Map
Northeastern University and Vicinity
1.
East Building
2.
South Building
3.
West Building
4.
Symphony Hall
5.
Horticultural Hall
6.
Christian Science Church
7.
New England Conservatory of Music
8.
Boston Opera House
9.
Boston Museum of Fine Arts
10.
Mechanics Exhibition Hall
11.
Back Bay Station
12.
Trinity Place
13.
Boston Public Library
14.
Trinity Church
15.
Museum of Natural History
16.
Boston Public Garden
17.
Boston Common
18.
South Station
19.
North Station
20.
State House
21.
U. S. Customs House
. 22.
Rowes Wharf
36 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
On the first floor are located the Departments of Civil and of
Industrial Engineering. A Hydraulics and Sanitary Engineering
Laboratory, a Methods Engineering Laboratory, a Civil Engineer-
ing drafting room, and several classrooms complete the layout
of this floor. A large lecture room, several classrooms, the Chem-
ical Engineering Unit Operations Laboratory, the Chemical
Engineering Department Offices, and the Biology Laboratory are
located on the second floor.
East Building
The East Building of Northeastern University is the educational
wing of the Huntington Avenue Branch of the Boston Y.M.C.A.
On its second floor are located the library, a branch library and
reading room, and several classrooms. The third floor contains
the office of the Dean of Business Administration, several de-
partmental offices, a laboratory for statistical work, and additional
classrooms. On the fourth floor are located the office of the
Dean of Liberal Arts, the Department of English, the Department
of Modern Languages, several large lecture rooms, and a Student
Union Reading Room.
Jacob P. Bates Hall, located in the East Building, has a seating
capacity of 400. The hall is equipped with a motion picture
machine and has a large stage suitable for entertainments of
various kinds.
Bates Hall is an important center for various student activities.
Here the band and the orchestra have their rehearsals, the glee
club gives its entertainments, and some of the dramatic work is
presented. Numerous student socials and small group dinners
frequently are held here.
Natatorium
The swimming pool, 75 feet long by 25 feet wide, is supplied
with filtered water and is heated to the proper temperature by an
elaborate system of pipes. It is one of the finest of its kind in
New England.
Gymnasium
This structure, the funds for which were provided by the
relatives of the late Samuel Johnson, is known as the Samuel
Johnson Memorial Gymnasium. The gymnasium provides the
following facilities: three gymnasiums, a twelve-lap running track,
two large exercise rooms, boxing and wrestling rooms, handball
and squash courts, bowling alleys, showers, steam baths, massage
rooms, and electric cabinet baths.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 37
Lecture Assembly Halls
Through special arrangement, Jordan Hall, Symphony Hall,
and the Boston Opera House are made available for assembly
purposes. These halls provide ample space for student activity
assemblies and for special lectures by noted men. All the students
in college at any period assemble for one hour each week through-
out the college year. More than half of the assembly sessions are
devoted to interests and activities developed by the students
themselves. The other assembly periods are devoted to special
lectures, sometimes under the direction of the student body and
sometimes under the direction of the faculty. The special lectures
are devoted to those elements of life which count most in the
development of a man's viewpoint and his character.
Equipment for Physical Training
Northeastern has exceptional facilities for all-round physical
training. The gymnasium is one of the most complete in New
England. Adjoining the West Building is a large field equipped for
athletics. Here are two tennis courts, an outdoor gymnasium, a
rifle range, a baseball cage, jumping pits, and a track with a 100-
yard straightaway.
Huntington Field
Northeastern University owns and operates a large athletic field
a short distance from the University. This field, known as the
Huntington Field, provides ample facilities for track, baseball,
football, and other outdoor sports. A bus service maintained
between the field and the University makes it possible for students
to get back and forth with a minimum loss of time. A new and
commodious field house has recently been erected at the field as
well as ten sections of stadium seats capable of seating 2,000
spectators.
Design and Drafting Rooms
The University possesses large, light, and well-equipped drawing
rooms for the carrying on of the designing and drafting which
form so important a part of engineering work. These rooms are
supplied with lockers containing the drawing supplies, files con-
taining blue prints, and photographs of machines and structures
that represent the best practice. Drafting room blackboards are
equipped with traveling straight edge devices which facilitate
speed and accuracy in blackboard demonstrations.
38 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Libraries
The library service of Northeastern University comprises the
following units:
1. The Main Library, located on the second floor of the East
Building, includes three reading rooms in which are available all
of the general reference books, many of the professional and
scientific volumes, and all of the periodicals (approximately 100)
to which the University subscribes. This library is under the
direction of a librarian and two assistants, all of whom have had
special training for the work. Main library hours are as follows:
9:00
A.M.
to 10:00 P.M.
Daily
2:00
P.M.
to 9:00 P.M.
Sundays
12:00
M
to 9:00 P.M.
Holidays
2. The Branch Library, also located on the second floor of the
East Building, houses most of the books on engineering and man-
agement with the exception of those in the field of chemical
engineering, which, for greater convenience of students in this
department, are kept in the Main Library. The Branch Library
is in charge of a corps of student assistants and is open from
8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m. daily except Sundays. Students have access
directly to the shelves which contain books on reserve for par-
ticular courses as well as general reference works.
3. A general reading room and library is maintained by the
Northeastern Student Union in Room 356, West Building. The
books located here are chiefly non-technical works dealing with
contemporary affairs, religious problems, international relations,
travel, etc., among which students may browse during periods of
relaxation. A few of the literary and religious periodicals are also
available in this room.
Boston Public Library
All members of the University, whether resident or non-
resident students, have the privilege of taking books from the
Boston Public Library and of using the library for general reference
and study. Inasmuch as this is one of the best in the country,
it presents unusual opportunities to the students. Within a few
minutes' walk from the University, it enables students to have
unlimited reference at any time to books and periodicals bearing
upon their studies.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 39
Student ^Activities
NORTHEASTERN University regards student activities as
an integral part of its educational program. One of the
main departments of the University is charged with the
responsibility of co-ordinating the various types of activities and
of administering the social, musical, literary, and athletic organi-
zations in such a way as to enable each to contribute in a whole-
some, worth-while manner to student life at Northeastern. Every
student is encouraged to participate in such activities as may
appeal to him, although a standard of scholarship which is in-
compatible with excessive devotion to such pursuits is required of
all students.
Members of the faculty also are interested in the informal
aspects of the college program. Teaching loads are kept suf-
ficiently low so that the instructional staff may have ample
opportunity to mingle with students outside of the classroom in
social activities and on the athletic field. In fact, some member
of the faculty is appointed to serve as adviser for each student
activity. His function is not to dictate how the organization shall
be run, but to encourage the students in their extra-curricula
endeavors and to give them the benefit of his mature point of
view in solving the problems. that inevitably arise.
One of the outstanding contributions of the co-operative plan
in the field of higher education has been its capacity to develop
in students those powers of social understanding that are so
essential to success in professional life. At Northeastern the
program of student activities is made to contribute to this end
in a very real way. It is a conscious aim of the student activities
advisers to develop among their advisees those qualities of per-
sonality and character which will enhance their usefulness as
future professional men and citizens. Students have splendid
opportunities to develop administrative and executive ability as
leaders of undergraduate organizations. No academic credit is
awarded for any student activity. This has been no deterrent,
however, to student participation in extra-curricula activities, for
a recent survey of the undergraduate body showed that over 90%
of the enrollment were engaged in one or more forms of student
activity.
Athletic Association
All students in the Day Division are members of the North-
eastern University Athletic Association. Policies of the asso-
ciation are passed upon by a Faculty Committee on Student
Activities appointed by the vice-president in charge of the Day
Division. This committee decides what students are eligible to
40 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
participate in athletics, what the various sports schedules shall
be, and what students may be excused from classes to represent
the University on athletic trips.
The actual administration of the athletic program is in the
hands of a second committee, known as the General Athletic
Committee, which consists of the Director of Student Activities,
the captains and managers of all varsity teams, and the coaches
as ex officio members.
The University maintains both varsity and freshman teams in
basketball, baseball, football, hockey, and track. Intercollegiate
games and meets are arranged with the leading colleges in the
East. In addition to intercollegiate athletics the athletic associa-
tion conducts an intramural program in various sports.
Tennis Club
The Northeastern University Tennis Club is open to all under-
graduates. The Department of Student Activities appoints a
faculty adviser who assists the members in conducting an intra-
mural tennis tournament. Excellent facilities for tennis are
afforded on the courts adjacent to the East Building of the Uni-
versity. In the early spring members of the Tennis Club have
access to the gymnasium for indoor practice.
Mass Meeting
The hour from 12:00 to 1:00 on Wednesdays throughout the
year is set aside for mass meetings. Attendance is compulsory.
Arrangements are made to bring before the student body some of
the ablest and foremost thinkers of the day. A list of speakers
for the year will be found on page 13 of this catalogue. When
the mass meeting hour is not occupied by a University lecturer,
class meetings, concerts, or athletic rallies are held instead. Such
gatherings are under the direction of the Department of Student
Activities.
"The News"
A college newspaper, the Northeastern News, is published each
week throughout the college year by a staff selected from the
student body. The copy is prepared, edited, and published by the
students themselves with the counsel of a faculty adviser. Op-
portunity is afforded for the students to express their opinions
on subjects relating to study, co-operative work, social events, or
topics of the day. Positions on the News staff and promotions
are attained by competitive work. The paper is in part supported
by advertising, both national and local, and in part by a portion
of the student activities fee. The Northeastern News is a member
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 41
of the Eastern Intercollegiate Newspaper Association, and sends
one of its editors to the annual convention of this association
each year. Copies of the News are mailed to upperclassmen when
they are at co-operative work and to freshmen after the close
of their college year.
"The Cauldron'
The senior class publishes annually a college year book, The
Cauldron. It is ready for distribution in the latter part of the
second semester and contains a complete review of the college
year with class histories, pictures of all seniors, of the faculty,
and of undergraduate groups, as well as a miscellany of snapshots
and drawings contributed by students.
The Handbook
Each fall the Northeastern Student Union issues a conven-
iently sized student Handbook, which is sold to students at a
nominal price. The book contains information about the various
college clubs, athletic programs, fraternities, rules governing
freshmen, lockers, publications, and so on. The Handbook also
includes a diary for the college year in which it is issued.
Student Council
Student government of the Day Division at Northeastern Uni-
versity is vested in the Student Council, composed of elected rep-
resentatives from the various classes. The Council is the authority
on all matters relating to student policies not definitely connected
with classroom procedure. It has jurisdiction, subject to faculty
approval, over all such matters as customs, privileges, campus
regulations, etc. and meets regularly to consider and act upon
issues referred to it for decision. The Dean of Students serves as
faculty adviser to the Student Council.
Honor Societies
Three honorary societies are chartered by the University in its
Day Division:
The Senate, in the College of Engineering.
The Sigma Society, in the College of Business Administration.
The Academy, in the College of Liberal Arts.
Election to the college honorary fraternity is founded primarily
upon scholarship, but before a man is privileged to wear the
honorary society insignia he must give evidence of an integrity of
character and an interest in the extra-curricula life of the Uni-
42 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
versity as well as an acceptable personality. The Societies have
memberships consisting of the outstanding men in the Day Divi-
sion. Election to the honorary society is the highest honor that
can be conferred upon an undergraduate.
Fraternities
There are at present ten local Greek letter fraternities chartered
by Northeastern University. Each fraternity is provided with a
faculty adviser who is responsible for the proper administration
of the fraternity house under the rules and regulations established
by the faculty. The list of fraternities in the order of their estab-
lishment is as follows:
1. Alpha Kappa Sigma 6. Phi Beta Alpha
2. Beta Gamma Epsilon 7. Phi Gamma Pi
3. Eta Tau Nu 8. Sigma Phi Alpha
4. Nu Epsilon Zeta 9. Kappa Zeta Phi
5. Sigma Kappa Psi 10. Gamma Phi Kappa
Elected representatives from each fraternity make up an Inter-
Fraternity Council, a body which has preliminary jurisdiction over
fraternity regulations. Its rulings are subject to the approval of
the Faculty Committee on Student Activities.
Professional Societies and Clubs
To assist in the promotion of social, cultural, and intellectual
advancement through informal channels, a number of professional
societies and clubs are sponsored.
Accounting — Law Club
All students interested in accounting and law are invited to
join this stimulating club. Problems and cases involving the
interrelations of accounting and law are presented and discussed
at club meetings. Although upperclassmen usually present prob-
lems arising out of thesis or co-operative work, speakers from the
professional world come to the meetings to present papers and
lead the student discussion.
Banking Club
The purpose of this organization is to increase among its mem-
bers the knowledge of the theory and practice of banking. Any
student of Northeastern University, while enrolled in any of the
banking courses of the College of Business Administration, is
eligible to active membership in this club. Meetings are held each
ten week period at which banking executives from Greater Boston
are invited to discuss current issues in the field of banking.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 43
National Engineering Societies
Students in the several professional curricula of the College of
Engineering operate Northeastern University Sections of the
appropriate national engineering societies. Chief among these
are the following:
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Boston Society of Civil Engineers
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
American Society for the Advancement of Management
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
Members of the engineering faculty who hold membership in
the parent organizations serve as advisers to these student groups.
Meetings are held regularly, usually at night so that students from
both Divisions may attend, and practicing engineers are invited
to address the Section. Occasionally appropriate motion pictures
are shown, or the group visits some current engineering project in
the vicinity of Boston. The College of Engineering encourages
these student sections of the technical societies in the belief that
they provide a wholesome medium for social intercourse as well
as a worth-while introduction to professional life.
Affiliated Engineering Societies of New England
Membership in the student sections of the Boston Society of
Civil Engineers, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
or the American Institute of Electrical Engineers also includes
membership and privileges of the Affiliated Engineering Societies
of New England. This organization is an affiliation of all the
major technical societies of Boston and vicinity and provides very
valuable lectures, smokers, and informal meetings with the out-
standing men engaged in engineering work in Boston and vicinity.
International Relations Club
The International Relations Club was founded in 1932 for the
purpose of studying and discussing those current national and
international events and issues which vitally concern our American
life and institutions.
It is the intention of the club to deal with all questions in an
impartial and broadminded manner, and to take an intelligent
and effective part in promoting international understanding and
harmony. The club maintains contacts with similar organizations
in other colleges.
Membership is not open to freshmen, and only to those upper-
classmen who maintain good scholarship.
44 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Astronomy Club
Membership in the Astronomy Club is open to all students in
the College of Engineering who maintain satisfactory scholastic
standing. The club has access to machine shops for the con-
struction of telescopes and other instruments. It also has quarters
in the penthouse on the fifth floor of the West Building. Meetings
are held twice a month for the purpose of making astronomical
observations and carrying on appropriate discussions.
Debating Society
The purpose of the Debating Society, formed in 1936, is "to
foster and promote an interest and facility in formal argumenta-
tion; to develop an impartial, unbiased, and intellectual considera-
tion of questions and issues of current interest; and to sponsor
intercollegiate relationships and competition in the debating field."
Membership is open to all students of the Day Division.
Radio Club
One of the most popular undergraduate activities is the North-
eastern University Radio Club. Members are provided oppor-
tunity for code practice and are encouraged to obtain their
amateur licenses. The Club owns and operates station W1KBN,
a short wave transmitter, located in the Radio Laboratory in the
penthouse of the West Building. Meetings are held about once
a month for the discussion of technical matters. Practicing
radio engineers are frequently invited to address the Club at
evening meetings, when students in both divisions may attend.
Dramatic Club
Students interested in dramatics have an opportunity to culti-
vate this art under faculty coaches who co-operate with the
Dramatic Club in the production of several pieces in the course of
each college year. Frequently the Northeastern Dramatic and
Glee Clubs collaborate with those of Simmons College in light
operas such as those of Gilbert and Sullivan.
Rifle Club
Organized a number of years ago, the Rifle Club was so success-
ful that in 1933 riflery was recognized as a minor sport. Members
of the club are given instruction in the art of rifle snooting. Those
students who excel in intra-mural competition are selected for
the team representing the University in intercollegiate contests.
Practice sessions are held twice a week in the University rifle
range. Membership is open to all students.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 45
Musical Clubs
The Department of Student Activities sponsors the following
musical clubs: an orchestra, a band, a glee club, a banjo club, and
a dance orchestra, for which all students with musical ability are
eligible. Membership in the various musical clubs is attained by
competitive effort.
Each organization has a faculty adviser and each elects a
representative to the Musical Clubs Council. The purpose of
this council is to co-ordinate the various musical activities of the
Day Division. At the annual Musical Clubs Banquet, held early
in the spring, charms are awarded to the leaders and managers of
the several clubs and to members who have played over a period
of three full years.
The various musical clubs, in conjunction with the Dramatic
Club, combine in an annual mid-winter entertainment and partici-
pate in occasional outside public engagements throughout the
college year.
Camera Club
The Camera Club welcomes all men interested in photography.
Weekly discussions and special evening lectures by guest artists
are part of the yearly program. Field trips, monthly photo con-
tests and a general exhibition add to the interest and progressive
work of this organization.
Mathematics Society
The Mathematics Society encourages the study of topics of
mathematical interest which are either outside or beyond the
scope of the regular mathematics courses. Membership is re-
stricted to those men who have completed one and one-half
years of study in mathematics and have an average grade of not
less than "C" in mathematics courses up through differential
calculus. The club meets once every five weeks in the evening.
Although membership is limited to upperclassmen, any student
is always welcome to any meeting, and freshmen especially inter-
ested in mathematics are always welcome.
The final program of the year is devoted to a dinner meeting
for which some prominent outside speaker is procured.
Class Organization and Activity
Each of the Classes in the Day Division elects its officers and
carries on activities as a class. Dances are sponsored by the
classes at regular periods throughout the year. One of the high
lights of the social program is the Junior Promenade, held each
spring at one of the Boston hotels.
46 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Seniors plan a whole week of activities just prior to Commence-
ment in June.
Freshmen are required to wear the red and black cap distributed
through the Department of Student Activities in order that they
may be readily distinguishable to each other and to upperclass-
men.
The Northeastern Student Union
The purpose of the Northeastern Student Union is to carry
out the work of a Christian association within the University.
It endeavors to deepen the spiritual lives of Northeastern men
through the building of Christian character, to create and pro-
mote a strong and effective Northeastern University spirit in and
through a unified student body, to promote sociability, and to
emphasize certain ethical, social, civic, intellectual, economic,
physical, vocational, and avocational values.
All students are encouraged to participate in the activities of
the Union, no matter what their religious faith, as the work of
the Union is entirely non-sectarian. A good moral character is
the only requirement for eligibility to membership. It is hoped
that as many students as can will participate in this ideal extra-
curricula work.
The Union conducts a weekly Chapel Service in the little chapel
in the West Building, to which all faculty members and students
are invited. The service, which is non-sectarian and voluntary,
is held on Thursday mornings from 8:40 to 8:55 o'clock. Many
eminent preachers of Greater Boston are engaged to deliver brief
addresses.
Awards and Prizes
Public Speaking Contest
Each spring the University conducts a Public Speaking Contest
for which all students in the Day Division are eligible. Prizes of
fifty, twenty-five, fifteen, and ten dollars respectively are awarded
to the four ablest speakers at a general mass meeting of the student
body.
Speeches are original in nature and about ten minutes in length.
The judges base their decision on appropriateness of subject,
content, and delivery. Preliminary contests are held during the
winter in each division.
Alcott Award
In 1934 the William Jefferson Alcott, Jr. Memorial Fund was
established by the faculty and other friends to perpetuate the
memory of Professor Alcott who was a member of the Depart-
ment of Mathematics in Northeastern University from 1924 until
his death in 1933.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 47
Each year the income from this fund is used for a suitable
award to the Northeastern University Day Division student who
has made some outstanding academic achievement during the
preceding year. The recipient of the award is chosen by a com-
mittee elected by the faculty.
Alumni Association
The alumni of the Day Division are organized to promote the
welfare of Northeastern University, to establish a mutually bene-
ficial relationship between the University and its alumni, and to
perpetuate the spirit of fellowship among members of the Alumni
Association.
Among the events sponsored by the Alumni Association are
the annual meeting and reunion; the annual alumni-varsity
basketball game; and class reunions. The Association also awards
a track trophy each year and contributes to the Alumni Student
Loan Fund.
The work of the General Alumni Association is supplemented
by the activities of regional alumni clubs. The local clubs meet
periodically in their respective centers to discuss matters pertain-
ing to the University and its alumni. Meetings are also held in
conjunction with the visits of Northeastern's athletic teams to
the various club centers.
48 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Officers of the cAlumni cAssociatioru
President
Lindsay Ellms '23
Vice President
George A. Mallion '20
Secretary
Earl H. Thomson '25
Treasurer
Willis P. Burbank '31
Executive Committee
Farnham W. Smith '24 Raymon D. Tellier '28
John W. Greenleaf, Jr. '30 George Davenport '28
James W. Daniels '25
Alumni Executive Secretary
Rudolf O. Oberg '26
Alumni Council Representatives
1913-1920 John R. McLeish 1929— Harold L. Burton
Harry J. Freeman 1930 — Dexter W. Lovell
Perry F. Zwisler Alexander G. MacGregor
1921 — Roger E. Spear 1931 — Donald H. MacKenzie
1922 — Richard B. Brown 1932 — Sidney A. Standing
1923 — Thomas A. Stevens 1934 — J. Lloyd Hayden
1924 — Farnham W. Smith 1935 — Hartwell G. Howe
1925 — Rene G. Maurette 1936 — Frederic S. Bacon, Jr.
1926— Earl L. Moulton 1937— John F. Shea
1927 — Rudolph A. Lofgren 1938 — Chesley F. Garland
1928 — William E. R. Sullivan
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 49
cAdmission ^Requirements
APPLICANTS for admission to the freshman class without
restrictions must qualify by one of the following methods:
1. Graduation from an approved course of study in an
accredited secondary school, including prescribed subjects listed
below.
2. Completion of fifteen acceptable secondary school units with
a degree of proficiency satisfactory to the Department of Ad-
missions.
3. Examinations.
(Certificate of entrance examinations passed for admission
to recognized colleges and technical schools may be accepted.)
Prescribed Subjects for Admission
Mathematics 3 units
*Physics or Chemistry 1 unit
History, Social Studies and/or Foreign Language 2 units
English 3 units
**Electives 6 units
Total 15 units
A unit is a credit given to an acceptable secondary school
course which meets at least four times a week for periods of not
less than forty minutes each throughout the school year.
Entrance examinations are not required of students whose
transcripts of record are acceptable, but the Committee on Ad-
mission reserves the right to require a candidate to present him-
self for examination in any subjects that it may deem necessary
because of some weakness in his secondary school record.
Other Requirements
These formal requirements are necessary and desirable in that
they tend to provide all entering students with a common ground
upon which the first year of the college curriculum can be based.
But academic credits alone are not an adequate indication of a
student's ability to profit by a college education. Consequently
the Department of Admissions takes into consideration, along
with the formal requirements stated above, many other factors
regarding candidates for the freshman class. A student's interests
and aptitudes in so far as they can be determined, his capacity for
*Physics is recommended.
**Not less than four of the "electives" must be in one or more of the following
academic branches: Languages, Natural Science, Mathematics, Social Sciences,
History.
50 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
hard work, his attitude toward his classmates and teachers in
high school, his physical stamina, and, most important of all, his
character, — all these considerations are carefully weighed. In this
way the University seeks to select for its student body those who
not only meet the academic admission requirements but who also
give promise of acquitting themselves creditably in the rigorous
program of training afforded by the co-operative plan and of later
becoming useful members of society.
Personal Interview
Candidates for admission should communicate with the Director
of Admissions, who will advise them frankly on the basis of past
experience. A personal interview is always preferred to corre-
spondence, and parents are urged to accompany their sons when-
ever this is possible. Effective guidance depends in large measure
upon a complete knowledge of a candidate's background and
problems. Parents invariably are able to contribute much in-
formation that aids the admissions officer in arriving at a decision.
In general, a student is likely to be more successful in his college
work if he does not enroll under the age of seventeen.
Application for Admission
Each applicant for admission is required to fill out an applica-
tion blank whereon he states his previous education as well as
the names of persons to whom reference may be made in regard
to his character and previous training.
An application fee of five dollars ($5) is required when the
application is filed. This fee is non-returnable.
The last page of this catalog is in the form of an application
blank. It should be filled out in ink and forwarded with the
required five dollar fee to Director of Admissions, Northeastern
University, Boston, Mass. Checks should be made out to North-
eastern University.
Candidates are urged to visit the office of Admissions for
personal interview if it is possible for them to do so before sub-
mitting their applications. Office hours of the Department are
from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily; Saturdays to 12:00 m. The
Director of Admissions will interview applicants on Wednesday
evenings but by appointment only.
Upon receipt of the application, properly filled out, the College
at once looks up the applicant's references and secondary school
records. When replies have been received to the various inquiries,
the applicant is informed as to his eligibility for admission.
Applications should be filed not later than May 1, thus allowing
ample time for the investigation of the applicant's secondary
school records before he enrolls in the College.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 51
The University reserves the right to place any entering student
upon a period of trial. Whether he shall be removed from trial
at the end of this time or requested to withdraw will be deter-
mined by the character of the work he has accomplished and his
conduct during this trial period.
Registration
Eligibility for admission does not constitute registration. Fresh-
men register at the University on September 5, 1940. No student
is considered to have met the requirements for admission until he
has successfully passed the required physical examination.
Advanced Standing
Students transferring from approved colleges will be admitted
to advanced standing provided their records warrant it. Whenever
a student enters with advanced standing and later proves to have
had inadequate preparation in any of his prerequisite subjects,
the Faculty reserves the right to require the student to make up
such deficiencies.
Applicants seeking advanced standing should arrange to have
transcripts of their previous college records forwarded with their
initial inquiry. Students admitted to advanced standing are not
eligible for placement at co-operative work until they have com-
pleted a full year of academic work at the University.
Entrance Condition Examinations in Boston
Students who are deficient in required units for admission may
remove these deficiencies by examination. Such examinations
are held at the University unless special arrangements are made
with the Department of Admissions to administer them elsewhere.
Students are advised to take such examinations on the earliest
possible date in order that any deficiencies which they fail to
clear may be made up in time to permit registration with the
desired class and division.
The time of examinations is as follows:
10:00 A.M. to 12:00 M.
1:00 P.M. to 3:00 P.M.
During the current year examinations will be given on the fol-
lowing days: June 5, 1940; August 28, 1940. All other examina-
tions will be given by special assignment.
52 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Freshman Orientation Period
In order that freshmen may be ready to pursue their academic
work with greater composure and be somewhat acclimated before
the beginning of scholastic work, three or four days prior to the
first term are devoted to a freshman orientation period. During
this time freshmen are advised as to choice of program, and assisted
in every way possible in order that they may be prepared to begin
serious study and work on the first day of the college term. All
freshmen are required to attend all exercises at the University
scheduled during the orientation period.
An optional feature of the orientation program is the freshman
camp conducted under the auspices of the Student Union. The
camp is planned particularly for out-of-town students, although
commuters are welcomed. It aims at providing a stimulating and
wholesome environment under vacation conditions in which the
new men may become acquainted with one another and with
members of the faculty. The camp site on Lake Massapoag, in
the northern part of Massachusetts, is admirably equipped for
this purpose, having ample facilities for baseball, basketball,
tennis, boating and swimming. The cost of the two days at
camp is nominal, and most freshmen avail themselves of this
opportunity for recreation prior to the beginning of the college
year.
Physical Examination
All freshmen receive a thorough physical examination at the
University during the orientation period. All students are
expected to report promptly at the appointed time for examina-
tion. Those who fail to appear at the appointed time will be
charged a special examination fee of two dollars ($2).
Freshman Counselors
At the time of his matriculation each freshman is assigned to a
personal counselor, a member of the faculty, who serves as an
interested and friendly counselor during the perplexing period of
transition from school to college. A personal record card is
prepared for each student, containing certain pertinent data from
his preparatory school record, the report of his physical examina-
tion at Northeastern, his scores on psychological tests, the results
of placement examinations, and any special notes which may be
of significance in counseling work. The aim of the freshman
counseling system is primarily to assist students in making an
effective start upon their programs and secondarily to acquire
for the later use of guidance officers a fund of significant informa-
tion relative to every freshman. Counseling is under the direction
of a Dean of Students, assisted by a clinical psychologist, who
handles the diagnosis and remedial treatment of problem cases.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 53
Individual Attention to Freshmen
Not only is attention given to the problems of the student in
connection with his studies, but also the service is extended to
include help upon any problem in which advice is needed and
desired, the aim being to guide the student to the fullest possible
personal development.
The college record of each student is carefully analyzed in the
light of what could reasonably be expected of him, in view of
his previous school record, his score on the psychological test, and
the other factors in his situation. If he is not doing his best work,
an investigation is made to determine and eliminate the causes.
If he is doing as well as could be expected or better, he is en-
couraged to continue to do so. In other words, each student is
held to the most effective work possible, through advice, encour-
agement, and assistance.
First Year Common to All Curricula
All engineering students carry the same courses of study through-
out the freshman year, during which they are given an oppor-
tunity to survey the various fields of engineering. Choice of
curriculum can then be made more intelligently at the beginning
of the sophomore year. Students who are unsuccessful in the
basic courses of the freshman year will not be permitted to con-
tinue with an engineering program but will be advised to change
their goal and type of training.
Trustee Scholarships
Each year Northeastern University grants in the Day Division
twenty-five (25) full tuition scholarships to entering freshmen
who have demonstrated, throughout their preparatory or high
school course, superior scholarship. For additional information
relative to these scholarships, communicate with the Director
of Admissions.
Henry B. Alvord Memorial Scholarship
in Civil Engineering
This scholarship was established in memory of the late Henry
B. Alvord, Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of the
Department for eighteen years. The award is made annually to a
young man graduating from an accredited secondary school who
has demonstrated superior academic ability and is likely to suc-
ceed in Civil Engineering. The grant of $250 is made only to
an entering freshman who is qualified for and plans to study
Civil Engineering.
54 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
l^equirements for Qraduatioru
THE College of Engineering offers five-year curricula, con-
ducted on the co-operative plan, leading to the following
degrees:
I Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering
II *Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
III Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
IV Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering
V Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in the College of
Engineering must complete all of the prescribed work of the
curriculum in which they seek to qualify, together with ten addi-
tional semester hours of credit in elective subjects of a liberal
nature. This makes a minimum of 147 semester hours required
for the degree. A minimum of 125 weeks of college attendance is
needed to fulfill this requirement. Students who undertake co-
operative work assignments must also meet the requirements of
the Department of Co-operative Work before they become
eligible for their degrees.
No student transferring from another college or university is
eligible to receive the S.B. degree until he has completed at least
one academic year at Northeastern immediately preceding his
graduation.
Scholarship Requirements
Any student who fails to show a satisfactory standard of
general efficiency in his professional field may be required to
demonstrate his qualifications for the degree by taking such
additional work as the faculty may prescribe. If he is clearly
unable to meet the accepted standard of attainment, he may be
required to withdraw from the University.
Graduation With Honor
Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment
in their academic work will be graduated with honor. Upon
special vote of the faculty a limited number of this group may be
graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Students must
have been in attendance at the University at least two years before
they may become eligible for graduation with honor, with high
honor, or with highest honor.
Thesis Option
Theses are not required of candidates for the degree of Bachelor
of Science in the several fields of engineering. Students who show
special aptitude for thesis work, however, may be permitted to
substitute an appropriate thesis for equivalent work in class.
Such permission must be obtained by the candidate from the head
of his professional department.
""Includes options in Aeronautical Engineering, Air Conditioning Engineer-
ing, and Diesel Engineering.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
55
ENGINEERING CURRICULA
AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
i Qivil Engineering
Civil Engineering covers such a broad field that no one can
become expert in its whole extent. It includes topographical
engineering, municipal engineering, railroad engineering, struc-
tural engineering, and hydraulic and sanitary engineering. It
covers land surveying, the building of railroads, harbors, docks,
and similar structures; the construction of sewers, waterworks,
roads and streets; the design and construction of girders, roofs,
trusses, bridges, buildings, walls, foundations, and all fixed struc-
tures. All of these branches of engineering rest, however, upon a
relatively compact body of principles, and in the theory and appli-
cation of these principles the students are trained in the classroom,
in the field, and in the testing laboratory. The curriculum is de-
signed to prepare the young engineer to take up the work of design
and construction of structures, to aid in the location and con-
struction of railways and highways, and to undertake intelligently
the supervision of work in allied fields of engineering and in
general contracting.
The following table sets forth the pre-requisite courses of this
department, together with the advanced courses for which they
are pre-requisite. Pre-requisite courses must be completed before
the advanced courses based upon them may be taken. Advanced
courses are tabulated at the left, their pre-requisite to the right.
Advanced Courses
M 5 Differential Calculus
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
EL 5 Electrical Machinery
ME 22 Strength of Materials
CI 7 Curves and Earthwork
CI 15 Theory of Structures
ME 23 Strength of Materials
CI 20 Advanced Surveying
CI 23 Engineering Structures
CI 25 Concrete
CI 29 Structural Design
CI 21 Sanitary Engineering
Pre-requisite Courses
Second Year
M 1 Algebra, M 4 Analytic Geom.
P 1 Physics I
P 2 Physics I
Third Year
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
CI 4 Higher Surveying
Fourth Year
ME 22 Strength of Materials
ME 22 Strength of Materials
CI 4 Higher Surveying
Fifth Year
CI 16 Theory of Structures
ME 22 Strength of Materials
CI 16 Theory of Structures
CI 12 Hydraulics
56
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
I. Civil Engineering
FIRST TERM SECOND TERM
Course
No.
Course
Semester Course
Hours No-
Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
El English 1 3
M 1 Algebra 3
M 3 Trigonometry 2
D 1 Graphics 1 3
PI Physics 1 3
Ch 1 or Ch 3 General Chemistry 4
PE 3 Physical Training 0
Ps 1-A Orientation 0
18
E 2 English 1 3
M 4 Analytic Geometry .... 5
PE 2 Hygiene 1
D 2 Graphics II 3
P 2 Physics 1 3
Ch 2 or Ch 4 Inorganic Chemistry 4
PE 4 Physical Training 0
19
Second Year
M 5 Differential Calculus ... 3
P3 Physics II 2
P 5 Physics Laboratory 1
CI 3 Surveying 1 1]^
CI 5 Surveying I.F&.P 1
EL 5 Electrical Machinery .. . 4
12^
M6
P4
P6
CI 4
CI 6
Integral Calculus 3
Physics II 2
Physics Laboratory .... 1
Surveying II 2,Y2
Surveying II, F &. P. . . . 1
ME 20 Applied Mechanics ,
12^
Thirc
ME 21 Applied Mechanics .... 3
ME 35 Heat Engineering 2
CI 7 Curves and Earthwork I 2
CI 9 Curves &. Earth. I, F&lP 1
Ec 21 Economics 2
CI 11 Hydraulics 1Y2
Year
ME 22 Strength of Materials. . . 3
ME 36 Heat Engineering 1%
CI 8 Curves and Earthwork II 2
CI 10 Curves &. Earth. II, F&.P 1
Ec 22 Economics 2
CI 12 Hydraulics 2
ny2
Fourth Year
ME 23 Strength of Materials. . . 2
ME 69 Testing Materials Lab. . \Y2
CI 15 Theory Structures 3
CI 3 1 Highway Engineering. . . 2
S 1 Sociology 2
Gy 1 Geology 2
12^
CI 20 Advanced Surveying. . . 2
ME 70 Testing Materials Lab.. 1J^
CI 16 Theory Structures 3
CI 32 Highway Engineering. . . 2
S 2 Sociology 2
Gy 2 Geology 2
12^
C7
CI 23
CI 25
CI 27
CI 29
IN 5
CI 21
Engineering Conference
Engineering Structures . . 3
Concrete 2
Concrete Design 1
Structural Design 2
Industrial Management I 2
Sanitary Engineering I . . 2
Fifth Year
12H
C8
CI 24
CI 26
CI 28
CI 30
IN 6
CI 22
Engineering Conference }
Engineering Structures . 3
Concrete 2
Concrete Design 1
Structural Design 2
Industrial Management II 2
Sanitary Engineering II . 2
ny2
NOTE: In addition to the prescribed program shown above, each student
must complete at least ten semester hours of credit in electives of a liberal
character, making a total of 147 semester hours required for the S.B. degree.
This work may be taken in an extra 10-week period at college during any upper-
class year, or in two summer terms.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 57
SYNOPSES OF COURSES OFFERED
BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
Professors Gramstorff, and Baird
Messrs. Devine and Sanderson
Courses offered in the first term bear odd numbers; those
offered in the second term bear even numbers.
CI 3 Surveying 1
The course is divided into two portions, the first of which treats
of basic principles such as taping, theory of the transit and use of
the transit, theory of the level, care of the level and use of the level.
The second portion deals with closed and random traverses,
both the D.M.D. and the co-ordinate methods being used. Particu-
lar stress is laid upon having the student use the methods and
procedures as outlined by the Massachusetts Land Court.
1 }/2 semester hour credits
CI 4 Surveying 11
The course consists of lectures and problem work in plane triangu-
lation, double rodded levels, Coast and Geodetic leveling. The
theory of the stadia and plane table is presented with their appli-
cations to topographic surveying. The theory of the sextant is
also presented with its application to problems in hydrographic
surveying.
2x/% semester hour credits
CI 5 Surveying 1 F. & P.
The course is divided into two equal parts; the first part is devoted
entirely to field work, while the second part is devoted entirely to
office, or plotting work.
In the field an accurate tape and transit closed traverse is run.
The angles are read by repetition. The distances are taped and
each traverse point is carefully tied in. The aim is to obtain data
for a closed traverse equal to or better than a Class A survey as set
forth by the Massachusetts Land Court. Physical features are
located from this traverse. The best methods and procedures of
taking field notes are emphasized at all times.
In the drafting room the student is required to compute his
closed traverse by both the D.M.D. and rectangular co-ordinate
methods, to submit an original drawing showing the traverse and
physical features, and to trace this drawing with careful attention
to such details as lettering, appearance, and title.
1 semester hour credit
58 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
CI 6 Surveying II F. & P.
Like course number CI 5, this course is divided equally into two
portions, one consisting of field work, the other of drafting room
work.
The field work is triangulation, including base line and measure-
ment of angles by repetition with precise transits or theodolite.
A complete plane table map is drawn locating physical features
and contours. Some of the more elementary plane table problems
such as intersection, resection, and three point problems are taken
up. Precise and Coast and Geodetic leveling are also considered.
The drafting room work consists of the preparation of a topo-
graphic map based on computations of the triangulation systems,
together with a tracing of the same; also the solving of such
problems as the eccentric and the three-point problem (analytic
Solution). 1 semester hour credit
CI 7 Curves and Earthwork I
The principles of reconnaissance, preliminary, and location sur-
veys, as applied to highway and railroad surveying, are used as an
introduction for this course. These are followed by the principles
and application of simple, compound, reversed, and vertical
curves. Throughout the course, both the railroad curve and the
circular arc are used. Many of the more difficult or complex prob-
lems are solved by the use of rectangular co-ordinates giving a
continuation of the co-ordinate method as taught in Surveying I.
2 semester hour credits
CI 8 Curves and Earthwork II
This course is a continuation of CI 7, Curves and Earthwork. The
various field procedures and methods of computation for taking
cross sections are studied. Both the average end area method of
computing volumes and the prismoidal formulae are taught. The
principles and methods used in balancing volumes and construct-
ing and solving mass diagrams are presented.
The spiral or transition curve as applied to railroad and high-
way location is taken up. In the latter part of this course the
fundamentals of railroad track problems are presented.
2 semester hour credits
CI 9 Curves and Earthwork I F. & P.
A reconnaissance line is studied, and from this a preliminary
center line in the form of a random traverse is run. From this pre-
liminary line all the physical features several hundred feet each
side of the center line are located. A map is then prepared show-
ing these data. From this map suitable curves are computed and
the location of the center line thus determined is staked out in the
field. 1 semester hour credit
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 59
CI 10 Curves and Earthwork II F. & P.
This is a continuation of course CI 9. A profile of the center line
is run and from this a suitable sub-grade profile of this line is ob-
tained. Further field work is undertaken to obtain a complete set
of cross section notes for the whole line, and special emphasis on
field notes is made throughout the course.
In the drafting room the volumes and balanced volumes are
computed. From these a mass diagram is prepared and a complete
earthwork solution is solved by use of the mass diagram and the
profile.
1 semester hour credit
CI 11 Hydraulics
The course, which opens with the laws of hydrostatics, treats of
gases, and the amount and points of application of the center
of pressures on submerged surfaces. The laws of hydrokinetics,
including those of the flow of liquids through orifices, short tubes,
weirs, pipe lines, and open channels are studied with particular
reference to Bernouilli's theorem. Many demonstrations are
made in the hydraulics laboratory. Other topics taken up are
dimensional analysis, Reynold's number, and Stoke's Law.
2x/i semester hour credits
CI 12 Hydraulics
This is a continuation of CI 11 in which the principles of channel
flow are taken up. The topics include Chezy's formula, critical
depth, backwater, and hydraulic jump. The course concludes
with a consideration of hydraulic turbines, reaction turbines, and
pumps. Laboratory demonstrations are continued.
2 semester hour credits
CI 15 Theory of Structures
The course comprises lectures and recitation work in the study of
the loads, reactions, shears, and moments acting upon statically
determinate structures of various kinds such as roofs and bridges.
A complete and thorough presentation of the usual methods of
determining bar stresses in simple trusses is also undertaken.
All of the foregoing studies are covered in detail by both
algebraic and graphic methods.
Following a discussion of roof truss types and loading, the
above methods are applied to the complete analysis of a roof truss.
3 semester hour credits
60 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
CI 16 Theory of Structures
A complete study of the function of influence lines in determining
the shears, moments, and stresses produced in various types of
simple structures by moving load systems both distributed and
concentrated. Methods of providing for impact stresses in struc-
tures are discussed and analyzed. The material given in CI 15 and
also in this course is then summarized by the solution of problems
determining the design stresses for several types of bridge struc-
tures.
3 semester hour credits
CI 20 Advanced Surveying
The course covers the theory underlying the use of the sextant
and transit in solving astronomical surveying problems in azimuth
and time. It also includes aerial surveying and map projection.
Computations in geodetic triangulation are made including the
conversion or geodetic to rectangular co-ordinates.
2 semester hour credits
CI 21 Sanitary Engineering I
The course is designed primarily to be a lecture course supple-
mented by problems involving the following items of water
supply engineering; the collection and assimilation of rainfall
data; the methods of collection and storage for ground water or
surface waters; the preparation of a dam site and the elements of
design as applied to masonry and earth filled dams; methods of
distributing water for domestic use, manufacturing, and for fire
fighting; treatment of water for hardness; treatments of water to
provide a palatable and safe water supply free from contamina-
tion. Consideration is given also to present day activities in re-
gard to the improvement of water supply apparatus with special
emphasis upon costs of installation, cost of apparatus, and total
cost as applied to water supply engineering.
2 semester hour credits
CI 22 Sanitary Engineering II
This is a companion course to CI 21, Sanitary Engineering I. It
deals with the collection and disposal of sewage and storm water,
including the following items: the quantity of sewage to be col-
lected; the sewerage collection systems for either a separate or a
combined system; the surveying and the collection of data in
order to prepare plans for the design and the construction of the
collection system; and a thorough discussion of the modern
methods of treating the sewage and the operation of the sewerage
disposal plants.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 61
CI 23 Engineering Structures
The work begins with the design of bridge trusses having second-
ary web systems (including Baltimore and Petit trusses) and
trusses with multiple web systems, lateral and portal bracing,
transverse bents, viaduct towers and cantilever bridges.
A study is made of slope and deflection with emphasis on the
methods of "Moment Area" and "Elastic Weights." The graphi-
cal solution of deflections as illustrated by the Williot-Mohr
diagram is studied.
3 semester hour credits
CI 24 Engineering Structures
The course consists of the study of rigid frames and continuous
beams. All the customary methods are discussed, including the
Three Moment Equation, Least Work, Slope Deflection, and
Moment Distribution. The solution of statically indeterminate
problems in continuous beams is obtained by algebraic and
graphical methods.
3 semester hour credits
CI 25 Concrete
Concrete as a material of construction is studied in detail, and
the principles of reinforced concrete design are learned. Compu-
tations and designs are made of rectangular beams, T beams, and
girders.
2 semester hour credits
CI 26 Concrete
This course, a continuation of CI 25, covers the design of rein-
forced concrete columns, footings, retaining walls, and arches.
It also includes a discussion of engineering foundations. The
topics taken up are sub-surface explorations, pile foundations
(both timber and concrete) sheet piles, cofferdams, open and
pneumatic caissons, pier foundations in open wells, and bridge
piers.
2 semester hour credits
CI 27 Concrete Design
This course consists of the detailing and making of complete
working drawings of the elements of design studied in CI 25, as
applied to the design of a reinforced concrete factory building.
1 semester hour credit
62 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
CI 28 Concrete Design
The design of the typical floor system of the building referred to
in CI 27 is completed and drawn up together with similar drawings
of typical columns and footings.
1 semester hour credit
CI 29 Structural Design
The course comprises a series of practical design problems
covering elementary members and combinations thereof under
various loading conditions, together with some detailing.
2 semester hour credits
CI 30 Structural Design
The application of the principles of CI 29 extended to the design
of complete structures. These problems are selected so as to be
comprehensive in scope, covering the design of sections, rivet
spacing, splices, connections, end bearings, bracing, etc. Selected
parts of the structure are detailed.
2 semester hour credits
CI 31 Highway Engineering
Beginning with a consideration of the various types of highways:
residential, commercial, interurban, intersectional, express, etc.,
this course proceeds to a discussion of highway finance and ad-
ministration, traffic surveys, highway operation and traffic control,
design of highway systems, and the economic justification of high-
way improvement and extension. Problems of gasoline tax
diversion and other taxation evils bearing upon highway develop-
ment are included in the discussion.
2 semester hour credits
CI32 Highway Engineering
In this course are taken up the location, construction, and mainte-
nance of roads, street design, and drainage; sidewalks; pavement
foundations; and the construction, cost and maintenance of the
various kinds of roads and pavements, including asphalt, brick,
stone-block, wood-block, macadam (both water bound and
bituminous), bituminous concrete, Portland Cement concrete,
gravel and earth. Special consideration is given to the modern
concrete road.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
63
ii (^Mechanical Engineering
The program of instruction is designed to give the student a
broad foundation in those fundamental subjects which form the
basis for all professional engineering practice, and especially to
equip the young engineer with a knowledge of the various phases
of mechanical engineering. The curriculum embraces instruction
by textbook, lecture, laboratory, and designing room practice, and
is planned definitely to develop the student's initiative and instill
accuracy. Practically all courses are prescribed for the first four
years, but in the senior year, students may specialize to a limited
degree in aeronautical engineering, air conditioning engineering,
or Diesel engineering. All programs lead to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Mechanical Engineering.
The following table sets forth the pre-requisite courses of the
mechanical engineering curriculum, together with the advanced
courses, for which they are pre-requisite. Pre-requisite courses
must be completed before the advanced courses based upon them
may be taken. Advanced courses are tabulated at the left, their
pre-requisite to the right.
Advanced Courses
M 5 Differential Calculus
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
EL 5 Electrical Machinery
Pre-requisite Courses
Second Year
M 1 Algebra, M 4 Analytic Geometry
P 1 Physics I
P 2 Physics I
ME 22 Strength of Materials
Third Year
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
ME 23 Strength of Materials
ME 24 Advanced Mechanics
ME 31 Heat Engineering
Fourth Year
ME 22 Strength of Materials
ME 23 Strength of Materials
ME 30 Heat Engineering
ME 51 Machine Design
ME 15 Industrial Plants
ME 44 Power Plant Engineering
ME 73 Aircraft Structures
ME 37 Diesel Engines
ME 45 Air Conditioning Des. I
Fifth Year
ME 23 Strength of Materials
ME 23 Strength of Materials
ME 32 Heat Engineering
ME 29 Heat Engineering
ME 40 Aerodynamics
ME 31 Heat Engineering
ME 42 Heating and Air Conditioning
64
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Course
No.
II. Mechanical Engineering
FIRST TERM SECOND TERM
Semester Course
Course Hours No. Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
El English 1 3
M 1 Algebra 3
M 3 Trigonometry 2
D 1 Graphics 1 3
PI Physics 1 3
Ch 1 or Ch 3 General Chemistry 4
PE 3 Physical Training 0
Ps 1-A Orientation _0
18
E2 English 1 3
M 4 Analytic Geometry .... 5
PE 2 Hygiene 1
D 2 Graphics II 3
P2 Physics 1 3
Ch 2 or Ch 4 Inorganic Chemistry 4
PE 4 Physical Training 0
19
Second Year
M 5 Differential Calculus ... 3
P 3 Physics II 2
P 5 Physics Laboratory 1
IN 3 Production Processes I . ~V/i
EL 5 Electrical Machinery ... 4
M 6 Integral Calculus 3
P4 Physics II 2
P 6 Physics Laboratory .... 1
IN 4 Production Processes II. 1^
ME 20 Applied Mechanics .... 3
D 4 Machine Drawing 2
123^
Third Year
ME 21 Applied Mechanics. ... 3
ME 1 Mechanism 3
ME 29 Heat Engineering 2
Ec 21 Economics 2
CI 11 Hydraulics llA
ME 22 Strength of Materials.. . 3
EL 6 Electrical Measurements 2J^
ME 30 Heat Engineering 3
Ec 22 Economics 2
CI 12 Hydraulics _2_
ny2
Fourth Year
ME 23 Strength of Materials. . . 2
IN 5 Industrial Management I 2
ME 31 Heat Engineering 2J^
ME 61 Mechanical Eng. Lab. . . 2
S 1 Sociology 2
ME 27 Metallography 2
ME 24 Advanced Mechanics . . 2
IN 6 Industrial Management II 2
ME 32 Heat Engineering 2l/i
ME 62 Mechanical Eng. Lab. . . 2
S 2 Sociology 2
ME 42 Heating and Air Cond.
or ME 40 Aerodynamics . 2
12M
Fifth Year
C 7 Engineering Conference
V?,
C 8 Engineering Conference
V*
ME 51 Machine Design
3
ME 52 Machine Design
3
ME 63 Mechanical Eng. Lab. . .
m
ME 44 Power Plant Eng
IV?.
IN 21 Contracts
2
IN 16 Personnel
2
Professional Electives: . .
4H
Professional Electives: . .
4H
12^
ny2
Electives:
Electives:
2
ME 48 Air Conditioning Lab.
2
ME 45 Air Cond. Design I . . . .
2Y?,
ME 46 Air Cond. Design II. . . .
■iy2
ME 37 Diesel Engines
2
ME 38 Diesel Laboratory
2
ME 39 Engine Dynamics
2V?,
ME 54 Diesel Engine Design. . .
iy.
ME 73 Aircraft Structures
2
2
ME 15 Industrial Plants
m
ME 16 Industrial Plants
2H
ME 76 Aircraft Engine Design.
l¥i
ME 34 Steam Turbines
l
NOTE: In addition to the prescribed program shown above, each student
must complete at least ten semester hours of credit in electives of a liberal
character, making a total of 147 semester hours required for the S. B. degree.
This work may be taken in an extra 10-week period at college during any upper-
class year, or in two summer terms.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 65
SYNOPSES OF COURSES OFFERED
BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Zeller, Ferretti, Stearns, Bailey and Whittaker;
Messrs. Cole and Wolowicz
Courses offered in the first term bear odd numbers; those offered
in the second term bear even numbers.
ME 2 Mechanism
This course deals mainly with a mathematical solution of prob-
lems involving angular and linear velocities and gear trains. It
embraces a careful study of paths of mechanical movements and
their application to velocity diagrams, quick-return mechanisms,
and cams. The theory of gear tooth outlines is also investigated
by graphical methods.
3 semester hour credits
ME 15 Industrial Plants
The principles involved in the erection, installation, and manage-
ment of an industrial plant are studied in this course. Various
types of structures are described, with attention to such details as
foundations, walls, columns, floors, windows, and so forth; and
the calculations and layout for a typical mill are discussed. This
material is followed by a problem on the calculation and layout
of a machine shop, including power requirements and placement
of machines, with special consideration to the best conditions for
maximum production and the most effective routing of a given
product.
3 semester hour credits
ME 16 Industrial Plants
This course, a continuation of ME 15, includes a problem on the
heating and air-conditioning of a building, and a design problem
on the calculation and layout of a power plant. Sizes of equipment,
costs of power generation, and various operating practices are dis-
cussed and worked out. The later problems of the course have to
do with the layout of the power plant previously figured.
3 semester hour credits
66 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ME 20 Applied Mechanics (Statics)
The subjects treated are collinear, parallel, concurrent, and non-
concurrent force systems in a plane and in space; the determination
of the resultant of such systems by both algebraic and graphical
means, special emphasis being placed on the string polygon
method for coplanar force systems; the forces required to produce
equilibrium in such systems; first moments; and problems involv-
ing static friction, such as the inclined plane and the wedge.
3 semester hour credits
ME 21 Applied Mechanics (Kinetics)
The subjects treated are continuation of first moments as applied
to varying intensity of force and to the determination of center of
gravities of areas and solids; second moments and the application
to the determination of moment of inertia of plane and solid
figures, radius of gyration, polar moment of inertia; product of
inertia principal axes, uniform motion, uniformly accelerated
motion, variable accelerated motion, harmonic motion, simple
pendulum, rotation, plane motion, work, energy, momentum and
impact. 3 semester hour credits
ME 22 Strength of Materials
The topics covered in this course are physical properties of
materials, stresses in thin hollow cylinders and spheres, riveted
connections of the structural and continuous plate type, welded
connections, and beams, covering shearing force and bending
moment with stress analysis due to these effects and the design of
beams for both conditions. 3 semester hour credits
ME 23 Strength of Materials
This is a continuation of ME 22 covering deflection of beams by
the double integration method; stresses and strains in shafting
due to torsion, angle of twist; horsepower; combined axial and
bending loads, eccentric loads; compression members or columns
by Euler's column formula, and by those of the Gordon-Rankine
parabolic and straight line type. 2 semester hour credits
ME 24 Advanced Mechanics
Advanced problems in the strength of materials and dynamics are
treated. Among the subjects under discussion are non-symmetrical
bending, curved bars, flat plates, thick hollow cylinders, dynami-
cal stresses in machine parts, and allied subjects leading to the
more advanced applications of mechanics in machine design, the
elastic theory, and photoelasticity.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 67
ME 27 Metallography
The course in metallography is intended to show the student the
relation between the crystalline structure of metals and their
physical properties.
The theory of crystallization and the equilibrium diagram are
studied. Specimens of metal of known composition are studied by
use of the metallographic microscope and their physical properties
compared. The effect of heat treatment on the crystalline struc-
ture is noted.
2 semester hour credits
ME 29 Heat Engineering
The course is largely a description of the many appliances used in
modern power plants. There is also taken up a discussion of
boilers and boiler accessories, ash and coal handling systems, the
various types of engines with their valve gears and governing
devices, condensers, feed-water heaters, pumps, etc.
2 semester hour credits
ME 30 Heat Engineering
In this introductory course in the fundamentals of thermody-
namics the following subjects are discussed: general theory of heat
and matter; first and second laws of thermodynamics; equations of
state; fundamental equations of thermodynamics; laws of perfect
gases; properties of vapors including development and use of
tables and charts; thermodynamic processes of gases, and saturated
and superheated vapors; and the general equations for the flow of
fluids.
3 semester hour credits
ME 31 Heat Engineering
The principles of thermodynamics are applied, in this course, to
various engineering problems. The fundamental laws governing
flow of gases and vapors through nozzles and orifices; the theory
of vapor engines, including a discussion of the Rankine, the re-
heating, the regenerative and the binary vapor cycles; the efficien-
cies and power calculations for actual steam engines; and the
efficiencies and power requirements of single and multi-staged air
compressors are the major subjects treated.
The various types of modern internal combustion engines are
taken up in detail, including the latest designs of automobile, air-
plane, and Diesel engines.
Considerable stress is placed on the Diesel engine; and the ad-
vantages of the high speed, medium speed, and low speed types,
two cycle and four cycle designs, solid and air injection Diesels
in their respective fields are discussed.
2Yl semester hour credits
68 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ME 32 Heat Engineering
This course is a continuation of the applications of the principles
of thermodynamics to engineering problems. The subjects dis-
cussed are hot air and internal combustion engines; fuels and
combustion, including a complete heat balance of a boiler plant;
gas and vapor mixtures; and the principles of heat transfer as
applied to steady flow conditions.
2y<i semester hour credits
ME 33 Refrigeration
A discussion is given of the history, theory, equipment, and appli-
cations of refrigeration. The properties and hazards of the various
refrigerants; the simple and compound compression cycle; the
absorption system; the jet or vapor system; devices for improving
theoretical and operating performance of machines are among the
topics considered.
2 semester hour credits
ME 34 Steam Turbines
A study is first made of the flow of steam through nozzles, dynamic
action of jets on moving blades, and other elements in the design
of a steam turbine. This material is followed by a consideration
of the various types of turbines, their governing mechanisms,
condensing equipment, and other constructional details.
2 semester hour credits
ME 35 Heat Engineering
This is a short course covering the elements of thermodynamics
and affording a general discussion of modern power plant equip-
ment. Many typical calculations are made in regard to apparatus.
2 semester hour credits
ME 36 Heat Engineering
A continuation of ME 35, together with experimental work in
the laboratory. Topics taken up in class include steam engine
economy, multi-valve and multi-expansion engines, steam tur-
bines, steam condensing equipment, pumps, and internal com-
bustion engines.
In the laboratory experiments are performed on air blowers,
steam engines, water wheels, pumps, and internal combustion
engines.
23^ semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 69
ME 37 Diesel Engines
Analysis of the internal engine cycles based on the air cycle as
well as the analysis with variable specific heats. The different
types of Diesel engines are discussed and the methods of fuel
injection are studied for each type. 2 semester hour credits
ME 38 Diesel Laboratory
This course includes a series of experiments on various apparatus
used in modern power plants using Diesel power to illustrate
under actual conditions the principles developed in ME 30 on
thermodynamics. The students here apply in actual tests the
knowledge they have acquired in the classroom, and make com-
plete reports of these experiments including methods of testing
and calculations. 2 semester hour credits
ME 39 Engine Dynamics
A consideration of the vibrations, balancing, critical speeds, and
inertia effects of high speed internal combustion engines.
2 semester hour credits
ME 40 Aerodynamics
The course comprises a study of the fundamental theory of aero-
dynamics which underlies all calculations concerning the per-
formance and stability of airplanes including characteristics of
airfoils and elementary propeller theory. 2 semester hour credits
ME 42 Heating and Air Conditioning
The most important methods of heating and air conditioning
various types of buildings are studied in this course. The princi-
ples of heat transfer and air flow are reviewed, and the application
of them in the various systems is brought out through lectures and
problems. 2 semester hour credits
ME 44 Power Plant Engineering
This course consists of topics and problems chosen largely from
engineering practice selected to convey to the engineering students
a firm grasp of fundamental principles and engineering methods
of attacking and analyzing problems in power plant, not only
from the point of view of scientific theory, but also with due con-
sideration of the limitations imposed by practice and by costs.
Efficiency and operating costs of different types of plants such as
steam, hydro-electric, and Diesel engines are also carefully studied
to determine the type of plant best suited for the conditions and
location involved. iy2 semester hour credits
70 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ME 45 Air Conditioning Design 1
A particular building will be taken as a class problem for heating
and air conditioning. Various systems will be discussed with
their application to the building in question. A layout of piping
and duct system will be made together with complete calculations
and estimation of cost. An . investigation and study of existing
plants around the city will be made with trips to these plants
whenever possible in order to bring out the practical problems
involved in the design.
2H semester hour credits
ME 46 Air Conditioning Design 11
This course is a continuation of ME 45, and will be an applica-
tion of the principles brought out and discussed in ME 42 on
heating and air conditioning.
2 Yl semester hour credits
ME 48 Air Conditioning Laboratory
This course consists of a series of tests on various types of air
conditioning and heating apparatus. Among the pieces of ap-
paratus tested are the following: air blower; unit heater; Carrier
air conditioner provided for humidification or dehumidification;
hot air furnace equipped with oil burner, humidifier, blower, and
air filters; and also automatic controls and a special insulated
constant temperature room for the study of problems in heating
and air conditioning.
2 semester hour credits
ME 51 Machine Design
Further practice is given the student in the application of theo-
retical principles previously studied, and at the same time he be-
comes familiar with the many practical details which must be
considered in design work. The problems taken up in the early
part of the course are of a static nature, while the later problems
involve dynamical stresses. The problems vary from year to year,
but the following are typical of the designs taken up: hydraulic
press, arbor press, hydraulic flanging clamp, crane, air compressor,
punch and shear, stone-crusher, and so forth.
In each design, the construction details are carefully considered,
with special attention to methods of manufacture, provision for
wear, lubrication, and so forth. The work is based on rational
rather than empirical methods, the student being required to
make all calculations for determining the sizes, of the various
parts and all necessary working drawings.
3 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 71
ME 52 Machine Design
This course comprises a continuation of Machine Design ME 51
with special reference to designs involving dynamical stresses. A
thorough discussion of the principles and methods of lubrication
forms a part of the course. 3 semester hour credits
ME 54 Diesel Engine Design
This course consists of a layout problem in which an engine is
designed to develop a definite horse power and in which the stresses
in the various parts of the engine are analyzed.
2x/2 semester hour credits
ME 61 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
This course comprises a preliminary series of experiments upon
various apparatus used in modern power plants, to illustrate
under actual conditions the principles developed in Heat Engi-
neering ME 30. These exercises are a preparation for more com-
plete tests to be run during the following semester.
The knowledge they have gained in the classroom, the students
here apply in actual tests, and make a complete report of these
experiments, including methods of testing and calculations. The
following experiments are illustrative of the type of work taken
up; calibration of gages, indicator practice, plain slide valve
setting, test on steam calorimeters, flow of steam through orifices,
steam injector test, weir calibration, and tests on friction of drives.
2 semester hour credits
ME 62 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
This course consists of a series of tests on various types of power
plant equipment, more complete than those made in ME 61.
Among the pieces of apparatus tested are the following: steam
engine, gasoline engine, air compressor, triplex power pump,
steam pulsometer, rotary power pump, Pelton water wheel,
centrifugal pumps, Ford gasoline engine, Warren steam pump,
and steam turbine. Experiments are also made in flow of water
measurements and flow of air.
A complete report is made on each test, describing the machine
tested, explaining how the test is made, and giving the results, in
accordance with the A.S.M.E. Power Test Codes.
2 semester hour credits
ME 63 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
This is a continuation of course ME 62, to which it is generally
similar. Some further experiments are made in the testing of ma-
terials, such as compressive, tensile, torsion, impact, and bending
72 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
tests. A boiler test of from ten to twenty-four hours' duration is
made to determine the performance and efficiency of the boilers
in the power plant; and oils and coals are tested in the laboratory
to determine their characteristics and calorific values.
2)^ semester hour credits
ME 69 Testing Materials Laboratory
A detailed study is made of the methods of manufacturing, prop-
erties, and uses of materials used in engineering work, such as iron,
steel, lime, cement, concrete, brick, wood, and stone. Methods
of testing and strength of various materials used by the engineer
are also taken up. Each student is required to prepare a paper on
some subject of especial importance which is assigned by the
instructor.
The work of this course is carried out by the students, working
in small groups. It includes tests to determine the elongation,
reduction of areas, modulus of elasticity, yield point, and ultimate
compressive strength of metals such as steel, cast iron, copper,
and brass; compressive tests on timber and concrete; and tests to
determine the deflection, modulus of elasticity, elastic limit, and
ultimate transverse strength of steel and wooden beams subject. to
transverse load. Torsion and impact tests are carried out and
their results correlated with those of the tensile tests.
The effect of various mixes and curing conditions on the tensile
and transverse strength of cement and mortar are studied. Special
problems are assigned in the failure of metals by fatigue.
1 }/2 semester hour credits
ME 70 Testing Materials Laboratory
A continuation of course ME 69. 1 y2 semester hour credits
ME 73 Aircraft Structures
The fundamental analysis of the forces, reactions, shears, and
moments as applied to aircraft structures is the object of this
course. 2 semester hour credits
ME 74 Aeronautical Laboratory
Experimental work in connection with airplane engines, aero-
nautical equipment, and wind tunnel performance.
2 semester hour credits
ME 76 Aircraft Engine Design
This course covers the design of an airplane engine involving the
thermodynamic principles as well as the stresses in the crankshaft,
connecting rods, cylinders, springs, and other parts of the engine.
2Yi semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 73
in Electrical Engineering
Probably none of the branches of scientific knowledge has
been so markedly modified during the past decade as that relating
to Electrical Engineering, nor has any other exerted such a pro-
found influence upon the scientific thought of the period. "A
science, like a plant, grows in the main by a process of infinitesimal
accretion. Its theory is built like a cathedral through the addition
by many builders of many different elements, and this is pre-
eminently true of electrical theory." It is absolutely essential that
the electrical engineer who hopes to make a success of his work
should be able to grasp readily and absorb effectively the meaning
and content of the many scientific memoirs recording the results
of research bearing upon and directly influencing his chosen
branch of engineering.
He must have a thorough appreciation of physical theory, a
clear understanding of chemical principles, and a broad working
knowledge of mathematics. It is essential that each student
planning to take this curriculum should realize the fundamental
necessity of obtaining a solid grounding in these three subjects
upon which the success of his future work will definitely hinge.
The following table sets forth the pre-requisite courses of this
department, together with the advanced courses for which they
are pre-requisite. Pre-requisite courses must be completed before
the advanced courses based upon them may be taken. Advanced
courses are tabulated at the left, their pre-requisite to the right.
Advanced Courses Pre-requisite Courses
Second Year
M 5 Differential Calculus M 1 Algebra, M 4 Analytic Geometry
ME 20 Applied Mechanics P 1 Physics I
EL 1 Electrical Eng. I P 2 Physics I
Third Year
ME 22 Strength of Materials ME 20 Applied Mechanics
EL 9 Electrical Engineering II EL 2 Electrical Engineering I
M 7 Differential Equations M 6 Integral Calculus
Fourth Year
EL 17 Electrical Engineering III M 6 Integral Calculus
ME 23 Strength of Materials ME 22 Strength of Materials
EL 21 Electrophysics M 7 Differential Calculus
Fifth Year
EL 25 Electrical Engineering IV EL 18 Electrical Engineering III
EL 29 Electrical Engineering V-A EL 22 Electrophysics
74
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Course
No.
111. Electrical Engineering
FIRST TERM SECOND TERM
Semester Course
Course Hours No. Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
El English 1 3
Ml Algebra 3
M 3 Trigonometry 2
D 1 Graphics 1 3
PI Physics 1 3
Ch 1 or Ch 3 General Chemistry 4
PE 3 Physical Training 0
Ps 1-A Orientation 0
18
E 2 English 1 3
M 4 Analytic Geometry .... 5
PE 2 Hygiene 1
D 2 Graphics II 3
P2 Physics 1 3
Ch 2 or Ch 4 Inorganic Chemistry 4
PE 4 Physical Training 0
19
M 5 Differential Calculus . .
P3 Physics II
P 7 Physics Laboratory. . . .
D 3 Engineering Drawing. .
IN 3 Production Processes I.
EL 1 Electrical Engineering I .
Second Year
3
2
2
2
2V2
1
12^
M 6 Integral Calculus 3
P4 Physics II 2
P 8 Physics Laboratory .... 2
ME 20 Applied Mechanics .... 3
IN 4 Production Processes II. 1J^
EL 2 Electrical Eng. 1 1
ny2
Third Year
EL 11
EL 13
Ec21
CI 11
ME 21 Applied Mechanics . . .
EL 9 Electrical Eng. II
Electrical Eng. Lab. . . .
Elec. Measurements I. .
Economics
Hydraulics
3
m
1
2H
2
ny2
ME 22 Strength of Materials.. . 3
EL 10 Electrical Eng. II 2
EL 1 2 Electrical Eng. Lab 1
EL 14 Elec. Measurements II.. 2
Ec 22 Economics 2
M 7 Differential Equations. . 2J^
ny2
Fourth Year
EL 17 Electrical Eng. Ill 2
EL 19 Electrical Testing Lab. . . 2
EL 23 Electrical Meas. Lab. ... 2
ME 35 Heat Engineering 2
S 1 Sociology 2
EL 21 Electrophysics 1
ME 69 Testing Materials Lab. . *\Y2
ny2
EL 18 Electrical Eng. Ill 2
EL 20 Electrical Testing Lab. . 2
EL 24 Adv. Elec. Meas. Lab. . 2
ME 36 Heat Engineering 2J^
S 2 Sociology 2
EL 22 Electrophysics 2
12^
C 7 Engineering Conference 3^
EL 25 Electrical Eng. IV 3
EL 27 Adv. Elec. Eng. Lab. ... 2
EL 29 Electrical Eng. V-A iy2
EL 31 Elec. Eng. V-B iy2
EL 33 Adv. Exp. Investigations 2
ny2
Fifth Year
C8
EL 26
EL 28
EL 30
EL 32
EL 34
Engineering Conference \^
Electrical Eng. IV 3
Adv. Elec. Eng. Lab.. . . 2
Electrical Eng. V-A .... 2J^
Electrical Eng. V-B V/2
Adv. Exp. Investigations 2
12^
NOTE: In addition to the prescribed program shown above, each student
must complete at least ten semester hours of credit in electives of a liberal
character, making a total of 147 semester hours required for the S.B. degree.
This work may be taken in an extra 10-week period at college during any upper-
class year, or in two summer terms.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 75
SYNOPSES OF COURSES OFFERED
BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Porter, Smith, Richards, and Cleveland;
Messrs. Essigmann and Pihl
Courses offered in the first term bear odd numbers; those
offered in the second term bear even numbers.
EL 1 Electrical Engineering I
This course deals with the fundamental principles of D.C. ma-
chines, motional E.M.F., structural parts of machines, armature
windings, armature reaction, commutation, subject matter which
may be considered common to both generator and motor. In it
also are considered the methods of field excitation and the charac-
teristics of the shunt wound generator.
1 semester hour credit
EL 2 Electrical Engineering 1
This course is a continuation of EL 1. It deals with the character-
istics of the series and compound-wound generators, and the
operating principles and characteristics of D.C. motors, shunt,
series and compound both cumulative and differential together
with the various methods of speed control.
1 semester hour credit
EL 5 Electrical Machinery
This course is concerned with the theory and application of the
electrical equipment most often met by practicing engineers. De-
scriptions of the parts of the machines, their operating character-
istics and of their special fields of usefulness are extended chiefly
over shunt, series and compound direct current motors and gener-
ators, alternators, transformers, synchronous and induction
motors. Consideration is given to auxiliary apparatus insofar as
necessary to a good understanding of the functioning of the
machinery as a whole.
Tests are made on various direct and alternating current ma-
chines. The object is to give the students facility in connecting
and operating the machines as well as to observe in actual practice
the characteristics taken up in the lectures. Outside reports are
required to be written up for each experiment.
4 semester hour credits
76 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EL 6 Electrical Measurements
The course comprises a brief study of measurements in general, and
precision measure as applied to electrical measurements in particu-
lar. Resistance devices, galvanometers, ammeters, and voltmeters
are next discussed, the treatment of other instruments being taken
up later in connection with their use. This is followed by a de-
tailed discussion of the methods of measuring various electrical
quantities: resistance, resistivity, conductance; D.C. electromotive
force, current, power, and energy; inductance, and magnetic
induction. This part of the work involves the students' use of
both visual and sound indicating devices. Some consideration
is given to the principles and operation of vacuum tubes. Ap-
propriate laboratory experiments are included.
2 Yl semester hour credits
EL 9 Electrical Engineering II
A study of electrostatic fields, force, and potential; magnetic
fields; and the energy content of each. The elementary differential
equations of circuits containing resistance, inductance, and
capacity combinations are solved. Complex algebra as applied
to the study of sinusoidal waves concludes the course.
1 Yl semester hour credits
EL 10 Electrical Engineering II
A study of single phase alternating currents and circuits, including
series, parallel, and series-parallel combinations; Kirchhoff's laws;
non-sinusoidal waves; power; and filters.
2 semester hour credits
EL 11 Electrical Engineering Laboratory
This is a laboratory course intended to develop a thorough under-
standing of the operating characteristics of the individual machines
studied in course EL 1 and EL 2, including work and experiments
on armature and field resistance measurement, heat runs, con-
nection of D.C. generators, and speed variations in a shunt
motor. As it is also the purpose of this course to inculcate correct
methods of work and preparation of preliminary and final reports,
no definite number of experiments is required, but the utmost
emphasis is placed upon the quality of the data and style and
content of the completed reports.
1 semester hour credit
EL 12 Electrical Engineering Laboratory
This course continues the approach outlined in EL 11 and con-
sists of experiments on series and compound motors, stray power
testing and compound generator characteristics.
1 semester hour credit
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 77
EL 13 Electrical Measurements 1
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the theory of
precision measure as applied to electrical measurement in particu-
lar. Some of the subjects covered are theory of measurements,
directly and indirectly measured quantities, recording of observa-
tions, rules of significant figures, classification of error, law of
error, characteristics of error, and laws of average deviation.
Most of the problems studied fall in the following two general
classifications: (1) Given the precision measures of the directly
measured quantities, to determine the precision measure of the in-
directly measured quantity as calculated by the use of engineering
equations which apply to measurements work. (2) Given the pre-
scribed precision to be obtained in the indirectly measured quan-
tity, to determine the precision measure of the directly measured
components which enter into its calculation.
In this course parts and theory of operation of resistance de-
vices, galvanometers, ammeters, and voltmeters are discussed, the
treatment of other instruments being taken up later in connection
with their use. This is followed by a detailed discussion of the
methods of measuring various electrical quantities: resistance,
resistivity, conductance; D.C. electromotive force, current, power,
and energy. This part of the work involves the students' use of
visual indicating devices.
The principles taught in this course are immediately applied in
all experiments run in the measurements laboratory and so far as
necessary in the machine testing laboratory.
2 Y^ semester hour credits
EL 14 Electrical Measurements 11
Resistance, capacitance, inductance, magnetic induction, A.C.
power and energy are treated in this course, with a detailed dis-
cussion of the methods of measuring them. This phase of the
subject involves the use of both visual and sound indicating
devices, and includes some work on the uses of circuits and
bridges designed for high frequency measurements and tube con-
stant determination. The student is given a thorough discussion
of the construction, theory of operation, method of use, sources
of error, etc., of the types of measuring instruments used in com-
mercial work and in the standardizing laboratory.
2 semester hour credits
EL 17 Electrical Engineering 111
This course is a continuation of Electrical Engineering II. It
deals principally with polyphase circuits. Both balanced and un-
balanced circuits are considered. The unbalanced condition is
studied both by use of Kirchhoffs Laws and by the method of
symmetrical phase components.
2 semester hour credits
78 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EL 18 Electrical Engineering 111
A careful, thorough, and detailed study of the construction,
theory, operating characteristics, and testing of transformers is
the aim of this course. Particular attention is given to single
phase and polyphase transformers used for power purposes.
Special types of transformers studied include the constant current
transformer, the auto-transformer, and instrument transformers.
2 semester hour credits
EL 19 Electrical Testing Laboratory
This course consists of a series of experiments involving the testing
of machines. Preliminary reports are written by all students before
the tests are performed in the laboratory. Experiments of the
following type are used: measurement of stray load loss of D.C.
motor, efficiency of machine by method of electrical supply of
losses, electrical separation of losses, measurement of losses by
retardation method, speed control of direct current motors by
thyratrons.
2 semester hour credits
EL 20 Electrical Testing Laboratory
This is a continuation of EL 19 but the experiments are mostly
on alternating current circuits and transformers. Typical experi-
ments are studies of alternating current series and parallel circuits,
ratio of transformation and core loss measurements for trans-
formers, determination of the efficiency and voltage regulation of
a transformer, transformer heat test, tests on a constant current
transformer.
2 semester hour credits
EL 21 Electrophysics
The first part of this course is concerned with Faraday's Rule and
the extended Ampere Rule, divergence of electrical vectors,
Poisson's equation, and Maxwell's field equations and wave
equations. Study is then made of molecular activity, and various
properties of and measurements on electrons.
1 semester hour credit
EL 22 Electrophysics
Continuing EL 21 the topics considered are photo-electricity,
X-rays, atomic structure and the spectrum, vacuum tubes, radio-
activity, and the modern physics of matter and waves.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 79
EL 23 Electrical Measurements Laboratory
This course consists of a series of experiments emphasizing the
principles developed in courses EL 13 and EL 14. The student be-
comes familiar with the use of the standard apparatus in use in
testing laboratories. Particular stress is laid on the correct use of
the apparatus, and precision discussions are required throughout.
The general experiments cover various methods of measuring
resistance, resistivity, conductivity, electromotive force, current,
inductance, mutual inductance, capacitance, hysteresis loss, etc.
Further experiments are made in cable testing, magnetic testing,
wave form determination, and the use of special apparatus.
Thorough training in the principles of precision of measure-
ments is also given, and applied to each experiment performed.
2 semester hour credits
EL 24 Advanced Measurements Laboratory
This course concerns the use of laboratory and secondary stand-
ards and precision methods as applied to checking resistances,
calibration of indicating and integrating instruments of various
types.
It involves the use of the potentiometer, Weston laboratory
standard instruments; precision model Kelvin Low Resistance and
Carey-Foster Bridges; Westinghouse portable oscillograph, cathode
ray oscillograph; ordinary, reflex, and logarithmic vacuum tube
voltmeter, Anderson Bridge, Edgerton Stroboscope; low, medium,
and high frequency oscillator; vacuum tube bridge; potential
phase shifters and rotating standard. The work includes testing
for characteristics and investigation of the action of multi-elec-
trode tubes, thyratron, tungar rectifier and artificial telephone
line.
Precision work is insisted on throughout. The student is trained
to develop speed and quickness of manipulation, but never at the
expense of quality and accuracy of the work.
2 semester hour credits
EL 25 Electrical Engineering IV
In this course a detailed study is made of alternating current
synchronous machines. In addition to the study of the synchron-
ous generator and the synchronous motor, considerable time is
spent in discussing the problems involved in operating synchron-
ous generators in parallel.
3 semester hour credits
80 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EL 26 Electrical Engineering IV
This course is a continuation of EL 25. It deals with other types
of alternating current machines. The machines studied in detail
include the synchronous converter, the mercury arc rectifier,
single phase and polyphase induction motors, induction genera-
tors, series and repulsion motors. The method of symmetrical
phase components is used in the study of unbalanced conditions
in certain types of motors.
3 semester hour credits
EL 27 Advanced Electrical Engineering Laboratory
This is a laboratory course to accompany EL 25 in alternating
current machinery. The work includes tests on the heating,
efficiency, and determination of the characteristics of various
types of alternating current machinery, such as transformers,
generators, and motors. A detailed preliminary study is made
of each assigned experiment, involving the method to be used in
obtaining the necessary data, and the manner of obtaining the
required results from this data. This is embodied in a preliminary
report. The student then does the necessary laboratory work to
obtain the required data, and finally works up the whole into a
detailed final report. A minimum of assistance is given by the
instructor in the actual laboratory work, the initiative and re-
sourcefulness of the student being depended on to the greatest
extent.
2 semester hour credits
EL 28 Advanced Electrical Engineering Laboratory
This is a continuation of EL 27 and accompanies EL 26. Pre-
liminary and final reports similar to those of EL 27 are required
in this course but the experiments deal more largely with the
various types of alternating current motors. Provision is also
made, toward the latter part of this course, for some choice by
the student as to the type of investigation or experiment he wishes
to carry on.
2 semester hour credits
EL 29 Electrical Engineering V-A
This course is designed to give the student a thorough grounding
in the theory and application of the various types of electron
tubes. It is not a course in radio communication although, of
course, the tubes used for this purpose are considered. The
material covered deals with fundamental constants of the vacuum
tube, equivalent and alternative plate and grid circuit theorems,
paths of operation, maximum, and maximum undistorted power
output, inter-electrode capacity and low power amplifiers.
2Y2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 81
EL 30 Electrical Engineering V-A
This course is based on material covered in EL 29 and takes up
the discussion of the uses of thermionic tubes in measuring instru-
ments, oscillographs, rectifying and amplifying circuits, oscillators,
and modulators, and SO on. iy2 semester hour credits
EL 31 Electrical Engineering V-B
This course given during the first semester of the senior year
deals with the fundamentals of electrical transmission circuits.
Hyperbolic functions and their application, the general differential
equations of the transmission line, fundamental line constants,
position angles, PI and T structures, are developed for the D.C.
Circuits. 2Yi semester hour credits
EL 32 Electrical Engineering V-B
This course is a continuation of EL 31. It begins with the con-
sideration of complex hyperbolic functions and then deals with
the alternating current transmission circuit, the initial transient
state, quarter and half wave line, and the fundamental properties
of artificial lines and filter circuits. 2}4 semester hour credits
EL 33 Advanced Experimental Investigations
All seniors in the Department of Electrical Engineering are
required to complete a thesis or an equivalent amount of advanced
experimental work in the laboratories. Seniors not receiving
departmental approval of a thesis subject will be required to
complete satisfactorily eight advanced experimental investiga-
tions. Two required investigations each will be given in A. C.
Machinery, Electronics, and Transmission, and every student is
expected to select an additional two in any one of the three fields.
Typical of the experiments available are the following: Motional
impedance of a telephone receiver, D.C. artificial transmission
line, a study of Blondel's two reaction theory of salient pole syn-
chronous machine, a study of power angle characteristics of syn-
chronous machines, wavemeter calibration, and a study of the
thyratron inverter. 2 semester hour credits
EL 34 Advanced Experimental Investigations
A continuation of EL 33 in which the following experiments are
offered: Magnetic comparitor and Thompson permeameter, power
angle characteristics of a synchronous machine, a study of the
complete speed-torque curve of a squirrel cage induction motor,
and measurements of R, L, and C with a radio frequency bridge.
Students who desire to investigate other problems for which
equipment is available will be permitted to do so with the approval
of the instructor in charge. 2 semester hour credits
82
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
iv Chemical Engineering
The chemical engineer has been well denned as a "professional
man experienced in the design, construction, and operation of
plants in which materials undergo chemical and physical change."
It is the duty of the chemical engineer to cut the costs, increase
production, and improve the quality of the products in the
industry.
The chemical engineer must possess a working knowledge of
the fundamental sciences, he must understand and know how to
work with men, and he must recognize in his work the "correct
appraisement of values and costs." In addition, he must possess
the ability to apply his knowledge to the development and opera-
tion of chemical processes and plants.
The curriculum furnishes instruction in the fundamental
sciences of chemistry, physics, and mathematics; the elements of
electrical and mechanical engineering; and in the basic unit
chemical engineering operations, such as heating, evaporating,
filtering, distilling, crushing, extracting, drying, and so forth.
Courses of a more liberal nature are also available as electives in
order that the student may become acquainted with fields of
knowledge other than chemical engineering and thus broaden his
educational background.
The following table sets forth the pre-requisite courses of this
department, together with the advanced courses for which they
are pre-requisite. Pre-requisite courses must be completed before
the advanced courses based upon them may be taken. Advanced
courses are tabulated at the left, their pre-requisite to the right.
Advanced Courses
Second Year
Pre-requisite Courses
M 5 Differential Calculus
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
Ch 11 Qual. Anal. Lab.
Ch 9 Qualitative Analysis
EL 5 Electrical Machinery
Ml
PI
Ch2
Ch2
P2
Algebra, M4 Analytic Geometry
Physics I
Inorganic Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Physics I
ME 22 Strength of Materials
Ch 15 Quantitative Analysis
M 7 Differential Equations
ChE 3 Unit Operations
ChE 7 Inorganic Chem. Tech.
Ch 37 Org. Chemistry
Ch 43 Thermodynamics
Third Year
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
Ch 10 Qualitative Analysis
M 6 Integral Calculus
Fourth Year
ChE 1 Flow of Fluids
Fifth Year
Ch 9 Qualitative Analysis
Ch 32 Org. Chemistry
ME 30 Heat Engineering
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
83
IV. Chemical Engineering
FIRST TERM First Year SECOND TERM
Course
No.
Course
Semester Course
Hours No.
Coi.
Semester
Hours
El English 1 3
M 1 Algebra 3
M 3 Trigonometry 2
D 1 Graphics 1 3
PI Physics 1 3
Ch 1 or Ch 3 General Chemistry 4
PE 3 Physical Training 0
Ps 1-A Orientation 0
18
E 2 English 1 3
M 4 Analytic Geometry. ... 5
PE 2 Hygiene 1
D 2 Graphics II 3
P2 Physics 1 3
Ch 2 or Ch 4 Inorganic Chem. 4
PE 4 Physical Training 0
19
Second Year
M5
P3
P5
Ch9
Ch 11
Ch51
Differential Calculus ... 3
Physics II 2
Physics Laboratory 1
Qualitative Analysis ... 3
Qual. Analysis Lab. . . . 2Y2
Sources of Information. 1
ny2
M 6 Integral Calculus 3
P4 Physics II 2
P 6 Physics Laboratory .... 1
ME 20 Applied Mechanics .... 3
Ch 14 Quant. Analysis 2
Ch 16 Quant. Analysis Lab.. . 1}
ny2
Third Year
ME 21 Applied Mechanics . .
M 7 Differential Equations
Ch 17 Quantitative Analysis
Ch 19 Quant. Analysis Lab.
Ec 21 Economics
ChE 1 Flow of Fluids
ny2
Ch. 44 Physical Chemistry . .
ME 22 Strength of Materials.
ME 30 Heat Engineering. . . .
Ec 22 Economics
ChE 2 Ind. Stoichiometry. . .
1V2
3
3
2
2
12^
Fourth Year
ChE 3 Unit Operations 3
ChE 5 Unit Operations Lab. . . \y2
Ch 31 Organic Chemistry 2
Ch 33 Organic Chem. Lab. ... 1
S 1 Sociology 2
Ch 45 Physical Chemistry .... 3
12M
ChE 4 Unit Operations 3
ChE 6 Unit Operations Lab. . . 1J^
Ch 32 Organic Chemistry .... 2
Ch 34 Organic Chem. Lab. ... 1
S 2 Sociology 2
Ch 46 Physical Chemistry .... 3
12^
ChE 9 Chemical Proc. Lab. . . .
C 7 Engineering Conference 3
Ch 37 Org. Chemistry 2
Ch 39 Org. Chem. Lab 1
IN 5 Indus. Management I . . 2
Ch 61 Thermodynamics 2
ChE 7 Inorganic Chem. Tech. . 2
Fifth Year
ny2
ChE 10 Chemical Eng. Projects 4
C 8 Engineering Conference h
IN 6 Indus. Management II . . 2
EL 8 Elec. Machinery 4
ChE 8 Organic Chem. Tech. . . 2
12^
NOTE: In addition to the prescribed program shown above, each student
must complete at least ten semester hours of credit in electives of a liberal
character, making a total of 147 semester hours required for the S.B. degree.
This work may be taken in an extra 10-week period at college during any upper
class year, or in two summer terms.
84 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
SYNOPSES OF COURSES OFFERED
BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Baker and Morgan; Mr. Cody
Courses offered in the first term bear odd numbers; those
offered in the second term bear even numbers.
ChE 1 Flow of Fluids
A study of methods of determining rates of flow and power con-
sumption of fluids flowing through pipe lines. This course
differs from the usual course in hydraulics chiefly in the amount
of emphasis placed on the flow of gases and oils.
2 semester hour credits
ChE 2 Industrial Stoichiometry
This is essentially a problem course developed around the study
of fuels and combustion. Special attention is given to principles
underlying the methods of calculation which are of value to the
chemical engineer.
1 }/i semester hour credits
ChE 3 Unit Operations
This course consists of a study of the mechanical operations
peculiar to the chemical industry. Such unit operations as flow
of heat, evaporation, and humidity control are considered. Many
problems of a practical nature are solved during the course.
3 semester hour credits
ChE 4 Unit Operations
This is a continuation of ChE 3. The unit operations studied
are drying, crushing, separation, filtration, distillation, and gas
absorption.
3 semester hour credits
ChE 5 Unit Operations Laboratory
This laboratory course is based on the unit operations studied in
ChE 3. The squad system is used. Experiments are performed
on a small-scale plant equipment that has been specially designed
or selected for the purpose. Detailed reports are required.
1 ^2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 85
ChE 6 Unit Operations Laboratory
This is a continuation of ChE 5. Experiments are performed in
the unit operations which are being studied simultaneously in
ChE 6.
1 l/z semester hour credits
ChE 7 Inorganic Chemical Technology
A study of the processes and manufacturing methods used in the
more important industries based on inorganic chemical tech-
nology. Existing material and economic relationships are em-
phasized. Plant inspection trips and problems pertaining to the
industries studied are included.
2 semester hour credits
ChE 8 Organic Chemical Technology
The course consists of a study of industrial organic chemical
processes. An attempt is made to co-ordinate the fundamental
principles of organic synthesis with the requirements of industrial
plants. Attention is given to the special features which must be
considered in the design and construction of equipment used for
the production of industrial organic chemicals.
2 semester hour credits
ChE 9 Chemical Process Laboratory
This course includes a consideration of the various problems
which arise during the evolution of a manufacturing process. The
study is begun with a survey of the literature and is continued in
the laboratory. Procedures are varied systematically and the effect
on the efficiency of the process noted. The principle of economic
balance is taken into consideration whenever possible. Small-
scale industrial equipment is used to get operating data necessary
for the selection or design of large-scale equipment. Reports of
progress are required during the course. A report on equipment
and operating technique required for large-scale production
terminates the course.
3 semester hour credits
ChE 10 Chemical Engineering Projects
Research problems in chemical engineering and applied chemistry
are assigned to students for solution. The course is designed to
develop individual initiative and self-reliance. Students qualified
by industrial experience are assigned problems suggested by co-
operating firms which are worked out under the joint supervision
of plant engineers and members of the staff.
4 semester hour credits
86
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
v industrial Engineering
Industrial engineering is a program of study in which the student
is given a foundation in the elementary and tool subjects of
mechanical engineering combined with an intensive program of
study in business management and selected engineering courses
which are specially designed for men who seek positions in the
administration and management of industrial enterprises.
Since the fundamental training for a prospective mechanical or
industrial engineer is essentially the same, the two groups are
combined for instructional purposes during the freshman, sopho-
more, and middler years. The attention of industrial engineering
students is called to the following courses offered in these years
which constitute a part of the strictly professional training for be-
coming an industrial engineer:
IN 3 Production Processes
IN 4 Production Processes
ME 29 Heat Engineering
ME 1 Mechanism
EL 5 Electrical Machinery
D 4 Machine Drawing
The following table sets forth the pre-requisite courses of this
department, together with the advanced courses for which they
are pre-requisite. Pre-requisite courses must be completed before
the advanced courses based upon them may be taken. Advanced
courses are tabulated at the left, their pre-requisite to the right.
Advanced Courses
M 5 Differential Calculus
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
EL 5 Electrical Machinery
ME 22 Strength of Materials
ME 23 Strength of Materials
IN 24 Statistics
Pre-requisite Courses
Second Year
M 1 Algebra, M4 Analytic Geometry
P 1 Physics I
P 2 Physics I
Third Year
ME 20 Applied Mechanics
Fourth Year
ME 22 Strength of Materials
IN 23 Statistics
IN 9 Cost Accounting
IN 25 Industrial Plants
IN 26 Industrial Plants
Fifth Year
IN 8 Industrial Accounting
ME 23 Strength of Materials
1IN 3, 4 Production Processes
IN 6 Industrial Management
ME 29 Heat Engineering
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
87
V. Industrial Engineering
Course
No.
FIRST TERM
Course
Semester Course
Hours No.
SECOND TERM
Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
El English 1 3
Ml Algebra 3
M 3 Trigonometry 2
D 1 Graphics 1 3
PI Physics 1 3
Ch 1 or Ch 3 General Chemistry 4
PE 3 Physical Training 0
Ps 1-A Orientation 0
18
E 2 English 1 3
M 4 Analytic Geometry .... 5
PE 2 Hygiene 1
D 2 Graphics II 3
P2 Physics 1 3
Ch 2 or Ch 4 Inorganic Chemistry 4
PE 4 Physical Training 0
19
Second Year
M 5 Differential Calculus ... 3
P3 Physics II 2
P 5 Physics Laboratory 1
IN 3 Production Processes I . 2}^
EL 5 Electrical Machinery ... 4
12^
M 6 Integral Calculus 3
P 4 Physics II 2
P 6 Physics Laboratory .... 1
IN 4 Production Processes II . 1 J^
ME 20 Applied Mechanics .... 3
D 4 Machine Drawing 2
mi
Third Year
ME 21 Applied Mechanics .... 3
ME 1 Mechanism 3
ME 29 Heat Engineering 2
Ec 21 Economics 2
CI 11 Hydraulics 2V2
mi
ME 22 Strength of Materials . . 3
EL 6 Electrical Measurements 2J^
ME 30 Heat Engineering 3
Ec 22 Economics 2
CI 12 Hydraulics 2
mi
Fourth Year
ME 23 Strength of Materials. . . 2
IN 5 Industrial Management I 2
IN 7 Industrial Accounting. . 2
IN 23 Statistics 2 J^
S 1 Sociology 2
ME 61 Mechanical Eng. Lab. . . 2
mi
ME 42 Heating and Air Cond. 2
IN 6 Indust. Management II. 2
IN 8 Industrial Accounting. . 2
IN 24 Statistics V/i
S 2 Sociology 2
ME 62 Mechanical Eng. Lab.. . 2
mi
C 7 Engineering Conference
IN 9 Cost Accounting "V/2
IN 15 Sales Engineering 23^
IN 11 Methods Engineering . . IY2
IN 21 Contracts 2
IN 25 Industrial Plants V/2
mi
Fifth Year
C8
IN 10
IN 16
IN 14
IN 18
IN 26
Engineering Conference J^
Cost Accounting 23^
Personnel Adm 2
Industrial Finance 2J^
Sales Eng. Problems 1x/i
Industrial Plants 23^
12^
NOTE: In addition to the prescribed program shown above, each student
must complete at least ten semester hours of credit in electives of a liberal
character, making a total of 147 semester hours required for the S.B. degree.
This work may be taken in an extra 10-week period at college during any upper-
class year, or in two summer terms.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
SYNOPSES OF COURSES OFFERED
BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Professors Knowles, Alexander, Bruce, and Thomson;
Mr. Cruickshank
Courses offered in the first term bear odd numbers; those
offered in the second term bear even numbers.
IN 3 Production Processes I
This is a descriptive course in which are studied the methods
employed in foundry work and shop practice, including the wood
working and machine shop.
The work is composed largely of demonstrations by the in-
structor, covering the principles of molding for the purpose of
showing the reasons for draft and the special features of pattern
construction. The names and characteristics of materials, equip-
ment, and machines used in the foundry are taken up in detail,
and the methods of tempering sand and making simple green sand
molds explained.
The construction, operation, and uses of the various machine
tools, such as the lathe, boring mill, milling machine, drill press,
grinder, planer, gear cutter, and shaper are explained by lectures
and demonstrations.
23^ semester hour credits
IN 4 Production Processes II
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the funda-
mental principles of tool engineering as applied in the modern
manufacturing plant.
The tools used in production are discussed and their care and
maintenance illustrated.
Considerable time is devoted to jig and fixture design. Calcula-
tions are developed which may be used to determine relative costs
and advantages in using various types of shop equipment.
1 \'i semester hour credits
IN 5 Industrial Management I
The course in Industrial Management places emphasis on the
administrative phases of factory and plant operation. It deals with
the location of the plant; plant design, structure, and plant serv-
ices; plant layout; standardization, simplification, and specializa-
tion; and the public relations of industry.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 89
IN 6 Industrial Management 11
This course is a continuation of Industrial Management IN 5. It
deals with the control of plant operations. Each department of a
modern industrial concern is considered, emphasis being placed
on the organization and management problems confronted and
how they may be handled, with the intention that the student
shall become familiar with the activities and general working of
each department and the relationship which the departments hold
to one another and to the business as a whole. In detail are con-
sidered: budgeting, standards of performance, wage systems,
organization, routing, scheduling, dispatching, inventory control,
quality control, and visual controls such as the organization chart,
planning board, and departmental report. Considerable atten-
tion is given to the distribution of overhead expenses and standard
costs.
2 semester hour credits
IN 7 Industrial Accounting
A course designed for the engineer studying accounting for the
first time, including the elements of books of original and final
entry, the construction and analysis of income statements, balance
sheets, work sheets, and the transactions involving interest, dis-
counts, notes, and drafts.
2 semester hour credits
IN 8 Industrial Accounting
A continuation of course IN 7 presenting the accounting problems
of partnerships, corporations, manufacturing businesses, as well
as miscellaneous problems on accounting.
2 semester hour credits
IN 9 Cost Accounting
A thorough study of the principles of costing process, job order
and special order manufacturing, through the presentation and
solution of actual cost problems.
2}/i semester hour credits
IN 10 Cost Accounting
A continuation of course IN 9, presenting cost systems, standard
costs and the relationships of cost, price, and profits.
23^ semester hour credits
90 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
IN 11 Methods Engineering
This course comprises (1) a detailed study of time and motion
study work; (2) a complete study and actual practice in micro-
motion which is the use of motion pictures in the motion study
work; (3) a preparation of simo-charts (the use of colored charts
and symbols called Therbligs which show all the elements in an
operation cycle; (4) the making of process charts which is the
use of specifically designed symbols, or industrial shorthand, to
record motion analysis.
2x/i semester hour credits
IN 14 Industrial Finance
The course in Industrial Finance is divided into two parts; the
first half of the course presents the differences in the organization
of partnerships, corporations, individual proprietorships, joint-
stock companies, and holding companies.
The second half of the course deals with problems of financial
analysis. Industries are examined to determine their financial
condition; their position in relation to similar concerns; the
proportion of their fixed and variable expenditures; and the effect
of price cutting and price changes on their sales volume, costs,
and capital structure. Care is taken to give the student a basis
for determining what constitutes sound financial policy for any
industrial enterprise.
2H semester hour credits
IN 15 Sales Engineering
This course in the principles of marketing is designed to acquaint
the engineering student with the field of distribution. It includes a
complete study of the functions of marketing, the institutions
and middle-men of the market, a study of the trade channels used
to market specific commodities, placing particular emphasis on
industrial goods.
23^ semester hour credits
IN 16 Personnel Administration
A consideration of what modern industry is doing in making an
application of science to the obtaining and retaining of an effec-
tive and co-operative working force. The student studies thor-
oughly personnel administration systems now in use including the
preparation and use of many forms among which are the occupa-
tional description, application, and interview blanks, promotion
charts, wage scales, personnel control charts, etc. In addition,
such subjects as wage payment plans, profit snaring, the training
of workmen, workers' security plans and labor union, and man-
agement relationships are given attention.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 91
IN 18 Sales Engineering Problems
This course is a continuation of IN 15. It presents problems and
case material for use in making application of the principles of
marketing industrial goods. Considerable time is devoted to the
study of the regulation and control of marketing processes and
institutions by governmental agencies and legislation.
2x/i semester hour credits
IN 21 Contracts
Preparation for a career as an industrial engineer demands an
understanding of the fundamental legal principles upon which
modern business transactions are based. The course in Contracts
treats of the common law rules which underlie all branches of
business law. The study of cases and decisions is supplemented by
lectures and assigned readings in textbooks in order to develop a
thorough understanding of the essentials of a valid contract such
as offer and acceptance, consideration and form. The interpreta-
tion, operation and discharge of contracts are also considered.
Such topics as agreement, competent parties, reality of consent,
legality of object, sealed instruments and the Statute of Frauds are
treated in detail. 2 semester hour credits
IN 23 Industrial Statistics
The increasing use of statistics in business and in the field of indus-
trial engineering makes essential an understanding of the funda-
mental methods and applications of statistical analysis. In this
course the important topics considered include the following:
the collection of statistical data; the presentation of statistical
data in tabular and graphic forms; and the uses and construction
of frequency distributions, averages, measures of dispersion and
skewness, and the normal curve. Specific attention is given to the
practical uses and limitations of statistics in the work of the indus-
trial engineer. iy2 semester hour credits
IN 24 Industrial Statistics
Time series analysis receives major consideration in this course.
The standard procedures for measuring, separating, and eliminat-
ing trend, periodic, seasonal, cyclical, and irregular movements of
time series are carefully studied. Each student is required to
analyze a time series related to his co-operative employment or to
a field of industry in which he has especial interest. The contruc-
tion of index numbers, the use of currently published index num-
bers, correlation, and business forecasting complete the course
content. Particular regard is paid to the internal use of statistics
in industrial concerns. 2Y2 semester hour credits
92 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
IN 25 Industrial Plants
This course includes the principles involved in the erection of an
industrial plant, and the installation of its machines and equip-
ment. Different types of structures are discussed with respect to
details such as foundations, walls, columns, floors, windows, and
so forth. Calculations and layout for a typical mill are carried
out. Another problem consists of the calculation and layout of a
machine shop which includes the power requirements and place-
ment of machines, consideration being given to the optimum
conditions of maximum production and the most efficient routing
of a product.
2Y2 semester hour credits
IN 26 Industrial Plants
This course, a continuation of IN 25, includes a problem on the
heating and air conditioning of an industrial plant. The heating
requirements in the winter and the cooling needs in the summer
are calculated for a particular building. Another problem consists
of the layout of a plant to serve a certain industry; determining
the machines essential for the output of a given product; the
power requirements for the plant, and the advisability of generat-
ing the power within the plant or purchasing it from outside;
storage needs; arrangement of machines and material handling
equipment; determination of belting sizes and shafting; and the
cost of operation of the factory.
2 J^2 semester hour credits
Chemistry
Professors Vernon, Strahan, McGuire, and Zuffanti; Dr.
Luder; Messrs. Brown, McKenzie, Giella, Dubois, Vinal, and
Hansen
Ch 1 General Chemistry
A course designed for those who have had chemistry before
entering college. The fundamental idea of matter and energy;
the properties of gases, liquids, and solids; molecular weights;
equations, atomic structure, classification of the elements; ionic
reactions; and the chemistry of the non-metals are among the
topics which are covered in the course. Two lectures, one recita-
tion, and a three-hour laboratory period comprise the weekly
schedule of instruction.
4 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 93
Ch 2 Inorganic Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 1 Inorganic Chemistry. Modern ideas
covering the theory of solutions of electrolytes are discussed
together with experimental facts. The chemistry of the metals is
covered thoroughly, and time is devoted to an introduction to
organic chemistry. The latter part of the course is given to
qualitative analysis with particular emphasis on the laboratory
work. The plan of instruction is identical with that of Ch 1.
4 semester hour credits
Ch 3 General Chemistry
A course intended for those who have not had chemistry in high
school. The content is similar to that of Ch 1, but the treatment
is such that no prior knowledge of chemistry is necessary. Two
lectures, one recitation, and a three-hour laboratory period com-
prise the weekly schedule of instruction.
4 semester hour credits
Ch 4 Inorganic Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 3 with a course content and schedule of
instruction similar to Ch 2.
4 semester hour credits
Ch 9 Qualitative Analysis
A study of fundamental qualitative laws and principles as applied
to the separation of ions. Mass action law, ionic equilibrium, and
oxidation-reduction are among the topics covered.
3 semester hour credits
Ch 1 1 Qualitative Analysis Laboratory
Laboratory work on detection of anions and cations. The ex-
periments are designed to amplify the class work and give experi-
ence in the analysis of unknown substances.
2}^ semester hour credits
Ch 14 Quantitative Analysis
Each of the major operations such as weighing, measurement of
volumes, titration, filtration, ignition, and combustion, is con-
sidered from the standpoint of the theoretical principles involved
and with due consideration of the manipulative technique neces-
sary.
2 semester hour credits
94 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Ch 16 Quantitative Analysis Laboratory
Acidimetry and alkalimitry, oxidation and precipitation methods
as used in volumetric work comprise the first part of the laboratory
work. This is followed by simple gravimetric analysis.
J }/i semester hour credits
Ch 17 Quantitative Analysis
A continuation of Ch 14. Advanced gravimetric analysis and
systematic mineral procedures are studied together with the
common technical methods.
2 semester hour credits
Ch 29 Quantitative Analysis Laboratory
A continuation of Ch 16. Advanced gravimetric, electrolytic,
combustion and optical methods are used. In the latter half of
the course actual industrial technical methods are used.
1 semester hour credit
Ch 31 Organic Chemistry
A study of the basic principles of the aliphatic organic com-
pounds. The resemblance of classes is stressed and emphasis is
placed on genetic charts. The industrial significance of the sub-
ject is discussed to show the practical nature of organic chemistry.
2 semester hour credits
Ch 32 Organic Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 31 dealing with the preparation and char-
acteristic reactions of the aromatic organic compounds. Special
attention is given to polymerization, diazotization, dyes, and the
use of catalyst, nitration, and sulfonation.
A few of the more important heterocyclic compounds are studied.
2 semester hour credits
Ch 33 Organic Chemistry Laboratory
Preparations and reactions designed to teach the laboratory
technique involved in organic chemistry. The method of keeping
notes in the work performed and reactions involved is stressed.
1 semester hour credit
Ch 34 Organic Chemistry Laboratory
This is a continuation of Ch 33. The preparations in this course
serve to acquaint the student with such types of chemical reactions
as sulfonation, the Grignard reaction, the Perkins reaction,
Skraup's synthesis, the Friedal-Crafts' reaction, and the prepara-
tion of dyes.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 95
In addition to the manipulation techniques taught in Ch 33, this
course introduces the use of vacuum distillations, fractional crys-
tallization, and separations by physical and chemical means.
J semester hour credit
Ch 37 Organic Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 32 and includes a study of the preparation
and reactions of heterocyclic and alicyclic compounds.
2 semester hour credits
Ch 39 Organic Chemistry Laboratory
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with the
chemical and physical tests used in qualitative organic analysis.
A series of experiments, based on the classification of reactions of
organic compounds, serves as a basis for the examination of simple
liquid and simple solid compounds and the preparation of suitable
derivatives of them.
1 semester hour credit
Ch 44 Physical Chemistry
This course begins with a short resume of the field of physical
chemistry, and its relationship to the other courses in chemistry
and chemical engineering. Following this, atomic and molecular
weights, and the properties of gases, liquids, solids, ionized, non-
ionized, and colloidal solutions are taken up.
2% semester hour credits
Ch 45 Physical Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 44, and includes a consideration of the
following topics: rates of reaction, homogeneous and hetero-
geneous equilibrium, and thermochemistry.
3 semester hour credits
Ch 46 Physical Chemistry
A continuation of Ch 45 including electrical conductance, elec-
trolytic equilibrium, electrolysis, photochemistry and atomic
structure.
3 semester hour credits
Ch 51 Sources of Information
This course is intended to acquaint the chemical student with the
constantly increasing volume of scientific literature pertaining to
the field of chemistry.
96 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
After a brief outline of the entire field of scientific literature,
and a description of various methods of library procedure, the
various available sources of scientific information are investigated.
A series of individual library problems, in which the student is
required to apply the information obtained in the classroom,
forms a very important part of the course.
1 semester hour credit
Ch 61 Thermodynamics
The development and application of thermodynamics to the
treatment of chemical engineering problems.
2 semester hour credits
^Drawing
Professors Tozer and Meserve; Messrs. Cushman, Cleveland,
Sanderson, and Rook
D 1 Graphics I
This course comprises a complete study of shape description in
both orthographic and pictorial form. It provides a thorough
foundation for the study of working drawings. The work is laid
out according to the following divisions: care and use of instru-
ments, lettering, geometric constructions including the conic,
involute and cycloidal curves, orthographic projection including
multiplanar and axonometric drawing, oblique and perspective
projection, technical freehand sketching, development, screw-
threads, sectioning, dimensioning, and tracing.
3 semester hour credits
D 2 Graphics 11
This course comprises a complete study of the theory of projection.
It is designed to develop the power to visualize and solve practical
problems in spacial relations. In addition to point, line, and
plane problems, the course includes a study of shadows, solid
intersections, developable and warped surfaces.
3 semester hour credits
D 3 Engineering Drawing
A course similar to D 4 except that it is designed to be of particular
value to students of electrical engineering.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 97
D 4 Machine Drawing
Detail working drawings of machine parts and assembly drawings
of simple machines are made in accordance with best commercial
practice. Such simple phases of mechanism as are necessary to a
complete understanding of machine drawing are included in the
course.
2 semester hour credits
Economics
Professor Lake
Ec 21 Economics
After an analysis of the main characteristics of our modern
economic order, attention is turned to the fundamental economic
laws and principles governing the production of economic goods,
the organization of business enterprise, money, banking, the
business cycle, control of the price level, and international trade.
Case material is used freely.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 22 Economics
A continuation of Ec 21. The first part of the course deals with
the principles of price determination under competitive and
monopolistic conditions, and the principles underlying the dis-
tribution of wealth and income into wages, interest, and profits.
Consideration is then given to the major aspects of the economic
problems of agriculture, public utility regulation, labor, consump-
tion, public finance, and economic reform.
2 semester hour credits
English
Dean Melvin; Professors Holmes and Marston; Dr. Reynolds;
Messrs. Capon, Hunting, Norvish and Hoffmann
E 1 English 1
A course in composition with especial emphasis on exposition.
Principles of grammar and rhetoric are reviewed rapidly but
thoroughly. Contemporary essays are studied both for their
value as models and as enrichment of the student's background.
Themes on subjects largely drawn from or related to the student's
life and study are a weekly requirement.
3 semester hour credits
98 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
E 2 English I
A continuation of E 1. Toward the end of the term a careful
Study is made of letter writing. 3 semester hour credits
Engineering Conference
Professors Nightingale, Towle, Everett, Oberg and Morgan
C 7 Engineering Conference
This course is designed to bring about analytical thinking and
systematic planning of the "after-graduation-employment" prob-
lem. It is conducted as an open discussion class by the Depart-
ment of Co-operative Work. Each Co-ordinator has in his class
those students who have been placed and supervised on co-op-
erative work by him. Each student analyzes and applies to
himself as the "product" the fundamental principles of mer-
chandizing. Prominent men who are leaders in the fields of
employment counselling, business, or engineering present the
employers' viewpoint. Thus the graduating seniors are brought
face to face during the year with one of the most important and
perplexing problems of life, namely, how to "sell their services,"
thereby aiming to bring a co-ordinated training of theory and
practice to a logical conclusion. ]/2 semester hour credit
C 8 Engineering Conference
This course is the sequel to C-7 and consists of the practical
application of the techniques of job-getting which have been
analyzed and discussed in that course. It is conducted on a con-
ference rather than on a class basis, the major portion of the time
being devoted to the planning and writing of letters to and secur-
ing interviews with prospective employers. It is intended that this
course will culminate in the attainment by each student of his
after-graduation job. y2 semester hour credit
Qeology
Professor Pugsley
Gy 1 Geology
A study of earth movements and various terrestrial applications
of solar energy. Lectures on fundamental general facts as to
origin and movements of the earth, weathering, work of winds,
underground and surface waters, glaciers and the glacial period,
lakes and swamps, and vulcanism. 2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 99
Gy 2 Geology
Course Gy 1 is continued with such topics as mountain formation,
oceanic life, atmosphere, and meteorology. A considerable
portion of time is given to the study of igneous, sedimentary and
metamorphic rocks, supplemented by laboratory and field work.
2 semester hour credits
(Mathematics
Professors Spear and Haskins; Dr. Lacount; Dr. Wallace;
Messrs. Sewell, Dean, Combellack, and Heilprin
M 1 College Algebra
The study of algebra is scheduled to begin with the solution of
the quadratic equation, simultaneous quadratics, and equations
in quadratic form. However, a rapid although thorough review
of the fundamentals of algebra precedes this. This solution of
the quadratic is followed by a detailed study of the theory of
exponents. Then follow radicals, series, variation, inequalities,
and the elementary principles of the theory of equations. Con-
siderable time is given to plotting and the use of graphs in the
solution of equations. The elementary theory of complex numbers
is also covered.
3 semester hour credits
M 3 Trigonometry
This is a complete course in trigonometry and should enable the
student to use all branches of elementary trigonometry both in
the solution of triangles as well as in the more advanced courses
where the knowledge of trigonometry is essential. Some of the
topics covered are: the trigonometric ratios; inverse functions;
goniometry; logarithms; circular measure; laws of sines; cosines,
tangents, half-angles; solution of oblique and right triangles;
transformation and solution of trigonometric and logarithmic
equations. Considerable practice in calculation of practical
problems enables the student to apply his trigonometry to prob-
lems arising in engineering practice at an early stage. Additional
work, graphical and algebraic, is done with the complex number,
introducing DeMoivre's theorem, and the exponential form of
the complex number.
2 semester hour credits
100 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
M 4 Analytic Geometry and Introduction to Calculus
This being a basic course in preparation for any further study of
mathematics, it requires a thorough knowledge of the funda-
mentals of algebra. The course covers cartesian and polar co-
ordinates; graphs; the equations of simpler curves derived from
their geometric properties; thorough study of straight lines,
circles, and conic sections; intersections of curves; transformation
of axes; plotting and solution of algebraic equations of higher
order and of exponential, trigonometric, and logarithmic equa-
tions; loci problems. The general equation of the second degree
is thoroughly analyzed in the study of conic sections. Some time
is devoted to curve fitting from empirical data.
Explicit and implicit functions, dependent and independent
variables, some theory of limits, continuity and discontinuity
are given special attention both from the algebraic as well as
geometric points of view. Some theorems on the infinitesimal
are introduced and a study is made of infinity and zero as limits.
Relative rates of change, both average and instantaneous, and
the meaning of the slope of a curve follow. The differential and
the derivative as applied to algebraic functions with the geometric
interpretation is then studied. Simple applications with interesting
practical problems help to develop the interest here and lay a
solid foundation for the study of the calculus. The introduction
of the differential at the same time with the derivative helps
considerably to bridge the large gap which usually exists when the
student passes from the study of the elementary analytic geometry
to the infinitesimal of calculus.
5 semester hour credits
M 5 Differential Calculus
The differential is introduced and defined at the outset of the
course together with the derivative, geometric and practical il-
lustrations are given of both, and both are carried along through-
out the course. The work in the course consists of differentiation
of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions,
both explicit and implicit; slopes of curves, maxima and minima
with applied problem; partial differentiation; derivatives of higher
order; curvature; points of inflection; related rates; velocities,
acceleration; expansion of functions; series. Although the subject
matter deals with considerable theory, constant sight is kept of
the practical application of the theory. The geometric interpreta-
tion of every new subject is carefully defined and problems are
continually solved dealing in practical applications of the theory
in geometry, physics, and mechanics.
3 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 101
M 6 Integral Calculus
This is a continuation of Calculus M 5, and deals with integration
as the inverse of differentiation as well as the limit of summation.
The topics covered are methods of integration; use of integral
tables; definite integrals; double and triple integrals; areas in
rectangular and polar co-ordinates; center of gravity; moment of
inertia; length of curves; volumes of solids; areas of surfaces of
revolution; volumes by triple integration; practical problems in
work, pressure, etc., depending on the differential and integral
calculus for solution, solution of simpler differential equations.
3 semester hour credits
M 7 Differential Equations
The elementary theory of differential equations and the solution
of certain ordinary and partial differential equations is offered
here as a general course in mathematics. Although principally a
problem course in solving differential equations, properties of the
equations and of their solutions are deduced, and applications to
the various fields of engineering, particularly electrical engineering,
are analyzed.
2 Y2 semester hour credits
"Thysics
Professors Muckenhoupt, Coolidge, Johnson, and Welch;
Messrs. Belyea, Hilli and Cook
P 1 Physics I
A course in the study of the fundamental principles of the mechan-
ics of physics. Some of the topics covered are simple harmonic
motion, uniformly accelerated motion, friction, work, energy,
power, fluid pressure, angular velocity, centripetal force, equi-
librium under the action of a series of parallel forces and equi-
librium under the action of concurrent forces.
3 semester hour credits
P 2 Physics I
This is a thorough course in magnetism and electricity covering
all the details within the scope of standard college texts on these
subjects. All lectures are illustrated by means of lantern slides,
motion pictures, and special apparatus.
3 semester hour credits
102 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
P 3 Physics 11
A course in the study of wave motion, sound, and light. Molec-
ular mechanics and other fundamental principles of physics are
stressed at the beginning.
All lectures in physics are accompanied by appropriate demon-
strations.
2 semester hour credits
P 4 Physics 11
The topics studied are thermometry, expansion of solids, liquids,
and gases; calorimetry; change of state including latent heat of
fusion and vaporization (sublimation); triple point diagram; con-
duction and radiation; and the mechanical equivalent of heat.
2 semester hour credits
P 5 Physics Laboratory
This course consists of experiments in mechanics, light, electricity,
and magnetism performed by each student supplementing the
lecture and class room work of courses P 1, P 2, and P 3. The
experiments on mechanics include: the use of the vernier, microm-
eters and spherometer, the calculation of true weights, the
funicular polygon, gyroscopic motion, simple harmonic motion
and the determination of areas by means of the planimeter.
Other experiments in this course include plotting the magnetic
field about a bar magnet and the determination of the pole
strength and field strength of the magnet, the position of images
in a combination of lenses and one experiment on electrostatics.
1 semester hour credit
P 6 Physics Laboratory
A continuation of the experiments started in P 5 including ex-
periments on sound and heat. Some of the experiments of this
course are: the modulus of elasticity, the determination of the
velocity of sound, the coefficient of cubical expansion of mercury,
the air thermometer, the determination of the mechanical equiva-
lent of heat, the study of the maximum and minimum thermom-
eters, and the use of the spectroscope in the study of the bright
line and solar spectra. The experiments of this course supplement
the class work of courses P 1, P 2, P 3, and P 4.
1 semester hour credit
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 103
P 7 Physics Laboratory
This course is very similar to P 5 but broader in scope and designed
particularly for electrical engineering students.
2 semester hour credits
P 8 Physics Laboratory
A course similar in content but broader in scope than P 6 and
designed particularly for electrical engineering students.
2 semester hour credits
^Physical Education
Professors Parsons and Tatton; Messrs. Dunn, Gallagher,
Kopp, Laveaga, and Hultgren
PE 3-4 Physical Training
All first year students are required to take Physical Training.
Health, strength, and vitality do not come by chance, but by
constant attention to those factors involved in their development.
It is very essential for the student to acquire good habits of life.
The work in the course includes a formal calisthenic program,
special exercise classes for the correction of postural defects,
participation in the regular athletic program, including baseball,
basketball, hockey, football, track, and many types of informal
games. All members of the class are also required to learn to
swim.
Students wishing to be excused from Physical Training because
of physical defects are required to present a petition to the faculty
supported by a physician's certificate.
PE 2 Hygiene
One class hour a week is devoted to the study of information
closely related to the Physical Training work and to personal and
mental hygiene. For each class lecture, the student is assigned
at least one hour of outside study based on the required textbook.
The course includes enough of the fundamentals of physiology
and anatomy to enable the student to understand such parts of
the course as require some knowledge of these subjects.
1 semester hour credit
104 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Social Sciences
Professors Estes and Ha vice
Ps 1'A Orientation Problems
This course is designed to make the entering student explicitly
aware of those facts, principles, and techniques which are signifi-
cantly related to the maintenance of his intellectual efficiency and
mental health in the college environment. Lectures, assigned
reading, and individual conferences.
S 1 Introduction to Sociology
In presenting a survey of the origins and sources of human society,
this study provides orientation for the course in principles and
problems which follows. The several theories of organic evolution
are discussed. The antiquity of man and basic anthropological
data are considered. The racial and ethnic groupings of man are
then studied in the light of biological, geographical, and cultural
factors.
2 semester hour credits
S 2 Principles of Sociology
Facts and principles basic to a general knowledge of the field of
sociology are presented. The origins, forms, and forces of human
associations are discussed. Consideration is given the several
leading schools of sociological thought. The course is designed
to meet the needs of the student who desires a survey of the subject.
2 semester hour credits
Elective Liberal Courses
B 50 General Biology
This is a comprehensive course in biology dealing with animals
and plants and their relation to their environment. The funda-
mental phenomena of living things are stressed. General bio-
logical laws and theories are discussed.
Laboratory work illustrates the lectures.
4 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 105
E 50 Shakespeare
An introductory college reading course in Shakespeare in which
the emphasis will be placed upon character study, development
of plot, and interpretation.
Four plays: Henry IV, Part 1, Romeo and Juliet, Twelfth Night,
and Othello will be read in class; one play, probably either Henry V
or the Tempest, will be assigned for outside reading.
The purpose of the course is not only to develop in the student
an appreciation of Shakespeare but also to train him in sound
habits of reading.
Dean Melvin 2 semester hour credits
E 51 The Short Story
This course is intended to give the student training and practice
in the reading of the short story. It includes a brief account of
the origin and development of the short story as a fictional form
and the study of the technique of character portrayal, plot con-
struction, setting, and theme. Short stories are assigned for
reading and analysis.
Professor Holmes 2 semester hour credits
GA 51 History of Architecture
This course is designed to cultivate an understanding and apprecia-
tion of the principal architectural monuments from the earliest
times up to the 16th century A.D. This includes a study of the
architecture of Egypt and Mesopotamia, Greece and Rome, the
Medieval period, and the Italian Renaissance.
Lectures are illustrated by lantern slides and the work of the
course includes textbook and collateral readings, regular quizzes
and examinations, and some study at nearby museums.
Professor Meserve 2 semester hour credits
Gv 51 American Constitutional Law
This course contemplates a brief study of the history of constitu-
tional government from its origin in the struggle in England be-
tween King and parliament over the taxing power; the continua-
tion of that struggle between the colonial assemblies and the
parliament; the formation of the confederation of the states; the
weaknesses of the confederation that rendered it inadequate;
conditions that made it necessary to bring about "a more perfect
union"; how the national constitution was made conferring all
necessary powers upon the national government and making the
constitution the supreme law of the land.
106 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
A brief study of political and legal science developed through
the critical consideration of cases "selected in part for their
historical value but chiefly to provide, in the language of the
Supreme Court a maximum of constitutional principles in a
minimum of time." The presentation in a condensed form of the
fundamental law of the state and nation together with the rules
and decisions which have developed and accumulated in the con-
struction and application of constitutional provisions.
Professor Bruce 2 semester hour credits
Gy 50 Geology
(Not Open to Civil Engineering Students)
This is a study of earth movements and the various terrestrial
applications of solar energy. The more important geological
processes — erosion, sedimentation, deformation, and eruption —
are taken up and discussed. The course includes lectures on the
broader structural features of the earth's crust and the application
of the principles of structural geology to practical engineering
problems.
Professor Pugsley 2 semester hour credits
M 50 History of Mathematics
Beginning with a discussion of how primitive man may have
developed the concept of number, the course traces the develop-
ment of the various branches of mathematics with which a student
studying calculus is already familiar. Special attention is given
to the social factors that influenced these developments as well as
to a study of the personalities, lives, and contributions of the
outstanding mathematicians up to the time of Gauss.
Mr. Sewell 2 semester hour credits
Ph 50 Philosophy
After surveying the nature, purpose, and value of philosophy, this
course considers such basic principles as the following: concepts
of reality; the nature of space, time, and relativity; theories of
knowledge; the nature of mind; and the meaning of existence.
The course is designed to train the student to think philosophi-
cally, as well as to acquaint him with data in the field.
Professor Havice 2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 107
Ps 50 Principles of Psychology
An introductory survey of those methods and findings in psy-
chology which are of practical importance in business and in-
dustry. The topics which will be considered include individual
differences, personality, motivation, leadership, morale, propa-
ganda.
Professor Estes 2 semester hour credits
Thesis
Theses are not required of candidates for the bachelor's degree.
Certain students, who have demonstrated marked ability in the
field of research, may be permitted to substitute a thesis for one
or more courses of the senior year.
By "thesis" is meant an essay involving the statement, analysis,
and solution of some problem in pure or applied science. Its
purpose is to demonstrate a satisfactory degree of initiative and
power of original thought and work on the part of each candi-
date for an engineering degree.
The subject of the thesis is to be decided in conference between
the candidate and that faculty member of the professional depart-
ment to whom he is assigned for supervision in thesis work; final
approval, however, resting with the head of the department. The
subject may be one of structural design, research, testing, study
of a commercial process, etc., but in no case will a mere resume
of prior knowledge and /or discussion of the present state of the
matter be acceptable. This, it is true must normally be made, but
in addition thereto there must be a certain amount of work
planned and executed, aimed towards the extension of the present
field of information regarding the subject chosen.
In many cases the student presents an individual thesis. How-
ever, in nearly equal number, acceptable subjects will be found
necessitating the co-operation of at least two men, either of the
same or sometimes of different professional departments. In such
cases, each man is primarily responsible for a certain part of the
work, while also making himself wholly familiar with the entire
problem; and the completed thesis must show clear evidence of
the evenly-balanced co-operation and labor of the men concerned.
The completed thesis will be examined for acceptance or re-
jection from the technical viewpoint by the professional depart-
ments interested, and then forwarded to the Secretary of the Day
Division; final approval of the thesis resting with the Dean.
Upon acceptance, the thesis becomes the property of the Univer-
sity, together with all apparatus and material used in connection
therewith, except that hired or borrowed, or originally the personal
property of the candidate. It is not to be printed, published, nor
in any other way made public except in such manner as the
professional department and the Dean shall jointly approve.
108 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Frequently thesis subjects may be chosen on problems arising
in the plant where the student is employed at co-operative work.
Employers are usually glad to consult with the student in the
selection of the subject and the subsequent development of the
thesis.
When theses are conducted in this manner, it is understood
that the employer is not expected by the University to assume
any expense of the thesis nor to furnish any supplies or equip-
ment to be used in the development of the thesis other than those
which he may consider it advisable and desirable to place at the
disposal of the students. The regulations governing the use of
laboratories and buildings of the co-operating firms will vary in
practically all cases and each student must naturally be governed
definitely by the regulations existing at the plant where the thesis
is to be conducted.
It is understood that the thesis work must not in any way
interfere with the regular required co-operative work and must
be done during hours distinctly outside of regular co-operative
work hours unless special request is made by the co-operating
firm for some other arrangement.
Theses conducted in conjunction with co-operating firms must
be submitted in duplicate, one copy to be presented by the Dean
to the co-operating employer.
For all further information, the candidate for the degree is re-
ferred to the "Directions for Theses," which he may obtain from
his professional department at the end of his junior year.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
109
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
College of Engineering
Courses of Instruction
1940-1941
(The University reserves the right to withdraw any course in
which there is insufficient enrolment.)
Course
Number
ChE 1
ChE2
ChE 3
ChE 4
ChE 5
ChE 6
ChE 7
ChE 8
ChE 9
ChE 10
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Ch 4
Ch 9
Ch 11
Ch 14
Ch 17
Ch 16
Ch 19
Ch31
Ch32
Ch33
Ch34
Ch37
Ch39
Ch44
Ch45
Ch46
Ch51
Ch61
Course
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Flow of Fluids
Ind. Stoichiometry
Unit Operations
Unit Operations
Unit Operations Lab
Unit Operations Lab
Inorg. Chem. Tech
Org. Chem. Tech
Chemical Process Laboratory ....
Chemical Engineering Projects . . .
CHEMISTRY
General Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
General Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Qualitative Analysis
Qualitative Analysis Laboratory . .
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative Analysis Laboratory .
Quantitative Analysis Laboratory .
Organic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry Laboratory I . ,
Organic Chemistry Laboratory II .
Organic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
Physical Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Sources of Information
Thermodynamics
Semester
Hours
2
2
3
3
VA
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
3
2
2
VA
l
2
2
1
1
2
1
VA
3
3
1
2
110
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
CI 3
CI 4
CI 5
CI 6
CI 7
CI 8
CI 9
CI10
CI 11
CI 12
CI 15
CI 16
CI 20
CI 21
CI 22
CI 23
CI 24
CI 25
CI 26
CI 27
CI 28
CI 29
CI 30
CI 31
CI 32
C7
C8
Ps 1-A
D 1
D2
D3
D4
Ec21
Ec22
Course
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Surveying I
Surveying II
Surveying I, F. &. P
Surveying II, F. & P
Curves and Earthwork I
Curves and Earthwork II
Curves and Earthwork I, F. <St P. .
Curves and Earthwork II, F. & P.
Hydraulics
Hydraulics
Theory of Structures
Theory of Structures
Advanced Surveying
Sanitary Engineering I
Sanitary Engineering II
Engineering Structures
Engineering Structures
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete Design
Concrete Design
Structural Design
Structural Design
Highway Engineering
Highway Engineering
CO-ORDINATION
Engineering Conference
Engineering Conference
Orientation Problems
DRAWING
Graphics I
Graphics II
Engineering Drawing
Machine Drawing
ECONOMICS
Economics
Economics
Semester
Hours
i
i
2
2
1
1
VA
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
V2
y2
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
111
Courses of Instruction
Semester
Course Hours
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Electrical Engineering 1 1
Electrical Engineering 1 1
Electrical Machinery 4
Electrical Measurements 23^
Electrical Engineering II V/i
Electrical Engineering II 2
Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1
Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1
Electrical Measurements 1 2^
Electrical Measurements II 2
Electrical Engineering III 2
Electrical Engineering III 2
Electrical Testing Laboratory 2
Electrical Testing Laboratory 2
Electrophysics 1
Electrophysics 2
Electrical Measurements Laboratory ... 2
Advanced Measurements Laboratory . . 2
Electrical Engineering IV 3
Electrical Engineering IV 3
Advanced Electrical Engineering Lab. . 2
Advanced Electrical Engineering Lab. . 2
Electrical Engineering V-A V/2
Electrical Engineering V-A V/2
Electrical Engineering V-B V/2
Electrical Engineering V-B V/2
Advanced Experimental Investigations 2
Advanced Experimental Investigations 2
ENGLISH
English 1 3
English 1 3
GEOLOGY
General Geology 2
General Geology 2
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Production Processes 1 V/
Production Processes II V/2
Industrial Management 1 2
Industrial Management II 2
Industrial Accounting 2
Industrial Accounting 2
112
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
IN 9
IN 10
IN 11
IN 14
IN 15
IN 16
IN 18
IN 21
IN 23
IN 24
IN 25
IN 26
B50
E50
E51
GA51
Gv51
Gy50
M50
Ph50
Ps50
M 1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
ME 1
ME 15
ME 16
ME 20
ME 21
ME 22
ME 23
ME 24
ME 27
ME 29
Course
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (Cont.)
Cost Accounting
Cost Accounting
Methods Engineering
Industrial Finance
Sales Engineering
Personnel Administration
Sales Engineering Problems
Contracts
Industrial Statistics
Industrial Statistics
Industrial Plants
Industrial Plants
LIBERAL ELECTIVES
General Biology
Shakespeare
The Modern Novel
History of Architecture
American Constitutional Law
Geology
History of Mathematics
Introduction to Philosophy
Principles of Psychology
MATHEMATICS
College Algebra
Trigonometry
Analytic Geometry and Introduction to
Calculus
Differential Calculus
Integral Calculus
Differential Equations
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Mechanism
Industrial Plants
Industrial Plants
Applied Mechanics (Statics)
Applied Mechanics (Kinetics)
Strength of Materials
Strength of Materials
Advanced Mechanics
Metallography
Heat Engineering (Power Plant Equip-
ment)
Semester
Hours
iy
iy
iy
2
2
iy
iy
iy
2y
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
5
3
3
iy
3
iy
iy
3
3
3
2
2
2
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
113
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
ME 30
ME 31
ME 32
ME 33
ME 34
ME 35
ME 36
ME 37
ME 38
ME 39
ME 40
ME 42
ME 44
ME 45
ME 46
ME 48
ME 51
ME 52
ME 54
ME 61
ME 62
ME 63
ME 69
ME 70
ME 73
ME 74
ME 76
PE2
PE3
PE4
PI
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
SI
S2
Semester
Course Hours
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Cont.)
Heat Engineering (Thermodynamics) . . 3
Heat Engineering 2x/i
Heat Engineering 2^
Refrigeration 2
Steam Turbines 2
Heat Engineering 2
Heat Engineering 2Yi
Diesel Engines 2
Diesel Laboratory 2
Engine Dynamics ly^
Aerodynamics 2
Heating and Air Conditioning 2
Power Plant Engineering 23^
Air Conditioning Design 1 2Yi
Air Conditioning Design II 2^
Air Conditioning Laboratory 2
Machine Design 3
Machine Design 3
Diesel Engine Design 23^
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory ... 2
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory ... 2
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. . 2J^
Testing Materials Laboratory 1^
Testing Materials Laboratory lj/£
Aircraft Structures 2
Aeronautical Laboratory 2
Aircraft Engine Design 23^
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Hygiene 1
Physical Training 0
Physical Training 0
PHYSICS
Physics 1 3
Physics 1 3
Physics II 2
Physics II 2
Physics Laboratory 1
Physics Laboratory 1
Physics Laboratory 2
Physics Laboratory 2
SOCIOLOGY
Introduction to Sociology 2
Principles of Sociology 2
114 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Laboratory Equipment
Field Instruments of Civil Engineering
THE Department of Civil Engineering is provided with a
variety of excellent equipment for field work. The instru-
ments have been chosen to make possible the working out of
advanced as well as elementary field problems, and to acquaint
the student with the principal makes and types of instruments in
general use.
For compass work there are seven compasses and an assortment
of steel and wood range poles. Probably no better location could
be found for demonstrating to students the phenomenon of local
attraction than the immediate vicinity of the University. For
measuring angles and elementary traverse work, the following
equipment is available:
2 Keuffel and Esser one minute transits
5 Buff and Buff one minute transits
2 Berger one minute transits
2 Wissler one minute transits
1 Gurley one minute transit
1 Poole one minute transit
1 Hutchinson one minute transit
For elementary differential leveling or profile leveling the
following instruments are available:
2 Keuffel and Esser levels
3 Berger levels
3 Buff and Buff levels
Both Wye and Dumpy levels are included among these.
For instruction in surveying, the College also possesses a
sufficient number of steel tapes, metallic tapes, range poles, and
Philadelphia level rods to equip completely all of the field parties
in the various surveying courses at the same time. Some of these
field parties can be supplied with Lenk tape rods or with Boston
rods.
Traverses run in the course in Surveying I are required to con-
form with the quality of workmanship set forth by the Massa-
chusetts Land Court "Class A" regulations. The following equip-
ment is reserved for such work and for thesis preparation:
2 Berger 30 second transits
2 Buff and Buff 30 second transits
1 Berger one minute transit
1 Buff and Buff one minute transit
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 115
All of these transits are nearly the same, having fy/i" horizontal
circles equipped with full vertical arcs. For measuring horizontal
distances the field parties are fully equipped with Lufkin (in-
stantaneous) No. 236D tapes. These tapes are compared and
carefully checked with the Invar tape before being used.
For topographical work there are available seven plane table
outfits: 2 Buff and Buff, 2 Gurley, 2 Keuffel and Esser, and 1
Berger. All of the transits in the Civil Engineering Department
are equipped with stadia hairs. In both the plane table and stadia
surveying the College is equipped to send out either stadia rods or
Philadelphia level rods.
For hydrographic surveying there is a Gurley electric current
meter with the necessary rods and recording apparatus for making
stream flow observations. A sextant is available for measuring
angles in connection with hydrographic surveying.
Triangulation Station
The College of Engineering has set on the roof of the East
Building a triangulation station known as "Station Northeastern,"
which is established as part of the regular course from Massa-
chusetts triangulation Stations State House and Mt. Auburn. The
latitude and longitude of this station have been accurately checked
in a thesis run from important triangulation points in eastern
Massachusetts. A tripod signal can be erected on "Station North-
eastern." Other triangulation stations located on such hills as
Corey Hill and Parker Hill are available for use of Northeastern
students. For measuring the angles of a triangulation scheme the
department possesses a 20 second precise Buff and Buff triangula-
tion transit and a Berger 10 second repeating theodolite. An
Invar steel tape manufactured by Societe Genevoise d'lnstru-
ments de Physique, which has been calibrated and checked by the
Bureau of Standards, is used for base line measurements and for
checking the steel tapes.
Levels and Level Rods
For ordinary precise work such as is done in the average city or
town for bench mark control, the following equipment is available:
a Bausch &. Lomb precise level and a Berger precise engineer's level.
The College is also equipped for doing barometric leveling, for
which it has an aneroid barometer manufactured by Reynolds of
England. For accurate checking of these bench marks and com-
paring them with the United States geodetic work and for com-
paring bench marks with those found in various cities and towns
with the Boston Base and the U. S. Geodetic Base, there are a Buff
and Buff Coast and Geodetic level and a Gurley Coast and Geo-
detic level rod.
116 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
. For solar observations a Berger 1 C 30 second transit equipped
with prismatic lens and a Berger solar attachment is used. Two of
the 30 second transits are equipped with 45° mirrors in the sun
shades and full vertical arcs for making Polaris observations.
Demonstration Models
The Department of Civil Engineering has had constructed a
number of brass and wooden models of typical engineering struc-
tures. The following are kept conveniently at hand for classroom
demonstrations.
1.
Floor Beam Connection to Girder — Through Girder Railway
Bridge. Model one-third size. (Shows also typical knee brace
connection to floor beam and girder as well as lateral bracing in
plane of bottom flange.) Model is constructed of white wood with
rubber-headed nails for rivets.
2.
Bottom Chord Joint Detail (L2) of a 150' Span Single Track
Through Steel Railway Bridge of the Warren Type. Model is of
white pine and one-quarter size.
3.
Top Chord Joint Detail (U2) of a 150' Span Single Track
Through Steel Railway Bridge of the Warren Type. Model is of
white pine, one-quarter size, and shows lateral and sway bracing.
4.
Hip Joint Detail (Ui) of 150' Span Single Track Through Steel
Railway Bridge of the Warren Type. Model is one-third size and
white pine. It shows a typical example of portal bracing.
5.
Complete Model of 80' Span Single Track Through Girder
Bridge. Model is an exact reproduction, one-sixteenth size,
using brass plates and angles of uniform thickness (0.040") and
riveted together with 1-16" diameter copper rivets.
The bridge is reproduced from a complete design previously
made and including web and flange splices.
Hydraulics and Sanitary Engineering Laboratory
Laboratories of the Civil Engineering Department include much
demonstration equipment for use in connection with courses in
hydraulics. A standard circular sharp-edged orifice and a Venturi
meter, each equipped with appropriate manometers, permit the
study of flow through pipe lines. For measuring flow in channels
there are two weirs, one a suppressed rectangular weir with a
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 117
fixed crest and the second equipped with removable plates pro-
viding either a V notch, a contracted rectangular, or a parabolic
weir.
A tank equipped with standard circular orifice, standard short
tube, or re-entering tube, has been installed for the purpose of
demonstrating the measurement of flow discharging into the at-
mosphere. Water is circulated about the laboratory by means of a
direct connected centrifugal pump. Platform scales and a weigh-
ing tank are available to check the results obtained in the demon-
strations outlined above.
The following Weather Bureau apparatus has been installed in
the laboratory for purposes of research in problems in sanitary
engineering: standard thermometer, maximum-minimum ther-
mometer, sling psychrometer, standard snow and rain gage,
recording hygrothermograph, station barometer, and an electric
tipping bucket rain gage recorder.
The Sanitary Research Laboratory is designed to be used for
research by the faculty and senior Civil Engineering students in
connection with thesis problems, and for demonstrations of
methods of sanitary analysis to students taking courses CI 21 and
CI 22. The laboratory is equipped with tables, sink, glassware,
chemical apparatus, chemicals, balances, microscope, drying
oven, water bath, muffle furnace, 373/2°C. incubator, gas analysis
apparatus, and other necessary equipment so that a complete
analysis of either water or sewage may be made in accordance with
the procedure outlined by "Standard Methods of Water Analysis"
published by the American Public Health Association.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratories
The Mechanical Engineering Department has a suite of well
equipped laboratories, containing a large variety of modern
machines run by steam, gasoline, water, and electricity, and
occupying over 10,000 square feet of floor space in the basement
of the West Building.
The laboratory is provided with a canal of 14,000 gallons
capacity which serves the various pumps, weir boxes, and con-
densers. Special areas have been set aside and equipped for oil
testing, concrete mixing, mechanics research, and similar purposes.
Steam Apparatus
Steam is supplied to the laboratory directly from the steam
mains of the Boston Edison Company, or from the auxiliary
power plant operated by the University and the Boston Y.M.C.A.
A Uniflow steam engine of fifty horsepower capacity and of the
latest design is so equipped that a complete engine test may be
run on the machine. The auxiliary apparatus connected with
118 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
the engine includes a prony brake for measuring the output of
the machine while a surface condenser is tied in with the exhaust
line in order to obtain the steam consumption.
A Chicago steam-driven air compressor is arranged to make
complete tests on both the steam and air ends of the machine.
This compressor is also connected to a surface condenser.
A Warren direct-acting steam pump is connected up to run a
standard pump test, the steam end being tied in with a surface
condenser and the water end with a rectangular weir for measur-
ing the quantity of water delivered by the pump.
A twelve horsepower Curtis steam turbine of the impulse
single-stage type, to which is directly connected an absorption
dynamometer or water brake, is available for testing. The steam
end of this turbine is piped to a Worthington surface condenser
and also to a Schutt-Koerting ejector condenser.
A small Sturtevant horizontal steam engine is equipped for a
complete test with a prony brake for the measurement of power
output.
Other steam-driven apparatus includes a steam pulsometer
pump, a steam injector, two small vertical steam engines for valve
setting experiments, a heat exchanger for determining heat trans-
fer between steam and water, and a lee steam turbine of twelve
horsepower rating driving a two-stage centrifugal pump.
Apparatus is also set up for experiments on the flow of steam
through an orifice and for the determination of moisture content
in steam through the use of throttling and separating steam
calorimeters.
Power Plant
The auxiliary steam power plant is also used for testing purposes.
The plant is equipped with the necessary tanks and scales for
weighing the feed-water, steam pressure gages, scales for weighing
coal and ashes, draft recorders, Orsat apparatus, CO2 recorder,
electrical meters, thermometers, steam engine indicators, and other
equipment necessary for complete power plant tests. The plant
consists of four horizontal return tubular boilers, each of 1,711
square feet of heating surface. Two of these boilers are equipped
for burning coal and two for burning fuel oil. There are the
various auxiliary appliances, such as feed-water pumps, feed-water
heater, fuel oil pumps and heaters, automatic damper regulator,
and steam and oil separators. The steam line of the Mechanical
Laboratory is connected to a Foxboro recording steam flow meter,
while in the boiler feed-water line is located a water meter of the
Buffalo make.
In the Engine Room are located four three-wire direct current
generators, three of which are driven by Ridgeway reciprocating
steam engines while the fourth generator is direct-connected to a
Westinghouse-Parsons steam turbine.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 119
Hydraulic Equipment
The hydraulic equipment in the laboratory includes a two-stage
centrifugal pump with a dual drive or separate drive as may be
desired. The drive is either direct from a fifteen horsepower direct
current motor or else direct from a Lee single-stage steam turbine.
A six-stage centrifugal pump direct-connected to a forty horse-
power direct current motor has been installed for testing pur-
poses. The motor, through a speed regulator, has a range in speed
from 900 R.P.M. to 2200 R.P.M. The pump is rated at 180 G.P.M.
against a head of 450 feet. The capacity of the pump is measured
by a Venturi tube of the latest design. There is also a rotary
pump driven direct by an electric motor.
Other machines for hydraulic experiments are a triplex power
pump, driven by a three horsepower electric motor, a hydraulic
turbine of the Pelton Wheel type, a small single-stage centrifugal
pump driven directly by a z/i horsepower gasoline engine, a
triangular and a rectangular weir for measuring quantities of
water discharged by the various pumps in the laboratory, besides
the necessary tanks, platform scales, and hook gages.
Internal Combustion Engines
Under the internal combustion laboratory equipment may be
listed a Fairbanks-Morse ten horsepower gasoline and oil engine,
so arranged that tests may be run with various kinds of fuels, and
complete test data obtained; a Plymouth automobile engine
arranged to run tests with different fuels and carburetors; and two
gasoline airplane engines for demonstration purposes.
Several Diesel engines of various types have been installed, in-
cluding a 30 H.P. high speed Fairbanks-Morse machine of the
solid injection type which drives a 19 K.W., D.C. Generator, and
two small engines for dismantling and demonstration purposes.
Refrigeration, Heating, and Air Conditioning
The refrigeration equipment includes a % ton Frick ammonia
refrigerating machine equipped with a double pipe condenser,
ammonia weighing tanks, and a specially designed indicator. A
Triumph compressor is also available for demonstration work.
Apparatus for the determination of heat transference through
various substances is available.
A constant temperature room is equipped with apparatus for
either heating or cooling. Additional equipment consists of a
warm air pressure system with Timken oil burner equipment and
complete automatic controls, a Fedders type unit heater, and oil
burning equipment and controls for demonstration purposes.
For fan testing, a multi-blade blower of Sturtevant manufacture
driven by an electric motor is set up for running different tests
with varying capacity.
120 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
A Carrier air conditioner, motor driven and equipped with
automatic humidity control, is arranged for testing.
Testing Materials and Heat Treatment Equipment
The testing materials equipment includes a Riehle 300,000 lb.
capacity Model P4 Precision Hydraulic Universal Testing Machine
of the latest type and equipped with all necessary accessories, a
50,000 pound Olsen Universal Testing Machine equipped for
tension, compression, transverse bending, and shearing tests; a
2,000 pound automatic shot cement tester equipped with trans-
verse tools; a 10,000 inch pound Riehle torsional testing machine;
a 220 foot pound Riehle impact tester for Charpy Izod or tension
tests; a White-Souther motor driven fatigue tester holding two
specimens at one time; and a Ro-Tap sieve shaker with time
switch and sieves for mechanical analysis of aggregate. Among
the measuring instruments are Brinell and Olsen-Firth hardness
testers; extensometers for tension, column, and beam tests; and
a torsion meter.
For heat treatment, an electric furnace and a Stewart triple-
purpose gas-fired furnace are available with pyrometers for
temperature measurements.
For studying the effects of heat treatment, a large metallographic
outfit of Bausch &. Lomb make is used. This apparatus makes
possible a magnification of from 125 to 2,600 diameters for in-
spection and taking photographs of crystalline structures of
metals. Equipment is available for polishing and etching speci-
mens in preparation for examination of the crystalline structure
of the metal being studied.
Polaroid equipment for photo-elastic stress analysis is also
available.
Miscellaneous Equipment
In addition to the apparatus mentioned above, the oil testing
equipment includes a Saybolt Universal viscosimeter for viscosity
determination, a Cleveland open cup tester for determining the
flash point and fire point of different grades of oil, a Conradson
carbon residue apparatus, a steam emulsion apparatus, a water
power centrifuge, a cloud and pour test apparatus, a Union oil
colorimeter for color number determination, and a Thurston
friction oil tester for determining the durability and lubricating
properties of oils.
An Emerson fuel calorimeter is used for finding the calorific
content of solid and liquid fuels, and a Junkers gas calorimeter is
available for determining the heat content of gaseous fuels. For
calibrating gages, two dead weight gage testers of 200 pounds and
500 pounds capacity are used for pressure gages, while for vacuum
gages a water aspirator and a motor driven vacuum pump are
available.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 121
For measuring the flow of water in pipe lines, a Pitot tube,
orifice, Venturi meter, and water meter are located in a pipe line
for testing.
Apparatus for measuring flow of air includes a Pitot tube, an
orifice, and an anemometer, besides the necessary draft gages.
Apparatus for measuring flow of steam consists of a calibrated
orifice and a steam flow meter. A recording steam pressure gage is
also available.
An experiment on "Friction of Drives" includes apparatus con-
sisting of three pulleys of different materials with three different
kinds of belts, which make possible nine tests with various
combinations.
A motor-driven vacuum pump with a rated capacity of six
cubic feet of free air per minute under 293^2 inches of mercury
vacuum is available for tests.
Included among the measuring instruments are five steam
engine indicators, two internal combustion engine indicators,
four hand tachometers (centrifugal type) with three speed ranges
from 0 to 4000 R.P.M., one tachograph, one tachoscope, one
rotoscope for speed and vibration determinations, one recording
thermometer, planimeters, revolution counters, thermometers,
pressure gages, and a portable strobotac.
Machine Shop
Adjoining the laboratory is a machine shop used for main-
tenance purposes and for thesis work. The machines available
are a sixteen-inch motor-driven South Bend engine lathe, two belt-
driven engine lathes, a vertical drill press, a small vertical drill, a
horizontal milling machine, a shaper, a power hack saw, a motor
driven double emery wheel, an arbor press, two nine-inch South
Bend Workshop lathes, an Eisler spot welding machine, a 200
ampere Lincoln arc welding outfit, and an Oxweld acetylene
welding outfit. There are also an anvil and a small hand forge
for forging purposes.
Electrical Engineering Laboratories
The basement of the South Building is given over to electrical
laboratories, which are of three types: the dynamo laboratory,
the measurements laboratory, and the high tension laboratory.
Dynamo Laboratory
This laboratory is equipped with sixty generators and motors
of different types, the size and voltage ratings being selected to
reduce as much as possible the risk from high voltage apparatus
while making available to the student commercial apparatus
such that the various quantities it is desired to measure will be
of reasonable dimensions.
122 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Machines from five to twenty-five kilowatt capacity are used
principally for this reason, but also because the student in his
engineering practice early comes in contact with large and varied
machinery in power houses and electrical plants.
D. C. Machinery
For D. C. work there are two sets of individually driven specially
matched direct current six-kilowatt, 125-volt compound generators,
which will work as shunt machines. A large 230- volt, 12 H.P.,
200 R.P.M. Sturtevant motor is used for retardation tests, and
an assortment of series, shunt, and compound motors each
fitted with brake pulleys, are used for routine motor testing.
A. C. Machinery
For A. C. work there are a fifteen-kilowatt (unity p.f.) three-
phase, 240-volt sixty cycle alternator and a 7.5 kilowatt G. E.
machine with special armature taps so that it may be used as a
single-phase, two-phase, three-phase, or six-phase synchronous
motor.
There are also two 12.5 kilowatt (eighty per cent, p.f.) G. E.
machines having each armature coil tapped out separately and
giving various phase arrangements; a five-kilowatt Holtzer Cabot
machine with three rotors, making it available as either a squirrel
cage, wound rotor, or synchronous machine; a G. E. single-phase
clutch motor; a type R. I. induction motor; a Wagner single-phase
motor; two Wagner motors arranged for concatenation control;
one five-kilowatt Holtzer three-phase synchronous converter; a
Westinghouse 7.5-kilowatt two-phase motor; a ten horsepower
Fynn-Weichsel Unity power factor motor; and a Westinghouse
Synchronous Converter (10 kilowatt, 240 D. C. volts; one, three,
and six phase, sixty cycles).
Recently installed in this laboratory is a General Electric
Electrodynamometer of 15 horsepower capacity, 2000 to 4000
R.P.M., direct connected on one end to a 10 horsepower, 3 phase,
wound rotor induction motor. By means of external resistance
control this motor may have its speed reduced to 50% of its
rated value and still carry its rated torque. The shaft extension
on the other side of the dynamometer can be used for testing
other electrical equipment of appropriate size, such as D. C. motors,
single phase machinery, etc. A starting and loading panel, in-
cluding latest types of automatic control equipment, has been
installed with the electrodynamometer.
Another recent addition is a 12.5 K. W. Steel Tank Mercury
Arc Rectifier arranged for double three-phase operation. Starting
panel, all necessary pumping equipment, McLeod vacuum gage,
and a special phase shifting device for controlling the output are
included with this unit.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 123
Auxiliary Equipment
For transformers there are six single-phase G. E. type H units
wound for 550 volts and 220-110 volts; a set of transformers with
Scott connection taps; and a Type R.O. constant current trans-
former, primary winding for 220-190 volts and secondary for 6.6
amperes, 310 volts maximum fitted with a load of eighty candle
power 6.6-amperes, sixty-watt nitrogen filled tungsten lamps; and
a pair of 550-220 110 volts G. E. three-phase transformers of 5-
kva capacity. There is also a full equipment of necessary control
and regulating appliances and twelve movable test tables fitted
with the necessary terminals, switches, cricuit breakers, etc., for
setting up the various combinations required from time to time.
Each student when performing an experiment does the complete
wiring, no apparatus in the laboratory being permanently wired
up except as to its normal, self-contained circuits.
Power is supplied over a special set of feeders from the Boston
Edison system. Two power circuits are available: one of 50 K.W.
capacity supplying 60 cycle, three phase, alternating current at
230 volts and the other providing 115-230 volt three wire direct
current. For lowering the voltage in transformer testing G. E.
induction regulators are used.
There are also speed governors and Tirrel regulators, both A. C.
and D. C., capable of being used with any special machines found
desirable at any particular time. An Edgerton Stroboscope and
a two element G. E. Oscillograph with camera attachments have
recently been added to the laboratory equipment.
High Tension Laboratory
For high tension work there have been installed a pair of
General Electric transformers of 4 kva capacity giving 50 kilo-
volts. A special room in the laboratory has been equipped for
cable and insulation testing. The auxiliary equipment includes
the necessary sphere gaps, induction regulators, calibrated volt-
meters, etc., the transformers being supplied from a special motor-
driven generator. The set has been supplied with the necessary
kenotron tubes and controls for the rectification of the high
potential alternating current for direct current working.
Impulse testing of insulation is made possible by a surge generator
capable of producing waves having crest values up to 100 kilovolts.
This apparatus is complete with all necessary equipment, includ-
ing a Plydonograph, for the study of Lichtenberg figures.
A 4000 ampere, low voltage transformer with regulator for
current control is available for the study of the effects of heavy
currents in conductors, switches, and contacts.
Electrical Measurements Laboratory
This laboratory is equipped with apparatus of two distinct
types: first, that planned fundamentally for teaching the principles
124 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
of measurements and, second, that which is used in teaching
advanced standardizing methods as well as for keeping the instru-
ments in daily use in the other laboratories properly calibrated.
It is supplied with a set of small storage cells for calibration work
and a set of twelve 500-ampere-hour cells for current work.
The apparatus utilized in the first type of work includes the
customary devices used for resistance, potential, energy, and
magnetic measurements, such as slide wire and Wheatstone bridges,
Poggendorf's E.M.F. comparison, D. C. watt hour meter calibra-
tions, magnetic comparitor, etc.
The second type of work uses the following Leeds and Northrup
equipment: Precision Kelvin Double, Carey Foster, and Wheat-
stone Bridges; two type K potentiometers with auxiliary apparatus
of volt boxes, standard cells, standard shunts of 10 and 100
ampere capacity, a set of resistance standards of the N.B.S. type
and another of the Riechsanstalt patterns, a complete set of
Inductance and Capacity Standards. For secondary standards of
voltage and current the laboratory is equipped with Weston
Electrical Instrument Corporation instruments with the necessary
transformers.
Other equipment includes a Westinghouse three-element oscillo-
graph with full equipment; a phase shifter, G. E. rotating standard;
and numerous types of A. C. watt hour meters. In the field of
electronics and communication the following General Radio
equipment is used: audio frequency meter; precision wave meter;
low frequency oscillator (25-70,000 cycles); intermediate frequency
oscillator; capacity, inductance, universal, radio frequency, and
vacuum tube bridges; two electron oscillographs with Bedell
sweep circuits with special auxiliary equipment; Edgerton Strobo-
scope; and a variety of wave filters of the low, high, and band
pass types. The laboratory is equipped with a Leeds and North-
rup Vreeland oscillator; a G. E. vacuum tube voltmeter; and a
"Comet-Pro" superheterodyne receiver for radio frequency bridge
balancing.
Several recent additions are a General Radio standard signal
generator, type 605 A, having carrier frequency range from 9.5
kilocycles to 50 megacycles, with continuously adjustable voltage
output from .5 microvolt to .1 volt, and capable of being modulated
by a 400 cycle signal from 0 to 50%; a General Radio beat fre-
quency oscillator, type 713 A, variable to one cycle within a range
of from 10 to 20,000 cycles; and a class 21 H Standard Frequency
Assembly for exact time and frequency measurements. A Western
Electric 6 A transmission measuring set; and two 387 A micro-
phones, with amplifier and auxiliary equipment for sound measure-
ments; one 13 A oscillator, four 44 A-l repeaters and one 11 A
radio receiver are also available.
The following equipment has been constructed by the depart-
ment: an attenuator; an A. C. and D. C. artificial telephone line; a
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 125
beat frequency oscillator; a multi-element electrically driven con-
tactor and electronically operated switch for use with cathode ray
oscillograph; magneto-striction and Quartz crystal oscillators; a
multi-vibrator and numerous amplifiers, power packs, oscillators,
vacuum tube voltmeters, etc.
Briefly, the laboratory is equipped for practically any work in
electrical measurements outside of the absolute determinations
as carried on in national standardizing laboratories.
Instrument Room
The Instrument Room is supplied with 80 high grade General
Electric Company and Weston Electric Instrument Corporation
alternating current voltmeters and ammeters, with a number of
potential and current transformers, and with three polyphase and
sixteen single-phase indicating wattmeters, each of double current
and double voltage ranges.
For direct current working there are 65 voltmeters (of triple
range), ammeters, and millivoltmeters of the above makes. There
are twenty-five standard shunts of ranges from 10 to 100 amperes
with uniform drops of fifty millivolts to go with the millivolt-
meters.
There is also a large and varied assortment of auxiliary equip-
ment such as sliding rheostats for circuit control, non-inductive
loading resistance, air core loading reactances, frequency indica-
tors, power factor indicators, etc.
The department also has a small shop for maintenance purposes,
a dark room, and several well appointed research areas for the
use of staff members and for seniors engaged in thesis work.
Chemical Engineering Laboratories
The Chemical Engineering Department has under its super-
vision the Chemical Engineering Laboratory, which is primarily
devoted to equipment for studying the various unit operations,
and the Industrial Chemical Laboratory, which houses equipment
suitable for investigating manufacturing processes and testing
industrial chemical products.
Chemical Engineering Laboratory
Flow of Fluids. — Extensive equipment is available for the study
of characteristics of the flow of gases and liquids. The orifice,
Venturi meter, Pitot tube, anenometer, Thomas meter, gas meter,
rotameter, slot weir, draft gage, and multiplying gage are typical
of the equipment used in determining the rate of flow. Special
fluid systems have been designed and constructed for studying
the type of flow and friction.
126 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Heat Transfer. — Condensers, double pipe heat exchangers,
steam-jacketed kettles, insulation testing equipment, the gas
furnace, and pyrometers serve to make clear the principles of
heat flow.
Distillation. — For the study of batch and continuous distillation
a forty-eight gallon still provided with a fifteen-plate bubbler cap
column, condenser, and tanks, is available. This unit can be
operated under partial vacuum if desired. When it is operated as a
continuous still, a preheater for the feed is used. The apparatus
is designed so that samples can easily be taken at various points
in the system.
Evaporation. — Studies are made of the effect of vacuum on the
boiling point of various solutions. A steam- jacketed kettle is
available for determining the rate of heat transfer from steam to
boiling solutions.
Absorption. — A bubble cap column and small packed columns
make possible studies concerning the fundamentals of liquid-
vapor reactions.
Drying and Air Conditioning. — A Carrier processing cabinet
equipped with automatic temperature and humidity control en-
ables the student to determine the effect of temperature and
humidity, and air velocity on the rate of drying. The drying
characteristics of some substances are noted by running tests on a
Stokes vacuum shelf dryer and on steam heated drying rolls. The
Carrier processing cabinet is also available for observing the effect
of temperature and humidity on various industrial products.
Filtration. — The present equipment consists of a Shriver
6-inch plate and frame press, a Sweetland pressure filter, a rotary
vacuum filter, and special high pressure oil filtration equipment.
Separation. — Mechanical separation is studied by means of a
Rotex screen, a Federal air classifier, a Fletcher centrifuge, and
specially constructed hydraulic classifying equipment.
Crushing and Grinding. — A jaw crusher, a ball mill, Sturtevant
crushing rolls, and a Rotap sieve shaker complete the equipment
for the study of crushing and grinding.
General Equipment. — In addition to special equipment noted,
the laboratory is equipped with tanks, blowers, steam traps,
mixers, scales, pumps, and other accessories necessary to supple-
ment the above equipment and to build special units.
Industrial Chemistry Laboratory
This laboratory is used mostly for process development and
research. It is equipped with high pressure steam, compressed air,
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 127
vacuum, and other facilities usually found in a chemical laboratory.
Some of the equipment available for use in this laboratory are a
Premier Colloid mill, a Freas electric oven, a high temperature
gas oven operated by a centrifugal blower, a Vorce chlorine cell, a
Carver electrically heated hydraulic press, a Holtzer-Cabot 10
volt-200 ampere motor generator unit, and a Hobart mixer. A
variety of industrial chemicals and small apparatus are kept on
hand for use in trying out old and developing new industrial
processes.
Industrial Engineering Equipment and Laboratories
Students in the Department of Industrial Engineering share in
the use of the Mechanical Engineering Laboratories, and, in
addition, have available for laboratory work in accounting and
statistical methods all of the commonly used office machines.
These are in a special room together with necessary library
services, including Moody's Manuals, Poor's Manuals, and various
charts and maps.
The laboratory is in charge of an assistant instructor whose
work is to maintain the equipment in excellent condition and to
give instruction in the use of the various office machines.
Principal pieces of equipment in the laboratory include dupli-
cators, typewriters, hand and electric calculators, and both hand
and electric adding machines.
For Methods Engineering (motion and time study work) the
Department has a laboratory devoted exclusively to this work.
The laboratory is completely equipped with the latest facilities
and tools used by methods engineers.
The general equipment of the laboratory consists of stationary
work benches, equipped for building jigs, fixtures, etc., including
a bench lathe and lathe tools; two special combination work and
projection tables; a camera table with an elevator top; three small
projector tables; two Therblig drawing tables; a circular work
bench fitted with trays, clock rack, interchangeable work areas,
and a drop delivery chute; a special measuring table; three Sit-
Rite chairs; and complete sets of economist assembly racks of
various sizes.
For time study work the laboratory has numerous time study
boards, decimal stop watches, hour decimal watches, and split
second timers.
For micromotion work the laboratory has complete motion
picture equipment including camera with special lenses, tripod,
special lighting equipment, photometer, splicer, film viewer, etc.,
together with projectors, hooded screens, and a large wall screen.
These are used in conjunction with a Telechron microchronom-
eter and a special microchronometer with interchangeable dials.
To illustrate lectures in the laboratory there are numerous
special charts, diagrams, and other instructional material.
128 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Chemistry Laboratories and Equipment
The Hayden Memorial Laboratories
The Chemical Laboratories, located on the fourth floor of the
West Building and embodying the most recent developments in
materials and design, were given to the University by the Charles
Hayden Memorial Fund. The laboratories are adequately
equipped for undergraduate instruction in the major branches of
chemistry and consist of the following units: (1) General Chem-
istry and Qualitative Analysis Laboratory, (2) Organic Chemistry
Laboratory, (3) Quantitative Analysis and Physical Chemistry
Laboratory, (4) Research Laboratories, (5) Dark Room for
Photography, and (6) Service Rooms.
General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis Laboratory
This large and well-lighted laboratory is fully equipped for
giving instruction in these undergraduate courses. A hydrogen
sulfide room, a well-equipped balance room, a coat closet, and a
conference room are a part of this unit.
The laboratory tables are made of light oak and have alberene
stone tops. The usual services including water, gas, A.C. and
D.C. electricity, and steam are available to the students. The
large and well-illuminated fume hoods are of the open front
construction type with a special built-in drying cabinet in the
base. This cabinet is so constructed that a draft of filtered air is
drawn in through screened holes at the base and then passes into
the fume exhaust. The hoods are supplied with water, gas, steam,
steam cones, 110 V. A.C, 115-230 V. D.C, and also variable
D.C. supplied by a battery system.
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
This laboratory is adequately equipped for undergraduate
courses in preparation of organic compounds and qualitative
organic analysis. The laboratory furniture is made of light oak
with alberene stone tops and so arranged that each student has a
working space of about six feet. A sink and steam cone are
available for each student as well as water, steam, gas, and
electricity.
Eight large fume hoods, made of Sheldine stone with leadclad
steel bases, enable the student to work in a clean atmosphere.
The hoods are well illuminated and contain the same services as
the assigned table units. The bases of the hoods serve as drying
cabinets and are well insulated to make working conditions at the
hood more comfortable.
A large evaporator unit made of alberene stone with ceramic
baths, stainless steel tops, and concentric rings facilitates evapora-
tion operations. Provision is made for twenty-seven simultaneous
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 129
evaporations, arranged in three tiers of nine units. The source
of heat is steam. A special overhead glass plate provides for the
draining away of overhead condensate to prevent contamination
of the solutions being evaporated.
A multiple-unit organic combustion furnace, an ice storage
chamber, an ice-crusher, cork presses, a Fisher micro-melting
point apparatus, a saccharimeter, and other accessories needed in
these courses are available.
Quantitative Analysis and Physical Chemistry Laboratory
The laboratory tables and fume hoods are similar to those in
the Organic Chemistry Laboratory. Abundant drying cabinet
space is available in the hood bases. A large evaporator unit,
similar to that in the Organic Chemistry Laboratory, and a sand
bath built into one of the hoods provide ample space for evapora-
tions. A large Freas drying oven is available for the drying of
analytical samples. The balance room is of modern design and
well illuminated by indirect lighting.
A small laboratory, adjacent to the Quantitative Analysis
Laboratory, is used for technical analyses such as the determina-
tions of coals, vegetable oils, lubricating oils, gasolines, dairy
products, textiles, rubber, and other industrial materials.
Some of the equipment available for this type of work includes
the following: a standard A.S.T.M. gasoline distillation apparatus,
a closed cup and an open cup flash and fire point apparatus, a
Conradson carbon residue apparatus, a muffle furnace, an Abbe
refractometer, a three objective B. &. L. microscope with an oil-
immersion objective, a Kjeldahl distillation outfit, a combustion
furnace for iron and steel determinations, rheostats, voltmeters,
ammeters, etc. This technical analysis laboratory has a fume
hood and several working tables with all the necessary services
such as water, gas, steam, vacuum, 110 V. A.C., 115-230 V. D.C.,
and several variable D.C. circuits supplied from a series of batteries
through a distribution panel.
A special laboratory is available for electrolytic work such as
potentio metric determinations, electrometric titrations, electrolytic
analyses of metals, etc. For this work the equipment includes
two L. and N. student potentiometers, a Wilkens-Anderson
electrolytic machine, and all the accessories necessary.
The electric current distribution panel, specially designed at
the University and constructed by the Holtzer-Cabot Company,
is located in this electrolytic laboratory. The current available
for distribution at this panel is variable D.C. (2-32 V.) and 1 15-230
V. D.C. A built-in tungar charger enables the batteries to be
kept fully charged at all times. The battery system is located in a
separate battery room adjacent to the electrolytic laboratory.
130 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The Physical Chemistry Laboratory contains working benches
equipped with water, gas, and electricity. A special table contain-
ing a thermostat and having D.C. and A.C. connections is used
for experiments requiring these services. Apparatus is available
for performing experiments on the properties of gases and liquids,
thermochemical measurements, and conductivity of solutions. A
supply of electrical instruments and special thermometers enables
a wide range of special tests to be made as directed.
Research. Laboratories
The Chemistry Department has three research laboratories
equipped with A.C. and D.C, water, gas, and steam. In one
laboratory work can be done on the electrical properties of solu-
tions, solubility effect, and other physical chemistry phenomena.
Another laboratory is equipped for work in organic chemistry,
and the third can be used for research in analytical or physical
chemistry. Electrical instruments and glass apparatus of various
types are available for use in the laboratories.
Dark Room Equipment
The photographic dark room is equipped with all the common
accessories necessary in photography. A copying camera is
available and is especially useful in the making of lantern slides
for instructional purposes. An Ellwood enlarger taking a negative
as large as 5 x 7 inches, siphon print washers, and several safe
lights with interchangeable green, amber, and red filters are
available. The room is equipped with gas, electricity, water and
distilled water. A large light-proof fan gives adequate ventilation.
Service Rooms
The service rooms consist of the following units: (1) the stock
room supplying the main laboratories; (2) storage rooms on the
fourth floor for the operating supply of chemicals and apparatus;
(3) storage rooms in the basement for the main supply of chemicals
and apparatus; (4) solution room; and (5) preparation rooms
adjacent to all main lecture rooms.
The stock room is centrally located to feed all the main labora-
tories. The wall tables, adjacent to the service windows leading
into each laboratory, are stocked with the materials necessary for
the servicing of those laboratories. The still, for the making of
distilled water, and a large storage tank are located in the stock
room. The water is piped from this tank into the various labo-
ratories, solution room, and dark room. The distilled water
outlets are tin-lined, self-closing bibcocks. Aluminum piping is
used throughout.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 131
A storage room for alcohol and inflammable solvents, a storage
room for chemicals, and a storage room for apparatus maintain
an adequate supply of materials for this stock room. These
storage rooms are all connected to the stock room.
The solution room is fully equipped with a laboratory table,
a hood, and all the necessary services including distilled water.
There is ample shelf room for maintaining a complete supply of
chemicals necessary for the preparation of solutions needed in the
various laboratory courses.
The two large and well-ventilated storage rooms in the base-
ment are used for storing the main bulk of chemical and apparatus
supplies. A freight elevator makes these rooms readily available
to the stock room on the fourth floor.
The preparation rooms adjoining lecture halls are equipped
with working tables, hoods, and steel storage cabinets. All
materials necessary for setting up of lecture demonstrations are
stored in these rooms. Tables mounted on wheels are used for
carrying the set-up demonstrations into the lecture room.
Biological Laboratory
The Biological Laboratory, a large, well-lighted room containing
six dissecting tables, can accommodate thirty-six students.
General equipment includes simple and compound micro-
scopes, binocular dissecting microscopes, microscopical stains,
staining solutions, physiological preparations, reagents, chemicals,
and glassware.
The zoological collection is especially good. It includes a com-
plete series of invertebrate and vertebrate specimens for dissection
and also various demonstration specimens. Among these are
complete series of sponges, corals, flat worms, round worms, echi-
noderms, annelids, mollusks, arthropods, insects, and chordates;
a series of heart models of different types of vertebrates and human
hearts; a series of brain models of the most important vertebrate
groups; a set of models to demonstrate the various cell types from
human tissues; a set of models to demonstrate the principal steps
in somatic mitosis; various other invertebrate, vertebrate, his-
tological, and embryological models; zoological dissections in
museum jars; skeletal preparations of the most important verte-
brate groups including the human; a refrigerating unit and low
temperature incubator; and a complete series of Leuckhart zoo-
logical charts.
The histological collection consists of some 2000 microscopical
slides illustrating various forms of invertebrate, vertebrate,
human, and plant tissues, while the botanical collection includes
a complete series of both preserved and mounted botanical
specimens.
132 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Physics Laboratories
General Laboratory
The General Laboratory is fully equipped with large working
tables, each provided with gas, alternating current, and direct
current. Some also have water supplies for such experiments as
require a constant flow. A separate balance room, a spectrom-
eter room, a photographic room, and a photometer room are
directly connected with this laboratory. A large amount of
apparatus for all of the usual physics experiments is available so
that the students may work alone, thus gaining confidence in
laboratory technique. The students work in groups only when
the experiment requires more than one person for its proper
operation.
Advanced Laboratory
This laboratory is designed with a view to both precision and
flexibility. A special switchboard provides single phase and
polyphase alternating current and a variety of direct current
potentials to be fed around to various working points. Two
separate research rooms and a workshop with lathe, drill press,
grinder, and a full set of tools complement the laboratory. Typical
of the equipment available are a General Radio impedance bridge,
high frequency bridge, wave analyzer, cathode ray oscillograph,
and vacuum tube voltmeter, together with standards of resistance,
inductance, and capacity manufactured by the same company.
A communications type radio receiver and a large number of
meters, amplifiers, discharge tubes, and vacuum tubes are avail-
able for electrical work.
In the field of light there are spectrometers, photometers,
photocells, a Zeiss ECE330 microscope, polarizing equipment,
projectors, etc. A Central Scientific cathetometer measuring to
0.05 mm. over a 97 cm. length is used for precision measurement
of large objects. Vacuum pumps, blower, and large amounts of
auxiliary apparatus give a well rounded set of equipment for the
Advanced Laboratory courses and for research.
Astronomy Laboratory
This laboratory is in the penthouse of the West Building, close
to a platform on the roof which gives a very good view free from
obstructions. Equipment is available for the grinding of mirrors
and the constructing of telescopes, and students are encouraged
to build their own instruments. The Astronomy Club holds
evening meetings in the laboratory regularly throughout the
college year. The Club has made a good start in building up a
library in its special field for the use of its membership.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 133
Radio Laboratory
This is also in the penthouse of the West Building and is a
completely shielded room high up from the street. Three masts
support three horizontal antennae and a vertical ultra high fre-
quency doublet. The transmitters operate on both radiotele-
phone and radiotelegraph as permitted in the amateur bands by
the Federal Communications Commission. The maximum allow-
able power is available on all bands except the ultra high fre-
quency ones. Full controls and safety devices make the operation
simple and without hazard to the operators. Facilities are provided
for research. The Radio Club uses this laboratory and supplies
most of the operators.
Visual Education Equipment
Classroom instruction is frequently made more effective by the
use of motion pictures and lantern slides. For this purpose, there
are available moving picture projectors for both sound and silent
films, and several lantern slide projectors, with lenses suitable for
use in the various lecture halls. Day-light screens eliminate the
necessity of totally darkening the room, thereby enabling students
to take notes while viewing the pictures.
134 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Index
Absences 30
Accounting 89
Accounting — Law Club 42
Activities 39-48
Activities Assembly Hall 37
Administration Building 32
Administrative Officers 6
Administrative Staff 6-7
Admission Requirements 49-53
Advanced Standing 51
Aeronautical Engineering 63-72
Affiliated Engineering Societies of New England 43
Air Conditioning Option 63-72
Alcott Award 46
Alumni Association 47-48
Application for Admission 50-51
Assistant Professors 8-9
Associate Professors 8
Astronomy Club 44
Athletic Association 39-40
Attendance 30
Awards and Prizes 46—47
Banking Club 42
Biology 104
Biological Laboratory Equipment 131
Books and Supplies 27-28
Boston — A Great Educational Center 32
Buildings and Facilities 32-38
Calendar:
Freshman 4
Upperclass 5
Calendar for College Year, 1940-1941 2-3
Camera Club 45
"Cauldron," College Annual 41
Chapel Preachers 14
Chemical Engineering 82-85
Chemical Laboratory Equipment 125-126
Chemical Laboratory Deposit 25
Chemistry 92-96
Chemistry Laboratories and Equipment 128-131
Civil Engineering 55-62
Civil Engineering Equipment 114-117
Class Organization and Activity 45-46
Committees of Faculty 10-11
Condition Examinations 28
Convocation Lecturers 13
Co-operative Plan 19-24
Correlation of Theory and Practice 21
Earnings 22
Faculty Co-ordinators 19
How It Works 19
Location of Work 22
Placement at Work 19-20
Positions Available 22
Records of Co-operative Work 21
Reports 21
Supervision and Guidance 20
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 135
Training Schedules 23-24
Types of Co-operative Work 22-23
Corporation Frontispiece
Counselors 52
Courses of Instruction 109-113
Dean's List 29
Debating Society 44
Degrees 74
Deposits, Laboratory 25
Design and Drafting Rooms 37
Diesel Option 63-72
Discipline 29-30
Dormitories 31
Dramatic Club 44
Drawing 96-97
East Building 36
Economics 97
Elective Liberal Courses 104-107
Electrical Engineering 73-81
Electrical Engineering Laboratory Equipment 121-125
Engineering Conference 98
Engineering Equipment 114-133
Engineering Societies 43
English 97-98
Entrance Examinations in Boston 51
Entrance Requirements 49-53
Equipment, Laboratory 114-133
Examinations 28
Executive Council 6
Expenses 27
Faculty 6-10
Faculty Committees 10-1 1
Fees 25-26
Fraternities 42
Freshman Orientation Period 52
General Library and Materials Fee 25
General Information 25-31
General Statement 15-17
Geology 98-99
Grades 28-29
Graduate Assistants 10
Graduation Fee 26
Graduation with Honors 54
Graduation Requirements 54
Gymnasium 36
Handbook 41
Honor Societies 41-42
Housing Regulations 31
Industrial Chemistry Laboratory 1 26-1 27
Industrial Engineering 86-92
Industrial Engineering Equipment 127
Instructional Staff 7-9
Instructors 9-10
Inter-Fraternity Council 42
International Relations Club. 43
Laboratory Deposits and Fees 25
Laboratory Equipment 1 14-133
Lecture Assembly Halls 37
Libraries 38
List of Courses Offered 109-113
136 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Location of University 32
Map of Vicinity 34-35
Marks 28
Mass Meeting 40
Mathematics 99-101
Mathematics Society 45
Mechanical Engineering 63-72
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory .Equipment 117-121
Musical Clubs 45
Natatorium 36
National Engineering Societies 43
"Northeastern News" 40-41
Northeastern Student Union 46
Northeastern University Alumni Association 47-48
Orientation Period, Freshman 52
Part Time Work 28
Payments 26
Personal Interview 50
Physical Education 103
Physical Examination 52
Physical Training Equipment 37
Physics 101-103
Physics Laboratories Equipment 132-133
Plan of Co-operation 19-24
Professional Societies and Clubs 42-45
Professors 7-8
Programs of Study 55-113
Provisional Acceptance 51
Public Speaking Contest 46
Radio Club 44
Refunds 27
Registration 51
Religious Activities 46
Report Cards 29
Requirements for Admission 49-53
Requirements for Graduation 54
Residence ' 31
Rifle Club 44
Scholarships 53
Scholastic Year for Seniors 30
Secretarial Staff 11-12
Senate 41
Sociology 104
South Building 33-36
Statistical Summary 18
Student Activities 39-47
Student Activities Fees 25
Student Council 41
Student Union 46
Subjects for Entrance 49
Subjects of Instruction 109-1 13
Supplies 27-28
Tennis Club 40
Thesis 54, 107-108
Transportation 32
Tuition 25
Visual Education 133
West Building 32-33
Yearbook 41
OFFICE HOURS
DEPARTMENT OR ADMISSIONS
9 a.m. ro 4 p.m. daily
Saturday 12.00 n'n
Wednesday Evenings by
Appointment
Northeastern University
College of Engineering
Paste a Small
Photo or
Snapshot
in This Space
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
(A non-returnable fee of five dollars must accompany this appli-
cation. Make checks, money orders, or drafts payable to
Northeastern University)
Boston, Mass J9
To Director of Admissions:
I (Name in full)
hereby respectfully apply for admission to the
□ Civil □ Mechanical □ Electrical
□ Chemical □ Industrial
Engineering Curriculum of the College of Engineering for the school
period beginning jq
NOTE: The applicant should fill out the following form (both tide.) with care.
^^dence StTm
Town or City
S^te Tei
Date of Birth Age
Place of Birth
Race Religion Nationality
Graduate of High School, Year
Location of High School
Name of Principal
Other high schools you have attended
Names of Principals
If not a graduate, state the years of attendance and why you left
Father's, Mother's, or Guardian's Name.
Address
Father's work, business or profession
Names and addresses of two other persons, to whom we may direct
quiries concerning you.
in-
(over)
Weight Height. .
Have you any physical infirmities? Explain, if any ,
Defects of speech
Defects of hearing ,
Defects of sight ,
Bodily infirmities
Is your general health good, fair, or poor? ,
Have you done collegiate work elsewhere? ,
If so, name and address of college or university ,
Name of person who will furnish transcript of your college record .
Do you expect advance credit for past collegiate work? .
List all athletics and other extra curricula high school activities you
have engaged in
Names and addresses of all past employers with brief description of
each job, length of employment, and wages received:
Date
Milton ]. Schlagenhauf, Director of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Mass.
Dear Sir:
Please send me additional information on the following points:
Name
Street and Number.
Town or City
State
3
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
College of Liberal Arts
Offers a broad program of college subjects serving as a foundation for the
understanding of modern culture, social relations, and technical achievement.
Varied opportunities available for vocational specialization. Degree: Bachelor
of Science or Bachelor of Arts.
College of Engineering
Offers curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Conditioning, and
Aeronautical options), Electrical, Chemical, Industrial Engineering, and Engi-
neering Administration. Class room study is supplemented by experiment and
research in well-equipped laboratories. Degree: Bachelor of Science in the
professional field of specialization.
College of Business Administration
Offers six curricula: Accounting, Banking and Finance, Marketing and
Advertising, Industrial Administration, Journalism, and Public Administration.
Each curriculum represents in itself a broad survey of business technique,
differing from the others chiefly in emphasis. Degree: Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration.
School of Law
Offers day and evening undergraduate programs admitting those who present
a minimum of two years of college work, each program leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Laws. Also graduate program in the evening leading to the
degree of Master of Laws. Co-educational.
School of Business
Offers curricula through evening classes in Accounting, Management — with
Industrial and Merchandising majors, Law and Business Management, and
Engineering and Management leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration in specified fields or the Bachelor of Commercial Science in Law
and Business Management. Preparation for C.P.A. Examinations. Shorter
programs may be arranged. Co-educational.
Evening Division of the College of Liberal Arts
Offers a three-year evening program equivalent in hours to one-half of the
requirement for the A. B. or B. S. degree. Provides general education and
preparation for admission to the School of Law. Associate in Arts title con-
ferred. Co-educational.
The Colleges of Liberal Arts, Engineering, and Business Administration offer
day programs for men only and are conducted on the co-operative plan. After
the freshman year students may alternate their periods of study with periods of
work in the employ of business or industrial concerns at ten-week intervals.
Under this plan they gain valuable experience and earn a large part of their
college expenses.
In addition to the above schools the University has affiliated with it and
conducts: the Lincoln Technical Institute offering, through evening classes,
courses of college grade in various fields of engineering leading to the title of
Associate in Engineering; and the Lincoln Preparatory School, an accredited
evening school preparing for college entrance and offering other standard high
school programs.
For further information regarding any of the above schools, address
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Law School Other Schools
47 Mt. Vernon Street 360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts
Telephone: KENmore 5800
Northeastern Universu
Day Division
College oi
•usiNESS Administration
19404941
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
January, 1040
Northeastern University
DAY DIVISION
COLLEGE OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Conducted on the Co-operative Plan
Catalogue for 1940-1941
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pages
The Corporation Frontispiece
Calendar for the College Year 1940-1941 2-5
Administrative and Instructional Staff 6-12
Purpose of Northeastern University 13-16
Co-operative Plan of Education 17-22
General Information 23-29
Buildings and Facilities 30-36
Student Activities 37-46
Aims and Methods of the College 47-50
Admission Requirements 51-55
Graduation Requirements 5.6
Curricula and Courses of Instruction .■ 57-94
Index 95-97
Freshman Calendar, 1940-1941
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T
W T
F
s
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
1
8
9
IO 11 12
13
14
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
15
16
17 18 19
20
21
9
39
11
12 13
14
15
22
23
24 25 26
27
28
16
17
18
19 29
21
22
29
30
23
30
24
31
25
26 27
28
29
OCTOBER
APRIL
s
M
T W T
F
s
8
M
T
W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
1
2 3
4
5
6
7
8 9 IO
11
12
6
7
8
9 19
11
12
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
13
14
15
16 17
18
19
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
20
21
22
23 24
25
26
27
28
29 30 31
NOVEMBER
27
28
29
39
MAY
8
M
T W T
F
1
8
2
8
M
T
W T
1
F
2
8
3
3
4
5 6 7
8
9
4
5
6
7 8
9
19
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
17
18
19 20 21
22
23
18
19
29
21 22
23
24
24
25
26 27 28
29
30
25
26
27
28 29
JUNE
30
31
DECEMBER
8
M
T
W T
F
s
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
3
4 5
6
7
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
8
9
IO 11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19
20
21
15
16
17 18 19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26
27
28
22
23
24 25 26
27
28
29
30
29
30
31
JULY
JANUARY
8
M
T
W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
s
1
2 3
4
5
1 2
3
4
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
5
6
7 8 9
IO
11
13
14
15
16 17
18
19
12
13
14 15 16
17
18
20
21
22
23 24
25
26
19
20
21 22 23
24
25
27
28
29
30 31
26
27
28 29 30
31
AUC
FEBRUARY
8
M
T
W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
1
3
4
5
6 7
8
9
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
10
11
12
13 14
15
16
9
IO
11 12 13
14
15
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
16
IT
18 19 20
21
22
24
25
26
27 28
29
30
23
24
25 26 27
28
31
Days on which college exercises are held are indicated thus: JL » <*» O.
Sundays, holidays, and vacations are indicated thus: li 2> 3-
Upperclass Calendar, 1940-1941
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
s
M
T W T
F
s
8
M
T W T
F
8
®
©
© ® ©
©
©
1
©
9
10 11 12
13
14
©
3
4 5 6
7
8
©
16
17 18 19
20
21
©
10
11 12 13
14
15
©
23
24 25 26
27
28
©
17
18 19 20
21
22
©
30
OCTOBER
©
©
24
31
25 26 27
APRIL
28
29
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
12 3
4
5
12 3
4
5
©
7
8 9 10
11
©
©
7
8 9 IO
11
12
©
14
15 16 17
18
19
©
14
15 16 17
18
19
@
21
22 23 24
25
26
©
21
22 23 24
25
26
©
28
29 30 31
©
28
29 30
MAY
NOVEMBER
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
1
2
3
1
2
©
5
6 7 8
9
IO
®
4
5 6 7
8
9
©
12
13 14 15
16
17
©
11
12 13 14
15
16
©
19
20 21 22
23
24
©
18
19 20 21
22
23
©
26
27 28 29
©
31
@
25
26 2T © 2
30
JUNE
DECEMBER
8
M
T W T
F
8
S
M
T W T
F
8
©
2
3 4 5
6
7
®
2
3 4 5
6
7
©
9
IO 11 12
13
14
©
9
IO 11 12
13
14
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
16
17 18 19
2©
21
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
23
24 © 20
27
28
©
©
©
30
31
JULY
JANUARY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
© © ©
©
©
® 2
3
4
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
6
7 8 9
IO
11
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
13
14 15 16
17
18
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
20
21 22 23
24
25
©
©
@ © ©
©
27
28 29 30
31
AUGUST
FEBRUARY
8
M
T W T
F
8
8
M
T W T
F
8
©
©
1
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
3
4 5 6
7
8
©
©
© © ©
©
©
©
10
11 12 13
14
15
©
©
© @ ®
©
©
©
17
18 19 20
21
©
@
©
@ @ @
©
©
©
24
25 26 27
28
©
Days on which Division A students ate in college are indicated thus: 1, 2> 3-
Days on which Division B students are in college are indicated thus: 1> <*» «*•
Sundays, holidays, and summer periods are indicated thus: ®, (2)i ©•
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Calendar for the College Year, 1940-1941
1940
August 28 Wednesday. Entrance condition examinations.
September 2 Monday. Labor Day. (College exercises omitted.)
September 5 Thursday. Registration and opening of college for
freshmen. Students failing to register promptly on
September 5 will be charged a late registration fee
of five dollars ($5).
September 9 Monday. Opening of college for Division A upper-
classmen. Co-operative work period begins for
Division B upperclassmen.
i
October 12 Saturday. Columbus Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
November 18 Monday. Opening of college for Division B upper-
classmen. Co-operative work period begins for
Division A upperclassmen.
November 27 Wednesday. College exercises omitted after 1:00
p.m.
November 28 Thursday. Thanksgiving Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
December 24 Tuesday. College exercises omitted after 1:00 p.m.
December 25 Wednesday. Christmas Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
December 23 .
Tanuary 4 ' Vacation tor freshmen.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
1941
January 1 Wednesday. New Year's Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
January 27 Monday. Second semester begins for freshmen
and Division A upperclassmen. Co-operative
work period begins for Division B upperclassmen.
February 22 Saturday. Washington's Birthday. (College exer-
cises omitted.)
April 5 Saturday. College year ends for Division A upper-
classmen.
April 7 Monday. Second semester begins for Division B
upperclassmen. Co-operative work period begins
for Division A upperclassmen.
May 24 Saturday. College year ends for freshmen.
May 30 Friday. Memorial Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
June 14 Saturday. College year ends for Division B upper-
classmen.
June 15 Sunday. Baccalaureate Sermon.
June 16 Monday. Commencement.
June 17 Tuesday. Bunker Hill Day. (College exercises
omitted.)
July 4 Friday. Independence Day. (College exer-
cises omitted.)
September 1 Monday. Labor Day. (College exercises omitted.)
September 4 Thursday. Registration and opening of college for
freshmen. Students failing to register promptly
on September 5 will be charged a late registration
fee of five dollars ($5).
September 8 Monday. Opening of college year 1941-1942.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
faculty
The Executive Council
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D. President of the University
Office 186 West Building Res. 21 Beaumont Ave., Newtonville
Frank Palmer Speare, M.H., LL.D. President Emeritus
Res. 90 Commonwealth Ave., Boston
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D. Vice-President of the University
Office 138 West Building Res. 48 Long Ave., Belmont
Galen David Light, A.B. Secretary-Treasurer of the University
Office 115 West Building Res. 3 Preble Gardens Rd., Belmont
Administrative Officers
Asa Smallidge Knowles, A.B., M.A.
Dean of the College of Business Administration
Office 352 East Building Res. 41 Louise Rd., Belmont
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A. Dean of Students
Office 256 West Building Res. 44 Houston Ave., Milton
Winthrop Eliot Nightingale, A.B., S.B., Ed.M. Director of Co-operative Work
Office 253 West Building Res. 136 Dickerman Rd., Newton Highlands
Edward Snow Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Student Activities
Office 355 West Building Res. 19 Hardy Ave., Watertown
John Butler Pugsley, A.B. Registrar
Office 254 West Building Res. 23 Hardy Ave., Watertown
Milton John Schlagenhauf, A.B., B.D., M.A. Director of Admissions
Office 150 West Building Res. 96 Blakely Rd., Medford
Telephone: Mystic 6148-M
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M. Executive Secretary
Office 153 West Building Res. 30 Summit Rd., Wellesley
Administrative Staff
William Thomas Cloney, Jr., A.B. Director of the Publicity Bureau
Office 354 West Building Res. 30 Lantern Lane, Milton
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A. Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work
Office 253 West Building Res. 4 Crown St., Auburndale
George Raymond Fennell, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Director of Admissions
Offices 150 West Building and Res. 42 Fremont Ave., Everett
350 East Building Telephone: Everett 1172-W
Mary B. Foor Manager of Bookstore
Office 41 West Building Res. 32 Milton Rd., Brookline
Charles William Ha vice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D.
Executive Secretary, Northeastern Student Union
Office 357 West Building Res. 83 Franklin St., South Braintree
Henry Arthur Kontoff, M.D. College Physician
Office 479 Beacon St., Boston Res. Overlook Park, Newton Centre
Donald Hershey MacKenzie, S.B., Ed.M.
Assistant to the Director of Student Activities
Office 355 West Building Res. 178 Harriet Ave., Quincy
Rudolf Oscar Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Alumni Secretary
Office 253 West Building Res. 37 Walker St., Atlantic
John Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Purchasing Agent
Office 117 West Building Res. 101 Goden St., Belmont
Myra Edna White Librarian
Library, East Building Res. 118 Hemenway St., Boston
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
instructing Staff
Professors
Robert Bruce, B.C.S., M.C.S. Professor of Accounting
Office 100 South Building Res. 53 Harley Ave., Everett
Alfred D'Alessandro, B.C.S., LL.B., C.P.A., M.B.A. Professor of Accounting
Office 350 East Building Res. 46 Radcliffe Rd., Belmont
Stanley Goddard Estes, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Psychology
Office 256 West Building Res. 60 Pinckney St., Boston
Charles William Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D. Professor of Sociology
Office 357 West Building Res. 83 Franklin St., South Braintree
Julian Ernest Jackson, A.B., LL.B., M.B.A.
Professor of Business Law and Management
Office 350 East Building Res. 187 Woodcliff Rd., Newton Highlands
Asa Smallidge Knowles, A.B., M.A. Professor of Industrial Administration
Office 352 East Building Res. 41 Louise Rd., Belmont
Wilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Economics
Office 452 East Building Res. 69 Columbus St., Newton Highlands
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A. Professor of English
Office 256 West Building Res. 44 Houston Ave., Milton
Associate Professors
Roger Stanton Hamilton, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Economics
Office 363 East Building Res. 1367 Walnut St., Newton Highlands
Frederick William Holmes, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of English
Office 453 East Building Res. 258 Whiting Ave., East Dedham
Norris Whitfield Potter, Jr., A.B., M.A.
Associate Professor of History and Government
Office 363 East Building Res. 34 Medfield St., Boston
Assistant Professors
William Thurlow Alexander, S.B., M.A.
Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering
Office 100 South Building Res. 22 West Highland Ave., Melrose Hlds.
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 4 Crown St., Auburndale
George Raymond Fennell, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Marketing
Offices 150 West Building and Res. 42 Fremont Ave., Everett
350 East Building
Everett Carter Marston, A.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of English
Office 453 East Building Res. 40 Hereward Rd., Newton Centre
Rudolf Oscar Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 37 Walker St., Atlantic
Gerald Russell Tatton, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
Office 355 West Building Res. 61 Almont St., Medford
Robert Douglas Thomson, S.B. Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering
Office 352 East Building Res. 411 Broadway, Lynn
John Wills Tuthill, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Banking and Finance
Office 350 East Building Res. 1A Gibson Terrace, Cambridge
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Instructors
Sidney Ralph Bloomfield, S.B. Instructor in Accounting
Office 350 East Building Res. 19 Coral Ave., Winthrop
Reginald Lawrence Capon, S.B., M.A. Instructor in English
Office 453 East Building Res. 58 Channing Rd., Newton Centre
William Thomas Cloney, Jr., A.B. Instructor in English
Office 354 West Building Res. 30 Lantern Lane, Milton
Henry Martin Cruickshank, S.B., M.B.A. Instructor in Industrial Engineering
Office 350 East Building Res. 338 Commonwealth Ave., Boston
James William Dunn, A.B.
Instructor in Physical Education and Head Coach of Football and Basketball
Office 355 West Building Res. 12 Mason Rd., Watertown
Herbert Wendell Gallagher, S.B. Head Coach of Hockey and Baseball
Office 355 West Building Res. 164 Cabot St., Newton
William Hultgren Instructor in Physical Education
Gymnasium Office, East Building Res. 80 Woodside Rd., Winchester
Thomas Bryan Larson, A.B., M.A. Instructor in History and Government
Office 363 East Building Res. 35 Goodrich Rd., Jamaica Plain
Robert Everett Laveaga, B.P.Ed., Ed.M. Instructor in Physical Education
Gymnasium Office, East Building Res. 91 Cross St., Belmont
Ellis Merton Purinton Instructor in Co-ordination
Office 253 West Building Res. 7 Clark Ave., Beverly
Paul Everett Reynolds, A.B., Ph.D. Instructor in English
Office 453 East Building Res. 15 Linden St., Framingham
Graduate Assistants
Joseph Golemme, S.B.
Graduate Assistant in the Office of the Dean, College of Business Administration
Office 352 East Building Res. 22 Whiting St., Hanover
Lyman Albert Keith, S.B. Graduate Assistant in Business Administration
Office 351 East Building Res. 339 Lakeside Drive, Bridgewater
Harold Thomas Regan, S.B. Graduate Assistant in Economics
Office 452 East Building Res. 84 Pemberton St., Cambridge
Maxwell Rosnov Research Associate
Res. 6 Evelyn St., Mattapan
Faculty Committees
1. General
Carl S. Ell, Chairman
Asa S. Knowles Edward S. Parsons
Wilfred S. Lake John B. Pugsley
Harold W. Melvin Milton J. Schlagenhauf
Winthrop E. Nightingale William C. White
2. Executive
Harold W. Melvin, Chairman Edward S. Parsons
Asa S. Knowles Winthrop E. Nightingale
Wilfred S. Lake John B. Pugsley
3. Student Activities
Edward S. Parsons, Chairman Donald H. MacKenzie
Roger S. Hamilton Joseph Spear
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
4. Board of Editors and Advisory Committee of
the Bureau of Business Research
Asa S. Knowles, Director Roger S. Hamilton
George R. Fennell, Chairman Julian E. Jackson
Alfred D'Alessandro John W. Tuthill
Office and Secretarial Staff
Florence Elsie Avellar 70 Fenway, Boston
Secretary to the Treasurer of the University — 1 16W
Mabel Ellen Bean 61 Quint Ave., Allston
Secretary to the Purchasing Agent — 1 1 7W
Marjorie Elizabeth Bunker 38 Lakewood Rd., Newton Hlds.
Publicity Office— 352W
Mary C. Combellack 11 Park Drive, Boston
University Press, South Building
Constance Adelia Conant 22 Chatham Street, Cambridge
General Offices of the University — 115 W
Helen Muir Coolbroth 11 Windsor Rd., West Somerville
University Press, South Building
Virginia Cushing Darling 23 Brimmer St., Boston
General Offices of the University — 115W
Myrtle Corkish Donohue 24 Peterborough St., Boston
Secretary to the Dean of College of Business Administration — 352E
Thelma Gertrude Dunn 30 Freeman Place, Needham
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office — 115(A)W
Daisy Milne Everett 1095 Highland Avenue, Needham Heights
Assistant Treasurer — 115(A)W
Ruth Phillips Fiott 173 Marianna St., East Lynn
Admissions Office— 15 1W
Mildred Curtis Garfield 2142 Commonwealth Ave., Auburndale
Secretary to the President — 152W
Edna Jane Garrabrant 8 Maynard St., Arlington
Secretary to the Director of Co-operative Work — 253W
Elsie Hinckley Hunt 100 Linden St., Allston
Secretary to the Director of Admissions — 1 50W
Helen Louise Kolderup 14 Holden Rd., Belmont
Cashier, Treasurer's Office — 115W
Florence Maskell 42 Brush Hill Rd., Milton
Co-operative Work Office— 253W
Dorothy Brett Mason 15 Wenham St., Jamaica Plain
Registrar's Office — 254W
Dorothy Milne Murray 204 Fair Oak Park, Needham
Secretary to the Director of Student Activities — 355W
Alyce Ann Nichols 507 Chestnut Street, Needham
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office — 115W
Myrl Alberta Orcutt 99 Hemingway St., Winchester
Admissions Office— 15 1W
Caroline Frances Pettingell 1654 Massachusetts Ave., Cambridge
Bookkeeper, Registrar's Office — 254W
Marjorie Graffte Prout 1179 Boylston St., Boston
Office of the President— 15 2W
Madelyn Edythe Ralph 11 Coolidge Rd., East Lynn
Secretary to the Executive Secretary — 153W
Gretchen Douglass Randall 48 Milk St., Newburyport
Registrar's Office— 254W
Jessie Paine Rhodes 2 Perkins Sq., Jamaica Plain
Secretary to the Registrar — 254W
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
PRISCwfr^oRtKe Dean of Students-256W
Ruby Kathleen Sweetland
Student Activities Office— 355 W
Mary Dixon Turner
Student Union Office— 357 W
Grace Liscom Watkins ,.
Assent Librarian-Library, East Building
Margaret Mary Weir
Admissions Office— 1 5 1 W
C™TZsZTLibrarian-Library, East Building
Louise Worthen
Admissions Office— 150W
69 Pelham St., Newton Ctr.
139 College Ave., Somerville
4 Hamilton Rd., Waltham
163 Forest St., Melrose
76 Glendale St., Dorchester
41 Stewart St., Quincy
82 Thorndike St., Brookline
127 Youle St., Melrose
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 11
Convocation Lecturers
THORNTON W. BURGESS
Author
"Learning from the Wild"
J. ANTON DE HAAS
Professor of International Relationships, Harvard University
"Where Do We Go From Here?"
LLOYD C. DOUGLAS
Author, Lecturer
"Experiences of an Author"
H. V. KALTENBORN
Author, News Commentator
"Kaltenborn Edits the News"
JAMES M. LANDIS
Dean, Harvard University Law School
"The Securities and Exchange Commission"
HENRY CABOT LODGE, JR.
United States Senator from Massachusetts
"The National Outlook"
HARRY A. OVERSTREET
Head, Department of Philosophy and Psychology
College of the City of New York
"Ten Ways to Reach Wrong Conclusions"
G. BROMLEY OXNAM
Bishop, Methodist Episcopal Church
"A Date with the World"
J. EDGAR PARK
President, Wheaton College
"The Secret of Success"
JAMES H. POWERS
Of the Boston Globe Editorial Staff
"The Engineer in the New World"
HARLOW SHAPLEY
Astronomer, Lecturer
"What Makes the Stars Shine"
RALPH W. SOCKMAN
Minister, Christ Church, New York City
"The New Patriotism"
ALLEN A. STOCKDALE
Editor, Clergyman, Lecturer
"The Future of America"
MAURICE J. TOBIN
Mayor of Boston
"City Government"
EDWARD A. WEEKS, JR.
Editor, The Atlantic Monthly
"An Editor Faces an Angry World"
12 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Chapel "Treachers
DR. CHARLES N. ARBUCKLE
Minister, First Baptist Church, Newton
DR. RICHARD H. BENNETT
Minister, Payson Park Church, Belmont
DR. EDWIN PRINCE BOOTH
Professor of Church History, Boston University School of Theology
REVEREND ROBERT WOOD COE
Minister, Leyden Congregational Church, Brookline
DR. FRANK E. DUDDY
Minister, North Congregational Church, Cambridge
RABBI LOUIS M. EPSTEIN
Rabbi, Temple Kehillath Israel
DR. NEWTON C. FETTER
Minister to Baptist Students in Greater Boston
DR. C. LESLIE GLENN
Minister, Christ Church, Cambridge
REVEREND WILLIAM H. GYSAN
Minister to Unitarian Students in Greater Boston
DR. CHARLES W. HAVICE
Executive Secretary, Northeastern Student Union
DR. ARTHUR L. KINSOLVING
Minister, Trinity Church, Boston
REVEREND CARL H. KOPF
Minister, Mount Vernon Church, Boston
DR. ASHLEY D. LEAVITT
Minister, Harvard Congregational Church, Brookline
DR. ELMER A. LESLIE
Professor of Hebrew and Old Testament Literature, Boston University
DR. BOYNTON MERRILL
Minister, Second Church, Newton
REVEREND SAMUEL H. MILLER
Minister, Old Cambridge Baptist Church, Cambridge
DR. PHILLIPS E. OSGOOD
Minister, Emmanuel Church, Boston
FATHER THOMAS R. REYNOLDS
Priest, St. Matthew's Church, Dorchester
THE RT. REVEREND HENRY KNOX SHERRILL
Bishop, Episcopal Church
DR. FRANCIS L. STRICKLAND
Professor of the History and Psychology of Religion, Boston University
DR. G. CAMPBELL WADSWORTH
Minister, Church of the Covenant, Boston
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 13
^Southeastern University
General Statement
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY is incorporated as a philan-
thropic institution under the General Laws of Massachu-
setts. The State Legislature, by special enactment, has given
the University general degree granting powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men
who occupy responsible positions in business and the professions.
This Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees
in whom the control of the institution is vested. The Board of
Trustees has four standing committees: (a) an Executive Commit-
tee which serves as an Ad Interim Committee between the regular
meetings of the Board of Trustees and has general supervision of
the financial and educational policies of the University; (b) a
Committee on Housing which has general supervision over the
buildings and equipment of the University; (c) a Committee on
Funds and Investments which has the responsibility of administer-
ing the funds of the University; (d) a Development Committee
which is concerned with furthering the development plans of the
University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from the outset, had
as its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs
and the meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly service-
able ways. While subscribing to the most progressive educational
thought and practice, the University has not duplicated the pro-
grams of other institutions but has sought "to bring education
more directly into the service of human needs."
With respect to program, Northeastern has limited itself:
— To offering, in its several schools, basic curricula from which
non-essentials have been eliminated;
— To effective teaching;
— To advising and guiding students;
— To giving students the chance to build well-rounded personalities
through a balanced program of extra-curricular activities.
The Northeastern Plan of Education is especially designed for
the student who must earn while he learns. In the main, it con-
sists of two definite types of education.
— Co-operative Education by Day,
— Adult Education by Night.
The plan has been developed in such a way that experience in
jobs with pay is utilized to help boys of limited financial resources
secure an education and at the same time gain the maximum
educational benefit from their practical experience. So far as the
14 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
New England States are concerned, Northeastern University is
the only institution whose day colleges, other than the School of
Law, are conducted under the Co-operative Plan.
The several schools and programs of the University are operated
either under the name "Northeastern University" or by its
affiliated schools — the Lincoln Schools and The Huntington
Day School for Boys. The following is a brief outline of the
principal types of educational opportunities offered.
1. In the field of Co-operative Education there are three day
colleges — the College of Liberal Arts, the College of
Engineering, and the College of Business Administration.
All of these colleges offer five-year curricula. The College
of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the arts
and the sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science. The College of Engineering, one
of the largest engineering colleges in the United States, has
curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Condi-
tioning, and Aeronautical options), Electrical, Chemical,
and Industrial Engineering. The College of Business
Administration has curricula in Accounting, Banking and
Finance, Marketing and Advertising, Journalism, Public
Administration, and Industrial Administration. The
College of Engineering and the College of Business Admin-
istration confer the degree of Bachelor of Science with
specification indicating the field of specialization. The
Co-operative Plan under which all of these day colleges
operate enables the student to alternate regular periods of
classroom instruction with supervised employment in an
industrial or commercial position, thus combining theory
and practice in an exceedingly effective manner. Apart
from the educational advantages of the Co-operative Plan
is the opportunity for self-support while the student is
pursuing his studies at Northeastern University. During
the co-operative periods, students not only gain experience
but are also paid for their services. Approximately three
hundred business and industrial concerns co-operate with
Northeastern University in making this program effective.
2. The School of Law conducts both a day and an evening
undergraduate program which prepares for admission to
the bar and for the practice of the law and leads to the
degree of Bachelor of Laws. It also conducts a graduate
program in the evening leading to the degree of Master
of Laws.
3. The Adult Education Program has been developed in the
evening work of the School of Law as indicated above, in
the School of Business, and in the Evening Division of the
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 15
College of Liberal Arts. The School of Business has
curricula in Management — with Industrial and Merchan-
dising majors, Accounting, Law and Business Management,
and Engineering and Management. The School awards
the Bachelor of Business Administration degree with
specification and the Bachelor of Commercial Science
degree in Law and Business Management. The Evening
Division of the College of Liberal Arts offers an evening
program the equivalent in hours to one-half of the re-
quirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree, providing a general
education and preparation for admission to the School of
Law. The title of Associate in Arts is conferred upon
those who complete this program.
In order that larger groups of men and women might be
served through its evening schools, Northeastern Univer-
sity operates divisions of the School of Law and the School
of Business in co-operation with the Young Men's Chris-
tian Association in Worcester and Springfield and of the
School of Business in co-operation with the Providence
Young Men's Christian Association. With the establish-
ment of the divisions thorough-going methods of super-
vision were instituted and have been consistently followed
and improved, with the result that the divisional work is
conducted upon a highly efficient basis.
The Adult Education Program has also been developed
through the Lincoln Schools, which are affiliated with and
conducted by Northeastern University. The classes in
these schools are held at convenient evening hours. The
Lincoln Technical Institute offers curricula upon a college
level in various phases of engineering leading to the title
of Associate in Engineering; whereas the Lincoln Prepara-
tory School, accredited by the New England College
Entrance Certificate Board, prepares students for ad-
mission to college and offers other standard high school
programs.
The Huntington Day School for Boys, also affiliated with
and conducted by Northeastern University, is the out-
growth of a demand in the city of Boston for an urban
preparatory school with high educational standards which
would furnish thorough preparation for admission to the
leading colleges and universities. While easily accessible
to the various sections of Boston and to the suburbs, it
has the facilities of a country day school and offers a
country day school program. This School is one of the
leading preparatory schools of the country.
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
II.
III.
V^lprtheastern University and
^Affiliated Schools
Statistical Summary
1938-1939
Administrative
Officers and
Faculty
Students
General Administration
8
Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
|
College of Engineering
103
2112
College of Business Administration
School of Law
50*
1461*
School of Business
105*
1550*
Evening Division, College of
Liberal Arts
A**
33**
Schools affiliated with and conducted by
Northeastern University
Lincoln Technical Institute
38
532
Lincoln Preparatory School t
19
437
Huntington Day School for Boys
Regular Term
16
171
Summer Term
10
146
Total
353
6442
Less Duplicates
42
403
311 6039
"These figures include the administrative officers, faculties, and students
of the Divisions of the University in Worcester, Springfield, and Provi-
dence.
**The Evening Division of the College of Liberal Arts admitted stu-
dents for the first time in September 1938.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 17
c&he Co-operative (Tlaru
How It Works
THE co-operative plan works in the following manner. Upper-
classmen are divided into two nearly equal groups, one of
which is called Division A and the other Division B. Each
man is assigned a job with some business or industrial concern.
So far as possible each man in one Division is paired with a man
in the other Division, so that the two, by taking turns, may occupy
one job throughout the entire year. In September the Division A
student returns to the University for ten weeks of classroom work.
At the end of that time he goes out to work ten weeks with a co-
operating firm. His place at the University is then taken by his
alternate, the corresponding Division B student. When ten weeks
more have passed, the Division A man returns to college, and the
Division B man returns to the co-operative job. The alternation
of work and classroom study continues throughout the year so
that an upperclassman has annually twenty weeks at college,
twenty-six weeks at co-operative work, and six weeks of vacation.
Faculty Co-ordinators
Students are assigned to a co-ordinator, who interviews them
periodically during their freshman year for the purpose, of de-
termining their background, abilities, temperaments, and apti-
tudes. During these interviews the co-ordinator discusses various
fields of activity and answers such questions as the students may
have in regard to the many phases of business and industry.
Each student is studied in the light of his physical condition,
scholastic ability, and other factors affecting his probable success
in vocational life. These interviews culminate in an agreement
between the student and his co-ordinator regarding the field of
co-operative work in which the student is to be placed. During
his upperclass years the student continues to have frequent con-
ferences with his co-ordinator regarding vocational adjustments
and personal problems. In this way the progress of every student
is observed and co-ordinated with his college work to the end
that he may obtain maximum values from his training at North-
eastern.
Placement
The co-ordinator visits co-operative firms and arranges with
them for the employment of the students under his charge. The
range of opportunities available to Northeastern students is wide,
18 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
including practically all phases of industrial life. As a general
rule, sophomores are placed upon routine and laborious jobs
through which they may prove their fitness for more responsible
work. The jobs upon which Northeastern students are employed
are in no sense protected opportunities. They are regular jobs
under actual business conditions and are held in competition with
other sources of supply. The only special privilege accorded
Northeastern students is that of attending college on the co-
operative plan. The University expects every student to stand
on his own feet while he is on co-operative work, and advance-
ment to the more responsible jobs is based entirely upon merit.
Supervision and Guidance
While the University does not adopt a paternal attitude toward
co-operative work, it nevertheless assumes certain responsibilities
toward students and co-operating firms. Co-ordinators visit each
job in order that the employer may report upon the student's
achievement and that necessary adjustments may be made. Co-
ordinators supervise the assignment of students to various jobs
and in conjunction with employers arrange for promotions and
training schedules. Problems that arise on co-operative work are
adjusted by common agreement of co-ordinator, student, and em-
ployer. In the event of special difficulties or dissatisfaction, the
case may be adjusted by the Committee on Co-operative work,
which comprises several members of the faculty.
Through a series of co-operative work reports prepared during
their working periods, students are led to analyze their jobs and to
develop a thoughtful and investigative attitude toward their
working environment. A most important phase of co-operative
work is the opportunity afforded for guidance by the frank dis-
cussion of actual problems encountered on the job. The intimate
contact between co-ordinator and student is of great worth in
helping the student to get the most value from each co-operative
work assignment. While the University endeavors to provide
every possible opportunity for its students, it expects them at the
same time to take the initiative and to assume the responsibility
involved in their individual development. To every student are
available the counsel and guidance of the faculty, and every
resource at its disposal. But the faculty does not coerce students
who are uninterested or unwilling to think for themselves.
The co-operative plan is thus designed specifically to provide
actual working conditions which shall afford the student practical
experience, give meaning to his program of study, and train him
n reliability, efficiency, and team work.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 19
Correlation of Theory and Practice
Co-operating companies employ the students in the various
departments of their establishments. The training is thorough.
To derive the greatest value from his co-operative work the student
is advised to continue in the employ of his co-operating firm for
at least one year after graduation, since certain types of work which
would afford him valuable experience cannot be made available
to him while he is alternating between work and study. Statistics
compiled over a period of many years show that on the average
about fifty per cent of each graduating class do remain with their
co-operating employers after graduation.
Co-operative Work Reports
The values to be derived from the practical experiences are
further enhanced by required report writing. These co-operative
work reports are written during the working periods by all co-
operative students. A complete job analysis is required as the
first report written on any new co-operative work assignment.
Subjects of other reports are selected by the student after con-
ference with his Co-ordinator of Co-operative Work, by whom
they must be approved. The reports are designed to encourage
observation and investigation on the part of the students and to
help them to appreciate more fully the extent and value of their
experience. These reports are carefully read by the Co-ordinator
and are discussed with the student during the following college
period. Exceptionally valuable results are obtained from these
reports. The value derived must necessarily be directly propor-
tional to the conscientious and intelligent concentration of effort
by the student upon this phase of the work.
Co-operative Work Records
Complete and detailed records are kept of the co-operative
work of each student. They are based upon reports made by the
employer at the end of each working period; upon occasional
personal interviews between the employer and the Co-ordinator;
and upon various evidences of the student's attitude toward all
the phases of his co-operative work. It is not possible for the
student to secure a degree unless this part of the curriculum is
completed satisfactorily. These records of practical experience
serve as a valuable future reference for the Alumni Placement
Division of the Department.
20 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Positions Available
Because of uncertainties of business conditions, as well as other
reasons beyond its control, the University cannot and does not
guarantee to place students. Although the University in no way
discriminates among students of various races and religions, con-
siderable difficulty has been experienced in placing at co-operative
work the members of certain racial groups and students who are
physically handicapped. However, past experience has demon-
strated that students who are willing and capable of adapting
themselves to existing conditions are almost never without em-
ployment except in periods of severe industrial depression.
Earnings
The rates of pay for students tend to be low because students
are given the privilege of attending college on the Co-operative
Plan and because effort is made to provide the student with the
opportunity of being transferred, at reasonable intervals, from
one department to another of the co-operating company. It
should be understood that the primary purpose of the Co-opera-
tive Plan is training.
The minimum rates of pay will be governed to a very large
extent by prevailing wages-and-hours laws. To assist the student
in budgeting his expenses, however, the following scale of wages
may be considered as minimum rates received by students in times
of normal business.
$12 per week for second year students
$14 per week for third year students
$16 per week for fourth and fifth year students
Statistical records show that the pay actually received by
students averages appreciably above these figures.
Location of Work
It is the policy of the University to assign students to co-opera-
tive work within commuting distance of their homes. This is not
always possible, however, and at times it may be necessary for
students to live away from home in order to obtain satisfactory
and desirable co-operative work assignments.
Types of Co-operative Work
Insofar as possible students are placed at co-operative work
in that general field for which they express preference, provided
that aptitude, physical ability, temperament, and other personal
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21
qualities appear to fit them for this field. Usually students are
placed first in the lower ranks of an organization where they may
learn the fundamental requirements of the business.
For example, a student interested in manufacturing might be
started as an operative on some machine in the plant. As his
progress and other conditions warranted he would be transferred
to other types of work such as shipping, inspecting, cost finding,
adjusting complaints, or bookkeeping, and so on, so that in the
course of his four years co-operative training he would have
the opportunity to acquire a substantial background in at least
some of the functions of factory administration. This progressive
type of training is more readily obtained in the employ of one
company. A change of company each year provides more a
change of environment than a progression of experiences.
Engineering firms, manufacturing companies, public utilities,
and many other types of enterprises are employing Northeastern
students. In some cases definite training schedules have been
established so as to permit the student one full year in each of
several important departments.
Typical Co-operative Training Schedules
These schedules are arranged with the basic idea of giving the
student a comprehensive training through the several different de-
partments, but must of necessity be varied in accordance with the
needs of those departments.
BOSTON & MAINE RAILROAD CO.
One Year — Erecting Shop
One Year — Machine Shop
One Year — General work in Machine Shop and Erecting Shop
One Year — Mechanical Engineer's Dept.
BOSTON EDISON COMPANY
The schedule of the Boston Edison Company is divided into the following
general classifications. Very few co-operating students obtain experience in all
branches, but students progress from year to year in the respective branches
as conditions require.
Standardizing
(a) Testing and standardizing of electrical instruments
(b) Miscellaneous standardization
(c) Repairs on electrical instruments
(d) Laboratory high voltage tests
Steam Practice
(a) Turbine, engine and boiler tests
(b) Instrument tests and repairs
(c) Miscellaneous tests
22 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Electrical Testing
(a) Testing and repairing of electrical instruments in power stations and
sub-stations
(b) Cable tests
(c) High voltage tests on apparatus and in the field
(d) Checking up construction work
(e) Miscellaneous electrical tests
Chemical Engineering
(a) Fuel analysis
(b) Miscellaneous tests and analysis of oils, water paints, and other
materials
Photography
Office Work
HUNT-SPILLER MANUFACTURING CORPORATION
One Year General laboratory and plant work, including preparation of
samples
Pyrometry
Use and care of Metallurgical apparatus
One Year Complete analysis of coal, coke, limestone, sand, iron, soil, etc.
One Year Keeping of general metallurgical records, filing, and making of
reports
One Year Analysis for combined, graphitic, and total carbon with a com-
plete knowledge of a carbon combustion apparatus
PEPPERELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY
One Year Stock Records
One Year Production Analysis
One Year Inventory Control
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 23
Qeneral ^jnformatioru
Tuition
THE tuition for all curricula in the Day Division is $250 per
year, or $125 per term. Certain fees and deposits are also
required as specified in the following paragraphs. A com-
plete statement of tuition and fee payments is given on page 26.
Students who carry academic loads of greater or less than
normal amount may pay their tuition on a semester hour basis.
General Library and Materials Fee
All students are charged a general library and materials fee of
fourteen dollars *($14) each year. This fee is payable at the time
of registration and is included in the schedule of payments on
page 26.
Student Activities Fee
Each student in the Day Division is charged a student activities
fee of sixteen dollars ($16). This fee is payable at the time of
registration and is included in the schedule of payments on page
26. This fee supports in part certain student activities, and in-
cludes membership in the Northeastern University Athletic Associa-
tion, The Northeastern Student Union and subscription to The
Northeastern News, the college paper.
The services of a physician are also available for all students
under this fee. Minor ailments are treated by the college health
officers without additional charge. If the student shows signs of
more serious illness, he is immediately advised to consult a
specialist or return to his home, where he can get further treatment.
Chemical Laboratory Deposit
(Applies only to students taking chemical laboratory work)
All students taking chemical laboratory work are required to
make a deposit from which deductions are made for breakage,
chemicals, and destruction of apparatus in the laboratory. Any
unused portion of this deposit will be returned to the student at
the end of the college year. If the charge for such breakage,
chemicals, or destruction of apparatus is more than the sum
deposited, the student will be charged the additional amount.
Freshmen make a chemical laboratory deposit of ten dollars
with their first tuition payment at the beginning of the year;
upperclassmen make a chemical laboratory deposit of ten dollars
($10) at the beginning of each term.
*This fee is twelve dollars ($12) for students who were enrolled in the Day
Division prior to January 1, 1940.
24 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Schedule of Payments for Freshmen
Date Due Amount
♦September 5, 1940 Tuition $125.00
Fees 30.00
$155.00
February 3, 1941 Tuition $125.00
Schedule of Payments for Upperclassmen
Division A
♦September 9, 1940
Tuition
Fees
Tuition
♦♦$125.00
28.00
♦January 27, 1941
$153.00
$125.00
Division B
♦November 18, 1940
Tuition
Fees
Tuition
**$ 125.00
28.00
♦April 7, 1941
$153.00
$125.00
There will be a $2.00 deferred payment fee added to all bills
which are not paid by the Saturday following the date on which
payments fall due. When further extensions of time are given
on payments which have been previously deferred, an additional
$2.00 fee will be charged for each extension.
Failure to make the required payments on time, or to arrange
for such payments, is considered sufficient cause to bar the student
from classes or suspend him from co-operative work until the
matter has been adjusted with the Director of School Adminis-
tration.
Graduation Fee
A fee often dollars ($10) covering graduation is required by the
University of all candidates for a degree. This fee must be paid
before the end of the seventh week of the second term in the
senior year.
Payments
All payments should be made at the treasurer's office. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University.
♦Students taking chemical laboratory work pay a deposit of $10.00 additional.
♦♦This tuition payment is $100 instead of $125 for all upperclassmen enrolled
in the College prior to September 1, 1938.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 25
Refunds
The University assumes the obligation of carrying the student
throughout the year. Instruction and accommodations are pro-
vided on a yearly basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except
when students are compelled to withdraw on account of personal
illness.
Expenses
The following tables, compiled from expense returns submitted
by the student body, give an idea of freshman expenditures under
ordinary conditions.
Estimated College Expenses for a Freshman
Application Fee $ 5.
Tuition 250.
General Library and Materials Fee 14.
Chemical Laboratory Deposit 10.
Student Activities Fee 16.
Books and Supplies 35.
$330.
(Engineering students should add approximately $25 for drawing
instruments and equipment.)
Estimated Living Expenses Per Week for a Freshman
Residing Away from Home
Room Rent $ 3.75
Board 7.00
Laundry 1.00
Incidentals 2.00
$13.75
The figures given above are approximate and may hot exactly
apply to any one student; however, they will be found to repre-
sent fairly well the expense of a freshman who lives comfortably
but without extravagance.
Textbooks and Supplies
The Northeastern University Bookstore, located in the Base-
ment of the West Building, is a department of the University and
is operated for the convenience of the student body. All books
and supplies which are required by the students for their work
in the University may be purchased at the Bookstore.
26 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
A Northeastern Bookstore Discount Card will be issued to
every Day Division student at the time of registration and will
entitle him to a ten per cent discount on all Day Division text-
books which he purchases for his own use while in school.
The ten per cent discount will not apply on equipment, supplies
or novelties. It will be the policy of the bookstore, however, to
stock these materials and to sell them at the lowest possible prices.
Part-Time Work
Students who find it necessary to accept part-time jobs while
attending college may obtain such work through the Director of
Co-operative Work.
No student is justified in assuming that the University will take
care of his expenses or guarantee to supply him with work suffi-
cient to meet all his needs.
A student should have available a reserve fund adequate to
provide for immediate needs and unexpected contingencies. This
should ordinarily amount to at least the first year's tuition plus
the student activity and other fees, room rent, and board for
several weeks, or a total of about $500.
Examinations
Examinations covering the work of the term are usually held
at the close of each term. Exceptions may be made in certain
courses where, in the opinion of the instructor, examinations are
not necessary.
Condition examinations will be given in all subjects during the
week of July 7, 1941, for Division A students, and the week of
September 1, 1941, for Division B students. Condition examina-
tions are not given for laboratory courses.
Special examinations may be arranged for only by vote of the
Administrative Committee, and for all such examinations the
University requires the payment of a special fee of five dollars
($5).
Grades
A student's grade is officially recorded by letters, as follows:
A superior attainment
B above average attainment
C average attainment
D lowest passing grade, poor attainment (the faculty will
accept only a limited amount of grade D work towards
the Bachelor's degree)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 27
F failure, removable by condition examination
FF complete failure (course must be repeated in class)
I incomplete, used for intermediate grades only to signify
that the student has not had time to make up work lost
through excusable enforced absence from class
L used in all cases of the removal of a failure by condition
examination or by attendance at summer term
A student who does not remove a condition before that course
is again scheduled, a year later, must repeat the course. A condi-
tion in more than one subject may involve the loss of assignment
to co-operative work.
The responsibility for the removal of a condition rests with the
student, who is required to ascertain when and how the condition
can be removed.
Dean's List
A Dean's List, issued at the end of each term, contains the
names of upperclass students who have an honor grade average
in all subjects during the preceding period. Freshman who
achieve high scholastic standing are included on a Freshman
Honor List, which is published at the end of each grading period.
No student under disciplinary restrictions is eligible for either of
the honor lists.
Report Cards
Freshman reports are issued at the end of each grading period;
upperclass reports, at the end of each term. In addition, a special
report on review subjects pursued during the summer term will be
issued immediately at its close. Questions relative to grades are
to be discussed with the student's faculty adviser.
Students are constantly encouraged to maintain an acceptable
quality of college work. Parents and students are always wel-
comed by the college officers and faculty advisers for conference
upon such matters.
Parents or guardians will be notified whenever students are
advised or required to withdraw from the University.
Conduct
It is assumed that students come to the University for a serious
purpose and that they will cheerfully conform to such regulations
as may from time to time be made. In case of injury to any building
or to any of the furniture, apparatus, or other property of the
University, the damage will be charged to the student or students
known to be immediately concerned; but if the persons who
caused the damage are unknown, the cost for repairs may be
assessed equally upon all the students of the University.
28 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Students are expected to observe the accepted rules of decorum,
to obey the regulations of the University, and to pay due respect
to its officers. Conduct inconsistent with the general good order
of the University or persistent neglect of work may be followed
by dismissal; if the offense be a less serious one, the student may
be placed upon probation. The student so placed upon pro-
bation may be dismissed if guilty of any further offense.
It is desired to administer the discipline of the University so as
to maintain a high standard of integrity and a scrupulous regard
for truth. The attempt of any student to present as his own any
work which he has not performed, or to pass any examination
by improper means, is regarded as a most serious offense and
renders the offender liable to immediate expulsion. The aiding
and abetting of a student in any dishonesty is also held to be a
grave breach of discipline.
Scholastic Year for Seniors
Seniors of either division who are candidates for a degree in
the current year must have completed all academic work, class
assignments, theses, regular and special examinations, before
twelve o'clock noon of the Saturday next following the close of
recitations for seniors.
Attendance
Students are expected to attend all exercises in the subjects they
are studying unless excused in advance. Exercises are held and
students are expected to devote themselves to the work of the
University between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., except for a lunch
period, on every week day except Saturday. Saturday classes are
held only between 9:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m.
No cuts are allowed. A careful record of each student's attend-
ance upon class exercises is kept. Absence from regularly sched-
uled exercises in any subject will seriously affect the standing of
the student. It may cause the removal of the subject or subjects
from his schedule. If he presents a reasonable excuse for the
absence, however, he may be allowed to make up the time lost
and be given credit for the work; but he must complete the work
at such time and in such manner as his instructor in the course
may designate.
Laboratory work can be made up only when it is possible to
do so during hours of regularly scheduled instruction.
Absences from exercises immediately preceding or following a
recess are especially serious and entail severe penalties.
Attendance at all mass meetings of the student body is com-
pulsory. Exceptions to this rule are made only when the student
has received permission from the Director of Student Activities
previous to the meeting from which he desires to be absent.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 29
Housing Regulations
The University endeavors to exercise due consideration and
care for the student's welfare while he is in residence. This
necessitates the adoption of the rules and regulations presented
herewith.
1. Assignments will be made when the student registers.
2. Students may inspect rooms before accepting an assignment;
after reaching a decision students must notify the office of the
Director of School Administration, 254W.
3. Students who accept room assignments must retain them
for the period of their residence, unless given permission by the
Director of School Administration to change.
4. Students are not permitted to live in unsupervised quarters.
Under no conditions are groups of students permitted to lease
apartments.
5. Students are not permitted to engage rooms without the prior
approval of the University. Those violating this rule will be
required to give up such rooms immediately and will be assigned
by the University to approved quarters.
6. Violation of any of the above rules is considered a breach
of discipline and will be dealt with accordingly.
Residence
It has been found to be much more satisfactory for the student
to live within easy access of Boston, especially during periods in
college, than to live out twenty-five or thirty miles. The saving
of time and effort more than offsets any increased expense.
Residence in Boston is advisable, as it gives the student oppor-
tunity to use the college facilities outside of class hours and to
confer more easily with his instructors about his college work.
Dormitories
At present the University does not maintain dormitories. Pro-
vision, however, is made for students to secure rooms in the
vicinity. Many freshmen prefer to take room and board at the
fraternity houses, which are all supervised by the University
through faculty advisers. For information relative to such
housing write the Director of Admissions.
Rooms in the dormitory of the Huntington Avenue Branch of
the Boston Y.M.C.A. may be secured only through the Housing
Department of the Y.M.C.A. The applicant must present him-
self in person to a representative of the Department before assign-
ment will be made.
Applicants desiring to room in the Association dormitory are
advised to write the Housing Department of the Huntington
Avenue Branch, 316 Huntington Avenue., Boston, Massachusetts.
30 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
buildings and facilities
Boston — A Great Educational Center
THE fact that Northeastern University is in Boston broadens
the educational and cultural opportunities of its students.
Few other cities in the country are so rich in the finest
elements of American life. Many of its historic buildings, such
as the Old State House, Faneuil Hall, and the Old North Church,
have become museums for the preservation of old documents,
paintings, and other collections representative of early Colonial
life. The Boston Public Library and the Museum of Fine Arts,
both within a few blocks of the University Buildings, are widely
noted for their treasures of literature and art. Even nearer to
the University is Symphony Hall, home of the world-famous
Boston Symphony Orchestra. And the many churches within
Greater Boston not only afford the opportunity of hearing dis-
tinguished preachers but through their student clubs and young
people's societies make possible for students a fine type of social
and intellectual life.
Location of University Buildings
The Day Division of Northeastern University is housed in
three buildings located on Huntington Avenue, Boston, just
beyond Massachusetts Avenue and opposite the historic Boston
Opera House. The main administrative offices of the University
are located in the West Building, a four-story brick structure added
to the physical plant of Northeastern in 1938.
Transportation
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South
Stations. From the North Station board a car going to Park
Street, at which junction transfer to any Huntington Avenue car.
At South Station board a Cambridge subway train for Park Street
Under. There change to a Huntington Avenue car and alight
at the West Building of Northeastern University.
West Building
The West Building contains over 100,000 square feet of floor
space for administrative and instructional purposes. In the base-
ment are the Mechanical Engineering offices, laboratories, and
machine shops; the University Bookstore; the Husky Hut, where
light refreshments are sold; several classrooms; and a large drafting
room used chiefly by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Ample area is also provided in the basement for a student check
room, lockers, and various storage rooms and vaults.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 31
On the first floor are located the President's office, the General
Offices of the Secretary-Treasurer, and the offices of the Vice-
President of the University. A large public reception room adjoins
the main lobby, and several small classrooms are located in both
wings of the building. This floor was given to the University in
memory of Lieutenant Stafford Leighton Brown by his mother.
The Department of Physics has a suite of offices, laboratories,
and research areas in the south wing of the second floor. A large
lecture hall with raised seats accommodating over three hundred
people occupies the central area of the second floor. This room
is fully equipped for both lantern slide and motion picture pro-
jection, and is provided with up-to-date motor driven ventilating
equipment. The room is fitted with a lecture demonstration desk
having all necessary accessories including gas, water, various
types of electricity, and hoods for the removal of gases. A fully
stocked preparation room adjoins this lecture hall. The offices of
the Director of School Administration, the Director of Co-
operative Work, and the Dean of Students, a large number of
small classrooms, and several conference rooms complete the
layout of the second floor.
Student lounging and recreation rooms sponsored by the
Northeastern Student Union occupy the Huntington Avenue side
of the third floor, together with the offices of the Department of
Student Activities. This floor also contains a small University
Chapel, a lecture hall similar to that on the second floor but
slightly smaller, and a number of large classrooms equipped with
special tables for freshman drawing classes.
A group of large, fully equipped laboratories for Inorganic
Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis, Physical Chemistry and
Quantitative Analysis, and Organic Chemistry occupy the prin-
cipal areas of the fourth floor. The Chemistry Department has
its offices and a large lecture hall equipped especially for courses
in chemistry adjoining these laboratories. A number of research
areas for special purposes, a large central stockroom, a dark room,
and several balance rooms complete the chemistry suite. Three
large drafting rooms having blackboards especially equipped with
sliding T-squares, an Art Room, and the offices of the Drawing
Department, are also found on the fourth floor.
In the penthouse on the roof there are a faculty-alumni lounge,
a radio laboratory, and an astronomy laboratory.
South Building
The South Building of Northeastern University comprises a
basement and two stories. The Department of Electrical Engi-
neering occupies the entire basement with its offices, Dynamo
Laboratories, High Tension Laboratory, Electrical Measurements
Laboratory, Instrument Room, and research areas.
32
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
MAP SHOWING NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY AND VICINITY
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 33
Key to Map
Northeastern University and Vicinity
1.
East Building
2.
South Building
3.
West Building
4.
Symphony Hall
5.
Horticultural Hall
6.
Christian Science Church
7.
New England Conservatory of Music
8.
Boston Opera House
9.
Boston Museum of Fine Arts
10.
Mechanics Exhibition Hall
11.
Back Bay Station
12.
Trinity Place
13.
Boston Public Library
14.
Trinity Church
15.
Museum of Natural History
16.
Boston Public Garden
17.
Boston Common
18.
South Station
19.
North Station
20.
State House
21.
U. S. Customs House
22.
Rowes Wharf
34 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
On the first floor are located the Departments of Civil and of
Industrial Engineering. A Hydraulics and Sanitary Engineering
Laboratory, a Methods Engineering Laboratory, a Civil Engineer-
ing drafting room, and several classrooms complete the layout
of this floor. A large lecture room, several classrooms, the Chem-
ical Engineering Unit Operations Laboratory, the Chemical
Engineering Department Offices, and the Biology Laboratory are
located on the second floor.
East Building
The East Building of Northeastern University is the educational
wing of the Huntington Avenue Branch of the Boston Y.M.C.A.
On its second floor are located the library, a branch library and
reading room, and several classrooms. The third floor contains
the office of the Dean of Business Administration, several de-
partmental offices, a laboratory for statistical work, and additional
classrooms. On the fourth floor are located the office of the
Dean of Liberal Arts, the Department of English, the Department
of Modern Languages, several large lecture rooms, and a Student
Union Reading Room.
Jacob P. Bates Hall, located in the East Building, has a seating
capacity of 400. The hall is equipped with a motion picture
machine and has a large stage suitable for entertainments of
various kinds.
Bates Hall is an important center for various student activities.
Here the band and the orchestra have their rehearsals, the glee
club gives its entertainments, and some of the dramatic work is
presented. Numerous student socials and small group dinners
frequently are held here.
Natatorium
The swimming pool, 75 feet long by 25 feet wide, is supplied
with filtered water and is heated to the proper temperature by an
elaborate system of pipes. It is one of the finest of its kind in
New England.
Gymnasium
This structure, the funds for which were provided by the
relatives of the late Samuel Johnson, is known as the Samuel
Johnson Memorial Gymnasium. The gymnasium provides the
following facilities: three gymnasiums, a twelve-lap running track,
two large exercise rooms, boxing and wrestling rooms, handball
and squash courts, bowling alleys, showers, steam baths, massage
rooms, and electric cabinet baths.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 35
Lecture Assembly Halls
Through special arrangement, Jordan Hall, Symphony Hall,
and the Boston Opera House are made available for assembly
purposes. These halls provide ample space for student activity
assemblies and for special lectures by noted men. All the students
in college at any period assemble for one hour each week through-
out the college year. More than half of the assembly sessions are
devoted to interests and activities developed by the students
themselves. The other assembly periods are devoted to special
lectures, sometimes under the direction of the student body and
sometimes under the direction of the faculty. The special lectures
are devoted to those elements of life which count most in the
development of a man's viewpoint and his character.
Equipment for Physical Training
Northeastern has exceptional facilities for all-round physical
training. The gymnasium is one of the most complete in New
England. Adjoining the West Building is a large field equipped for
athletics. Here are two tennis courts, an outdoor gymnasium, a
rifle range, a baseball cage, jumping pits, and a track with a 100-
yard straightaway.
Huntington Field
Northeastern University owns and operates a large athletic field
a short distance from the University. This field, known as the
Huntington Field, provides ample facilities for track, baseball,
football, and other outdoor sports. A bus service maintained
between the field and the University makes it possible for students
to get back and forth with a minimum loss of time. A new and
commodious field house has recently been erected at the field as
well as ten sections of stadium seats capable of seating 2,000
spectators.
Design and Drafting Rooms
The University possesses large, light, and well-equipped drawing
rooms for the carrying on of the designing and drafting which
form so important a part of engineering work. These rooms are
supplied with lockers containing the drawing supplies, files con-
taining blue prints, and photographs of machines and structures
that represent the best practice. Drafting room blackboards are
equipped with traveling straight edge devices which facilitate
speed and accuracy in blackboard demonstrations.
36 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Libraries
The library service of Northeastern University comprises the
following units:
1. The Main Library, located on the second floor of the East
Building, includes three reading rooms in which are available all
of the general reference books, many of the professional and
scientific volumes, and all of the periodicals (approximately 100)
to which the University subscribes. This library is under the
direction of a librarian and two assistants, all of whom have had
special training for the work. Main library hours are as follows:
9:00 A.M.
to
10:00 P.M.
Daily
2:00 P.M.
to
9:00 P.M.
Sundays
12:00 M
to
9:00 P.M.
Holidays
2. The Branch Library, also located on the second floor of the
East Building, houses most of the books on engineering and man-
agement with the exception of those in the field of chemical
engineering, which, for greater convenience of students in this
department, are kept in the Main Library. The Branch Library
is in charge of a corps of student assistants and is open from
8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m. daily except Sundays. Students have access
directly to the shelves which contain books on reserve for par-
ticular courses as well as general reference works.
3. A general reading room and library is maintained by the
Northeastern Student Union in Room 356, West Building. The
books located here are chiefly non-technical works dealing with
contemporary affairs, religious problems, international relations,
travel, etc., among which students may browse during periods of
relaxation. A few of the literary and religious periodicals are also
available in this room.
Boston Public Library
All members of the University, whether resident or non-
resident students, have the privilege of taking books from the
Boston Public Library and of using the library for general reference
and study. Inasmuch as this is one of the best in the country,
it presents unusual opportunities to the students. Within a few
minutes' walk from the University, it enables students to have
unlimited reference at any time to books and periodicals bearing
upon their studies.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 37
Student ^Activities
NORTHEASTERN University regards student activities as
an integral part of its educational program. One of the
main departments of the University is charged with the
responsibility of co-ordinating the various types of activities and
of administering the social, musical, literary, and athletic organi-
zations in such a way as to enable each to contribute in a whole-
some, worth-while manner to student life at Northeastern. Every
student is encouraged to participate in such activities as may
appeal to him, although a standard of scholarship which is in-
compatible with excessive devotion to such pursuits is required of
all students.
Members of the faculty also are interested in the informal
aspects of the college program. Teaching loads are kept suf-
ficiently low so that the instructional staff may have ample
opportunity to mingle with students outside of the classroom in
social activities and on the athletic field. In fact, some member
of the faculty is appointed to serve as adviser for each student
activity. His function is not to dictate how the organization shall
be run, but to encourage the students in their extra-curricula
endeavors and to give them the benefit of his mature point of
view in solving the problems that inevitably arise.
One of the outstanding contributions of the co-operative plan
in the field of higher education has been its capacity to develop
in students those powers of social understanding that are so
essential to success in professional life. At Northeastern the
program of student activities is made to contribute to this end
in a very real way. It is a conscious aim of the student activities
advisers to develop among their advisees those qualities of per-
sonality and character which will enhance their usefulness as
future professional men and citizens. Students have splendid
opportunities to develop administrative and executive ability as
leaders of undergraduate organizations. No academic credit is
awarded for any student activity. This has been no deterrent,
however, to student participation in extra-curricula activities, for
a recent survey of the undergraduate body showed that over 90%
of the enrollment were engaged in one or more forms of student
activity.
Athletic Association
All students in the Day Division are members of the North-
eastern University Athletic Association. Policies of the asso-
ciation are passed upon by a Faculty Committee on Student
Activities appointed by the vice-president in charge of the Day
Division. This committee decides what students are eligible to
38 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
participate in athletics, what the various sports schedules shall
be, and what students may be excused from classes to represent
the University on athletic trips.
The actual administration of the athletic program is in the
hands of a second committee, known as the General Athletic
Committee, which consists of the Director of Student Activities,
the captains and managers of all varsity teams, and the coaches
as ex officio members.
The University maintains both varsity and freshman teams in
basketball, baseball, football, hockey, and track. Intercollegiate
games and meets are arranged with the leading colleges in the
East. In addition to intercollegiate athletics the athletic associa-
tion conducts an intramural program in various sports.
Tennis Club
The Northeastern University Tennis Club is open to all under-
graduates. The Department of Student Activities appoints a
faculty adviser who assists the members in conducting an intra-
mural tennis tournament. Excellent facilities for tennis are
afforded on the courts adjacent to the East Building of the Uni-
versity. In the early spring members of the Tennis Club have
access to the gymnasium for indoor practice.
Mass Meeting
The hour from 12:00 to 1:00 on Wednesdays throughout the
year is set aside for mass meetings. Attendance is compulsory.
Arrangements are made to bring before the student body some of
the ablest and foremost thinkers of the day. A list of speakers
for the year will be found on page 1 1 of this catalogue. When
the mass meeting hour is not occupied by a University lecturer,
class meetings, concerts, or athletic rallies are held instead. Such
gatherings are under the direction of the Department of Student
Activities.
"The News"
A college newspaper, the Northeastern News, is published each
week throughout the college year by a staff selected from the
student body. The copy is prepared, edited, and published by the
students themselves with the counsel of a faculty adviser. Op-
portunity is afforded for the students to express their opinions
on subjects relating to study, co-operative work, social events, or
topics of the day. Positions on the News staff and promotions
are attained by competitive work. The paper is in part supported
by advertising, both national and local, and in part by a portion
of the student activities fee. The Northeastern News is a member
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 39
of the Eastern Intercollegiate Newspaper Association, and sends
one of its editors to the annual convention of this association
each year. Copies of the News are mailed to upperclassmen when
they are at co-operative work and to freshmen after the close
of their college year.
"The Cauldron1
The senior class publishes annually a college year book, The
Cauldron. It is ready for distribution in the latter part of the
second semester and contains a complete review of the college
year with class histories, pictures of all seniors, of the faculty,
and of undergraduate groups, as well as a miscellany of snapshots
and drawings contributed by students.
The Handbook
Each fall the Northeastern Student Union issues a conven-
iently sized student Handbook, which is sold to students at a
nominal price. The book contains information about the various
college clubs, athletic programs, fraternities, rules governing
freshmen, lockers, publications, and so on. The Handbook also
includes a diary for the college year in which it is issued.
Student Council
Student government of the Day Division at Northeastern Uni-
versity is vested in the Student Council, composed of elected rep-
resentatives from the various classes. The Council is the authority
on all matters relating to student policies not definitely connected
with classroom procedure. It has jurisdiction, subject to faculty
approval, over all such matters as customs, privileges, campus
regulations, etc. and meets regularly to consider and act upon
issues referred to it for decision. The Dean of Students serves as
faculty adviser to the Student Council.
Honor Societies
Three honorary societies are chartered by the University in its
Day Division:
The Senate, in the College of Engineering.
The Sigma Society, in the College of Business Administration.
The Academy, in the College of Liberal Arts.
Election to the college honorary fraternity is founded primarily
upon scholarship, but before a man is privileged to wear the
honorary society insignia he must give evidence of an integrity of
character and an interest in the extra-curricula life of the Uni-
40 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
versity as well as an acceptable personality. The Societies have
memberships consisting of the outstanding men in the Day Divi-
sion. Election to the honorary society is the highest honor that
can be conferred upon an undergraduate.
Fraternities
There are at present ten local Greek letter fraternities chartered
by Northeastern University. Each fraternity is provided with a
faculty adviser who is responsible for the proper administration
of the fraternity house under the rules and regulations established
by the faculty. The list of fraternities in the order of their estab-
lishment is as follows:
1. Alpha Kappa Sigma 6. Phi Beta Alpha
2. Beta Gamma Epsilon 7. Phi Gamma Pi
3. Eta Tau Nu 8. Sigma Phi Alpha
4. Nu Epsilon Zeta 9. Kappa Zeta Phi
5. Sigma Kappa Psi 10. Gamma Phi Kappa
Elected representatives from each fraternity make up an Inter-
Fraternity Council, a body which has preliminary jurisdiction over
fraternity regulations. Its rulings are subject to the approval of
the Faculty Committee on Student Activities.
Professional Societies and Clubs
To assist in the promotion of social, cultural, and intellectual
advancement through informal channels, a number of professional
societies and clubs are sponsored.
Accounting — Law Club
All students interested in accounting and law are invited to
join this stimulating club. Problems and cases involving the
interrelations of accounting and law are presented and discussed
at club meetings. Although upperclassmen usually present prob-
lems arising out of thesis or co-operative work, speakers from the
professional world come to the meetings to present papers and
lead the student discussion.
Banking Club
The purpose of this organization is to increase among its mem-
bers the knowledge of the theory and practice of banking. Any
student of Northeastern University, while enrolled in any of the
banking courses of the College of Business Administration, is
eligible to active membership in this club. Meetings are held each
ten week period at which banking executives from Greater Boston
are invited to discuss current issues in the field of banking.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 41
National Engineering Societies
Students in the several professional curricula of the College of
Engineering operate Northeastern University Sections of the
appropriate national engineering societies. Chief among these
are the following:
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Boston Society of Civil Engineers
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
American Society for the Advancement of Management
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
Members of the engineering faculty who hold membership in
the parent organizations serve as advisers to these student groups.
Meetings are held regularly, usually at night so that students from
both Divisions may attend, and practicing engineers are invited
to address the Section. Occasionally appropriate motion pictures
are shown, or the group visits some current engineering project in
the vicinity of Boston. The College of Engineering encourages
these student sections of the technical societies in the belief that
they provide a wholesome medium for social intercourse as well
as a worth-while introduction to professional life.
Affiliated Engineering Societies of New England
Membership in the student sections of the Boston Society of
Civil Engineers, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
or the American Institute of Electrical Engineers also includes
membership and privileges of the Affiliated Engineering Societies
of New England. This organization is an affiliation of all the
major technical societies of Boston and vicinity and provides very
valuable lectures, smokers, and informal meetings with the out-
standing men engaged in engineering work in Boston and vicinity.
International Relations Club
The International Relations Club was founded in 1932 for the
purpose of studying and discussing those current national and
international events and issues which vitally concern our American
life and institutions.
It is the intention of the club to deal with all questions in an
impartial and broadminded manner, and to take an intelligent
and effective part in promoting international understanding and
harmony. The club maintains contacts with similar organizations
in other colleges.
Membership is not open to freshmen, and only to those upper-
classmen who maintain good scholarship.
42 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Astronomy Club
Membership in the Astronomy Club is open to all students in
the College of Engineering who maintain satisfactory scholastic
standing. The club has access to machine shops for the con-
struction of telescopes and other instruments. It also has quarters
in the penthouse on the fifth floor of the West Building. Meetings
are held twice a month for the purpose of making astronomical
observations and carrying on appropriate discussions.
Debating Society
The purpose of the Debating Society, formed in 1936, is "to
foster and promote an interest and facility in formal argumenta-
tion; to develop an impartial, unbiased, and intellectual considera-
tion of questions and issues of current interest; and to sponsor
intercollegiate relationships and competition in the debating field."
Membership is open to all students of the Day Division.
Radio Club
One of the most popular undergraduate activities is the North-
eastern University Radio Club. Members are provided oppor-
tunity for code practice and are encouraged to obtain their
amateur licenses. The Club owns and operates station W1KBN,
a short wave transmitter, located in the Radio Laboratory in the
penthouse of the West Building. Meetings are held about once
a month for the discussion of technical matters. Practicing
radio engineers are frequently invited to address the Club at
evening meetings, when students in both divisions may attend.
Dramatic Club
Students interested in dramatics have an opportunity to culti-
vate this art under faculty coaches who co-operate with the
Dramatic Club in the production of several pieces in the course of
each college year. Frequently the Northeastern Dramatic and
Glee Clubs collaborate with those of Simmons College in light
operas such as those of Gilbert and Sullivan.
Rifle Club
Organized a number of years ago, the Rifle Club was so success-
ful that in 1933 riflery was recognized as a minor sport. Members
of the club are given instruction in the art of rifle shooting. Those
students who excel in intra-mural competition are selected for
the team representing the University in intercollegiate contests.
Practice sessions are held twice a week in the University rifle
range. Membership is open to all students.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 43
Musical Clubs
The Department of Student Activities sponsors the following
musical clubs: an orchestra, a band, a glee club, a banjo club, and
a dance orchestra, for which all students with musical ability are
eligible. Membership in the various musical clubs is attained by
competitive effort.
Each organization has a faculty adviser and each elects a
representative to the Musical Clubs Council. The purpose of
this council is to co-ordinate the various musical activities of the
Day Division. At the annual Musical Clubs Banquet, held early
in the spring, charms are awarded to the leaders and managers of
the several clubs and to members who have played over a period
of three full years.
The various musical clubs, in conjunction with the Dramatic
Club, combine in an annual mid-winter entertainment and partici-
pate in occasional outside public engagements throughout the
college year.
Camera Club
The Camera Club welcomes all men interested in photography.
Weekly discussions and special evening lectures by guest artists
are part of the yearly program. Field trips, monthly photo con-
tests and a general exhibition add to the interest and progressive
work of this organization.
Mathematics Society
The Mathematics Society encourages the study of topics of
mathematical interest which are either outside or beyond the
scope of the regular mathematics courses. Membership is re-
stricted to those men who have completed one and one-half
years of study in mathematics and have an average grade of not
less than "C" in mathematics courses up through differential
calculus. The club meets once every five weeks in the evening.
Although membership is limited to upperclassmen, any student
is always welcome to any meeting, and freshmen especially inter-
ested in mathematics are always welcome.
The final program of the year is devoted to a dinner meeting
for which some prominent outside speaker is procured.
Class Organization and Activity
Each of the Classes in the Day Division elects its officers and
carries on activities as a class. Dances are sponsored by the
classes at regular periods throughout the year. One of the high
lights of the social program is the Junior Promenade, held each
spring at one of the Boston hotels.
44 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Seniors plan a whole week of activities just prior to Commence-
ment in June.
Freshmen are required to wear the red and black cap distributed
through the Department of Student Activities in order that they
may be readily distinguishable to each other and to upperclass-
men.
The Northeastern Student Union
The purpose of the Northeastern Student Union is to carry
out the work of a Christian association within the University.
It endeavors to deepen the spiritual lives of Northeastern men
through the building of Christian character, to create and pro-
mote a strong and effective Northeastern University spirit in and
through a unified student body, to promote sociability, and to
emphasize certain ethical, social, civic, intellectual, economic,
physical, vocational, and avocational values.
All students are encouraged to participate in the activities of
the Union, no matter what their religious faith, as the work of
the Union is entirely non-sectarian. A good moral character is
the only requirement for eligibility to membership. It is hoped
that as many students as can will participate in this ideal extra-
curricula work.
The Union conducts a weekly Chapel Service in the little chapel
in the West Building, to which all faculty members and students
are invited. The service, which is non-sectarian and voluntary,
is held on Thursday mornings from 8:40 to 8:55 o'clock. Many
eminent preachers of Greater Boston are engaged to deliver brief
addresses.
Awards and Prizes
Public Speaking Contest
Each spring the University conducts a Public Speaking Contest
for which all students in the Day Division are eligible. Prizes of
fifty, twenty-five, fifteen, and ten dollars respectively are awarded
to the four ablest speakers at a general mass meeting of the student
body.
Speeches are original in nature and about ten minutes in length.
The judges base their decision on appropriateness of subject,
content, and delivery. Preliminary contests are held during the
winter in each division.
Alcott Award
In 1934 the William Jefferson Alcott, Jr. Memorial Fund was
established by the faculty and other friends to perpetuate the
memory of Professor Alcott who was a member of the Depart-
ment of Mathematics in Northeastern University from 1924 until
his death in 1933.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 45
Each year the income from this fund is used for a suitable
award to the Northeastern University Day Division student who
has made some outstanding academic achievement during the
preceding year. The recipient of the award is chosen by a com-
mittee elected by the faculty.
Alumni Association
The alumni of the Day Division are organized to promote the
welfare of Northeastern University, to establish a mutually bene-
ficial relationship between the University and its alumni, and to
perpetuate the spirit of fellowship among members of the Alumni
Association.
Among the events sponsored by the Alumni Association are
the annual meeting and reunion; the annual alumni-varsity
basketball game; and class reunions. The Association also awards
a track trophy each year and contributes to the Alumni Student
Loan Fund.
The work of the General Alumni Association is supplemented
by the activities of regional alumni clubs. The local clubs meet
periodically in their respective centers to discuss matters pertain-
ing to the University and its alumni. Meetings are also held in
conjunction with the visits of Northeastern's athletic teams to
the various club centers.
46
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Officers of the cAlumni cAssociatioru
President
Lindsay Ellms '23
Vice President
George A. Mallion '20
Secretary
Earl H. Thomson '25
Treasurer
Willis P. Burbank '31
Executive Committee
Farnham W. Smith '24 Raymon D. Tellier '28
John W. Greenleaf, Jr. '30 George Davenport '28
James W. Daniels '25
Alumni Executive Secretary
Rudolf O. Oberg '26
Alumni Council Representatives
1913-1920 John R. McLeish
Harry J. Freeman
Perry F. Zwisler
1921 — Roger E. Spear
1922 — Richard B. Brown
1923 — Thomas A. Stevens
1924 — Farnham W. Smith
1925 — Rene G. Maurette
1926 — Earl L. Moulton
1927 — Rudolph A. Lofgren
1928 — William E. R. Sullivan
1929 — Harold L. Burton
1930— Dexter W. Lovell
Alexander G. MacGregor
1931 — Donald H. MacKenzie
1932 — Sidney A. Standing
1934 — J. Lloyd Hayden
1935 — Hartwell G. Howe
1936 — Frederic S. Bacon, Jr.
1937 — John F. Shea
1938 — Chesley F. Garland
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 47
THE COLLEGE OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
<£Aims and ^Methods
FORMERLY when a student finished high school and decided
to make his way in the business world he could go about it in
one of two ways: (1) Obtain a position in a particular field of
commerce or industry and by beginning at the bottom learn the
business from the job of the office boy to that of the president,
or (2) enter a liberal arts college and after four years of general
study enter business just as he would have had he not attended
college. It was hoped that his broad college training and col-
legiate contacts would push him along "through the ropes"
faster than the young man who went straight into business from
high school. In either event this system of apprenticeship worked
out very well in training a man in business and those who had
the push and ability went to the front. This continued just so
long as business organization was limited to relatively small units.
In the small business there was time and opportunity for employer
and employee — boss and apprentice — relationships. A man
could learn much from his superiors, and recognition in the way of
promotion in salary or responsibility rewarded those whose
ability warranted it.
The Problem of Today
What of today? Can a student go "through the ropes" and
progress today as his father did in his youth and early manhood?
The answer is: probably not. We can see just reason for the
negative answer when we consider our present business world.
We are surrounded on every hand by "big business" where the
employee is lost in the vast number of workers of every large
organization. The old time employer who trained his own men
is passing out of the business scene. This does not mean that
there is any less need for training about the conduct of business.
It does mean that the training has got to be done by some other
person or institution especially equipped to do the job in a most
thorough manner. Actually the training for business positions
of real importance is more necessary today than ever before. To
satisfy this very apparent need colleges of business administration
have appeared and grown in size and importance within the last
twenty-five years. Among institutions for the training of young
men who intend to undertake business as a profession, Northeast-
ern University offers to those properly qualified a college training
in business administration, leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Business Education on the College Level
Although it is true that collegiate training for business is
relatively new in the field of higher education, it is also evident
that collegiate business schools are beyond the stage of early
experimentation and have emerged on a level with other college
courses recognized as higher education. There is a certain advan-
tage in newness in that the mere youth of the college keeps it
up-to-date in its outlook and scope of activity. In addition it is not
bound by the traditional but obsolete practices sometimes found
in older branches of education.
We hear a good deal today about the increasing need for
specialists in business. It is asserted that modern business institu-
tions have become so large that no one man can administer
the many matters of routine involving executive judgment. The
need for specialists is self-evident, but the training best suited for
preparing the individual to take over specialized executive au-
thority is not so evident. There are many schools offering a
short course of training in preparation for these specialized
positions. Such training cannot give a man the breadth of vision
needed to go beyond minor managerial jobs demanding attention
to exhausting details of daily routine.
To pass beyond this on the way to responsibility of truly execu-
tive nature a background of general business and related knowl-
edge is essential. This background should precede the specialized
study into a particular branch of business, enabling one to see
the whole business and industrial picture and not merely one
branch of it. Executive administration cannot be taught with any
adequacy by attacking one subject, no matter how carefully
planned the approach and how thorough the course of study. For
instance, accounting is not the only means of arriving at a produc-
tion budget based on sales estimates; it is but one of the tools. A
knowledge of marketing, finance, statistics, and management
technique are also needed. Vision and sound judgment can then
make all of these branches of information serve to best advantage.
Aims of the College
In keeping with current trends in collegiate business education
the educational policy of the College is directed toward the
achievement of the following purposes:
First: To offer that type of education for business which will
enable students to select most advisedly the field of business best
suited to their aptitudes. The co-operative plan is particularly
effective in this respect.
Second: To build for breadth of perspective in preference to
over-specialization with its narrowing effects; therefore, to elim-
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 49
inate haphazard selection of courses, through concentration upon
balanced, carefully co-ordinated curriculums, and thus to provide
an adequate background for specialization as need arises.
Third: To provide a thorough knowledge of fundamental eco-
nomic laws and an understanding of their applications in business.
Fourth: To develop the habits of accurate thinking that are
essential to sound judgment.
Fifth: To develop in all students attitudes and ideals that are
ethically sound and socially desirable.
Methods
In order that these aims may be realized as fully as possible, the
College makes use of the problem and the case methods of in-
struction in addition to the lecture and recitation system. Mere
textbook reading alone is almost valueless; students tend to accept
without question what the textbook presents. Instead, they
should learn to analyze every proposition, to challenge unsup-
ported assertions, to think independently, and to support their
thinking with logic and facts.
Hence, concrete problems and cases which executives have
faced in accounting, marketing, organizing, and the like, con-
stitute the bulk of class work. Students analyze problems, break
them into their constituent parts, discover and list the factors for
and against possible solutions, and work out a logical conclusion.
In class they discuss their work with their instructors in the light
of the latter's broader knowledge.
Such a method tends to develop an executive attitude. No
lecture or mere reading of textbooks can do so. Students gain
skill and facility in solving problems by actually solving many
hundreds of them, thereby accumulating a ripe experience seldom
open to the petty employee buried in routine and mechanical
detail. What counts in business, as elsewhere, is not solely
whether one possesses much knowledge, but whether through his
knowledge one can logically and effectively solve the problems he
confronts, or possibly prevent problems from arising. Experience
in solving typical problems provides a background for anticipat-
ing and forestalling similar ones as well as for solving others that
may arise.
Equipment
Visual Education Equipment
Classroom instruction is made more effective by the use of
motion pictures and lantern slides. For this purpose there are
available projectors for 16 mm. and 35 mm. films. Complete
50 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
sound motion picture apparatus is also available. New and
powerful Delineascopes project the lantern slides. Stationary
as well as portable day light screens enable students to take notes
while viewing the pictures.
Business Laboratory
Students have available for laboratory work in accounting and
statistical methods all of the commonly used office machines.
These are available in a special room together with necessary
library services, including Moody's Manuals, Poor's Manuals,
and various charts and maps.
The laboratory is in charge of a graduate assistant whose work
is to maintain the equipment in excellent condition and to give
instruction in the use of the various office machines.
Principal pieces of equipment in the laboratory include dupli-
cators, typewriters, hand and electric calculators, and both hand
and electric adding machines.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 51
^Admission ^Requirements
APPLICANTS for admission to the freshman class without
restrictions must qualify by one of the following methods:
1. Graduation from an approved course of study in an
accredited secondary school, including prescribed subjects listed
below.
2. Completion of fifteen acceptable secondary school units
with a degree of proficiency satisfactory to the Department of
Admissions.
3. Examinations.
(Certificate of entrance examinations passed for admission
to recognized colleges and technical schools may be accepted.)
Prescribed Subjects for Admission
College of Business Administration
Mathematics 1 unit
Natural Science 1 unit
History, Social Studies and/or foreign language 3 units
English 3 units
*Electives 7 units
Total 15 units
A unit is a credit given to an acceptable secondary school
course which meets at least four times a week for periods of not
less than forty minutes each throughout the school year.
Entrance examinations are not required of students whose
transcripts of record are acceptable, but the Committee on Ad-
mission reserves the right to require a candidate to present him-
self for examination in any subjects that it may deem necessary
because of some weakness in his secondary school record.
Other Requirements
These formal requirements are necessary and desirable in that
they tend to provide all entering students with a common ground
upon which the first year of the college curriculum can be based.
But academic credits alone are not an adequate indication of a
student's ability to profit by a college education. Consequently
the Department of Admissions takes into consideration, along
with the formal requirements stated above, many other factors
regarding candidates for the freshman class. A student's interests
and aptitudes in so far as they can be determined, his capacity for
*Not less than four of the "electives" must be in one or more of the following
academic branches: Languages, Natural Science, Mathematics, Social Sciences,
History.
52 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
hard work, his attitude toward his classmates and teachers in
high school, his physical stamina, and most important of all —
his character, all these considerations are carefully weighed. In
this way the University seeks to select for its student body those
who not only meet the academic admission requirements but who
also give promise of acquitting themselves creditably in the rigor-
ous program of training afforded by the co-operative plan and of
later becoming useful members of society.
Personal Interview
Candidates for admission should communicate with the Director
of Admissions, who will advise them frankly on the basis of past
experience. A personal interview is always preferred to corre-
spondence, and parents are urged to accompany their sons when-
ever this is possible. Effective guidance depends in large measure
upon a complete knowledge of a candidate's background and
problems. Parents invariably are able to contribute much in-
formation that aids the admissions officer in arriving at a decision.
In general, a student is likely to be more successful in his college
work if he does not enroll under the age of seventeen.
Application for Admission
Each applicant for admission is required to fill out an applica-
tion blank whereon he states his previous education, as well as
the names of persons to whom reference may be made in regard
to his character and previous training.
An application fee of five dollars ($5) is required when the
application is filed. This fee is non-returnable.
The last page of this catalog is in the form of an application
blank. It should be filled out in ink and forwarded with the
required five dollar fee to the Director of Admissions, North-
eastern University, Boston, Mass." Checks should be made out
to Northeastern University.
Candidates are urged to visit the Office of Admissions for
personal interview if it is possible for them to do so before sub-
mitting their applications. Office hours of the Department are
from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily; Saturdays to 12:00 m. The
Director of Admissions will interview applicants on Wednesday
evenings but by appointment only.
Upon receipt of the application, properly filled out, the College
at once looks up the applicant's references and secondary school
records. When replies have been received to the various inquiries,
the applicant is informed as to his eligibility for admission.
Applications should be filed not later than May first, thus
allowing ample time for the investigation of the applicant's
secondary school records before he enrolls in the College.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 53
The University reserves the right to place any entering student
upon a period of trial. Whether he shall be removed from trial
at the end of this time or requested to withdraw will be deter-
mined by the character of the work he has accomplished and his
conduct during this trial period.
Trustee Scholarships
Each year Northeastern University grants in the College of
Business Administration a limited number of full tuition scholar-
ships to entering freshmen who have demonstrated, throughout
their preparatory or high school course, superior scholarship.
For additional information relative to these scholarships, com-
municate with the Director of Admissions.
Registration
Eligibility for admission does not constitute registration. Fresh-
men register at the University on September 5, 1940. No student
is considered to have met the requirements for admission until
he has successfully passed the required physical examination.
Advanced Standing
Students transferring from approved colleges will be admitted
to advanced standing provided their records warrant it. Whenever
a student enters with advanced standing and later proves to have
had inadequate preparation in any of his prerequisite subjects,
the Faculty reserves the right to require the student to make up
such deficiencies.
Applicants seeking advanced standing should arrange to have
transcripts of their previous college records forwarded with their
initial inquiry. Students admitted to advanced standing are not
eligible for placement for co-operative work until they have com-
pleted a full year of academic work at the University.
Entrance Condition Examinations in Boston
Students who are deficient in required units for admission may
remove these deficiencies by examination. Such examinations
are held at the University unless special arrangements are made
with the Department of Admissions to administer them elsewhere.
Students are advised to take such examinations on the earliest
possible date in order that any deficiencies which they fail to
clear may be made up in time to permit registration with the
desired class and division.
54 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The time of examinations is as follows:
10:00 A.M. to 12:00 M.
1:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m.
During the current year examinations will be given on the fol-
lowing days: June 5, 1940, August 28, 1940. All other examina-
tions will be given by special assignment.
Freshman Orientation Period
In order that freshmen may be ready to pursue their academic
work with greater composure and be somewhat acclimated
preceding the beginning of scholastic work, three or four days
prior to the first term are devoted to a freshman orientation
period. During this time freshmen are advised as to choice of
program, and assisted in every way possible in order that they
may be prepared to begin serious study and work on the first day
of the college term. All freshmen are required to attend all exer-
cises at the University scheduled during the orientation period.
An optional feature of the orientation program is the fresh-
man camp conducted under the auspices of the Student Union.
The camp is planned particularly for out-of-town students, al-
though commuters are welcomed. It aims at providing a stimu-
lating and wholesome environment under vacation conditions in
which the new men may become acquainted with one another
and with members of the faculty. The camp site on Lake Massa-
poag in the northern part of Massachusetts is admirably equipped
for this purpose, having ample facilities for baseball, basketball,
tennis, boating, and swimming. The cost of the two days at
camp is nominal and most freshmen avail themselves of this
opportunity for recreation prior to the beginning of the college
year.
Physical Examination
All freshmen receive a thorough physical examination at the
University during the orientation period. All students are
expected to report promptly at the appointed time for examina-
tion. Those who fail to appear at the appointed time will be
charged a special examination fee of two dollars ($2).
Freshman Counsellors
At the time of his matriculation each freshman is assigned to a
personal counsellor, a member of the faculty, who serves as an
interested and friendly counsellor during the perplexing period of
transition from school to college. A personal record card is
prepared for each student, containing certain pertinent data from
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 55
his preparatory school record, the report of his physical examina-
tion at Northeastern, his scores on psychological tests, the results
of placement examinations, and any special notes which may be
of significance in counselling work. The aim of the freshman
counselling system is primarily to assist students in making an
effective start upon their programs and secondarily to acquire
for the later use of guidance officers a fund of significant informa-
tion relative to every freshman. Counselling is under the direction
of the Dean of the College, assisted by a clinical psychologist, who
handles the diagnosis and remedial treatment of problem cases.
Individual Attention to Freshmen
Not only is attention given to the problems of the student in
connection with his studies, but also the service is extended to
include help upon any problem in which advice is needed and
desired, the aim being to guide the student to the fullest possible
personal development.
The college record of each student is carefully analyzed in the
light of what could reasonably be expected of him, considering
his previous school record, his score on the psychological test, and
the other factors in his situation. If he is not doing his best work,
an investigation is made to determine and eliminate the causes. If
he is doing as well as could be expected or better, he is encouraged
to continue to do so. In other words, each student is held to the
most effective work possible, through advice, encouragement, and
assistance.
56 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
^Requirements for Qraduation
Students may qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration in one of the following options:
Accounting, Marketing and Advertising, Public Administration,
Banking and Finance, Industrial Administration, Journalism.
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must complete
all of the prescribed work of the curriculum in which they seek
to qualify with a degree of proficiency acceptable to the faculty.
Students who undertake co-operative work assignments must also
meet the requirements of the Department of Co-operative Work
before they become eligible for their degrees.
No student transferring from another college or university is
eligible to receive the B.S. degree until he has completed at least
one academic year at Northeastern immediately preceding his
graduation.
Scholarship Requirements
Any student who fails to show a satisfactory standard of
general efficiency in his professional field may be required to
demonstrate his qualifications for the degree by taking such
additional work as the faculty may prescribe. If he is clearly
unable to meet the accepted standard of attainment, he may be
required to withdraw from the University. The degree conferred
not only represents the formal completion of the subjects in the
selected course of study but also indicates professional competence
in the designated field of business administration.
Graduation with Honor
Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment
in their academic work will be graduated with honor. Upon
special vote of the faculty a limited number of this group may be
graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Students must
have been in attendance at the University at least two years
before they may become eligible for graduation with honor, with
high honor, or with highest honor.
Thesis Option
Theses are not required of candidates for the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Business Administration. Students who show special
aptitude for thesis work, however, may be permitted to substitute
an appropriate thesis for equivalent work in class. Such permis-
sion must be obtained by the candidate from the Dean of the
college.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 57
^he Programs of Study
First Year
A FULL YEAR of thirty five weeks is devoted to a thorough
understanding of the basic principles underlying the con-
duct of business, including the Legal Bases of Business —
how business is organized and protected under the law.
The student is also acquainted with the existing business struc-
ture and given an appreciation of its conception and growth in
terms of the distribution of industrial resources, and the historical
development of business and industry.
Other basic courses are in keeping with the personal needs of
the student and preparatory to the work which follows in the
upper years of his course. Throughout the year each student has
the friendly counsel and guidance of a faculty adviser whose aim
is to help bridge the gap between high school and college.
Second Year
Co-operative training is started in the second year. Two ten-
week terms of college work are required. Twenty-six weeks of
business practice with co-operating firms may be included. The
academic training continues the foundation program in economics,
finance, marketing and accounting. At this point, also, special
attention is given to the student's prospective needs during and
after his college career by way of expressing himself orally and in
writing, giving particular attention to the development of an
effective style for business writing of every sort.
Third Year
In the third year, the completion of the foundation program
gives way to the beginnings of specialized training. The student
rounds off his work in the third year through the study of eco-
nomic problems, corporation finance, money and banking,
industrial management, and a course in advanced accounting.
At the end of the third year the students elect the professional
curricula offerings in accordance with their major fields of interest
and natural aptitudes.
The Professional Options
All students are required to take common courses in their
fourth and fifth year which are deemed necessary for a well
rounded training. These are pursued jointly with the professional
work which has been selected, with a view to meeting the changing
58 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
and expanding needs of present day business conduct, while at
the same time meeting the vocational needs of the students by
way of earning a living. A brief statement of the vocational op-
portunities in the fields of work represented by each of the pro-
fessional options follows:
Accounting
Many successful careers are open to the professional account-
ant. His services are demanded by business, commerce and in-
dustry. Public and private enterprises seek adequately trained
men. Better known among the wide variety of titles descriptive
of their work are: public and private accountant, cost accountant,
resident and traveling auditor, credit manager, statistician, in-
vestigator, adjuster, and financial accountant.
Marketing and Advertising
Business and industry must sell their services and products to
each other and to the general public. Successful selling means
more than being a salesman. It demands knowledge of dis-
tribution channels, markets and buying habits, as well as sales
resistance. It means also, knowing how to buy in order to sell
and then how to organize, promote, and carry out a sales campaign.
The following list is representative of the vast array of Market-
ing and Advertising occupations: sales manager, supervisor,
analyst and correspondent, advertising manager, promotion
manager, copy supervisor, space buyer, and publicity director;
market, product and sales analyst, industrial salesman, sales
personnel supervisor, field representative, missionary salesman,
and manufacturer's agent.
Public Administration
The tremendous increase in the number o{ agencies regulating
both public and private enterprise has opened up an increasing
number of desirable career posts in both the state and federal
governments. These afford real opportunities for those who have
training in the fundamentals of business, together with special
training in the problems of administration as related to govern-
ment work. The typical positions include: division chiefs, bureau
heads, department heads, foreign and domestic representatives
of the many departments, bureaus and agencies of our government.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 59
Industrial Administration
Increasingly the manufacturer is looking to the business school
for well trained men to undertake cost work, production control,
planning, methods analysis, and the solution of sales problems
peculiar to the manufacturer. Moreover, Industrial Administra-
tors are increasingly turning attention to the effective administra-
tion of better employer-employee relations. This points the way
toward a growing need for trained managers of personnel relations.
The vocational opportunities of industrial administration in-
clude: personnel management, traffic management, office manage-
ment, industrial purchasing; manufacturing, supervisory and
executive work, inventory and production control, production
planning, setting shop standards, wage rate administration, and
supervision of shop personnel.
Journalism
No professional field of work commands greater public atten-
tion and respect than Journalism. The development, promotion,
operation, and management of the many city, town, and country
newspapers, multitudinous magazines, journals, house organs,
company newspapers, etc., require sound business training and
definite knowledge of the relationships of business management,
including advertising, sales promotion as well as an ability to write.
The business school graduate is at a premium, therefore, in the
field of Journalism. The publishing business is one requiring an
executive personnel that is both broad and well trained. The
specialist in this field handles circulation as well as advertising,
and distribution as well as production of the publication itself.
Banking and Finance
Financial institutions serving present day business and industry
are its life stream. Any list of these organizations which are
indispensable in the conduct of business must include: banks,
insurance companies, investment houses, credit concerns, finan-
cial exchanges, business forecasting organizations, financial service
institutions, mortgage companies, national and local real estate
brokerage firms, and appraisers.
Specific courses offered in Northeastern University's College
of Business Administration open the door to a host of careers in
these institutions as well as the many governmental regulatory
agencies controlling their operations.
60 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Pre-legal Curriculum
Effective September 1, 1938, by a ruling of the Supreme Judicial
Court of Massachusetts, in order to be eligible for examination
for admission to the Bar, an applicant must have completed certain
general educational requirements before beginning his legal edu-
cation. Briefly, this general education must comprise graduation
from a four-year high school and the completion of not less than
half of the work accepted for the Bachelor's degree in a college
approved by the Board of Bar Examiners.
Recognizing that business training furnishes an excellent back-
ground for pre-legal training, the College of Business Adminis-
tration offers a pre-legal curriculum. This consists of taking an
amount of work in the College equivalent to that required for
admission to specific law schools in the Commonwealth, and
usually requires residence in school during the entire freshman
year and for 30 weeks during the sophomore year. The approx-
imate cost for the normal pre-legal program is $600.00. Students
should consult with the Dean of the College before electing a pre-
legal program.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
61
Option 1 Accounting
No.
FIRST TERM
Course
Semester
Hours No.
SECOND TERM
Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
E 1-B English 3
Gv 1-A American Government 3
P 1-A Surv. of Phys. Science. 4
Ec 1 Economic Geography.. 4
U 1 Legal Bases of Bus 4
Ps 1-A Probs. of College Life. . 0
PE 3 Physical Training 0
18
E 2-B English 3
Gv 2-A American Government 3
P 2-A Surv. of Phys. Science 4
Ec 2 Comm. &. Ind. Hist, of
U.S 4
Business Associations. . 3
Hygiene
U2
PE2
PE4
Physical Training 0
18
Second Year
E 3-B Report Writing 2
Ec 3 Economic Principles. . . 2
FI 3 Business Finance 3
Ps 1-B Psychology 2
AC 1 Accounting 1 3
12
E4-B
Ec4
FI4
Ps2-B
AC 2
Business Correspondence 2
Economic Principles. . . 2
Business Finance 3
Psychology 2
Accounting 1 3
12
Third Year
Ec 5 Economic Problems. ... 2
FI 5 Corporation Finance. . 2
I A 1 Industrial Management I 2
MA 1 Marketing Principles. . . 3
AC 3 Accounting II 3
12
Ec6
FI6
IA2
MA 2
AC 4
Economic Problems ... 2
Banking and Business . . 2
Industrial Management II 2
Marketing Problems. . . 3
Accounting II. ....... . 3
12
Fourth Year
E 13 Effective Speaking 1
Ec 9 Statistics in Business. . . 2
AC 5 Cost Accounting 3
AC 7 Income Tax Accounting 3
Liberal Course 3
12
E 14
Ec 10
AC 6
AC 8
Effective Speaking 1
Statistics in Business ... 2
Cost Accounting 3
Public Accounting. ... 3
Liberal Course 3
12
Fifth Year
PA 5 Business and Gov't. ... 2
E 5-B Adv. Report Writing. . . 2
U 5 Legal Aspects 1 2
AC 9 C.P.A. Problems 3
Liberal Course 2}/;
C 1 1 Business Conference ... ]/•
12
U4
FI 12
U6
AC 10
C 12
Business Policy 2
Public Finance 2
Legal Aspects II 2
C.P.A. Problems 3
Liberal Course 2J^
Business Conference ... 3^
12
62
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
No
Option 11 Banking and Finance
FIRST TERM SECOND TERM
Semester
Course Hours No. Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
E 1-B English 3
Gv 1-A American Government 3
P 1-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Ec 1 Economic Geography . . 4
U 1 Legal Bases of Bus 4
Ps 1-A Probs. of College Life. . 0
PE 3 Physical Training 0
18
E 2-B English 3
Gv 2-A American Government 3
P 2-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Ec 2 Comm. & Ind. Hist, of
U. S 4
Business Associations . 3
Hygiene 1
U 2
PE2
PE4
Physical Training 0
18
Second Year
E 3-B Report Writing 2
Ec 3 Economic Principles. . . 2
FI 3 Business Finance 3
Ps 1-B Psychology 2
AC 1 Accounting 1 3
12
E4-B
Ec4
FI4
Ps2-B
AC 2
Business Correspondence 2
Economic Principles ... 2
Business Finance 3
Psychology 2
Accounting 1 3
12
Third Year
Ec5
FI5
IA 1
MA 1
AC 3
Economic Problems . .
Corporation Finance .
Indus. Management I.
Marketing Principles .
Accounting II
2
2
2
3
3
12
Ec6
FI6
IA2
MA 2
AC 4
Economic Problems . .
Banking and Business.
Indus. Management II
Marketing Problems. .
Accounting II
2
2
2
3
3
12
Fourth Year
E 13 Effective Speaking 1
Ec 9 Statistics in Business . . 2
AC 7 Income Tax Accounting 3
FI 9 Investments 3
Liberal Course 3
12
E 14
Ec 10
FI8
FI 10
Effective Speaking 1
Statistics in Business . . 2
Adv. Banking Probs. . . 3
Investments 3
Liberal Course 3
12
Fifth Year
PA 5 Business and Gov't. ... 2
E 5-B Adv. Report Writing . . 2
U 5 Legal Aspects 1 2
FI 13 R.E. Prac. <Sl Appraising 3
Liberal Course 23^
C 11 Business Conference. . . }A
12
U4
FI 12
U6
FI 14
C 12
Business Policy 2
Public Finance 2
Legal Aspects II 2
Ins. Prins. &. Practices. 3
Liberal Course 23^
Business Conference ... J/£
12
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
63
No.
Option 111 Marketing and Advertising
FIRST TERM
Course
Semester
Hours No.
SECOND TERM
Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
E l-B English 3
Gv 1-A American Government 3
P 1-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Ec 1 Economic Geography. . 4
U 1 Legal Bases of Bus 4
Ps 1-A Probs. of College Life . . 0
PE 3 Physical Training 0
18
E 2-B English 3
Gv 2-A American Government 3
P 2-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Comm. &l Ind. Hist, of
U. S 4
Business Associations . 3
Hygiene 1
Physical Training 0
18
Ec2
U 2
PE2
PE4
E 3-B Report Writing
Ec 3 Economic Principles.
FI 3 Business Finance. . . .
Ps l-B Psychology
AC 1 Accounting I
Second Year
E4-B
Ec4
FI4
2
2
3
2
3
12
Business Correspondence 2
Economic Principles. . . 2
Business Finance 3
Ps 2-B Psychology 2
AC 2 Accounting 1 3
12
Ec5
FI5
IA 1
MA 1
AC 3
Economic Problems .
Corporation Finance
Industrial Mgt. I . . . .
Marketing Principles
Accounting II
Third Year
Ec6
FI6
IA2
12
MA 2
AC 4
Economic Problems ... 2
Banking &. Business ... 2
Industrial Mgt. II 2
Marketing Problems. . . 3
Accounting II 3
12
E 13
Ec9
MA 3
MA 5
Effective Speaking. . . .
Statistics in Business . .
Sales Management . . .
Advertising Principles
Liberal Course
Fourth Year
1 E 14
2 Ec 10
3 MA 4
3 MA 6
3
12
Effective Speaking 1
Statistics in Business ... 2
Sales Management .... 3
Advertising Problems. . 3
Liberal Course 3
12
PA 5 Business and Gov't. . .
E 5-B Adv. Report Writing .
U 5 Legal Aspects I
MA 7 Retail Merchandising.
Liberal Course
C 11 Business Conference .
Fifth Year
2
2
2
3
2V2
y2
12
U4
FI 12
U6
MA 8
C 12
Business Policy 2
Public Finance 2
Legal Aspects II 2
Retail Merchandising. . 3
Liberal Course 2]/%
Business Conference ... J^
12
64
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
No.
Option IV Industrial Administration
FIRST TERM SECOND TERM
Semester
Course Hours No. Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
E l-B English 3
Gv 1-A American Government 3
P 1-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Ec 1 Economic Geography. . 4
U 1 Legal Bases of Bus 4
Ps 1-A Probs. of College Life. . 0
PE 3 Physical Training 0
18
E 2-B English 3
Gv 2-A American Government 3
P 2-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Comm. ck Ind. Hist, of
U. S 4
Business Associations . 3
Hygiene 1
Physical Training 0
18
Ec2
U2
PE2
PE4
Second Year
E 3-B Report Writing 2
Ec 3 Economic Principles ... 2
FI 3 Business Finance 3
Ps l-B Psychology 2
AC 1 Accounting 1 3
12
E4-B
Ec4
FI4
Ps2-B
AC 2
Business Correspondence 2
Economic Principles. . . 2
Business Finance 3
Psychology 2
Accounting 1 3
12
Ec5
FI 5
IA 1
MA 1
AC 3
Economic Problems . .
Corporation Finance .
Industrial Mgt. I . . . .
Marketing Principles
Accounting II
Third Year
2
2
2
3
3
12
Ec6
FI6
IA2
MA 2
AC 4
Economic Problems ... 2
Banking &. Business. . . 2
Industrial Mgt. II 2
Marketing Problems. . . 3
Accounting II 3
12
Fourth Year
E 13 Effective Speaking 1
Ec 9 Statistics in Business . . 2
IA 3 Personnel Adminis. ... 3
AC 5 Cost Accounting 3
Liberal Course 3
12
E 14
Ec 10
IA4
AC 6
Effective Speaking 1
Statistics in Business ... 2
Personnel Problems ... 3
Cost Accounting 3
Liberal Course 3
12
Fifth Year
PA 5 Business and Gov't. ... 2
E 5-B Adv. Report Writing . . 2
U 5 Legal Aspects 1 2
IA 5 Motion 6k Time Study 3
Liberal Course 1Yi
C 1 1 Business Conference ... 3^2
12
U4
FI 12
U6
IN 14
C 12
Business Policy 2
Public Finance 2
Legal Aspects II 2
Industrial Finance 3
Liberal Course IY2.
Business Conference . . Y2
12
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
65
No.
Option V Public Administration
FIRST TERM SECOND TERM
Semester
Course Hours No. Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
E l-B English 3
Gv 1-A American Government 3
P 1-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Eel Economic Geography. . 4
U 1 Legal Bases of Bus 4
Ps 1-A Probs. of College Life. . 0
PE 3 Physical Training 0
18
E 2-B English 3
Gv 2-A American Government 3
P 2-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Ec 2 Comm. 6k Ind. Hist, of
U. S 4
Business Associations . 3
Hygiene 1
U 2
PE2
PE4
Physical Training 0
18
Second Year
E 3-B Report Writing 2 E 4-B
Ec 3 Economic Principles ... 2 Ec 4
FI 3 Business Finance 3 FI 4
Ps l-B Psychology 2 Ps 2-B
AC I Accounting 1 3 AC 2
12
Business Correspondence 2
Economic Principles. . . 2
Business Finance 3
Psychology 2
Accounting 1 3
12
Ec5
FI5
IA 1
MA 1
AC 3
Economic Problems . .
Corporation Finance .
Industrial Mgt. I. . . .
Marketing Principles
Accounting II
Third Year
Ec6
FI6
IA2
MA 2
AC 4
12
Economic Problems ... 2
Banking and Business . 2
Industrial Mgt. II 2
Marketing Problems. . . 3
Accounting II 3
12
E 13 Effective Speaking. . . .
Ec 9 Statistics in Business.
IA 3 Personnel Adminis. . .
Gv 5-B Constitutional Law. . ,
Liberal Course
Fourth Year
E 14
Ec 10
PA 2
12
PA 4
Effective Speaking 1
Statistics in Business . . 2
Public Adminis. 1 3
Political Concepts 3
Liberal Course 3
12
PA 5
E5-B
U 5
PA 7
Cll
Fifth Year
Business and Gov't. .. . 2 U4
Adv. Report Writing. .2 FI 12
Legal Aspects 1 2 U 6
PublicAdminis.il 3 PA 8
Liberal Course 2J^
Business Conference. . . J^ C 12
12
Business Policy 2
Public Finance 2
Legal Aspects II 2
Public Adminis. HI. . . . 3
Liberal Course 2J^
Business Conference . . H
12
66
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
No.
Option VI Journalism
FIRST TERM SECOND TERM
Semester
Course Hours No. Course
Semester
Hours
First Year
E 1-B English 3
Gv 1-A American Government 3
P 1-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Ec 1 Economic Geography . . 4
U 1 Legal Bases of Bus 4
Ps 1-A Probs. of College Life. . 0
PE 3 Physical Training 0
18
E 2-B English 3
Gv 2-A American Government 3
P 2-A Surv. of Phys. Science . 4
Ec 2 Comm. 6k Ind. Hist, of
U. S 4
Business Associations . 3
Hygiene 1
U2
PE2
PE4
Physical Training 0
18
Second Year
E 3-B Report Writing 2
Ec 3 Economic Principles. . . 2
FI 3 Business Finance 3
Ps 1-B Psychology 2
AC 1 Accounting 1 3
12
E4-B
Ec4
FI4
Business Correspondence 2
Economic Principles. . . 2
Business Finance 3
Ps 2-B Psychology 2
AC 2 Accounting 1 3
12
Third Year
Ec5
FI5
IA 1
MA 1
AC 3
Economic Problems .
Corporation Finance
Industrial Mgt. I . . . .
Marketing Principles
Accounting II
2
2
2
3
3
12
Ec6
FI6
IA2
MA 2
AC 4
Economic Problems ... 2
Banking and Business . 2
Industrial Mgt. II 2
Marketing Problems. . . 3
Accounting II 3
12
Fourth Year
E 13 Effective Speaking 1
Ec 9 Statistics in Business ... 2
E 9 Journalism 1 3
MA 5 Advertising Principles . 3
Liberal Course 3
12
E 14
Ec 10
E 10
MA 6
Effective Speaking 1
Statistics in Business . . 2
Journalism 1 3
Advertising Problems . . 3
Liberal Course 3
12
Fifth Year
PA 5 Business and Gov't. ... 2
E 5-B Adv. Report Writing . . 2
U 5 Legal Aspects 1 2
Ell Journalism II 3
Liberal Course 23^
C 11 Business Conference. . . H
12
U4
FI 12
U6
E 12
C 12
Business Policy 2
Public Finance 2
Legal Aspects II 2
Journalism II 3
Liberal Course 2%
Business Conference. . . ]/%
12
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 67
Synopses of Courses Offered
On the pages which follow are given the synopses of courses
offered in the several curricula of the College. Courses offered in
the first semester bear odd numbers; those offered in the second
semester bear even numbers.
Freshmen courses extend over a full semester of 18 weeks.
Upperclass courses are uniformly 10 weeks in length each term.
The University reserves the right to withdraw any course in
which there is insufficient enrolment.
^Accounting
Professors D'Alessandro and Bruce; Messrs. Bloomfield and
Golemme
AC 1 Accounting I
This course presents the fundamental principles of accounting
theory and practice in a manner designed to meet the needs of
students who intend to specialize in accounting as well as those
who require a knowledge of accounting as a preparation for the
study of banking and finance, production management, and
marketing. Beginning with a consideration of the need for and
the purpose served by accounting, a study of the balance sheet
and operating statement is presented so that the ultimate goal
and purpose of accounting is understood before the mechanical
methods of recording business transactions are presented. The
course then takes up specific balance sheet accounts; the law of
debit and credit; the theory of nominal accounts; construction
and interpretation of accounts; the recording process; the trial
balance; construction of financial statements; the need for ad-
justments at the end of the period; depreciation; deferred and
accrued items. 3 semester hour credits
AC 2 Accounting I
This course continues the work of the first semester with increased
emphasis placed on accounting and interpretation of accounts.
The main topics covered are closing of books, starting the new
period, comparative statements, control accounts, and the opera-
tion of petty cash systems. 3 semester hour credits
68 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
AC 3 Accounting II
This course is a continuation of the fundamental principles of
accounting. Greater emphasis is placed, however, on the account-
ing aspect of management. Special books, departmental accounts
and statements, and accounting for manufacturing are specifically
introduced. One of the main features of this course is the intro-
duction of the analytical aspect of accounting.
3 semester hour credits
AC 4 Accounting II
The approach of AC 3 is continued with greater stress on the
accounting rather than bookkeeping aspects. Continuity is
aimed at throughout. Accounting for business organizations
occupies the major part of the course. Formation and operation
of partnerships and corporations are thoroughly covered. Special
emphasis is placed on the valuation of partnership and corpora-
tion accounts. Problems dealing with branch accounting, in-
stallment sales, and bonds will also be studied in this course.
3 semester hour credits
AC 5 Cost Accounting
The structure of factory costs from the executive's viewpoint is
studied in this course. The subject is approached chiefly from the
management point of view. Problems are presented in a sum-
marized form in order to stress the fundamental aspects of costs.
Managerial control through the use of accounts is emphasized
at the beginning of the course. Some of the specific topics covered
are accumulation and distribution of cost data, process cost, job
cost, historical cost, estimated cost, standard cost, and spoilage
COSt. 3 semester hour credits
AC 6 Cost Accounting
This course is designed to develop in the student the managerial
ability to control production, operating, and distribution costs
through the use of cost accounting and the budget. Methods of
costing and controlling materials, labor, and expenses are con-
sidered in detail. Cost variations are analyzed. Joint cost and
by-product COSt are introduced. 3 semester hour credits
AC 7 Income Tax Accounting
In this course the fundamental principles of the application of
Federal and State income taxation are presented by the problem
method whereby the principles are applied to a stated set of
facts. The case problems will include methods of accounting
for income, sales and exchanges, installment sales, dividends,
compensation for services, tax-free securities, depreciation, obso-
lescence, depletion, bad debts, contributions, and withholding
information at the source. The social security laws are introduced.
3 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 69
AC 8 Public Accounting
This course contemplates the application of accounting knowl-
edge to the analysis and interpretation of accounting records.
Specific cases are used for outlining the mode of procedure best
adapted to the intelligent examination of accounting records and
the compilation of reports on which the management can base
plans for future operations. Balance sheet audits, detailed audits
and special investigations for credit and other purposes receive
due attention. The preparation and proper preservation of
working papers is an essential feature of the course. Stress is
laid on the matter of report writing and the compilation of
statements and schedules that will be intelligible to the business
man who is not an accountant. 3 semester hour credits
AC 9 C.P.A. Problems
The purpose of this course is to provide for the application of the
knowledge of accounting principles and practice gained in the
preceding courses to the analysis and solution of complex prob-
lems involving a recognition of the economic, legal, and social
aspects of various forms of business organization. The course
content consists chiefly of problems given in C.P.A. examinations.
All phases of partnership, corporation, bond, depletion, and cost
accounting are critically covered. 3 semester hour credits
AC 10 C.P.A. Problems
This course continues AC 13. Great emphasis is placed on the
preparation of working papers and the taking of the C.P.A.
examination. The topics covered in addition to a general review
are consolidation, municipal accounting, bank accounting, broker-
age accounting, adjustments of complex statements and reports,
actuarial problems, and institutional accounting.
3 semester hour credits
banking and finance
Professors Tuthill, Lake, and Bruce
FI 3 Business Finance
The fundamental principles of finance are approached in this
course from the point of view of the business man. A study is
made of the two basic ways of financing, namely, equity and bor-
rowed funds, and their use in original and expansion financing.
In addition, consideration is given to working capital requirements
and the distinctions between short-term and long-term financing.
3 semester hour credits
70 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Fl 4 Business Finance
A continuation of FI 3 Business Finance. This course deals with
the application of the principles of finance to such problems as
surplus, dividend and reserve policies, the relation of the corpora-
tion to banks and the investing public, and the problems of both
trade and economic risk. The course includes an analysis of such
combinations as trusts, holding companies, consolidations, and
pools from both the public and financial points of view. Analysis
is also made of aspects of reorganization problems in the light of
present legislation. The course concludes with an analysis of
government and state agencies now supplementing private sources
of business funds.
3 semester hour credits
Fl 5 Corporation Finance
This course builds on the foundation of FI 3 and FI 4. The cor-
poration, rather than business in general, is here considered. An
analysis is made of the changing concepts in the corporation,
such as separation of ownership and management, and the roles
played by private initiative and private property. Through use
of actual examples, a study is made of financial policies affecting
sales, prices, markets, and control.
2 semester hour credits
FI 6 Banking and Business
Because the student taking this course has already received
through his study of economics some instruction in the general
principles of money and credit, particular attention is given to
the bank in its relation to the business man, and the function of
the Federal Reserve System as a central banking agency. An
analysis is made of the more basic aspects of Federal Reserve
policy as they affect business and the banking community. Cur-
rent problems are carefully considered.
Pre-requisite: Ec 3 2 semester hour credits
Fl 8 Advanced Banking Problems
In this course students are taught to look at the problems con-
fronting the banker from the executive's point of view. Through
a series of problems, most of which are actual cases, the matter
of loan and investment policies will be studied at length with
other problems concerning methods of increasing the bank's
efficiency, volume of business, and profits receiving the proper
amount of attention.
3 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 71
FI 9 Investments
This course consists of a review of the principles of investment, a
study of investment policies, and the mechanics and mathematics
of investments. It includes a basic study of the advantages and
disadvantages of stocks and bonds as media of investment from
a present and historical basis.
3 semester hour credits
FI 10 Investments
A practical study is made of the various fields of investment such
as industrials, rails, banks, real estate, government, and foreign
investments. Emphasis is placed on security analysis as it per-
tains to the individual issues. The course not only concerns
itself with an intensive study of particular companies and issues,
but also includes an analysis of the various current methods of
market analysis.
3 semester hour credits
FI 12 Public Finance
One of the biggest problems confronting the people of all nations
today is the question of taxation. In recognition of this fact and
of the enormous difficulties facing business organizations and
individuals because of the tax burden, the course in Public Finance
is offered. This course teaches the kinds of taxes imposed by
municipal, state, and federal governing bodies. Attention is given
to the "trend" in taxation. Governmental borrowings and
revenues are studied as to their general effect on the finances of
individuals and business concerns. A large part of the time al-
lowed for this course is spent in a study of the sources of revenue
such as commodity taxes, highway taxes, general property taxes,
taxes on business, poll taxes, income taxes, and death taxes.
2 semester hour credits
FI 13 Real Estate Practice and Appraising
Consideration of land as an economic institution, and the im-
portance of a sound land policy; the real estate man as a broker
in landed property, his merchandising operations; the problems
of owners and builders, the service to be rendered the ordinary
purchaser; organization of the real estate office, renting, leasing,
and property management; the importance of acquaintance
with valuation principles; building operations, the financing of
transactions, subdividing and planning; taxation, legal con-
siderations, professional relationships.
3 semester hour credits
72 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Fl 14 Insurance Principles and Practices
The purpose of the course is to provide a comprehensive knowl-
edge of insurance principles and coverage such as will provide
a broad foundation for the student who plans to enter the business
of insurance, or enable the business man to plan a satisfactory
program for personal needs or business responsibilities. Content:
The basic principles of insurance, solving the economic problem
of risk, types of insurance contracts, legal interpretation of the
insurance contract, types of insurance companies, the needs of
the buyer of insurance, co-operative organizations in the field
of insurance.
3 semester hour credits
(^Marketing and (^Advertising
Professors Jackson, Tatton and Fennell
MA I Marketing Principles
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the principles
underlying the distribution of merchandise. Textbook assign-
ments and lectures introduce a knowledge of the place of market-
ing in our modern economic order; the basic structure of markets;
the main functions of marketing such as assembling, grading,
storing, buying, selling and financing of goods; and the general
classification of commodities into major types for the purpose of
analytical study. The course gives further and more detailed
consideration to the activities of the several types of middlemen
such as brokers, wholesalers, and retailers, and their utilization
as channels of distribution; the work of the commodity exchanges
and co-operative marketing associations; and the development of
chain stores, mail order houses, and department stores.
Other topics considered are market risk, pricing, selling terms
and discounts, hedging, advertising, and the legal aspects of price
maintenance. Supplementary lectures and illustrative material
will be given to explain in some detail the methods used in market-
ing several specific commodities.
3 semester hour credits
MA 2 Marketing Problems
Using actual case material this course analyzes and suggests
solutions to a wide variety of selling problems in typical industries
and trades. It is aimed throughout to develop the analytical
powers of the student so that he may decide a problem from the
viewpoint of a marketing executive. Consideration is given to
consumers' buying habits and buying motives, to the important
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 73
types of retail and wholesale enterprise, and to an analysis of the
channels of distribution with the object of formulating a basis
for selecting suitable channels for various products. The market-
ing of industrial goods is studied including certain special problems
such as hedging. Producer's co-operative marketing is also given
attention. 3 semester hour credits
MA 3 Sales Management
The study of actual case material forms the basis of this course.
In each case the facts are analyzed and a solution proposed. The
major problems of sales management may be stated as questions:
What to sell? To whom shall products be sold? At what price
and terms shall products be sold? The answering of these ques-
tions involves a consideration of merchandising policies and
organization, market channels, market research and analysis,
and pricing and credit policies. 3 semester hour credits
MA 4 Sales Management
Continuing BU 7 Problems in Sales Management this course deals
primarily with the following problems: sales methods, sales pro-
motion, sales campaigns, management of sales force, and the
planning and control of sales operations.
In the field of Sales Management the solution of problems in-
volves two types of mental effort. First, there is the suggestion
of plans or alternatives, a task requiring imagination; second,
there is the choice between the alternatives so suggested, a matter
of judgment. It is essential that the student of business manage-
ment acquire the habit of weighing alternatives before deciding,
but much more is to be gained if the student possesses and de-
velops imagination.
The purpose of the courses in Sales Management is principally to
develop an approach and technique for the solution of problems,
so the student will be able to analyze and think through the prob-
lems which must be faced later when he arrives at a post of
responsibility. 3 semester hour credits
MA 5 Advertising Principles
The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the
fundamental principles and facts which the advertising man must
know today. The economic background of the subject and its
development is presented, together with a survey of the methods
for planning and preparing advertisements actually followed in
advertising offices. Consideration is given to human instincts,
buying habits, argumentative and suggestive appeals, color, head-
lines, layout, illustrations, and trademarks.
3 semester hour credits
74 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
MA 6 Advertising Problems
The analysis and solution of a wide variety of advertising prob-
lems and cases based upon the actual business experience of a
large number of firms constitutes the content of this course.
3 semester hour credits
MA 7 Retail Merchandising
The purpose of this course is to study the principles of successful
retailing and to solve actual problems involving these principles.
Layout, location and equipment of retail stores are first con-
sidered. Store organization, market contacts, buying, receiving
and marking merchandise, and invoice procedure are taken up
next. Mark-up and mark-down are dealt with in detail through
practical examples requiring solution by the students, as are
inventory and stock control methods. Merchandise planning
is discussed and illustrated.
3 semester hour credits
MA 8 Retail Merchandising
This course continues the work of Retail Merchandising, dealing
with expense distribution, retail credits and collections, and with
special phases of retail accounting. Other topics considered are:
fashion, salesmanship, customer service, and the training and
welfare of employees. The promotion of sales events and retail
advertising practices are analyzed from the viewpoint of the
store executive.
3 semester hour credits
Industrial ^Administration
Dean Knowles, Professors Alexander and Thomson;
Mr. Golemme
IA 1 Industrial Management I
The course in industrial management places emphasis on the
administrative and profit making phases of factory and plant
operation. A textbook is used to present elementary principles
and problem material which are supplemented by lectures.
The first part of the course presents a brief historical background
of U. S. industry; this is followed by a treatment of the location
of the plant; plant services and material handling; plant design,
structure, and layout; standardization, simplification, and special-
ization.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 75
IA 2 Industrial Management II
This course is a continuation of Industrial Management I A 1. It
deals with the control of plant operations. Each department of
a modern industrial concern is considered, emphasis being placed
on the organization and management problems confronted and
how they may be handled, with the intention that the student
shall become familiar with the activities and general working of
each department and the relationship which the departments
hold to one another and to the business as a whole. In detail
are considered: budgeting, standards of performance (time and
motion study, wage systems), organization, routing, scheduling,
dispatching, inventory control, quality control, and visual con-
trols such as the organization chart, planning board, and de-
partmental report.
2 semester hour credits
IA 3 Personnel Administration
A consideration of what modern industry is doing in making an
application of science to the obtaining and retaining of an effective
and co-operative working force. The student studies thoroughly
personnel administration systems now in use including the prep-
aration and use of many forms among which are the occupational
description, application, and interview blanks, promotion charts,
wage scale, personnel control charts, etc. In addition, such sub-
jects as wage payment plans, profit sharing, the training of work-
men, workers' security plans, employee representation, collective
bargaining, and management relationships are given attention.
Provisions of the National Labor Relations Act and the Wages
and Hours Act are discussed.
3 semester hour credits
IA 4 Personnel Problems
This course brings to the attention of the student an understand-
ing of the related, yet varied, problems with which the modern
personnel department is confronted. These include problems of
guidance, placement, job evaluation, adjustment of rates, em-
ployee rating systems, development of complete, yet simple,
personnel records, etc.
3 semester hour credits
I A 5 Motion and Time Study
This course comprises a detailed study of time and motion study
work, a complete study and actual practice in micromotion which
is the use of motion pictures in the motion study work, a prepara-
tion of simo-charts (the use of colored charts and symbols called
76 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Therbligs which show all the elements in an operation cycle),
and the making of process charts which is the use of specifically
designed symbols, or industrial shorthand, to record motion
analysis.
3 semester hour credits
IN 14 Industrial Finance
The early part of this course consists of a study of internal manage-
ment problems and methods of determining profit trends thru
use of profit and capital graphs. The latter half of the course is
given to a brief survey of the existing forms of finance with par-
ticular emphasis upon external trends that affect seriously the
problems of corporate management.
3 semester hour credits
^Public ^Administration
Professors Potter and Hamilton and Mr. Larson
PA 2 Public Administration I
A study of career service of the local, state, and national govern-
ment; the administrative positions in career service; the informa-
tion needed by the government administrator in order to function
effectively; and the means for acquiring public administration
knowledge.
3 semester hour credits
PA 4 Political Concepts
A critical study is made of the major developments in political
theory since Bentham with special reference to the influence of
these developments upon American politics and political insti-
tutions. Attention is paid to the modern conflict between the
democratic and the totalitarian conceptions of the state.
3 semester hour credits
PA 5 Business and Government
The object of this course is to develop a thorough understanding
of the relationships between government and business. The
attitude of our government towards business since 1885 as evi-
denced by legislative, judicial, and executive action will be analyzed
in detail. Careful attention will be given the experience under the
NRA and the attempts on the part of government and business
to preserve the good features of the codes. Special consideration
will be given to the part played by the administrative agency.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 77
PA 7 Public Administration II
A study of the subject matter and principles of management
necessary for the efficient operation of the government.
3 semester hour credits
PA 8 Public Administration 111
This course presents a study of the public relations, fiscal control,
and policy making aspects of public administration, stressing the
importance of co-operation among government bureaus, legis-
lative bodies, and the public; and presents to the student an ap-
preciation of the importance of versatility of ability for a successful
public career.
3 semester hour credits
Journalism
Professors Melvin, Marston, and Mr. Cloney
E 9 Journalism 1
The newspaper technique, with practice in rewriting; the general
tasks of an "inside" man and the functions of the editorial
department.
3 semester hour credits
E 10 Journalism 1
The problems of reporting and newswriting, with written assign-
ments in all types of spot news reporting.
3 semester hour credits
E 11 Journalism II
Editing the news. The writing of editorials, feature articles, and
columns.
3 semester hour credits
E 12 Journalism II
A general practice course in newspaper writing, the covering of
special assignments, and editorial problems.
3 semester hour credits
78 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
English
Professors Melvin, Holmes and Marston;
Messrs. Norvish, Capon and Cloney
E 1-B English
A course in composition with emphasis on the basic principles of
writing. A brief, comprehensive review of grammar and rhetoric
precedes the study of exposition. Works of contemporary
essayists and biographers are used as models for weekly themes
and studied as examples of modern literature.
3 semester hour credits
E 2-B English
A continuation of E 1-B, with a study of contemporary short
stories, plays, and poems. Toward the end of the term a careful
study of letter writing is made.
3 semester hour credits
E 3-B Report Writing
In recognition of the importance to business men of clear and
concise written expression in daily business contacts, this course
places emphasis on up-to-date business practices. Actual reports
used in industry are presented for class study and criticism. The
report form, the use of illustrations, exhibits, and charts, the
purposes and qualities of a good report are derived from an
examination of current models. In addition, the course considers
such forms of business writing as the memorandum, instruction
data, the company magazine and bulletin, minutes of meetings,
recommendations and suggestions, and manuals of company
practice and procedure.
2 semester hour credits
E 4-B Business Correspondence
Too great an importance cannot be attached to effective and
correct business letters as essential to the successful conduct
of any business. This course gives consideration of the basic
principles of business letter writing with particular reference to
the form of the letter, the letter writer's point of view, natural
language, dictation. Routine business letters — inquiry, order,
complaint, adjustment, credit, collection letters, and letters of
application — will be analyzed and discussed. The problems of
selling by mail will be briefly examined.
2 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 79
E 5-B Advanced Report Writing
An advanced study of current practices in industrial report writing
will be the purpose of this course. The emphasis will be placed
equally upon matter and form so that professional proficiencies
may be correlated with effective presentation.
2 semester hour credits
E 13 Effective Speaking
This course offers practical training in the preparation and pres-
entation of the various types of speeches. The instruction is
planned to eliminate defects of voice, posture, and delivery, and
to develop in the student an ability to speak easily, naturally, and
forcefully.
I semester hour credit
E 14 Effective Speaking
Continued practice in impromptu and extempore speaking, organ-
ization of material, consideration of the audience, and vocabulary
building form the basis of the course.
1 semester hour credit
Economics
Professors Lake and Hamilton; Mr. Cruickshank
Ec 1 Economic Geography
In order to provide an adequate background for the study of
economics this first course emphasizes the economic resources of
our country and the part played by these resources in the develop-
ment of our modern industrial society. The course is more con-
cerned with promoting the comprehension of basic concepts
than with stressing encyclopedic knowledge of masses of details.
In the latter part of the semester frequent use is made of motion
pictures to illustrate the processes and peculiar economic charac-
teristics of specific industries.
4 semester hour credits
Ec 2 Commercial and Industrial History of the U. S.
This course is designed to complete the factual background which
is needed for the most successful study of theoretical economics.
The economic development of the United States is traced from
the colonial period to the present with special emphasis upon the
period since the Civil War. Stress is laid upon the importance of
economic factors and changes in our history in the description of
80 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
the development of manufacturing, agriculture, domestic and
foreign commerce, finance and banking, transportation and
labor organizations. Consideration is given to European develop-
ments which have been closely related to those of the United
States.
4 semester hour credits
Ec 3 Economic Principles
A thorough grounding in the fundamental principles and laws of
economics is the aim of this basic course. The main topics
include: the nature and organization of production, the nature
and importance of wants, the relation of money and prices, the
process of exchange, and the nature of international trade.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 4 Economic Principles
A continuation of Ec 3. A careful analysis is made of the deter-
mination of price under conditions of competition and monopoly,
and of the distribution of wealth and income in the form of wages,
economic rent, interest, and profits. The elements of insurance
are discussed in connection with profits.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 5 Economic Problems
In this course the application of economic principles to some of the
major economic problems of modern society is emphasized. The
problems studied include consumption, protective tariffs and
subsidies, labor problems such as unemployment and labor unions,
and the business cycle.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 6 Economic Problems
A continuation of Ec 5 Economic Problems. Among the prob-
lems considered are the following: price stabilization, the agri-
cultural problem, the relation of government to business includ-
ing the control of monopolies and public utilities, insurance,
public finance, and proposals for the remodeling and improving of
the economic system.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 9 Statistics in Business
This course is intended to give the student an understanding of
statistical principles and methods and their practical application
in the administration of modern business. A study is made of
the nature, sources, collection and organization of business facts;
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 81
the presentation of such facts in tabular or graphic form, the
various averages, measures of dispersion, and the construction
and use of index numbers. Laboratory periods provide an oppor-
tunity for each student to demonstrate his ability to apply the
principles studied.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 10 Statistics in Business
The major portion of this continuation of Ec 9 Statistics in Busi-
ness concerns the analysis of time series and includes the methods
of obtaining trends, seasonal indexes, and the measurement of
cyclical variation. Correlation of time series is related to the
problems of business forecasting. In the laboratory work each
student is required to make a complete analysis of an individual
time series, preferably associated with his co-operative work.
2 semester hour credits
government
Professor Potter; Messrs. Larson and Keith
Gv I -A American Government
The study of our National Government with respect to its organ-
ization and function; its powers and limitations under the Con-
stitution; its legislative, administrative and judicial machinery
under the party system of government and bureaucracy.
3 semester hour credits
Gv 2- A American Government
A more careful study of the relationships of our federal, state,
and municipal governments, including an analysis and comparison
of the various state governments and types of municipal govern-
ment with respect to state and local agencies for carrying out the
executive, legislative and judicial functions of government in a
democratic country.
3 semester hour credits
Gv 5-B Constitutional Law
A careful study of the leading constitutional principles of the
American government as developed through judicial interpreta-
tion. Primary emphasis is placed upon the relation of constitu-
tional law to present day problems with particular reference to
such items as "due process of law" and "interstate commerce."
3 semester hour credits
82 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
^Psychology
Professor Estes
Ps LA Problems of College Life
This course is designed to make the entering student explicitly
aware of those facts, principles, and techniques which are signifi-
cantly related to the maintenance of his intellectual efficiency and
mental health in the college enrivonment.
Ps l'B Psychology
An elementary survey of the psychology of individual differences
including personality differences, together with a presentation of
some of the practical applications of the findings of differential
psychology.
2 semester hour credits
Ps 2~B Psychology
An introduction to general experimental psychology. The topics
considered include learning, thought, memory, perception, and
sensation.
2 semester hour credits
Other Inquired Courses
PE 2 Hygiene
One class hour a week is devoted to the study of information
closely related to the physical training work and to personal and
mental hygiene. For each class lecture the student is assigned at
least one hour of outside study based on the required textbook.
The course includes enough of the fundamentals of physiology and
anatomy to enable the student to understand such parts of the
course as require some knowledge of these subjects.
1 semester hour credit
PE 3-4 Physical Training
All first-year students are required to take physical training.
Health, strength, and vitality do not come by chance, but by
constant attention to those factors involved in their development.
It is very essential for the student to acquire good habits of life.
The work in the course includes a formal calisthenic program,
special exercise classes for the correction of postural defects,
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 83
participation in the regular athletic program, including baseball,
basketball, hockey, track, and many types of informal games.
All members of the class are also required to learn to swim.
Students wishing to be excused from physical training, because
of physical defects, are required to present a petition to the faculty
supported by a physician's certificate.
L7 1 Legal Bases of Business
A survey course presenting the fundamental principles of business
law and their relationships to the operations of business enter-
prise. Since practically every phase of business activity from the
organization to the dissolution of a concern rests on a foundation
of law, it is essential that the student of business understand the
rudimentary legal principles involved. Major topics covered
include contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, sales, bail-
ments, carriers, insurance law, suretyship, and bankruptcy.
4 semester hour credits
U 2 Business Associations
This course deals with the legal, economic, and human phases of
business organizations. It discusses the individual proprietorship,
partnership, corporation, and business trust, showing how each
is formed, operated, and dissolved. The merits, as well as the
shortcomings, of each form are treated. Specific problems will
deal with the legal requirements, organization expense, operating
problems, taxes, and reports required of each of these types of
organizations.
3 semester hour credits
U 4 Business Policy
This course is set up as a seminar in which the members of the
class will examine the problems that the business man faces daily
in his relations with government, labor, the market, and the
community. The ethical features of business policy formation
will be stressed along with the social implications. An attempt
will be made to determine the criteria by which fair business
practices can be distinguished from unfair.
2 semester hour credits
U 5 Legal Aspects 1
This course covers the law of contracts and the law of agency as
they effect the business man. Under the law of contracts such
subjects are considered as agreements, competent parties, con-
sideration legality, assignment, discharge of contracts, enforce-
84 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ment of contracts, and damages for breach. Under the law of
agency there is discussion of the formation of the agency rela-
tionship, rights, and duties of the principal and the agent, rights
of third parties and termination of agency.
2 semester hour credits
U 6 Legal Aspects 11
This course deals chiefly with the subject of negotiable instruments.
The widespread use of credit instruments in commercial transac-
tions demands a knowledge of the law of bills and notes on the
part of the business man. The various types of instruments are
first discussed, the requirements for negotiability, the negotiation
by endorsements of various kinds, the rights of holders in due
course, the rights and liabilities of other parties, the requisites
for charging secondary parties, and methods of discharge. Con-
sideration is given the law of sales, including such topics as the
passing of title to goods conditions and warranties, the Statute
of Frauds, rights and remedies of buyers and sellers.
2 semester hour credits
P 1'A Survey of Physical Science
The purpose of the course is to give a definite conception of the
physical world to those students who ordinarily would not elect
a science course but who need to know something about the
contributions and the place of the physical sciences in contempo-
rary civilization. This course begins with a study of the universe
and solar system. Consideration is given to the principles of
distance, mass and weight, and the simple dynamics of bodies.
The earth is studied from the viewpoint of its geological, meteoro-
logical, and chemical aspects, these main fields introducing a non-
mathematical discussion of magnetism, heat, and electricity.
4 semester hour credits
P 2-A Survey of Physical Science
In this course, which continues P 1-A, the phenomena of light
are taken up. Following this, consideration is given to spectro-
scopy and matter structure, the periodic table, acids, bases, salts,
and organic compounds. The course concludes with a discussion
of certain aspects of physics which are of practical importance in
the household, such as heating, lighting, refrigeration, and electrical
appliances.
4 semester hour credits
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 85
C 11 Business Conference
This course is designed to bring about analytical thinking and
systematic planning of the "after-graduation-employment" prob-
lem. It is conducted as an open discussion class by the Depart-
men of Co-operative Work. Each Co-ordinator has in class
those students who have been placed and supervised on co-opera-
tive work by him. Each student analyzes and applies to himself
as the "product" the fundamental principles of merchandising.
Prominent men who are leaders in the fields of employment
counselling, business, or engineering present the employers' view-
point. Thus the graduating seniors are brought face to face
during the year with one of the most important and perplexing
problems of life, namely, how to "sell their services," thereby
aiming to bring a co-ordinated training of theory and practice to
a logical conclusion.
% semester hour credit
C 12 Business Conference
This course is the sequel to C 11 and consists of the practical
application of the techniques of job-getting which have been
analyzed and discussed in that course. It is conducted on a
conference rather than on a class basis, the major portion of the
time being devoted to the planning and writing of letters to and
securing interviews with prospective employers. It is intended
that this course will culminate in the attainment by each student
of his after-graduation job.
3^ semester hour credit
Business Administration Theses
A thesis in the College of Business Administration is considered
to be an essay involving the statement, analysis, and solution of
some problem in a special field of business administration. Its
purpose is to demonstrate a satisfactory degree of initiative and
power of original thought and work on the part of the candidate.
A mere resume of existing knowledge in some subject is not
acceptable. This, it is true, must usually be made, but in addition
thereto the student must show his ability to deal constructively
with the data he has collected and his power to draw significant
and reliable conclusions from his investigations. The completed
thesis will be examined for acceptance or rejection from the
technical viewpoint by the Departments interested and then
forwarded to the Secretary of the Day Division. Final approval
of the thesis rests with the Dean. When it is accepted, the thesis
becomes the property of the school and it is not to be printed,
published, nor in any other way made public except in such
manner as the Department and the Dean shall jointly approve.
86 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Theses are not required of seniors in the College of Business
Administration. To certain students who wish to do so, however,
the privilege of writing a thesis may be granted by the Dean in
accordance with the following regulations:
1. To be eligible to write a thesis a student must have attained
a scholastic average of at least 2.0 or better during his middler
year and the first half of his junior year.
2. Students who have met this minimum requirement may
petition the Dean for the privilege of substituting a thesis for any
one of the required courses of the fifth year.
3. In his petition the student must state the subject which he
proposes to investigate and give a brief statement of the purpose
and scope of the proposed thesis.
4. Petitions for the privilege of writing theses must be sub-
mitted in writing to the Dean not later than the middle of the
second college period of the junior year.
Liberal Electives
In addition to the prescribed courses in each curriculum, students
may elect one liberal arts course in each of the last two years.
These liberal electives may be chosen from courses offered by the
College of Liberal Arts as listed hereafter, provided they are
scheduled at a time when the students are free to take them.
Ec 11 Labor Problems
An intensive study of the labor problems of modern industry
constitutes the content of this course. Unemployment and other
grievances of the worker, including industrial accident and disease,
inadequate wages, long hours, undesirable working conditions,
child and woman labor, etc., are carefully analyzed. Labor
unions, representing the workers' effort to solve the above prob-
lems, receive extended attention with an appraisal of their policies
and accomplishments. Employee representation, profit-sharing
plans and similar devices of the employer to meet the same prob-
lems are also examined critically. The attitude of our govern-
ment toward these problems and its attempts to handle them are
analyzed carefully. The suggestions of other groups and agencies
in respect to these problems will be treated, e.g., co-operative
movement, socialism.
Ec 12 Economic Systems
This is an intensive analysis of alternative economic systems.
Various criteria for evaluating the different systems are developed.
Pre'requisite: Ec 5, Ec 6
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 87
Ec 13 Business Cycles
After a study of the conditions which underlie cyclical fluctua-
tions in prices, volume of trade, physical production, and employ-
ment, a careful analysis is made of the more significant theories
of the business cycle. The possibilities of controlling such fluctua-
tions and of initiating recovery receive extended attention.
Throughout the course emphasis is placed upon the current phase
of the business cycle and its peculiar problems.
Pre-requisite: Ec 5, Ec 6
Ec 14 International Economic Relations
A careful examination of the important principles of international
trade and finance precedes a critical survey of the international
commercial policies of modern nations, with special reference to
the United States. Such broader problems as the international
control of raw materials, exchange restrictions, international
cartels and the economic activities of the League of Nations and
other international organizations are considered.
Pre-requisite: Ec 5, Ec 6
Ec 15 History of Economic Thought
A critical review of the origin and development of economic
thought from the ancient world to modern times is the aim of this
course, since familiarity with the efforts of great economic thinkers
in the past is essential for the thorough understanding of modern
economic theory. After briefly noting the contributions of Plato
and Aristotle, the early Christian fathers, and the writers of the
Middle Ages, each of the main schools of economic thought is
taken up in turn: the Mercantilists, the Physiocrats, the Classical
School, the Socialists, the Historical School, the Austrian School,
and Alfred Marshall.
Pre-requisite Ec 5, Ec 6
Ec 16 Advanced Economic Theory
The course introduces the student to the more complex aspects
of economic theory. Particular consideration is given to the
major modern theoretical problems.
Pre-requisite: Ec 15
E 15 Survey of English Literature
A survey of English literature to 1800. After a brief study of
the social and political background of each literary period, the
writing of the period is considered, and the more important
writers are studied and read in detail. The purpose of the course
is to give the student an appreciation of English literature as a
whole, and an intimate knowledge of its major figures.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
E 16 Survey of English Literature
A survey of English literature from 1800 to the present century.
The outstanding writers are read, studied, and related to the
general background of nineteenth-century England. The purpose
of the course is to give the student an understanding of the
writers who contributed most to the formation and development
of modern literature in England.
E 19 Shakespeare
An introduction to the work of Shakespeare. The Elizabethan
period, Shakespeare's London, the Elizabethan stage and audience,
and the plays of Shakespeare's contemporaries will be discussed
in lectures. Five plays will be studied.
E 20 Shakespeare
Lectures will be given on Shakespearean grammar, the text of
Shakespeare, editors' problems, etc. Four plays will be carefully
analyzed.
E 25 American Literature to 1860
A survey of American literature from colonial times to the triumph
of the transcendental movement in New England. The work of
Bryant, Irving, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Lowell, Holmes,
Longfellow, and Melville will be emphasized.
E 26 American Literature After 1860
Continuing E 25, the course will consider the rise of realism after
the Civil War, the development of American humor, the appear-
ance of local color writers, and modern trends since 1900.
Gv 3 Municipal Government
This course is a study of the machinery of city government in
the United States, treating specifically the growth of the American
city, the duties and powers of the municipal corporation, the
organs of municipal government and their interrelations, and an
analysis of the frame-work and functionalizing mechanism of
municipal organization.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 89
Gv 4 Comparative Government
A course which presents the processes and institutions by which
government is being attained in the leading nations of the world.
The course is designed to give breadth of view and develop a
sympathetic appreciation of what people of other races and
nationalities are doing to meet the demands of modern society.
Gv 5 American Constitutional Law
Following a careful study of the influences affecting the framing
of the Constitution, attention is turned to the leading constitu-
tional principles of the American government as developed
through judicial interpretation.
Gv 6 American Constitutional Law
A continuation of Gv 5. Primary emphasis is placed upon the
relation of constitutional law to present day problems with partic-
ular reference to such items as "due process of law" and "inter-
state commerce".
Gv 7 Origins of Political Theory
A survey of political philosophy from Plato and Aristotle to
Bentham. The nature, origin, forms, and ends of the state and
government are covered.
Gv 8 Modern Political Theory
A critical study is made of the major developments in political
theory since Bentham with special reference to the influence of
these developments upon American politics and political institu-
tions. Attention is paid to the modern conflict between the
democratic and the totalitarian conceptions of the state.
H 5 Europe, 1789-1870
This course aims at describing and interpreting the development
of European states from the French Revolution to 1870. Major
topics include the Metternich system, the emergence of French
Republicanism, and the unification of Italy and Germany. Non-
political factors receive much attention throughout the course.
H 6 Europe, 1870-1938
The international relationships which precipitated the tragedy of
1914 are considered. The rise of militarism and nationalism,
secret diplomacy, propaganda and the press, the "incidents"
which led to the World War, the conduct of the war, the peace
treaties, and the rise of socialism and fascism are discussed in
this course.
90 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
H 9 The United States to 1865
This course is an interpretation of the events which shaped the
American nation to the Civil War. Social customs, economic
influences, racial contributions, and humanitarian movements
are not neglected even though the political history is stressed.
H 10 The United States Since 1865
Major attention is given to the social, economic, and political
foundations of recent history in this survey of the transition of
America from an agricultural to an urban industrialized society
since the Civil War. Consideration is given to the problems
arising with the emergence of America as a world power.
Ps 7 Social Psychology of Everyday Life
A course devoted to the psychological examination of some of the
phenomena observable in everyday social life. These include
customs, crazes, fashions, rumor, propaganda, crowds, leadership,
competition, and co-operation.
Ps 8 Social Psychology, Theory, and Methods
A survey of the field of social psychological theory and an exam-
ination of the experimental technique utilized in this field of
psychology. Special emphasis is placed upon attitudes and their
measurement.
S 3 Social Problems
Attention is given the nature, complex causation, and inter-
relatedness of social problems in general. Cultural change with
its attendant lags, as well as other social forces and conflicts, are
studied. While sociological theory is occasionally introduced to
clarify the problem at hand, the course is essentially practical in
character. Such problems as poverty and unemployment, race
antagonisms, population pressures, and the broken home are
considered. Optional field trips to various institutions give
concreteness to the problems studied.
S 4 Social Pathology
Similar to the course in Social Problems in background and
approach, this study deals with the maladjustments and ills of
human society. Emphasis is given those pathological conditions
which exist in relations between the individual and the group.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 91
Typical subjects presented include mental defectiveness and dis-
ease, alcoholism and drug addiction, suicide, delinquency and
crime, and pathologies of domestic relations. The field trips
arranged for this course add to the practical knowledge of the
social ills which are studied.
S 7 Principles of Social Ethics
To understand more clearly the meaning of morality in social
relations is the aim of this study. Right and wrong conduct is
analyzed in the light of the highest values for human society.
Moral laws are discussed, and the various systems of ethics are
evaluated. Scientific attitudes are encouraged in order that one's
moral judgments be compatible with one's best reflective thought.
S 9 Problems in Social Ethics
Problems arising from differences in moral standards found in
the various social groups will be examined. The question of
ethical relativism and determinism will be considered. A selected
number of specific problems in social ethics will be discussed.
S 10 Social Progress
The historical development of the theory of progress, contem-
porary concepts of social progress, the agents of progress, and the
phenomenon of regression are several of the subjects for study.
The course is based on Hertzler's Social Progress, supplemented
with lectures and collateral readings.
S 11 Social Control
The methods by which social forces are controlled is the funda-
mental question with which the course deals. External and
internal types of control of the social organism are discussed.
The use of violence, the power of public opinion, and the appli-
cation of certain principles of social psychology are examined.
S 16 Urban Sociology
Upon studying the complex human society found in the various
cities of the world, this course then turns to an analysis of the
modern American city. Its types, social values, and pathological
elements are discussed. Methods of city planning are considered.
The belief on the part of some sociologists that democracy is
doomed by its cities is examined in the light of typical problems
of urban society.
92
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DAY DIVISION
Courses of Instruction
19404941
Course
Number
Course
Semester
Hours
AC 1
AC 2
AC 3
AC 4
AC 5
AC 6
AC 7
AC 8
AC 9
AC 10
ACCOUNTING
Accounting I
Accounting I
Accounting II
Accounting II
Cost Accounting
Cost Accounting
Income Tax Accounting
Public Accounting
C.P.A. Problems
C.P.A. Problems
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
FI 3
BANKING AND FINANCE
Business Finance
3
FI 4
Business Finance
3
FI 5
FI 6
Corporation Finance
Banking and Business
2
2
FI 8
FI 9
FI 10
FI 12
Advanced Banking Problems
Investments
Investments
Public Finance
3
3
3
2
FI 13
FI 14
Real Estate Practice ck Appraising ....
Insurance Principles &. Practices
3
3
MA 1
MA 2
MA 3
MA 4
MA 5
MA 6
MA 7
MARKETING AND ADVERTISING
Marketing Principles
Marketing Problems
Sales Management
Sales Management
Advertising Principles
Advertising Problems
Retail Merchandising
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
MA 8
Retail Merchandising
3
IA 1
IA 2
IA 3
IA 4
INDUSTRIAL ADMINISTRATION
Industrial Management I
Industrial Management II
Personnel Administration
Personnel Problems
2
2
3
3
IA 5
Motion & Time Study
3
IN 14
Industrial Finance
3
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
93
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
PA 2
PA 4
PA 5
PA 7
PA 8
E 9
E 10
E 11
E 12
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Ec
Ec
Ec
Ec
Ec
Ec
Ec
Ec
1-B
2-B
3-B
4-B
5-B
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
10
Gv 1-A
Gv2-A
Gv5-B
Ps 1-A
Ps 1-B
Ps 2-B
PE 2
PE 3-4
U 1
U 2
U 4
Course
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Public Administration I
Political Concepts
Business and Government
Public Administration II
Public Administration III
JOURNALISM
Journalism I
Journalism I
Journalism II
Journalism II
ENGLISH
English
English
Report Writing
Business Correspondence
Advanced Report Writing
Effective Speaking
Effective Speaking
^ ECONOMICS
Economic Geography
Commercial and Industrial History of
the U. S
Economic Principles
Economic Principles
Economic Problems
Economic Problems
Statistics in Business
Statistics in Business
GOVERNMENT
American Government
American Government
Constitutional Law
PSYCHOLOGY
Problems of College Life
Psychology
Psychology
OTHER REQUIRED COURSES
Hygiene
Physical Training
Legal Bases of Business
Business Associations
Business Policy
Semester
Hours
94
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
Course
Number
U 5
U 6
P 1-A
P 2-A
C 11
C 12
Ec 11
Ec 12
Ec 13
Ec 14
Ec 15
Ec 16
E 15
16
19
20
25
26
3
E
E
E
E
E
Gv
Gv
Gv
Gv
Gv
Gv 8
H 5
H 6
H 9
H 10
Ps 7
Ps 8
3
4
7
9
10
11
16
Course
OTHER REQUIRED COURSES (Continued)
Legal Aspects I
Legal Aspects II
Survey of Physical Science
Survey of Physical Science
CO-ORDINATION
Business Conference
Business Conference
LIBERAL ELECTIVES*
Labor Problems
Economic Systems
Business Cycles
International Economic Relations . .
History of Economic Thought
Advanced Economic Theory
Survey of English Literature
Survey of English Literature
Shakespeare
Shakespeare
American Literature to 1860
American Literature after 1860. . . .
Municipal Government
Comparative Government
American Constitutional Law
American Constitutional Law
Origins of Political Theory
Modern Political Theory
Europe, 1789-1870
Europe, 1870-1938
TheU. S. to 1865
The U.S. since 1865
Social Psychology of Everyday Life .
Social Psychology, Theory and
Methods
Social Problems
Social Pathology
Principles of Social Ethics
Problems in Social Ethics
Social Progress
Social Control
Urban Sociology
Semester
Hours
*Semester hours assigned to the Liberal Elective courses will be determined
by the faculty at the time the course is offered.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 95
(Judex
Absences 28
Accounting 58, 61, 67-69
Accounting — Law Club 40
Activities 37-45
Administrative Officers 6
Administrative Staff 6
Admission Requirements 51-55
Advanced Standing 53
Advisers 54, 57
Alumni Association 45-46
Application for Admission 52, 53
Assistant Professors 7
Associate Professors 7
Astronomy Club 42
Athletic Association 37-38
Attendance 28
Awards and Prizes 44-45
Banking and Finance 57-59, 62, 69-72
Banking Club 40
Board of Editors, Bureau of Business Research 9
Books and Supplies 25
Boston — A Great Educational Center 30
Buildings and Facilities 30-36
Bureau of Business Research 9
Business Administration, College of 47-50
Business Laboratory 50
Calendar:
Freshman 2
Upperclass 3
Calendar for College Year, 1940-1941 4-5
Camera Club 43
"Cauldron," College Annual 39
Chapel Preachers 12
Class Organization and Activity 43-44
Committees of Faculty 8-9
Condition Examinations 26
Convocation Lecturers 11
Co-operative Plan 17-22
Correlation of Theory and Practice 19
Earnings 20
Faculty Co-ordinators 17
How It Works 17
Location of Work 20
Placement at Work 17-18
Positions Available 20
Records of Co-operative Work 19
Reports 19
Supervision and Guidance 18
Training Schedules 21-22
Types of Co-operative Work 20-21
Corporation Frontispiece
Counsellors 54, 57
Courses of Instruction 67-86
Dean's List 27
Debating Society 42
Degrees 47
96 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Discipline 27
Dormitories 29
Dramatic Club 42
East Building 34
Economics 79-81, 86-87
English 57, 78-79, 87-88
Entrance Examination in Boston 53-54
Entrance Requirements 51-55
Equipment 49-50
Examinations 26
Executive Council, The 6
Expenses 25
Faculty 6-8
Faculty Committees 8-9
Fees 23-24
First Year Program 57
Fraternities 40
Freshman Counsellors 54-55
Freshman Orientation Period 54
General Library and Materials Fee 23
General Information 23-29
Government 81, 88-89
Grades 26-27
Graduate Assistants 8
Graduation Fee 24
Graduation with Honor 56
Gymnasium 34
Handbook 39
History 89-90
Honorary Society 39
Housing Regulations 29
Huntington Field 35
Individual Attention to Freshmen 55
Industrial Administration 59, 64, 74-76
Instructional Staff 7-8
Instructors 8
Inter-Fraternity Council 40
International Relations Club 41
Journalism 59, 66, 77
Lecture Assembly Halls 35
Liberal Electives 86-91
Libraries 36
List of Courses Offered 92-94
Location of University 30
Map of Vicinity 32-33
Marketing and Advertising 58, 63, 72-74
Marks 26-27
Mass Meeting 38
Mathematics Society 43
Musical Clubs 43
Natatorium 34
"Northeastern News" 38-39
Northeastern Student Union 44
Northeastern University Alumni Association 45-46
Office and Secretarial Staff 9
Orientation Period, Freshman 54
Part Time Work 26
Payments 23-25
Personal Interview 52
Physical Education 82-83
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 97
Physical Examination 54
Physical Training Equipment 35
Plan of Co-operation 17-22
Pre-legal Curriculum 60
Professional Options, The 57-58
Professional Societies and Clubs 40
Professors 7
Programs of Study 57-66
Public Administration 58, 65, 76-77
Public Speaking Contest 44
Psychology 82
Purpose and Program 13-15
Radio Club 42
Refunds 25
Registration 53
Religious Activities 44
Report Cards 27
Requirements for Admission 51-55
Requirements for Graduation 56
Residence 56
Rifle Club 42
Scholarship Requirements 56
Scholastic Year for Seniors 28
Second Year Program 57
Secretarial Staff 9
Society for the Advancement of Management 41
Sigma Society 39
Sociology 89-91
South Building 31-34
Statistical Summary 16
Student Activities 37-45
Student Activities Fee 23
Student Council 39
Student Union 44
Subjects for Admission 51
Subjects of Instruction 92-94
Supplies 25
Tennis Club 38
Thesis 56, 85-86
Third Year Program 57
Transportation 30
Trustee Scholarships 53
Tuition 23, 24
Visual Education Equipment 49-50
West Building 30-31
Yearbook 39
OFFICE HOURS
DEPARTMENT OP ADMISSIONS
9 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily
Saturday 12.00 n'n
Wednesday Evenings by
Appointment
Northeastern University
College of Business Administration
Paste a Small
Photo or
Snapshot
in This Space
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
(A non-returnable fee of five dollars must accompany this appli-
cation. Make checks, money orders, or drafts payable to
Northeastern University)
Boston, Mass 19
To Director of Admissions:
I (Name in full)
hereby respectfully apply for admission to the College of Business
Administration to major in the field checked:
□ Accounting □ Industrial Administration
□ Banking and Finance □ Public Administration
□ Marketing and Advertising □ Journalism
□ Pre-legal
for the school period beginning 19. . . .
NOTE: The applicant should fill out the following form (both tides) with care.
Residence Street
Town or City
State Tel
Date of Birth Age
Place of Birth
Race Religion Nationality
Graduate of High School, Year
Location of High School
Name of Principal
Other high schools you have attended
Names of Principals
If not a graduate, state the years of attendance and why you left
Father's, Mother's, or Guardian's Name ,
Address
Father's work, business or profession
Names and addresses of two other persons, to whom we may direct in>
quiries concerning you.
(over)
Weight Height. .
Have you any physical infirmities? Explain, if any .
Defects of speech
Defects of hearing
Defects of sight
Bodily infirmities
Is your general health good, fair, or poor?
Have you done collegiate work elsewhere?
// so, name and address of college or university ,
Name of person who will furnish transcript of your college record .
Do you expect advance credit for past collegiate work?
List all athletics and other extra curricula high school activities you
have engaged in
Names and addresses of all past employers with brief description of
each job, length of employment, and wages received:
Date
Milton ]. Schlagenhauf, Director of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Mass.
Dear Sir:
Please send me additional information on the following points:
Name
Street and Number.
Town or City
Stare
3
Northeastern
University
SCHOOL OF LAW
1940-1941
Day and Evening Programs
Admits Men and Women
FORTY-THIRD YEAR
OFFICE HOURS
June 20, 1940 — August 15, 1940
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays) 8:45 a.m.-5:oo p.m.
Saturdays, 8:45 a.m.-I2:oo m.
August 16, 1940 — June 19, 1941
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays) 8:45 a.m.-9:go p.m.
Saturdays, 8:45 a.m.-i:oo p.m.
During September, the Office is open all day Saturday.
The General Offices of the University are open from 9:00 a.m. to 9x0 p.m.
the entire year.
LIBRARY HOURS
July i — September 7, 1940
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays) 8:45 a.m.-5:oo p.m.
Saturdays, 8:45 a.m.-i:oo p.m.
September 9, 1940 — July i, 1941
Daily (except Sundays) 8:45 a.m.-io-.oo p.m.
Sundays, 3:00 p.m.-8:oo p.m.
Holidays, 12:00 m.-6:oo p.m.
Communications should be addressed to
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
SCHOOL OF LAW
47 MT. VERNON ST., BOSTON, MASS.
telephone kenmore 5800
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The Forty-third Annual Catalogue
of the
School of Law
THREE- YEAR DAY PROGRAM
FOUR- YEAR EVENING PROGRAM
EACH PROGRAM LEADS TO THE LL.B. DEGREE
TWO-YEAR EVENING GRADUATE PROGRAM
LEADING TO THE LL.M. DEGREE
1940-1941
. Case Method of Instruction .
l> High Scholastic Standards f
Sound Professional Ideals
CONTENTS
Page
Calendar 3
Northeastern University
The University Corporation 4
General Statement 5
Statistical Summary 8
School of Law
Administrative Staff 9
Faculty 9
Faculty Committee on Administration io
Historical Statement 1 1
Location of University Buildings l x
The Law Curricula
Day
Evening
Master's Course
Method of Instruction
Admission of Students
Requirements for Admission
Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Laws
Advanced Standing
Special Students
Re-Admission
Candidates for the Degree of Master of Laws
The Courses of Instruction
Undergraduate
Graduate
Requirements for Degrees
General Information
Registration
Tuition and Fees
Attendance
Examinations
Grades
Promotion
Discipline
General
Scholarships and Prizes
Library
Colleges Represented in the Student Body
Degrees Conferred in 1939
Students
CALENDAR
DAY CLASSES
1940
16 Sept.
23 Sept.
18 Nov.
Monday
Monday
Monday
27 Nov.
Wednesday
2 Dec.
20 Dec.
Monday
Friday
1941
6 Jan.
Monday
24 Jan. -
-1 Feb.
1940-1941
First Semester
Registration begins.
Class lectures begin.
Payment of second installment of tuition due.
1:10 p.m. Thanksgiving recess begins.
9 a.m. Classes resumed.
1 p.m. Christmas recess begins.
9 a.m Classes resumed.
First semester examinations.
Second Semester
1941
3 Feb. Monday 9 a.m. Class lectures begin.
3 Feb. Monday Payment of third installment of tuition due.
24 March Monday Payment of final installment of tuition due.
4 April Friday 1:10 p.m. Spring vacation begins.
1 4 April Monday 9 a.m. Classes resumed.
26 May — 7 June Final examinations.
1940
9 Sept.
Monday
23 Sept.
Monday
18 Nov.
Monday
28 Nov.
Thursday
20 Dec.
Friday
1941
6 Jan.
Monday
27 Jan.
Monday
24 March
Monday
30 May
Friday
15 June
Sunday
16 June
Monday
Evening Classes
1940-1941
Senior, Junior and Sophomore class lectures begin.
Freshman class lectures begin.
Payment of second installment of tuition due.
Legal holiday (classes omitted).
Last class lectures before the Christmas recess.
First class lectures following the Christmas recess.
Payment of third installment of tuition due.
Payment of final installment of tuition due.
Legal holiday (classes omitted).
Baccalaureate Address.
Commencement.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY CORPORATION
Robert Gray Dodge
Chairman
Frank Lincoln Richardson
Vice- Chair m a n
Carl Stephens Ell
President of the University
Galen David Light
Secretary and Treasurer
Charles Francis Adams
Wilman Edward Adams
Roger Amorv
Earl D. Babst
Robert Baldwin
Arthur Atwood Ballantine
George Louis Barnes
Thomas Prince Beal
Farwell Gregg Bemis
Paul Codman Cabot
Winthrop L. Carter
Walter Channing
William Converse Chick.
Everett Avery Churchill
Paul Foster Clark
Sears B. Condit
Albert Morton Creighton
Ernest Blaney Dane
William James Davidson
James Dean
Henry Sturgis Dennison
Paul Augustus Draper
Charles Francis Eaton
Lindsay Ellms
Joseph Buell Ely
Frederic Harold Fay
Allan Forbes
Edward J. Frost
Franklin Wile Ganse
George Peabody Ga rdner, Jr
Harvey Dow Gibson
Merrill Griswold
Henry Ingraham Harriman
Chandler Hovey
Howard Munson Hubbard
Maynard Hutchinson
Arthur Stoddard Johnson
Halfdan Lee
Edward Abbott MacMaster
John Russell Macomber
Joseph Patrick Manning
Harold Francis Mason
James Franklin McElwain
Hugh Dean McLellan
Fred Lester Morgan
Irving Edwin Moultrop
Clarence Lucian Newton
Olaf Olsen
Augustin Hamilton Parker, Jr.
George Edwin Pierce
Roger Pierce
Matthew Porosky
Frederick Sanford Pratt
Harry Wendell Prout
Sidney Rabinovitz
Stuart Craig Rand
James Lorin Richards
Charles Milton Rogerson
Robert Billings Rugg
Leverett Saltonstall
Frank Palmer Speare
Russell Henry Stafford
Francis Robert Carnegie Steele
Charles Stetson
Earl Place Stevenson
Robert Treat Paine Storer
Frank Horace Stuart
Edward Watson Supple
Bayard Tuckerman, Jr.
Eliot Wadsworth
Edwin Sibley Webster
Sinclair Weeks
SCHOOL OF LAW
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GENERAL STATEMENT
"^TORTHEASTERN University is incorporated as a philanthropic
■*■ ^ institution under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State
Legislature, by special enactment, has given the University general
degree granting powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men who
occupy responsible positions in business and the professions. This
Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees in whom the
control of the institution is vested. The Board of Trustees has four
standing committees: (a) an Executive Committee which serves as an
Ad Interim committee between the regular meetings of the Board of
Trustees and has general supervision of the financial and educational
policies of the University; (b) a Committee on Housing which has general
supervision over the buildings and equipment of the University; (c) a
Committee on Funds and Investments which has the responsibility of
administering the funds of the University; (d) a Development Committee
which is concerned with furthering the development plans of the Uni-
versity.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from the outset, had as
its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs and the
meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly serviceable ways. While
subscribing to the most progressive educational thought and practice,
the University has not duplicated the programs of other institutions but
has sought "to bring education more directly into the service of human
needs."
With respect to program, Northeastern has limited itself:
— To offering, in its several schools, basic curricula from which non-
essentials have been eliminated;
— To effective teaching;
— To advising and guiding students;
— To giving students the chance to build well-rounded personalities
through a balanced program of extra-curricular activities.
The Northeastern Plan of Education is especially designed for the
student who must earn while he learns. In the main, it consists of two
definite types of education.
— Co-operative Education by Day,
— Adult Education by Night.
The plan has been developed in such a way that experience in jobs with
pay is utilized to help boys of limited financial resources secure an educa-
tion and at the same time gain the maximum educational benefit from
their practical experience. So far as the New England States are con-
cerned, Northeastern University is the only institution whose day colleges,
other than the School of Law, are conducted under the Co-operative Plan.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The several schools and programs of the University are operated either
under the name "Northeastern University" or by its affiliated schools —
The Lincoln Schools and The Huntington Day School for Boys. The
following is a brief outline of the principal types of educational oppor-
tunities offered.
1. In the field of Co-operative Education there are three day colleges —
the College of Liberal. Arts, the College of Engineering, and the
College of Business Administration. All of these colleges offer
five-year curricula. The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in
the usual fields of the arts and the sciences leading to the degrees
of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. The College of
Engineering, one of the largest engineering colleges in the United
States, has curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Con-
ditioning, and Aeronautical options), Electrical, Chemical, and
Industrial Engineering. The College of Business Administration
has curricula in Accounting, Banking and Finance, Marketing and
Advertising, Journalism, Public Administration, and Industrial
Administration. The College of Engineering and the College of
Business Administration confer the degree of Bachelor of Science
with specification indicating the field of specialization. The Co-
operative Plan under which all of these day colleges operate enables
the student to alternate regular periods of classroom instruction with
supervised employment in an industrial or commercial position,
thus combining theory and practice in an exceedingly effective
manner. Apart from the educational advantages of the Co-opera-
tive Plan is the opportunity for self-support while the student is
pursuing his studies at Northeastern University. During the co-
operative periods, students not only gain experience but are also
paid for their services. Approximately three hundred business and
industrial concerns co-operate with Northeastern University in
making this program effective.
2. The School of Law conducts both a day and an evening under-
graduate program which prepares for admission to the bar and for
the practice of the law and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Laws.
It also conducts a graduate program in the evening leading to the
degree of Master of Laws.
3. The Adult Education Program has been developed in the evening
work of the School of Law as indicated above, in the School of
Business, and in the Evening Division of the College of Liberal
Arts. The School of Business has curricula in Management —
with Industrial and Merchandising majors, Accounting, Law and
Business Management, and Engineering and Management. The
School awards the Bachelor of Business Administration degree
with specification and the Bachelor of Commercial Science degree
in Law and Business Management. The College of Liberal Arts
offers certain of its courses during evening hours constituting a
program, three years in length, equivalent in hours to one-half
SCHOOL OF LAW
the requirements for the x^.B. or S.B. degree and providing a general
education and preparation for admission to the School of Law.
The title of Associate in Arts is conferred upon those who com-
plete this program.
In order that larger groups of men and women might be served
through its evening schools, Northeastern University operates
divisions of the School of Law and the School of Business in co-
operation with the Young Men's Christian Association in Worcester
and Springfield and of the School of Business in co-operation with
the Providence Young Men's Christian Association. With the estab-
lishment of the divisions thorough going methods of supervision
were instituted and have been consistently followed and improved,
with the result that the divisional work is conducted upon a highly
efficient basis.
The Adult Education Program has also been developed through
the Lincoln Schools, which are affiliated with and conducted by
Northeastern University. The classes in these schools are held at
convenient evening hours. The Lincoln Technical Institute offers
curricula upon a college level in various phases of engineering
leading to the title of Associate in Engineering; whereas the Lincoln
Preparatory School, accredited by the New England College
Entrance Certificate Board, prepares students for admission to
college and offers other standard high school programs.
The Huntington Day School for Boys, also affiliated with and
conducted by Northeastern University, is the outgrowth of a de-
mand in the city of Boston for an urban preparatory school with
high educational standards which would furnish thorough prep-
aration for admission to the leading colleges and universities.
While easily accessible to the various sections of Boston and to the
suburbs, it has the facilities of a country day school and offers a
country day school program. This School is one of the leading
preparatory schools of the country.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY AND
AFFILIATED SCHOOLS
Statistical Summary
1 938-1 939
Administrative
Officers and
Faculty Students
General Administration 8
II. Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
College of Engineering I
College of Business Administration
School of Law
School of Business
Evening Courses of College of Liberal Arts
III. Schools affiliated with and conducted by
Northeastern University:
Lincoln Technical Institute
Lincoln Preparatory School
Huntington Day School for Boys
Regular Term
Summer Term
Total
Less Duplicates
103
5°<
105"
1461"
1550*
33"
38
19
532
437
16
10
171
146
353
42
6442
403
311
6039
These figures include the administrative officers, faculties, and students of the Divisions
of the University in Worcester, Springfield, and Providence.
**The Evening Courses of the College of Liberal Arts admitted students for the first
time in September, 1938.
SCHOOL OF LAW
SCHOOL OF LAW
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., President of the University
Frank Palmer Speare, M.H., LL.D., President Emeritus
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D., Vice President of the University
Galen David Light, A.B., Secretary-Treasurer of the University
Sydney Kenneth Skolfield, A.B., B.R.E., LL.M., Dean
Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S., Assistant to the Vice President
Edna Ethel Rawnsley, Registrar and Secretary to the Dean
Seva Jeanne Kozitzky, M.A., B.S., Librarian
Mary B. Foor, Manager of the University Bookstore
Daisy Milne Everett, Assistant Treasurer
Ellen Whitehouse Parkinson, Bookkeeper
Isabel Craig Ramsay, Recorder
Elin Victoria Peterson, Secretary to the Vice President
Mabel Ellen Bean, Secretary to the Assistant to the Vice President
FACULTY
Felix Forte, A.M., LL.M., S.J.D.
Professor of Law
Edwin Wilson Hadley, A.B., J.D., LL.M.
Professor of Law
Sydney Kenneth Skolfield, A.B., B.R.E., L.L.M.
Dean and Professor of Law
Charles Frederick Fraser, A.M., LL.M.
Associate Professor of Law
Donald Robert Simpson, A.B., LL.B.
Assistant Professor of Law
Chalmers Addison Peairs, Jr., M.A., LL.M.
Instructor in Law
Arthur Willis Blackman, B.A., LL.B.
Lecturer in Equity
Robert Raymond Elliott, B.S., LL.B.
Lecturer in Criminal Law
Elias Field, A.B., LL.B.
Lecturer in Real Property
Dana Taylor Gallup, A.M., LL.B.
Lecturer in Taxation
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Harold Pendexter Johnson, A.B., LL.B.
Lecturer in Mortgages, and Future Interests
Richard Henry Lee, A.B., LL.B.
Lecturer in Sales
Leon Bettoney Newman, A.B., LL.B.
Lecturer in Massachusetts Practice
Mayo Adams Shattuck, A.B., LL.B.
Lecturer in Trusts
John Varnum Spalding, A.B., LL.B.
Lecturer in Evidence
Dwight Merrill Alden, A.B., LL.B.
Lecturer in Agency
FACULTY COMMITTEE ON ADMINISTRATION
Everett Avery Churchill, Chairman
Sydney Kenneth Skolfield, Dean
Elias Field Chalmers Addison Peairs, Jr.
Charles Frederick Fraser Donald Robert Simpson
SCHOOL OF LAW
HISTORICAL
NORTHEASTERN University School of Law was established in 1898
•*■ ^ with the cooperation of the Honorable James R. Dunbar, Professor
James Barr Ames, then Dean of the Harvard University School of Law,
and Samuel Bennett, then Dean of Boston University School of Law.
Later such men as Ezra Thayer, Dean of Harvard University School of
Law, Samuel Elder, and Robert G. Dodge were active upon the Corpora-
tion of the school and were largely instrumental in shaping its policies
and its development. The school has had over the years an unusual
faculty of men who have been outstanding leaders in the profession. It
has also enjoyed highly favorable recognition and endorsement by the
bench and by the bar. The growth and influence of the school has been
marked. Its graduates who have entered the practice of the law are men
of high professional attainment. Many of the alumni occupy positions
of leadership as executives in various fields of business.
With the occupancy of the new Law School Building at 47 Mt. Vernon
Street it seemed to the Trustees that the time had come to establish a
day school, while at the same time continuing its Evening Law School.
Accordingly, definite action was taken whereby Northeastern University
opened a Day Law School, entering its first freshman class in September
1938. The Trustees and officers of administration have put into effect
such educational policies as will insure the Law School's maintaining,
both in its day and evening programs, those standards which are in
accord with the requirements of the standard accrediting associations for
professional education in the field of the law. Through its day and evening
undergraduate program leading to the Bachelor of Laws degree, and
through its graduate program leading to the Master of Laws degree, the
School of Law extends its services to a wide group of students who ear-
nestly desire an effective preparation for the practice of the law, or who feel
that a knowledge of the law is an effective means to successful executive
work in business.
LOCATION OF UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS
Northeastern University is located in Boston, a city which is rich in
education and cultural opportunities. The University center is on
Huntington Avenue just beyond Massachusetts Avenue and opposite
the Boston Opera House. Here on an eight acre campus are located the
educational buildings of the University except that of the School of Law.
The classes of the School of Law are all held in the Law School Building
at 47 Mt. Vernon Street.
WEST BUILDING
The West Building at 360 Huntington Avenue contains over one
hundred thousand square feet of floor space devoted to administrative
and instructional purposes. On the first floor are the general adminis-
trative offices of the University. The University Bookstore, the "Husky
Hut, "and the student checkroom are located in the basement. There
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
are three large lecture halls and numerous classrooms and laboratories.
The office of the Evening Division of the College of Liberal Arts is located
on the first floor of this building.
EAST BUILDING
The East Building of the University is the educational wing of the
Huntington Avenue Branch of the Boston Young Men's Christian
Association. The general University library, classrooms, certain labora-
tories and the gymnasium are located in this building.
SOUTH BUILDING
The South Building of the University contains certain laboratories, a
large lecture hall, and several classrooms.
LAW SCHOOL BUILDING
The Law School Building is located at 47 Mt. Vernon Street within a
few minutes' walk from the State House and from the Court House,
where the Supreme Judicial Court, the Superior Court for Suffolk County,
the Land Court, the Probate Court for Suffolk County, and the Municipal
Court for the City of Boston are housed. The Building, occupied ex-
clusively by the Law School, has excellent classroom facilities, adequate
library areas, and administrative and instructional offices. Opportunities
are provided for study, effective use of the library, and contacts with the
faculty outside the classroom.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA
The Law School is divided into two divisions — the Day Division and
the Evening Division. The same curriculum is offered in each Division,
and the standards of work and graduation requirements are the same.
A minimum of eighty-two semester hours of classroom instruction is
required for the degree of Bachelor of Laws.
Three- Year Day Course. The completion of the course of study
leading to the LL.B. degree in the Day Division requires that students
shall be in regular attendance for a period of three years of thirty-two
weeks each, exclusive of holidays, and shall devote substantially all of
their working hours to their law studies.
Four- Year Evening Course. The Evening Division course leading to
the LL.B. degree covers a period of four school years of thirty-six weeks
each, exclusive of holidays and is equivalent in content and the number of
classroom hours to the day program. The evening program is basically
for those who are regularly employed during the day and can attend only
the evening sessions of the School.
SCHOOL OF LAW
•3
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Two- Year Master's Course. The program for the LL.M. degree is
two years in length. The instruction is designed to encourage students
and active practitioners of the law to continue their law study after
receiving the degree of Bachelor of Laws, so as to equip themselves for
more effective professional work and for greater contribution to the
administration of justice as members of the bar, as legislators, or in other
forms of public service and to encourage investigations directed toward a
better understanding and improvement of the law, both in its substance
and in its application. The Master's Courses are all offered in the evening.
METHOD OF INSTRUCTION
The primary purpose of the School is to prepare for the practice of the
law wherever the English common law system prevails, particular atten-
tion being given to the law of Massachusetts and the other New England
states. To accomplish this aim, the instruction is designed to train the
students in the fundamental principles of the common law and to develop
their powers of legal reasoning and analysis. The instruction is based
on the case method combining the study of basic principles with the
analysis and interpretation of decided cases. Such analysis and dis-
crimination constitutes a large portion of the work of a lawyer in his
active practice. No knowledge of principles acquired wholly apart from
the facts upon which they arise can replace the practical values which
come from the actual dissection and analysis of cases by the student in
his study or with the instructors in the classroom. Furthermore the
knowledge of the law and the understanding of the growth and develop-
ment of the law, which the student acquires through the case system,
gives him a basis upon which to build as the law grows.
The case method of instruction as used at Northeastern, based on
the preparation of assigned cases in advance of the class period, develops
an interest and enthusiasm for the law which is not found under other
than the case method, and, which is more important, develops that sound-
ness of legal reasoning and knowledge of the law so essential to success
at the bar.
i4 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ADMISSION OF STUDENTS
General Regulations. Catalogs of the School of Law, application
blanks for admission, and special information concerning the School may
be obtained by calling or writing the Registrar of the School of Law, 47
Mt. Vernon Street, Boston, Massachusetts.
The School of Law is open to men and women. Applicants for the
degree must be at least eighteen years of age upon entering the first year
class, and must be of good moral character.
All applicants for admission must file with the Registrar of the School
of Law:
1. An application for admission to be made in writing upon the official
form.
2. An official transcript of college records.
3. Two letters of reference concerning character and ability.
These credentials, wherever possible, should be filed prior to the regis-
tration period.
All requirements with respect to admission apply to students entering
either for the day or evening curriculum of the School of Law.
Admission to Candidacy for the Degree of Bachelor of Laws.
Any person may apply for admission as a candidate for the degree of
Bachelor of Laws:
1. Who is a graduate of a college of approved standing and has re-
ceived his Bachelor's degree, or
2. Who has satisfactorily completed in a college of approved standing
one-half of the work acceptable for the Bachelor's degree granted on the
basis of a four years' period of study by the principal colleges and uni-
versities of Massachusetts. Such applicants shall present at least sixty
semester hours of college credit — exclusive of credit earned in non-
theory courses in military science, hygiene, domestic arts, physical
education or other courses without substantial cultural content.
Admission to Advanced Standing. An applicant who has complied
with the entrance requirements for regular first-year law students prior
to beginning his law study and who has successfully completed one or
more years of work in a law school of approved standing may, upon the
presentation of a certificate of scholarship and of honorable dismissal
from such school, be admitted to advanced standing to the extent and on
such conditions as the full-time faculty may prescribe. No applicant will
be admitted, either as a candidate for advanced standing or for admission
to the first-year class, who shall have previously attended another law
school and who cannot return to that school in good standing. No credit
will be given for work completed in a law school which is not approved
by the American Bar Association.
SCHOOL OF LAW 15
Special Students. A limited number of applicants, who are at least
twenty-three years of age and who can not qualify under the foregoing
requirements for admission as candidates for the degree of Bachelor of
Laws, may, in exceptional cases and at the discretion of the full time
faculty, be admitted as special students. Applicants for admission as
special students must give evidence of such general education and ex-
perience as will enable them to carry on and profit by the work of the
school. Special students may not be candidates for a degree in the
School of Law.
Re-Admission. Former students who have not been registered in the
School during the two school years immediately preceding that in which
they seek readmission, will be readmitted only at the discretion of the
Faculty, and must, upon their return to the school, meet the entrance and
degree requirements in force at the time of their re-entry.
Admission to Candidacy for the Degree of Master of Laws. Any
person who has satisfactorily completed such pre-legal work as will entitle
him to admission to this school as a candidate for the LL.B. degree, and
subsequent to such pre-legal study has received the degree of LL.B., or
an equivalent degree, from an approved school of law, may, at the dis-
cretion of the Dean, be admitted to the Master's course as a candidate
for the degree of Master of Laws (LL.M.).
One who meets the requirements for admission as a candidate for the
LL.M. degree, and who desires a knowledge of particular courses because
of their relation to his practice or other reasons, but not intending to
pursue the entire program, may enroll for individual courses.
1 6 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
The University reserves the right to withdraw, modify or add to the
courses offered, or to change the order of courses as may seem advisable.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
AGENCY. - 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
Agency defined; actual or ostensible; agency distinguished from trust, from sale, from
lease; creation of the relation; scope of agency; authority and power of agent, manner of
execution of authority; effect of relations as between principal and agent, between agent
and third persons, and between principal and third persons; liability of principal for acts of
agent; liability and rights by ratification; delegation of authority; duties and liabilities of
the agent to third persons, to principal; undisclosed principal; duration and termination of
relation.
BANKRUPTCY. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The course will cover the history of bankruptcy legislation, state and national; extent
and operation of state insolvency laws; who may become a bankrupt; who may be petition-
ing creditors; acts of bankruptcy, including fraudulent conveyances, preferences and assign-
ments for the benefit of creditors; what property passes to the trustee; dissolution of liens;
what claims are provable against the bankrupt's estate; duties and powers of the trustee;
duties of the bankrupt; discharge from bankruptcy; compositions in the bankruptcy court;
bankruptcy procedure.
BILLS AND NOTES. 3 SEMESTER HOURS.
The provisions of the General Laws of Massachusetts, Chapter 107 — Negotiable Instru-
ments Law (in Massachusetts only). Formal requisites of negotiable and non-negotiable
bills of exchange, checks and notes; obligations and rights of the various parties to such
instruments, makers, acceptors, drawers, drawees, payees, indorsers and indorsees; suits
upon bills and notes; pleading and defenses, accommodation paper, bankers' and trade
acceptances; letters of credit; guaranty and generally of the transfer, negotiation and
extinguishment of bills and notes.
BUSINESS ASSOCIATIONS. 6 SEMESTER HOURS.
I, The nature of a corporation; II, Intra corporate problems, voting control, management,
stockholders' rights, control by managers, securities; III, Inter corporate problems, powers
of corporations, unauthorized corporate action, ultra vires, rights of creditors, reorganization.
Embracing the creation of partnership; rights and duties of partners among themselves;
power of partners to bind firm; individual liability of partners; dissolution.
CONFLICT OF LAWS. 4 SEMESTER HOURS.
General background and theoretical bases of Conflict of Laws and rules for the application
of Conflict of Laws principles; general requirements of domicil; domicil by operation of law;
definition and character of jurisdiction; jurisdiction of courts; a consideration of various
problems of family law with emphasis on marriage, divorce, legitimacy and adoption;
property interests including movables and immovables; intangibles and matrimonial property
interests; torts; contracts and related obligations including foreign judgments and other
imposed duties; procedural matters; and administration of estates, trusts and receiverships.
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. 4 SEMESTER HOURS.
Written and unwritten constitutions; history and sources of written constitutions in the
United States, state and national; establishing and amending constitutions; distribution of
powers between the national and state governments; distribution of powers among the three
departments; the judicial department; nature of judicial power; jurisdiction of the federal
government, criminal and civil; express, implied, resulting and inherent powers; functions
of administrative officers; citizenship; civil and political rights; the police power; the right
of eminent domain; taxation; impairment of contracts, ex post facto and retrospective legis-
lation generally, regulation of commerce.
SCHOOL OF LAW
J7
CONTRACTS. 6 SEMESTER HOURS.
Offer and acceptance; consideration; performance of, or promise to perform, an existing
legal obligation as consideration; moral obligation as consideration; past or executed con-
sideration; parties to a contract, including aliens, executors and administrators, guardians,
infants, insane persons, intoxicated persons and married women (omitting agents, corpora-
tions and partners as these subjects are given in other courses); contracts under seal, in-
cluding the form, requisites thereof, delivery and the matter of consideration; rights of
beneficiaries under a contract; rights of assignees of a contract; conditions in contracts;
recission of contracts; damages for breach of contract; illegality; duress; mistake; statute
of frauds, quasi-contracts.
CRIMINAL LAW. 4 SEMESTER HOURS.
Sources of criminal law; the elements of crime; effect of consent, condonation, negligence,
or other misconduct of person injured, coercion and necessity; criminal intent; effect of
mistake of fact, infancy, insanity, and intoxication; the criminal act; attempts; parties in
crimes; assault and battery; mayhem; false imprisonment; abortion; rape; murder and man-
slaughter; larceny; embezzlement; obtaining property by cheats and false pretenses, re-
ceiving stolen property; burglary; arson; forgery; libel; perjury; conspiracy; criminal pro-
cedure in Massachusetts.
DAMAGES. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The theory and practice of the measure of relief in court; respective functions of court
and jury in estimating damages, exemplary, liquidated, nominal, direct, and consequential;
avoidable consequences; certainty, compensation, damages for non-pecuniary injuries;
questions of value; interest; expenses; damages in the various types of tort and contract
actions, and damages in taking under the right of eminent domain.
DOMESTIC RELATIONS. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The law of husband and wife, the contract to marry; nature and requirements of marriage;
relations between husband and wife; parent and child; dissolution of marriage by annulment,
divorce and judicial separation.
EQUITY. 6 SEMESTER HOURS.
A study of the nature and history of equity jurisdiction; the basis of equitable relief,
property rights distinguished from personal rights and the right of privacy; the grounds for
equitable relief; doctrines of equity; and a consideration of the procedure in the conduct of
a case in the Equity Court.
EVIDENCE. 5 SEMESTER HOURS.
Rules of evidence in the Federal Courts; machinery of the trial; examination of witness;
refreshing recollection of witnesses; impeachment and corroboration of witnesses; admissions
and confessions; character evidence; the opinion rule and the expert witness; the heresay
rule; statutory exceptions to the hearsay rule; common law exceptions to the hearsay rule
including dying declarations, statements of fact against, interest, pedigree, entries in the
regular course of business, official records, declarations as to physical and mental conditions,
res gestae; real evidence; best evidence rule; authentication of documents; handwriting
evidence; privilege against self-crimination; privileges based on the marriage relationship;
attorney-client privilege; judicial notice; the parol evidence rule; presumptions and burden
of proof.
INSURANCE. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The history, nature and development of the general principles of insurance law as applied
to the various forms of insurance contracts with respect to insurable interest, concealment,
misrepresentation, warranties, and other causes of invalidity of the contract; amount ot
recovery, subrogation, conditions, waiver, estoppel, election and powers of agents, assignees
and beneficiaries.
18 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
JUDICIAL PROCEDURE. 4 SEMESTER HOURS.
The origin and development of the common law actions; the forms of actions, local and
transitory, real personal and mixed; original and judicial writs; pleadings, their purpose,
forms and rules by which they are governed; changes by statute in common law forms of
pleadings; effect of pleadings on the conduct of a cause.
A study of the judicial system with reference to its historical background and growth;
the court and its officers; the judge; the attorney, and their relations with each other and
the public; a discussion of problems of interest to the profession relating to the status,
functions, duties and responsibilities of the lawyer; and the standards of professional conduct.
LANDLORD AND TENANT. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The nature of the relation; tenancies distinguished from other relationships; express and
implied tenancies; contracting parties; rights and liabilities of landlord and tenant.
MASSACHUSETTS PRACTICE AND PLEADING AT LAW AND IN EQUITY.
2 SEMESTER HOURS.
Divisions of courts in Massachusetts and jurisdiction of each; venue of actions, writs and
service of same; indorser for costs; attachment of property on mesne process, by trustee
process, and in equity; arrest on mesne process; entry of actions; appearances; non-suits
and defaults; the Practice Act; the pleadings including declarations, motions to dismiss,
answers and pleas in abatement, demurrers, and answers and pleas in bar; amendments;
specifications; interrogatories; depositions; demand to admit facts; set-off, recoupment and
cross actions; marking cases for trial; advancing actions for speedy trial; auditors, masters
and assessors; tender and offer of judgment; motions, claim for jury trial; jurors, summon-
ing witnesses; procedure at trial; verdicts; motions for new trial; motions in arrest of judg-
ment; appeals; exceptions; reports; reservations; judgments; executions.
MORTGAGES. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The characteristic mortgage doctrines; the long and statutory short forms; equitable
mortgages; construction loan mortgages; deficiency judgments; effect of passage of time
on mortgages; taxes; insurance; assignment by mortgagee and mortgagor; merger; partial
release and discharge; marshaling; special emphasis on the practice of foreclosure; re-
demption.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATIONS. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The nature, creation, constitution, control alteration, and dissolution of municipal cor-
porations; their charters, proceedings, officers, and agents; powers and liabilities, taxation
and indebtedness.
OFFICE PRACTICE. 1 SEMESTER HOUR.
This is a practical course covering the fundamental principles of drafting legal documents,
including contracts, conditional sales, conveyances, mortgages, leases, wills, trusts, partner-
ship agreements, etc. It also covers the problems of office management, as to personnel,
office records, correspondence, filing system, time recording, valuation and billing, clients'
accounts, and office library. Considerable time is given to the use of law books and the
preparation of cases.
PERSONAL PROPERTY. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
Distinction between real and personal property; possession, bailment; finder; lien; pledge;
acquisition of ownership in chattels, including bona fide purchase, adverse possession,
accession, confusion, judgment, satisfaction of judgment, and gift; fixtures and emblements.
PRACTICE COURT. 1 SEMESTER HOUR.
The Practice Court supplements the course in Common Law Pleading and is under the
control and direction of the faculty. The purpose of the court is to give the students an
opportunity to apply their knowledge of pleading and procedure and their knowledge of the
substantive law in the conduct of an actually litigated controversy. The practice, so far as
is possible, follows that of actual litigation. The senior students are divided into groups,
or firms of lawyers, two in each group representing the plaintiff and two the defendant.
SCHOOL OF LAW i9
These firms institute their actions in the various courts and conduct them through their
various stages to final judgment or decree. The work of the Practice Court is required of all
regular students and must be performed satisfactorily as a condition of promotion.
PROPERTY I. 3 SEMESTER HOURS.
Possession; air; land; streams; surface waters; underground waters; rights of reversioners;
profits; easements; licenses; legal enforcement of covenants running with the land; equitable
enforcement of agreements running with the land; rents, waste; public rights in waters and
highways.
PROPERTY II. 3 SEMESTER HOURS.
Feudal system of land tenure; estates in land, including historical development of methods
of creating and conveying the same; reversions, remainders and other non-possessory inter-
ests in land; concurrent ownership; disseisin and the remedies therefor; uses and trusts,
including the statute of uses; accretion, adverse possession; prescription; voluntary con-
veyances; form of deeds; description of property granted; estates created; creation and in-
cidents of joint tenancy; tenancy in common and tenancy by entirety; creation of easements
and profits; covenants for title; execution of deeds; recording; estoppel by deed; dedication;
examination of titles.
PROPERTY III. 3 SEMESTER HOURS.
Future and conditional interests in property.
Estates on condition, rights of entry for condition broken, license and waiver of breach,
possibilities of reverter, reversions, vested and contingent remainders, future uses, executory
devises and bequests, failure of executory devises, construction of limitations, cross-limita-
tions, vesting of legacies, gifts on failure of issue, ascertainment of classes, powers, rule
against perpetuities, restraints on alienation, illegal and impossible conditions.
SALES. 3 SEMESTER HOURS.
Sales and mortgages of personal property; historical and philosophical basis of this branch
of law; subject matter of a sale; parties to a sale; the effect of fraud; passage of title; risk of
loss; rights of the seller under the contract; conditional sales; documents of title; warranties
expressed and implied; the rights of the buyer under the contract, and formalities of the
contract.
SURETYSHIP. 1 SEMESTER HOUR.
Rights of the creditor; rights of the surety against the principal, including reimburse-
ment, subrogation and exoneration; rights of a surety against a cosurety, including subro-
gation and contribution; subsuretyship; creditor's interest in securities held by the surety;
problems arising out of bankruptcy and insolvency; the statute of frauds; the surety's
other defenses against the creditor.
TORTS. 6 SEMESTER HOURS.
Definition of tort; theory of liability in tort; distinctions between tort and breach of con-
tract; defenses to torts or apparent torts; assignability of right of action in tort; damages;
discharge of torts; disability, including responsibility of infants, married women, insane
persons, municipal corporations and charities for torts; assault and battery; false imprison-
ment; trespass to property; slander and libel; slander of title; enticement and seduction;
loss of consortium; deceit; infringement of trademarks; malicious prosecution; negligence.
TRUSTS. 4 SEMESTER HOURS.
Embracing the nature of a trust including analytical and practical distinctions between
trusts and bailments, debts or contracts, conditions, mortgages and other relationships with
emphasis upon the relation between banker and customer and broker and customer; the
creation of a trust including intention, matters of consideration and the statutes of frauds
and wills; the elements of a trust, its subject matter, the trustee and the cestui que trust;
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
the charitable or public trust; resulting and constructive trusts and a consideration of typical
situations where trusts are imposed by law; the administration of trusts; the nature of the
cestui que trust's interest; powers and duties of the trustee, the investment of trust funds
and the liabilities of the trustee to the beneficiary; liabilities to third persons; the doctrine
of bona fide purchase and the consideration of what persons are bound by a trust; the trans-
fer of the interest of the cestui que trust and the termination of a trust.
WILLS. 3 SEMESTER HOURS.
Escheat; descent; statutory rules; wills — kinds, alternatives, advantages and scope of;
execution, sound mind, fraud and undue influence; mistake; form; attestation; incorporation
by reference; revocation by change in circumstance; by subsequent instrument; by physical
act; dependent relative revocation; revival; republication; lapsed, void and adeemed gifts;
conflict of laws; construction, probate and administration; jurisdiction; procedure; powers of
representative; payment of debts; payments of legacies and distribution; statutory rights
and allowances; practice.
GRADUATE COURSES
ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
This course deals with the powers and duties of public officers and of the organization
and procedure of administrative agencies. It includes a consideration of the distinction
between legislative, judicial, and executive powers; the conclusiveness of administrative
determination; the requirement of due process; and the extent of judicial control over ad-
ministrative action. This will include: The law of public officers; dealings with governmental
units under which these officers work; administrative discretion; notice and hearing as
requisites of administrative action; judicial interference with administration; finality of ad-
ministrative determination; municipal legislation; powers, revenue; property rights; in-
debtedness; and liability.
ADMIRALTY. 1 SEMESTER HOUR.
This course deals with jurisdiction, general average and marine insurance, bottomry and
respondia, salvage, maritime torts defined and limited; American and English doctrines on
survival of actions for fatal injuries, navigation rules, damages in collision, limited liability
act, priorities of maritime and non-maritime liens, pleading and practice, federal and state
statutes changing the common law.
APPELLATE PRACTICE AND BRIEFS. 3 SEMESTER HOURS.
Develops the fundamental principles underlying the procedure commonly employed in
the courts of Massachusetts and in the trial and review of causes, both at law and in equity.
The problems of appeal are based upon and pre-suppose steps taken, and motions and
exceptions made before, during, and after the trial or proceeding in the lowest court. There-
fore, the course will embrace as foundations for appeal the topics of venue, jurisdiction,
judgments on default and demurrer, and arrest of judgment; continuance, the incidents of a
jury trial, such as the right to a jury, its selection, opening statement, conduct of counsel, dis-
missal, non-suit and directed verdict, instructing the jury, and the verdict; trial by court
without a jury, and the judgment.
What is reviewable; methods of review; parties to proceedings for review; preparation of
briefs and handling of appeals in the various appellate courts.
CONVEYANCING SEMINAR. 4 SEMESTER HOURS.
This course will demonstrate the application of theoretical real property law to the
practice of conveyancing, or passing upon real estate titles. Actual problems facing the
conveyancer will be demonstrated and discussed. The student will be instructed in the
preparation and use of the many forms which the conveyancer must utilize in his daily tasks.
Seminar discussions will give actual acquaintance with selected famous titles upon which
much Metropolitan realty depends, and with famous cases in the Massachusetts Supreme
Court involving real estate problems.
SCHOOL OF LAW
The course will cover the problems of the conveyancer in passing upon titles to real
property — pertinent legal principles as to all of the various rights and incumbrances in-
cident to ownership of real property — prescriptive rights, easements, restrictions, adverse
possession, covenants, transfers through death with or without administration, mortgages,
liens, fraudulent conveyances, equitable servitudes, etc. — land registration procedure, title
certificates, preparation of deeds, mortgages, contracts to buy and sell, releases, and other
papers.
The course will provide a practical review of the entire field of real property; probate
practice as it pertains to real estate, and Land Court practice in Massachusetts.
INTERNATIONAL LAW. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
This course deals with the origin, development, sources and force of international law;
acquisition and recognition of international status; neutralized and protected states, recog-
nition of belligerency, international right of existence and independence, intervention,
property; jurisdiction over lands, seas, persons, nationals and aliens; diplomatic relations,
treaties and international agreements, arbitrations and awards, reprisals, embargo, sanctions
and blockade; definition of war, rights and obligations of belligerents, non-hostile relations
between belligerents; capture, treatment, exchange and release of prisoners; military occupa-
tions and government, armistices, methods of termination of war, rights of neutral states
against search of vessels, seizure of contraband and blockade; national and international
prize courts.
LABOR LAW. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
This course will embrace an historical introduction to the labor laws; a study of the per-
missible ends towards which the concerted activities of employers may be directed; the
legality of various forms of concerted activity, such as strikes, lockouts, boycotts, picketing;
the labor injunction, including State and Federal legislation on the subject; legal aspects of
the collective labor agreement; labor combinations under the Sherman Act; Federal and
State labor relations acts.
LEGAL HISTORY AND JURISPRUDENCE. 4 SEMESTER HOURS.
a. Legal History
The historical development of the common law, and of the courts and institutions through
which it functions, will be worked out in a series of horizontal periods. The purpose is
practical as well as scholarly; it is to study and evaluate the past so that its materials may
be understood for use in the practical legal present and some estimate may be made of the
future.
Some familiarity will be acquired with great men, statutes and phrases which are still
referred to in legal discussions and decided cases.
For the purpose of comparisons, there will be a brief outline of all the world's legal sys-
tems, other than the Anglo-American. Interesting similarities of juristic theories and
practices will be pointed out.
b. "Jurisprudence
The science of justice is woven into the various periods of legal history, because it is deemed
to be an inescapable part thereof. For earlier periods, the broad swings towards and away
from stability and flexibility will be the chief matter studied. In more recent times, an out-
line of the analytical, philosophical and historical schools of jurisprudence will be evolved,
with current theories and tendencies. American legal decisions will be used to illustrate
recent theories of the science of law wherever possible.
LEGAL RESEARCH FOR PRACTITIONERS. 1 SEMESTER HOUR.
Materials of Research:
Legislative enactments: editions of Federal and State Constitutions, official, unofficial,
annotated, unannotated; editions of Federal and State Statutes, official, unofficial, an-
notated, unannotated; treaties; governmental orders and regulations; municipal charters
and ordinances; Rules of Court. Form of legislative acts, slip laws, session laws.
Judicial precedents: editions of Federal Reports, Supreme Court, lower Federal Courts,
official, unofficial, annotated, unannotated; State Reports; National Reporter System;
annotated reports; special subject reports; decisions of administrative bodies.
Books of index: digests; textbooks; restatements; encyclopedias; annotations; citators;
dictionaries; legal periodicals; appeal papers.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Methods of Research:
In Legislative enactments, Federal and State, direct and indirect methods; judicial
precedents, Federal and State; the fact index method of approach — analysis of fact ele-
ments; topic method of approach; words and phrases method of approach; use of tables.
Supplementing and evaluating precedents. Special emphasis will be placed on Massa-
chusetts materials and methods of research in statutory compilations and reports of judicial
precedents from 1628 to date. Particular reference will be given to methods of ascertaining
the legislative and judicial history of local statutes, whether amended, superseded, repealed,
etc., with judicial interpretations thereof. Some attention will be given to English materials
and methods of research. The class lectures will be supplemented by actual demonstrations
of methods in the school library. Suggestions will be made as to library requirements in the
office of the practicing lawyer.
LEGAL SEMINAR. 2 SEMESTER HOURS EACH YEAR.
This course will continue throughout the entire two years. The work will deal with
fundamental subjects of the law by means of the presentation of written papers on assigned
readings and research, followed by class discussion, formal argument, and the submission
of briefs.
During the first year the following topics, among others, will be considered: Patents, copy-
rights and trade-marks, domestic and foreign; naturali2ation, nationality, aerial jurisdiction,
expatriation, extradition and rendition, neutralization, marine insurance, inevitable acci-
dents, maritime liens; other subjects in International, Admiralty, and Constitutional Law.
During the second year topics dealing with unfair competition, interference with contract,
taxation and other pertinent topics will be considered, and a graduate thesis on some legal
topic will be prepared and submitted as one of the requirements for the degree.
PUBLIC UTILITIES. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
Development of the public utility concept; entry into public service; creation of the
relation of public utility proprietor and patron; basis and extent of the public utilities'
duties — as to service to all; adequate facilities, discrimination, reasonable rates; performance
of the service; termination of the relation; withdrawal from service; utilities' right to make
regulations; regulation by public through administrative agencies; functioning of such
agencies; judicial review.
TAXATION. 2 SEMESTER HOURS.
The purpose of this course is to present taxation as a specialized art or function of the
lawyer, rather than as an aspect of constitutional law, conflict of laws, accounting, or
economics; to give the student information as to how taxes work and why they fail. To
accomplish this aim, the course deals with the legal basis and legitimate purposes of taxa-
tion; the so-called general property tax and tax administration, protests to city assessors,
and proceedings before the Massachusetts Board of Tax Appeals, estate, inheritance, and
gift taxes; the income tax, State and Federal, its constitutional limitations, jurisdiction, the
nature of taxable income, and the administration of the tax, modern excise taxes on business
concerns, State excise taxes, Federal capital stock and excess profits taxes.
SCHOOL OF LAW 23
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS (LL.B.)
To be eligible for the LL.B. degree, a student must have met the fol-
lowing requirements:
Age. A student must be twenty-one years of age at the time of
receiving the degree.
Period of Study. A student must have been in regular attendance
for a period of three years in the day curriculum or four years in the
evening curriculum. An advanced standing student from an approved
Law School shall attend such period as the full time faculty may deter-
mine, but in no case shall an advanced standing student qualify for his
degree with less than one full year of regular attendance at Northeastern
University School of Law.
Examinations. A student must have passed satisfactory examina-
tions in at least eighty-two hours of required courses and secure the re-
quired general average. The minimum general average for the LL.B.
degree is as follows:
(a) With no conditions in any law school subjects — a weighted
average of sixty-seven per cent.
(b) With one unsatisfactory grade in the subjects of the last two
years — a weighted average of seventy per cent.
Honors. To qualify for honors a student must have met all of the
above requirements and in addition thereto have passed his examinations
with distinction in all of the courses required for the LL.B. degree. There
are two classes of honors:
Cum Laude. Students who have met all of the requirements for
honors and attain a weighted average grade of between eighty-five per
cent and ninety-one per cent, both inclusive, will be recommended for the
degree, Cum Laude.
Magna Cum Laude. Students who attain a weighted average grade
of ninety-two per cent or better will be recommended for the degree,
Magna Cum Laude.
DEGREE OF MASTER OF LAWS (LL.M.)
To be eligible to receive the degree of Master of Laws, a candidate must
have qualified for admission to the Master's course in candidacy for the
Master's degree, and have passed satisfactorily courses aggregating at
least six hours of class work a week for two school years. In addition,
the candidate for such degree must engage in seminar and research work
under the direction of some member of the faculty and complete and
submit a satisfactory thesis on some subject chosen after consultation
with the instructor, under whose direction the research is to be done.
24 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GENERAL INFORMATION
REGISTRATION
The filing of an application for admission to the School does not con-
stitute registration. All students, including those entering the School
for the first time, are required to register personally at the Law School
Office and arrange for the payment of their tuition during the registration
period.
Students are urged to register before the opening date whenever it is
possible to do so.
TUITION AND FEES
All checks for tuition and fees should be drawn payable to the order of
Northeastern University.
Registration is not considered as completed, and students are not
permitted to attend lectures until they have registered and have paid their
tuition and other fees, or have made satisfactory arrangements with the
Dean of the School of Law. Payments due the University may be made
at the School office, or mailed to Northeastern University, School of Law,
47 Mt. Vernon Street, Boston, Massachusetts. The University reserves
the right to change tuition rates or fees whenever in their discretion such
action is deemed advisable.
Application Fee. The application fee of $5 must accompany the
application for admission and is payable only once on initial entrance to
the School. The fee is not refundable.
No application fee is required of those applicants for admission to the
graduate course who are graduates of Northeastern University School of
Law and have previously paid an application fee in the School of Law.
Tuition.
Undergraduate Students.
Day Program. The annual fee for tuition is $200. payable
in four installments of $50 each. The first installment must be
paid before attendance upon lectures.
Evening Program. The annual fee for tuition is $160. payable
in four installments of #40. each. The first installment must be
paid during the opening week of school.
The tuition charge for either day or evening students carrying
less than a full program, and for all courses in addition to a full
program is at the rate of $8. for each semester hour.
Incidental Fee. An incidental fee is charged all students each year
and is payable at the time of payment of the first installment of tuition.
The Fee for students in the Day Program is $7. and for those registered
in the Evening Program is $5. For students carrying less than a full
program, or courses in addition to a full program, an Incidental Fee of
thirty cents ($.30) for each semesterjiour is charged.
SCHOOL OF LAW 25
Graduate Students. The tuition fee is $125 a year, payable in four
quarterly installments.
The tuition fee for individual courses is on the basis of $10.50 for each
semester hour.
Examination Fees. Students taking an examination for the purpose
of removing a condition, or for advanced standing credit, are charged an
examination fee of $5 for each examination so taken.
Graduation Fees. A graduation fee of $10 is charged all candidates
for the LL.B. or LL.M. degrees, payable on or before May 1, of the year
in which they qualify for their degree.
Expense for Books. The average yearly expense for casebooks, note-
books and other supplies is $30. In many instances this expense may be
reduced by purchasing used casebooks.
Through the efforts of the Class of 1935, a Lending Library has been
established to assist students of limited means. Students may obtain
books from this library, for use during the school year, upon the payment
of a nominal sum.
In General. Students are not permitted to attend lectures until they
have registered and have paid their tuition, or have made satisfactory
arrangements with the Dean of the School of Law.
No reduction in tuition or fees is made on account of late registration.
Students who cannot meet their tuition payments before the due date
should arrange with the Dean for the late payment of their tuition.
The University policy is that each quarterly installment must be paid
in full before the student may continue his attendance upon a subsequent
quarterly period.
No grades are issued until all financial obligations to the University
are discharged.
No student will be advanced in class standing or permitted to re-enroll
in the University until all the bills of the previous year have been paid,
and no degrees will be conferred upon students who have not paid all their
dues to the University. No student will be given honorable dismissal
from the School unless he shall have paid all his Law School bills.
A $2 deferred payment fee will be added to all bills which are not paid
by the Saturday following the date on which the payment falls due.
Failure to make the required payments on time, or to arrange for such
payments, is considered sufficient cause to bar the student from classes
until the matter has been adjusted with the Dean.
Withdrawals and Refunds. If a student withdraws for good cause
from a course and is permitted subsequently to repeat it, he shall be
credited with the tuition paid by him. Such credit cannot be applied,
however, until the balance due on the course has been paid. This rule
does not apply where refund has been made.
26 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
In the event a student is obliged to withdraw from the School in which
he is enrolled for causes deemed adequate by the Committee on With-
drawals, the balance of the tuition paid will be refunded after the follow-
ing deductions have been made:
(a) Four per cent of the total yearly tuition charge shall be deducted
for each week of attendance or fraction thereof, in the event of
enrollment for a full school year.
(b) In case the applicant has enrolled for a semester, the deduction
shall be made on the basis of ten per cent of the total charge for
each week of attendance or fraction thereof.
Attendance is computed from the opening date of the semester until
the date of last attendance.
Application, deferred agreement and other fees are not refundable.
Diploma charges are exceptions and will be refunded in the case of non-
qualification.
No refunds are granted unless the application for withdrawal, together
with the request for refund, and supporting data, are filed within forty-
five days after the student has ceased attendance.
ATTENDANCE
Students are expected to attend with regularity the sessions of all
courses in which they are enrolled. Students who are irregular in class
attendance without justifiable cause may be dropped from the class rolls
or be refused permission to take the final examinations in the course.
No student during his attendance at the Law School may be registered in
any other school or college, whether of Northeastern University or of any
other institution, without the consent of the Dean.
EXAMINATIONS
Examinations are held at the end of each semester. All students are
expected to present themselves for examination in all subjects in which
they are registered at the time the regular examinations are held unless
excused by the Dean. In case a student is excused from taking an examin-
ation or receives a conditional grade, he must take the next examination
offered in such subject. If the content of the course is changed prior to
the giving of the examination which such student takes, the student will
be required to prepare himself upon the altered content of the course;
and if the content of the course is redistributed or omitted so that no
examination is thereafter given which fairly covers the subject matter,
such student may be required to take an additional course in lieu of the
course in which the incomplete or condition was received.
No special examinations will be given for the removal of conditions.
Conditions must be removed at the next regular examination given in the
course. Any student who takes a re-examination must pay a fee of $5 for
each examination so taken. A student, who, because of an unsatisfactory
grade in a final examination in a course, has been given the privilege of a
re-examination, will be required to obtain a minimum passing grade of
sixty-five per cent.
SCHOOL OF LAW 27
A student who is required to repeat a course must secure a minimum
grade of sixty-five per cent in the course which he is repeating in order
to pass.
Periodic tests and hour examinations are given throughout the school
year to enable both the students and the faculty to appraise the effective-
ness of their work.
GRADES
The work of each student shall be graded upon examinations, according
to the following scale:
A
B
Superior
Above Average
C
Average
D
E
F
Lowest passing grade
Unsatisfactory
Failure
Inc.
Incomplete
No examination
PROMOTION
Students are required to pass satisfactory examinations in all of the
required courses of the curriculum. Scholastic standing is determined
solely by the weighted average calculated upon the grades in all courses
elected since entering the school.
1. Promotion from the First to the Second Year Class.
(a) To enter the second year's class in good standing a student is
required to make a weighted average of 64%.
(b) If a student has failed in one or more courses of the first year
and has earned a weighted average of from 60% to 63%, he
shall at the discretion of the faculty, be placed on probation
and required to repeat in full or in part, the entire year of work,
or if he shall fail to present evidence which would tend to justify
the belief that he has the ability to succeed in the law, he shall
be asked to withdraw.
(c) If a student receives a weighted average of E in the courses for
the year, he shall be asked to withdraw from the school.
(d) The requirements outlined above shall also be required in the
Evening Division for promotion from the second to the third
year class.
2. Promotion from the Junior to the Senior Class.
(a) A student who has earned a weighted average of 67% shall be
entitled to promotion to the Senior class in good standing.
(b) A student who has earned a weighted average of from 64% to
67% shall be permitted to enter the Senior class on probation to
carry such a program of courses as the faculty shall require.
(c) A student whose weighted average in all courses at the end of
the Junior year is only 64% or less and who has failed in one
or more full year courses shall be asked to withdraw from the
school.
28 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Students in the first year are not allowed to take more than the required
courses for the year.
Students who have earned a weighted average of 64% or below in any
year may not enroll in the Day Division for more than 14 semester hours
each semester, nor in the Evening Division for more than 11 semester
hours each semester.
Students who have earned a weighted average of 64% to 67% may,
with special permission, carry excess courses, but may not enroll, as to
the Day Division, for more than 16 semester hours each semester, or, as
to the Evening Division for more than 12 semester hours each semester.
A student, whose weighted average at the end of his senior year does
not qualify him for graduation, shall be permitted to continue in the
School, or to take examinations at the regular examination periods with
a view to raising his average to the required level, only by a special vote
of the Faculty Committee and upon such conditions as shall be prescribed
in each instance.
DISCIPLINE
Attendance at the University is a privilege and not a right. The
Faculty Committee reserves to itself the right to require the withdrawal
of any student at any time whom it may deem unworthy either on account
of his neglect of study, his incapacity for the law, or for any grave defect
of conduct or character, and no reason for requiring such withdrawal
need be given.
GENERAL NOTICE
The hours of instruction, casebooks used, subjects taught, degree
requirements, and like matters are subject to change at the discretion
of the Dean and the Faculty Committee but there will be no change in
charges for tuition, or any other major change, during the school year
for which a student has registered.
SCHOOL OF LAW 29
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM
Law School Honor Scholarships
Northeastern University has created within the School of Law the
following scholarships:
1. A $50 scholarship shall be awarded to the member of each of the first
and second year classes in the Day Division, and to each of the first,
second and third year classes in the Evening Division, who receives
the highest scholastic average for the year provided he re-enrolls
for the next year.
2. Two $25 scholarships shall be awarded to the two members in each
of the first and second year classes in the Day Division, and to the
two members of the first, second and third year classes in the Eve-
ning Division, ranking next in honor to the student receiving the
$50 award, provided in each instance the student re-enrolls for the
next year.
In the event that a student qualifying for one of the above scholarship
awards does not re-enroll, the next highest ranking student in his class
shall receive the award.
Scholarships for College Graduates
A limited number of special scholarships have been established for
college graduates. Awards will be made on the recommendation of the
Dean and will be upon the basis of the applicant's financial need, character
and scholastic attainments. These scholarships range from $25 to $35
per year.
Such scholarships will not be awarded to a student who is on probation
or has a failure in any subject in this school.
Written application for college scholarships must be filed on or before
the time of registration.
All applications must disclose in detail the amount and source of the
applicant's income. These scholarships will be awarded for the year in
September. One-quarter of the amount of the scholarship award is
deducted from the tuition of each quarterly payment.
The Kappa Delta Kappa Scholarship
A scholarship gift to be awarded annually to the member of the Sopho-
more class, who, in the opinion of the administrative officers of the School,
has through his personality, character, conduct, service and scholarship
made the greatest contribution to the School. This award is to be made
only in the event the student returns for his Junior year.
Benjamin Ginsberg Memorial Scholarship
A fund given by the Upsilon Delta Sigma Fraternity to establish a
scholarship in memory of Benjamin Ginsberg of the Class of 1927. The
scholarship is to be awarded annually to the highest ranking student of
the Sophomore class.
30 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Sigma Tau Epsilon Fund
A fund of $100, the income to be used to purchase a prize in the form
of a book to be presented to the student whose grades rank the highest
in the Freshman year. The student is to be presented with this prize
only in the event he re-enrolls for his Sophomore year.
The Gamma Kappa Nu Scholarship Fund
A fund of $800, the income to be used as a scholarship gift in the form
of the first installment of tuition in the Senior year.
This scholarship gift "shall be presented annually to that woman in
the Junior class who has done the most for the School and has also main-
tained a high scholarship in her studies, and provided that she registers
for her Senior year."
Phi Pi Chi Scholarship
A fund, the income of which is to be used to purchase a prize in the
form of a law book, to be presented to the student whose grades rank
among the first ten on the Dean's list in the Freshman year.
The Executive Council of the Chapter in conjunction with the Faculty
Adviser shall select the student. Presentation is to be made only in the
event that the student enrolls for his Sophomore year.
Graduate Program
The University has created a few scholarships of $25 each to be awarded
annually to students enrolled as candidates for the degree of Master of
Laws.
First-year as well as second-year students in the Master's Program are
eligible for these awards. These scholarships will be granted at the dis-
cretion of the Committee on Administration to those students of high
scholastic attainment whose need, ability, and fitness to pursue graduate
study, merit the award.
LIBRARY
The law school library is well lighted and furnished and easily accessible.
It contains more than 12,000 volumes and is steadily growing. The
library is so arranged as to give the student direct access to the books in
the stacks as well as in the reading room. The library contains many of the
State Reports, the complete National Reporter System, the Federal Re-
ports, and Reports of the Supreme Court of the United States, the Eng-
lish Reports, English and American Digests, and an extensive collection
of encyclopedias, annotations, treatises, legal periodicals, approved text-
books, and all current casebooks.
The library is open weekdays from 8:45 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.; Sundays
from 3:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.; and holidays from 12:00 m. to 6:00 p.m.
SCHOOL OF LAW
3'
COLLEGES REPRESENTED IN THE STUDENT BODY
Amherst College
Antioch College
Armour Institute of Technology
Assumption College
Bates College
Boston College 1
Boston Teacher's College
Boston University 5
Bowdoin College
Brooklyn College
Brown University
Carleton College
Catholic University of America
Clark University
College of William and Mary
Columbia University
Dartmouth College
DePauw University
Duquesne University
Emmanuel College
Franklin and Marshall College
Georgetown University
George Washington University
Guilford College
Harvard University 3
Haverford College
Holy Cross College
Lehigh University
Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology
Massachusetts State College
Massachusetts College of Pharmacy
Middlebury College
New England Conservatory of Music 1
New York University 4
3
Northeastern University
3i
Northwestern University
1
Notre Dame College
1
Providence College
2
Radcliffe College
2
Ricker Junior College
1
Royal Academy of Music
Stockholm, Sweden
1
Salem Teacher's College
1
St. Anselm's College
1
3
St. Joseph's College
St. Mary's College
St. Petersburg Junior College
Simmons College
1
1
1
1
Smith College
1
Southeastern University
1
3
Technische Hochschule
Darmstadt, Germany
1
Tufts College
5
United States Naval Academy
2
University of Albama
1
2
University of Kentucky
1
University of Maine
6
University of New Hampshire
1
7
University of Pennsylvania
3
University of Pittsburgh
1
6
University of Vermont
1
University of Wisconsin
1
Upsala College
1
4
Wesleyan University
3
4
Western Reserve
1
2
Williams College
1
I
Yale Universitv
2
244
32
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DEGREES CONFERRED IN 1939
Master of Laws
Vanda C. Anselmo
Frank Joseph Cavanagh
William Eber Corkum
Walter Leonard Facey
Joseph Henry Goodness
Femald Hutchins
Thomas Edward Linehan
Charles Joseph Perry
Mary Patricia Potterton
Charles Frederic Ahern
John Emanuel Anastasi
Samuel Greenleaf Atkinson
Diana Jeannette Auger
William Washington Baker
Thomas John Bongiorno
Henry Ernest Bourque
Robert Whitfield Bramley
Arthur Lawrence Burns
Arthur Joseph Call, Jr.
Paul Anthony Carbone
John Joseph Carey
Harry Louis Carlson
Edward Payson Chase
Edythe Marion Clark
Wendell Ball Colson
Frederick L. Corcoran, Jr.
Edward Joseph Cronin
Michael DeStefano
Jean-Charles Durette
Laurie Arthur Ebacher
John Joseph Faherty
Edward Henry Farrell
Charles William Farrow
Eldred Lincoln Field
Joseph Michael Fitzgerald
Paul Raymond FitzGerald
Harold Footer
Louis Fox
Daniel Saul Fram
Henry Frankel
Carrie Ellen Gage
John Jerome Galgay
John Joseph Gartland
Max Samuel Ginsberg
Bachelor of Laws
Oscar Arnold Gorin
Francis Tufts Gowen
George White Gregory
Louis Guaragna
Allan Murray Hale
Armas Karlervo Hill
Robert Hill Hobbs
Henry Hughes
John Junior Jackson
Jens Michal Jacobsen
Charles E. V. Jensen
Ernest Henry Johnson
Franklin Ridgway Johnson
Thomas Frank Johnson
Benjamin Kantrovitz
Maurice Elchanan Kaplan
Samuel Edward Kaufman
John Francis Kilroe
Arthur Thomas King
John Joseph Kirby
Leo Kline
Max Frank Kramer
David Benjamin Kravetz
Alphonso Liberace
James Pearson Lightbown
Robert Victor Mann
Albert Mayer
Morris Marcus
Jeremiah F. McCarthy
Susan Ellen McGonigle
Thomas Michael McGovern
Joseph Arthur Messina
Nathan Morris
Edward Murdock Munroe
Edward Warren Murphy
John Hanley Murphy
Francis Forrest Neal
Norman Ostroff
Harold Henry Pahlas
Edward Pallotta
Salvatore Joseph Petrucci
Mary Agnes Price
Udell Stranahan Redmond
Edythe Florence Reeves
William Louis Rose
Charles Ernest Ruby
George Shirley Ryan
Edward Joseph Rynne
Hymen Louis Samson
Harry Oscar Shainker
Frank Alexander Silver
Louis Slobodkin
Rodney Clifford Southworth
Abraham Spack
Thomas William Stirling
Eva Evelyn Stopsky
Jacob Sugerman
Jeremiah Joseph Sullivan
John King Sullivan
Wilbur Kemble Torrey
George Richard Tucker
William Vincent Wallace
Hyman Weinstein
Edward Lawrence Weisberg
Nathan Max Yabovitz
Leon Ely Zinkowsky
Robert Zwetchkenbaum
Charles Martin Zywaski
Magna Cum Laude
Conrad Walter Oberdorfer
Frederic Cohen
Marie Louise Dumas
Cum Laude
Richard Lalor Fox
James Francis Gardner
Adelbert Joseph Gascon
William Hastings Kerr
Mary Elizabeth Snow
DEGREES AWARDED OUT OF COURSE
Normand Amie Archambault
Joseph Bornstein
John Alfred Briggs
Ronald Arthur Broade
Oscar Sinclair Burrows
Joseph William Carpenter
Roger John Connell
Norwood Cox
Alice Darling
Lawrence Divino
Joseph Francis X. Doherty
Bachelor of Laws
Alcide Joseph Fournier
William Patrick Grant
Reginald John Griffen
William Hirsch
John Paul Kalin
Seymour Levin
Arthur Lawrence Lyons
Albert Mayer
Albert William Melnick
Burton Fiederick Miller
Herbert Eldon Morgan
Charles Desloge O'Malley
David Fleming Powers, Jr.
Hugo Vinicio Romano
Lewis Sternfield Salins
Myron William Sherman
Earle Harvey Smith
Vincent Francis Stulgis
John Martin Tobin
Herbert Edward Tucker, Jr.
Bruce Edward Wilkins
SCHOOL OF LAW
33
CANDIDATES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF LAWS
Abkowitz, Paul B.
Northeastern University,
Bayes, Arthur
Northeastern University,
Dumas, Marie L.
Northeastern University,
Ford, Joseph
Northeastern University,
Gage, Carrie E.
Northeastern University,
Gardner, James F.
Northeastern University,
Jackson, Julian E.
Northeastern University,
Johnson, Thomas F.
Northeastern University,
Kalikow, Joseph
Northeastern University,
Kilburn, James P.
Northeastern University,
Kugell, William H.
Northeastern University,
McCarty, William F.
Northeastern University,
Maher, Maurice F.
Northeastern University,
Matson, Vera
Northeastern University,
Revere
LL.B.
Brookline
LL.B.
Lisbon Falls, Me.
LL.B.
Mattapan
LL.B.
Boston
LL.B.
Boston
LL.B.
Newton Highlands
LL.B.
Neponset
LL.B.
Lvnn
LL.B.
West Medford
LL.B.
Roxbury
LL.B.
Chelmsford
LL.B.
Norwood
LL.B.
Quincy
LL.B.
Monaghan, Joseph J.
Northeastern University,
Nichols, Emmett R.
Northeastern University,
Nigro, Alfred V.
Northeastern University,
Pransky, John H.
Northeastern University,
Robertson, Norman H.
Northeastern University,
Ross, Frank J.
Northeastern University,
Rowley, Worth
Northeastern University,
Santry, Daniel S., Jr.
Northeastern University,
Snow, M. Elizabeth
Northeastern University,
Somers, Paul
Northeastern University,
Sullivan, Daniel J.
Northeastern University,
Wilson, Mary F. J.
Northeastern University,
Young, Anthony J.
Northeastern University,
Milton
Saugus
Reading
Winthrop
Stoneham
Quincy
Boston
LL.B.
LL.B.
LL.B.
LL.B.
LL.B.
LL.B.
LL.B.
South Boston
LL.B.
Watertown
LL.B.
Revere
LL.B.
Auburndale
LL.B.
Boston
LL.B.
Brighton
LL.B.
CANDIDATES FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS
DAY DIVISION
Class of 1941
Coury, Peter T.
Boston
Crovo, Elizabeth
Woburn
Daniel, John V.
Winthrop
Downs, Ina M.
Lexington
Boston University
Flower, Bertram A.
Brookline
Hainer, Herbert M., Jr.
Haverhill
Northeastern University
Kelley, Eugene P.
Cambridge
Krinsky, Joseph
Dorchester
Massachusetts State College
Lackey, William S.
Cambridge
Bowdoin College
University of New Hampshire
Lamb, Kenneth L.
Maiden
Lato, Manuel S.
Dorchester
Lenihan, William F.
Boston
Lesmerises, Rene O. Manchester, N. H.
St. Anselm's College, A.B.
Lydon, James E.
Boston College, A.B.
McDermott, Thomas L.
Boston College, A.B.
Macomber, John A.
Guilford College
Middlebury College, A.B.
Mollica, Robert L.
Northeastern University
Pransky, Nathan J.
Rice, Agnes M.
Salzer, Erwin
Jamaica Plain
Jamaica Plain
Central Village
Boston
Winthrop
Brockton
Brookline
Technische Hochschule Darmstadt, Se.D.
Sanderson, Richard S.
Boston College, A.B.
Segalini, Roland
Stillman, Harry
Northeastern University
Verstandig, David T.
Weinberger, Shirlee E.
Boston
Boston
Salem
East Boston
Dorchester
Class of 1942
Allen, Robert
Boston University
Atchison, Roland B.
University of Maine
Richer Junior College
Carlo, Joseph
Boston University
Cline, Daniel D.
Boston University
Crowell, Baron H., Jr.
Northeastern University
Milton
Houlton, Maine
Pittsfield
Roxbury
Westboro
Janian, Cedric J.
Medford
Harvard University
Jordan, Albert
Lynn
Murray, George C
Brighton
Holy Cross College
Boston University
O'Connell, Albert
Dorchester
Shaw, William F.
Providence, R. I.
Amherst College
Taylor, Charles E.
Belfast, Maine
University of Maine
34
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EVENING DIVISION
Class
Abrams, Abraham Roxbury
Abramson, Harold A. Mattapan
Adler, Aaron Fall River
Andrews, George J. Lynn
Baker, James A. State Farm
Balanda, Francis J. Waban
Banks, Vincent M. South Boston
Harvard University
Blacker, Leo Dorchester
Blake, Dana P. Newton
Northeastern University, B.C.S.
Blumsack, Harold Maiden
Bookstein, Abraham Roxbury
Boyarsky, Ezra Springfield
Boston University, B.S.
Bronstein, I. Edward Roxbury
Brown, Arthur J. Boston
Brown, Dorothy Bortman Boston
Brown, Emmons B. Newtonville
Dartmouth College, A.B.
Brudnick, William C. Dorchester
Burton, Richard E. Boston
Harvard University, A.B.
Caggiano, Saverio F. East Boston
Cameron, Paul A. Arlington
Northeastern University, B.S. in B.A.
Canfield, Helen R. Wellesley Hills
Smith College
Carr, Walter E. Providence, R. I.
Garret, Charles T. Jamaica Plain
Caruso, Anthony J. East Boston
Caruso, Philip P. Waltham
Chapman, Sumner A. Plymouth
Williams College, A.B.
Chartoff, Jacob Dorchester
Harvard University, A.B.
Chicos, Peter C. Watertown
Ciccio, Joseph F. Roslindale
Clancy, Charles F. Roslindale
Clark, Edward P. Arlington
Clerico, John J. Cambridge
Cline, Melvin L. Stoughton
Cohen, Melvin Chelsea
Connelly, Clement E. Salem
Connelly, Clinton A. Attleboro
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.
Convicer, Israel Dorchester
Corey, Joseph South Weymouth
Coughlin, Joseph P. Cambridge
Cranney, Milton E. Peabody
Curcio, Vincent C. Medford
Curley, Charles E. Dorchester
Cusick, John J. Boston
Darrell, Clement E. Dorchester
Davis, George C. Dedham
Davis, June W. Wollaston
Davis, Ralph Mattapan
DeLuca, John Everett
Dennis, Orville F. Wollaston
Dever, Edward J. Belmont
Catholic University, A.B.
DiBenedetto, George P. Brighton
Donaldson, Robert M. Wellesley
Donoghue, Timothy J. Roslindale
Donovan, Helen A. Jamaica Plain
Dowd, Frank J., Jr. Melrose
Driscoll, Francis X. Allston
Driscoll, John E. South Boston
Drucker, Jack Boston
Dupre, Eugene A., Jr. Brockton
Boston University
Edmonston, Alexander S. Wollaston
Northeastern University, B.B.A.
Factor Vivian Roxbury
Simmons College
Fallon, Lawrence J. Jamaica Plain
OF I94O
Finnegan, Frederick J. Lowell
Fishman, Samuel L. Dorchester
Fitzgerald, William J. South Boston
Frentzos, George D. Boston
Massachusetts Institute Technology
Gaither, P. Stokes Boston
Yale University, Ph.B.
Gargano, Guy Wakefield
Geller, Max S. Mattapan
Gilmartin, Hugh J. Walpole
Goldberg, Robert A. Roxbury
Goodness, Benedict G. Brookline
Massachusetts College of Pharmacy, Ph.G.
Gopen, Nathan L. Chelsea
Greene, James H. Medford
Gribble, Francis J., Jr. Westboro
Handley, James L. Lowell
Heffernan, Francis A. Salem
Henry, Thomas L. Marblehead
Higgins, Edward M. Dorchester
Hill, George H. Worcester
Upsala College, A.B.
Holland, Everett P. South Hamilton
Boston University
Humphries, Powell H. West Roxbury
Harvard University, S.B. in E.E.
Harvard University, S.M. in E.E.
Julian, Raymond W. East Weymouth
Boston University
Kaplan, Alvan H. Maiden
Keefe, John F. Dorchester
Massachusetts Institute Technology
Kelleher, Gertrude M. Salem
Northeastern University
Kelliher, Walter J. Maiden
Massachusetts Institute Technology
Knowlton, Elliot H. Maiden
Boston University
Kooshner, Solomon Dorchester
Kowal, Harold M. Boston
Harvard University
Krauss, Morton J. Dorchester
Lake, Fred G. Chelsea
Law, George Arlington
Lawrence, Philip E. Boston
Harvard University, A.B.
Learner, Nathan Roxbury
Harvard University
Leary, Edward J. Dorchester
Leary, James E. Watertown
Lee, Carter Quincy
Lessa, Michael C. East Boston
Levesque, Herbert Everett
Levovsky, Louis Everett
Levy, James Dorchester
Loughran, George E. Brighton
Lynch, Robert J. Waltham
MacDonald, Joseph N., Jr. Auburndale
MacDonald, Muriel C. Winthrop
MacLean, Robley D. E. Wollaston
Brown University, PhB.
MacLeod, Malcolm A. Roslindale
Maffie, Alphonse A. East Boston
Mahoney, George M. Beverly
Marsland, Herbert E. Saxonville
Mazer, Sydney Chelsea
Mazza, Joseph J. Cambridge
McCarthy, Joseph J. Hyde Park
McCormack, Paul J. Newton
McCormack, Richard F, Belmont
Boston University
McKay, Franklin R. Attleboro
McLane, Charles W. Jamaica Plain
Melillo, Guy East Boston
Merrigan, Eleanor M. Brighton
Milano, James E. Melrose
SCHOOL OF LAW
35
Miller, Louis J.
Molla, Wilbur P.
Moreau, Eugene J.
Assumption College
Providence College, A.B.
Notre Dame, M.A.
Morris, Herbert P.
Mycock, Edwin S.
Newton, John F.
Norton, J. Stanley
Ober, Harold
O'Brien, Francis W.
O'Donnell, John J.
Oliver, Leon R.
O'Malley, William P.
OUELLETTE, ORIE D.
Northeastern University
Patteson, J. Garrett
Harvard University
Pinciss Leo
Pinkham, Forrest W.
Northeastern University,
Plunkett, Patrick F.
Pollak, Gladys T.
Post, Willis C.
Rachalski Philip M.
Raher, Kathryn G.
Rispin, Francis L.
Rosse, Anthony A.
Holy Cross College, A.B.
Rubinoff, Ralph J.
Boston University
St. Clair, Ashley
Sanderson, Herman H.
Sarofeen, George J.
Satter, Theodore
Boston University
Saxe, Irving H.
Tufts College
Scholnick, Sandra E.
Seavey, Marjorie P.
Segal, Nancy P.
Seronick, Irving H.
Sheehan, Thomas J.
Shtiller, Harold
Boston University
Brighton
Boston
Pawtucket, R. I.
Wollaston
Potters vi lie
South Weymouth
Brookline
Mattapan
Somerville
Boston
Atlantic
Dorchester
Brockton
Wellesley Hills
Saugus
Boston
B.C.S.
Cambridge
Mattapan
Cranston, R. I.
Hyde Park
Maiden
Allston
Worcester
Boston
Needham
Cambridge
Brockton
Dorchester
Maiden
Dorchester
West Roxbury
Roxbury
Dorchester
Roslindale
Roxbury
Siegal, Arthur
Siegel, Irving M.
Silverman, Bernard
Silverman, Florence
Smith, Harriett M.
Staloff, Lawrence
Strocchi, Carlo F.
Struzziero, Ernest J.
Swig, Irving J.
Tingus, Constantine
Tirrell, Wilbur G.
Massachusetts State College, B.Sc.
Roxbury
Mattapan
Dorchester
Dorchester
Revere
Dorchester
Plymouth
East Boston
Brookline
Boston
South Weymouth
Titleman, Kenneth
Trayers, James J.
Vanzler, Nathan
New York University, B.A.
Vial, Norman G.
Walker, George A.
Western Reserve University
Ward, John W.
Wax, Benjamin
Weinberg, Frances
Weiner, Benjamin F.
Weintraub, Edward I.
Werlin, Sidney S.
Werner, William F.
Brooklyn College
Whalen, Walter M.
Bates College
Boston University
White, Harold S.
Whittaker, Arthur
Wholley, Lawrence J.
Northeastern University
Wilson, Bruno W.
Winchester, Reginald L.
Wintman, Melvin R.
Massachusetts Stale College
Woodmancy, Amy B.
Woodward, Frederick H.
University of Vermont
Young, Edith E.
Zeff, Julius B.
Boston University
Roxbury
Charlestown
Mattapan
Dorchester
Cambridge
Peabody
Boston
Dorchester
Revere
Newburyport
Chelsea
Providence, R. I,
Boston
Dorchester
Medford
Dorchester
Peabody
Newton
Chelsea
Boston
Brookline
Wollaston
Chelsea
Class
Ackles, Dorothy E. Tewksbury
Anthony, George H. Saugus
Appleton, Edward F. Boston
Archambault, George F. Belmont
Massachusetts College Pharmacy, Ph.C,
Ph.C.
Northeastern University
Arnold, John L. Brookline
Bowdoin College, A.B.
Harvard University, M.B.A.
Arnold, Philip A. Danvers
Anlioch College
Ausiello, Armand Revere
Baldwin, Walter W. Cambridge
Franklin Marshall College
Barrett, William L. Foxboro
Barron, Mary D. South Boston
Barstow, Truman A. Maiden
Bennett, Rodney A. Danvers
Berger, J. John Methuen
Bernicchi, Louis P. Somerville
Beucler, William C. Cambridge
Blake, Francis Weston
Harvard University, S.B.
Harvard University, M.B.A.
Boles, Arthur L. Brookline
Bonzagni, Frank V. West Roxbury
Brennan, James/A. North Cambridge
Boston College, A.B.
Boston University, M.B.A.
Brine, Donald G. West Newton
Brown, John L. Roslindale
F I94I
Bruschette, Josephine
Bryce, Anthony F.
Burns, Walter L., Ill,
Cacchiotti, Frank R.
Cameron, Mabel R.
Carmell, Arthur A.
Case, Edward E.
Chisholm, William P.
Church, Leslie
Boston University, B.S. in B.A
Boston University, M.B.A.
Cimini, Frank W.
University of Pennsylvania.
Clark, Corbin W.
Harvard University
Cofsky, Helen C.
Cohen, Martin W.
Coleman, Raymond A.
Georgetown University
Condos, Mitchell G.
Corcoran, Eleanor J.
Corcoran, John M.
Cornell, Charles H.
Northeastern University, B.C.S.
Northeastern University, M.C.S
Boston University, M.B.A.
CORSCADDEN, JOHN E. R.
Cronin, John J.
Cronin, Paul J.
Dargin, John F., Jr.
Boston College
Davis, Sydney M.
East Boston
Roxbury
Lynn
Everett
Boston
Mattapan
Everett
Lowell
Newtonville
Pittsfield
Newton
Norwood
Roxbury
Belmont
Forest Hills
Arlington
East Braintree
Needham
Roslindale
Chelsea
Cambridge
Dorchester
Mattapan
3*
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DeConto. Silvio R. Medford
Devine, Marion L. Dorchester
DiBuono, Anthony J. Marlboro
Dilorenzo, Lawrence East Boston
DiMarzio, William North Plymouth
Boston College, A.B.
DiNicola, Albert East Boston
Donahue, Mary C. Milton
Donovan, Raymond M. Beverly
Donovan, Russell B. Medford
Doyle, Edward F. Medford
Doyle, Frederick L., Jr. Arlington
Doyle, John P. Cambridge
Doyle, Kathleen A. Lynn
Eastmond, Caswald J. Roxbury
New York University
Erickson, Winnifred J. Quincy
Fairburn, Robert S. Cambridge
Northeastern University
Farin, Frank J. New Bedford
Farris, Ralph W., Jr. Wmthrop
University of Maine
Feldman, Fannie Lowell
Ferren, Jane F. Milton
Fife, Robert T. Roxbury
Finn, John F. Boston
Finnegan. John E. Stoneham
Fitzgerald, Clarence 0. Brockton
Folger, Richard S. Roslindale
Massachusetts State College, B.S.
Harvard University, A.M.
Ford, Christopher C. Cambridge
Foster, Eugene W. Boston
Foti, Samuel J. Cambridge
Fox, Francis J. Dorchester
Freedman, Saul Chelsea
Gallant. Francis J. Weymouth
Gammons, J. Ellis Weston
Gaughen, Robert H. Weymouth
Gentile, Marshall E. East Boston
Geoghegan. Joseph M. Boston
George, Robert A. Quincy
Gillis, Alexander J. Roxbury
Gillman, Morris Dorchester
Harvard University
Gissler, Ernest L., Jr. Newton Centre
Glosband, Benjamin A. Lynn
Glossa, William F. Watertown
Golden, John F. Everett
Golub, Leo Lynn
Gormley, James A. Jamaica Plain
Grasewicz. Chester J. Medford
Grealy, Michael J. Boston
Greenberg, Deborah Dorchester
Grossman, Miriam B. New Bedford
Haddad, George Cambridge
Halabian, Martin H. Chelsea
Haley, Edward E. Everett
Hallett, Roland F. Quincy
Halliday, Elizabeth W. Newton Centre
St. Petersburg Junior College
Hallion, Howard F. Somerville
Hanna, William S. Boston
Harmon, Bernard Dorchester
Harrigan, Earle F. Billerica
Harrington, William F. East Weymouth
Harty, Eleanor N. West Medford
Boston University
Hayes, John J. Boston
Hesselschwerdt, John J. Jamaica Plain
Hilly, Charles F., Jr. Roslindale
Hoar, George L. Roxbury
Northeastern University, B.B.A.
Hoffstein, Fred L. Quincy
Hogan, William E. West Newton
Hollis, Nicholas P. Lowell
Horton, Lloyd T. Boston
Boston University
Hoyt, Ivan K. Newton
Hunter, Mildred J. Boston
Hunter, S. Eliot Boston
Hyde, Joseph T. Cambridge
Boston University
Iannelli, Nicholas J. Cambridge
Jameson, Clayton G. Beverly
Jencunas, Frank J. Brockton
Johnson, John E. Quincy
Johnson, Robert R. Quincy
Johnson, Victor D. Somerville
Jones, Frank L., Jr. Milton
Northeastern University
Kane, James F. Chelsea
Karll, Morris Chelsea
Karlsberg, Theodore Dorchester
Keeler, Frederic J. Dorchester
Kelley, Eugene P. Cambridge
Kelley, George E. East Braintree
Kessel, Abraham Revere
Northeastern University
Kiernan, Cornelius F. Lowell
Knox, Edward A., Jr. Maiden
Kouloplos, Arthur N. Boston
Kramer, Albert Dorchester
Boston University
Kurkjian, George Roxbury
Kutney, Theodore H. Mattapan
Lally, William F. Dorchester
Larkin, Thomas F. Brookline
La Rosa, Salvatore East Boston
Lawson, Harold M. Needham
Lawton, Joseph F. Dorchester
Lepore, Amato V. Medford
Liber, Hymen Mattapan
Ligotti, Charles J. East Boston
Lindberg, H. Richard Lynn
Northeastern University
Lindstrom, Carl V. Roslindale
Lorente, Mariano J. Boston
Lyons, Angela M. Salem
Mabon, Robert L. Winchester
College of William 6* Mary
George Washington University
Southeastern University, B.C.S.
Harvard University, M.B.A.
MacDonough, Rita C. Dorchester
MacGregor, Maclaren H. Roslindale
Madden, William P. Dorchester
Mahar, Ralph C. Orange
Tufts College, B.S.
Mahoney, Alfred A. Cambridge
Mahoney, Francis X. Newton Upper Falls
Boston College, A.B.
Marshall, Samuel Roxbury
Matthews, Leonard L. Dorchester
Boston University
Maynard, Annette C. Winthrop
McDade, Grace D. Waban
McFarland, Fred D. Boston
McInerney, Joseph C. Lowell
McWaters, Earl A. Boston
Mee, William H. Jamaica Plain
Mehegan, Alfred C. Dorchester
Milot, Edgar H. Brockton
Minasian, Haig J. Lawrence
Mitchell, Robert S. Dorchester
Moncur, James E. Boston
Monsein, Eva R. Dorchester
Moore, Robert L. Lowell
Morong, Doris Boston
Morris, C. Brooks Boston
Alabama College, B.A.
Morrissey, Bertie E. Brookline
Moses, Ferris M. Wellesley
Northeastern University, B.C.E.
Moves, Violet D. Wollaston
Mulholland, Alexander B. C. Ipswich
Bowdoin College, B.S.
Murphy, Peter J. Mattapan
Murphy, Thomas B. Lawrence
Nelson, Eric A. West Roxbury
Boston University
Nelson, John A. West Roxbury
SCHOOL OF LAW
37
Nicoloro, James A., Jr.
Nielsen, Robert N.
Noonan, Edward J., Jr.
Boston College, A.B.
Norman, Ernest A.
Norris, Carl B.
Bowdoin College, B.A.
Novick, Edward F.
O'Brien, Edmund J.
Northeastern University
O'Brien, Nicholas A.
O'Leary, Charles T.
Oliva, Victor E.
Northeastern University,
Boston College
Olson, Marie E.
Orcutt, Charles B.
Perez, Frank
Pernot, Alfred
Powers, Robert K.
Boston College
Projansky, Stanley
Ramey, Bernard F.
Boston University
Reed, James M.
Reynolds, Thomas L.
Rice, Leon I.
Richardson, George R.
Harvard University
Rigney, Charles E.
Rogers, Frederick W.
Rosdahl, Cornelius R.
Rosenberg, Max J.
Roth, Edwin F.
Rourke, Robert C.
Rubbins. Bernard
Rutstein, Oscar E.
Saad, Thomas R.
Salmon, John J.
Salon, Shepard L.
Sarota, Irving
Sawallis, Robert F.
Clark University
Shadrawy, Bernard F.
Shadrawy, John M.
Shapiro, Melvin I.
Shaughnessy, John J.
Shaw, Robert D.
Shaw, Robert J.
Sheehan, Philip E.
Sherwin, Gordon A.
Sholin, Hyman
Sloan, Francis H.
Arlington
East Boston
Brookline
Dorchester
Maiden
Lowell
East Boston
Needham
Roxbury
Brighton
B.B.A.
Dorchester
Arlington
East Boston
Boston
Brockton
Revere
Roslindale
West Roxbury
Lowell
Dorchestei
Somerville
Nashua, N. H.
North Quincy
Maiden
Cambridge
Squantum
Lynnfield Center
Roxbury
Dorchester
Brockton
Cambridge
Mattapan
Lynn
Boston
Boston
Boston
Allston
Cambridge
Somerville
Revere
East Weymouth
Atlantic
South Boston
Lowell
Slocombe, Ralph E.
Northeastern University, B.B.A
Smith, Lester E.
Smith, Warren E.
Smith, William L., Jr.
Boston University
Spear, Earle T.
Northeastern University
Spector, Harold S.
Sullivan, Edward F.
Sullivan, Joseph D.
Sullivan, Philip J.
Swartz, Edward
Sweedy, Henry J.
Thomas, Ruth A.
Boston University
Thompson, George H.
Tighe, John G.
Northeastern University, B.C.E.
Tivnan, Robert E.
Tomasello, Anthony S. J
Harvard University, A.B.
Tuck, Frances L.
Tuttle, Richard A.
Twohig, William D.
Vasil, George S.
Vozella, Harry W.
Boston College
Walker, George W.
Walsh, E. Corbett
Holy Cross College, A.B.
Walter, Frederick H.
Ward, George W.
Ward, Joseph T.
Boston College
Watson, Warren A.
Way, William F.
Weisman, Saul
Wekstein, Abraham
Welans, Sidney G.
Tufts College
Welin, Frank B.
Whitehead, Charles W.
Whitmore, William D., Ill
Harvard University
Wilkinson, S. Frances Brookline
Winchester, Laurence R. Allston
Wolff, John R. Milton
Wollenhaupt, John H. Revere
Woolway, Frank H. Newton Centre
Northeastern University
Young, Rhoda E. Medford
Arlington
Boston
Melrose
Cambridge
Brighton
Boston
Dorchester
Revere
Charlestown
Worcester
Arlington
Boston
South Weymouth
Dorchester
Salem
Jamaica Plain
Dorchester
Westford
South Boston
Roslindale
Franklin
Newton Highlands
Medford
Watertown
Beverly
Watertown
Lowell
Brookline
Boston
Roxbury
Boston
Wakefield
South Boston
Boston
Annon, Norbert C.
Antoine, Kenneth F., Jr.
Apsit, Elfrida
Ashman, John G.
Berman, Harriet D.
Boston University
Bies, Stanley A.
Carpenter, Irving F., Jr.
Chapman, Richard P.
Carlton College, A.B.
Harvard University, M.B.A.
Chiulli, Mary A.
Ciarlone, Angelo A.
Conley, John
Connelly, Agnes J.
Corbett, Edward G.
Boston College
Craven, John J.
U. S. Naval Academy
Boston University
Crosby, Thomas J.
Davies, Edward A.
New York University, B.C.S.
Boston University, M.B.A.
Class of 1942
Delin, Milton E.
Dilworth, Edward L.
Dirksmeier, Paul V.
Dunphy, James M.
Engels, Richard C.
Ennis, Jonas
New York University
Boston College
Ewart, David C.
Wesley an University, B.A,
Foley, Katherine A.
Gage, Joseph A.
Bowdoin College, A.B.
Gaines, Solomon L.
Garro, Vincent, Jr.
Harvard University
Getz, James W.
Gill, Margaret L.
Guilfoyle, Frank T., Jr.
Hamilton, Edwin A., Jr.
Harris, Harold L.
Brown University, PhB.
Hayward, Douglas
Mansfield
Wollaston
Roslindale
Somerville
Dorchester
Brookline
West Newton
Wellesley Hills
Maiden
Chelsea
Medford
West Newton
Boston
Roxbury
Dorchester
Needham
Dorchester
Cambridge
Allston
Dorchester
Milton
Roxbury
Boston
Arlington
Melrose
Roxbury
Dorchester
Jamaica Plain
Arlington
Medtord
Cambridge
Foxboro
Brighton
3«
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Higgins, Lincoln C.
Boston University
Hingston, Charles E.
Tufts College, B.S.
Holland, Philip
Hood, Gladys E.
HOSENFELD, KARL F.
Hughes, Stephen L.
Hillman, Fred N.
Boston University, B.S.
Kaufman, Irving
Keller, Harold L.
Kelly, John J.
Kenney, John F.
Kilbride, Adrian F.
Kilroy, Edward L.
Kutteruf, Robert H.
Lexington
Lynn
Roslindale
Newtonville
Jamaica Plain
Hyde Park
Boston
Maiden
- Boston
Somerville
Boston
Winthrop
Dorchester
Brighton
Armour Institute of Technology, B.S.
Lancian, Thomas C
Holy Cross College
Lauriat, George B.
Harvard University, A.B.
Lavelle, Charles A.
Boston University, B.B.A.
Leontine, Frank H.
Levine, George D.
Boston University
Lincoln, William A.
Harvard University, A.B.
MacKinnon, Edward F.
MacMillan, Dorothea
Radcliffe College, A.B.
Magazine, Arnold L.
University of Maine
Mahoney, Edward F.
Mayo, Horace C.
McCaffrey, Margurita
Radcliffe College, A.B.
McCullough, William E.
McCusker, Hugh J.
St. Joseph's College
McIntosh, Edward C.
Mele, Ralph S.
Miller, David
Boston University, A.B.
Teacher's College, Ed.M.
Monroe, Robert J.
Northeastern University
Muther, Lorenz F., Jr.
Harvard University, A.B.
Boston University
Nadolski, Joseph B.
Boston University, B.S. in B.A
Nicholls, Henry L.
Nicholson, William F.
Norris, John G.
Everett
Brookline
Dorchester
Dorchester
Dorchester
Brookline
Brookline
Lynn
Brookline
Cambridge
Lewiston, Maine
Cambridge
Wellesley
Woburn
Weymouth
Watertown
Mattapan
Brookline
Newton Centre
Dedham
Cambridge
Boston
Brookline
O'Connell, Albert L., Jr.
O'Connell, Frederick P.
Boston College, A.B.
O'Connor, Herbert J.
Boston College, A.B.
Harvard University, M.B.A
Oser, Nathaniel H.
Patey, Richard L.
University of Pennsylvania, B.S.
Peoples, Charles F. West Medford
Northeastern University, B.S. in C.E.
Peters, Frederick I. Arlington
Platt, Norman Jamaica Plain
Dorchester
Brighton
Brighton
Brookline
Newtonville
M.
Prager, Isaac
Scicchitani, Catherine M
Shapiro, Hyman L.
Boston University
Shepard, Edward M.
Amherst College
Sherman, Manuel
Sherman, Robert J.
Simpson, Frank
Snyder, Norma E.
Boston University
Steinmetz, Mildred F.
Emmanuel College
Stevenson, Richard L.
Thompson, Carolyn C.
Thompson, Francis J.
Thorogood, Bartlett K.
Harvard University, A.B.
Boston University
Thurman, Bruce B.
Boston University, S.B.
Tick, William
Boston University
Tourville, Henry McC.
Dusquesne University
University of Pittsburg
True, Richard P.
Dartmouth College
Tyler, Earl C.
Harvard University, A.B.
Harvard University, A.M.
Harvard University, Ed.M
Wallbank, Henry C
Webber, Paul B.
Weiner, Leonard A.
Whalon, William R.
Harvard University, A.B.
Williams, F. Paul
Wood, James A. E.
Harvard University, A.B.
Wypler, Alfred R., Jr.
University of Wisconsin, B.S.
Yoffa, Yana
Dorchester
Revere
Chelsea
Somerville
Dorchester
Boston
New Bedford
Arlington
Brookline
Boston
Winchester
Salem
Waban
Medford
Roxbury
Dedham
Providence, R. I.
Boston
West Roxbury
Bedford
Roxbury
Arlington
Beverly
Riverton, N. J.
Boston
Brookline
Class
Alexander, George R. Wollaston
Arensberg, Conrad M. Belmont
Harvard University, A.B.
Harvard University, Ph.D.
Belcher, William B. Quincy
Bostcm University, B.S. in B.A.
Brine, Philip A., Jr. Somerville
Providence College, Ph.B.
Burns, Edward J. Maiden
Georgetown University
Bynoe, Victor C. Roxbury
Northeastern University, B.S. in C.E.
Carleton, Frank N. Winchester
Dartmouth College, A.B.
Carr, Edmund A. Boston
Haverford College, B.S.
Northwestern University
Christie, John J. Quincy
Boston University
University of Kentucky, A.B.
Davis, Stuart K. Winter Harbor, Maine
Bowdoin College, A.B.
OF I943
Driscoll, George O.
Bates College
Duggan, Francis J.
Holy Cross College, A.B.
Elliott, Andrew H.
Northeastern University, B
Flower, Bardwell H.
Wesleyan University, A.B.
Harvard Medical, M.D.
Fogel, Maurice
Boston University, B.S. in
Frazier, Claude R.
Bowdoin College, B.S.
Friedman, Nicholas
Harvard University, A.B.
Gaffney, John T.
Gately, Paul J.
U. S. Naval Academy
Gubellini, Charles L.
Boston University, B.S. in
.C.E.
Somerville
Lowell
Cambridge
Auburndale
B.A
Lynn
Quincy
Newton Centre
Roxbury
Brighton
Wellesley
SCHOOL OF LAW
39
Haddon, William Quincy
Royal Academy of Music, Stockholm, Sweden
New England Conservatory, B.M. and M.M.
Higgins, Ralph P. Old Town, Maine
University of Maine, B.A.
Howe, Elliot E. Boston
Keay, Freeman A. Jamaica Plain
Wesleyan University
Kirshner, Sidney L.
Boston University, B.S. in B.A.
Harvard University, M.B.A.
Lynch, Robert J.
Luftman, Albert J.
Maraspin, Davis G.
Lehigh University, B.S.
McBee, Dalton H.
Columbia University, A.B.
McGoodwin, Robert R., Jr.
Chestnut Hill, Pa.
Harvard University, S.B.
McGrath, Roy J. Lynn
Millen, Harold D. Boston
Boston University
Millington, Willis Maiden
University of Maine
Harvard University
North, Burton C. Saylesville, R. I.
Northeastern University, B.B.A.
Dorchester
Waltham
Mattapan
Barnstable
Kent, Conn.
Dorchester
Roxbury
Brighton
Saugus
Boston
Putnam, Robert M. Brookline
Yale University, Ph.B.
Roper, Margaret J.
Ruby, George S.
Boston University
Ryan, John J.
Holy Cross College, A.B.
Sawyer, Alan F.
Boston University
DePauw University
Schlansker, Howard I.
Massachusetts Institute Technology, B.S.
Smith, Norman N. Cambridge
Harvard University
Stern, Frederick P. West Medford
Northeastern University, B.C.E.
Stuka, Walter E. Clinton
St. Mary's College, A.B.
Tarbell, John W. Brockton
Bowdoin College, B.S.
Thoresen, Philip B.
Brown University, Sc.B.
Turner, Gilbert W.
Salem Teacher's College
Welch, Donald A. Melrose
Bates College, A.B.
Wilson, Kenneth O. Brookline
Harvard University, A.B.
Providence, R. I.
Salem
Special Students
Blood, Arthur Willis Boston
Doherty, John Zavier Woburn
Johnson, Grace E. Montpelier, Vermont
Maletz, Samuel
Meredith, Louise Stewart
Dorchester
Wollaston
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
College of Liberal Arts
Offers a broad program of college subjects serving as a foundation for the
understanding of modern culture, social relations, and technical achievement.
Students may concentrate in any of the following fields: Biology, Chemistry,
Economics-Sociology, English (including an option in Journalism), and Mathe-
matics-Physics. Varied opportunities available for vocational specialization.
Degree: Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts.
College of Engineering
Offers curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Conditioning, and
Aeronautical options), Electrical, Chemical, Industrial Engineering, and En-
gineering Administration. Class room study is supplemented by experiment
and research in well-equipped laboratories. Degree: Bachelor of Science in the
professional field of specialization.
College of Business Administration
Offers six curricula: Accounting, Banking and Finance, Marketing and Ad-
vertising, Industrial Administration, Journalism, and Public Administration.
Each curriculum represents in itself a broad survey of business technique, differ-
ing from the others chiefly in emphasis. Degree: Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration.
School of Law
Offers day and evening undergraduate programs admitting those who present
a minimum of two years of college work, each program leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Laws. Also graduate program in the evening leading to the degree
of Master of Laws. Co-educational.
School of Business
Offers curricula through evening classes in Accounting, Management — with
Industrial and Merchandising majors, Law and Business Management, and
Engineering and Business leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Adminis-
tration in specified fields or the Bachelor of Commercial Science in Law and
Business Management. Preparation for C. P. A. Examinations. Shorter
programs may be arranged. Co-educational.
Evening Courses of the College of Liberal Arts
Certain courses of the College of Liberal Arts in the fields of English, Litera-
ture and the Social Sciences are offered during evening hours. These courses
constitute a three-year program equivalent in hours to one-half the requirement
for the A.B. or S.B. degree and provide general education and preparation for
admission to the School of Law. Associate in Arts title conferred. Co-edu-
cational.
The Colleges of Liberal Arts, Engineering, and Business Administration
offer day programs for men only and are conducted on the co-operative plan.
After the freshman year students may alternate their periods of study with
periods of work in the employ of business or industrial concerns at ten-week
intervals. Under this plan they gain valuable experience and earn a large part
of their college expenses.
In addition to the above schools the University has affiliated with it and
conducts: the Lincoln Technical Institute offering, through evening classes,
courses of college grade in various fields of engineering leading to the title of
Associate in Engineering; and the Lincoln Preparatory School, an accredited
evening school preparing for college entrance and offering other standard high
school programs.
For further information regarding any of the above schools, address
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
All schools except BOSTON, MASS. School of Law
School of Law Telephone KENmore 5800 47 Mt. Vernon Street
360 Huntington Ave. Connecting all schools Near State House
OFFICE HOURS
To June 18, 1940
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays), 8.45 A.M.-9.30 p.m.
Saturdays, 8.45 a.m.-i.oo p.m.
June 19, 1940 — August 15, 1940
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays), 8.45 A.M.-5.00 p.m.
Saturdays, 9.00 A.M.-12.00 noon.
August 16, 1940 — June 16, 1941
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays), 8.45 A.M.-9.30 p.m.
Saturdays, 8.45 a.m. — 12.00 noon through August 31.
8.45 a.m. — 4.00 p.m. September 7, 14, 21, and 28.
8.45 a.m. — 1.00 p.m. October 5 — June 14.
Address Communications to
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
360 HUNTINGTON AVENUE, BOSTON, MASS.
telephone: kenmore 5800
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EVENING DIVISION
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
33rd Year
1940-1941
DISTINCTIVE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Providing opportunities for men and women to receive advanced
training in Business during convenient Evening Hours
as is
Z x
S 5
h
< 2>
w £
£ 2
0 "
2 3
w
Table of Contents
Northeastern University, General Statement
Administrative Organization
Statistical Summary
Purpose and Program
Location
School of Business
Calendar of Evening Sessions ....
Administrative Organization ....
The Background of an Institution
PURPOSE, POLICY, METHODS OF INSTRUCTION
VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE
SUCCESS OF ALUMNI
PLACEMENT SERVICE
Staff of Instruction
Programs of Instruction
ACCOUNTING .
MANAGEMENT .
LAW AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
ENGINEERING AND BUSINESS
SPECIAL AND SINGLE
Description of Courses
ACCOUNTING
DISTRIBUTION
ENGLISH .
ECONOMICS
LAW .
MANAGEMENT
THESIS
General Information
OCCUPATIONAL EXPERIENCE
CLASSROOMS, TEXTBOOKS, RECREATIO
STUDENT COUNCIL
SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS
Administrative Policies
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
REGISTRATION
ATTENDANCE .
EXAMINATIONS
MARKS AND CREDITS
Tuition and Other Fees
Withdrawals and Refunds
Degrees Conferred in 1939
Register of Students
Page
iv
2
4-5
6
3
7
8-9
9
10-11
12
13-18
20-22
23-25
25-26
27
28
29-31
31
32-33
33-34
34-36
36-38
38
38
39
39
40-41
4^-43
43
43
44
44-45
46-47
47
48
49-60
Northeastern University
Administrative Organization
THE NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY CORPORATIO
Robert Gray Dodge
Chairman
Frank. Lincoln Richardson
Vice-Chairman
Carl Stephens Ell
President oj the University
Galen David Light
Secretary and Treasurer
"
Charles Francis Adams
Wilman Edward Adams
Roger Amory
Earl D. Babst
Robert Baldwin
Arthur Atwood Ballantine
George Louis Barnes
Thomas Prince Beal
Farwell Gregg Bemis
Paul Codman Cabot
Winthrop L. Carter
Walter Channing
William Converse Chick
Everett Avery Churchill
Paul Foster Clark
Sears B. Condit
Albert Morton Creighton
Ernest Blaney Dane
William James Davidson
James Dean
Henry Sturgis Dennison
Paul Augustus Draper
Charles Francis Eaton
Lindsay Ellms
Joseph Buell Ely
Frederic Harold Fay
Allan Forbes
Edward J. Frost
Franklin Wile Ganse
George Peabody Gardner, Jr.
Harvey Dow Gibson
Merrill Griswold
Henry Ingraham Harriman
Chandler Hovey
Howard Munson Hubbard
Maynard Hutchinson
Arthur Stoddard Johnson
Halfdan Lee
Edward Abbott MacMaster
John Russell Macomber
Joseph Patrick Manning
Harold Francis Mason
James Franklin McElwain
Hugh Dean McLellan
Fred Lester Morgan
Irving Edwin Moultrop
Clarence Lucian Newton
Olaf Olsen
Augustin Hamilton Parker, Jr.
George Edwin Pierce
Roger Pierce
Matthew Porosky
Frederick Sanford Pratt
Harry Wendell Prout
Sidney Rabinovitz
Stuart Craig Rand
James Lorin Richards
Charles Milton Rogerson
Robert Billings Rugg
Leverett Saltonstall
Frank Palmer Speare
Russell Henry Stafford
Francis Robert Carnegie Steele
Charles Stetson
Earl Place Stevenson
Robert Treat Paine Storer
Frank Horace Stuart
Edward Watson Supple
Bayard Tuckerman, Jr.
Eliot Wadsworth
Edwin Sibley Webster
Sinclair Weeks
A D M I N I S T R A T I V E ORGANIZATION
DIVISIONAL COMMITTEES
WORCESTER DIVISION
Governing Board
Robert Waring Stoddard, Chairman
Frederick Eugene Barth Ralph Frederick Gow
Robert Welles Booth Robert Dudley Harrington
Zelotes Wood Coombs Ernest Leroy Hunt
James Cherry Fausnaught Vernon Augustus Jones
Harold Luther Fenner Robert Lindo Moore
Roscoe Hudson Goddard Alfred Ernest Rankin
John Richardson
SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
Board of Governors
Robert Richardson Emerson, Chairman
John Doane Churchill Charles Ernest Lee
Roe Sidney Clark Earl Henry Paine
Benjamin Alvey Franklin George William Rice, Jr.
Harlev Baker Goodrich Horace Jacobs Rice
Blake Alexander Hoover Stanley Oscar Smith
Burr Frank Jones Frederick Benoni Sweet
PROVIDENCE DIVISION
Y. M. C. A. Schools Committee
Ernest Irons Kilcup, Chairman
Richard Day Allen
John Edward Candelet
William Covell Ellis
Luther Newton Hayes
Paul Revere Ladd
Chester Tottem Morey
William Washburn Moss
Gren Oren Pierrel
Clarence Edgar Sherman
Sherman Lewis Smith
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
AND AFFILIATED SCHOOLS
Statistical Summary — 1938-1939
Administrative Officers
and Faculties Students
I. General Administration 8
II. Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
College of Engineering > 103 2,112
College of Business Administration J
School of Law
School of Business
Evening Division of College of
Liberal Arts
III. Schools affiliated with and conducted
by Northeastern University
Lincoln Technical Institute
Lincoln Preparatory School
Huntington Day School for Boys
Regular Term
Summer Term
Total
Less Duplicates
Net Total 311 6,039
* These figures include the administrative officers, faculties,
and students of the Divisions of the University in Worcester,
Springfield, and Providence.
** The Evening Division of the College of Liberal Arts
admitted students for the first time in September 1938.
50*
105*
1,461*
1,550*
. **
4
33**
38
19
S32
437
16
IO
I71
146
353
42
6,442
403
School of Business
Qalendar of Evening Sessions
Class sessions which fall on holidays are made up at the end of the course or as announced.
1940
September 3-10 Examinations for Removal of Conditions and Advanced Standing in Springfield.
September 9-13 Examinations for Removal of Conditions anil Advanced Standing in Boston,
Worcester, and Providence.
September 9-13 Upper classes begin in Springfield.
September 16-20 Upper classes begin in Boston, Worcester, and Providence.
September 23-27 Freshman classes begin in Boston and the Divisions.
November 11 Legal holiday (no classes).
November Thanksgiving Day — Legal holiday (no classes).
December 20 Last class session before Christmas recess in Boston and the Divisions.
January
2
January
6
January
20-24
March
*5
May
1
May
5-29
May
3°
June
1
June
4
June
8
June
11
June
J5
June
16
June
20
1941
First class session after Christmas recess in Boston.
First class session after Christmas recess in Worcester, Springfield, and Providence.
Second semester classes begin in Boston, Worcester, and Providence.
Last date for the submission of theses.
Last date for filing application for Degrees and for the payment of the graduation
fee.
Final examination period.
Legal holiday (no classes).
Baccalaureate Services at Springfield.
Commencement Exercises at Springfield.
Baccalaureate Services at Worcester.
Commencement Exercises at Worcester.
Baccalaureate Services at Boston, and Providence.
Commencement Exercises at Boston.
Commencement Exercises at Providence.
Northeastern University
(general Statement
m
. ORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
J \Jis incorporated as a philanthropic
institution under the General Laws of
Massachusetts. The State Legislature, by
special enactment, has given the University
general degree granting powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern Uni-
versity consists of men who occupy re-
sponsible positions in business and the
professions. This Corporation elects from
its membership a Board of Trustees in
whom the control of the institution is
vested. The Board of Trustees has four
standing committees: (a) an Executive
Committee which serves as an Ad Interim
Committee between the regular meetings
of the Board of Trustees and has general
supervision of the financial and educational
policies of the University; (b) a Committee
on Housing which has general supervision
over the buildings and equipment of the
University; (c) a Committee on Funds and
Investments which has the responsibility
of administering the funds of the Univer-
sity; (d) a Development Committee which
is concerned with furthering the develop-
ment plans of the University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern Univer-
sity, from the outset, had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of human and social
needs and the meeting of these needs in
distinctive and highly serviceable ways.
While subscribing to the most progressive
educational thought and practice, the Uni-
versity has not duplicated the programs
of other institutions but has sought "to
bring education more directly into the
service of human needs."
With respect to program, Northeastern
has limited itself:
— To offering, in its several schools, basic
curricula from which non-essentials
have been eliminated;
— To effective teaching;
— To advising and guiding students;
—To giving students the chance to build
well-rounded personalities through
a balanced program of extra-curri-
cular activities.
The Northeastern Plan of Education is
especially designed for the student who
must earn while he learns. In the main, it
consists of two definite types of education.
— Co-operative Education by Day,
— Adult Education by Night.
The plan has been developed in such a
way that experience in jobs with pay is
utilized to help boys of limited financial
resources secure an education and at the
same time gain the maximum educational
benefit from their practical experience.
So far as the New England States are con-
cerned, Northeastern University is the
only institution whose day colleges, other
than the School of Law, are conducted
under the Co-operative Plan.
The several schools and programs of the
University are operated either under the
name "Northeastern University" or by its
affiliated schools, the Lincoln Schools, and
The Huntington Day School for Boys. The
following is a brief outline of the principal
types of educational opportunities offered.
1 In the field of Co-operative Education
there are three day colleges — the Col-
lege of Liberal Arts, the College of En-
gineering, and the College of Business
Administration. All of these colleges
offer five-year curricula. The College
of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual
fields of the arts and the sciences leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science. The College of
Engineering, one of the largest engi-
neering colleges in the United States,
has curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with
Diesel, Air-Conditioning, and Aero-
nautical options), Electrical, Chemical,
and Industrial Engineering. The Col-
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
lege of Business Administration has
curricula in Accounting, Banking and
Finance, Marketing and Advertising,
Journalism, Public Administration, and
Industrial Administration. The College
of Engineering and the College of
Business Administration confer the
degree of Bachelor of Science with
specification indicating the field of
specialization. The Co-operative Plan,
under which all of these day colleges
operate, enables the student to alternate
regular periods of classroom instruction
with supervised employment in an in-
dustrial or commercial position, thus
combining theory and practice in an
exceedingly effective manner. Apart
from the educational advantages of the
Co-operative Plan is the opportunity
for self-support while the student is pur-
suing his studies at Northeastern Uni-
versity. During the co-operative peri-
ods, students not only gain experience
but are also paid for their services.
Approximately three hundred business
and industrial concerns co-operate with
Northeastern University in making this
program effective.
2 The School of Law conducts both a day
and an evening undergraduate program
which prepares for admission to the bar
and for the practice of the law and
leads to the degree of Bachelor of Laws.
It also conducts a graduate program in
the evening leading to the degree of
Master of Laws.
3 The Adult Education Program has been
developed in the evening work of the
School of Law as indicated above, in
the School of Business, and in the
Evening Division of the College of
Liberal Arts. The School of Business
has curricula in Management — with
Industrial and Merchandising majors,
Accounting, Law and Business Manage-
ment, and Engineering and Business.
This School awards the Bachelor of
Business Administration degree with
specification and the Bachelor of Com-
mercial Science degree in Law and
Business Management. The College of
Liberal Arts offers certain of its courses
during evening hours constituting a
program, three years in length, equi-
valent in hours to one-half the require-
ments for the A.B. or S.B. degree, and
providing a general education and
preparation for admission to the School
of Law. The title of Associate in Arts
is conferred upon those who complete
this program.
4 In order that larger groups of men and
women might be served through its
evening schools, Northeastern Univer-
sity operates divisions of the School of
Law and the School of Business in co-
operation with the Young Men's Chris-
tian Associations in Worcester and
Springfield and of the School of Busi-
ness in co-operation with the Provi-
dence Young Men's Christian Associa-
tion. With the establishment of the
divisions, thoroughgoing methods of
supervision were instituted and have
been consistently followed and im-
proved, with the result that the divi-
sional work is conducted upon a highly
efficient basis.
5 The Adult Education Program has also
been developed through the Lincoln
Schools, which are affiliated with and
conducted by Northeastern University.
The classes in these schools are held at
convenient evening hours. The Lincoln
Technical Institute offers curricula upon
a college level in various phases of
engineering leading to the title of
Associate in Engineering; whereas the
Lincoln Preparatory School, accredited
by the New England College Entrance
Certificate Board, prepares students for
admission to college and offers other
standard high school programs.
6 The Huntington Day School for Boys,
also affiliated with and conducted by
Northeastern University, is the out-
growth of a demand in the city of
Boston for an urban preparatory school
with high educational standards which
would furnish thorough preparation for
admission to the leading colleges and
universities. While easily accessible to
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
the various sections of Boston and to
the suburbs, it has the facilities of a
country day school and offers a country
day school program. This School is one
of the leading preparatory schools of
the country.
LOCAT ION OF
UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS
Northeastern University is located in
Boston., a city which is rich in educational
and cultural opportunities. The Univer-
sity center is on Huntington Avenue just
beyond Massachusetts Avenue and op-
posite the Boston Opera House. Here on
an eight acre campus are located the
educational buildings of the University
except that of the School of Law. The
classes of the Evening School of Business
are all held at the University center on
Huntington Avenue.
WEST BUILDING
The West Building at 360 Huntington
Avenue contains over one hundred thou-
sand square feet of floor space devoted to
administrative and instructional purposes.
On the first floor are the general adminis-
trative offices of the University. The
University bookstore, the "Husky Hut"
and the student checkroom are located in
the basement. There are three large
lecture halls and numerous classrooms and
laboratories. The offices of the Evening
Division are located on the first floor.
EAST BUILDING
The East Building of the University is
the educational wing of the Huntington
Avenue Branch of the Boston Young Men's
Christian Association. The library, class-
rooms, certain laboratories, and the gym-
nasium are located in this building.
SOUTH BUILDING
The South Building of the University
contains laboratories, a large lecture hall,
and classrooms.
LAW SCHOOL BUILDING
The Law School Building, located at
47 Mt. Vernon Street, within sight of the
State House, contains administrative
offices, a library, classrooms, student
lounges, and other facilities. This building
is occupied exclusively by the School of
Law.
TRANSPORTATION
The University center is easily reached
from the various railroad stations and from
all points on the Boston Elevated System.
Ample parking space is available.
WORCESTER DIVISION
The Worcester Division is located in the
Worcester Y.M.C.A. Building at 766 Main
Street, and in the new Alden Building
facing on Murray Avenue, a five-minute
walk south from the City Hall.
The School is easily accessible from all
parts of the city and is within easy walking
distance of both the Union Station and the
bus and interurban terminals. Excellent
bus service is maintained to all suburban
points. Student rates may be obtained on
practically all of these lines.
SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
Northeastern University, Springfield
Division, is located two streets east of Main
on Chestnut, corner of Hillman — a three-
minute walk from Main via Hillman. It is
reached from the Union Station by a five-
minute walk south along Dwight to Hill-
man to Chestnut; and a three-minute walk
north along Chestnut from the Public
Library on State Street.
PROVIDENCE DIVISION
The Providence Division is located in the
Y. M. C. A. Building at 160 Broad Street.
This location is about an eight-minute walk
from the center of the city. Adequate park-
ing facilities are available for automobiles.
The following car and bus lines pass the
building: Broad Street, Elmwood Avenue,
Reservoir Avenue, Pontiac Avenue, Auburnf
and Eden Park, and East Greenwich.
School of Business
Administrative Organization
GENERAL OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., President of the University
Frank. Palmer Speare, M.H., LL.D., President Emeritus of the University
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D., Vice-President of the University
Galen David Light, A.B., Secretary-Treasurer of the University
Russell Whitney, B.S., LL.B., Dean
LOCAL OFFICERS OF
BOSTON
Russell Whitney, B.S., LL.B., Dean
Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S., Assistant to the
Vice-President
Eben Oswell Smith, B.S., Registrar
Ellis Merton Purinton, B.B.A., Director- of
Vocational Guidance arid Placement
Myra White, Librarian
Mary B. Foor, Manager of the Bookstore
WORCESTER DIVISION
William Albert Lotz, A.B., M.A., Director
Charles Edwin Hutchins, LL.B., Counselor to
Students
SECRETARIAL AN
BOSTON
Doris Clark Towne, Secretary to the Dean
Helen Margaret Stoddard, Recorder
Elizabeth Brechen Hunt, Secretary to the Registrar
Elin Victoria Peterson, Secretary to the Vice-
President
Grace Hewett Watkins, B.S., Assistant Librarian
Cynthia Elizabeth Wort, Assistant Librarian
Florence Elsie Avellar, Secretary to the Treasurer
Mabel Ellen Bean, Secretary to the Assistant to the
Vice-President
Constance Adelia Conant, General Offices of the
University
Virginia Cushing Darling, General Offices of the
University
Thelma Gertrude Dunn, Bookkeeper, Treasurer s
Office
Daisy Milne Everett, Assistant Treasurer
Marjorie Graffte Prout, Secretary to the President
Helen Louise Kolderup, Cashier
ADMINISTRATION
PROVIDENCE DIVISION
Luther Newton Hayes, B.S., M.A., Director
Carl William Christiansen, B.C.S., C.P.A.,
Associate Dean
John Edward Candelet, B.S., A.M., M.B.A.-,
Counselor
Clarence Scott Taylor, B.S., Assistant Coun-
selor
SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
John Doane Churchill, A.B., A.M., Director
Earle Henry Paine, B.C.S., Treasurer
Ralph Lorenzo Bowen, B.C.S., B.S. in Ed.,
Ed.M., Associate Director and Bursar
Guy Dolphus Miller, A.B., Ed.M., C.P.A.,
Associate Dean
D OFFICE STAFF
Alyce Ann Nichols, Bookkeeper, Treasurer s Office
Ellen Whitehouse Parkinson, Bookkeeper, Evening
Division
WORCESTER DIVISION
Marion Wallace Porter, A.B., Registrar
Irma McAllister Brown, Secretary to the Director
Helen Elissa Lindstrom, Bursar
Dorothy May Bridgeman, Librarian
Lawrence James Goulden, B.B.A., Administrative
Assistant
SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
Caroline Edith Bergmann, B.C.S., Registrar
Violet Lillian Vester, B.B.A., Secretary to the
Director and Recorder
PROVIDENCE DIVISION
Avis Stokes Macintosh, Registrar and Secretary to
the Director
Eleanor Knight Luther, A.B., Recorder
Galen David Light
Russell Whitney
Tohn Doane Churchill
DIVISIONAL COMMITTEE
Everett Avery Churchill, Chairman
Eben Oswell Smith, Secretary James Wallace Lees
Luther Newton Hayes Sydney Kenneth Skolfield
William Albert Lotz
James Wallace Lees
COLLEGIATE SCHOOLS COMMITTEE
Everett Avery Churchill, Chairman,
Syndey Kenneth Skolfield Eben Oswell Smith
Russell Whitney
7
School of Business
The background of an Institution
%
HIRTY-THREE YEARS ago, in
U March of 1907, the first undergradu-
ate evening school of business in New Eng-
land was organized. This was the beginning
of Northeastern University School of Busi-
ness, a pioneer endeavor to bridge an ex-
isting gap in business and professional
education. Four years later, the School
was authorized by the Massachusetts
Legislature to grant university degrees to
its graduates.
PURPOSE
Now, just as at the start, the school seeks
first to determine what business needs in its
personnel, and then to supply properly
trained men and women who can fulfill
those needs.
The training of a student at Northeastern
has always been conducted so that a grad-
uate receives not only a B.B.A. or a B.C.S.
degree, but an immediately applicable
vocational training equipping him to fill a
better position in some one business ac-
tivity. For his future, he has the advantage
of a thorough background of business
methods and an appreciation of the prob-
lems of management, which, if properly
used, may lead to advancement and execu-
tive responsibilities.
Such a well-rounded preparation also en-
ables a Northeastern graduate to achieve
the higher social standing enjoyed by col-
lege and university graduates.
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY
The School of Business was founded to
serve those who have only evening hours
free for study — a special field, limited to the
education of the person who has perma-
nently left day school and gone to work.
The Northeastern University student is an
adult, usually more mature than the student
of a day school. He is in direct touch with
business and is expected to take an active
part in his own supervised training. The
constant effort of the administrative and
teaching staff is toward more effective
means of suiting their educational service
to the individual evening student.
A program carefully adapted to the needs
of the student, and the proper guidance of
his time and effort in class group and study,
call for high standards in administration.
The administrative officers of Northeastern
University function solely to help the stu-
dent get the most value from his course of
training. The Dean of the School, the Edu-
cational Directors in the Divisions at Wor-
cester, Springfield, and Providence, the
Registrars and other officers are available
at all times to assist students. Those who
desire any sort of advice or guidance in any
part of their school work will find the officers
of the School always ready to do their
utmost.
METHODS OF INSTRUCTION
Because the evening student is daily in
contact with business, his training logically
should be in actual business problems. The
School's instruction in nearly all courses is
by the problem method. In a few introduc-
tory or survey courses the lecture and text
book method is used in combination with
the problem method. Most of the teaching
staff are active business men whose prac-
tical experiences adequately fit them to
carry through this type of instruction.
Under such a method there is a more def-
inite individual gain, for the theories of
business are faced, so to speak, in their
work clothes, and the student's vivid
knowledge of economic principles is ac-
companied by the rise of a keener analytical
interest in his business surroundings.
Business demands more than knowledge;
it demands quick applications of that
knowledge. A Northeastern graduate
learns to think and act more independently
and soundly when that demand is made of
him.
THE BACKGROUND OF AN INSTITUTION
Most of the School of Business classes meet in this new University building-
Cases and tests are frequently supple-
mented by stimulating lectures and class
group discussions. Written reports and ex-
aminations serve only that the student may
measure his own progress or as indications
to the instructor of his success in helping
the student to a fuller understanding of his
subject.
SPECIAL VOCATIONAL
GUIDANCE
Northeastern University School of Busi-
ness does not end its educational responsi-
bilities in merely providing courses of study.
Its individual students are helped to deter-
mine their own abilities and the field of
work in which those abilities will give them
the greatest chance of advancement. When
a student's interest has been established,
the school then assists the student in fulfill-
ing the requirements for success in his
chosen field.
A student's personal guidance in this re-
spect is not judged as completed in his first
year. Rather it is a constant process contin-
ually modified to meet the changing con-
ditions of business life during his entire
term. The administration and faculty have
in the last two years worked out and put
into effect new plans in a broader effort
to —
1 Acquaint students with various fields of
business activity so that they may make
more rational choices of a vocational field
in which to specialize.
2 Aid students in the choice of specific vo-
cational objectives within their chosen
fields.
3 Provide facilities for study of vocational
and specific job requirements, as well as
the opportunities and the steps necessary
to achieve progress.
4 Co-ordinate the student's education
more closely to his vocational interests.
10
THE BACKGROUND OF AN INSTITUTION
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
The teaching staff of the School in Boston
and the Divisions is recruited from business
and professional leaders of New England
business. The instructors are college-trained
men who have proved their ability in their
various fields of specialization. They are
selected on the basis of their ability to con-
vey knowledge to others in an interesting,
inspiring, and effective manner. They are
also chosen for the breadth of their training
and experience. Their teaching is a work of
enthusiasm freshened each evening by con-
tact with those who are seeking seriously for
knowledge, skill, and attitudes that will
contribute to success.
While business essentials are stressed,
cultural and ethical values are by no means
neglected. The ability to think and judge
independently usually results in cultural
development. But the school has not been
content to let the cultural side of its educa-
tional activities be merely a passive by-
product. Instructors are men of high ideals
and attainments, who have a genuine
interest in those finer attributes of character
and personality which make for good citi-
zenship and the appreciation of worthy
ideals. A large part of the success of the
School and of the individual students may
be traced directly to the contacts with in-
structors of the caliber selected by the
School of Business.
SUCCESS OF THE ALUMNI
The best indication of the cumulative re-
wards to be won by pursuing a systematic
program of study in spare evening hours is
to be found in the records of Northeastern
School of Business Alumni.
A recent study covering all Boston grad-
uates conclusively shows that better posi-
tions and increased incomes are directly
traceable to the evening hours spent in
preparation at Northeastern.
A portion of this study is the comparison
of positions held by the alumni when they
entered the School as freshmen with the
positions they held at the time of the study.
ALUMNI POSITIONS
Upon
Entrance
%
Presidents and Other Corpora-
tion Officers o.o
Owners of Business i.o
Treasurers and Comptrollers .3
Accountants 7.0
Office Managers 1.6
Department Managers 2.9
Salesmen 3.8
Educators 8.6
Government Employees 2.6
Bookkeepers 18.8
Clerks 34.2
Factory Workers 5.8
Unemployed 2.9
Miscellaneous 10.5
Now
%
3-8
13-1
7-7
16.9
7-4
11.5
3-8
7.0
7-7
i-3
6.4
2.2
1.9
9-3
This pronounced trend to better and
more responsible positions is further sub-
stantiated by a study of the income of the
same alumni group over the same period.
It was found that the Alumni who had
been out of the School of Business not
more than ten years, had increased their
income an aggregate of 73.2%. For those
who graduated more than ten years ago,
this increase amounts to 223.6%. Another
study of the income of students still in
school shows that the average School of
Business student begins his advancement
in business and in income even while he is
still at his training. On the average, the
increase in income during the period of
attendance more than covers tuition
charges.
The charts on the next page show
graphically the change from positions of
minor responsibility to those of executive
responsibility and indicate clearly the value
of adequate business training. Even in
depression periods Northeastern alumni,
because of their training, have fared pro-
portionately better than untrained men
and women because it is the practice of
employers to retain the best of their
personnel when reductions become neces-
sary.
THE BACKGROUND OF AN INSTITUTION 11
THE STUDY OF POSITIONS HELD
BY ALUMNI
At Time of Entrance At Present
The Freshman Clerk becomes the Alumnus Executive
KEY
EXECUTIVE RESPONSIBILITY M
H MISCELLANEOUS POSITIONS IS
□ CLERICAL AND FACTORY WORK □
However, the success of alumni is not to
be measured entirely by the dollar and cents
increase in their incomes. Northeastern
University School of Business Alumni, as a
result of their broad training, have en-
larged their whole horizon of life. They have
developed a keener appreciation of the
human values which count most in life.
They have found valuable avenues of
friendship and social contact. They have
discovered larger opportunities for partici-
pation in social and civic enterprises. They
have become not only better business men
but better citizens.
THE STUDENT BODY
The character of a student body determines
the standards which a school can maintain.
Nothing is more essential to the success of
an educational institution than a careful
selection of incoming students. This prin-
ciple applies just as readily to an evening
school as to a day school. Standards are
invariably adjusted to the average in-
telligence of the students. For this reason,
Northeastern University School of Business
maintains standards of admission which
result in a student body capable of pur-
suing work of standard college grade during
evening hours.
The student body consists of 1677 men
and women of widely varied ages and occu-
pations. The youngest student is 16 years
of age and the oldest 60 years. The average
age is 24.4 years.
About one-sixth of the students are
married men who have realized that if they
are to increase their earning power they
must fit themselves for advancement. That
the training offered by the School has en-
abled the students to improve their earning
capacities and enlarge their responsibilities
is conclusively proved by a study which
showed that students in the School sub-
stantially increased their incomes in the
six year period between entering the School
and graduation.
12
THE BACKGROUND OF AN INSTITUTION
In the student body 316 high schools and
other preparatory schools are represented.
Sixty-three colleges and universities are rep-
resented by 276 students who are either
graduates or have attended one or more
years.
In Boston, 562 students come from 105
different cities and towns, commuting from
considerable distances.
In the Worcester Division, 285 students
represent 32 separate communities; and in
Springfield, 38 different communities, large-
ly in the Southern Connecticut Valley, con-
tribute 501 students.
The 294 students at Providence represent
47 cities of Massachusetts and Connecticut
as well as Rhode Island.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
FOR GRADUATES
While the School cannot guarantee posi-
tions to its graduates, the number of re-
quests for men usually exceeds the number
available in the graduating class of any
given year. The policy of the School is to
find the best equipped and qualified men
among its graduates for the positions which
the School is called upon to fill.
The School in recommending a graduate
for a position furnishes the prospective
employer with the facts as to the graduate's
ability, character, attitudes, habits, and
other qualifications for the position as
revealed by the School records. In the last
analysis, however, placement in a position
depends quite largely upon the graduate's
ability to sell his services to the prospective
employer. Most employers prefer to con-
sider two or more candidates for a position
and generally request the School to suggest
more than one person. Many manufactur-
ing and commercial firms throughout New
England call upon this School to assist them
in filling important executive and mana-
gerial positions.
No charge is made for placement service.
FOR STUDENTS
Many requests from employers are re-
ceived by the School, during normal times,
for young men of potential ability to fill
important clerical and junior executive
positions. It is the policy of the School to
serve the students whenever possible by
placing them in those positions which
promise attractive opportunities for devel-
opment and advancement. The School,
however, cannot guarantee to place its
students, but it does endeavor to keep in
close touch with those who desire placement
service and to assist them in obtaining
satisfactory advancements in positions and
income. No charge is made for placement
service. Those needing this assistance
should file an application at the School
Office.
In recommending students for positions,
preference is given to those who have com-
pleted a year or more of study in the School.
The School must know something as to the
abilities, habits, character, and general
worth of an individual as revealed by his
record as a student before it can recommend
him for a position.
School of Business
Staff of Instruction
BOSTON
Frederick. Morse Bassett,
B.C.S., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Constructive Accounting
Accountant, Stewart, Watts and Bollong
Elliott Sheffeld Boardman,
Bowdoin College; M.B.A., Harvard University
Business Administration Seminar
Business Planning and Research
Manager, Industrial Statistics Division, Federal
Reserve Bank of Boston
Charles Albert Cederberg,
Boston University
Introductory Accounting; Intermediate
Accounting
Instructor in Bookkeeping, Boston Clerical School
Alfred D'Alessandro,
B.C.S., LL.B., Northeastern University; M.B.A.,
Boston University; Harvard University; C.P.A.
Cost Accounting; C.P.A. Accounting Review
Professor of Accounting, Northeastern University,
Day Division
John Sydney Dawson,
A.B., Holy Cross College; M.B.A., LL.B., Har-
vard University
Torts and Crimes in Business
Attorney at Law, Hurlburt, Jones and Hall
John Enneguess,
B.C.S., B.B.A., Northeastern University; Har-
vard University
Accounting Problems
Leo Thomas Foster,
A.B., A.M., Holy Cross College; Harvard Uni-
versity; Boston University
Income Tax Procedure
Head of Commercial Department, Jeremiah
Burke High School
Charles MacKay Ganson,
B.A., Yale University; LL.B., Harvard Uni-
versity
Risks of Business
Attorney at Law, Taylor, Ganson and Perrin
Howard Eaton Gorton,
B.S., Hobart College; M.B.A., Harvard University
Marketing
Merchandise Manager, Dennison Manufacturing
Company
Roger Stanton Hamilton,
A.B., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Tufts
College; Harvard University
Business Economics
Associate Professor of Economics, Northeastern
University, Day Division
J. Keene Horner,
B.A., University of Oklahoma; M.B.A., Harvard
University
Public Speaking; Business Reports and
Conferences; Counsellor, Business Readings and
Theses
Instructor in Business Administration and Public
Speaking, Babson Institute
Roger Mayhew Jennings,
B.B.A., Boston University; M.B.A., Harvard
University
Retail Store Management; Department
Store Administration
Roger Johnson,
B.S., Bowdoin College; M.B.A., Harvard University
Business Statistics and Forecasting; Inter-
national Economic Relations
Statistician, New England Council
Robert Courtney Mattox,
B.A., Dartmouth College
Business English; Advanced English
Assistant Sales Promotion Manager, Liberty
Mutual Insurance Company
Harold Adam Mock,
B.C.S., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Auditing; Advanced Accounting Problems
Partner, Stewart, Watts and Bollong
Franklin Norvish,
B.S., Colby College; M.A., Yale University
Public Speaking
Instructor in English, Northeastern University,
Day Division
Harry Olins,
A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Business Contracts; Market Law
Attorney at Law
Andrew Petersen,
B.B.A., M.B.A., Boston University; C.P.A.
Accounting Aids to Management
Director of Accounting and Taxation, Babson In-
stitute
"The Faculty for the year 1940-41 is published during the summer.
13
14
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
Matthew Porosky,
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Business and Industrial Management; In-
dustrial Management Problems and Policies;
Government Controls in Business
Vice-President in charge of Sales, Eagle Signal
Corporation and Vice-President of the Holtzer-
Cabot Electric Company
B. Floyd Rinker,
A.B., Dickinson College; Harvard University
Business English
Teacher, Newton High School
Melville Forrest Rogers,
D.M.D., Harvard University; LL.B., North-
eastern University; LL.M., Boston University
Market Law
Attorney at Law
Fillmore Hargrave Sanford,
A.B., University of Richmond; M.A., Harvard
University
Psychology for Business and Industry
Assistant in Psychology, Harvard University
Joseph Sawyer,
A.B., M.B.A., Harvard University
Purchasing
Department Manager, R. H. White Company
Robert William Sherburne,
B.B.A., Northeastern University; Boston Uni-
versity
Assistant Instructor in Introductory Ac-
counting, Intermediate Accounting
Instructor, Burdett College
Eldon Campbell Shoup,
A.B., Washburn College; M.B.A., Harvard Uni-
versity
Principles of Selling, Sales Management
Market Research Manager, Dennison Manu-
facturing Company
Eben Oswell Smith,
B.S., Northeastern University; Boston University
Economic Development of the U. S.; Money
and Banking
Registrar, Northeastern University, Evening Divi-
sion
Irwin Spear,
Ph.B., University of Vermont
Principles of Advertising; Retail Store Ad-
vertising
Advertising Service
Harry Wilbur Thompson,
Credits and Collections
Credit Manager, General Sea Foods Corporation
Mark Wainer,
LL.B., LL.M., Boston University
Agents and Agencies; Business Organiza-
tions
Attorney at Law
Ralph Kimball Whitney,
A.B., Dartmouth College; Ed.M., Harvard Univer-
sity; Boston University
Business English
Instructor, School of Education, Boston University
Russell Whitney,
B.S., Dartmouth College; LL.B., Northeastern
University
Legal Aspects of Business
Dean, Northeastern University School of Business
Archibald Williams,
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Principles of Production; Scientific Manage-
ment
Assistant Professor Production Management,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Industrial
Consultant
Alfred Skinner Woodworth,
A.B., M.B.A., Harvard University
Financial Organization
Assistant Vice-President, Second National Bank
of Boston
Kennard Woodworth,
A.B., Harvard University
Investment Principles and Practice
Statistician, Boston Insurance Company
WORCESTER DIVISION
William Bishop, Jr.,
Credits and Collections
Credit Manager, Graton & Knight Co.
John Earle Blossom,
A.B., Wesleyan University; Ed.M., Harvard Uni-
versity
Business English
Professor of English, Worcester Academy
George A. Dunning,
Public Speaking
New England Manager, Crowell Publishing Com-
pany
John Enneguess,
B.C.S., B.B.A., Northeastern University; Harvard
University
Income Tax Procedure; Accounting Aids to
Management; Accounting Problems
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
15
Edward Averill Green,
A.B., Yale University
Business Statistics and Forecasting
Actuary, Associated with State Mutual Life Assur-
ance Company
J. Keene Horner,
B.A., University of Oklahoma; M.B.A., Harvard
University
William Barrington Pollock, Jr.,
A.B., University of Pennsylvania
Modern Advertising; Creative Advertising
Production; Principles of Selling; Sales Manage-
ment
Salesman, Fellowcrafters, Boston
Albert James Schwieger,
Advanced English; Business Administration B.A., Hamline University; M.A., Clark Univer-
Seminar sity; Ph.D., Harvard University
Instructor in Business Administration and Public Economic Development of the U. S.
Speaking, Babson Institute Professor of Economics, Worcester Polytechnic
Charles Edwin Hutchins, Institute
LL.B., Lincoln Jefferson University
Counsellor to Students; Introductory Ac- Robert B. Service, Jr.,
counting Cost Accounting
Attorney at Law; Instructor, High School of Head °J Audit™g Department, Norton Company
Commerce
James Mortimer Keniston,
B.S., Bowdoin College; M.B.A., Harvard Uni-
versity
Marketing
Merchandising Manager, John C. Maclnnes
Company
Willard G. Leathers,
A.B., Yale University
Industrial Management Problems and
Policies
Assistant Merchandising Manager, Dennison
Manufacturing Company
Arthur Fletcher Lucas,
A.B., Bates College; A.M., Ph.D., Princeton Uni-
versity
Business Economics
Professor, Clark University
Waldo Wolfrom Neikirk,
Sumner Burnham Tilton,
A.B., Dartmouth College; LL.B., Harvard Uni-
versity
Legal Aspects of Business
Attorney at Law, Vaughan, Esty, Clark & Crotty
Joseph Bertram Wadleigh,
A.B., Bates College; A.M., Harvard University
Psychology for Business and Industry
Special Agent, Equitable Life Assurance Company
Harry Warren Wallis,
C.P.A.
Intermediate Accounting; Advanced Ac-
counting Problems
Public Accountant
Howard Coolidge Weeks,
B.A., Cornell University
Government Controls in Business
BS., University of Florida; M.B.A., Harvard Assistant to General Merchandise Manager Den-
University
Business Reports and Conferences
Statistician, First Boston Corporation
Albert Palmer,
B.S., B.E., Harvard University; Oxford University
Business and Industrial Management
Research Assistant to General Manager, Crompton
& Knowles Loom Works
nison Manufacturing Company
Charles Ernest Young.
A.B., Bucknell University; M.B.A., Harvard Uni-
versity
Investment Principles and Practice; Finan-
cial Organization
Member of Firm, Gregg, Storer & Co., Boston
SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
Luther Anderson,
A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Yale University
Business and Industrial Management
Member of Staff, Kinney Insurance Agency
Ernest Adolph Berg,
B.C.S., LL.B., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Advanced Accounting Problems
Partner, Hitchcock & Co., Accountants; Attorney
at Law
16
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
Reginald Nelson Blomfield,
A.B., Williams College
Advanced Algebra; Plane Trigonometry
Personnel Department, Massachusetts Mutual Life
Insurance Company
David Holbrook. Brown,
A.B., Middlebury College; LL.B., Boston Uni-
versity; A.M., Trinity College
Business Economics; Financial Organiza-
tion; Economic Development of the U. S.
Instructor, Classical High School
Clarence Irving Chatto,
A.B., Bates College; A.M., Harvard University
Business English; Advanced English
Instructor, High School of Commerce
Carl Odlin Chauncey,
LL.B., Northeastern University
Legal Aspects of Business
Member of Legal Staff, Farm Credit Administra-
tion of Springfield; Attorney at Law
Alexander Duncan Davis,
B.T.E., Lowell Textile Institute
Engineering Drawing
Instructor, Technical High School
Nelson Hayward Foley,
Boston University
Industrial Management Problems and Poli-
cies; Government Controls in Business
Member of Staff, Scovell, Wellington £s? Co.
Alden French,
A.B., Harvard College; Harvard Graduate School
of Business Administration
Marketing
Member of Staff, Scovell, Wellington & Co.
Edward Phelps Grace,
B.C.S., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Accounting Aids to Management
Assistant General Manager, Springfield Mer-
chants, Inc.
Clarence Mortimer Hall,
B.S., M.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Electricity
Instructor, Classical High School
Frank. Yaeger Hess,
S.B., Harvard College
Chemistry
Instructor, Classical High School
Walden Porter Hobbs,
Bates College; University of Toulouse; C.P.A.
Accounting Problems
Member of Staff, Scovell, Wellington & Co.
George Wright Howe,
A.B., M.B.A., Harvard University
Business Administration Seminar; Business
Planning and Research
Staff Member, Anderson & Sons
Fred Wooding Hutchinson,
B.S., Wesleyan University; Boston University
Analytic Geometry; Calculus; Counsellor to
Engineering and Business Students
Instructor, Technical High School
William Ward Johnston,
University of Minnesota; M.C.S., Southeastern
University; C.P.A.
Income Tax Procedure
Member of Staff, Scovell, Wellington & Co.
Cyrus Walter Jones,
S.B., Harvard College
Business English
Instructor, Technical High School
Harry Harris King,
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; C.P.A.
Cost Accounting; Constructive Accounting;
Auditing
Public Accountant
Malcolm Angus MacDuffie,
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Strength of Materials
Principal, MacDuffie School
Guy Dolphus Miller,
A.B., Ohio University; University of Wisconsin;
Harvard Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion; Ed.M., Harvard University; C.P.A.
Business Reports and Conferences; Coun-
selor to Students, including Theses and Business
Readings
Instructor, High School of Commerce
John Haynes Miller,
A.B., Washington and Jefferson College
Business Statistics and Forecasting
Vice-President and Actuary, Monarch Life In-
surance Company
Herbert Moore,
A.B., University of Toronto; A.M., Ph.D.,
Harvard University
Psychology for Business and Industry
Associate Professor, Mount Holyoke College
Carroll Ward Robinson,
A.B., Clark College; Ed.M., Harvard University
Public Speaking
Principal, Myrtle Street Junior High School
Stanley Oscar Smith,
B.C.S., Northeastern University; Ed.M., Harvard
University
Intermediate Accounting
Principal, High School of Commerce
Jerome Lyon Spurr,
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Physics; Mechanics
Assistant Civil Engineer, Metropolitan District
Water Supply Commission
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
17
Elo Carl Tanner,
B.M.E., University of Minnesota; University of
Pittsburgh
Advanced Engineering Drawing; Design
Refrigeration Development and Design Engineer,
Westinghou.se Electric and Manufacturing Com-
pany
Gilbert Creighton Walker,
A.B., Ed.M., Harvard University; Northeastern
University
Introductory Accounting
Instructor, High School of Commerce
Eliot Leland Wight,
B.A., Yale College; University of Colorado,
Graduate School
Advertising Principles; Advertising Cam-
paigns; Principles of Selling; Sales Management
Advertising Manager, United States Envelope
Company
Paul Almy Wilks,
A.B., Harvard College
Business English
Chief Accountant, Strathmore Paper Company
PROVIDENCE DIVISION
Howard Samuel Almy,
B.C.S., Northeastern University
Credits and Collections
Credit Manager, Colly er Insulated Wire Company,
Inc.
George Reginald Ashbey,
B.A., Brown University
Advertising
Advertising Manager, Nicholson File Company
Albert Herbert Baer,
Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Constructive Accounting; Auditing
Partner, Bugbee-Baer & Co.
Alton Wilson Barstow,
B.S., Norwich University
Principles of Selling; Sales Management
Sales Manager, Narragansett Electric Company
John Edward Candelet,
B.S., A.M., Colby College; M.B.A., University of
Pennsylvania
Business Statistics and Forecasting; Finan-
cial Organization
Head of Department of Economics, Rhode Island
State College
James Harper Chase,
A.B., M.A., Brown University
Business English
Instructor, and Head of English Department,
Central High School
Carl William Christiansen,
B.C.S., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Introductory Accounting
Partner, Christiansen-Murphy & Co.
Christopher DelSesto,
B.B.A., Boston University; Northeastern Univer-
sity; LL.B., Georgetown University , C.P.A.
Cost Accounting
United States Securities Exchange Commission
Earle Francis Ford,
B.S., Providence College; M.B.A., Northeastern
University
Assistant Instructor, Intermediate Accounting
Accountant, Christiansen-Murphy & Co.
Seth Brayton Gifford,
Ph.B., Brown University; C.P.A.
C.P.A. Comprehensive Review
Partner, Harris and Gifford
Albert Edward Godfrey,
B.C.S., LL.B., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Legal Aspects of Business
Treasurer, Lymansville Company
George Theodore Helm,
B.B.A., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Accounting Aids to Management
Accountant, Christiansen-Murphy C5? Co.
Harry Edmund Howell,
LL.B., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Income Tax Procedure
Controller, Grinnell Company
Chester Tottem Morey,
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Industrial Management Problems and Poli-
cies
Factory Manager, Abrasive Machine Tool Co.
Clifton Irving Munroe,
A.B., Brown University; LL.B., Harvard Uni-
versity
Public Speaking
Attorney at Law, Voight, Wright, Munroe and
Clason
Nicholas Picchione,
B.C.S., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Accounting Problems
Accountant
Robert Rockafellow,
B.S., M.A., University of Pennsylvania
Business Economics
Assistant Professor of Economics, Rhode Island
State College
18
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
Leonard Herbert Russell,
B.S., M.S., Rhode Island State College
Business and Industrial Management;
Economic Development of the U.S.
Head, Statistical Division, Unemployment Com-
pensation Board of R. I.
Oscar Truesdell Sherman,
Financial Organization
Comptroller, Rhode Island Hospital Trust Com-
pany
Charles Peck Sisson,
A.B., Brown University; LI.B., Harvard Uni-
versity
Government Controls in Business
Attorney at Law
Elmer Reid Smith,
Ph.B., A.B., A.M., Brown University
Advanced English; Business Reports and
Conferences
Vice-Principal, Oliver Hazard Peiry Junior High
School
Sherman Lewis Smith,
A.B., Dartmouth College
Psychology for Business and Industry
Sales Promotion Manager, Bostitch, Inc.
Adam Andrew Sutcliffe,
B.S., M.C.S., Dartmouth College
Marketing
Treasurer and Manager, Adam Sutcliffe Company
Allyn Kingsley Suttell,
Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Intermediate Accounting
Partner, F. E. Welch & Co.
Roland W. Weikel,
B.A., Yale University; Wharton School of Busi-
ness; C.P.A.
Advanced Accounting
Manager, Has kins £5? Sells
School of Business
Programs of Instruction
THE SCHOOL provides the following
major programs of instruction for
undergraduate students:
ACCOUNTING
i. A specialized four-year program lead-
ing to the title of Associate in Accounting.
2. A six-year program leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Business Administra-
tion in Accounting. (See page 20.)
MANAGEMENT
Four- and six-year programs with oppor-
tunity for specialization in one of the fol-
lowing fields:
Distribution
Industry
The four-year programs lead to the title of
Associate in Business Administration and
the six-year programs to the degree of
Bachelor of Business Administration in
Management (See page 23.)
LAW AND BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
A four-year program combining the
study of law and business, leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Commercial Science
in Law and Business Management. This
course is offered in Boston but not in the
Divisions. Six-year degree programs in
Law and Business are offered in Boston,
Worcester and Springfield. (See page 25.)
ENGINEERING AND BUSINESS
A six-year program combining the study
of engineering and business, leading to the.
degree of Bachelor of Business Administra-
tion in Engineering and Management. This
program is offered in Boston, Worcester
and Springfield. (See page 27.)
SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Where the individual needs of a student
necessitate, the School will provide special
one-year, two-year, or longer programs to
meet those needs. If, for good reasons, a
student wishes to vary a regular program,
he may do so upon securing approval from
the Dean. (See page 28.)
SINGLE OR UNIT COURSES
For those who may wish to pursue one or
more related or unrelated subjects instead
of a title or degree program, opportunity is
provided for enrolling in single or unit
subjects. (See page 28.)
19
20
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
THE ACCOUNTI
Students of accounting in the School of
Business may follow programs of training
in this specialized program which prepare
them to take the examination for Certified
Public Accountant (C.P.A.) or to carry on
work of major responsibility in commercial
accounting with private or public business
firms.
Thoroughness of instruction is all-impor-
tant. The trained accountant must be able
to adapt himself quickly to the rapidly
changing conditions of modern business. He
should be ready to assume executive re-
sponsibility outside the field of accounting.
This involves, of course, a background of
understanding of various functions of busi-
ness quite apart from the specialized ac-
counting field. The shorter accounting
program includes prescribed subjects for
the title of Associate in Accounting and
adequate preparation for the C.P.A. exam-
ination.
Upon completion of the four years of pre-
scribed subjects for the title of Associate
in Accounting, students may take two years
of additional study required for the degree
of Bachelor of Business Administration.
These two additional years are greatly to
the advantage of the student, since they
give an opportunity to study managerial
and administrative subjects which fit him
to assume responsibility outside of the
accounting field, and give him the basic
understanding of business at large which is
of vital importance to accountants who
hope to make real progress.
OPPORTUNITY IN THE
ACCOUNTING PROFESSION
Taxation, legal requirements governing
qualifications for listing in the stock
market, corporation laws governing the
NG PROGRAMS
preparation of financial reports, and many
other developments in the conduct of busi-
ness have broadened the scope of account-
ing to such a degree that in normal times
the supply of trained accountants is not
adequate to meet the demand. Moreover,
a knowledge of accounting is universally
regarded as essential in all phases of busi-
ness management. There is a large field of
public accounting which is being developed,
and with the increased emphasis which
financial institutions are placing upon ac-
counting, the need for college trained
Certified Public Accountants is increasing
every year.
Opportunities in the field of accounting
are many. Financial returns compare
favorably with those of other professions
such as law, medicine, and engineering.
The normal development of an account-
ant from the time he gets his degree is as
follows:
First — as a junior assistant, he works on
routine accounting procedure which is
highly essential as a part of his experience.
Compensation usually ranges from $1,000
to $1,500. The average man spends about
two years in this position.
Second — as a senior assistant accepting
some responsibilities, and performing some-
what of a professional service, the average
man gets a salary which ranges from $1,400
to $2,500 a year.
Third — he now assumes full respon-
sibilities for important assignments and be-
comes a senior accountant with a salary
range from $2,500 to $5,000.
As a supervisor in charge of the work of
other accountants, the salary range goes up
to $3,500 to $10,000.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
21
Fourth — the peak of success for ac-
countants is firm membership. As a firm
member, the accountant may not earn more
than in the other higher positions, but usu-
ally earnings range from $4,000 to $25,000
a year, and frequently as high as $50,000.
While the remuneration in the field of
public accounting for properly trained men
is attractive, the field of commercial and
private accounting offers even more attrac-
tive inducement. The latest census figures
show that there are 191,571 persons en-
gaged as accountants and auditors in the
United States. From trained accountants
are selected many of the executives outside
the accounting profession, including office
managers, comptrollers, treasurers, and
other officers of business concerns. Salaries
of treasurers and comptrollers vary from
$4,000 to $15,000; office managers from
$3,000 to $6,000; chief accountants from
$2,500 to $5,000. Many senior accountants
have advanced into responsible executive
positions paying $10,000 and more.
QUALIFICATIONS FOR
SUCCESS IN ACCOUNTING
There is no easy or royal road to success in
accounting. The technique can be mastered
only through continuous application, com-
parable to the preparatory work of a
doctor, lawyer, or engineer. Mathematical
accuracy is extremely important. The
student must learn to analyze logically and
soundly; to visualize and present situations
as they develop. Each step, however pains-
taking and laborious, must be mastered by
one who hopes to succeed either as a public
or private accountant. Above all, the
higher standards of honesty must be main-
tained, and the accountant's personal and
ethical conduct must be above suspicion.
The successful accountant is able to make
a good appearance, to present an agreeable
personality, and to express his ideas clearly
in good English. Northeastern University
School of Business tries to train its gradu-
ates so that they possess all these qualifica-
tions. The School encourages only men
with the proper personal, mental, and
educational qualifications to enter the
profession.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TITLE OF
ASSOCIATE IN ACCOUNTING
(Four Years of Study Required)
Semester
Subjects Hours
Introductory Accounting 5
Intermediate Accounting 5
Accounting Problems 5
Cost Accounting 5
Auditing iH
Income Tax Procedure 5
Constructive Accounting Il4
Advanced Accounting
Problems
C.P.A. Accounting
Review
Business English
Business Economics
Financial Organization
Legal Aspects of Business
(C.P.A. Law) 5
Course
Numbers*
A
1-2
A
3-4
A
7-8
A
9-10
A
1 1
A
13-H
A 15
A 17-18
A 1 9-20
E 1-2
Ec 1-2
Ec 3-4
L 1-2
Total Semester Hours
Required for Title
60
* See notes at bottom of page 28.
22
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENTS FOR B.B.A.
DEGREE IN ACCOUNTING
(Six Years of Study Required)
Course Semester
Numbers* Subject Hours
Introductory Accounting 5
Intermediate Accounting 5
1-2
3-4
7-8
9-10
11
i3-J4
15
17-18
19-
:o
1-2
5
6
E 7,8
Ec
1-
-2
Ec
3-
-4
L
1-
-2
Ec
7"
-8
Accounting Problems
Cost Accounting
Auditing
Income Tax Procedure
Constructive Accounting
Advanced Accounting
Problems
C.P.A. Accounting
Review
Business English
Public Speaking
Business Reports and
Conferences 2
Business Readings or
T 3-4, Thesis 5
Business Economics 5
Financial Organization 5
Legal Aspects of Business 5
Business Statistics and
Forecasting 5
5
5
Course Semester
Numbers* Subject Hours
M 7-8 Credits and Collections 5
M 11-12 Government Controls in
Business 5
Occupational Experience 30
Electives (To be se-
lected subject to ap-
proval) 10
Total Semester Hours
Required for Degree 125
The normal period of attendance for the
Associate in Accounting Program is four
years, thirty-three weeks each year, three
evenings a week, two hours each evening;
for the B.B.A. Degree Program, six years,
thirty-three weeks each year, three eve-
nings a week, two hours each evening, ex-
cept for those who enter with advanced
standing credit. Students who wish to
attend less than three evenings a week may
do so, extending the time required to com-
plete their programs.
See notes at bottom of page 28.
A background
of accounting
is essential in
a graduate's
qualifications
for success
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
23
THE MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS
"The field of business within the last twenty
years has so widened and become so much
more complex that the successful business
man finds no limit set to his vision. As an
executive he must possess the faculty of
interpreting current events, the ability of
analyzing situations, and a thorough knowl-
edge of the principles underlying all success-
ful business practice."1
The complexity of modern business
makes it exceedingly difficult for those who
are dependent upon their own experience to
develop those abilities and obtain the
knowledge so necessary for the desired
advancement in business. A broad per-
spective of business organization and oper-
ation develops viewpoints and habits that
promote clear thinking and sound judg-
ments in business decisions. This broad
perspective demands not mere facts but
also that executive power which can initiate
plans and put them into effective operation.
This power is seldom acquired from experi-
ence in details but comes from a thorough
knowledge of business principles and of the
proper application of those principles to
the solution of problems. Executive and
managerial leadership demands that power;
the School of Business through its Manage-
ment Programs proposes to develop it.
A recent extensive study2 of occupa-
tional opportunities shows that most col-
lege men who enter work in distribution,
industry, transportation, and banking be-
come involved sooner or later in some
function of operating management where
they become responsible for the direction
of human effort within their organization
MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT
A four-year program leading to the title
of Associate in Business Administration
and a six-year program leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Business Administra-
tion are offered to students interested in
Merchandising Management. Included
are such courses as marketing, purchasing,
retail store management, advertising, sell-
ing, credits and collections, department
store administration, and many others so
essential to a sound knowledge of present
day business problems. Not only are
these rather specialized fields covered ade-
quately but a thorough training is given
in the principles of economics and the
application of these principles to modern
business conditions, thus making it possible
for the student to see himself in relationship
to the executive and managerial responsi-
bilities he will need later to assume.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE B. B.A.
DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT AND
THE TITLE OF ASSOCIATE IN
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Merchandising Major)
The courses listed immediately below
meet in full the requirements for the title
of Associate in Business Administration
and in part the requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Business Administration.
Semester
Subjects Hours
Accounting Aids to
Management** 5
Marketing 5
Principles of Selling 1 yi
Sales Management 2 K
Principles of Advertising 2 V*
Retail Store Advertising 1 Vi
Business English 5
Public Speaking 1 yi
Business Reports and
Conferences 2 yi.
Business Economics 5
Financial Organization 5
Legal Aspects of Business 5
Business and Industrial
Management 5
Psychology for Business
and Industry 2 yi.
Purchasing 2 yi
Retail Store Manage-
ment and Depart-
ment Store Admin-
istration. 5
Total semester hours 60
Course
Numbers*
A
5-6
D
1-2
D
3
D
4
D
s
D
6
E
1-2
E
5
E
6
Ec
1-2
Ec
3-4
L
1-2
M
1-2
M
M
M
5
6
13-H
1 Statement by Dr. Jeremiah W. Jenks, late President, Alexander Hamilton Institute.
Dewhurst and Bossard, University Education for Business, Univ. of Pa. Press.
*, ** See notes at bottom of page 28.
24
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
A class in Distribution, relating sales problems and methods, conducts its oivn sales demonstration
The following requirements in addition
to those listed previously must be met by
all candidates for the degree of Bachelor of
Business Administration.
Course
Numbers*
E7, 8
Ec7-8
M
M
M
M
7-8
11-12
I7-I8
I9-20
Semester
Subjects Hours
Business Readings or
T 3-4 Thesis 5
Business Statistics and
Forecasting 5
Credits and Collections 5
Government Controls
in Business 5
Business Planning and
Research 5
Business Administration
Seminar 5
Occupational Experience 30
Electives (To be selected
subject to approval) 5
Total Semester Hours
Required for Degree
125
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
For students interested in the industrial
side of business management, a four-year
title and a six-year degree program are
offered. Not only are the usual business
subjects included, but also adequate courses
in the more technical fields of production
and scientific management. Careful study
is made of the fundamental manufacturing
processes, factory organization, product
design, methods of production and produc-
tion control, time and motion study, and re-
lated topics. This program offers excellent
training for managerial responsibility in
industrial and commercial enterprises
where a technical knowledge of manage-
ment problems combined with a business
background is needed.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE B.B.A
DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT AND
THE TITLE OF ASSOCIATE IN
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Industrial Major)
The courses listed immediately below
meet in full the requirements for the title
of Associate in Business Administration
and in part the requirements for the de-
gree of Bachelor of Business Administra-
tion.
*, See notes at bottom of page a8.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
25
Course
Numbers*
A 5-6
D 1-2
D 3
4
1-2
5
6
Semester
Subjects Hours
Accounting Aids to
Management** 5
Marketing 5
Principles of Selling 1lA
Sales Management iYA
Business English 5
Public Speaking lYi
Business Reports and
Conferences lY*
Business Economics 5
Financial Organization 5
Legal Aspects of Busi-
ness 5
Business and Industrial
Management 5
Principles of Production 1V2
Scientific Management lA
Psychology for Business
and Industry 2K
Purchasing 2K
Industrial Management
Problems and Policies 5
Total Semester Hours 60
The following requirements in addition
to those listed previously must be met by
all candidates for the degree of Bachelor of
Business Administration.
Ec 1-2
Ec 3-4
L 1-2
M 1-2
M
3
M
4
M
5
M
6
M
9-10
M
M
Course Semester
Numbers* Subjects Hours
E 7, 8 Business Readings or
T 3-4 Thesis 5
Ec 7-8 Business Statistics and
Forecasting 5
8 Credits and Collections 5
12 Government Controls in
Business 5
M 17-18 Business Planning and
Research 5
M 19-20 Business Administration
Seminar 5
Occupational Experience 30
Electives (To be selected
subject to approval) 5
Total Semester Hours
Required for Degree 125
The normal period of attendance for the
Associate in Business Administration pro-
gram is four years, thirty-three weeks each
year, three evenings a week, two hours each
evening and for the B.B.A. degree pro-
grams, six years, thirty-three weeks each
year, three evenings a week, two hours
each evening, except for those who enter
with advanced standing credit. Students
who wish to attend less than three evenings
a week may do so, extending the time re-
quired to complete their programs.
LAW AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
(This program is offered in Boston only)
PROGRAM
The complexity of the modern business
structure emphasizes the increasing neces-
sity for the business executive to under-
stand not only the principles of his business
but to possess a fundamental knowledge of
the laws under which his business operates.
In order to meet this need the School has
developed a four-year program leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Commercial
Science in Law and Business Management.
As all business is organized and con-
ducted on a legal basis, executive positions
in practically every business demand at
least a basic knowledge of the law on the
part of those who are to be successful.
Underlying present large-scale marketing
and production, which characterize today's
business, is a net work of law which safe-
guards the rights of business men as they
deal with one another and also defines the
channels into which business practices shall
be directed and through which they shall
move. Business executives find a real and
vital need for men and women who are
not only versed in business but who also
can offer a background of training in the
legal principles involved in business. The
student so equipped will bring to his posi-
tion an advantage which will be of in-
estimable value.
See notes at bottom of page 28.
26
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
This four-year degree program provides
a sound and basic knowledge of those prin-
ciples of law and of business which are so
essential for success in various fields of
business. The program meets particularly
the needs of the following groups:
1 Employees of banks and trust com-
panies;
2 Insurance officers and claim ad-
justers;
3 Real estate operators;
4 Accountants;
5 Those engaged in executive positions
in business and industrial organi-
zations.
The program is primarily a business pro-
gram of study covering law only as it
relates to business procedure and opera-
tion. It does not prepare the student for
bar examinations nor is it planned to make
it possible for the business executive to dis-
pense with the services of attorneys. It
makes it possible, however, for the exec-
utive to understand how the present
intricate net of legal rules and regulations
affects his business undertaking.
The cases selected for study are chosen
not only for their value in developing an
understanding of the law involved, but
also for their very practical application to
every-day business. They are primarily
business cases and a knowledge of business
and its problems and procedures is ob-
tained at the same time the student learns
about legal principles.
The law courses are conducted by
practicing attorneys. In order that stu-
dents may gain an adequate knowledge of
the law and may develop effectively the
powers of legal analysis, the case method
of instruction generally used in schools of
law is employed.
Students desiring to obtain the degree
of Bachelor of Business Administration in
Management may do so by completing
two additional years of work. The actual
courses pursued will depend somewhat
upon the objective of the student, and have
been selected with a view to supplementing
the work completed in the Law and Busi-
ness Management program.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF
COMMERCIAL SCIENCE IN
LAW AND BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Course Semester
Numbers* Subjects Hours
L 4-5 Business Contracts 5
L 6 Agents and Agencies lA
L 7 Insurance of Business
Risks \A
L 8 Torts and Crimes in
Business 1
L 10-11 Business Organizations 5
L 12 Law of Sales lA
L 13 Trade Regulation iA
L 14-15 Rights in Private Prop-
erty 5
L 16 Taxes and Taxable In-
terests %A
Labor Relations
2^
L 18-19 Law of Financial Organ-
ization 5
L 20 Rights of Debtors and
Creditors lA
L 21 Government Regulation
of Business iA
A 5-6 Accounting Aids to
Management 5
Ec 1-2 Business Economics 5
M 1-2 Business and Industrial
Management 5
Electives (to be selected
subject to approval) 5
Total Semester Hours
Required for Degree 60
The courses and hours listed are those
offered in Boston. For courses available in
the Divisions in Worcester and Springfield,
consult the Divisional offices in those cities.
The normal period of attendance for this
program is four years, thirty-three weeks
each year, three evenings each week and
two hours each evening, except for those
who enter with advanced standing credit.
Those who wish to attend less than three
evenings a week may do so and take a
longer period of time to complete their
programs.
See notes at bottom of page 28.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
27
ENGINEERING AND
The Engineering and Business curriculum
offers basic training by combining funda-
mental engineering and business courses in
a six-year degree program. It provides
reliable training for those now engaged in
or who plan to enter positions of man-
agerial responsibility in industrial or com-
mercial enterprises where a scientific or
engineering background is required.
Many technically trained men find it
impossible to assume greater managerial
responsibility because they do not have a
knowledge of fundamental business prin-
ciples so essential in many of the better
positions in industry. On the other hand,
many business trained men are employed
in industrial plants where a scientific back-
ground is most desirable if not necessary
for advancement. This program has been
developed to serve both groups.
In Boston, the Engineering courses in
this program are given under the auspices
of an affiliated school of Northeastern Uni-
versity, the Lincoln Technical Institute,
which offers several four-year curricula in
Engineering leading to the title of Asso-
ciate in Engineering. The business courses
are conducted by the School of Business
which awards the degree of Bachelor of
Business Administration in Engineering
and Management.
The required business courses are largely
in the field of industrial management and
are designed to supplement the engineering
work of the student. A careful study is
made of the fundamental manufacturing
processes, factory organization, production
design, methods of production and produc-
tion control, and time and motion study.
Students pursuing a program of engi-
neering and business subjects ordinarily
complete the work required for the title of
BUSINESS PROGRAM
Associate in Engineering before starting
business study. The following minimum
credits and courses are required to meet
degree requirements.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
IN ENGINEERING AND
MANAGEMENT
Course
Numbers*
A
5-6
E
6
E
7,8
Ec
Ec
M
1-2
3-4
1-2
M
M
M
M
io
Subjects
Lincoln Technical
stitute courses
Accounting Aids to
Management
Business Reports and
Conferences
Business Readings or
T 3-4, Thesis
Business Economics
Financial Organization
Business and Industrial
Management
(May be offered for
credit toward the title
of Associate in Engi-
neering)
Principles of Production
Scientific Management
Purchasing
Industrial Management
Problems and Policies
Semester
Hours
In-
55 '
5
iy.
5
5
5
Occupational Experience 30
Total Semester Hours
Required for Degree 125
In the Worcester and Springfield Divisions,
more general programs with a mechanical
engineering major are offered. The degree
granted is the Bachelor of Business Ad-
ministration in Engineering and Business.
For more detailed information, consult
the special booklets issued by the Lincoln
Technical Institute in Boston or by the
Divisions in Worcester and Springfield.
See notes at bottom of page 28.
28
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND SINGLE COURSES
Special one-year, two-year, or longer pro-
grams may be arranged to meet the needs
of any student who does not find in the
regular programs offered by the School the
type of training desired.
Such programs must be approved by the
Dean and are made up only from courses
offered in the Evening Division of the Uni-
versity.
Any course may be taken singly or in
combination by those who have the neces-
sary preliminary training to pursue with
profit the course or courses selected.
Students should consult the schedules of
courses offered in Boston and in the Divi-
sions for a list of available courses. Full
credit may be allowed for any of these
courses, if the student taking a special
program desires to become a candidate for
a degree or title, provided the courses he
has pursued are a part of the degree or
title program chosen.
A Conference
group discuss-
es Manage-
ment Policies,
following an
analysis by
the Instructor
*A double number, as M 1-2 or A 7-8, indicates a full-year course covering both the first and second semesters.
A single course number, as A 11, indicates a half-year course covering only one semester. The letters indicate
the classification of the course as: A, Accounting; D, Distribution; Ec, Economics; E, English; L, Law; M,
Management.
**Students in the Management Programs desiring more accounting than the single course of Accounting
Aids to Management may elect both Introductory and Intermediate Accounting in lieu of Accounting Aids to
Management. If Accounting Aids to Management is taken, Introductory and Intermediate Accounting can-
not also be elected for credit, and vice versa.
ARRANGEMENT OF PROGRAMS
AND
SCHEDULE OF CLASSES
For the School Year
1940-1941
Evening Classes
for
Men and Women
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts
ARRANGEMENT OF PROGRAMS
The programs on this and the next page are outlined in order that the student may see
the approximate order of the various subjects. The School reserves the right to change the
order of courses when advisable, but in general they will be given in the order designated.
Courses marked with a (1) are offered in the first semester and those marked with a (2)
are offered in the second semester. All other courses run throughout the school year.
B.B.A. Degree Program in Accounting
Provides a thorough preparation for the C.P.A. Examination, general accounting work,
and for executive and administrative responsibilities. The degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration in Accounting is conferred upon completion of this program. Students
pursuing this program ordinarily attend three evenings each week throughout the school
year.
First Year
Introductory Accounting (1)
Intermediate Accounting (2)
Business English
Sxcond Year
Accounting Problems
Income Tax Procedure
Business Economics
Third Year
Advanced Accounting Problems
Cost Accounting
Financial Organization*
Fourth Year
Auditing (1)
Constructive Accounting (2)
C.P.A. Accounting Review
Legal Aspects of Business
Fifth Year
Credits and Collections
Business Reports and Conferences (1)
Public Speaking (2)
Government Controls in Business*
Sixth Year
Business Statistics and Forecasting
Elective ( 10 semester hours. See catalog)
Associate in Accounting Program
The first four years of the degree program described above constitute a practical and
intensive preparation for the C.P.A. Examination and for general accounting work. Stu-
dents completing this shorter program are awarded the title of Associate in Accounting.
B.B.A. Degree Programs in Management
The student in these programs obtains an understanding of business and industry so that
he can adapt himself readily to new situations as they arise and make needed adjustments
because of his ability to think analytically and soundly through actual problems. These
programs definitely aim to develop executive abilities. The degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration in Management is conferred upon the completion of these programs.
Students pursuing these programs ordinarily attend three evenings each week throughout
the school year, and may major in Merchandising or Industrial Management.
MERCHANDISING MAJOR
First Year
Business and Industrial Management
Marketing
Business English
Second Year
Business Economics
Accounting Aids to Management
Principles of Advertising (1)
Retail Store Advertising (2)
Third Year
Financial Organization*
Purchasing (2)
Psychology for Business and Industry (1)
Retail Store Management and Department Store
Administration
INDUSTRIAL MAJOR
First Year
Business and Industrial Management
Marketing
Business English
Second Year
Business Economics
Accounting Aids to Management
Principles of Production (1)
Scientific Management (2)
Third Year
Financial Organization*
Purchasing (2)
Psychology for Business and Industry (1)
Industrial Management Problems and Policies
Fourth Year
Legal Aspects of Business
Business Reports and Conferences (1)
Public Speaking (2)
Principles of Selling (1)
Sales Management (2)
Fifth Year
Government Controls in Business*
Business Planning and Research
Credits and Collections
Sixth Year
Business Statistics and Forecasting
Business Administration Seminar
Elective (S semester hours. See catalog)
Fourth Year
Legal Aspects of Business
Business Reports and Conferences (1)
Public Speaking (2)
Principles of Selling (1)
Sales Management (2)
Fifth Year
Government Controls in Business*
Business Planning and Research
Credits and Collections
Sixth Year
Business Statistics and Forecasting
Business Administration Seminar
Elective (5 semester hours. See catalog)
Associate in Business Administration Programs
Students completing the courses listed for the first four years of either of the degree
programs in Merchandising Management or Industrial Management will have acquired
a substantial background for executive work. Students completing either of these four-year
programs are awarded the title of Associate in Business Administration.
B.C.S. Degree Program in Law and Business Management
This program provides a sound basic knowledge of those principles of law and business
so essential for executive success. The degree of Bachelor of Commercial Science in Law
and Business Management is conferred upon the completion of this program. Students
pursuing this program ordinarily attend three evenings each week throughout the school
year.
First Year
Agents and Agencies (1)
Business Contracts
Business and Industrial Management
Insurance of Business Risks (2)
Torts and Crimes in Business (2)
Second Year
Business Organizations
Rights in Private Property
Business Economics
Third Year
Law of Sales* (1)
Trade Regulation *( 2 )
Taxes and Taxable Interests (2)
Labor Relations (1)
Accounting Aids to Management
Fourth Year
Law of Financial Organization*
Government Regulation of Business* (1)
Rights of Debtors and Creditors* (2)
Elective (5 semester hours. See catalog)
B.B.A. Degree Program in Engineering and Business
This program offers training for managerial responsibility in engineering, industrial,
and commercial enterprises where a scientific and business background is desired. The
required Engineering courses are offered in the Lincoln Technical Institute, a technical
school affiliated with and conducted by Northeastern University.
Students in this program may elect scientific courses in the following fields:
Aeronautical Engineering
Architectural Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Structural Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Individual student schedules are made in conference with the Deans of the Schools.
The degree of Bachelor of Business Administration in Engineering and Management is con-
ferred upon completion of this program.
(Information concerning this program will be mailed upon request.)
* Not offered in 1940-1941, but offered in 1941-1942. Where subjects are not offered in a given year, the
schedules are so arranged that students take alternate subjects without loss of time or program inconveniencs.
SCHEDULE OF CLASSES IN BOSTON
All classes meet from 7 P.M. to 9:05 p.m. with a five minute recess at 8 o'clock. Courses
marked with a (1) are offered during the first semester and those marked with a (2) are
offered in the second semester. All other courses run throughout the year.
Evening
Monday
Subject
Accounting Aids to Management
Agents and Agencies (1)
Business Statistics and Forecasting
Income Tax Procedure
Industrial Management Problems and Policies
Insurance of Business Risks (2)
Introductory Accounting ( 1 )
Intermediate Accounting (2)
Marketing
Torts and Crimes in Business (2)
Opening Date
September 16
September 23
September 16
September 16
September 16
April 14
September 23
February 3
September 23
February 10
Tuesday
Business Administration Seminar
Business Organizations
Credits and Collections
Legal Aspects of Business
Public Speaking (2)
September 17
September 17
September 17
September 17
January 28
Business Economics
Business and Industrial Management
C.P.A. Accounting Review
Wednesday Introductory Accounting (1)
Intermediate Accounting (2)
Labor Relations (1)
Taxes and Taxable Interests (2)
September 18
September 25
September 18
See Monday
See Monday
September 18
January 28
Accounting Problems
Advanced Accounting Problems
Business Contracts
Business English
Thursday Business Reports and Conferences (1)
Investment Principles and Practice
Psychology for Business and Industry (1)
Public Speaking (2)
Purchasing (2)
Friday
September 19
September 19
September 26
September 26
September 19
September 19
September 19
January 30
January 30
Auditing (1) September 20
Business Planning and Research September 20
Business English September 27
Constructive Accounting (2) January 24
Cost Accounting September 20
Economic Development of the V. S. (2) January 24
International Economic Relations September 20
Principles of Advertising (1) September 20
Principles of Production (1) September 20
Principles of Selling (1) September 20
Retail Store Advertising (2) January 24
Retail Store Management and Department Store
Administration September 20
Rights in Private Property September 20
Sales Management (2) January 24
Scientific Management (2) January 24
The University reserves the right to withdraw in any year any course for which less than twelve enroll-
ments have been received.
School of Business
Description of Qourses
|HE UNIVERSITY reserves the right
•J to withdraw, modify, or add to the
courses offered, or to change the order of
courses in curriculums as may seem ad-
visable.
The University further reserves the right
to withdraw in any year any elective or spe-
cial course for which less than twelve en-
rollments have been received. Regular stu-
dents so affected by such withdrawal will
be permitted to choose some other course.
In the case of special students a full refund
of all tuition and other fees will be made.
Students in Boston and in the Divisions
in Worcester, Springfield, and Providence
should consult the schedule of classes in the
respective city where they are to attend for
information as to courses given during the
present year.
All full-year courses are numbered with a
double consecutive number and all half-
year courses with a single number. The
letter or letters immediately preceding the
numbers indicate the classification of the
course. The number of class sessions in-
dicated for each course includes the final
examination session.
ACCOUNTING (A)
Applicants for admission to the School who have had experience in accounting or bookkeeping
or who have pursued systematic courses in institutions of less than college grade may take an
examination for placement purposes in Introductory Accounting. Those who pass this ex-
amination ivill be admitted to Intermediate Accounting and may substitute an elective course
in lieu of Introductory Accounting.
INTRODUCTORY ACCOUNTING
A 1-2 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit. No
previous knowledge of bookkeeping or account-
ing necessary.
This course provides basic instruction for those
who plan to specialize in accounting or for those
who wish to enroll later for more advanced
courses. Emphasis is placed upon proprietorship
accounts, including books of entry, statements,
business practices, adjustments, and an intro-
duction to partnership accounts. Drill and prac-
tice work are required for proficient handling of
simple accounting transactions.
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
A 3-4 Prerequisite: A 1-2, or the passing of a
placement examination. Thirty-three sessions;
5 hours' credit.
A study of partnership accounting, including
organization, dissolution, and liquidation of the
partnership, major emphasis being given to the
corporate form of accounts with special attention
to manufacturing and trading activities. In
addition to the drill and practice work on ac-
counting technique, a mastery of basic principles
of general accounting is required.
ACCOUNTING AIDS
TO MANAGEMENT
A 5-6 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit. No
previous knowledge of bookkeeping or account-
ing necessary.
A study of the broad background of account-
ing and business transactions so as to enable the
student to analyze and interpret intelligently
financial statements and other accounting re-
ports. The course demonstrates the use of ac-
counting in management and financial control.
Emphasis is placed on the development of ac-
counting fundamentals, preparation of financial
statements, corporation and manufacturing ac-
counts, evaluation of balance sheet items, an-
alysis and interpretation of financial statements
and other trends, and the use of accounting as
an aid to management.
ACCOUNTING PROBLEMS
A 7-8 Prerequisite: A 3-4 Thirty-three sessions;
5 hours' credit.
Develops power of analysis in utilizing ac-
counting data. Problems are used as the basis
for instruction and discussion to cover the more
advanced phases of financial statements and ac-
29
30
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
counts found in the more complex business or-
ganizations.
COST ACCOUNTING
A 9-10 Prerequisite: A 7-8 Thirty-three sessions;
5 hours' credit.
Acquaints the student with the relationship of
cost accounting to management and administra-
tion control and shows how adequate cost sys-
tems may further the intelligent management of
business enterprises. Numerous problems serve
as the basis for a study of the various account^
records, systems, and methods commonly used
in modern cost accounting.
AUDITING
A 11 Prerequisite: A 7-8 Seventeen sessions;
1% hours' credit.
Accounting facts and practices are analyzed
to determine whether or not they conform to
professional practice. The work of the auditor in
relationship to professional requirements, the
mechanics of auditing, and the preparation of
reports and certificates are studied.
INCOME TAX PROCEDURE
A 13-14 Prerequisite: A 3-4 Thirty-three ses-
sions; 5 hours' credit.
A detailed study is made of Federal and State
tax laws, their administration and application
to the incomes of individuals; partnerships,
corporations, and fiduciaries; treasury and tax
department regulations and rulings; and of the
decisions of the Board of Tax Appeals, and of
various Federal and State courts. Practice in
making out reports and returns, and a study of
the procedure of handling claims, form the basis
of applied instruction.
CONSTRUCTIVE ACCOUNTING
A 15 Prerequisite: A 7-8 Seventeen sessions; 2>£
hours' credit.
To acquaint students with the principles un-
derlying the construction of accounting systems
and the procedure of system installation. The
course is developed by means of problem projects
beginning with an analysis of the accounting
needs of a small business. By gradual steps
increasingly larger businesses are studied and ac-
counting systems developed to meet their needs.
Special attention is given accounting records in
relation to the expansion of the accounting
system.
A simple ac-
counting trans-
action is the
groundtvo rk
for proficiency
asaC.P. A.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
31
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
PROBLEMS
A 17-18 Prerequisite: A 7-8 Thirty-three ses-
sions; 5 hours' credit.
This course is designed primarily to meet the
requirements of those students who intend to
enter the accounting profession or to assume re-
sponsibilities in commercial accounting. Em-
phasis in this course is devoted to specialized
problems in connection with consolidations,
mergers, holding companies, and other more ad-
vanced and complicated accounting situations.
The course thoroughly prepares the student for
the C.P.A. Accounting Review in final prep-
aration for the State C.P.A. and American In-
stitute examinations.
DISTRIBU
C.P.A. ACCOUNTING
REVI EW
A 19-20 Prerequisites: A 9-10; A II; A 17-18;
L 1-2 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
This course provides a thoroughgoing and
complete review of accounting theory and prac-
tice, and is intended primarily for those who con-
template taking the C.P.A. examinations. Prac-
tice in the classroom is provided under substan-
tially the same conditions as exist in the C.P.A.
examination room. Carefully selected problems,
taken from C.P.A. examinations, in Accounting
Theory and Practice are worked out in the
classroom, and are supplemented by lectures,
demonstrations, and test questions.
TION CD)
Marketing enters into and influences every field of business and includes not only the direct
process of the sale of goods, but the whole organization by which goods find their way from the
original producer to the ultimate consumer. The change in the economic structure during the
past ten years growing out of higher standards of living, the development of new occupational
interests, and the shift of population to large cities, has tended to increase the cost of marketing
of goods. Just as the elimination of waste in production was the keynote of business fifteen years
ago, the reduction of expense and the introduction of more efficient methods in distribution are
the foremost thought of business leaders today. For this reason courses in marketing form one
of the basic elements in a business education.
MARKETING
D 1-2 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
An understanding of the various methods in
common use for selling goods, and of the typical
problems that arise in the course of distributing
goods from the manufacturer through the
middlemen and dealers to the consumers is pro-
vided. The selling problems of the manufac-
turer, the wholesaler, the retailer, and the
specialty agent are studied in relationship to the
various types of industries and commodities.
PRINCIPLES OF SELLING
D 3 Seventeen sessions; i]/i. hours' credit.
This course deals with the evolution of mod-
ern salesmanship, its history, development and
opportunities. The psychology of selling, prep-
aration for the interview, the proper approach,
arousing the buying urge, the meeting of sales
resistance, the closing of the sale and the
qualities of good salesmen are among the topics
discussed.
SALES MANAGEMENT
D 4 Seventeen sessions; 2^2 hours' credit.
This is a continuation of the course in the
Principles of Selling. It includes study of the
types of sales organizations, the work of sales
executives, sales planning and policies, sales
campaigns, management of the sales force,
financing of sales and the control of sales
operations.
PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING
D 5 Seventeen sessions; 2^ hours' credit.
A comprehensive course designed to familiar-
ize the student with the nature and scope of
advertising and its place in the commercial and
economic structure. History, definition, and
functions of advertising. Organization and func-
tions of advertising departments and advertising
agencies. Varieties of advertising and media.
Problems, market investigation, planning cam-
paigns. Laws, ethics, and regulations. A study of
the broader aspects of advertising with special
emphasis on current trends and developments.
RETAIL STORE ADVERTISING
D 7 Seventeen sessions; lyi hours' credit.
This course is devoted to the study of the
elements of retail advertising. The various
media used by retailers are considered with drill
in the preparation of copy therefor. A study is
made of institutional, straight merchandise, and
sales copy as exemplified in current advertising
of important retail concerns. The principles of
layout receive attention as well as the mechanics
of production including art work, plates, typog-
raphy and printing. The aim is to furnish a
practical foundation fitting students for a cre-
ative career in retail advertising.
32
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The efficient direction of goods to the consumer is the primary aim of business today
ENGLISH (E)
The value that comes from the effective use of good English in business reports and communi-
cations is being increasingly emphasized by business leaders. All students who are candidates
for the degree or certificate are required to pursue systematic courses in English. Those having
outstanding deficiencies may be required to take additional courses in English.
BUSI NESS ENGLISH
E 1-2 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
Efficient training is provided in the use of cor-
rect and forceful English for business purposes.
Practice in the construction of sales, collection,
credit and application letters, business articles,
reports and newspaper stories provides oppor-
tunities for written expression on business topics.
Study is devoted to the elements of logic as
related to the organization and expression of
thought. The course includes study of the funda-
mentals of sales promotion practice with special
emphasis on buying motives. Oral work in class
is intended to prepare students for participation
in business conferences and public meetings.
ADVANCED ENGLISH
E 3-4 Prerequisite: E 1-2 or equivalent. Thirty-
three sessions; t; hours' credit.
Literature of value and interest to business
men forms the basis of study and practice in
writing so as to develop an effective easy style
of expression. The student acquires a cultural
basis which will serve not only as a source of
entertainment in leisure hours but also an aid for
business communications.
PUBLIC SPEAKING
E 5 Seventeen sessions; 2}4 hours' credit.
Those who wish to speak convincingly, to
overcome self-consciousness, and to develop self-
confidence will find this course meeting their
needs. Students are trained in the selection and
organization of speech materials, the delivery of
the speech, and in other important essentials of
effective speaking. The entire course is practical
and not theoretical. Work is centered around the
interests and topics of business men and is
specifically adapted to their needs.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
33
BUSINESS REPORTS AND
CONFERENCES
E 6 Seventeen sessions; i}4 hours' credit.
This course is devoted to the preparation and
presentation of business reports and to the
techniques of planning for, participating in, and
conducting business conferences. These reports
and conferences are based upon business prob-
lems and situations. The nature of a thesis, the
selection of a subject, the preparation of an
outline, the collection and organization of data
are considered in this course. Students are
given the fullest possible opportunity to partici-
pate actively at each session.
BUSINESS READINGS
E 7 and E 8; i}4 hours' credit for each course.
The two courses in Business Readings are
designed to broaden the student's acquaintance
with selected writings in the field of business
and to introduce him to the real pleasure and
values that come from such reading. There are
no required lectures for these courses, each of
which carries two and one-half semester hours'
credit and for which a charge of ten dollars is
made.
At the beginning of the Upper Middler and
the Junior years, each degree candidate registers
for a Readings course and is furnished a list of
titles from which he makes selections for readings
in accordance with the course requirements.
Written reports are submitted on these readings,
and are due on or before registering for classes
the following year.
ECONOMICS (Ec)
Economics is the basic foundation upon which the general principles of business as a science
are founded. A mastery of the underlying economic laws enables the student to see clearly the
forces which business men must use in arriving at solutions to their problems. An appreciation
and understanding of economics is a necessary factor in the equipment of a progressive business
man.
BUSINESS ECONOMICS
Ec 1-2 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
The characteristics of modern business and
industry are studied in terms of their operations
and relationship to the modern economic system.
Economic laws and principles are considered in
terms of business conditions peculiar to our own
time and country and how these laws govern
prices, wages of labor, profits, credit, competi-
tion, work and working conditions, and rewards
for business enterprise.
The effective-
ness of a writ-
ten or spoken
ivord is one
measure of a
man's business
ability
34
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION
Ec 3-4 Prerequisite: Ec 1-2 Thirty-three ses-
sions; 5 hours' credit.
The functions and services of money and
credit as mediums of exchange are discussed. A
detailed study is made of the organization and
functions of modern financial institutions such
as commercial banks, trust companies, invest-
ment security houses, savings institutions, stock
exchanges, the Federal Reserve System, and
other credit and financial institutions.
INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES AND
PR ACTI CE
Ec 5-6 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
Consideration is given to the determination of
investment policies and to the analysis of various
kinds of securities such as types of bonds, pre-
ferred and common stocks, and their place and
use in the investment field. Attention is also
given to the economic factors and changes as
they affect investments.
BUSINESS STATISTICS AND
FOREC ASTI NG
Ec 7-8 Prerequisite: Ec 1-2 Thirty-three ses-
sions; 5 hours' credit.
The objective of this course is to train the
student to use statistics in making better an-
alyses of the business problems than is possible
without statistics. The point of view of the
business man and not the professional statisti-
cian is maintained throughout the study. In the
early part of the course the emphasis is placed
upon the necessary technical methods, using
business problems as illustrations; in the second
part of the course, the point of view is changed
and the emphasis is placed upon solving practical
problems, using statistical methods as tools when
necessary. The practical application of statistics
to business is directed toward business forecast-
ing, business budgeting, production and labor,
market analysis, investment and financial analy-
ses, and executive and management statistics.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF
THE UNITED STATES
Ec 9 Seventeen sessions; iy£ hours' credit.
A broad general survey is made of the eco-
nomic and industrial development of the United
States from the colonial period to the present
time. Emphasis is placed upon the origin and
development of American industries, changes in
industrial and commercial policies, economic
forces at work in business and social institutions,
and upon problems arising from the growth and
development of business and industry in the
United States.
LAW (L)
Underlying the ever increasing complexity of modern business is a growing body of law which
defines and directs business operations. Except for Legal Aspects of Business, all law courses
employ the case method of study used in the country's leading schools of law. The courses
listed below are available in Boston. For courses in law offered by the Divisions, con-
sult the Divisional Offices.
LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS
L 1-2 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
A study of the application of legal machinery
to the current needs and demands of modern
business for facilitating organization, credit,
finance, security or protection from risks,
marketing, and commercial and industrial peace.
The course also provides excellent preparation
for the law phase of the C.P.A. Examination.
BUSINESS CONTRACTS
L 4-5 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
Their importance to the business man in the
everyday conduct of his affairs; why contracts
are necessary, how they are made and enforced;
the subject matter of contracts, the rights and
liabilities of the parties, the effect of failure to
keep agreements, the effect of fraud, duress and
mistake; the termination of the contract re-
lationship.
AGENTS AND AGENCIES
L 6 Seventeen sessions; lyi hours' credit.
The importance of agents or business repre-
sentatives in present-day business; how they are
appointed; the legal relationships among agent,
employer and third parties; the duration of the
agency and the methods of terminating it.
INSURANCE OF BUSINESS RISKS
L 7 Eleven sessions; \}4 hours' credit.
The kinds of risks business men must assume
and how some of these risks may be shifted to
others; the formation and operation of insurance
contracts affecting such risks as fire, explosion,
transportation, theft, employer liability and in-
terruption of business.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
35
A section of
the University
Library
TORTSAND CRIMES IN BUSINESS
L 8 Nine sessions; i hour credit.
The responsibility of the business man for such
common torts and crimes as trespass, libel,
slander, deceit, nuisance and assault; precautions
that may be taken to minimize claims against
businesses arising from acts of the corporation,
its officers or its employees.
BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS
L io-ii Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
Problems of organizing various businesses; the
forms of business enterprises, such as sole owner-
ship, partnership, and the, corporation; the
powers and liabilities of business organizations
and their officers; inter-corporate problems;
rights of creditors and stockholders; problems of
reorganization and the termination of a business
organization's affairs.
LAW OF SALES
L 12 Seventeen sessions; il/2 hours' credit.
Formation of contracts to sell, the transfer of
property rights, documents of title, risk of loss,
rights and duties of buyer and seller, and
remedies of the buyer and seller.
TRADE REGULATION
L 13 Seventeen sessions; iyi hours' credit.
Fair competition, price regulation, disparage-
ment of competitor's goods, trade boycotts, trade
secrets, trade marks and trade names, tying con-
tracts, antitrust laws, the Federal Trade Com-
mission and other governmental agencies.
RIGHTS IN PRIVATE PROPERTY
L 14-15 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
The nature and extent of ownership in per-
sonal property and real estate; rights represented
by stock, bonds, patent rights and copyrights;
the acquisition of real estate, rights and liabilities
of owners, business leases, the landlord and ten-
ant relationship, the transfer of ownership.
TAXES AND TAXABLE INTERESTS
L 16 Seventeen sessions; 1^/2 hours' credit.
Legal aspects of taxes as they affect the con-
duct of business; kinds of taxes, such as property
taxes, excise taxes and income taxes; appeals of
taxpayers; the taxation of corporations.
LABOR RELATIONS
L 17 Seventeen sessions; lyi. hours' credit.
The legal relation of employer and employee;
the responsibility of employers for injuries,
compensation legislation; competitive labor
practices; unions, strikes, boycotts, blacklisting;
modern legislation.
LAW OF FINANCIAL
ORGANIZATION
L 18-19 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
Legal devices for raising money and extend-
ing credit, such as promissory notes, bills of
36
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
exchange, checks, trade acceptances, bills of
lading, warehouse receipts; suretyship, guaranty,
liens, conditional sales and mortgages.
RIGHTS OF DEBTORS
AND CREDITORS
L 20 Seventeen sessions; iyi hours' credit.
The property of the debtor which may be used
for payment of his debts; modes of collecting on
debtor's property; rights of creditors in bank-
ruptcy and other legal actions.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
OF BUSINESS
L 21 Seventeen sessions; 1% hours' credit.
Regulation of competition, problems of mon-
opoly, government bureaus and their operation,
trade practices, recent trends in state and
federal legislation. The powers and practices
of such regulative bodies as the Interstate Com-
merce Commission, the Federal Trade Com-
mission and the National Labor Relations Board
are studied in detail.
MANAGEMENT ( M)
With the complex and rapidly changing conditions of modern business, the functions of ad-
ministration and management must be clearly defined and maximum economies effected. Through
the problem approach, these courses train the student to supplant guesswork and trial and error
processes with organized knowledge and proven management methods. Courses designated
by the symbols M 3, M 4, M 6, and M 13-14 are offered in Boston only.
BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL
MANAGEMENT
M 1-2 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
An introductory survey of the whole field of
business and industrial administration with
special emphasis upon training the student in the
analysis of business and industrial problems.
The functions of the business and industrial ad-
ministrators are discussed with particular refer-
ence to the control policies and devices of the
manager. The course presents the problems of
business and industry as an interrelated whole
and helps the student to see the lines of study
which lead to solution of those problems.
PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION
M 3 Prerequisite: M 1-2 Seventeen sessions; l]/i
hours' credit.
A basic treatment of the fundamental manu-
facturing processes. Topics studied include:
factory organization, manufacturing and assem-
bly sequences, selection and coordination of
productive facilities, product design, inspection
and salvage.
SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT
M 4 Prerequisite: M 3 Seventeen sessions; 2.K
hours' credit.
The practical application of the principles of
scientific management to production problems.
The course embraces study in process research
including time and motion study, standardiza-
tion of materials, analysis of operations, methods
of production, and production control including
wage incentive systems.
PSYCHOLOGY FOR BUSINESS
AND INDUSTRY
M 5 Seventeen sessions; il/2 hours' credit.
Business psychology is the study of predicting
and influencing human behavior in business. It
provides an understanding of man's mental life,
of how the individual and the group behave and
are influenced in their behavior, and of how the
business man may predict and control his own
behavior and that of those with whom he works.
The study and analysis of the student's own
personal problems and behavior constitute a
valuable and interesting phase of the course.
PURCHASING
M 6 Seventeen sessions; lyi hours' credit.
A practical study of the functions and duties
of the purchasing agent, the organization and
administration of his department, and his re-
lations with other departments. The following
are representative of subjects discussed: the
purchasing function, qualifications of the pur-
chasing agent, selection of supply sources,
purchasing policies and budgets, cataloging in-
formation, testing and inspection of purchases,
and stores control.
CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS
M 7-8 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
This course furnishes instruction in the theory
of credit, the workings of a Credit Department,
whether in the wholesale or retail field, and in
the analysis and use of credit statements as aids
to efficient management.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
37
An apprecia-
tion of the
problems of
Management
fits Northeast-
ern men for
quicker ad-
vancement
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS AND POLICIES
M 9-10 Prerequisite: M 4 Thirty-three sessions;
5 hours' credit.
Co-ordination of the functional relationships
which exist between the different departments of
business with the problems affecting the deter-
mination of administrative and managerial poli-
cies is the purpose of this study. Special attention
is given to scientific management of industry and
business and to the co-crdination of production
with purchasing, sales, finance, and transporta-
tion. Cases and problems dealing with organiza-
tion and expansion, consolidation and combina-
tions, reorganizations, internal administration,
industrial and human relations, and govern-
mental control form the basis of discussion and
study.
RETAIL STORE MANAGEMENT
AND DEPARTMENT STORE
ADMINISTRATION
M 13-14 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
Devoted to a careful study and analysis of the
fundamental principles underlying the successful
operation of retail stores. Among the topics
treated are store location, types of store organ-
ization, merchandise control, store systems,
receiving, marking, delivering, expense control,
problems of general policy; the administrative
and executive problems of the larger retail
merchandising institutions; the organization and
operation of the various departments of depart-
ment stores including merchandising, operating,
publicity, customer service, internal service, and
personnel.
GOVERNMENT CONTROLS IN
BUSINESS
M 1 1-12 Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
A study of the economic and political rela-
tionships which exist between business and
government with particular emphasis upon the
work of the Interstate Commerce Commission
and the Federal Trade Commission; also other
government agencies including the U. S. De-
partments of Agriculture, Commerce, Labor,
and particularly the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Social as well as economic aspects of govern-
ment control will be considered.
BUSINESS PLANNING AND
RESEARCH
M 17-18 Prerequisite: Ec 7-8 Thirty-three ses-
sessions; 5 hours' credit.
This course is devoted primarily to a study of
economic and business planning and to the
technique of research and study in relationship
to planning. The fundamental principles under-
lying the solution of research problems will be
analyzed and students will be required to apply
those principles to specific problems involving
planning and research.
38
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
SEMINAR
M 19-20 Prerequisites: A 5-6, D 1-2, Ec 3-4,
Ec 7-8. Thirty-three sessions; 5 hours' credit.
This course provides the unique opportunity
to use the information acquired from other
courses in an intelligent intimate discussion of
live current problems which arise daily in mar-
keting, production, and finance, with notes as to
social significance. Emphasis is placed on the
translation of problems out of the academic
book atmosphere into the personal terms in
which these problems must be met in business
life and solved. Work is conducted upon a
prepared individual conference basis.
THESIS (T)
BACHELOR'S DEGREE THESIS
T 3-4, 5 hours' credit.
Each candidate for the B.B.A. degree may
submit a thesis or the Business Readings reports.
The conditions to be fulfilled in connection with
a thesis are:
1. The selection of the subject, preparation of
the outlines, and the collection of data must
be worked out in accordance with the require-
ments of the Committee on Theses.
2. Two typewritten copies of the completed
thesis must be presented to the Dean, or the
Director in the Divisions, not later than
March 15 of the year in which the candidate
expects to graduate.
The thesis is expected to meet the equivalent
of the work required in a full-year course. It
is expected to give evidence that its writer
has made a thorough study of the subject or
problem selected, that he has marshaled the
data in a businesslike manner, and has given
evidence of his ability to reach sound and
reasoned conclusions, and to present his
findings in clear and convincing terms.
OCCUPATIONS
The School considers that the knowledges,
skills, and experiences acquired in the full-time
employment of its students are the equivalent
in many respects to the work carried on in a
laboratory. For this reason all members of the
three upper classes who expect to qualify for
the Bachelor of Business Administration degree
must meet the occupational experience require-
ments listed below.
In order that this occupational experience
may have the maximum educational value, the
School maintains a Department of Vocational
Guidance and Placement under the supervision
of a competent Director. It is the responsibility
of this Department to assist those students:
a. who need advice and guidance about em-
ployment in business.
1). who are unemployed and need placement
service, and
c. who are already employed but need to
change their present employment connec-
tions in order to obtain the greatest possible
benefit from their training and experience.
There is no tuition charge for the occupational
courses listed below, even though they are re-
quired for the degree. Furthermore, all services
of the Department of Vocational Guidance and
Placement are without charge to the student.
ELEMENTARY OCCUPATIONS
O 1-2 10 hours' credit.
In this course students are required to meet
with the Director of Vocational Guidance and
Placement in groups or individually as he may
direct, and to submit in the Upper Middler year
a complete and detailed record of their em-
ployment for the college year. This report is one
factor in evaluating the occupational experience
credit of the student.
INTERMEDIATE OCCUPATIONS
O 3-4 10 hours' credit.
A continuation of O 1-2. Continuing guidance
under the supervision of the Director of Voca-
tional Guidance and Placement. Consideration
of psychological and economic factors affecting
vocations; vocational objectives. A complete
report of the employment of the Junior year is
required.
ADVANCED OCCUPATIONS
O 5-6 10 hours' credit.
A critical consideration of the student's pres-
ent employment in the light of present-day
occupational trends. Individual conferences
with a view to vocational adjustments, if deemed
desirable. A complete report of the employment
of the Senior year is required.
School of Business
General Information
CLASSROOMS AND
LI BRARI ES
The classrooms are furnished with modern
equipment and are thoroughly adapted to
evening school work. Improvements in
classroom facilities are constantly being
made to meet the needs of the student
body.
In connection with the General Library
of the University in Boston a special sec-
tion is devoted to books on business sub-
jects. In addition, the leading trade and
business magazines are available for student
use. Additions are constantly being made
to the business section of the Library in
recognition of the new demands for busi-
ness education and research. The reading
rooms of the Library are open from 8.45
a.m. to 10 p.m. daily, Sundays from 1 p.m.
to 9 p.m., holidays 12 m. to 9 p.m.
All members of the School in Boston are
entitled to the privilege of using the Boston
Public Library including the Business
Branch at 20 City Hall Avenue. The same
privilege is accorded students in the Divi-
sions for the use of the libraries in their
respective cities.
Appreciable libraries to which additions
are constantly being made are available
in the Divisions at Worcester, Springfield,
and Providence.
TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES
The Northeastern University Bookstore is
a department of the University and is op-
erated for the convenience of the student
body. All books and supplies which are re-
quired by the students for their work in the
University may be purchased at the Book-
store. In addition, the Bookstore also
carries a large number of general supplies.
In Boston the main store is situated in the
basement of the West Building.
In the Divisions, stores are located adja-
cent to the School Offices.
RECREATION AND OTHER
ACTIVITIES
Men who are employed in offices or indoor
occupations and who are pursuing a strenu-
ous evening program of study should plan
to take some systematic form of exercise in
order that they may not impair their health
and that they may do the most effective
work.
Northeastern University is particularly
fortunate in being able to place at the dis-
posal of its students at moderate rates
unexcelled recreational advantages. The
Y.M.C.A. buildings have facilities in the
nature of gymnasiums, swimming pools,
bowling alleys, billiard rooms, game rooms,
and social rooms where students obtain
recreational privileges to their liking. Stu-
dents may come from their work at the
close of the day to the university building
and enter a gymnasium class, take a swim,
use the bowling alleys, or engage in other
recreational pastimes before class time and
thus renew their energy for the evening's
work.
In addition, in the program of the various
Young Men's Christian Associations will be
found ample opportunities for religious,
club, and other social activities.
Women students in the Worcester Divi-
sion enjoy corresponding privileges at the
Y.W.C.A.
STUDENT COUNCI L
The social and extra-curricular life of the
School is in charge of Student Councils
consisting of representatives from each
class or school group. In addition to
arranging for occasional social affairs,
special lectures, and meetings, the council
represents the interests of the student
body. The faculty and the officials advise
with the council in reeard to school Dolicies.
39
40
GENERAL INFORMATION
HONOR FRATERNITY
Sigma Epsilon Rho, the honor fraternity
in the School of Business, has chapters in
Boston and Providence. Its purposes are:
1 To promote acquaintance and good
fellowship among those men who have
attained highest scholastic standing in
the School.
2 To stimulate the student body to higher
scholastic accomplishment through the
bearing, influence, and work of these
selected men.
3 To develop methods of mutual improve-
ment and advancement among the mem-
bers of this fraternity.
4 To support high moral, professional and
scholastic ideals.
Only students with honor standing are
admitted to the fraternity. Admission is
by invitation, after nomination by the
School faculty.
In Boston an outstanding business book
is awarded each year by Sigma Epsilon
Rho Fraternity to the highest ranking
student for that year in each of the Sopho-
more, Lower Middler, Upper Middler, and
Junior Classes. Students will receive the
award only in the event that they enroll for
the subsequent year.
SCHOLARSHIPS, AWARDS,
AND LOAN FUNDS
IN BOSTON
The following scholarships and awards are
available to students enrolled for a normal
schedule of fifteen or more semester hours
of class work who are pursuing a degree or
certificate program in the School of Busi-
ness in Boston. One-fourth of the scholar-
ship is applied to the tuition of the recipient
at each quarterly payment.
School of Business Honor Awards
A half tuition scholarship award is made
each year to the highest ranking student of
that year in the Junior, Upper Middler,
Lower Middler, Sophomore and Freshman
classes, who re-enrolls the following year
for a normal schedule of study.
A quarter tuition scholarship award is
made each year to the second highest rank-
ing student of that year in the Junior,
Upper Middler, Lower Middler, Sopho-
more and Freshman classes, who re-en-
rolls the following year for a normal
schedule of study.
To be eligible for either a half or a quarter
tuition honor award, a student entering the
School with advanced standing credit, ex-
cept by examination, must have completed
at least thirty semester hours of class-
room work at the time the award is made.
The Clarkson-Alumni Scholarship
This scholarship, made available through
the generosity of the Alumni Association of
the School of Business in Boston, is in
memory of George S. Clarkson, a member
of the Class of 1914 and an instructor in
accounting for many years. This scholar-
ship, which is indeterminate in amount, is
granted to the student who obtains the
highest final grade in the course in Auditing
unless he is eligible for an award of greater
monetary value in which event the Clark-
son-Alumni award will be made to the
highest ranking student in Auditing who is
not eligible for such an award. To be
eligible for this scholarship the student
must pursue a normal schedule the follow-
ing year.
Kappa Tau Phi Scholarship
This scholarship award, amounting to
thirty dollars, is made available by the
Kappa Tau Phi Sorority. It is granted
annually to the woman student who ranks
highest in her class at the end of the
Sophomore year unless she is eligible for
an award of greater monetary value in
which event the award will be made to the
highest ranking woman student who is not
eligible for such an award. To be eligible
for this scholarship the student must pur-
sue a normal schedule the following year.
In determining this award grades of all
courses completed in the Freshman and
Sophomore years shall be considered.
Alumni Loan Fund
The Alumni Association of the School of
Business in Boston has provided a loan fund
which is available to students in the Senior
and Junior classes in Boston who are in need
of financial assistance in order to continue
their studies. Applications for loans should
GENERAL INFORMATION
41
be addressed to the Dean of the School.
All applications must be approved by the
Alumni Loan Fund Committee.
School of Business Loan Fund
By vote of the Student Council a part
of the Student Activities fees for i 937-1938
was set aside to provide a loan fund which
is available to students temporarily in
need of small loans for tuition or other
School charges. Students needing assist-
ance from this fund should confer with the
Dean who administers it.
IN SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
The following scholarship and loan funds
are available to students applying for, or
admitted to, curricula offered by the
Springfield Division of the University:
Junior Scholarship
A scholarship of $25 applicable to tuition
of the next year is awarded annually at
Commencement to that student of the
Junior Class who has made the highest
average grade in all courses from his Fresh-
man to Junior years inclusive. The
scholarship is donated by Delta Chapter of
the Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity.
Middle Scholarship
A scholarship of $25 applicable to tuition
of the next year is awarded annually
at Commencement to that student of the
Middle Class, School of Law, or to the
Lower Middle Class, School of Business,
who has made the highest average grade
in all courses of the first three years. The
scholarship is donated by Sigma Nu
Upsilon Sorority.
Sophomore Scholarship
A scholarship of $25 applicable to tuition
of the next year is awarded annually at
Commencement to that student of the
Sophomore class who has made the highest
average grade in all courses of the first two
years. The scholarship is donated by
Alpha Chapter of the Epsilon Phi Sigma
Fraternity.
Freshman Scholarships
Awards in multiples of twenty dollars
toward Freshman tuition are available to
applicants for admission. They are made
upon the basis of academic excellence for,
and at the termination of, the required
previous academic training. One of these
is granted to that student who, of the first
ten in average for the school or college, as
the admission requirement may necessitate,
shall stand highest of the number from
that institution who applied for admission
in the subsequent fall to Northeastern
University, Springfield Division.
Student Aid Fund
A limited fund originated by thoughtful
undergraduates, augmented by certain
faculty support, and the balance in a given
year from student activities fees, from
which meritorious students may obtain
loans from time to time for tuition usage.
It is administered by the Director of the
Division. Applications for aid should be
made through the Bursar.
IN WORCESTER DIVISION
Freshman Scholarships
Awards of $50 toward Freshman tuition
are available to graduates of several Wor-
cester County high schools. They are made
upon the basis of academic excellence for,
and at the termination of, the full second-
ary school course. One of these is granted
to that student who, of the first five in
average for the school course, shall stand
highest of the number from this group
who anticipate admission the subsequent
fall to Northeastern University, Worcester
Division.
Sophomore Scholarship
A scholarship of $50 is awarded at Com-
mencement to that student of the Sopho-
more class who has made the highest
average grade in all courses of the first two
years, and who returns for the third year.
The scholarship is applied toward the pay-
ment of the tuition of that year.
Senior Honor Award
An award of $10 is made annually at
Commencement to that student of the
Senior class who has made the highest
average grade in all courses from his Fresh-
man to his Senior years, inclusive. This
award is subject to certain regulations on
file with the Governing Board of the
Division.
School of Business
Administrative Policies
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
All applicants whose credentials are ap-
proved by the Committee on Admissions,
and who are admitted for degree or other
programs are classified as regular or con-
ditioned students.
1 Regular Students**
Applicants for admission as regular
students must present evidence of the
completion of an approved secondary
school course, or the equivalent 15
units.*
2 Conditioned Students**
Applicants at least 21 years of age or
those who will attain their twenty-
first birthday during the college year
and who do not meet the require-
ments for admission as regular stu-
dents may be admitted as conditioned
students provided they present satis-
factory evidence of ability to profit
by the work of the School.
Conditioned stud~nts may remove
their admission conditions and be
reclassified as regular students by
using a, b, c, or a combination of a
and b.**
a. By applying courses which they
have completed in the School of
Business or in another approved
college or university at the rate of
one unit for each two and one-half
semester hours. A course cannot
be credited both for the removal
of admission conditions and for the
degree.
b. By applying units for work com-
pleted in an approved secondary
school, or for work certified by an
accredited certifying agency.
By action of the Committee on
Admissions based upon all factors
affecting the achievement and
ability of the student in the School,
when the student shall have com-
pleted the first thirty semester
hours of work in his program; pro-
vided this work shall have been
completed in not less than three
years of attendance and with an
average grade of not less than
70%. All conditioned students
are required to take prescribed
aptitude tests during the first
year of attendance. These tests,
for which no specific preparation
can be made, are designed to test
intellectua' capacity and general
fitness for college work rather than
preparation in the specific sub-
ject matter of a secondary school
program.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing credit in the School
may be obtained in one or both of two ways,
as follows:
1 By Transfer of Credit. Subject to the
approval of the Administrative Commit-
tee, credit may be given for work com-
pleted in other approved schools, col-
leges, and universities. Applicants
desiring credit by transfer should indi-
cate their desire at the time the applica-
tion for admission is filed. A copy of the
*A unit represents a year's work in any subject in any approved secondary school constituting approximately
a quarter of a full year's work, or the equivalent. A four-year day high school course is regarded as representing
at least 15 units of work, or 3 units in junior high school and 12 units in a three-year senior high school.
**For additional requirements for the Engineering and Business curriculum in the Worcester and Springfield
Divisions, consult special bulletins or the Divisional offices.
42
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICIES
43
catalog of the institution from which
the transfer is sought should accompany
the application for admission.
2 By Examination. Applicants who desire
to secure Advanced Standing Credit by
examination are required to apply in
writing for examination in those sub-
jects for which credit is sought. Proper
forms should be obtained from the
School Office and filed at the time the
application for admission is filed. Appli-
cations for examinations are approved
by the Committee on Administration
who will take into account previous
training, business experience, and other
factors showing the applicants' special
preparation and ability in the subject
or subjects in which credit is sought by
examination.
A grade of 75% must be obtained in
an examination in order to secure
advanced standing credit for the subject.
Upon successfully passing an examina-
tion, the applicant is given full credit as
though the subject had been pursued in
the School.
The same subject cannot be offered
both for admission credit and as a basis
for advanced standing.
REGISTRATION
Before attending classes, students should
report at the School Office for registration.
Students are requested to assist in lessening
congestion during the opening week by
registering during the two weeks previous
to the opening of the School.
Late registration for those unable to
enter at the opening of the School year will
be permitted at the discretion of the Dean,
or the Director in the case of the Divisions.
CLASS SESSIONS
In Boston, Worcester, and Springfield
classes are held each evening of the week
except Saturday. In Providence, classes
are held on Monday, Wednesday, and
Friday evenings. The normal schedule for
students pursuing a degree, title, or certificate
program is three evenings a week. Students
may arrange their schedules so as to attend
classes one, two, three, or four evenings a week
depending upon the number of subjects taken.
Students interested in the schedule of
classes of any particular city should apply
to the office of the school in the city in
which they expect to attend.
NOTIFY THE OFFICE
IMMEDIATELY
Of change of address.
Of withdrawal from any course — other-
wise the fee for that course will be charged.
Of withdrawal from the School, giving
date of the last session attended.
ATTENDANCE
The limited amount of time devoted to each
subject and the rapid rate of progress in
covering the essential content of a course
make it highly desirable that students be
present at every session. Because of the
importance of regular attendance and its
bearing upon the quality of scholarship, the
policies governing attendance are:
1 Students who attend 75% or more ses-
sions in a course are entitled to pass in
that course if they attain a minimum
final grade of D.
2 Students who attend between 50% and
74% of the sessions in a course are en-
titled to pass in that course if they attain
a minimum final grade of C. Those who
do not attain the minimum required
grade of C may remove the condition
only by means of a make-up examination
in which they must receive a mark
sufficient to raise the course grade to C.
3 Students who attend less than 50% of
the sessions in a course will be considered
ineligible to take the final examination
or to receive any credit for the course.
4 Attendance credit is granted only when
the student is in attendance at least
three-quarters of the class period. Three
separate absences of less than 30 minutes
each constitute one complete absence
unless such partial absences are canceled
by satisfactory excuses.
44
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICIES
OUTSIDE PREPARATION
It is expected that students will devote on
the average two hours to preparation for
each hour spent in the classroom. A stu-
dent carrying a normal program of three
evenings a week will, therefore, be expected
to devote to outside preparation an average
of eleven to twelve hours a week. Some
courses require more time for preparation
than others.
REGULAR EXAMINATIONS
The general policies governing regular
examinations are:
1 A final examination will be held at the
end of each course unless an announce-
ment to the contrary is made.
2 The minimum passing grade in a regular
final examination is D.
3 In case a student is excused from a final
examination by the Administrative
Committee, he may take the next regu-
lar or conditioned examination in the
subject. The student who fails to
complete a course within one year from
the termination of that course must
repeat the course, except that in special
cases for justifiable cause, the Adminis-
trative Committee may waive this rule.
4 The student who has received a passing
mark in a final examination and in a
course may not take another examina-
tion for the purpose of raising his grade
unless he repeats the course in its
entirety.
CONDITIONED
EXAMINATIONS
The following policies govern re-examina-
tions:
1 Permission for taking a make-up exam-
ination is dependent upon the quality of
the work which the student has done
throughout the course and is a privilege
which the Administrative Committee
may grant to students who have received
an E grade or an incomplete (Inc.).
2 The conditioned or make-up examina-
tions are given in September. Students
should consult the School Office for the
specific dates of each examination.
3 Only one make-up examination in any
given subject is allowed for the purpose
of removing a conditional failure.
4 A make-up examination for purposes of
removing a conditioned or incomplete
grade must be taken within the next
school year. In such cases students may
take either the examination at the con-
ditioned examination period or the final
examination when next given if within a
period of one year. A fee of $2 is
charged for each School of Business
examination taken out of course.
5 A minimum grade of 65% is required on
each make-up examination unless a high-
er minimum is specified by the Adminis-
trative Committee.
6 Whatever grade the student obtains on
the make-up examination is credited as
the final examination grade, but in no
case can the final grade in the course be
more than 70% except in the case of
students who have been excused from
taking the regular final examination.
TESTS
Four tests in full-year courses and two tests
in half-year courses are regularly scheduled.
These tests are regarded as a part of the
term or course work. Since no make-up
tests are given, students who miss a test
should confer with their instructors re-
garding their status.
MARKS AND CREDITS
1 The following system of grading is in
use:
Superior Work, A; Above Average
Work, B; Average Work, C; Lowest
Passing Grade, D; Unsatisfactory Work,
E; Failure, F; Incomplete, Inc.
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICIES
45
Students receiving an E, or unsatisfac-
tory work grade, in an examination or as a
final grade in the course, may remove the
unsatisfactory grade by taking a make-up
examination when it is next given, or at the
time of the conditional examinations in
September. The minimum passing grade
of 65% is required on the make-up exami-
nation, unless a higher minimum is desig-
nated. In no case will a student taking a
make-up examination be allowed more than
a C for a final grade even though a higher
grade may be obtained.
The policy is followed of mailing all grade
and status reports to students instead of
issuing these reports at the School Office or
over the telephone.
2 A passing grade in a final examination as
well as a passing final grade in the course
is necessary in order to receive credit in
the course.
3 Credit for one-half of a full-year course
is not generally given, and in any event
only upon approval by the Dean in
advance of beginning the course.
4 In order to qualify for a degree, title, or a
certificate the student must maintain a
general average of C for the entire pro-
gram. This is not interpreted to mean
that each course must be passed with a
grade of C, but that the average of all
courses must be at least C. Grades of
courses credited by transfer or by
examination are not included in com-
puting averages.
GRADUATION WITH HONORS
Honors are based upon the excellence of the
work performed by the students in the
School. Three honorary distinctions are
conferred upon properly qualified candi-
dates for the bachelor's degree upon grad-
uation:
1 Highest honors to those who have com-
pleted all work with an average of 95%
with no grade less than C.
2 High honors to those who have com-
pleted all work with an average of 90%
with no grade less than C.
3 Honors to those who have completed all
work with an average of 85% with no
grade less than C.
These honors are subject to further con-
ditions as follows:
1 To be entitled to honors a student must
have completed a minimum of two full
years of study in the School.
2 Courses credited by advanced standing
whether by transfer or by examination
will be eliminated in determining honors.
PROBATION AND
DISCIPLINE
The Administrative Committee in dealing
with students whose work in the School
may be unsatisfactory or whose conduct is
such as to make it inadvisable for them to
continue as members of the student body,
considers each case upon its individual
merits. The following general principles are
kept in mind in handling such cases:
1 Students whose scholarship in any given
year is unsatisfactory may be dropped
from the School or may be placed on pro-
bation with the privilege of spending a
year in review.
2 When a student is placed on probation,
the probation is formally imposed for a
definite time and can only be extended
by approval of the Administrative Com-
mittee.
3 The Administrative Committee has the
authority to dismiss from the School or
place on probation at any time or to
strike off from the list of candidates for
the degree, any student whom it may
deem unworthy either on account of un-
satisfactory scholarship or for any great
defect of conduct or character. The
Committee may ask any student to with-
draw from the School who is obviously
out of sympathy with the aims and ideals
of the School.
School of Business
Tuition and Other J^ees
MATRICULATION FEE
The University matriculation fee of $5
must accompany the initial application for
admission to the University. This fee is
not refundable.
TUITION FEES
Tuition fees for courses in the School of
Business are based on a charge of $>8 a
semester hour.
Complete Programs
A student carrying a normal program of
three full-year courses throughout the
school year will complete fifteen semester
hours of work for which the charge is $120.
This charge is payable in four payments of
$30, the first being due during the opening
week of school and the other three during
the weeks of November 18, January 20,
and March 10.
Single Courses
The charge for each half-year course
carrying two and one-half semester hours'
credit is $20, payable in two payments of
$10, and for each full-year course carrying
five semester hours' credit, $40, payable in
four payments of $10, except that payment
for any course completed in one semester
must be made during the semester in which
the course is completed.
Deferred Payment Privilege
Students who would be denied the ad-
vantages of a systematic education if re-
quired to meet the tuition payments in
the manner specified above, may make
other payment arrangements with the
Dean, if attendance is in Boston, or with
the proper Divisional officer, if attendance
is in one of the Divisions. A nominal
charge is made for this service.
Courses in Other Departments of
the University
School of Business students assigned to
courses in other departments of the Uni-
versity are charged the tuition rates and
other fees effective in the departments to
which they are assigned.
LATE REGISTRATION
No reduction in tuition is made for late
registration. A student is neither entitled to
classroom privileges nor considered as regis-
tered and enrolled until tuition due has
been paid or satisfactory arrangements
made in person with the Dean, if attend-
ance is in Boston, or with the proper
Divisional officer, if attendance is in one
of the Divisions.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES FEE
An activities fee is charged all students on
the following basis:
$1 for students enrolled for courses not
exceeding five semester hours.
$2 for students enrolled for courses ex-
ceeding five semester hours.
The fee is payable during the opening
week in September. Students registering in
the second semester pay the fee at the time
of registration. It is administered by the
University authorities in the interest of the
students, and is used primarily to promote
extra-curricular activities.
OTHER FEES
A fee of $1 is charged for each make-up
examination or advanced standing exam-
ination. This fee must be paid on or before
the date of the examination.
A fee of $10 is charged for each of the
Business Readings courses. One half is
payable with the September tuition pay-
46
TUITION AND OTHER FEES
47
ment and one half with the January tuition
payment. This fee applies only to those
who elect to submit Business Readings in
lieu of a thesis, and is payable ordinarily
during the Upper Middler and Junior years.
A thesis fee of $20 is required of all de-
gree candidates who elect to write theses.
This fee is payable upon presentation of the
thesis which is due not later than March 15
of the year in which the student expects to
receive the degree.
The University graduation fee, charged
to those who are candidates for a degree, is
$10, payable on or before May 1st of the
year in which the student expects to grad-
uate. A fee of $5 is charged to all candi-
dates for a title or certificate and is payable
on or before May 1st of the year the pro-
gram is to be completed.
EXPENSE FOR BOOKS AND
MATERIALS
Students purchase their own textbooks
and working materials. The cost varies
according to the subjects for which the stu-
dent is enrolled. The average cost for a
normal program of three subjects is about
$13, with a maximum of approximately $20.
The textbooks for single courses range
from $1.25 to $5.
GENERAL FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
Checks should be drawn payable to North-
eastern University.
Students who have withdrawn from a
course for good cause and who are per-
mitted to repeat it are credited with the
tuition previously paid on that course, pro-
vided they re-enroll for the same course
within the next two college years. The
credit cannot be applied, however, until the
balance due on the course has been paid.
Students are not permitted to attend
class sessions or take any examinations or
tests until they have paid their tuition tees
or have made satisfactory arrangements
for payments.
Students will not be advanced in class
standing, or permitted to re-enroll in the
University, nor will degrees be conferred
until all financial obligations to the Univer-
sity have been met.
No certificate of honorable dismissal will
be issued to any student who has not fully
met his financial obligations to the Univer-
sity.
WITHDRAWALS AND
REFUNDS POLICY
In the event a student is obliged to with-
draw from the School in which he is en-
rolled for causes deemed adequate by the
Committee on Withdrawals, the balance of
the tuition paid after the following deduc-
tions have been made will be refunded:
a. Four per cent of the total yearly tui-
tion charge shall be deducted for each
week of attendance or fraction thereof,
in the event of enrollment for a full
school year.
b. Ten per cent of the total tuition
charged shall be deducted for each
week of attendance or fraction thereof,
in the event of enrollment for a semes-
ter.
The amount of tuition to be charged in
the case of withdrawals shall be computed
as indicated under a and b above from the
date of each quarterly payment.
Matriculation, examination, thesis, and
other fees are not refundable except that
graduation and certificate charges will be
refunded in case of non-qualification.
No refunds are granted unless the appli-
cation for withdrawal is filed within forty
five days after the student has ceased at-
tendance.
School of Business
T)egrees (Conferred in 1 93 9
Robert Frederick. Anderson-
Arthur Olaf Carlsen
Everett Dale Cookson
Thomas Henry Duffy, Jr.
James Theadore Dwyer
Edward Cuthbert Emslie
James Henry Hunter
Mary Catena LoVerme
Otto Carlson Mason
Paul Joseph Mason
Robert William Cherry
BOSTON
Bachelor of Business Administration
Adam Alfred Mednts
William Sydney Michael
Achilles Charles Penna
William John Penna
Ellis Merton Purinton
Francis Joseph Schaefer
George Haven Sharp
Leverett Glading Stanley
Louis Weiner
T H HONOR
Adelbert Joseph Gascon
Robert Norman Arick
Joseph Feldman
WORCESTER DIVISION
Bachelor of Business Administration
Roger Andrew Palmgren
Harold Gardner Russell
SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
Bachelor of Business Administration
Jeanette Gladys Berman
Leon Drayton Chapin, Jr.
Deane Stanley Clark
Edmund Francis Daborowski
Violet Lillian Desilets
Edward Raymond Dupuis
Russell Edward Kraft
Harold Arthur LeDuc
Robert Donald Gourlie
John Raymond Lester
Mildred Mae Lezinski
Stanley Clifford Mathison
Joseph Wtilliam Murphy
Kenneth Francis Nolan
John Herbert Riffelmacher
Ernest Carl Swanson
Stephen William Warwick
WITH HONOR
Philip Hotchkiss Porter
Charles William Galiano
Malcolm Arthur Newton
Elliot Revkin
Richard Melvin Rogers
PROVIDENCE DIVISION
Bachelor of Business Administration
Arthur Joseph Rousseau
Joseph Shorr
Randall William Tucker
Oliver Septer Wilbur
48
School of Business
Ttegister of Students, ipjp-^O
Allardice, George M.
Allen, Russell C.
Anderson, A. Sherwood
Anderson, Ellen K.
Anderson, Frank T.
Anderson, Fred L.
Anderson, James W.
Anderson, Roy C. A.
Andreasian, Grace D.
Andrews, Leon E.
Antonelli, Joseph C.
Antonelli, Pasquale
B.S., Northeastern University
Ash, Melvin H.
Ash, Virginia G.
Babin, Edward J.
Bain, William R.
Baker, Harry D.
Baker, Muriel
Balch, Edward S.
Band, Channon
Bankoff, Edward W.
Banks, Harold V.
Barbato, Alphonse W.
Barnett, Louis H.
Barrese, Edwin G.
Barrett, Frank A., Jr.
Bartholomew, David E.
Barton, Charles S.
Beaton, Arthur K.
Beckett, Arthur E.
Belshunas, Ann M.
Belt, Marjorie E.
Benedict, William C, Jr.
Berkowitz, Melvin
Berlin, Morry S.
Beyer, Frederick A., Jr.
Bielawski, Edmund J.
Bimbo, Sabino C.
Blair, Belmont A.
Boetje, Gerard H.
Bolter, Harry G.
Booker, Forace L.
Borison, Melville
Bornstein, Barnet
Bouck, Delbert
Bowers, Harold B.
Bowes, Frederick T.
Bowler, Arthur W.
Bradford, Ray E.
Brennan, John J.
LL.B., Northeastern University
Breslin, Francis J.
Brick, Harry A.
Bridgham, Albert F.
Brodecki, Andrew A.
Brooke, David R.
Brooks, Richard W.
Brooks, Thomas W.
Brown, David N.
Brown, Joseph J.
Brown, Milo F., Jr.
Buck, John G.
Bunten, Andrew D.
Burnett, Lester J.
Burns, John E.
Burrell, Arthur E.
Burton, Lloyd P.
Bush, Allen B.
Buttrick, William R.
BOSTON
Boston
Cadigan, Francis X.
Dorchester
Lexington
Cadigan, Joseph W.
Boston
Belmont
Callahan, Francis J.
Somerville
Norwood
Callender, Robert S., Jr.
Boston
Medford
Carboney, Lawrence F.
Newton Center
Beverly
Carlson, Ralph F.
Watertown
North Scituate
Carroll, Alfred S.
Wellesley Hills
Hyde Park
Casavant, Robert H.
Beverly
Lynn
Casperson, John H.
Readville
Southboro
Cavanaugh, John W.
Newtonville
Newton
Cave, Eleanor S.
Dedham
Boston
Chalfin, John
Dorchester
Chase, Harry C.
North Quiney
Woburn
Chod, Stanley J.
Boston
Woburn
Christiansen, Einar H.
Maiden
Cicchetti, Arthur E.
Beverly
Dorchester
Civilinski, Mary L.
Walpole
Somerville
Clark, George J.
Lowell
Natick
Clark, William H.
Waltham
Belmont
Clayton, George R.
Methuen
Everett
Cleveland, Frederick C.
Auburndale
Maiden
Clulow, Edward D.
Boston
Chelsea
Cochrane, Walter W.
Readville
Belmont
Cockcroft, Lillian M.
Everett
Watertown
Coffey, John R.
Weymouth
Maiden
Coffidis, John J.
Brighton
Somerville
Colker, Norman
Mattapan
Brighton
Collins, Floyd A.
Brockton
Winchester
Colotti, Carmine J.
East Boston
Beverly
Condon, Charles R.
Cambridge
Allston
Cook, Edward M.
Arlington
Medford
A.B., Harvard University
Hudson
Cook, Herbert E.
Jamaica Plain
Wellesley Hills
Cooley, Eleanor L.
West Somerville
Boston
Cooper, Walter C.
West Medford
Dorchester
CORAINE, NATALE
Swampscott
Brookline
Corcoran, Eleanor J.
Arlington
Hyde Park
Corcoran, J. Frank
Somerville
Dorchester
Corcoran, Thomas E.
Cambridge
Somerville
Corey, Roger F.
Mansfield
Boston
B.B.A., Northeastern University
Dedham
Corley, Thomas F.
Brookline
West Newton
Coscia, Eugene A.
Revere
Boston
Costello, Thomas J.
Arlington
Dorchester
Coursey, C. Homer
Boston
Dorchester
Cray, John J.
Maiden
Saugus
Creighton, William J.
Maiden
Concord
Cronin, Thomas V.
South Boston
Somerville
Crosby, Clarence M.
Brookline
Winchester
Crosby, Fred R.
Hyde Park
North Abington
Crossen, Nicholas C.
Roslindale
Somerville
Cudhea, Carl B.
Hollis Depot
Cullen, Richard F.
Boston
Allston
B. of E.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute
Boston
Curtin, Paul T.
Lynn
Braintree
Cushing, Arthur S.
Norwood
Medford
Czyzewski, Boleslaw A.
Chelsea
Riverside, R. I.
West Roxbury
Daggett, James N.
North Cambridge
Lynn
Dahlby, Mildred A.
Quiney
Lynn
Dalton, Francis P.
Lynnfield
Somerville
Dangio, Louis
Waltham
Brookline
Danner, Frederick
Dedham
Watertown
Dantzker, Philip F.
Lynn
Watertown
Davala, George A.
Watertown
Maiden
Davenport, Edwin H.
Medford
Charlestown
Davenport, Ralph H.
Newton Center
Boston
Davis, Marjorie
Brockton
Brookline
Decatur, Richard G.
Needham
Brighton
Decot, Joffre A.
Roslindale
Cambridge
DeCourcy, Donald J.
Lynn
49
50
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 1 9 3 9 - 40
Devens. Charles
A.B., Harvard College
Dickinson, M. John, Jr.
DiFranco, Fred A.
DiNapoli, Donald E.
DiVirgilio, James V.
Dodge, Robert W.
Donahue, Myrtle C.
Donahue, Walter J.
Doorly, Paul H.
Downs, George J.
Doyle, Frank J.
Doyle, James J.
Doyle, John P.
Duffy, James A.
Dunbrack, J. Elwood
Dunlap, Sedley F.
Dyson, Edward
Eagerman, A. Charles
Eagerman, Frank
Earle, Gordon R.
Edmonston, Leslie M.
Eggers, Earl H.
Eigen, Barney
Eisenman, Gerald
Eldridge, Marchant W.
Ellis, Herbert ('.
Ellis, Robert E.
Erbe, Gustaye
Erickson, Winnifred J.
Errico, Louis W.
Evans, Edward W.
Everson, Leighton R.
Fall, David B.
Farrell, Frederick M.
Favaloro, Thomas A.
Featherston, Charles M.
Ferola, Francis A.
Ferraresi, Frank L.
Field, Wendell D.
Finkel, Julius
Flaherty, Catherine M.
Flaherty, Joseph
Fletcher, Eugene C.
Fontaine, Lloyd W.
Forsgren, Ralph V.
Forward, Edwin M.
Foster, Theodore F.
Fradkoff, Herman-
Frank, Leo
Freiwald, Fritz R.
Fritsch, Louis H.
Milton
Melrose
South Boston
Woburn
East Lynn
Bedford
Boston
Medford
Stoneham
Dedham
Boston
Medford
( "ambiidge
Brighton
Lynn
Boston
Milton
Roxbury
Roxbury
Cambridge
Wollaston
Framingham
Roxbury
Chelsea
Arlington
Swampscott
South Boston
Waltham
Wollaston
Winchester
Watertown
Quincy
Boston
Lynn
Jamaica Piain
Newton
Cambridge
Somerville
Lowell
Roxbury
Boston
Woburn
Swampscott
Haverhill
Belmont
Framingham
Billerica
Dorchester
Boston
Jamaica Plain
Cambridge
Gabeler, William T.
Gaebler, Dr. William C.
M.D., New York Medical College
Gamble, Lawrence E.
Gammons, Albion F.
Gannon, Robert F.
Garabedian, John S.
Garr, Stuart L.
Gascon, Adelbert J.
B.B.A., LL.B., Northeastern University
Gately, Charles L.
Gebhard, Leonard Jr.
Gemelli, Joseph C.
Germanic, Morris
Gerrish, Winslow F.
Giampapa, Vincent J.
Giffen, Ronald H.
Gilbert, Allister C.
Giles, Frederick A.. Jr.
GlNSBURG, CARLETON
Glidden. Herbert W.
Glowacki. Walter W.
Godfrey, Lauris S., Jr.
Goldfield, Maurice H.
Goldfine, Israel
Golding, Ralph Q.
Goodman, Philip H.
Goodrich, Earle A.
Goodwin, Paul E.
Gordon, Jacob M.
Gore, Bernard L.
Wellesley
Foxboro
Beverly
Methuen
Brighton
Holbrook
Dorchester
Boston
Haverhill
South Weymouth
Dorchester
Boston
Melrose
Medford
Somerville
Watertown
Milton
Brookline
South Braintree
Lawrence
Jamaica Plain
Chelsea
Maiden
Mattapan
Roxbury
Cambridge
Boston
Dorchester
Everett
Goss, Rudolph
Gottleb, Morris J.
Gough, Robert J.
Green, Gertrude
Greene, George S.
Greenleaf, Esther F.
Gregerman, Edward B.
Grossack, Alexander
Guay, Catherine E.
Gustafson, Howard R.
Hadley, Howard E.
Hadsell, Ben J.
Haley, Anna E.
Hall, Lennard C.
Hamilton, James C, Jr.
Hamilton, Roger A.
Hanf, A. Walter
Hanjian, Nltbar
Hansen, Christian E.
Harkins, Katharine M.
Harrington, Joseph F.
Harris, Peter A.
Hart, John E.
Harter. Robert J.
Hathaway, A. Homer, Jr.
Hausman, George
Hefron, Paul E.
Henderson, Theron S.
Hendrix, William \V.
Henry, Robert P.
Hoar. Adon R.
Hoefer, William I.
Holden, Earl R.
B.C.S., Northeastern University
Holmes, George W., Jr.
Honohan, Madeline A.
Hopfe, Justin G.
Hopkins, George H., Jr.
Hulbert, L. Willis
Hunt, Clifford M.
Hunter, Herman C.
Hunter, Thomas D.
Hurlburt, Arthur S.
Hutchings, Albert R.
Hutchings, Lawrence A.
Hvoslef, Arthur M.
Hyder, Philip N.
Jackson, George J.
Jackson, Irene C.
Jackson, Robert W.
Jenkins, Walter W.
Jezak, Walter M.
JOHNIDES, CONSTANTINE J.
Johnson, Carl E.
Johnson, Ernest C.
LL.B., Northeastern University
Johnson, Leonard V.
Johnson, Paul
Johnston, Francis
Jones, Frank L., Jr.
Joyce, Joseph S.
Kamberelis, John
Karp, Jacob
Katz, Samuel
Kaulback, Hazen M.
Keach, Alfred C.
Keefe, David
Keeler, Everett B.
Kehoe, Thomas P.
Kellegrew, Raymond S.
Kelly, Joseph M.
LL B., Northeastern University
Kennedy, Kathryn A.
Kenney, William J., Jr.
Ketchum, Richard J.
Keyes, Margaret M.
Kidd, William
Kilroy, Edward T. J.
King, Richard M.
Klose, Stanley F.
Knowles, Douglas
Koe, Arthur W.
Konetzky, E. Walter
Norwood
Dorchester
Medford
Newton
Cambridge
Salem
Dorchester
Mattapan
East Boston
Brockton
Boston
Boston
Salem
Arlington
Lexington
Lynn
Belmont
Lynn
Quincy
Charlestown
Lynn
Watertown
Bradford
Boston
Wollaston
Newton
Brighton
Maiden
Medford
Cambridge
Beverly
Dedham
Attleboro
Wollaston
Walpole
Newton
Cambridge
Melrose
E. Providence, R. I.
Newtonville
Dorchester
Medford
Newton Highlands
Watertown
Hyde Park
Boston
Dorchester
Boston
Melrose
Maiden
Lowell
Boston
Arlington
Boston
Swampscott
East Milton
Brighton
Milton
Jamaica Plain
Haverhill
Salem
Brookline
Maiden
Somerville
Lynn
Brighton
Dorchester
Cambridge
Newton Center
Somerville
Brookline
Hingham
West Medford
Boston
Dorchester
Weymouth
Lynn
Lynn
Dorchester
Roslindale
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 19 39 -40
51
Kopiecki, Albert D.
Kubiak, George
Kudzi, Alexander
Kuempel, Peter
Kullberg, Winston A.
Kundsin, Theodore J.
LaCognata, Emanuel J.
Ladd, Walter I.
Lafreniere, Joseph F.
Lally, William E.
Landry, George A.
Lanes, Earle E.
LaPlante, Ethel S.
Larson, Lennart J.
Lauzon, Leonard G.
Lawrence, Arnold W.
Leadbetter, Roger A.
Lee, Tao Ting
LL.B., Sun yat-sen University
Lennon, James B.
Lenox, Norman
Lethbridge, William J.
Levin, Harold
Levine, Irving X.
Levine, Paul
Levison, Malcolm B.
Liebke, George D.
Liebman, David I.
Liehr, Herman P.
Light, Galen D., Jr.
Lightbody, John R.
Lind, Kenneth J.
Linnekin, Philip E.
Liverman, Robert G.
Lofgren, Richard J.
Lojko, Helen M.
Lothrop, James K., Jr.
Lowe, John E.
Lundquist, Edward C.
Lynch, William F.
MacDonald, Allen
MacDonald, Robert A.
MacDonald, Walter G.
MacGregor, William D.
MacKay, Wilbert F.
MacLeod, M. Ross
MacNeill, Donald H.
MacPhee, Odin H.
MacQueen, Alexander L.
MacRae, Kenneth A.
Madden, James M.
Mahler, Louis H.
Mallion, George A.
B. Ch.E., Northeastern University
Malone, Arthur F.
Maltby, Freeman E.
Mann, Howard
Manning, John J.
Mannis, Francis L.
Manson, Arthur E.
Marcy, Carl J.
Markham, Martin J.
B.S., Northeastern University
Mason, Clifford O., Jr.
Mason, Mary N.
Masucci, Richard J.
Mateik, Emanuel W.
Maus, William J.
Maxfield, Charles F.
B.B.A., Northeastern University
Mayo, Horace C.
Mazza, Francis S.
Mazzei, Peter G.
McCann, Mark J.
McCarthy, Jerome F.
McCulloch, John F.
McDade, Henry J.
McGough, John J.
McGrath, John J.
McGuiness, Thomas P.
McIntyre, John N.
McLaren, Gordon L.
McLaughlin, James R.
McLeod. Evelyn A.
Lynn
McNeil, James J.
Auburndale
Chelsea
McNeill, Arthur E.
Somerville
Lynn
McPherson, Edward J.
Milton
Boston
McVinney, Francis P.
Hyde Park
Somerville
Mead, John S.
Milton
Boston
Meehan, James M.
Charlestown
Melanson, Francis G.
Lynn
Methuen
Meloy, William H.
Boston
Weston
Meyers, Harry J.
East Dedham
Boston
Michaelson, Eliot D.
Dorchester
Boston
Mihalopoulos, Lambros A.
Roxbury
Arlington
Milgroom, Theodore
Brookline
Lynn
Minichiello, Arthur F.
East Boston
Boston
Mitchell, Douglas F.
Lynn
Somerville
Mitchell, John F.
Marlboro
Lynn
Monac, E. Joseph
Dorchester
Dedham
Mongeau, Arthur R.
Maiden
Belmont
Montgomery, Murdo
Boston
Boston
Moody, Richard P.
Arlington
Moore, Raleigh J.
Maiden
Lincoln
Moran, Edward F.
Watertown
Dorchester
Morano, Michael
East Boston
West Roxbury
Morash, Walter H.
Watertown
Dorchester
Morris, Warren W.
Cambridge
Maiden
Mosca, John
Lawrence
Roxbury
Mosgofian, Simon
Chelsea
Brookline
Mossman, Donald G.
Somerville
Somerville
Moulton, Leroy N.
West Peabody
South Sudbury
Mudge, Elizabeth W.
Belmont
Arlington
Muehlberg, Walter K.
Maiden
Belmont
B.B.A., Northeastern University
Framingham
Mullen, Charles J.
Reading
Newton Center
Murphy, John J.
Jamaica Plain
West Somerville
Murphy, Richard F.
Jamaica Plain
Roxbury
Murray, Glen J.
Boston
Dorchester
Murray, Joseph P.
Wollaston
Salem
Murstein, Leon
Roxbury
Needham
Myette, Arthur F.
Maiden
Cambridge
Lynn
Nadworny. Steven C
Lynn
Dorchester
Nagle, David P.
Brighton
Naglin, H. Lawrence
Dorchester
Dorchester
Navoy, Anthony F.
Chelsea
Somerville
Newman, John Jr.
Roslindale
Watertown
Newpol, Edward
Roxbury
Dorchester
Nicolosi, Charles J.
Gloucester
Somerville
Norton, William L.
Boston
Reading
Nyquist, Elbert A.
West Lynn
Roxbury
Lexington
Oates, John P., Jr.
Watertown
Milton
O'Berg, Clayton W.
South Boston
Somerville
O'Brien, Joseph A.
Somerville
Dorchester
O'CONNELL, LENAHAN
Boston
Brookline
A.B., Boston College
Lexington
LL.B., Boston University
O'Connell, William A.
Quincy
Jamaica Plain
O'Connor, Thomas J.
Lynn
Stoughton
B.S., Tufts College
Roxbury
O'Hare, Thomas J.
Dorchester
Roslindale
Oliver, Dorothy W.
Kingston
Brookline
Olsen, Oscar A.
Beverly
Dorchester
Ormsby, John W.
Greenwood
Medford
B.C.S., Northeastern University
Stoneham
Osinski, Henry
Boston
Owens, Thomas J.
Medford
Winchester
Oxenham, Edward F.
Roslindale
Haverhill
East Boston
Packer, William A.
East Weymouth
Beverly
Paglia, Bruno A.
Boston
Dorchester
Papayianes, John
Boston
West Lynn
Parker, Forrest K.
Lowell
Parker, John W.
Boston
Boston
Pastore, Fred G.
East Boston
Cambridge
Patteson, Robert L.
Wellesley Hills
South Boston
Paul, Gordon D.
Melrose
Brighton
Paul, Ralph M.
Squantum
Maiden
Penna, William
Winchester
North Weymouth
B.B.A., Northeastern University
Waban
Perry, Everett J.
Stoughton
Waltham
Peterson, Donald B.
Peabody
Woburn
Peterson, James J.
Revere
Watertown
Phillips, Donald R.
Lynn
Lynn
Pickett, George T.
Roxbury
Brookline
Pope, George B'., Jr.
Newton
Newton Centre
Porfert, Charles S.
Dorchester
Boston
Potter. Clyne H.
Boston
52
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 19 39-40
Potter, Philip J.
Powers, Richard C.
Proctor, Harold I.
Pugsley, George T.
A.B., Colby College
Pugsley, John T.
Purcell, William F.
Purinton, Donald R.
B.S.. Bales College
Ramey, Bernard F.
Randall, Theodore R.
Rando, Charles J.
Rea, Patrick C.
Reed, Charles H.
Regan, George J.
Reilly, Daniel J.
Reilly, William F.
Renney, Andrew B.
Reynolds, Milton H.
Riccio, William A.
Rice, Esmond S., Jr.
Richardson, Clark A.
Ring, Agnes I.
Robinson, Guy C.
Robinson, W. Calvin
Rogers, Harold M.
Rosen, Jordan A.
Ross, Norman E.
Rostrum, Helen A.
Rosnov, Maxwell
B.S., Northeastern University
Roumeliotis, Peter M.
B.S., Chicago Technical College
Roundburg, Richard L.
Rowe, Hubert D.
Rowlands, Walter
Rubin, Saul
Ruscetta, Bernard
Russell, Fannie S.
A.B., Radcliffe College
Rutter, Robert E.
Sandwen, Leroy H.
Saunders, Robert J.
Savage, Kathryn B.
Sawyer, William R.
Scali, Nicholas V.
Scantlebury, Herbert A.
Schmidt, Joseph H.
Seagrave, Frank H.
Searle, William S.
Seaver, Nelson H., Jr.
Seidman, Elliot C.
Sena, Gabriel N.
Shannon, Francis X.
Shaw, Frederic L.
A.B., Tufts College
Shaw, Herbert A.
Shea, Charles W.
Sheehan, William J.
Sherman, Charles A.
Shine, William R.
Shrader, Hazel M.
Shuman, Robert S.
Shuster, Francis B., Jr.
Silver, Herbert M.
Silverman, Lester
Singer, Max J.
Sjoquist, Walter L.
Skeffington, Donald R.
Skoglund, Oscar W.
Slack, George C.
Slade, Robert C.
Sleigh, James B.
Sloan, George W.
Smith, Harold G.
Smith, Lester P.
Smith, Nelson P.
Smith, Paul T.
Smith, Peter W.
Solomon, Florence M.
Solomon, George C.
Sommers, Harold F.
Soney, Arnold C.
Sorenson, Andrew P., Jr.
Soule, Lawrence P.
Wakefield
Boston
Watertown
Watertown
Waltham
Peabody
Boston
Roslindale
Stoneham
Lynn
Boston
Winchester
Lynn
Lawrence
Belmont-
Dorchester
Lynn
West Medford
Waban
Stoneham
Melrose
Medford
Belmont
South Weymouth
Somerville
Braintree
Medford
Mattapan
Lynn
Roxbury
Boston
Needham
Chelsea
East Weymouth
Boston
Dorchester
Avon
Stoneham
Belmont
Lawrence
Watertown
Winthrop
Roslindale
Wellesley
Methuen
Braintree
Dorchester
Medford
Dorchester
Cambridge
Lynn
Belmont
Milton
Hingham
Cambridge
Waban
Brookline
West Newton
Cambridge
Mattapan
Roxbury
Mattapan
Salem
Quincy
Needham
Belmont
Cambridge
Belmont
Boston
Boston
Boston
Brockton
Melrose
Somerville
Framingham
Dorchester
Melrose
Melrose
Arlington
Spagnuolo, Quirino M.
Spear, Earle T.
Splaine, Edward J.
Staples, Harriet E.
Starbird, Sumner G.
Starr, Edward J.
B.B.A., Boston University
Starrs, Charles J.
Sullivan, Francis A.
Sullivan, Leo A.
Swan, Richard L.
Swanson, Richard T., Jr.
Talcott, Thomas W.
Talmo, Thomas C.
Tapsell, Charles F.
Tate, Walter S. B..
Tattersall, Samuel G.
Taylor, Edwin H.
Taylor, Janet E.
Taylor, Raymond F.
Tewksbury, Hamilton T.
Thompson, Alice N.
Titus, Peter L.
Todis, Rita
Topham, Arthur H.
Topham, Robert C.
Towne, Milton C.
Tracy, Chester E., Jr.
True, William G.
Turkington, William E.
Turner, Tage T.
Tyrrell, James J.
VanBubar, Dorothy I.
Vaughan, Charles F.
Vedder, Alan C.
Venuti, William B.
Vickery, Ralph L.
Volpe, Joseph V.
Vose, Atherton C.
B.A., Williams College
Vrattos, Charles G.
Walton, Clarence W.
Watson, Edmund V.
B.S., Tufts College
Weafer, Robert J.
Webb, Henry A. J.
B.S., Northeastern University
Weber, Henry F.
Weden, Paul G., Jr.
Weekes, Thomas T.
Weinberg, Jerome
LL.B., Boston University
Welsh, William F.
West, Edward A.
West, William H.
Weston, William
Westover, Orville F.
Whigham, Merton R.
White, John J.
White, Murray L.
Whiting, Doris E.
Whitworth, Thomas, Jr.
Wiggins, Paul H.
Wilkinson, S. Frances
Willey, Clive S.
Williams, Fred C, Jr.
Wilson, Charles R.
Wilson, Joseph F.
Wimbauer, Charles J.
Winters, Paul R.
Wisefield, Robert A.
Withington, C. Frederick
Wolcott, Robert S.
A.B., Harvard University
Wolfendale, Charles W.
Woodberry, Preston E.
Worden, George E.
Wright, Carl J.
Yankowski, Victor S.
Young, Arthur C.
Young, George F.
Zacchini, Henry F.
Zaiger, Albert
Zeltzer, Philip
East Boston
Biighton
Milton
Campello
Watertown
Roxbury
Boston
Wellesley
Dorchester
Boston
Rockport
Medford
Somerville
Brookline
Harvard
Quincy
Lowell
Somerville
Methuen
Hingham
Wollaston
Boston
Roxbury
Hyde Park
Hyde Park
Needham
West Newton
Waltham
Boston
Mattapan
Milton
Boston
Boston
Boston
Somerville
Brighton
Boston
Brookline
Roslindale
Dedham
Milton
Dorchester
Beverly
Newton
North Quincy
Boston
Brookline
Brookline
Boston
Cambridge
Roxbury
Dorchester
Waltham
Somerville
Waltham
Braintree
Peabody
Holbrook
Brookline
Boston
Melrose
Medford
Wellesley
Jamaica Plain
Belmont
Roxbury
Maiden
Milton
Lynn
Beverly
Cambridge
Brookline
Watertown
Brookline
Lynn
Boston
Dorchester
Chelsea
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 19 39 -40
53
WORCESTER DIVISION
Adams, Clayton \V.
Adams, John D.
A.B., Dartmouth College
Ahlin, Wilson E.
Anderson, A. Gordon
Anderson, Arthur H.
Anderson, Bertram
Anderson, Evert M.
Anderson, Harold E.
Aramony, Eli R.
Arter, Harry
Barrows, Robert W.
Bashford, Lloyd G.
Bastek, Edmond W.
Batstone, Beryl B.
Beaton, Alfred T.
Belletete, Raymond A,
Berglund, Fred G.
Bernstein, Max L.
Botuck, Henry N.
Boulais, J. Bernard
Bourdealt, Richard A.
Bowes, T. Edwin
Briggs, Loring G.
Brindley, J. Milton
Brodsky, Joseph
Bump, Forest H.
Burack, Harold
Burbank, O. Frank, Jr.
B.S., Massachusetts Stale College
Burg, Frederick J.
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Burke, R. Leo
Burnham, Donald W.
Butler, Miriam S.
Callam, Esther A.
Callan, John J., Jr.
Carlson, Harry M.
Carlson, Helmer E.
Carlson, Henry C. V.
Carmody, Stephen J.
B.S., Rhode Island Slate College
Caron, Albert J.
Casavant, Steven O.
Chadwick, Winslow J.
Chaffee, Kenneth W.
Chaffin, Grant L.
Chakour, Gabriel M.
Charewicz, Francis J.
Choquette, P. Adrian
LL.B., Northeastern University
Christensen, William E.
Clapp, Wendell M.
Clapper, Leon F.
Cocci, John A.
Coe, Clifford A.
Cohen, Milton
Cohen, Samuel M.
Collette, Norma 0.
Colt, Edward C.
Conway, George M.
Cook, Frederick A.
CORAZZINI, CAMILLO J.
Courtney, Fred W.
Cowee, Henry A.
Currie, Donald F.
Curtis, Frederick W.
Cutting, Merritt E.
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Dabrowski, Edmond J.
Dell, Alvin P.
DeSantis, Faust G.
Desrochers, Maurice A.
Desrochers, Omer O.
Dinneen, William P.
Dodd, Roy J.
Donovan, James F.
Doran, George F.. Jr.
Dorsey, Jeremiah E.
Drinkwine, Jessie E.
Worcester
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Worcester
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Auburn
Worcester
Southbridge
Worcester
Sutton
East Jaffrey, N. H.
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Oakdale
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
North Grosvenordale, Conn.
Worcester
Worcester
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Spencer
Fisherville
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Leominster
Southbridge
Hopedale
Oxford
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Leominster
Leominster
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Worcester
Spencer
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Worcester
East Brookfield
Worcester
Cherry Valley
Gardner
Gardner
Worcester
Leominster
Leominster
Worcester
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Drury, Walter C, Ik.
Dulmaine, William G.
Eaton, Earle C.
Ehrhardt, Gordon W.
Kkberg, C. Milton
Ekholm, Norman R.
Erickson, Hilding R.
Ericson, Karl N.
Fahlbeck, Robert L.
Farmer, Earl R.
Favulli, Ernest H.
Fisher, William T.
Foote, J. Russell
Foote, Laurence K., Jr
Francis, Alden L.
Freeman, Albin H.
Frykholm, Herbert E.
Callo, Albert P.
Gannon, Mildred E.
Gardner, Robertson J.
George, Charles K.
GlLBREATH, VlRGIL L.
Gledhill, Edwin
Goldstein, Hyman
Goldstein, Louis
Gootman, Harry J.
Grandell, Frank W.
Gray, William K.
Greengus, Herman L.
Grundstrom, Herbert W.
Gurklis, Bernard P.
Gurwitz, Harold W.
Haddad, John J.
Hall, Myrtice* M.
Hall, Phillip T.
Hall, Ray*mond X.
Hall, William B.
Hallisey', Raymond S.
Hartnett, John H.
Harvey, Richard F.
Haskell, Roger W.
Hatton, William H., Jr.
Hedlund, Arthur R.
Hickey', Norman M.
Hill, Robert G.
Hinchliffe, T. Earle
Hinsley, Robert
Hirshberg, Max H.
Hodgson, Donald I.
Holden, Paul W.
Hughes, Walter C, Jr.
Hunt, Rodney F.
Hunter, Robert H.
Hynes, Thomas
Irvine, Norman W.
Jackson, Paul
Jacobs, Joseph B.
Jacobs, Maxwell S.
Johnson, Albert N.
Johnson, David F.
Johnson, Malcolm B.
Johnson, Nels H.
Johnson, Roy E.
Johnson, Rudolph A.
Jones, Edward W.
Jones, Elmer B., Jr.
Jundanian, Joseph G.
LL.B., Northeastern University
Kaplowitz, Harry
Karle, Donald C.
Katz, Milton H.
Kesner, Mitchell
King, Bernard T.
Knight, Ruth M.'
A.B., Smith College
Koobatian, John
Worcester
North Grafton
Worcester
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Auburn
Worcester
Worcester
Putnam, Conn.
Woodstock, Conn.
Woodstock, Conn.
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Clinton
Gardner
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Millbury
Worcester
Worcester
Fitchburg
Worcester
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
North Grafton
Fisherville
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Holden
Worcester
West Sterling
Leominster
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Leominster
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Gardner
Worcester
Northbridge
Worcester
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
54
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, J 9 3 9 -40
Krafve. Marion E.
Kraly, Harry
Kronoff, C. Roger
Lamothe, Raymond W.
Larrivee, Norman W.
Lawrence, Arthur P.
Leach, Robert T.
Leith, Douglas L.
Leslie, Robert D., Jr.
Levy, David
Lewis, Howard F.
Liberty, Lawrence A.
Lindberg, Herbert R.
Liubauskas, Francis A.
Lockwood, E. Philip
Loth, Lewis
Lyon, Paul E.
Lyons, George E.
McColl, Roderick. II.
McGinn, James W.
MacArthur, John C.
Mackenzie, William A.
Madden, J. Francis
Mattson, Frederick II.
Medlinsky. Sidney
Michaelides, Themistoct.es P.
Michelson, Arthur R.
Misiewicz, Chester J.
Moore, Michael J.
Moossa, Arthur P.
Morgan, June E.
Morse, Edward J.
Morse, Richard P.
Morton, Stanley R.
B.S., Yale University
Moseley, Charles L.
Naas, J.
Narvisii
Nelson,
Newell,
Newell,
Newton
Newton
Nichols,
NlZNICK,
Noren,
Alvin
Joseph W.
Rodney E.
Ralph C.
Roger E.
John A.
William A.
Frank R.
Michael
Elmer E.
O'Connor, Timothy J.
O'Donnell, John J.
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Ohan, Jacob
Olmstead, Gene M.
Owen, John W.
Ozer, Haskell
Packard, George
Paletta, Elvira D.
Pareseau, Paul H.
Patrick, Merle
Patterson, William A.
Paul, Agnes R.
Pearson, Wilton A. H
Peloquin, Gerald R.
Person, Roy A.
Peterson, Robert C.
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Petit, Laurent F.
Pierce, William E.
Piucci, Vincent A.
Powers, James V.
Pratt, Norman V.
Proulx, Lionel A.
Providakes, Emanuel G.
Pugsley, John T.
Worcester
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Farnumsville
Leominster
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Millbury
Worcester
Worcester
Leominster
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Fitchburg
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Uxbridge
Grafton
Grafton
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Worcester
Millbury
Worcester
Worcester
Millbury
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Southbridge
W01 cester
Southbridge
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Puida, Anne M.
Putnam, Edwin F.
Read, Robert P.
Reid, David, Jr.
Rekas, Charles N.
Ridley, Edgar M., Jr.
Ridley, Wayne D.
Riley, Kenneth G.
Rischitelli, John E.
Ritz, Henry M.
Robinson. Jacob Z.
Robitaille, Anthony L.
Rocktaschel, Robert M.
Rogers, Albert T.
Rowe, Eleanor F.
Rukas, Frank W.
Rule, Jack
Ryan, Harold V.
Ryerson, Carleton S.
Sadowski, Harry II.
Sadowski, James
St. Onge, Lionel J.
Sampson, Edgar E., Jr.
Samuelsox. Roland II.
Sargent, John H.
Sawicki, George A.
Schmidt, John W.
Schorr, Bernard W.
s. hiimax, Herman
Seadler, Morey P.
Seal, Lawrence F.
Sieurin, Donald
Slater, William J.
Smith, Irving E.
Smith, Leonard
Snyder, Daniel
Southworth, Francis C.
Steere, Raymond D.
Stoli'e, Carl O. W., Jr.
Sullivan, Frank \V.
Thomasian, Paul A.
Thornburg, Charles E.
TlIHONEN, VEIKKO YV.
Torosian, Leo D.
Travi, Joseph W.
TUFENKJIAN, HAIG R.
Turner, E. Raymond
LL.B., Northeastern University
Twomey, Matthew A., Jr.
Underwood, John L.
Vayo, Charles L.
Vibber, Donald C.
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Waldron, Russell D.
Warner, Wesley F.
Warwick, Gordon F.
Waskiewicz, Vitold F.
Watt, Philip C.
Webber, Albert H.
Weinbaum, Wallace
Wheeler, Robert H.
White, John E.
White, Roger G.
Wood, Edwin J.
Wood, Mary Olive
Yarock, Edward
Zajac, William G.
Zook, B. William
Zukerman, Lee B.
Zukowski, Walter H.
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcestei
Southbridge
Worcester
Worcester
Auburn
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
Gardner
Worcester
Worcester
North Grafton
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
W01 cester
Leominster
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Shrewsbury
Worcester
Manville, R. I.
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Gardner
Gardner
Worcester
Westboro
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Worcester
Uxbridge
Worcester
Gardner
Worcester
Auburn
Leominster
Worcester
Leominster
Gardner
Leicester
Oxford
Worcester
Dudley
Worcester
Leominster
Worcester
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 19 39 -40
55
SPRINGFIELD DIVISION
Graduate Student
Garvey, Thomas F.
B.A., Niagara University
Hartford, Conn.
Undergraduate Students
Aalto, Thomas A.
Abbe, Kenneth P.
Abihider, Zabyda
Aker, Franklin L.
Alberts, Leonard I.
B.A., Amherst College
LL.B., Yale University
Allain, Paul E.
Allen, Douglas G.
Anas, Theodore
Anderson, Arvid W.
Anderstrom, Edward A.
Arcanti, Louis J.
Arcobello, Mario L.
Armstrong, Albert E.
Astaldi, Frank T.
Astley, Benjamin P.
Aubrey, Lester F.
AUCHTER, ERVIN F.
Avery, Henry L., Jr.
B.A., Amherst College
Axton, Benjamin J., Jr.
Baldwin, Donald E.
Bannon, John L.
Bardwell, Frederick L.
Barker, John A.
Bartlett, William H.
Bassett, Paul S.
Becker, Arnold
Becker, Harold C.
Belovitz, Alex
Benner, Richard S.
B.S., Harvard College
Benoit, Charles E.
Berger, Harold E.
Bergmann, Roy J.
Bertera, Hugo J.
Better, Andrew L.
Bickley, Joseph B.
Blanchard, Joseph S.
Blatt, Isadore E.
Bleeck, Ernst A.
Bliss, David M.
Blood, Mary E.
Bobbin, Joseph G.
Boduch, Stanley J.
Bolduan, George H.
Bond, Raymond I.
Borawski, Felix W.
Borowik, Stanley W.
Bourque, Wilfrid J.
Boyd, Karl W.
Bradley, Charles F.
Brainard, Elizabeth B.
Brassill, Thomas P.
Bremner, Thomas S.
Bresky, Jack
Brissette, Paul R.
Brouillette, Alfred J.
Brown, Winthrop C
Brundrett, Laurence F.
Brzys, Edward J.
Buckley, John E.
Buckley, William F.
Bullman, Daniel T.
Burbank, Herbert A.
Burke, Julia M.
Burnett, Raymond T.
Burns, Frederick T.
Burns, Robert H.
Burns, Mark W.
Burridge, George C.
Cameron, Jean M.
Candido. Joseph A.
Carl, Alfred R.
Springfield
Longmeadow
Springfield
Springfield
Northampton
Fairview
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Hartford, Conn.
Ludlow
Indian Orchard
Springfield
Holyoke
Chicopee Falls
West Springfield
Springfield
Chicopee Falls
Chicopee Falls
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
North Wilbraham
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Agawam
Holyoke
Easthampton
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Florence
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Northampton
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Thompsonville, Conn.
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Dorchester
Westfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Windsor Locks, Conn.
Springfield
Holyoke
Carlson, Ernest A. Springfield
Carlson, Francis A. Springfield
Carmell, Edwin E. Ludlow
Carnes, Preston I. Longmeadow
B.A., Yale College
Caron, James R. West Springfield
Cartmill, Norman J. Chicopee
Casler, Dorothea M. Florence
Chamberlain, George E. Springfield
Chandler, Gordon H. West Springfield
Chechile, Joseph A. Springfield
Chisholm, Douglas T. Springfield
Christensen, Albert C. Springfield
Christensen, Philip A. Springfield
Christensen, Warren C Springfield
Circosta, Frank A. Springfield
Cirillo, Frank D. Springfield
Cirillo, John B. F. Springfield
Cirillo, Joseph A. Springfield
Clancy, Thomas D. Longmeadow
Clark, Hallam J. Longmeadow
B.S., Dartmouth College
Clayton, James H. Springfield
Cleveland, Alice M. Holyoke
Cleveland, Arthur B., Jr. Holyoke
Clowes, Lawrence G. " Indian Orchard
Colbert, John F. Springfield
Collins, Allen G. Westfield
Conant, Frank P. Southampton
Connor, Francis B. Springfield
Conti, Louis F. Springfield
Cook, Donald B. Springfield
Cook, Stanley E. Springfield
Corbert, Paul R. Springfield
Courtney, Thomas E. Chicopee Falls
Cox, Norman C. Ludlow
Crawford, Joseph D. Springfield
Crimmins, Stephen F. Palmer
Crombie, William G. Thompsonville
Cullen, Robert E. Springfield
Cunningham, Richard J. Springfield
Curran, Joseph P. Springfield
Curto, Frank J. Springfield
Curtis, Frank W. Springfield
Day, Robert T. Springfield
Deane, Edward R. Springfield
Dell 'Olivo, Robert J. Westfield
Deschenes, Clement A. Springfield
Dietz, Irving B. Springfield
D'Ippolito, Mario Springfield
Dix, Edward L. Springfield
Domaingue, Homer T. Ludlow
Donoghue, M. Joseph Springfield
Donovan, Eunice G. Springfield
Donovan, James J. Springfield
Dorval, Alfred J. Springfield
Dowd, Leslie I. Springfield
Dowd, Madei.yn P. Springfield
Drewniak, Thaddeus J. Chicopee
Driscoll, Joseph E. Holyoke
Driscoll, Robert P. Springfield
Dube, Alphe R. Ludlow
Duclos, Irvin G. Chicopee
Duncan, David A. Springfield
Dunn, Charles N., Jr. Springfield
Easson, Elizabeth A. Springfield
Elger, M. Eugene Willimansett
Enos, Edward E. Springfield
Enzor, C. Kirk Springfield
Erickson, Carl E. Springfield
Erinakis, John . Springfield
Evans, Edward E. Springfield
B.S., American International College
Ewig, Robert C Springfield
56
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 1939-40
Falt, Stanton H.
Farrell, Harold A.
Faulkner, Walter E., Jr.
Ferguson, Donald J.
Ferguson, Franklyn L.
Ferguson, Norman H.
Ferriter, Robert P.
Finn, Robert F.
Finn, Thomas F.
Finnell, Arthur J.
Finnell, William J.
Fisher, Stanley K.
Flint, Robert D.
Ford, John J.
Ford, William G.
B.S., University of Maine
Forys, Bronislaw F.
Fox, George E.
Franz, Alfred P.
French, Earl B.
Frennier, Robert W.
Frost, Charles E.
Frost, Donald R.
Frueh, Charles H.
Gaffney, Philip D.
Gage, John O.
Galimberti, John P.
Galland, Justin
Gallerani, Alterio
Gallivan, Leo F.
Gay, William H.
Gerby, Eugene H.
Gibbons, Harold A.
Gilbert, Thomas P., Jr.
Gloth, Hyman
Gloth, Israel
Gloth, Nathan C.
Gminski, Arthur S.
Goodrich, Clarence B.
Gorman, Francis W. M.
Gould, Robert E.
Govoni, Walter J.
Graves, Donald R.
Graves, Gilbert N.
Gray, Herbert M.
Greenan, Ann R.
Gunderson, George B.
Hachadorian. Edward A.
Hachadourian, Robert
Haggarty, Rob Roy
Hakanson, Nils L.
Hall, Edward V.
Hammerich, John M.
Hammerich, Richard C.
Hanchett. Theodore H.
Hannah, William R.
Hansen, Ralph Q.
Hardina, William V.
Harnisch, Raymond A.
Harrington, William F.
Harris, Clyde L.
Harrison, Winfield G.
Haskell, Donald F.
Haskins. Benjamin L.
Hastings, John N.
Healy, Henry M.
Hegarty, Frank E.
Heitchue, Regis D.
Hellyar, Edwin V.
Henderson, Ernest J.
Henderson, Walter L.
B.A., Drury College
Hill, Stuart F.
Hjelm, Kenneth E.
Hockenberry, Gaylord S.
Hodgson, Donald I.
Holgate, James R.
Holt, Richard W.
Hopkins, Frederick T.
Hopkins, Walter
Hopwood, Walter J., Jr.
Hovey, Paul H.
Howard, James E.
Hull, Robert T.
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Westfield
Westfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
South Hadley Falls
Chicopee Falls
Woronoco
Springfield
Springfield
Ludlow
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Ludlow
Waterloo, N. H.
Thompsonville, Conn.
Westfield
Longmeadow
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Westfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Hartford, Conn.
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Ashfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Westfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Chicopee Falls
Springfield
Thompsonville, Conn.
Chicopee
West Springfield
Springfield
Agawam
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Indian Orchard
Springfield
Chicopee Falls
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Chicopee
Springfield
Holyoke
Indian Orchard
Springfield
Springfield
Huse, Kenneth W.
Hutner, Lillian
Hutton, Robert W., Jr.
Jaciow, Michael
Jahn, Robert D.
James, William T.
Jamro, Frank S.
Janes, Lee S.
Jenness, Eugene F.
Jensen, Roderick H.
Johnson, Burt L.
Johnson, Richard E.
Johnson, Webster
Kaiser, Harold L.
Kane, John J.
Kantianis, Harry C.
Kapalka, Kazimir F.
Kautzmann, Edwin C, Jr.
Kazmierski, John S.
Kelley, James B.
Kibbe, Russell E., Jr.
Kiefer, Kenneth E.
King, Albert W.
King, Frank A., Jr.
Kitson, Richard W.
Koehler, Frank T.
Korabowski, Adam
Kroll, Walter J.
Kuhn, Alfred M.
Kuta, Stanley J.
Lambert, Robert A.
Lamica, Oral W.
Lamont, William J.
Laramee, Eloi J.
LaRiviere, Alfred A.
LaRose, George E.
Larson, Winston B.
Laughlin, A. Richard
Leary, George R., Jr.
Leonard, Ruth T.
Letarte, Clement R.
Levine, Robert I.
Levy, Eliot I.
Lewis, Robert M.
Linden, Carl Y.
Linnekin, Osborne R.
Lis, Stanley P.
London, Milton R.
Long, James M.
Loux, Harold B.
Lowry, Allan R.
Lynch, Edward A.
Lyon, Norman W., Jr.
MacDonald, Kenneth A.
MacDonald, Vernon L.
MacLennan, Alfred N.
MacPhaul, Jean E.
Madamas, Charles P.
Malerba, Everett M.
Malone, Thomas B.
Manke, Gustave L.
Marsh, Walter B., Jr.
Marsh, William C.
Marshall, Donald G, Jr.
Martin, Joseph W.
Martin, Leonard L.
Mateer, William J.
Matthews, Robert L.
Mayotte, John B.
McCarthy, David L.
McClenaghan, R. Stewar i
McCormick, Donald J.
McCrohan, Brandon T.
McGilpin, Russell W.
McGovern, Joseph F.
McGrath, Francis J.
McIntyre, Albert R.
B.A., Dartmouth College
McKay, John E., Jr.
McMorrow, Charles F.
McNamara, Edmond W.
Mecum, Willard E.
Middlefictd
Springfield
Holyoke
Ludlow
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Northampton
Springfield
Chicopee
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Holyoke
Chicopee Falls
Westfield
Holyoke
Thompsonville, Conn.
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Greenfield
Springfield
South Hadley Falls
West Springfield
Indian Orchard
Southwick
Westfield
Springfield
Chicopee Falls
Enfield, Conn.
Springfield
Indian Orchard
Springfield
Springfield
Chicopee
Springfield
Indian Orchard
Indian Orchard
Springfield
Northampton
West Springfield
Springfield
Ware
Westfield
Hartford, Conn.
Springfield
Palmer
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Ludlow
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
West Hartford, Conn.
Longmeadow
Westfield
Springfield
Ludlow
Ludlow
Ludlow
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
East Longmeadow
Springfield
Springfield
Westfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
New Haven, Conn.
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 19 39 -40
57
Medicke, Frederick K.
Megliola, Joseph R.
Merriam, Vernon M.
Metcalf, Douglas T.
Meyers, Barnett M.
Mitchell, John A.
Monahan, Patrick J.
Mondor, Howard S.
Moore, Ruth M.
Moreno, Victor J.
Morey, David F.
Moriarty, Francis J.
Moron, Cassimere J.
Morrison, Stafford C.
Munroe, Kirk
Murphy, Joseph W.
Murphy, Robert D.
Murray, William J., Jr.
Newman, Alice V.
Newman, Leon J.
Newman, Theodore
Nolan, James D., Jr.
Nooney, Sanford P., Jr.
Nugent, Raymond J.
Nystrom, C. Harry
Nystrom, George V.
O'Connor, Edward J.
O'Connor, John F., Jr.
Oliver, Leroy R.
O'Neil, Ralph S.
Onorato, Joseph M., Jr.
Packer, Raymond
Palombella, Tiberio H.
Parent, Claude R.
Parent, Ernest J.
Parent, Roy E.
Partridge, Arthur M., Jr.
Pasco, Robert C.
Paul, Robert W.
Pawelec, Stanley E.
Pawlowicz, Henry
Payne, John M.
Petkus, Stephen F.
Petrolati, Victor P.
Pezzini, Albert M.
Phaneuf, Raymond F.
Phillips, A. Scott
Plumpton, Charles E.
Pond, Everett H.
Pond, John A.
Porter, Dorothy M.
Porter, Erland C.
Potvin, William H.
Powell, Norman L.
Preston, David, Jr.
Price, Robert M.
Pugsley, Robert O.
Pulvirenti, Vincent H.
Quinby, Charles E.
Quigley, Edward H.
Quigley, John F.
Rae, William C.
Rasanen, Sidney A.
Raschi, William J.
Raverta, Eusebio L.
Ray, Kenneth
Reed, Howard E.
Regan, John J.
Reilly, Lawrence A.
Reynolds, Alden C.
Reynolds, James N. F., Jr.
Reynolds, Stuart
Richards, Joseph H.
Richards, Paul M.
Rister, John H.
Roberts, Arthur E., Jr.
Roberts, John B.
Roberts, William, Jr.
Robinson, Shipherd
B.A., Harvard College
M.B.A., Harvard Graduate School
Business A d ministration
Hoi yoke
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Westfield
Springfield
Northampton
Springfield
Chicopee
Springfield
. Longmeadow
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
East Longmeadow
Chicopee Falls
Springfield
Springfield
Westfield
Springfield
Enfield, Conn.
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
West Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
North Wilbraham
Holyoke
Thompsonville, Conn.
Springfield
Springfield
Rumford, Maine
Ludlow
West Springfield
Springfield
East Longmeadow
Longmeadow
Agawam
Longmeadow
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Ludlow
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Ludlow
Chicopee Falls
Chicopee Falls
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Addison, Conn.
Westfield
Springfield
Indian Orchard
Agawam
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
of
Robson, Tom, Jr.
Rouvellat, Justin A.
Rowley. Edith C.
Rubin, Irving H.
Rybak, Matthew J.
Rydell, Arthur T.
Sales, Vincent A.
Salls, Russell C.
Salomon, Alvin J.
Sanderson, Kenneth
Sandiford, B. Radley
Sandy, Henry R., Jr.
Sarnelli, Arnold E.
Scanlon, John A.
Schaffer, Louis
Schneeloch, George R.
Schoenfeldt, Charles W.
Schrade, Frederick L.
Schreyer, Bernard J.
Scott, Hugh C.
Scott, James C.
Scott, Wallace M.
Searleman, Louis
Seldin, Oscar
Selig, Hazel A.
Severance, Malcolm D.
Sharpe, Robert E.
Shea, James O.
Shea, Mary P.
Sheehan, Thomas F.
Short, Richard K.
Sickel, John A., Jr.
Sickman, Edward H.
Skerker, William
Skiba, Edward F.
Skowyra, Raymond L.
Slater, Samuel N.
Sleboda, Florence V.
Sleith, William H.
Smith, Luke J.
Smith, Gabriel S.
Ph.B., Holy Cross College
Sokolosky, Salome M.
Stanley, Frank W.
Stevens, Arthur H.
Stevens, Carl M.
Stevens, William J. L.
Streeter, Muriel J.
Strehlau, Robert
Suhm, G. Herbert
Sullivan, George H.
B.S., Syracuse University
Sullivan, James J.
Sullivan, John F.
Sullivan, Robert F.
Sullivan, Roger J.
Svitenko, Samuel F.
Swanson, Harry S.
Swiatowski, Michael V.
Sydor, Alice M.
Symancyk, John C.
Szymczyk, Edmund A.
Syner, Robert J.
Taft, Edward J.
Tagliabue, George J.
Tarala, Edmund J.
Taylor, Leonard W.
Taylor, Richard J.
Taylor, Scott F.
Tebaldi, Henry J.
Teece, John T., Jr.
Teehan, Gerald T.
Tesoro, Emanuel
Tetreault, Malcolm E.
Theilig, Paul C.
Tilden, David E.
Tilley, John G.
Tolchinsky, Bernard G.
Toner, James H.
Toohey, Raymond F.
Tourville, Lloyd W.
Towne, Bruce D.
Turnbull, David L.
Jr.
Springfield
Springfield
East Longmeadow
Springfield
Chicopee Falls
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Palmer
Westfield
Springfield
Springfield
Chicopee
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Southampton
Ludlow
Springfield
Springfield
Willimansett
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Feeding Hills
Springfield
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Chicopee
Springfield
Holyoke
Chicopee Falls
Springfield
Holyoke
Greenfield
Indian Orchard
Hartford, Conn.
Springfield
Hartford, Conn.
Springfield
Springfield
East Longmeadow
Holyoke
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Chicopee Falls
West Springfield
Springfield
Ludlow
Stoughton
Westfield
Springfield
Springfield
Holyoke
Holyoke
Westfield
Hartford, Conn.
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
West Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Northampton
Monson
Chicopee
Ludlow
Longmeadow
Springfield
58
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 19 39-40
Ugolini, Oi.into P.
Valentine, Robert P.
VanWart, Kenneth J.
Vose, Charles W.
Wall, H. Malcolm
Wallace, William B., Jr.
Ward, Charles F.
Warneke, Frederick L.
Warner, Ralph S.
Watt, Alan M.
Weiss, David
Welch, Edward J.
Welch, Robert T.
Wentworth, David K., Jk
Wessman, Robert F.
Wheeler, Robert F.
White, Edward C.
White, James P.
Springfield
Whitney, Bertha L.
Yantic, Conn.
Wilhelm, Alphonse H.
South Hadley Falls
Springfield
Wilkins, Ernest H., Jr.
East Longmeadow
Springfield
Willard, William W., Jr.
Springfield
Chicopee Falls
Williams, Garven F., Jr.
West Springfield
Williams, .Leslie F.
Springfield
Westfield
Williams, Robert W.
Springfield
Springfield
Williamson, Edward P.
Ludlow
Indian Orchard
Wilson, William J.
West Springfield
Springfield
Witek, George
West Springfield
Springfield
Wojcik, Ernest J.
Chicopee Falls
Chicopee Falls
Woods, Leslie F.
West Springfield
Springfield
Woods, William A.
Springfield
Indian Orchard
Springfield
Yodlowski, Adolph J.
Springfield
Springfield
Springfield
Young, Frances L.
Springfield
Springfield
hompsonville, Conn.
Zajaczkowski, Steven
Ludlow
Holyoke
Zwarycz, Michael
Ludlow
PROVIDENCE DIVISION
Abrams, Maurice
A.B., Brown University
Adams, Kenneth A.
Albanese, Luigi
Almy, Hope E.
A.B., Wheaton College
Ambrosino, Salvatore G.
Arenburgh, James W.
Ash, John F.
Asmussen, John E.
Asplund, Norman S.
Aubin, John J.
Austin, Annie E.
Barad, Frank W.
LL.B., Northeastern University
Barker, Grant
Barron, Alexander M., Jr.
Barrowclough, Ruth E.
Bateman, Ralph A.
Beaton, Lloyd
Belanger, Arthur N.
Bennett, Kenneth
Berard, Albert M.
Bergstrom, Barbara A.
Bessette, Leo
Bibbins, Wesley C.
Black, James E.
Bouchard, Edward E.
Bouchard, Maurice R.
Bourre, Arthur E.
Boutiette, Eugene M.
Bowen, Ralph F.
Bradley, Norman
Braids, H. Granfield
Brice, Lorrin S.
Brindamour, Henri L.
Brinkley, Rawn
B.S., Harvard University
Bristow, Charles E.
Brooke, David R.
Brown, David S.
Browning, John S., Jr.
Brunt, Mildred E.
Bruscini, Albert T.
Buckley, Timothy F., Jr.
Burchiel, Samuel W., Jr.
Bush, Ernest F.
Byrne, James E.
Caffrey, Joseph F.
Carlos, Albert F.
Cepiel, Mathew W.
Chaplin, George W., 3RD
Chaplin, William F.
Charon, Robert L.
Chatalian, Harry C.
Chowaniec, Alphonse
Clark, Raymond G.
Cloxton, Luther E., Jr.
Coffey, Francis J.
Cohen, Leonard P.
Providence
Pawtucket
Providence
Providence
Providence
Pawtucket
Greenville
Slatersville
Cranston
Pawtucket
North Kingstown
Providence
Providence
Providence
Pawtucket
Cranston
Providence
Warwick
East Greenwich
Woonsocket
East Greenwich
North Smithfield
Woonsocket
Pawtucket
Slatersville
Central Falls
Woonsocket
Woonsocket
Attleboro, Mass.
North Dighton, Mass.
Providence
Providence
West Warwick
Pawtucket
Attleboro, Mass.
Riverside
Pawtucket
Rumford
Providence
Providence
Providence
Pawtucket
East Providence
Warwick
Pawtucket
Providence
Pawtucket
Rumford
Rumford
Manville
Providence
Central Falls
Saylesville
Providence
Edgewood
Fall River, Mass.
Coleman, William B. Pawtucket
Collison, Curtis L. Providence
B.S.. Rhode Island Stale College
Con boy', Dorothy L. Providence
Congdon, David P. Providence
Congdon, Roger P. Providence
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Cooney, John Edward Saylesville
Cote, Omer E. Providence
Cotter, Joseph F., Jr. Providence
Crecelius, Roy A. Providence
Croce, William V. Providence
Crouchley, J. Dudley, Jr. Providence
B.S., Rhode Island Stale College
Crowther, Thomas B. Smithfield
Davies, George E.
Degnan, Joseph A.
Delaware, Rene
Deneault, Mahlon G.
Dennis, John L.
Depoian, Arthur
Dickerson, James W.
Doherty, Robert E.
Dowd, Joseph F., Jr.
Doy'le, John V.
DuRocher, Armand D.
Eagleson, William
Eaton, Mary Bowers
Eddy, Elmer B.
Egan, Julia T.
Enchelmayer, Emmons F.
Faerber, Matthew J.
B.S., Rhode Island State College
LL.B., Georgetown University
Fanning, Evei/yn F.
Farrell, Loretta E.
Farrelly, John
Faulds, Andrew, Jr.
Federico, Michael T.
Feibelman, H. Jack
Fenton, Edward H.
Ferguson, Elmer R.
Foeller, Carl W.
Fontes, Vera A.
Freden, Verner M.
Frye, Mary K.
Galvin, Joseph T.
Gamage, Daniel W.
Gardiner, Charles H.
George, Harry
Girard, Alice R.
Glen, Alexander R.
Goldblatt, Burton D.
Grande, Albert
Grassold, Else A.
Gray, Alexander, Jr.
Gray, Arnold L.
Gregory, Wallace
Providence
Providence
Woonsocket
Providence
Seekonk, Mass.
Providence
Providence
Providence
Johnston
Providence
Woonsocket
Pawtucket
Providence
Providence
Narragansett
Providence
Providence
Woonsocket
Providence
Providence
West Warwick
Cranston
Providence
Providence
Providence
Edgewood
East Providence
Providence
Fall River, Mass.
East Providence
Riverside
Warwick
Providence
Providence
Providence
Providence
Providence
Saylesville
Providence
Providence
Providence
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 19
39-40
59
Grimm, Walter H.
Guilbert, Paul E.
Hall, Elizabeth A.
Halliwell, Fred
A.B., Brown University
Halpin, Edward J.
Hargraves, Rennie T.
Hargreaves, Alan B.
Harrison, Everett T.
Haun, Edward M.
Hawkins, Wilford
Hawthorne, Kenneth A.
Hays, Lafayette A.
Hellewell, Arnold N.
Hirst, Alex H.
Hodges, C. Prescott
Hopkins, Eva E.
Horowitz, Herbert
Horton, Richard C.
Houle, Leonard E.
Houston, William L.
Howard, John
A.B., Brown University
Hull, Robert F.
B.S., Rhode Island Stale College
Hummel, James W.
Hynes, Thomas
Irons, Irving W., Jr.
Jager, Alvin G.
Jerauld, Adrian E.
Johnson, Ake V.
Johnson, Clinton S.
B.S., Brown University
Johnson, Francis S.
Johnson, Gustave R.
Johnson, Herbert G.
Johnson, Roy V. J.
Johnson, Willard G., Jr.
Johnston, Derwent R.
Jones, Howard Webster
Joost, Frederick B., Jr.
Keefe, Clifford W.
Kelley, Bruce I.
Kelly, Robert R.
Kent, Robert S.
Kenyon, Harold G.
B.C.S., Northeastern University
Kessler, Sanford B.
Kilguss, Paul F.
King, James M., Jr.
Kinney, Ellis F.
Kochhan, Joseph E., Jr.
Kulik, Frank J.
Kullberg, Richard H. M.
Kusinitz, Maurice
A.B., Brown University
Providence
Woonsocket
Auburn
Pawtucket
Fall River, Mass.
Providence
Pawtucket
Woonsocket
Providence
Providence
Providence
Cranston
Centerdale
North Providence
Providence
Providence
Fall River, Mass.
Pawtucket
Woonsocket
Pawtucket
Providence
Edgewood
Washington
Providence
Providence
Cranston
Providence
Providence
Providence
North Providence
East Providence
Cranston
Cranston
Bristol
Attleboro, Mass.
Woonsocket
Providence
Providence
Providence
Providence
Rumford
Eden Park
Providence
Providence
Newport
Providence
Providence
Pawtucket
Providence
Fall River, Mass.
Laboissonniere, Roland J.
LaGreca, Nicholas J.
Lancaster, Herbert
Lane, Harold L.
Ph.B., Brown University
Lannigan, Francis W.
Laroche, Eugene R.
Larson, Axel G.
Leeson, Elizabeth M.
Leshner, Kenneth C.
Letourneau, George J.
Lewis, Dino J.
A.B., Harvard University
Lifrak, Joseph
A.B., Harvard University
Lindquist, Lambert W.
Linton, Russell K.
Logan, Malcolm H.
MacIntyre, Donald B.
Malmberg, Philip 0.
B.M.E., Northeastern University
Manally, Etta J.
Marcroft, George E.
Martins, John S.
North Providence
Georgiaville
South Attleboro, Mass.
Providence
East Providence
West Warwick
Providence
Cranston
Providence
Central Falls
Newport
Fall River, Mass.
Providence
Providence
East Providence
Providence
Auburn, Mass.
Providence
Providence
Warren
Matteson, Alton R.
Maynard, Robert W.
McCoy, William J.
McDonnell, James R.
McElroy, Robert W.
McGuigan, Harold C.
McNally, Hervey V.
McTernan, William F., Jr.
McWatters, Robert A.
Merk, Hugo
Meyer, Joel
Mills, George A.
Mis, Eddie F.
Mona, Robert N.
Montaquila, Frank A.
Moran, John
Morris, Charles A.
Morris, Philip T.
Morris, William H.
Mullin, William
Mundy, George J.
Murray, Fred W.
Murray, Harold C.
Nelson, Arthur W.
Nelson, Bertil
Newton, Edmund H.
Nixon, Robert B.
Noyes, Robert L.
Oakland, J. Arthur
Oakley, Lloyd A.
A.B., Brown University
O'Hara, James Louis
B.S., Rhode Island Stale College
Ormerod, Robert H.
Otten, Vernon C.
B.S., University of Pennsylvania
Parent, A. Edgar
Pawlina, Joseph
Pearson, Albert V.
Pearson, N. Harvey
Penkala, Joseph E.
Penkala, Stanley F.
Peterson, Herman A.
Petrucci, Edward
Pettella. Donato E.
Pettis, Harry D.
Phinney, Deane I.
PlERPOINT, ALDEN M.
Pricolo, Alfred R.
Proulx, Gerard C.
Rahanian, Carrie A.
Ray, Arnold S.
Reigner, Dorothy L.
Renier, John U.
A.B., Bowdoin College
Rhodes, John A.
Richer, John B.
Richmond, C. Preston
Rieth, Ralph F.
Rinebolt, Lewis G.
Ritchie, Gene L.
Robbins, Russell K.
Robert, Leo L., Jr.
Roberts, Colin A.
Rodevitz, Michael S.
Rose, William Chester
St. Laurent, Charles J., Jr.
St. Louis, Claire M.
Salisbury, Walter R.
Sarrasin, Joseph F.
Schultz, William B.
Scott, Robert S.
Scribner, Herbert
Seegal, Harry
Senerchia, Pasco R.
Sharpe, Albert A.
Simonini, Frederick C.
Smith, Irving E.
Smith, Walter E.
Soriero, Albert A.
LL.B., Northeastern University
Providence
Pawtucket
Providence
Cranston
Pawtucket
Bristol
West Barrington
Providence
Providence
Providence
Providence
Providence
Warren
Pawtucket
Providence
West Warwick
• Central Falls
Bristol
Providence
Central Falls
Slatersville
Cumberland
Providence
Providence
Providence
Providence
Pawtucket
Cranston
Pawtucket
Lonsdale
Providence
Cranston
Bristol
Woonsocket
Woonsocket
North Providence
Providence
Warren
Warren
Lincoln Park
Johnston
Providence
Pawtucket
Providence
Providence
Providence
Central Falls
Pawtucket
Providence
Providence
Edgewood
Cranston
Pawtucket
Providence
Auburn
Seekonk. Mass.
Warren
Woonsocket
Providence
Providence
Stillwater
Woonsocket
Providence
Pawtucket
Providence
Blackstone, Mass.
Providence
Norwood
Providence
Pawtucket
West Warwick
Attleboro, Mass.
Providence
Ashton
Pawtucket
Providence
60
REGISTER OF STUDENTS, 1939-1940
Souter, Frank H.
Sparrow. Robert E.
Speakman, Donald C.
Speel, John Kenton
Stoddard, Gordon H.
Strejcek, George
Stuart, John M.
Sullivan, Edward E.
Swanson, Myron G.
Taylor, James A.
Thomason, Francis N.
Thompson, Edward F.
Thompson, William J.
Ph.B., Providence College
Thomson, Richard M.
Thorp, William R.
Tierney, Thomas J.
Todd, Edwin J.
Tonge, Thomas Allan
Townend, Ira B.
Tulchin, Abraham
Turner, Edward W.
Providence
Providence
Riverside
Cranston
Riverside
Providence
Providence
Pawtucket
Providence
Longmeadow
Pawtucket
Providence
Providence
Pawtucket
Attleboro Falls, Mass.
Pawtucket
Central Falls
Central Falls
Chepachet
Fall River, Mass.
Providence
Turner, William
Tuttle, James Gram
Tyas, Henry W., Jr.
Vigeant, George J.. Jr.
Wallace, William K.
Walsh, Leo F.
Walther, Grace B.
Ward, Douglas S.
Waterman, Herbert L., Jr.
Waters, Lawrence G.
Waysack, Merrel R.
Westcott, Charles H., Jr.
Westcott, Henry W.
B.S., Springfield College
White, John F.
Wilmarth, Louis R.
Woods, Jane
Yaghjian, Mary
Zambrano, Paul J.
East Providence
Cranston
Providence
Woonsockct
Providence
Pawtucket
Riverside
Pawtucket
Providence
Providence
Newport
Edgewood
Edgewood
Providence
Attleboro, Mass.
Manville
Providence
Providence
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Offers a broad program of college subjects serving as a foundation for the understanding of modern
culture, social relations, and technical achievement. Students may concentrate in any of the following
fields: Biology, Chemistry, Economics-Sociology, English (including an option in Journalism), and
Mathematics-Physics. Varied opportunities available for vocational specialization. Degree: Bachelor
of Science or Bachelor of Arts.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Offers curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air Conditioning, and Aeronautical options),
Electrical, Chemical, Industrial Engineering, and Engineering Administration. Classroom study is
supplemented by experiment and research in well-equipped laboratories. Degree: Bachelor of Science
in the professional field of specialization.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Offers six curricula: Accounting, Banking and Finance, Marketing and Advertising, Industrial
Administration, Journalism, and Public Administration. Each curriculum represents in itself a broad
survey of business technique, differing from the others chiefly in emphasis. Degree: Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration.
SCHOOL OF LAW
Offers day and evening undergraduate programs admitting those who present a minimum of two
years of college work, each program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Laws. Also graduate program
in the evening leading to the degree of Master of Laws. Co-educational.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Offers curricula through evening classes in Accounting, Management — with Industrial and Merchan-
dising majors, Law and Business Management, and Engineering and Business leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Business Administration in specified fields or the Bachelor of Commercial Science in Law
and Business Management. Preparation for C.P.A. Examinations. Shorter programs arranged. Co-
educational.
EVENING COURSES OF THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Certain courses of the College of Liberal Arts in the fields of English, Literature and the Social
Sciences are offered during evening hours.
These courses constitute a three-year program equivalent in hours to one-half the requirement for
A.B. or S.B. degree and provide general education and preparation for admission to the School of Law.
Associate in Arts title conferred. Co-educational.
The Colleges of Liberal Arts, Engineering, and Business Administration offer day programs for
men only and are conducted on the co-operative plan. After the freshman year students may alternate
their periods of study with periods of work in the employ of business or industrial concerns at ten-week
intervals. Under this plan they gain valuable experience and earn a large part of their college expenses.
In addition to the above schools the University has affiliated with it and conducts: the Lincoln
Technical Institute offering, through evening classes, courses of college grade in various fields of engi-
neering leading to the title of Associate in Engineering; and the Lincoln Preparatory School, an accredited
evening school preparing for college entrance and offering other standard high school programs.
For further information regarding any of the above schools •, address
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
All schools except BOSTON, MASS. School of Law
School of Law Telephone KENmore 5800 47 Mr. Vernon Street
•560 Huntington Ave. ^ . ,, , , Near State House
Connecting all schools
Worcester, Mass. Springfield, Mass. Providence, R. I.
766 Main St. 114 Chestnut St. 160 Broad St.
Tel.: Wor. 5-6101 Tel.: Spr. 6-3681 Tel.: Gaspee 6357
Northeastern University
COLLEGE OF
LIBERAL ARTS
BULLETIN OF EVENING COURSES
ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1940-1941
For further information or an interview address:
Eben O. Smith, Director of Evening Courses
Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts
OFFICE HOURS
Fall and Winter Schedule
Aug. 16, 1939 — June 18, 1940 and
Aug. 16, 1940 — June 16, 1941 incl.
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays)
8:45 A.M. —9:30 P.M.
Saturdays, 8:45 A.M. — 1 :oo P.M. (During
September the office is open until 4 P.M.)
Summer Schedule
June 19, 1940 — Aug. 15, 1940
Daily (except Saturdays and Sundays)
8:45 A.M. — 5:00 P.M.
Saturdays, 8:45 A.M. — 12:00 M.
Tel.: KENmore 5800
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Bulletin of Evening Courses
Coeducational
1940 : 1941
<--
=>
3
o a
K .S a
w s »
§11
h <
B 2
O u
w
CONTENTS
Page
Calendar 4
Northeastern University
The Northeastern University Corporation 5
Northeastern University Statistical Summary 6
General Statement 7
Location 10
College of Liberal Arts
Evening Courses
Officers of Administration 1 1
Chairman of Instructional Departments 11
Faculty 1 2
Class Schedule for 1 940-1 941 13
General Programs 14
Special Pre-legal Program 16
Statement of Purpose 17
Requirements for the title of x^ssociate in Arts 18
Requirements for A.B. or S.B. degree 18
Admission Requirements 19
General Information 19
Advanced Standing 19
Application for Admission 19
Registration 20
Attendance and Examinations 20
Grades 20
Honor List 21
Tuition and Fees 21
Scholarships 21
Student Activities 21
Description of Courses 22
Student List 28
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Evening Courses
First Semester
1940 Sept. 9-13
Sept. 9-21
Sept. 16, Monday
Sept. 23, Monday
Nov. 11, Monday
Nov. 28, Thursday
Dec. 23, Monday
1941 Jan. 2, Thursday
Jan. 6-10
Jan. 13-17
CALENDAR
Make-Up Examinations
Registration
Classes begin for Middlers and Seniors
Classes begin for Freshmen
Armistice Day (Classes suspended)
Thanksgiving Day (Classes suspended)
Last Class before Christmas Recess
First Class after Christmas Recess
First Semester Examinations for Middlers and
Seniors
First Semester Examinations for Freshmen
Second Semester
1941 Jan. 13, Monday
Jan. 20, Monday
Jan. 27, Monday
April 28-May 2
May 5-9
Classes resumed for Middlers and Seniors
Classes resumed for Freshmen
Mid-Year Entering Class begins
Second Semester Examinations for Middlers
and Seniors
Second Semester Examinations for Freshmen
Third Semester
1 941 May 5, Monday
May 12, Monday
May 30, Friday
June 16, Monday
June 17, Tuesday
July 4, Friday
July 21-25
July 26-Sept. 20
Classes resumed for Middlers and Seniors
Classes resumed for Freshmen
Memorial Day (Classes suspended)
University Commencement (Classes sus-
pended)
Bunker Hill Day (Classes suspended)
Independence Day (Classes suspended)
Third Semester Examinations for all classes
Summer Recess
Northeastern University
THE NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY CORPORATION
Robert Gray Dodge
Chairman
Frank Lincoln Richardson
V ice-Chairman
Carl Stephens Ell
President of the University
Galen David Light
Secretary and Treasurer
Charles Francis Adams
Wilman Edward Adams
Roger Amory
Earl D. Babst
Robert Baldwin
Arthur Atwood Ballantine
George Louis Barnes
Thomas Prince Beal
Farwell Gregg Bemis
Paul Codman Cabot
Winthrop L. Carter
Walter Channing
William Converse Chick
Everett Avery Churchill
Paul Foster Clark
Sears B. Condit
Albert Morton Creighton
Ernest Blaney Dane
William James Davidson
James Dean
Henry Sturgis Dennison
Paul Augustus Draper
Charles Francis Eaton
Lindsay Ellms
Joseph Buell Ely
Frederic Harold Fay
Allan Forbes
Edward J. Frost
Franklin Wile Ganse
George Peabody Gardner, Jr.
Harvey Dow Gibson
Merrill Griswold
Henry Ingraham Harriman
Chandler Hovey
Howard Mitnson Hubbard
Maynard Hutchinson
Arthur Stoddard Johnson
Halfdan Lee
Edward Abbott MacMaster
John Russell Macomber
Joseph Patrick Manning
Harold Francis Mason
James Franklin McElwain
Hugh Dean McLellan
Fred Lester Morgan
Irving Edwin Moultrop
Clarence Lucian Newton
Olaf Olsen
Augustin Hamilton Parker, Jr.
George Edwin Pierce
Roger Pierce
Matthew Porosky
Frederick Sanford Pratt
Harry Wendell Prout
Sidney Rabinovitz
Stuart Craig Rand
James Lorin Richards
Charles Milton Rogerson
Robert Billings Rugg
Leverett Saltonstall
Frank Palmer Speare
Russell Henry Stafford
Francis Robert Carnegie Steele
Charles Stetson
Earl Place Stevenson
Robert Treat Paine Storer
Frank Horace Stuart
Edward Watson Supple
Bayard, Tuckerman, Jr.
Eliot Wadsworth
Edwin Sibley Webster
Sinclair Weeks
6 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
D\(ortheastern University and
Affiliated Schools
Statistical Summary
1938— 1939
A dm in istr alive
Officers and
Faculty Students
I. General Administration 8
II. Northeastern University
College of Liberal Arts
College of Engineering j- 103 2112
College of Business Administration
School of Law
School of Business
Evening Division of College of Liberal Arts
III. Schools affiliated with and conducted by
Northeastern University:
Lincoln Technical Institute
Lincoln Preparatory School
Huntington Day School for Boys
Regular Term
Summer Term
Total
Less Duplicates
311 6039
50*
[461*
105*
1550*
.**
4
33**
38
l9
53^
437
16
10
I71
146
353
42
6442
403
*These figures include the administrative officers, faculties, and students of the Divisions
of the University in Worcester, Springfield, and Providence.
**The Evening Division of the College of Liberal Arts admitted students for the first
time in September 1938.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
General Statement
NORTHEASTERN University is incorporated as a philanthropic
institution under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State
Legislature, by special enactment, has given the University general
degree granting powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men who
occupy responsible positions in business and the professions. This
Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees in whom
the control of the institution is vested. The Board of Trustees has four
standing committees: (a) an Executive Committee which serves as an
Ad Interim committee between the regular meetings of the Board of
Trustees and has general supervision of the financial and educational
policies of the University; (b) a Committee on Housing which has general
supervision over the buildings and equipment of the University; (c) a
Committee on Funds and Investments which has the responsibility of
administering the funds of the University; (d) a Development Committee
which is concerned with furthering the development plans ot the
University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from the outset, had as its
dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs and the
meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly serviceable ways. While
subscribing to the most progressive educational thought and practice,
the University has not duplicated the programs of other institutions but
has sought "to bring education more directly into the service of human
needs."
With respect to program. Northeastern has limited itself:
— To offering, in its several schools, basic curricula from which
non-essentials have been eliminated;
— To effective teaching;
— To advising and guiding students;
— To giving students the chance to build well-rounded person-
alities through a balanced program of extra-curricular
activities.
The Northeastern Plan of Education is especially designed for the
student who must earn while he learns. In the main, it consists of two
definite types of education.
— Co-operative Educational by Day,
— Adult Education by Night.
The plan has been developed in such a way that experience in jobs
with pay is utilized to help boys of limited financial resources secure an
education and at the same time gain the maximum educational benefit
from their practical experience. So far as the New England States are
concerned, Northeastern University is the only institution whose day
colleges, other than the School of Law, are conducted under the Co-
operative Plan.
8 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The several schools and programs of the University are operated either
under the name "Northeastern University" or by its affiliated schools —
the Lincoln Schools and The Huntington Day School for Boys. The
following is a brief outline of the principal types of educational oppor-
tunities offered.
1. In the field of Co-operative Education there are three day colleges
— the College of Liberal Arts, the College of Engineering, and the
College of Business Administration. All of these colleges offer five-
year curricula. The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual
fields of the arts and the sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor
of Arts and Bachelor of Science. The College of Engineering, one
of the largest engineering colleges in the United States, has curricula
in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Conditioning, and Aero-
nautical options), Electrical, Chemical, and Industrial Engineering.
The College of Business Administration has curricula in Accounting,
Banking and Finance, Marketing and Advertising, Journalism,
Public Administration, and Industrial Administration. The College
of Engineering and the College of Business Administration confer
the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification indicating the
field of specialization. The Co-operative Plan under which all of
these day colleges operate enables the student to alternate regular
periods of classroom instruction with supervised employment in an
industrial or commercial position, thus combining theory and
practice in an exceedingly effective manner. Apart from the educa-
tional advantages of the Co-operative Plan is the opportunity for
self-support while the student is pursuing his studies at Northeastern
University. During the co-operative periods, students not only
gain experience but are also paid for their services. Approximately
three hundred business and industrial concerns co-operate with
Northeastern University in making this program effective.
2. The School of Law conducts both a day and an evening under-
graduate program which prepares for admission to the bar and for
the practice of the law and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Laws.
It also conducts a graduate program in the evening leading to the
degree of Master of Laws.
3. The Adult Education Program has been developed in the evening
work of the School of Law as indicated above, in the School of
Business, and in the Evening Division of the College of Liberal
Arts. The School of Business has curricula in Management — with
Industrial and Merchandising majors, Accounting, Law and Busi-
ness Management, and Engineering and Management. The School
awards the Bachelor of Business Administration degree with speci-
fication and the Bachelor of Commercial Science degree in Law and
Business Management. The College of Liberal Arts offers certain
of its courses during evening hours constituting a program, three
years in length, equivalent in hours to one-half the requirements for
the A.B. or S.B. degree and providing a general education and prep-
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
aration for admission to the School of Law. The title of Associate
in Arts is conferred upon those who complete this program.
. In order that larger groups of men and women might be served
through its evening schools, Northeastern University operates
divisions of the School of Law and the School of Business in co-
operation with the Young Men's Christian Association in Worcester
and Springfield and of the School of Business in co-operation with
the Providence Young Men's Christian Association. With the
establishment of the divisions thoroughgoing methods of super-
vision were instituted and have been consistently followed and im-
proved, with the result that the divisional work is conducted upon
a highly efficient basis.
The Adult Education Program has also been developed through the
Lincoln Schools, which are affiliated with and conducted by North-
eastern University. The classes in these schools are held at con-
venient evening hours. The Lincoln Technical Institute offers cur-
ricula upon a college level in various phases of engineering leading to
the title of Associate in Engineering; whereas the Lincoln Preparatory
School, accredited by the New England College Entrance Certificate
Board, prepares students for admission to college and offers other
standard high school programs.
The Huntington Day School for Boys, also affiliated with and con-
ducted by Northeastern University, is the outgrowth of a demand
in the city of Boston for an urban preparatory school with high
educational standards which would furnish thorough preparation
for admission to the leading colleges and universities. While easily
accessible to the various sections of Boston and to the suburbs, it
has the facilities of a country day school and offers a country day
school program. This School is one of the leading preparatory
schools of the country.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Location of University Buildings
Northeastern University is located in Boston, a city which is rich in
education and cultural opportunities. The University center is on
Huntington Avenue just beyond Massachusetts Avenue and opposite the
Boston Opera House. Here on an eight acre campus are located the
educational buildings of the University except that of the School of Law.
The evening courses of the College of Liberal Arts are all held at the
University center on Huntington Avenue.
West Building
The West Building at 360 Huntington Avenue contains over one hun-
dred thousand square feet of floor space devoted to administrative and
instructional purposes. On the first floor are the general administrative
offices of the University. The University bookstore, the "Husky Hut"
and the student checkroom are located in the basement. There are three
large lecture halls and numerous classrooms and laboratories. The office
of the Director of the evening courses of the College of Liberal Arts is
located on the first floor of this building.
East Building
The East Building of the University is the educational wing of the
Huntington Avenue Branch of the Boston Young Men's Christian
Association. The library, classrooms, certain laboratories, and the
gymnasium are located in this building.
South Building
The South Building of the University contains certain laboratories, a
large lecture hall, and several classrooms.
Law School Building
The Law School Building, located at 47 Mt. Vernon Street, within
sight of the State House, contains administrative offices, a library, class-
rooms, student lounges, and other facilities. It is utilized exclusively for
Law School work.
Transportation
The University center is easily reached from the various railroad
stations and from all points on the Boston Elevated System. Ample
parking space is available for the use of students coming by automobile.
College of Liberal Arts
EVENING COURSES
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D.
President of the University
Frank Palmer Speare, M.H., LL.D.
President Emeritus
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D.
Vice-President of the University
Galen David Light, A.B.
Secretary -Treasurer of the University
Wilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Dean
Eben Oswell Smith, S.B.
Director of the Evening Courses
]. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S.
Assistant to the Vice-President
CHAIRMEN OF INSTRUCTIONAL DEPARTMENTS
Charles Frederick Barnason, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Professor ot Modern Languages
Res. 122 Downer Ave., Hingham
Stanley Goddard Estes, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Psychology
Res. 60 Pinckney St., Boston
Charles William Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D.
Professor of Sociology
Res. 83 Franklin St., South Braintree
W7ilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Economics
Res. 59 Hinckley Rd., Waban
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A.
Professor of English
Res. 44 Houston Ave., Milton
Stanley Demetrius Miroyiannis, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Biology
Res. 8 Cumberland St., Boston
Carl Frederick Muckenhoupt, A.B., S.B., Ph.D.
Professor of Physics
Res. 332 Winchester St., Newton Highlands
i2 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Norris Whitfield Potter, Jr., A.B., M.A.
Associate Professor of History and Government
Res. 34 Medfield St., Boston
Joseph Spear, A.B., M.A.
Professor of Mathematics
Res. 31 Matchett St., Brighton
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S'., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry
Res. 30 Erie Ave., Newton Highlands
INSTRUCTORS
Harold J. Adlington, A.B., A.M.
English Composition
Thomas Austin Bridges, B.S., A.M., S.T.B.
Introduction to Sociology
Principles of Sociology
Norman Greene, B.Sc. in Ed.
Principles of Economics
J. Keene Horner, B.A., M.B.A.
Effective Speaking
Harry Kemelman, A.B., A.M.
English Composition
Survey of English Literature
Franklin Norvish, S.B., M.A.
Effective Speaking
John G. Pinkham, A.B.
Labor Problems
Morrison Sharp, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
English and Amercian Constitutional History
Richard Poate Stebbins, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
History of Civilization
Mvra Edna White
Librarian
Mary B. Foor
Manager of the Bookstore
Elizabeth Brechen Hunt
Secretary to the Director
EVENING COURSES 13
CLASS SCHEDULE
1 940- 1 94 1
The school year consists of two fifteen week semesters and a ten week
semester.
Freshmen Class
First and Second Semesters
Semester
Hours
E 1 -A, 2-A English I 6
H 1-2 History of Civilization 6
Gv 1-2 American Government and Politics 4
16
Third Semester
H-2 History of Civilization 2
E 13— 14 Effective Speaking 2
Middler Class
First and Second Semesters
Ec 3-4 Economic Principles 4
Ec 5 Economic Problems 2
E 15-16 Survey of English Literature 6
Gv 1-2 American Government and Politics 4
Ec 20 Public Finance 2
18
Third Semester
Ec 6 Economic Problems 2
S 3 Social Problems -
Senior Class
First and Second Semesters
Ps 1 Introduction to Differential Psychology 2
Ps 2 General Psychology 2
Gv 1-2 American Government and Politics 4
Ps 7 Social Psychology of Every Day Life 2
Ps 8 Social Psychology Theory and Methods
Ec 20 Public Finance 2
Ec 1 5 History of Economic Thought 2
16
Third Semester
S 3 Social Problems 2
S 7 Principles of Social Ethics 2
E 33 Modern Literature 1 895-191 5 • 2
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
The General Education Programs are arranged so that students may
concentrate in Economics, English, History and Government, and Social
Science. All students take the same courses during their freshman year.
During their middler and senior years they take the courses required of
all students and the required courses in the field ot concentration which
they have elected.
EVENING COURSES
The courses forming the Pre-legal Program are listed on the next page.
Figures preceding course name indicate course number.
Figures after course name indicate semester hours.
Year
Sequence
Total
Courses Required
of all Students
E 1A-2A English I
H 1-2 History of Civilization
Gv 1-2 American Government and
Politics
E 13-14 Effective Speaking
Additional Required Courses
for Concentration in
Economics
Id >l
Ec 3-4 Economic Principles
Ec 5-6 Economic Problems
E ic-16 Survey of English
S-i
S-2
Literature
Introduction to Sociology
Principles of Sociology
iional Required Course:
Concentration in
English
E 20 Public Finance
Ec 7 Money and Banking
or
Ecu Labor Problems
Ps 1 Introduction to Differential
Psychology
Ps 2 General Psychology
Ps 7 Social Psychology of Every-
day Life
Ps 8 Social Psychology, Theory.
and Methods
S 7 Principles of Social Ethics
S 9 Problems in Social Ethics
H 13-14 English and American Con-
stitutional History
Ec 1 5 History of Economic
Thought
Ec 7 Money and Banking
or
Ec 1 1 Labor Problems
Advanced
Composition
F. 2C-26 American
Literature
Additional Required Course
for Concentration in
History- and Government
Additional Required Coi uses
for Concentration in-
Social Science
J.l Modern Litera-
ture 2
5-1° American History 4
s Advanced Com-
position .
Gv 3-4 Comparative
Government
S3
S4
Social Problems
Social Pathology
1516 A
"lencan Litera-
ture
H 9-10 American History 4
H 13-I4 English and
American
Constitutional
History 6
Ec 1 1 Labor Problems
S 4 Social Pathology 2
or
Ec 1 1 Labor Problems 3
H 9-10 American History 4
S II Social Control 2
S 14 Urban Sociology 2
16 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
SPECIAL PRE-LEGAL PROGRAM
Students planning to enter the School of Law are expected to complete
a total of sixty-four semester hours of class work.
The schedule of courses making up this program is listed below:
First Year
S.H. S.H.
E i -A, 2-A English I 6
H 1-2 History of Civilization 8
Gv 1-2 American Government and Politics 4
E 13-14 Effective Speaking 2 20
Second Year
Ec 3-4 Economic Principles 4
Ec 5-6 Economic Problems 4
Ec 20 Public Finance 2
Ei<;-i6 Survey of English Literature 6
S 1 Introduction to Sociology 2
S 2 Principles of Sociology 2
Elective 2 22
Third Year
Ec 15 History of Economic Thought 2
Gv 3-4 Comparative Government 4
H 13—14 English and American Constitutional History 6
Ps 1 Introduction to Differential Psychology 2
Ps 2 General Psychology 2
S 7 Principles of Social Ethics 2
S 9 Problems in Social Ethics 2
Elective 2 22
Total 64
EVENING COURSES 17
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Evening Courses
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
The College of Liberal Arts through its evening courses offers several
programs in general education and a pre-legal program preparing for
admission to Northeastern University School of Law.
By conducting its classes at convenient evening hours, it gives high
school graduates who are obliged to seek work immediately upon gradua-
tion an opportunity to continue their education. In general those who
seek admission to the evening classes of the College of Liberal Arts are
divided into two groups.
The first group is composed of those who wish to continue their educa-
tion along cultural lines. The programs available afford to this group a
general education, together with specialization in one of four fields: Eco-
nomics, English, History and Government and Social Science.
The second group is composed of those who wish to prepare for admis-
sion to the School of Law. Under the rules of the Supreme Judicial Court
in relation to the admission of attorneys in Massachusetts, an applicant
is required to complete one-half of the work acceptable tor a bachelor's
degree in an approved college or university before he begins the study of
law. The evening pre-legal program of the College of Liberal Arts is
especially designed for those who wish to prepare for admission to either
the day or evening division of the Northeastern University School of Law.
Increasingly the value of a broad cultural education is being realized.
This is recognized in the pre-legal study required before admission to law
school in nearly all states. It is also recognized in newly required courses
of a cultural nature for accounting and engineering training. This cultural
education is obtainable either before or after the completion of one's
specific vocational training. Not only is a cultural education valuable
in and of itself, but from a strictly vocational point of view it is highly
important. The evening courses of the College of Liberal Arts are par-
ticularly valuable as many of them deal with basic principles which under-
lie business in general.
Finally, the courses offered will broaden the field of a student's interest.
Through this broadening, an appreciation of many fields of knowledge
will be obtained which will greatly enrich the student's personal living.
18 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TITLE OF ASSOCIATE IN
ARTS
Each evening course meets the same academic standards and carries
the same semester hour credit as the corresponding course in the day
program of the College of Liberal Arts. The courses, however, have been
carefully selected to meet the needs of evening students.
The following requirements must be fulfilled by candidates for the title
of Associate in Arts:
I. To be eligible for the title of Associate in Arts, a student must com-
plete a total of not less than sixty-four semester hours of academic
work with a degree of proficiency acceptable to the faculty.
1. Furthermore, a candidate for the title of Associate in Arts taking
one of the general programs must meet the minimum field require-
ments listed below:
Semester Hours
Required
Economics 8
English T4
Government 4
History 8
Psychology 8
Sociology 8
Electives 14
Total 64
3. A Candidate for the title of Associate in Arts who is preparing for
admission to Northeastern University School of Law must complete
all the required courses listed in the pre-legal program totaling sixty
semester hours and in addition four semester hours chosen from any
field.
The above requirements may be met by class attendance three nights
a week, forty weeks each year for three years. This period may be
extended over a longer period of time.
REQUIREMENTS FOR A.B. OR S.B. DEGREE
Any man who completes the requirements for the Associate in Arts
title may become a candidate for a bachelor's degree in the College of
Liberal Arts by completing an additional sixty-one semester hours of
work and by meeting major, minor and language requirements in the
Day Division.
The Day Division is open to men only.
EVENING COURSES i9
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission requirements are the same for the Day and Evening work in
the College of Liberal Arts. However, both men and women are admitted
to the evening courses while the Day College of Liberal Arts is restricted
to men only.
Applicants for admission must qualify by one of the following methods:
1. Graduation from an approved course of study in an accredited
secondary school.
2. Completion of fifteen secondary school units with a degree of pro-
ficiency satisfactory to the Department of Admissions.
3. Examinations — certificate of entrance examinations passed for
admission to recognized colleges and technical schools may be
accepted.
Regardless of the method used applicants for admission must present
prescribed subjects in either Group A or Group B.
Group A
Group B
English
3
English
3
*Foreign Language
3 or 4
Mathematics
2 or 3
(Ancient or Modern)
Natural Sciences
1
Social Sciences
2
**Electives
8 or 9
**Electives
6 or 7
Total 15 Total 15
*One year of a foreign language is not accepted. Therefore, this re-
quirement may consist either of three years of one language or two years
of each of two languages.
**Not less than four of the "electives" must be in one or more of the
following academic branches: Languages, Natural Sciences, Mathematics,
Social Sciences, History.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Advanced Standing
Students transferring from approved colleges will be admitted to
advanced standing provided their records warrant it. Whenever a student
enters with advanced standing and later proves to have inadequate
preparation in any of his prerequisite subjects, the faculty reserves the
right to require the student to make up such deficiencies.
Application for Admission
The college year begins in September. Students are also admitted at
the beginning of the second and third semesters to courses for which they
have the required background.
2o COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Each applicant for admission is required to file an application blank
setting forth his previous education and the name of one person to whom
reference may be made concerning his character and previous training.
Inside the back cover of this catalogue is an application blank. It
should be filled out in ink and forwarded to the Director of the Evening
Courses of the College of Liberal Arts, Northeastern University, 360
Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts. Upon receipt of the appli-
cation, the Director at once obtains the previous school records, the
statement from the reference, and after considering these, informs the
applicant as to his eligibility for admission.
Applications should be filed preferably before the registration period,
thus allowing time to determine eligibility for admission and to adjust
any schedule problems before the opening night. Applicants are urged
to visit the school for a personal interview if it is possible for them to do so.
Applicants seeking advanced standing should arrange to have tran-
scripts of their previous college records forwarded with their application.
Registration
The filing of the application for admission does not constitute registra-
tion. All students are required to register at the college and arrange for
the payment of their tuition during the registration period. (See calendar
p. 4).
Attendance and Examinations
Attendance is required of all students at recitations and lectures con-
tinuously throughout the academic year.
Regular final examinations are held at the close of each semester.
No student will be permitted to take a final examination in a course
who has been present at less than seventy per cent of the lectures. To be
entitled to attendance credit a student must be present at least one hour
in a one and one-half hour lecture, and at least one and one-half hours
in a two hour lecture.
Make-up examinations are held in September of each year. (See
calendar, p. 4).
Grades
The work of each student shall be graded upon examinations, according
to the following scales:
B AW°averagc } Honor Grades
C Average
D Lowest passing grade
E Unsatisfactory*
F Failure**
Inc. Incomplete — no examination
*An unsatisfactory grade may be made up by taking the make-up
examination and obtaining a satisfactory grade.
**A failure may be made up, only by repeating the course in its entirety
and obtaining a satisfactory grade.
EVENING COURSES 21
Honor List
The Honor List, issued at the end of each semester, contains the names
of all students taking a full program who have an honor grade average in
all subjects with no grade below "C" in any subject.
Scholarships
Partial tuition scholarships are awarded annually to the two highest
ranking students of the freshman and middler classes. These awards are
made during the summer and are based on the record made during the
previous school year.
Freshman Class — One $80.00 scholarship is awarded to the highest
ranking student.
One $40.00 scholarship is awarded to the second
highest ranking student.
Middler Class — Similar awards are made to the two highest ranking
students.
In order to be eligible for these awards, students must fulfill the follow-
ing conditions:
1. They must be carrying a full program — not less than twenty
semester hours.
2. They must register for a full program in the fall succeeding the
award.
Student Activities
While the major part of the time of evening students must of necessity
be taken up with their studies, it is possible for interested students to
engage in activities. The administrative officers of the school believe
that the association of students in such activities is of distinct value.
TUITION AND FEES
Application Fee
An application fee of $5.00 is required when the application for ad-
mission is filed. This fee is not refundable.
Tuition
Tuition is payable in advance in four installments on the following
Mondays: $40 at the opening of school on September 23, $40 December 2,
$40 February 17 and $40 at the beginning of the third term on May 12.
Students will be permitted to pay their tuition installment any time
during the week in which it falls due without being charged the late fee.
22 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Students who cannot meet their quarterly tuition bills in full are ex-
pected to arrange with the Director for the payment of their quarterly
bills before the date on which they are due.
Students who need to do so may make special arrangements for the
payment of their tuition monthly or weekly in a personal conference with
the Director. For this service a small charge is made.
Students enrolled for less than- a full-year program are charged on a
semester hour basis of $8.00 per semester hour.
Late Payment Fee
Students who do not pay their quarterly tuition bills during the week
when they are due must pay a late payment fee of $1.25. This is a fixed
fee and does not vary with the amount of the tuition bill.
Examination Fees
A fee of $2.00 is charged for each make-up examination taken by a
student.
Payments
Checks or money orders should be drawn payable to Northeastern
University.
Withdrawals and Refunds
In the event a student is obliged to withdraw from the school for causes
deemed adequate by the committee on Administration, the unused tuition
will be refunded.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
*Starred courses in the following list are omitfed in 1940-41, but are to be given in subse-
quent years.
ECONOMICS
Ec 3 Economic Principles
A thorough grounding in the fundamental principles and laws of economics is the aim of
this basic course. The main topics include the nature and organization of production, the
nature and importance of wants, the relation of money and prices, the process of exchange,
and the nature of international trade.
2 semester hour credits
Ec 4 Economic Principles
A continuation of Ec 3. A careful analysis is made of the determination of price under
conditions of competition and monopoly, and of the distribution of wealth and income in
the form of wages, economic rent, interest, and profits. The elements of insurance are dis-
cussed in connection with profits.
2 semester hour credits
EVENINGCOURSES 23
Ec 5 Economic Problems
In this course the application of economic principles to some of the major economic
problems of modern society is emphasized. The problems studied include consumption,
protective tariffs and subsidies, labor problems such as unemployment and labor unions,
and the business cycle.
1 semester hour credits
Ec 6 Economic Problems
A continuation of Ec 5. Among the problems considered are the following: price stabiliza-
tion, the agricultural problem, the relation of government to business including control of
monopolies and public utilities, insurance, public finance, and proposals for the remodeling
and improving of the economic system.
1 semester hour credits
Ec 7 Money and Banking*
This course, amplifying the more general treatment of money and credit in Ec 3 and Ec 4,
considers the problems of monetary and banking control with particular emphasis upon the
policies of the Federal Reserve System. Current developments are carefully considered.
Pre-requisite: Ec 3, Ec 4 1 semester hour credits
Ec 11 Labor Problems*
An intensive study of the labor problems of modern industry constitutes the content of
this course. Unemployment and other grievances of the worker, including industrial acci-
dent and disease, inadequate wages, long hours, undesirable working conditions, child and
woman labor, etc., are carefully analyzed. Labor unions, representing the workers' effort
to solve the above problems, receive extended attention with an appraisal of their policies
and accomplishments. Employee representation, profit-sharing plans and similar devices
of the employer to meet the same problems are also examined critically. The attitude of
our government toward these problems and its attempts to handle them are analyzed
carefully. The suggestions of other groups and agencies in respect to these problems will
be treated, e.g. co-operative movement, socialism.
Pre-requisite: Ec 3, Ec 4 3 semester hour credits
Ec 15 History of Economic Thought
A critical review of the origin and development of economic thought. After a brief
account of the contributions of Plato and Aristotle, the early Christian fathers, and the
writers of the Middle Ages, each of the main schools of economic thought is taken up in
turn: the Mercantilists, the Physiocrats, the Classical School, the Socialists, the Historical
School, the Austrian School, and that of Alfred Marshall.
Pre-requisite: Ec 5, Ec 6 1 semester hour credits
Ec 20 Public Finance
In this course a study is made of the kinds of taxes imposed by municipal, state, and
federal governing bodies. Attention is given to the "trend" in taxation. Governmental
borrowings and revenues are studied as to their general effect on the finances of individuals
and business concerns. A large part of the time allowed for this course is spent in a study of
the sources of revenue such as commodity taxes, highway taxes, general property taxes,
taxes on business, poll taxes, income taxes, and death taxes.
2 semester hour credits
ENGLISH
E 1-A English I
The aim of this course is to help the student attain competence in the understanding and
evaluating of modern literature and in written expression. It includes a review of the
structural essentials of the English language, various written assignments, and the study of
essays and informational articles.
3 semester hour credits
24 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
E 2-A English I
Continuing the general purposes of E i-A, this course proceeds to a study of the special
problems of description and narration, and to a critical reading of poems, short stories, and
plays.
3 semester hour credits
E 7 Advanced Composition*
For students interested in imaginative writing. Original papers by the students will be
discussed in class and in weekly conference with the instructor. The principles underlying
creative writing will be carefully studied.
2 semester hour credits
E 8 Advanced Composition*
Continued practice in creative writing supplemented by an analysis of the work appearing
in the better magazines. The shorter forms will be emphasized.
Pre-requisite: E 7 2 semester hour credits
E 13 Effective Speaking
This course offers practical training in the preparation and presentation of the various
types of speeches. The instruction is planned to eliminate defects of voice, posture, and
delivery, and to develop in the student an ability to speak easily, naturally, and forcefully.
1 semester hour credit (2 cl.)
E 14 Effective Speaking
Continued practice in impromptu and extempore speaking, organization of material,
consideration of the audience, and vocabulary building, form the basis of the course.
Pre-requisite: E 13 1 semester hour credit
E 15 Survey of English Literature
A survey of English literature to 1800. After a brief study of the social and political
background of each literary period, the writing of the period is considered, and the more
important writers are studied and read in detail. The purpose of the course is to give the
student an appreciation of English literature as a whole, and an intimate knowledge of its
major figures.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
E 16 Survey of English Literature
A survey of English literature from 1800 to the present century. The outstanding writers
are read, studied, and related to the general background of nineteenth-century England.
The purpose of the course is to give the student an understanding of the writers who con-
tributed most to the formation and development of modern literature in England.
3 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
E 25 American Literature to 1860*
A survey of American literature from colonial times to the triumph of the transcendental
movement in New England. The work of Bryant, Irving, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau,
Lowell, Holmes, Longfellow, and Melville will be emphasized.
2 semester hour credits
E 26 American Literature After 1860*
Continuing E 25, the course will consider the rise of realism after the Civil War, the
development of American humor, the appearance of local color writers, and modern trends
since 1900.
2 semester hour credits
EVENING COURSES 25
E 33 Modern Literature 1895-1915
Beginning with a study of late nineteenth-century literature in England and America, the
course considers the principal literary developments of the period 1895 to I9I5- New forms
and methods in poetry, the novel, the short story, and the play are studied, and are illus-
trated by the work of literary groups and movements and by such major writers as Walt
Whitman and Henry James.
2 semester hour credits
GOVERNMENT
Gv 1 American Government and Politics
The study of our National Government with respect to its organization and function;
its powers and limitations under the Constitution; its legislative, administrative, and
judicial machinery under the party system of government and bureaucracy.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 2 American Government and Politics
A more detailed study of the relationships of our federal, state, and municipal govern-
ments, including an analysis and comparison of the various state governments and types
of municipal government with respect to state and local agencies for carrying out the exec-
utive, legislative, and judicial functions of government in a democratic country.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 3 Comparative Government*
The older governments of Europe, those, principally of Great Britain and France, but
also to Switzerland and the Scandinavian countries, are described and analyzed in this
course. Institutions are compared in these various states with reference to America and
the newer governments of Europe.
2 semester hour credits
Gv 4 Comparative Government*
A study of the newer governments of Europe, as found in Germany, Italy, and the Soviet
Union. Democracy and dictatorship are analyzed as different modes of life and rule.
These states are compared to each other, to the older governments of Europe, and to the
United States.
2 semester hour credits
HISTORY
H 1 History of Civilization
This is primarily a background course. Introductory lectures deal with primitive society,
the development of language and writing, and the early contributions of Egypt and Asia.
More detail is given to the structure of Greek and Roman society, the rise of the Christian
Church, the barbarian invasions of the Empire, the growth of Islam, and the life of the early
Middle Ages.
4 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
H 2 History of Civilization
This course deals with the growth of the monarchies in Europe, the medieval Church, the
art and literature of the Renaissance and Reformation, the economic revolution, the Age
of Reason in France and England, the Old Regime and the Revolution in France, and the
growth of science and industrialism.
As in H 1, the emphasis is upon the cultural rather than the political history of Europe.
4 semester hour credits (4 cl.)
26 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
H 9 The United States to 1865*
This course is an interpretation of the events which shaped the American nation to the
Civil War. Social customs, economic influences, racial contributions, and humanitarian
movements are not neglected, though the political history is stressed.
1 semester hour credits
H 10 The United States Since 1865*
Major attention is given to the social, economic, and political foundations of recent his-
tory in this survey of the transition of America from an agricultural to an urban industrialized
society since the Civil War. Consideration is given to the problems arising with the emer-
gence of America as a world power.
i semester hour credits
H 13 English and American Constitutional History*
The first semester of this course is devoted to a consideration of the English constitution
and of the common law; local government vs. central government; the origin and growth ot
Parliament; the development of the British cabinet system; and a comprehensive study of
statutes and documents.
3 semester hour credits
H 14 English and American Constitutional History*
In the second term a study is made of the historical development of the United States
Constitution with particular emphasis on its progressive adaptation to a changing social
and economic order.
3 semester hour credits
PSYCHOLOGY
Ps 1 Introduction to Differential Psychology
An elementary survey of the psychology of individual differences including personality
differences, together with a presentation of some of the practical applications of the findings
of differential psychology.
1 semester hour credits
Ps 2 General Psychology
An introduction to general experimental psychology. The topics considered include
learning, thought, memory, perception, and sensation.
2 semester hour credits
Ps 7 Social Psychology of Everyday Life
A course devoted to the psychological examination of some of the phenomena observable
in everyday social life. These include customs, crazes, fashions, rumor, propaganda, crowds,
leadership, competition, and co-operation.
Pre-requisite: Ps i and i 2 semester hour credits
Ps 8 Social Psychology, Theory, and Methods
A survey of the field of social psychological theory and an examination of the experi-
mental techniques utilized in this field of psychology. Special emphasis is placed upon atti-
tudes and their measurement.
i semester hour credits
SOCIOLOGY
S 1 Introduction to Sociology*
In presenting a survey of the origins and sources of human society, this study provides
orientation for the courses in principles and problems which follow. The several theories
of organic evolution are discussed. The antiquity of man and basic anthropological data
are considered. The racial and ethnic groupings of man are then studied in the light of
biological, geographical, and cultural factors.
1 semester hour credits
EVENING COURSES 27
S 2 Principles of Sociology*
Facts and principles basic to a general knowledge of the field of sociology are presented.
The origins, forms, and forces of human associations are discussed. Consideration is given
the several leading schools of sociological thought. The course is designed to meet the
needs of the student who desires only an elementary survey of the subject, as well as the
student who plans to take advanced courses in social science.
1 semester hour credits
S 3 Social Problems
Attention is given the nature, complex causation, and interrelatedness of social problems
in general. Cultural change with its attendant lags, as well as other social forces and con-
flicts, are studied. While sociological theory is occasionally introduced to clarify the
problem at hand, the course is essentially practical in character. Such problems as poverty
and unemployment, race antagonisms, population pressures, and the broken home are
considered. Optional field trips to various institutions give concreteness to the problems
studied.
1 semester hour credits
S 4 Social Pathology*
Similar to the course in Social Problems in background and approach, this study deals
with the maladjustments and ills of human society. Emphasis is given those pathological
conditions which exist in relations between the individual and the group. Typical subjects
presented include mental defectiveness and disease, alcoholism and drug addiction, suicide,
delinquency and crime, and pathologies of domestic relations. The field trips arranged for
this course add to the practical knowledge of the social ills which are studied.
1 semester hour credits
S 7 Principles of Social Ethics
To clarify the meaning of morality in social relations is the aim of this study. Right and
wrong conduct is analyzed in the light of the highest values for human society. Moral laws
are discussed, and the various systems of ethics are evaluated. Scientific attitudes are en-
couraged in order that one's moral judgments may be compatible with one's best reflective
thought.
1 semester hour credits
S 9 Problems in Social Ethics*
Problems arising from differences in moral standards found in the various social groups
will be examined. The question of ethical relativism and determinism will be considered.
A selected number of specific problems in social ethics will be discussed.
2 semester hour credits
S 11 Social Control*
The methods by which social forces are controlled provide the fundamental material or
the course. External and internal types of control of the social organism are discussed.
The use of violence, the power of public opinion, and the application of certain principles
of social psychology are examined.
2 semester hour credits
S 14 Urban Sociology*
Upon studying the complex human society found in the various cities of the world, this
course then turns to an analysis of the modern American city. Its types, social values, and
pathological elements are discussed. Methods of city planning are considered. The belief
on the part of some sociologists that democracy is doomed by its cities is examined in the
light of typical problems of urban society.
1 semester hour credits
*Starred courses are omitted in 1940-41, but are to be given in subsequent years.
28
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Student List
Baldwin, Charles W.
Barksdale, Philip B.
Beatty, Edward F.
Belovitch, Charles
Blackman, Jordan S.
Blake, Samuel
Blyer, Benjamin
Boyd, Robert B.
Broitman, Albert S.
Brown, Harry
Hyde Park
Winchester
Mansfield
Worcester
Boston
Roxbury
Chelsea
Dorchester
Dorchester
East Boston
Cargill, Thomas E., Jr. Melrose
Cargill, William R. Melrose
Ceccarelli, Renato Center Rutland, Vt.
Cheyne, Robert B. Wakefield
Colotti, Carmine J. East Boston
Cooperman, Irving Everett
Costello, John F. Chelsea
Cotti, Louis J. Plymouth
Croll, Irving I. Chelsea
Cucinotta, John V. Belmont
Davis, Walter B. Melrose
Davison, Sherman Arlington
Day, Charles E. Beverly
Desmond, Robert J. Boston
Egan, Walter B. South Boston
Ennis, Charles S. West Roxbury
Fabiano, Salvatore A. Boston
Faraci, Peter J. Boston
Foster, Marjorie E. Boston
Franklin, Jesse W.
Webster Springs, W. Va.
Fritz, Hyman Roxbury
Geremonte, Frank M. Stoneham
Goldman, Albert A. Dorchester
Gordon, Samuel L. Brighton
Gray, Samuel L. Roxbury
Hanson, Andrew T. Watertown
B.E.E. Northeastern University
Helin, Rauni V. Amesbury
Hurowitz, Paul Lynn
Ippolito, Vincent O. Medford
Jakubens, John H. Scituate
Johnson, Paul M. Gorham, Me.
Kaitz, Pearl G. Cheslea
Kalikow, Martin Lynn
Kehoe, Philip J. Dorchester
Kelly, Leo J. Roxbury
Kilroy, Stephen P. Dorchester
Koffman, Leonard S. Roxbury
Koocher, David Dorchester
Landry, Albert J. Athol
Lazazzero, Arthur J. Waltham
Lee, Walter H. Brookline
B.C.E. Northeastern University
Lessa, Charles R. East Boston
Levitt, Sigfried Mattapan
Macau lay, James E. Maiden
B.C.E. Northeastern University
Maher, Thomas F. Waltham
Margolin, Joseph N. Dorchester
Masiello, Michael Lynn
Massirman, Arnold Chelsea
Mavros, Christy L. Lynn
McKenna, John J., Jr. Danvers
Mednicoff, Melvin Haverhill
Melemed, Irving L. Chelsea
Millen, Sydney G. Boston
Minsky, Martin M. Winthrop
Mogue, Eleanor F. Braintree
Morton, Henry I. Needham
B.Ch.E. Northeastern University
Mullen, Paul R. Wrentham
Munson, Robert E., Jr. Greenwood
Murray, Edward F. Maiden
Niccolls, Francis A., Jr. Brookline
Nyberg, Sten G. Holliston
Parlow, Edith Chelsea
Paul, Anthony A. Boston
Pingree, Charles V. Lynn
Polansky, Rose Roxbury
Rabinovitz, Fred Boston
Richardson, Dorothy E. Dedham
Ring, Joseph T. Brookline
Robb, Romola Boston
Robinson, James O. North Chelmsford
Rosen, Herbert Roxbury
Ryan, John J., Jr. Woburn
Sawabini, Charles E. Brookline
Selvitella, James R. Medford
Serrecchia, Principe E. Roxbury
Sheingold, Leonard S. Roxbury
Shuster, Francis B., Jr. West Newton
Silverman, Samuel Brookline
Sinatra, Edward J. Brighton
Smith, Raymond P. Sturbridge
Stone, Carrie N. Roslindale
Sushman, David Boston
Swartz, Joseph Medford
Sybicki, Anthony P. Chelsea
Thames, Lucille D. Boston
Thompson, Phyllis E. Medford
Throckmorton, Ralph E.
North Haven, Conn.
Tully, James J. Jr. Chelsea
Verrill, Ralph F. Concord
Voke, Edward R. Chelsea
Waugh, Thomas H. Revere
Weinberg, Arthur Chelsea
Welsh, William T. Boston
West, Paul J. Boston
Williams, Margaret M. Dorchester
Woodhull, Dean H. Wakefield
Wyner, Henry I. Brighton
B.C.E. Northeastern University
Zolla, Frank E. Revere
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
College of Liberal Arts
Offers a broad program of college subjects serving as a foundation for the under-
standing of modern culture, social relations, and technical achievement. Students
may concentrate in any of the following fields: Biology, Chemistry, Economics-
Sociology, English (including an option in Journalism), and Mathematics-Physics.
Varied opportunities available for vocational specialization. Degree: Bachelor of
Science or Bachelor of Arts.
College of Engineering
Offers curricula in Civil, Mechanical (with Diesel, Air-Conditioning, and Aero-
nautical options), Electrical, Chemical, Industrial Engineering, and Engineering
Administration. Class room study is supplemented by experiment and research
in well-equipped laboratories. Degree: Bachelor of Science in the professional
field of specialization.
College of Business Administration
Offers six curricula: Accounting, Banking and Finance, Marketing and Adver-
tising, Industrial Administration, Journalism, and Public Administration. Each
curriculum represents in itself a broad survey of business technique, differing from
the others chiefly in emphasis. Degree: Bachelor of Science in Business Ad-
ministration.
School of Law
Offers day and evening undergraduate programs admitting those who present a
minimum of two years of college work, each program leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Laws. Also graduate program in the evening leading to the degree of
Master of Laws. Co-educational.
School of Business
Offers curricula through evening classes in Accounting, Management — with
Industrial and Merchandising majors, Law and Business Management, and Engi-
neering and Business leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration in
specified fields or the Bachelor of Commercial Science in Law and Business Manage-
ment. Preparation for C.P.A. Examinations. Shorter programs may be arranged.
Co-educational.
Evening Courses of the College of Liberal Arts
Certain courses of the College of Liberal Arts in the field of English, Literature
and the Social Sciences are offered during evening hours. These courses constitute
a three-year program equivalent in hours to one-half the requirement for the A.B.
or S.B. degree and provide general education and preparation for admission to the
School of Law. Associate in Arts title conferred. Co-educational.
The College of Liberal Arts, Engineering, and Business Administration offer
day programs for men only and are conducted on the co-operative plan. After
the freshman year students may alternate their periods of study with periods of
work in the employ of business or industrial concerns at ten-week intervals. Under
this plan they gain valuable experience and earn a large part of their college ex-
penses.
In addition to the above schools the University has affiliated with it and conducts:
the Lincoln Technical Institute offering, through evening classes, courses of college
grade in various fields of engineering leading to the title of Associate in Engineering;
and the Lincoln Preparatory School, an accredited evening school preparing for
college entrance and offering other standard high school programs.
For further information regarding any of the above schools, address
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
All schools except BOSTON, MASS. School of Law
School of Law Telephone KENmore 5800 47 Mt. Vernon Street
360 Huntington Avenue Connecting all schools Near State House
LKLCOin
^Jn At it Lite
^vrnkJi n.v3? 'Vi'S'.-S S '
College Courses in Engineering
EVENING SESSIONS
LINCOLN TECHNICAL
INSTITUTE
(Affiliated with Northeastern University)
Evening Engineering Courses
of College Grade
19404941
The Lincoln Technical Institute offers courses in Engineering leading to the
Title of Associate in Engineering and in conjunction with Northeastern Uni-
versity School of Business, offers courses carrying credit toward the Degree of
Bachelor of Business Administration in Engineering and Management awarded
by Northeastern University.
£
>.
o
w
o
o
53
"2
3
w
o
1)
D
■•*-
3
Z
w
Q
►J
o
E
>
E
<
u
Z
<
bo
0
o
u
c
c
o
h
O
z
<
o
"a
5
6
p
n
H
J=
*o
z
D
3
o
D
k-
CO
X
CO
>h"
_1
h
<
O
"3
<
CO
a:
z
r
w
o
>
M
H
G
z
z
2
_2
D
o
3
a.
Z
o
7.
ca
>
PS
J
00
Tr,
w
UJ
u,
H
OS
>
CO
BJ
<s
D
<
r
E
in
H
Pi
0
bo
z
c
Lincoln technical institute
^oard of trustees
Robert Gray Dodge
Chairman
Frank Lincoln Richardson
Vice-chairman
Galen David Light
Secretary and Treasurer
Charles Francis Adams
Wilman Edward Adams
Arthur Atwood Ballantine
George Louis Barnes
Farwell Gregg Bemis
Walter Channing
William Converse Chick
Paul Foster Clark
William James Davidson
Frederic Harold Fay
Edward J. Frost
Franklin Wile Ganse
Harvey Dow Gibson
Henry Ingraham Harriman
Chandler Hovey
Maynard Hutchinson
Arthur Stoddard Johnson
John Russell Macomber
Irving Edwin Moultrop
Augustin Hamilton Parker, Jr.
Frederick Sanford Pratt
Stuart Craig Rand
James Lorin Richards
Charles Milton Rogerson
Leverett Saltonstall
Frank Palmer Speare
Francis Robert Carnegie Steele
Charles Stetson
Earl Place Stevenson
Robert Treat Paine Storer
Frank Horace Stuart
Edward Watson Supple
Officers of ^Administration
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D.
President
Frank Palmer Speare, M.H., LL.D.
President Emeritus
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D.
Vice-President
Galen David Light, A.B.
Secretary and Treasurer
James Wallace Lees, A.M.
Dean
John Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S.
Assistant to the Vice-President
William Greene Wilkinson, A.B., Ed.M.
Assistant to the Dean
LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
CALENDAR
Registration Period
Advanced Standing and Condition Examinations
Classes Begin
Legal Holiday. No Classes
Thanksgiving Recess. No Classes
Final Class Session before Christmas Recess
First Class Session after Christmas Recess
Division B Classes Begin
Legal Holiday. No Classes
Commencement
1940
September
3-14
September
6
September
16
November
11
November 27-28
December
20
1941
January
6
January
13
May
30
June
16
OFFICE HOURS
August 12, 1940 — June 14, 1941
Week days, except Saturday 9 a.m. till 9 p.m.
Saturday 9 a.m. till 1 p.m.
June 16, 1941 — August 16, 1941
Monday, Wednesday, and Thursday 9 a.m. till 4 p.m.
Tuesdav and Fridav / 9 a"m- d11 4 P,m-
luesday and hriday ^ 6 p m ^ g p m
Saturday 9 a.m. till 12 m.
INTERVIEWS
Prospective students, or those desiring advice or guidance with regard to any
part of the school work or curricula, are offered personal interviews with the
Dean or his assistants. No enquirer should hesitate to ask for an appointment
as, in the long run, time is saved during the school year by having the whole
educational problem discussed before the opening of the school.
FACULTY
faculty
Frederic S. Bacon, Jr. Appointed 1936
B.S. Northeastern University, 1936; Laboratory Assistant, Northeastern Uni-
versity, 1935-36; Radio Tube Engineer, Hytron Corporation, Salem, 1936-37;
Graduate Student Course Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company,
East Pittsburgh, Pa., 1937-38; Sales Engineer, Central Station Division, Westing-
house Electric and Manufacturing Company, Boston, 1938 — .
Electricity II, III
Wayland S. Bailey Appointed 1939
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1919; M.S. Lehigh University,
1928; Member of American Society of Mechanical Engineers; Assistant In-
structor, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1923-25; Instructor, Lehigh
University, 1925-29; Assistant Professor, University of Maryland, 1929-37;
Assistant Professor, University of Connecticut, 1937-38; Assistant Professor,
Northeastern University, 1939 — .
Applied Mechanics
Charles O. Baird, Jr. Appointed 1936
B.S. Northeastern University, 1934; Instructor, Northeastern Polytechnic
School, 1922-31; Member of Boston Society of Civil Engineers; Member of New
England Water Works Association; Member of New England Sewage Works
Association; Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, Northeastern Univer-
sity, 1922—.
Surveying
Walter Alfred Baldwin Appointed 1931
A.B. Ohio Wesleyan University, 1906; Graduate Study, University of Chicago
and Harvard University; Head, Department of Mathematics, Chillicothe High
School, Ohio, 1906-8; Head, Department of Mathematics, Mansfield High
School, Ohio, 1908-10; Head, Science Department, Huntington School for
Boys, Boston, 1912-14; Instructor in Physics and Chemistry, Lincoln Preparatory
School, 1910 — . Investigator and Consultant.
Chemistry
Henry Brask Appointed 1928
B.C.E. Northeastern University, 1923; Member of The Boston Society of Civil
Engineers; Aspinwall 6k Lincoln, Civil Engineers, 1920-1922; Boston &_ Albany
R.R., 1922-1923; Engineer, Burtis Brown, Engineers, 1923-1934; Engineer,
George P. Carver Engineering Co., 1934 — .
Structural Drawing and Design
Curtis C. Brooks Appointed 1937
B.M.E. Northeastern University, 1924; A.M. Boston University, 1939;
Instructor, Chester High School, Vermont, 1925-26; Instructor, Wayland High
School, New York, 1926-27; Instructor, Hanover High School, 1927-29; In-
structor, Framingham High School, 1929 — .
Engineering Mathematics
Richard U. Bryant Appointed 1939
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1936; Firestone Tire and Rubber
Company, 1936-38; Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Department, Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1938 — .
Air Conditioning Design
FACULTY
Laurence Fuller Cleveland Appointed 1931
B.S. Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1929; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1935; Member of the Society for the Promotion of Engineering
Education; Member of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers; Member
of the New England Society of Mechanical Drawing Teachers; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University, 1929 — .
Engineering Drawing
Otis F. Cushman Appointed 1937
B.S. University of New Hampshire, 1932; M.S. University of New Hampshire,
1934; Research Assistant, University of New Hampshire, 1935-36; Instructor in
Drawing, Northeastern University, 1936 — .
Engineering Drawing
Alexander Barrett Daytz Appointed 1931
B. S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1928; Phoenix Bridge Co., 1928—
1929; Bridge Designer, Boston and Maine Railroad Company, 1929-30; Assistant
Structural Engineer, Boston Transit Department, 1930-32; Assistant at Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1932; Massachusetts Metropolitan District
Water Supply Commission, 1933-35; Engineer for Metropolitan Sewerage
Division, 1936; Practicing Engineer, 1936 — .
Structures, Concrete, Concrete Design
John James Devtne Appointed 1939
B. S. Rhode Island State College, 1927; Sc.M. Brown University, 1936; Engi-
neer, New York Telephone Company, 1927-32; Assistant Engineering In-
structor, Rhode Island State College, 1934—37; Instructor in Civil Engineering,
Northeastern University, 1937 — .
Engineering Drawing
Elmer Haskell Everett Appointed 1935
B.S. Northeastern University, 1934; Graduate Study, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, 1935; M. S. Harvard, 1936; Refrigeration Engineer, Boston Ice
Company, 1933-35; Compressor Department, Ingersoll-Rand Company, 1936;
Turbine Department, General Electric Company, 1936; Assistant to Research
Engineer, Birdseye Laboratories, 1937 — .
Mechanism — Machine Drawing
Laurence D. Frizzell Appointed 1939
B.S. Bowdoin College, 1925; A.M. Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D. Harvard
University, 1933; Teacher of Mathematics, Dartmouth High School, South
Dartmouth, Massachusetts, 1925-26; Private Assistant, Harvard University,
1934-35; Research Chemist, Norton Company, 1936-37; Private Assistant,
Harvard University, 1938 — .
Analytical Chemistry
Walter S. Frost Appointed 1937
B.S. Tufts College, 1912; Ph.D. Cornell University, 1923; Instructor, Cornell
University, 1916-1919; Instructor, West Virginia University, 1920; Assistant
Professor, University of New Hampshire, 1920-26; Chemist, Burnham Soluble
Iodine Company, 1929 — .
Industrial Chemistry Organic Chemistry
FACULTY
Royal Merrill Frye Appointed 1930
A.B. Boston University, 1911; A.M. Boston University, 1912; Ph.D. Boston
University, 1934; Instructor in Boston University, 1913-16; Instructor in De-
partment of Physics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1916-31; Instructor
in Physics, Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1926-27; Assistant Professor of
Physics, Boston University Graduate School, 1931 — .
Practical Physics, Advanced Mathematics
Mario Giella Appointed 1938
B.S. Northeastern University, 1937; M.A. Boston University, 1939; Assistant
in Chemistry, Northeastern University, 1938 — .
Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
Elmer E. Haskins Appointed 1939
B.M.E. Northeastern University, 1925; M.A. University of Pittsburgh, 1930;
Ph.D. Boston University, 1938; Instructor, Monongahela High School, Penn-
sylvania, 1925-30; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University,
1930—.
Engineering Mathematics
Robert Edgar Hodgdon Appointed 1927
B.S. University of New Hampshire; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology; Teacher in Mechanical Arts Department, Dover High School, New
Hampshire, 1919-20; Teacher of Physics and Mathematics, Concord High
School, New Hampshire, 1920-21; Training Assistant United States Veterans
Bureau, 1921-22; Instructor in Physics Department of Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, 1922-33; Rindge Technical School, 1933—.
Engineering Drawing, Practical Physics, Advanced Mathematics, Electricity
C. David Johnson Appointed 1938
A.B. Clark University, 1915; M.A. Boston University, 1935; Instructor in
Physical Training, Clark College, 1912-16; Instructor in Physics, Clark Uni-
versity, 1915-19; Instructor in Physics, Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1919-20;
Instructor in Physics and Acting Head of Department, Simmons College,
1920-21; Instructor in Physics, Tufts College, 1922-29; Assistant Professor of
Physics, Northeastern University, 1929 — .
Physics
Israel Katz Appointed 1939
Northeastern University; J. W. Moore Machinery Corporation, 1936; Somer.
ville Machine and Foundry Company, 1937; Sanborn Company, 1938; Labora-
tory Assistant in Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University, 1938 — .
Engineering Laboratory
Leon Keach Appointed 1938
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1917; M.I.T. Traveling Fellow
in Architecture, 1920-22; Office of Henry and Richmond.
Architectural Drawing and Design
Herbert G. Lang Appointed 1936
B.S. Northeastern University, 1934; Draftsman, Mas'on-Neilan Regulator
Company, 1934 — .
Engineering Drawing
8 FACULTY
John Robert Leighton Appointed 1915
B.C.E. Northeastern University, 1914; Instructor, Northeastern University,
1914-17; Instructor, Northeastern Polytechnic School, 1915-27; Instructor,
Lincoln Technical Institute, 1927 — •
Applied Mechanics, Strength of Materials
Robert E. Madsen Appointed 1933
B.M.E. Northeastern University, 1931; B.S. Northeastern University, 1933;
Graduate Study, Boston University; Member of Massachusetts Schoolmasters
Club; Member of Association of Teachers of Mathematics in New England;
Member of Mechanical Drawing Association of New England; Instructor,
Northeastern University, 1931-34; Instructor, Pond Street High School, Ayer,
1934-35; Maynard High School, 1935-36; Bedford Junior High School, 1936—.
Engineering Mathematics Engineering Drawing
Waldemar Stanwood McGuire Appointed 1936
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1928; M.A. Boston University,
1930; Instructor at Tufts College, 1920-21; Instructor Rhode Island State
College, 1921-24; Northeastern University, Professor of Chemistry, 1924 — .
Analytical Chemistry
James Henry Nye Appointed 1939
B.S. Northeastern University, 1940; Student Assistant in Electrical Labora-
tory, Northeastern University, 1938 — .
Electrical Laboratory
George Everett Pihl Appointed 1938
B.S. Northeastern University, 1937; M.S. Harvard Graduate School of En-
gineering, 1939; Instructor in Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University,
1938—.
Electrical Laboratory
Charles Lambert Richardson Appointed 1939
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1930; Goodyear Zeppelin Corpo-
ration, 1930-33; Wiley &. Foss, 1933-35; Instructor, Boston University, 1936;
Instructor, New England Aircraft School, 1937 — .
Airplane Design
Albert E. Sanderson, Jr. Appointed 1936
B.C.E. Northeastern University, 1926; Bethlehem Steel Company, 1927-30;
Boston Bridge Works, 1930-34; Instructor in Drawing, Northeastern Univer-
sity, 1938—.
Engineering Drawing Physics
John David Shore Appointed 1926
Lieut. U. S. N. R.; S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1912; Archi-
tectural Draftsman, 1916-21; Instructor, Franklin Union, Boston, 1921-24; Head
of Department of Mechanical Drawing, United States Vocational School,
Portland, Maine, 1924-25; Instructor in Mathematics, English High School,
1925 — ; University Extension Work: Industrial Mathematics and Blue Print
Reading, Navy Yard, Boston, and Industrial Mathematics and Slide Rule,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, 1937-1938.
Engineering Mathematics
FACULTY
Frederick Arlington Stearns Appointed 1921
B.S. 1917, M.S. 1934, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Member of
American Society of Mechanical Engineers; Member of Society for Promotion
of Engineering Education; United States Army, 1917-19; Instructor, Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1920; Professor in the Department of Me-
chanical Engineering, Northeastern University, 1920 — .
Heat Engineering
Edward B. Van Dusen Appointed 1940
B.S. Northeastern University, 1934; Ed.M. Boston University, 1936; Gradu-
ate Study, Boston University; Assistant Instructor in Physics, Northeastern
University, 1934-36; Instructor in Shop and Mechanical Drawing, Holliston
High School, 1936-37; Instructor in Mathematics and Science, Sudbury High
School, 1937-38; Instructor in General Science, South Junior High School,
Quincy, 1938—.
Engineering Mathematics
Albert E. Whittaker Appointed 1936
B.M.E. Northeastern University, 1924; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1932;
B.S. Northeastern University, 1933; Graduate Study, Boston University,
1934 — ; Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern Uni-
versity, 1924 — .
Engineering Mathematics
Chester Henry Wolowicz Appointed 1938
B.S. Northeastern University, 1937; Western Electric Company, 1937-38;
Jamison Cold Storage Door Company, 1938; Instructor, Mechanical Engineer-
ing, Northeastern University, 1938 — .
Machine Design Engineering Laboratory
George B. Wood, Jr. Appointed 1939
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1938; Research Assistant in the
Automotive Laboratory Division of Industrial Cooperation, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1938 — .
Airplane Engine Design
Saverio Zuffanti Appointed 1934
B.Ch.E. Northeastern University, 1930; M.A. Boston University, 1932; B.S.
Northeastern University, 1934; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Northeastern
University, 1930 — .
Analytical Chemistry
Edna M. Edison, Secretary
Helen E. Hildreth, Bookkeeper
Hawthorne P. Summers, Recorder
Electrical Measurements Laboratory
Mechanical Engineering Laboratoi
HISTORICAL BACKGROUND 11
c&he Lincoln Schools
'"THE Lincoln Schools, conducted by and affiliated with North-
eastern University, include the Lincoln Technical Institute
and the Lincoln Preparatory School. These schools offer the non-
degree-granting work conducted by Northeastern University. In
the Lincoln Technical Institute the work, however, carries credit
towards the Title of Associate in Engineering and is acceptable
also towards the degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Manage-
ment offered by Northeastern University School of Business.
All classes in the Lincoln Schools are held in the evening and
are especially designed to meet the needs of those who are em-
ployed during the day.
The first of the Lincoln Schools to be established was the
Lincoln Preparatory School, known for many years as the North-
eastern Preparatory School. This school had its real beginning
in 1897 in the single courses offered in History, Science, and other
subjects of a cultural nature, and in certain trade courses intended
to benefit men engaged in various occupations.
Gradually the trade courses were discontinued and the remain-
ing subjects were welded into a regular high school program, upon
the completion of which a standard high school diploma was
awarded.
The primary purpose of the school has been effective prepara-
tion of students for college entrance. For this reason constant
attention has been paid through the years to the maintenance and
improvement of standards.
In 1925 women were admitted to classes on the same basis as
men. Since 1924 the school has been accredited by the New
England College Entrance Certificate Board, a marked distinction
in the case of an evening school, and an expression of confidence
that day school standards are maintained. The school today
offers curricula in the general, scientific, and classical fields. The
enrollment has increased from fewer than fifty students to almost
five hundred, of whom one-fifth are women. The faculty has been
increased until it now numbers from twenty-five to thirty men of
wide experience and training, drawn from the leading day pre-
paratory and high schools of Metropolitan Boston.
Next in point of view of time was the Lincoln Technical Insti-
tute, which had its origin in the Evening Polytechnic School. The
latter received its title in 1901, when the work of various technical
departments, such as the Department of Steam Engineering, the
12 HISTORICAL BACKGROUND
Department of Art, the Automotive School and the Department
of Naval Architecture, were grouped together into curricula. By
1904 we find the school offering definite curricula, generally of
three years' duration, in Architecture, Chemistry, Marine Engi-
neering, Structural Engineering, Steam Engineering, along with
courses in Art, Navigation, Surveying, Seamanship, and other
related fields. In 1925 the title Lincoln Institute was given to the
Northeastern Evening Polytechnic School. At this time the
Lincoln Institute remodelled, lengthened, and consequently im-
proved the former courses, offering four year curricula in Archi-
tecture, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering and Structural Engineering.
Since then, additional curricula have been added, namely,
Aeronautical Engineering, and Air Conditioning Engineering.
In addition, provision was made so that students need not
pursue a complete curriculum but could elect individual courses
related to their present occupations, the only prerequisite of entry
being ability to pursue the course with profit to themselves. At
the present time there are more than five hundred students re-
ceiving instruction in the Lincoln Technical Institute in the
various branches of engineering.
Since 1936 the curricular courses of the Institute have been
credited by Northeastern University School of Business towards
the Degree of Bachelor of Business Administration in Engineering
and Management offered by that school.
Effective 1939 the Executive Council of Northeastern University
authorized the Lincoln Technical Institute to award the Title of
Associate in Engineering to those who satisfactorily complete
any one of the prescribed curricula.
The Officers of Administration are constantly alert to changing
conditions and from time to time will modify existing courses to
meet new needs and develop new courses so that real educational
opportunities will be available to employed men and women at
convenient evening hours. In particular they are sincerely inter-
ested in the problems of each student and are available for voca-
tional and educational guidance. Through the Lincoln Schools
many men and women have been able to solve their problems
and to secure that education which has enabled them to succeed
in the work for which they are adapted by ability and interest.
Without the facilities of the Lincoln Schools many of these
alumni would still be occupying minor positions with little oppor-
tunity for advancement on account of lack of training.
ENGINEERING TRAINING 13
^he Lincoln technical institute
Engineering Training in the Lincoln Technical Institute
^HE LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE is an evening
engineering school in Boston, offering to the residents of
Metropolitan Boston the opportunity for evening engineering
studies and meeting the rigid requirements expected of a good
school of engineering.
The Lincoln Technical Institute, while not claiming to offer a
training equivalent to that offered by a day school of engineering
or professing to turn out finished engineers, nevertheless offers
an engineering training which is of marked value and which has
the following outstanding features:
1. It aims to supply an increasing number of men who have
been thoroughly trained in the fundamental theories of
mathematics and the physical sciences, who can apply their
knowledge to the independent solution of practical prob-
lems and to their everyday work, making intelligent use of
their textbooks, manuals, and available literature.
2. The courses are conducted by experienced instructors, all of
whom have had practical contact with the engineering
profession.
3. Considerable stress is laid on the practical aspects of each
course, and, where possible, practice is combined with
theory. This procedure is simplified because of the practical
training and experience of most of our faculty members.
4. All courses meet at convenient evening hours, usually three
evenings a week for a full program, so that students may
pursue this training without leaving their present occupa-
tions and yet have adequate time for outside study.
5. The fees charged are extremely moderate, and, being pay-
able in installments, are within the reach of most ambitious
men.
6. The student body is a well-prepared, experienced, and
mature group of men of widely varying ages and occupations.
7. Satisfactory completion of any of the prescribed programs leads
to the award of the Title of Associate in Engineering.
8. Degree credit is given in the Northeastern University Evening
School of Business for work completed in the Lincoln Technical
Institute.
14 ENGINEERING TRAINING
The recent depression has shown that the greatest single need
that most of us have is security of employment. Without this
security, satisfactory living is difficult, if not impossible. We have
learned, furthermore, that this security may best be obtained by
providing ourselves with such adequate training that we not only
continue to be of service to our employer but that if possible we
continue to make ourselves of increasing value. It is to be further
secured by qualifying for some other occupation than the one in
which we are at present employed. Those who suffered most in
the recent depression were those whose specialization was so
narrow that they could not adapt themselves to other related
phases of their occupation, or those whose education was so
general that it lacked depth. A sound engineering course such as
that offered by the Lincoln Technical Institute in the evening will
furnish a man with an opportunity, not only to obtain the special-
ization he needs, but furnishes him with a general training in
engineering so that in the event of loss of employment through
some economic catastrophe he may make a vocational readjust-
ment with a minimum of lost motion.
Opportunities for the Technically-Trained Man
Since Engineering embraces almost the whole range of human
activities, the ultimate position of the man who trains himself to
enter the engineering field will depend in large measures on the
opportunities in his particular field of study and on his own
ability and training. However, the range of work within any
given engineering field is so great that the average student, apply-
ing himself diligently to his chosen program of study, should find
first, employment; second, an opportunity to advance in keeping
with his ability and training. Below are listed some of the more
specific jobs in the various fields of Engineering. These give the
various areas in which a man may work and the promotional
steps he may take.
The Construction Field: This field embraces Architecture, Civil
Engineering and Structural Engineering. The following are some of
the positions in this field: construction supervisor, job superin-
tendent, draftsman, estimator, designer, surveyor, general super-
intendent, contractor, field engineer, etc.
The Electrical Field: The following are some of the positions in
this field: operator, maintenance man, installator and service
man, tester, inspector, draftsman and designer, research worker,
ENGINEERING TRAINING 15
plant engineer, lighting engineer, estimator, production man.
The Chemical Field: Listed below are some of the positions avail-
able in the Chemical field: laboratory assistant, technician, assist-
ant chemist, chemist, production assistant, department super-
visor, laboratory supervisor, research worker.
The Mechanical Field: This field embraces also the areas of Air
Conditioning Engineering, Diesel Engineering and Aeronautical Engi-
neering. Some of the positions in this field are: draftsman, tool
designer, checker, inspector, chief of maintenance, production
engineer, machine designer, power plant test engineer, supervisor,
experimental department worker.
The Field of Management: These technical areas have, of course,
many related positions which are necessary to permit the smooth
functioning of any business enterprise, large or small, and fre-
quently many of the higher salaries in the engineering field are
paid to men who are in what is generally referred to as the business
side of engineering. The following are some of the positions
available here: bookkeeper, office manager, accountant, specifica-
tions writer, purchasing agent, salesman, public relations agent,
employment manager, plant manager, etc.
Industry Demands Trained Men
The remarkable engineering developments of recent years, while
conferring many benefits on the human race, have created person-
nel problems in industry that have demanded the attention of
the best brains in the country. The decline of the apprenticeship
system and the increased use of machines for processes formerly
performed by hand have brought about a system so complicated
that a young man entering industry cannot hope to achieve success
without some form of specialized training. Even the man already
employed in industry in an unskilled or semi-skilled capacity must
seriously consider such training if he hopes for advancement.
Opportunities for the Engineer in Metropolitan Boston
The following brief statements regarding Metropolitan Boston
and its industries and activities show at a glance the opportunities
available to the engineer, and demonstrate that with the continued
growth of this area in population, importance, and activity, a
large force of men, well trained in engineering experience, are
needed for the maintenance and for the development of new and
greater projects:
16 LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
Boston is the business, industrial, and population center of New
England; and New England is one of the richest industrial regions
in the world.
It has an area of 457 square miles, and a population of 2,000,000,
increasing at the rate of approximately 27,000 a year.
The steam and electrical mileage of Metropolitan Boston is greater
than that of any similar area in the Western hemisphere.
Boston has over 52,000 manufacturing plants, with more than
a billion dollars invested in these manufacturing establishments.
It has more than 25,000 well-ordered mercantile establishments.
It is the shoe and leather center of the world.
It is the center of the country's paper trade.
It is the greatest wool center in the world.
It is the most important cotton-manufacturing district in the
Western hemisphere.
It is one of the three great rubber manufacturing centers of the
United States.
High quality electrical apparatus is Boston's third greatest indus-
trial output.
It is a great seaport, and has the most advantageously located
airport in the United States.
It has a central planning agency, the division of Metropolitan
planning, which deals with all highway, rail, and transportation
problems for 43 cities and towns.
Faculty
In an evening school it is particularly essential that none but
men of wide experience and high ideals be appointed to the
faculty. Accordingly, the faculty of the Lincoln Technical
Institute has been very carefully chosen, all its members being
graduates of leading colleges and universities. They are men
of culture and high ideals who are in sympathy with evening
school students and understand their aims. They have had
excellent training and wide experience in the subjects which they
teach. Most of them have served with the institution for many
years, and take a personal interest in its aims and its success.
The average length of the service of faculty members is more than
nine years. The average length of their teaching experience is
eleven years. All of them are at present employed as instructors
in colleges and universities in the vicinity of Boston, or are men
prominent in executive positions in the industrial and commercial
world or in the professional practice of engineering.
LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
17
Student Body
The students of the Lincoln Technical Institute are men of
earnest purpose and firm endeavor who bring to bear on their work
a thoroughness which promises future success. Their ages last
year ranged from 16 to 48, indicating that at almost all ages
educational opportunities may be used for material advantage and
to increase personal satisfaction in daily labor. Almost all the
students are engaged in work during the day and many different
occupations have their representatives in the student body, a
fact which demonstrates that the school can be of service to men
in many walks of life. A list of the various occupations of some
of the students attending last year is given below and will prove
interesting.
Occupational Survey
The following are some of the occupations represented in the student body
during the school year 1939-40:
Agents
Air Conditioners
Apprentices
Assemblers
Assistant Managers
Assistant Teachers
Bakers
Blue Print Readers
Budget Managers
Butchers
Cabinet Makers
Chauffeurs
Chemist Assistants
Chemists
Cleaners
Clerks
Contractors
Cooks
Coopers
Cost Estimators
Countermen
Credit Men
Cutters
Diemakers
Domestics
Draftsmen
Drivers
Dyers
Electricians
Engineers
Farmers
Factory Workers
Firemen
Floorhands
Florists
Foremen
Gardeners
General Workers
Glass Grinders
Helpers
Inspectors
Insurance Men
Ironworkers
Interior Decorators
Investment Brokers
Laborers
Laboratory Assistants
Laboratory Technicians
Layout Men
Leather Workers
Linemen
Managers
Manufacturers
Markers
Mason helpers
Machinists
Mail Clerks
Meat Packers
Mechanics
Metal Workers
Meteorologists
Meter Readers
Milkmen
Millhands
Musicians
Office Workers
Oilers
Operators
Orderlies
Painters
Plasterers
Platers
Playground Directors
Plumbers
Personnel Managers
Policemen
Porters
Poultrymen
Printers
Purchasing Agents
Receivers
Research Assistants
Restaurant Workers
Salesmen
Service Boys
Shipbuilders
Shipfitters
Shippers
Shoe Workers
Shophands
Students
Sub-Foremen
Superintendents
Surveyors
Tanners
Ticket Takers
Tile Setters
Tool Designers
Tree Surgeons
Truck Drivers
Ushers
Vulcanizers
Waiters
Warehousemen
Watchmakers
Weavers
Welders
18
LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
Geographical Distribution of Students
During the school year 1939-40 the following cities and towns were represented
in the student body of the Lincoln Technical Institute:
Abington
Foxboro
Quincy
Allston
Gloucester
Randolph
Amesbury
Greenwood
Reading
Andover
Haverhill
Revere
Arlington
Hingham
Roslindale
Ashland
Hyde Park
Roxbury
Attleboro
Ipswich
Salem
Ayer
Jamaica Plain
Saylesville, R. I,
Bedford
Lawrence
Saugus
Belmont
Lexington
Saxonville
Beverly
Lynn
Scituate
Billerica
Maiden
Somerville
Bondville
Manchester, N. H.
Stoneham
Boston
Mansfield
Swampscott
Braintree
Marblehead
Taunton
Brighton
Marlborough
Wakefield
Brockton
Mattapan
Waltham
Brookline
Maynard
Walpole
Cambridge
Medfield
Watertown
Canton
Medford
Wellesley
Charlestown
Melrose
Weston
Chelsea
Methuen
Westwood
Cohasset
Milton
Weymouth
Concord
Natick
Whitman
Cranston, R. I.
Needham
Wilmington
Dedham
Newburyport
Winchester
Dorchester
Newton
Winthrop
Egypt
Norwood
Wollaston
Everett
Pawtucket, R. I.
Woburn
Framingham
Peabody
Franklin
Providence, R. I.
High Schools Represented
During the year 1939-40 the following high schools were represented in the
student body:
Abington, Pa. High School
Arlington High School
Athens High School
Attleboro High School
Ayer High School
Belmont High School
Bethel, Conn. High School
Beverly High School
Beverly Trade School
Blackhead &. Broad Cove NFLD
Boston Public Latin School
Boston Trade School
Bradford High School
Braintree High School
Brockton High School
Brookline High School
Brooklyn, N. Y. High School
Browne &l Nichols School
Cambridge High and Latin School
Cambridge School, Kendal Green
Cathedral High School
Central Evening High School
Charlestown High School
Chelmsford High School
Chelsea High School
Chicopee High School
Commerce (High School of)
Concord High School
Cranston, R. I. High School
Dedham High School
Dorchester High for Boys
East Boston High School
English High School
Everett High School
Everett Trade School
Foxboro High School
Framingham High School
Gardner High School
Gate of Heaven High School
Gloucester High School
LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
19
Goddard Seminary
Greenfield High School
Hammond, Wise. High School
Hartford, Vt. High School
Haverhill High School
Hebron Academy
Holyoke High School
Houlton, Me. High School
Howe High School
Hyde Park High School
Ipswich High School
Johnson High School
Lawrence High School
Lexington High School
Lincoln Preparatory School
Lynn Classical High School
Lynn English High School
Maiden High School
Manhasset High School
Marblehead High School
Marlboro High School
Mechanic Arts High School
Medfield High School
Medford High School
Melrose High School
Merrimack High School
Milton High School
Mission Church High School
Morristown High School
Nashua, N. H. High School
Natick High School
Needham High School
New Bedford High School
Newburyport High School
New Hampton School for Boys, N. H.
Newton High School
North Quincy High School
Norwood High School
Passaic, N. J. High School
Pawtucket, R. I. High School
Peabody High School
Provincetown High School
Quincy High School
Reading High School
Revere High School
Rindge Technical High School
Roslindale High School
Roxbury Memorial High School
Sacred Heart High School
Salem High School
Saugus High School
Scituate High School
Somersworth High School
Somerville High School
South Kingston High School
Stetson High School
St. Clement High School
St. James High School
St. James Atonement College
St. John's High School
St. Mary's High School
Stoneham High School
Stonington, Me. High School
St. Raphael's Academy
Stoughton High School
Swampscott High School
Tabor Academy
Taunton High School
Thayer Academy
Valatie, N. Y. High School
Vineland, N. J. High School
Wakefield High School
Walpole High School
Waltham High School
Watertown High School
Wellesley High School
Weston High School
West Kent High School
Weymouth High School
Whitman High School
Wilmington High School
Winchester High School
Winthrop High School
Woburn High School
Wolcott, N. Y. High School
Woodbury High School
Worcester High School
Location of School
The work of the school is conducted in three buildings of
Northeastern University situated on an eight acre campus on
Huntington Avenue just beyond Massachusetts Avenue opposite
the Boston Opera House.
The West Building at 360 Huntington Avenue contains the
headquarters of the school. This building has more than one
hundred thousand square feet of space and is adequately equipped
with classroom, drawing room, and laboratory facilities. In the
basement are the check-room, the Bookstore, and the Husky
Hut.
The East Building of the University is the educational wing of
20 LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
the Huntington Avenue Branch of the Young Men's Christian
Association. It contains the library, classrooms, and the Chemi-
cal laboratories.
The South Building is situated in rear of the East Building and
contains several classrooms, and the Electrical and Biological
laboratories.
Transportation
The School is easily reached from the North and South Sta-
tions, from the various points of the Boston Elevated System, and
by automobile.
The railroad systems entering Boston issue students' tickets to
students under twenty-one years of age. Applications for these
may be obtained at a railroad office and presented at the school
office for signature.
Parking
Ample parking facilities are available in the rear of the East
Building and in the area adjacent to the West Building.
Library
A large and well equipped library is available for the use of
students. The reading rooms are open from 9 a.m. to 10.30 p.m.
on week days, and from 9 a.m. to 10 p.m. on Saturdays. Students
have also the privilege of securing books from the Boston Public
Library and its branches. To obtain this privilege application
should be made to the Librarian, who will furnish the applicant
with the necessary blanks.
Text Books and Supplies
The Lincoln Technical Institute enjoys the facilities of the
Northeastern University Bookstore, which is a department of the
University and is operated for the convenience of the student
body. All books and supplies which are required by the students
for their work in the Institute may be purchased at the Bookstore.
In addition, the Bookstore also carries a large number of general
supplies. It should be pointed out that students attending Fresh-
man Drawing should be prepared to expend a sum of approxi-
mately $5.00 for drawing supplies, exclusive of the cost of a
satisfactory set of drawing instruments.
LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE 21
Visitors
Visitors are always welcome at one class session in any depart-
ment. Those who wish to visit any of the classes should call at
the school office and obtain a visitor's card signed by the Dean.
Notify the Office Immediately
(a) Of any change of address;
(b) Of withdrawal from any course — otherwise the fee for that
course will be charged;
(c) Of withdrawal from the school — giving the date of the last
lecture attended.
Interviews and Educational Guidance
Prospective students or those desiring advice or guidance with
regard to any part of the school work or curricula, or who wish
assistance in the solution of their educational problems, should
note the fact that interviews are available without obligation, and
that the officers of the school will do their utmost to see that a
program is designed which is the most satisfactory for the individ-
ual students. In certain cases, other institutions may be recom-
mended which suit the student's needs better. Furthermore it is
important that those with educational problems to solve should
realize the necessity for care in approaching educational work so
that the program selected will be on the best educational basis.
Awards for Scholastic Achievements
For the school year, 1940-41, the Executive Council has
offered the following scholarships. To the highest ranking Sub-
Freshman, Freshman, Sophomore and Junior who returns for
the following school year a scholarship of $60. To the second
highest ranking Sub-Freshman, Freshman, Sophomore and
Junior who returns for the following school year a scholarship
of $30.
These scholarships will be awarded only to students pursuing a
full program.
The winners of these scholarships for the past school year were:
Sub-Freshmen Sidney H. Welsh Albert H. Thibodeau
Freshmen Edward C. Gaudet Charles B. Robinson
Sophomores John L. Sienczyk Wallace W. Wilder
Juniors Giacomo J. Ristagno Morris Katzman
The awards were made at the Annual Commencement exercises
held in Bates Hall on June 15, 1939.
One of the Classrooms
A Section of the Chemistry Laboratory
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 23
^Requirements for ^Admission
Regular Students
Applicants for admission who present evidence of completion
of an approved secondary school course, or the equivalent of
fifteen units (including one unit in Algebra and one in Plane
Geometry) may be admitted as regular students, candidates for the
Title of Associate in Engineering and also eligible to proceed later,
if so desired, to the Degree of Bachelor of Business Administra-
tion in Engineering and Management offered by Northeastern
University School of Business.
Conditioned Students
Applicants for admission who do not meet the full requirements
for admission as regular students may, at the discretion of the
Committee on Admission, be admitted as conditioned students
provided such secondary school work as has been completed
embraces one unit of Algebra and one unit of Plane Geometry.
A conditioned student whose scholarship is satisfactory but who
has not removed his conditions within the time specified by the
Committee on Admission may be permitted to continue with his
program of studies but on the completion of the chosen four year
curriculum, he will receive a diploma indicating the completion of
the program, but not carrying the award of the Title of Associate
in Engineering. A conditioned student may remove his condi-
tions and be reclassified as a regular student by one of the following
methods:
(a) By applying courses which they have completed in the
Lincoln Technical Institute at the rate of one unit for each
two and one-half semester hours. (A course cannot be
credited both towards the removal of admission condi-
tions and towards the Title or Degree.)
(b) By applying units for work completed in an approved
secondary school, such as the Lincoln Preparatory School,
whose courses are conducted at convenient evening hours.
(c) By passing the examinations of the College Entrance Exam-
ination Board.
24 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Special Students
Students who wish to register for a special program or for single
courses will be admitted as special students, not candidates for the
diploma or Title, provided their previous education and training
permit them to pursue the courses with profit.
Programs are planned to meet individual needs and should
prove of benefit to those who wish rapid and immediate knowl-
edge of certain fields, whether to supplement former training or
to obtain preparation which will permit them to enter a new line
of endeavor.
Late Registration
Students should avoid late registration. Those who find it neces-
sary to register late may be permitted to enter the school pro-
vided that they have not lost so much work as to render it unlikely
that they will succeed in their courses.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 25
Classification of Students
Division A
Students who enter school at the beginning of the normal
school year in September are termed Division A students. Pro-
grams for these students can be arranged so that the work of the
school year is completed by May or in early June by attendance
three evenings a week. Students, however, may elect to carry a
lighter scholastic load than the regular program. Summer courses
are not necessary for Division A students.
Division B
Students entering school in January are termed Division B
students. These students terminate the first part of their studies
by the end of May, attending three evenings a week. However, to
complete the work of the Freshman year, it is necessary that they
attend a summer course which meets for two evenings a week.
Students pursuing this program may continue with the Sophomore
program in the September of the year in which they enter school.
Summer attendance is not compulsory, but in the event that a
student does not pursue a summer course, attendance is necessary
over a period of five school years to complete graduation require-
ments.
Sub-Freshmen
Students who have not completed Algebra and Geometry, or
those who wish to review these subjects before undertaking the
work of the Freshman year because of the remoteness of their
former period of study are termed Sub-Freshmen. Their course
will consist of Sub-Freshman Mathematics which embraces com-
plete courses in Algebra and Geometry and the Freshman courses
in Engineering Mathematics and Engineering Drawing. These
courses extend for thirty-two weeks. During the Summer Term
the program consists of the Freshman course in Physics.
Students who complete these courses will be admitted to the
work of the Sophomore year. This program permits them to
save a year which would otherwise be lost, since it enables them
to graduate in the customary period of four years.
Students are admitted to this course only after a personal inter-
view with the Dean.
26 TUITION FEES
tuition and Other Charges
Matriculation Fee
A Matriculation Fee of $5.00 is payable by each student on his
initial entrance to the school. This fee is not returnable, except
where the student is refused admission to the school.
Tuition Fees
Division A
The tuition charges and laboratory fees may be determined by
consulting the alphabetical list of courses on page 57. These
charges are usually $120 for a full program and may be paid in
six equal installments as follows:
First payment On registration
Second payment Week of October 21-26
Third payment Week of December 2-7
Fourth payment Week of January 20-25
Fifth payment Week of March 3-8
Sixth payment Week of April 14-18
Division B
Students entering Division B may carry only two courses be-
tween January and June, the fees for which are $80, payable in
four equal installments as follows:
First payment On registration
Second payment Week of February 24-28
Third payment Week of March 24-28
Fourth payment Week of April 21-25
In addition there is a summer course for Division B students
the fees for which are $40, payable in two equal installments as
follows:
First payment On registration
Second payment Week of July 21-25
In certain cases even the installment plan indicated above for Division
A or Division B will not meet the needs of many deserving students.
Such students are requested to confer with an officer of the school regard-
ing a satisfactory plan for the payment of fees.
The Officers of Administration require that students abide by
the terms of their agreement and that all students make payments
on the dates specified.
TUITION FEES 27
Scholarships
The Executive Council has made available a few scholarships to
assist needy students of good mental capacity who because of
financial limitations might be deprived of educational oppor-
tunities. The award when a scholarship is granted is never in
excess of one-half of the student's tuition fees for the year.
28 TUITION FEES
tuition l^egulations
Charges for Partial Program
In cases where students are not carrying a full program the
tuition fees are payable as follows:
(a) If the total charges are $80.00 or more, fees may be paid in
six installments.
(b) If the charges are $40.00 or more but less than $80.00
fees are paid in four equal installments.
(c) If the charges are less than $40.00, fees are payable in two
successive monthly installments.
No deduction from tuition fees is made because of late enrollment.
Bills
The school endeavors to mail bills to students ten days in
advance of the payment date and also issues announcements in
class to the effect that a payment date is falling due. In those
cases where students have not received bills, they should intimate
the fact to the school office. Students are reminded that the non-
receipt of a bill does not exempt them from the responsibility of
meeting their payments on the dates assigned and that failure to
do so will cause the student's exclusion from class until he has
conferred with an officer of the school.
In the event that absence from school is unavoidable at pay-
ment periods, students are advised to mail check or money order.
Students may obtain a statement of their accounts at any time.
Charges for Partial Attendance
In the event of a student's withdrawal from school, he is charged
on a pro rata basis for the weeks he has attended. These charges
are as follows:
34 week courses — 4% of the total charges for each week of
attendance.
20 week courses — 6% of the total charges for each week of
attendance.
17 week courses — 8% of the total charges for each week of
attendance.
The same charges are applicable in the event that a student
abandons a part of his program. In addition the full Laboratory
Fee is charged in those cases where a student is pursuing a Science.
TUITION FEES
29
Laboratory Fees
All students taking courses which require laboratory work are
charged laboratory fees in accordance with the following rates:
Aeronautical Laboratory . . . $5.00
Air Conditioning Laboratory
Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
Electrical Laboratory I, II, III
Engineering Laboratory, I, II
Industrial Chemistry Laboratory
Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
5.00
15.00
5.00
5.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
Laboratory fees are not returnable.
For students taking Chemistry there is in addition a Chemistry labo-
ratory deposit of $5.00, the unused portion of which will be refunded
after deductions for breakages.
Special Examination Fees
The fee for each special examination for advanced standing, for
conditioned students, or for students who have for justifiable
cause omitted to take the regularly scheduled examinations is $3.
In those cases where students have for justifiable cause omitted
to take a mid-term or pre-announced quiz, an examination fee of
$1.50 will be charged for the make-up quiz. In each case the fee
must be paid before the examination is taken.
Charges for Damages
Students who damage apparatus in the laboratories or who
willfully destroy school property will be responsible for the re-
placement of such damaged articles or for the cost of replace-
ment where this is undertaken by the school.
Cost of Drawing Materials
Students taking Freshman Drawing should be prepared to
expend a sum of approximately $5.00 for drawing supplies, exclusive
of cost of a satisfactory set of drawing instruments.
Diploma Fee
On completing the curricular requirements for the Title of
Associate in Engineering or for a certificate of completion the
student will pay a diploma fee of $10. T.is fee must be paid
by May 15th in the year of the student's graduation.
30 TUITION FEES
Refund Policy
Students who are forced to withdraw from a course or from the
school are expected to notify the school office by completing the
withdrawal blank which will be furnished.
Since the school assumes the obligation of carrying the student
throughout the year for which he registers, and since the instruc-
tion and accommodation are provided on a yearly basis, the
Executive Council of the Lincoln Technical Institute has ruled as
follows:
A. Application for refunds must be presented within forty-five
days after withdrawal from school.
B. Refund in the case of complete withdrawal from school will
be granted by the Committee on Withdrawals for reasons
which they deem adequate. Among the reasons deemed
adequate are the following:
(a) Personal illness.
(b) Change of employment by direction of employer
whether in the schedule of time or in place of employ-
ment.
(c) The situation where the student becomes the sole or
partial support of the family so as to make it impossible
for him to continue his studies.
(d) Loss of position.
(e) Change of residence.
(f) A voluntary change of employment, the hours or the
residence being such that he is unable to continue
attendance.
In all the above cases it is expected that a medical certificate,
letter from employer, or other appropriate substantiating docu-
mentary evidence will be produced by the student.
ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS 31
^Administrative (rRggulations
Applications for Admission
A PPLICATIONS for admission should be filed as early as
possible in order that the necessary investigations may be
made and the status of each student definitely determined before
the opening day.
Registration
Each student is required to present himself at the School Office,
and to have his course approved by the Dean to complete his
registration. A student is expected to pay the first tuition install-
ment and other fees required before beginning attendance.
Late registration will be permitted only at the discretion of the
Dean.
The School Year
The school year is divided into two semesters of seventeen
weeks each. The first semester extends from September 16 to
January 24, and the second semester from January 27 to May 23,
except that make-up sessions for public holidays may extend
either term. Attention is drawn to the fact that Division B
students begin their studies on January 13.
Graduation Requirements
Students may register for single subjects or for complete courses,
provided such registration meets with the approval of the Dean;
but to receive the Title of Associate in Engineering or certificate
of completion the student must fulfill the following conditions:
a. Regardless of the advanced standing credit he receives, he
must have been in attendance for at least a year preceding
the date on which he expects to graduate; that is, he must
complete at least one full year's work in the Lincoln Tech-
nical Institute.
b. He must complete all the courses of his particular curric-
ulum, either by attendance at this Institute, or by receiving
advanced standing credit for those courses, or the equiva-
lent of those courses, as determined by the Dean.
c. He must pass such final examinations as are required in the
courses he has pursued. The various curricula have been
arranged so that the courses can be completed in four years.
However, an extension of time will be granted to those who
wish to take longer to meet the requirements for graduation.
32 ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS
Sessions
Classes meet on week-day evenings. There are no classes on
Saturdays. A full schedule will include three evenings a week.
As a rule classes are scheduled from 7 p.m. till 9 p.m., although
occasionally classes continue until 9.30 p.m. Laboratory periods
in Chemistry are of four hours' duration.
Attendance Requirements
A careful record of attendance upon class exercises is kept for
each student. Absence from regularly scheduled classes on any
subject will seriously affect the standing of the student. It may
cause the removal of certain subjects from his schedule and the
listing of these as "conditioned subjects." However, if reasonable
excuse for absence be presented, the student may be allowed to
make up the time lost, and be given credit for the work; but he
must complete the work at such time and in such manner as his
instructor in the course shall designate.
Students who are unavoidably absent from class may receive
the home work assignments by telephoning the school office.
A minimum attendance record of 70% must be maintained in
all classes before a student will be admitted to examination.
Examinations and Quizzes
Examinations and quizzes are held throughout the term at the
discretion of the instructors. Quizzes are to be made up at the
discretion of the instructor. The fee for each make-up quiz is
$1.50. Final examinations are required upon the completion of
all courses. The following system of grading is used:
A — 90 to 100 — Excellent
B — 80 " 89 — Good
C — 70 " 79 — Fair
D — 60 " 69 — Lowest Passing Grade
F — 50 " 59 — Conditioned Failure
FF — Below 50 — Complete Failure
A student marked "F" may receive one special examination.
If he fails in that, he must repeat the course. A student marked
"FF" must repeat the course. The fee for each special examination
is $3. Grades and reports are mailed to the students and will not
be given out at the School Office. Under no circumstances will
grades be given over the telephone.
ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS 33
It is to be noted that no student will be permitted to graduate
who does not maintain a "C" average and that students who have
not maintained such an average by the end of the Sophomore
year will not be permitted to continue in school.
Transfers
Students are not permitted to change from one course to an'
other without first consulting the Dean and receiving a Transfer
Order signed by him.
Reports of Standing
An informal report of the student's standing is issued at the
end of the first semester; and the formal report, covering the year's
record, is issued at the close of each year.
In the case of students who are under twenty-one years of age,
reports may be sent to parents in the event of unsatisfactory
work on the part of the student, non-compliance with adminis-
trative regulations, continued absence, and withdrawal. Parents
of minors may obtain reports at any time on request.
Students Admitted with Advanced Standing
Students who, upon admission, were granted provisional ad-
vanced standing credit, but did not present evidence of their
eligibility to such credit, shall not be granted the diploma of the
school, unless the credentials are presented to the Dean before
the close of the first year of attendance.
Methods of Instruction
Instruction is given by means of lectures, recitations, laboratory
work, and practical work in the drawing rooms. Great value is
set upon the educational effect of these exercises, which constitute
the foundation of each of the courses. Oral and written examina-
tions are held at the discretion of the instructors.
Subjects of Instruction
On pages 57 to 67 will be found a detailed statement of the
scope of the subjects offered in the various courses. The subjects
are numbered for convenience of reference in consulting the
various curriculum schedules.
Required courses, and those prerequisite thereto, must have been
successfully pursued before any advanced course may be taken.
34 ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS
The student must have become proficient in all the elementary
subjects before undertaking advanced work, except that Special
Students who by virtue of experience can profit by an advanced
course may be admitted to such a course by the Dean.
By careful consideration of the curriculum schedules, in con-
nection with the description of subjects, the applicant for a special
course may select, for the earlier part of that course, such subjects
as will enable him to pursue later those more advanced subjects
which he may particularly desire.
Elective Subjects
Students electing any course not required in their curriculum
will be required to take all examinations in that course, and to
attain a passing grade in it before they will be eligible for a diploma.
Diplomas
Upon the satisfactory completion of any of the regular curricula,
and the fulfillment of the conditions on page 3 1 the student is
entitled to receive a diploma. A graduation fee of ten dollars
is required of all candidates for a diploma. This fee must be paid
on or before May 15th in the year in which the student is to
graduate.
The diploma with honor will be awarded to those students who
have completed the curriculum for which they registered with an
average of at least 85%.
Diplomas are awarded at the annual commencement exercises.
These are held about the middle of June.
COURSES OF STUDY 35
information <rRggarding Courses
Curricular Programs Leading to the Title of Associate
in Engineering
The Lincoln Technical Institute offers four-year courses in the
following fields:
Architectural Engineering
Chemistry
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering with Aeronautical or Air Condi-
tioning Options
Structural Engineering
On the satisfactory completion of a prescribed four-year course
involving not less than 900 classroom hours the Title of Associate
in Engineering is awarded to all regular students. Those students
who entered with conditions and who have not been reclassified
as regular students will be awarded a diploma signifying the com-
pletion of the courses but not carrying the award of the Title of
Associate in Engineering.
All these courses are of strictly college grade. In those cases
where students are unable, because of circumstances, to carry all
of the work prescribed in any year, an extension of time will be
granted by the Dean, who will determine which subjects shall be
excluded, and also the order in which the omitted subjects shall
later be studied.
Schedules of the various curricula are given on the following
pages. The work of the first year is the same for all curricula
except the special course in Chemistry described on page 38.
When a student elects a curriculum he is expected to complete
all the subjects in that curriculum in order to receive the Title or
a diploma, unless he has the permission of the Dean to drop or
omit certain subjects and substitute others for those omitted.
36 COURSES OF STUDY
cArchitectural Engineering Qourse
heading to the Title of Associate in Engineering
Architectural Engineering is a profession which requires not
only an intimate knowledge of the properties of steel, concrete,
masonry, timber, and all of the other materials which enter into the
structure of the building, but an acquaintance with the various
styles of architecture as developed in previous civilizations, as
well as the tendencies of modern practice, in order that these
materials may be used and harmonize with the design of the
building.
The course in Architectural Engineering undertakes to furnish
the fundamental training necessary to start the student in his
career. It prepares for the individual practice of Architecture, or
for the supervision of construction. This curriculum will be of
value to those who at present occupy minor positions in the
architectural profession, and it is also possible for a student who
plans to obtain employment in an architect's office to receive in
his early training sufficient preparation for such work. He may
then advance by combining theory with practice.
First Year Second Year
Engineering Mathematics Advanced Mathematics
Engineering Drawing Architectural Drawing
Physics Applied Mechanics
Third Year Fourth Year
Strength of Materials Engineering Structures
Architectural Design *Advanced Architectural Design
Materials of Construction Concrete (1)
and Foundations (1) Concrete Design (2)
Hydraulics (2)
(1) signifies First Semester Course
(2) signifies Second Semester Course
These courses carry credit towards a six-year program leading
to the Degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Management offered
by Northeastern University School of Business.
*Students who plan to pursue a Degree Program must substitute Business and
Industrial Management for this course.
COURSES OF STUDY 37
Qhemistry Course
Leading to the Title of Associate in Engineering
HTHE Science of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering have
undergone a marked development during the past thirty
years. One has only to pause for a moment and consider the
tremendous changes that have taken place in our ordinary lives
during that period to recognize not only the important part that
has been played by the Chemist and the Engineer, but also to
appreciate the important part that they are likely to play in the
future.
The Chemist is in demand in every industry. His aid is sought
in the operation of plants for the production of such products as
gas, coke, oil, paint, fertilizers, drugs, etc. His help is requested in
the development of more economical processes, in the potential
use of by-products, and in the actual discovery of new products
in private laboratories or in the research laboratories of industry.
As a result of the training offered by this curriculum a student
has the opportunity of entering the field of Chemistry at a point
appropriate to his period of study. The training is sufficiently
general so that a variety of industries is open to him, yet deals
quite specifically with particular industries in which a person may
be definitely interested.
First Year
Engineering Mathematics
Physics
Engineering Drawing
Second Year
Advanced Mathematics
Inorganic Chemistry Lectures
Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory
Third Year
Applied Mechanics
Analytical Chemistry Lectures
Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
Fourth Year
Electricity
Organic Chemistry Lectures
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
Fifth Year
Industrial Chemistry Lectures
Industrial Chemistry Laboratory
Business and Industrial Management
38 COURSES OF STUDY
Chemistry Course
Leading to a Diploma
First Year
Inorganic Chemistry Lectures
Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory
Second Year
Qualitative Analysis Lectures (1)
Qualitative Analysis Laboratory (1)
Quantitative Analysis Lectures (2)
Quantitative Analysis Laboratory (2)
Third Year
Organic Chemistry Lectures
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
Fourth Year
Industrial Chemistry Lectures
Industrial Chemistry Laboratory
(1) signifies First Semester Course
(2) signifies Second Semester Course
These courses carry credit towards the Title of Associate in
Engineering and the Degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Manage-
ment offered by Northeastern University School of Business.
Students wishing to pursue programs for the Title or for the
Degree should consult the Dean regarding particulars.
COURSES OF STUDY 39
Civil Engineering Course
heading to the Title of Associate in Engineering
The purpose of this curriculum is to give the student an educa-
tion in those subjects which form the basis of all branches of
technical education, and a special training in those subjects com-
prised under the term "Civil Engineering." It is designed to give
the student sound training in the sciences upon which professional
practice is based.
Civil Engineering covers such a broad field that no one can
become expert in its whole extent. It includes Topographical
Engineering, Municipal Engineering, and Railroad Engineering.
It covers land surveying, and construction of sewers, water works,
roads and streets. All these branches of Engineering rest, how-
ever, upon a relatively compact body of principles. The students
are trained in these principles by practice in the class-room and
drawing-room, and, in addition are familiarized with the equip-
ment used in Civil Engineering.
The curriculum is designed to prepare the student to take up
the work of assisting in the location and construction of steam and
electric railways, sewerage and water-supply systems.
First Year Second Year
Engineering Mathematics Advanced Mathematics
Engineering Drawing Surveying
Physics Applied Mechanics
Third Year Fourth Year
Strength of Materials Engineering Structures
Highway Engineering Concrete (1)
Materials of Construction Concrete Design (2)
and Foundations (1) *Structural Drawing
Hydraulics (2)
(1) signifies First Semester Course
(2) signifies Second Semester Course
These courses carry credit towards a six-year program leading
to the Degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Management offered
by Northeastern University School of Business.
*Students who plan to pursue a Degree Program must substitute Business and
Industrial Management for this course.
40 COURSES OF STUDY
Electrical Engineering Qourse
Leading to the Title of Associate in Engineering
The applications of Electricity have developed rapidly in recent
years and to attain proficiency in this field students must have a
good working knowledge of Mathematics and Physics. It is
essential that students planning to take this course should realize
the fundamental necessity of obtaining a solid foundation in these
subjects.
The instruction has been carefully balanced between recitations,
lectures, home work, reports, and laboratory tests in order to
develop in the student the power of perception, of rational think-
ing and of applying theoretical principles to practical problems.
It is not the purpose of the curriculum to attempt the impossible
— to turn out fully trained engineers in any of the various branches
of the science. It is designed to lay a thorough foundation for
future progress along the lines of work which may particularly
appeal to the individual, and give him an adequate working
acquaintance with the essential principles which underlie each
of the more specialized branches of professional activity. Parallel
with the theoretical work runs a carefully planned course of laboraory
work which is intended to develop the student's powers of planning work
for himself.
First Year Second Year
Engineering Mathematics Advanced Mathematics
Engineering Drawing Electricity I
Physics Electrical Laboratory I
Third Year Fourth Year
Applied Mechanics *Heat Engineering I (1)
Electricity II *Heat Engineering II (2)
Electrical Laboratory II Electricity III
Electrical Laboratory III
(1) signifies First Semester Course
(2) signifies Second Semester Course
These courses carry credit towards a six-year program leading
to the Degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Management offered
by Northeastern University School of Business.
*Students who plan to pursue a Degree Program must substitute Business and
Industrial Management for this course.
COURSES OF STUDY 41
<&Kechanical Engineering Course
Leading to the Title of Associate in Engineering
This curriculum is designed to give a foundation in those funda-
mental subjects which form the basis for all professional engineer-
ing practice, and especially to equip the engineer with a knowledge
of the various phases of Mechanical Engineering. The course
embraces instruction by textbook, lecture, drawing-room and
laboratory.
All the mathematics required in the designing of machinery is
given during the first two years so as to prepare for the designing
and engineering courses given during the third and fourth years.
The sequence of subjects from those of an elementary nature to
Heat Engineering, Machine Design, etc., is arranged so that the
student may have a complete understanding of the advanced
courses.
Air conditioning and Aeronautical options are available in
this field.
The curriculum gives the student a good theoretical training
and in addition devotes sufficient time to practical applications of
theory so that he obtains a training which equips him for advance-
ment in the field of Mechanical Engineering.
First Year Second Year
Engineering Mathematics Advanced Mathematics
Engineering Drawing Machine Drawing
Physics Applied Mechanics
Third Year Fourth Year
Strength of Materials Machine Design
Mechanism (1) *Engineering Laboratory I
Hydraulics (2) Engineering Laboratory II
Heat Engineering 1(1)
Heat Engineering II (2)
(1) signifies First Semester Course
(2) signifies Second Semester Course
These courses carry credit towards a six-year program leading to
the Degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Management offered by
Northeastern University School of Business.
*Students who plan to pursue a Degree Program must substitute Business and
Industrial Management for this course.
42 COURSES OF STUDY
** Aeronautical Option
(The first two years of this program are identical with those of
the Mechanical Engineering program.)
Third Year
Strength of Materials
Heat Engineering I (1)
Aeronautical Laboratory I (2)
Mechanism (1)
Airplane Engine Design (2)
Fourth Year
Aeronautical Laboratory
Airplane Design
*Advanced Airplane Engine Design
**Air Conditioning Option
(The first two years of this program are identical with those of
the Mechanical Engineering program.)
Third Year
Strength of Materials
Heat Engineering I (1)
Heat Engineering II (2)
Mechanism (1)
Principles of Air Conditioning (2)
Fourth Year
Heating and Air Conditioning Design
Air Conditioning Laboratory
Business and Industrial Management
(1) signifies First Semester Course
(2) signifies Second Semester Course
These courses carry credit towards a six-year program leading
to the Degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Management offered
by Northeastern University School of Business.
*Students who plan to pursue a Degree Program must substitute Business and
Industrial Management for this course.
**These options will be offered only if sufficient students enroll.
COURSES OF STUDY 43
Structural Engineering Course
Leading to the Title of Associate in Engineering
The purpose of this curriculum is to give the student a special
training in those subjects included in the term "Structural Engi-
neering." It is designed to give the student sound and thorough
training in the science on which professional practice is based.
Structural Engineering covers such a broad field that no one can
become expert in its whole extent. It includes the design and con-
struction of girders, columns, roofs, trusses, arches, bridges,
buildings, walks, dams, foundations, and all fixed structures and
movable bridges. It includes a knowledge of the relative merits
of the design and construction of buildings, bridges and structures
composed of different materials used by the engineer, such as
concrete, reinforced concrete, timber, cast iron, and steel.
The curriculum is so arranged as to prepare the student to take
up the work of assisting in the design and construction of struc-
tures; to undertake intelligently supervision of erection work in
the field and general contracting.
Courses of Instruction
First Year Second Year
Engineering Mathematics Advanced Mathematics
Engineering Drawing Structural Drawing
Physics Applied Mechanics
Third Year Fourth Year
Strength of Materials Engineering Structures
Structural Design *Advanced Structural Design
Materials of Construction Concrete (1)
and Foundations (1) Concrete Design (2)
Hydraulics (2)
(1) signifies First Semester Course
(2) signifies Second Semester Course
These courses carry credit towards a six-year program leading to
the Degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Management offered by
Northeastern University School of Business.
*Students who plan to pursue a Degree Program must substitute Business and
Industrial Management for this course.
44 DEGREE PROGRAM
Curricular Programs Leading to a ^Degree
""THE Lincoln Technical Institute works in conjunction with
the School of Business, Northeastern University, in offering
a six-year program leading to a degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration in Engineering and Management offered by the
School of Business. This degree is offered with the following
majors: Aeronautical, Air Conditioning, Architectural, Civil,
Electrical, Mechanical, and Structural. A similar degree course
is available with a Chemistry major, particulars of which are
furnished on page 37.
In a recent study made of engineering graduates it was quoted
that 62.1% entered industrial, commercial and financial fields
where business courses, particularly in management and finance,
would have substantially increased their value. Also, of the 25%
entering professional practice or teaching, a large number would
have benefited if they had received beforehand some form of
business training.
The combination of Engineering and Business subjects is a
valuable one as demonstrated by surveys undertaken by various
engineering societies and colleges:
Fields of Work of Engineering Graduates
Number Per Cent
62.1%
Industrial
985
41.3 '
Commercial
387
16.3
Financial
108
4.5
Professional
595
25.0
Governmental and Miscellaneous
306
12.9
2,381 100.0
Students pursuing a program of Engineering and Management
subjects ordinarily complete the work required for the Title of
Associate in Engineering before starting business study. The
following minimum credits and courses are required to meet degree
requirements.
DEGREE PROGRAM
45
Qeneral Qourse
Leading to the B.B.A. Degree in Engineering and
Management
Lincoln Technical Institute:
Eleven approved full courses in chosen engi-
neering program or their equivalent (Any of the
curricula except Chemistry* listed on page 36
to page 43).
Hours
Semester
55
School of Business:
Accounting Aids to Management
Business Reports and Conferences
Business Economics
Financial Organization
Business and Industrial Management
Principles of Production
Scientific Management
Principles of Purchasing
Industrial Management Problems and Policies
**Business Readings
Occupational Experience
Total Semester Hours Required for Degree
5
2V2
5
5
5
35
5
30
125
*Particulars of the Degree Course with a Chemistry Major are to be found
on Page 47.
**In addition each student must register for a Business Readings Course for
which there are no lectures. This course is designed to broaden the student's
acquaintance with selected readings in the field of business.
A. Section of the Electrical Laboratories
A Physics Demonstration
i »i r| ■ ■• I I <
\.
___
tff.U
m"
im
L
*.«!-
n
j.
DEGREE PROGRAM 47
Chemistry Course
Leading to the B.B.A. Degree in Engineering and Management
with a Chemistry Major:
First Year
Engineering Mathematics
Physics
Engineering Drawing
Second Year
Advanced Mathematics
Inorganic Chemistry Lectures
Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory
Third Year
Applied Mechanics
Analytical Chemistry Lectures
Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
Fourth Year
Electricity
Organic Chemistry Lectures
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
Fifth Year
Industrial Chemistry Lectures
Industrial Chemistry Laboratory
Business and Industrial Management
Sixth Year
Accounting Aids to Management
Business Reports and Conferences (2)
Principles of Purchasing (2)
Business Economics
Seventh Year
Industrial Management Problems and Policies
Principles of Production (2)
Scientific Management (2)
Financial Organization
*Business Readings
*In addition each student must register for a Business Readings Course for
which there are no lectures. This course is designed to. broaden the student's
acquaintance with selected readings in the field of business.
(2) Signifies Second Semester Course.
48 ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT
Engineering Equipment
^Held instruments of Civil Engineering
For work in the field the Civil Engineering Department possesses
various surveying instruments representing the principal makes
and types in general use.
The equipment includes six surveyors' compasses, two Keuffel
and Esser transits, five BufT and Buff transits, one Buff and Buff
triangulation transit, three Berger transits, one Hutchinson transit,
two Wissler transits, one Gurley transit, one Poole transit, three
Berger levels, two Keuffel and Esser levels, two Buff and Buff levels,
one Bausch and Lomb precise level, two Gurley plane tables, two
Buff and Buff plane tables, two Keuffel and Esser plane tables,
and one Berger plane table.
There are Locke hand levels, lining rods, leveling rods, stadia
rods, tape rods, engineers' and surveyors' chains, steel and
metallic tapes, one 100-foot Invar steel tape, and all the miscel-
laneous equipment necessary to outfit the parties that the instru-
ments will accommodate. The extent of the equipment and scope
of the field work itself are designed to train the student's judgment
as to the relative merits of the various types of field instruments.
For instruction in advanced surveying the equipment consists
of an Invar steel tape and base line tapes, with the necessary
spring balances, thermometers, etc., for base line work. Equip-
ment for converting some of the better transits into instruments
capable of stellar and solar observations is available, together with
a Berger solar transit. For triangulation a Berger 10 second re-
peating theodolite and a Buff and Buff 20 second repeating precise
triangulation transit are used. A Buff and Buff Coast and Geodetic
level and Coast and Geodetic level rod enables precise leveling.
For barometric leveling there is an aneroid barometer, and for
hydrographic surveying a sextant and a Gurley electric current
meter.
Electrical Engineering Laboratories
Dynamo Laboratory
This laboratory is equipped with sixty generators and motors of
different types, the size and voltage ratings being selected to reduce
as much as possible the risk from high voltage apparatus while
making available to the student commercial apparatus such that
ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT 49
the various quantities it is desired to measure will be of reason-
able dimensions.
Machines from five to twenty-five kilowatt capacity are used
principally for this reason, but also because the student in his
engineering practice early comes in contact with large and varied
machinery in power houses and electrical plants generally.
For D. C. working, among others there are two sets of specially
matched direct current six-kilowatt, 125-volt compound generators,
which will work as shunt machines. Both pairs are driven
individually by 15 H.P., 230- volt motors and used principally for
parallel operation and similar work. A large 230- volt, 12 H.P.,
200 R.P.M. Sturtevant motor is used for retardation tests, and an
assortment of series, shunt and compound motors each fitted
with brake pulleys, are used for routine motor testing.
A. C. Machinery
For A.C. working there is a fifteen-kilowatt (unity p.f.) three-
phase, 240-volt alternator driven at sixty cycles, and a 7.5 kilowatt
G. E. machine with special armature taps so that it may be used
as single-phase, two-phase, three-phase, or six-phase synchro-
nous motor.
There are also two 12.5 kilowatt (eighty per cent, p.f.) G. E.
machines having each armature coil tapped out separately and
giving various phase arrangements; a five-kilowatt Holtzer Cabot
machine with three rotors, making it available as either a squirrel
cage, wound rotor, or synchronous machine; a G. E. single-phase
clutch motor, a type R. I. induction motor, a Wagner single-phase
motor; two Wagner motors arranged for concatenation control,
one five-kilowatt Holtzer three-phase synchronous converter, a
Westinghouse 7.5-kilowatt two-phase motor, a ten horsepower
Fynn-Weichsel Unity power factor motor, and a Westinghouse
Synchronous Converter (10 kilowatt, 240 D. C. volts; one, three,
and six phase; sixty cycles).
Recently installed in this laboratory is a General Electric
Electrodynamometer of 15 horse power capacity, 2000 to 4000
R.P.M. direct connected on one end to a 10 horse power, 3 phase
wound rotor induction motor. By means of external resistance
control, this motor may have its speed reduced to 50% of its
rated value and still carry its rated torque. The shaft extension
on the other side of the dynamometer can be used for testing
other electrical equipment of appropriate size, such as D. C.
motors, single phase machinery, etc. A starting panel, including
50 ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT
latest types of automatic control equipment, has been installed
with the electrodynamometer. There is also available a General
Electric Metal-Tank Mercury Arc Rectifier Type R.H.A., 12.5
KW. 6-Phase 250- Volts, one of the few units that have been
installed in educational institutions in the country.
Auxiliary Equipment
For transformers there are six single-phase G. E. type H units
wound for 550 volts and 220-110 volts; a set of transformers with
Scott connection taps, and a Type R. O. constant current trans-
former, primary winding for 220-190 volts and secondary for 6.6
amperes, 310 volts maximum fitted with a load of eighty candle
power 6.6-amperes, sixty-watt nitrogen filled tungsten lamps, and
a pair of 550-220 1 10 volts G. E. three-phase transformers of 5-kva
capacity. There is also a full equipment of necessary control and
regulating appliances and twelve movable test tables fitted with
the necessary terminals, switches, circuit breakers, etc., for setting
up the various combinations required from time to time. Each
student when performing an experiment does the complete
wiring, no apparatus in the laboratory being permanently wired
up except as to its normal, self-contained circuits.
Power is supplied over a special set of feeders, from the Boston
Edison system. Two power circuits are available: one of 50 K. W.
capacity supplying 60 cycle, three phase, alternating current at
230 volts and the other providing 115-230 volt three wire direct
current. For lowering the voltage in transformer testing G. E.
induction regulators are used.
There are also speed governors and Tirrel regulators, both
A. C. and D. C., capable of being used with any special machines
found desirable at any particular time.
The Instrument Room is supplied with seventy-six high grade
General Electric Company and Weston Electric Instrument
Corporation alternating current voltmeters and ammeters, with
a number of potential and current transformers, and with three-
polyphase and sixteen single-phase indicating wattmeters, each of
double current and double voltage ranges.
For direct current working there are sixty-one voltmeters (of
triple range), ammeters and millivoltmeters of the above makes.
There are twenty-five standard shunts of ranges from 10 to 100
amperes with uniform drops of fifty millivolts to go with the
millivoltmeters.
ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT 51
There is also a large and varied assortment of auxiliary equip-
ment such as sliding rheostats for circuit control, non-inductive
loading resistance, air core loading reactances, frequency indica-
tors, power factor indicators, etc.
Chemical Laboratory Equipment
For experiments and investigations in Chemistry there are
available two laboratories with the following equipment:
Analytical Chemistry
The laboratory for analytical chemistry is fully equipped for
giving instruction in the usual undergraduate courses. Each
student is supplied with the necessary Pyrex and Kimble laboratory
glassware, Sillimanite and Coors porcelain, and the standard
pieces of hardware. Special equipment of all needed types is
available.
An adjoining balance room is equipped with Becker and Voland
balances suitable for quantitative analytical work.
Industrial Chemistry
This laboratory is equipped with high pressure steam, vacuum,
and the facilities usually found in a chemical laboratory. The
various instruments and other chemical equipment necessary for
the examination, testing, and analysis of the raw materials, inter-
mediate and final products of the various industries are at hand.
The electrical equipment includes a Kimley electro-analysis
machine for the determination of copper, lead, nickel, and zinc;
a Hevi-duty electric furnace for use in ignition and combustion
work; and a Freas drying oven capable of adjustment for various
temperatures. Power is available in a variety of D. C. and A. C.
voltages.
Inorganic Chemistry
In the locker assigned to each student for his individual use
are the articles needed more or less continually by him as he does
his experiments in the laboratory sessions. He has a liberal sup-
ply of glass, porcelain, metal, and other articles. Additional pieces
of apparatus are issued from the stockroom or otherwise made
available for use in particular experiments where they are needed.
The laboratories are equipped with general facilities appro-
priate to this course, such as gas, electricity, cold and hot water,
fume hoods.
52 ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT
Organic Chemistry
The needed equipment is available. There are individual
lockers and apparatus, fume hoods for general use, and special
equipment, as required.
Drying operations are carried out with the aid o( a steam-
heated drying chamber, and electrically heated drying oven.
Steam lines on the benches supply the steam for steam distilla-
tions, eliminating the necessity of individual steam generators.
eOMechanical Engineering Laboratories
The Mechanical Engineering Department has well-equipped
laboratories, containing new and modern machines run by steam,
gasoline, water, and electricity. A separate high-pressure steam
line connected directly with the boilers in the University's main
power plant enables the steam-driven apparatus to be run with
steam under full boiler pressure.
Steam Apparatus
The steam apparatus includes the following equipment. A
Uniflow steam engine of fifty horsepower capacity and of the
latest design, so equipped that a complete engine test may be run
on the machine. The auxiliary apparatus connected with the
engine includes a prony brake for measuring the output of the
machine while a surface condenser is tied in with the exhaust
line in order to obtain the steam consumption.
A Chicago steam-driven air compressor is arranged to make
complete tests on both the steam and air ends of the machine.
This compressor is also connected to a surface condenser.
A Warren direct-acting steam pump is connected up to run a
standard pump test, the steam end being tied in with a surface
condenser and the water end with a rectangular weir for measuring
the quantity of water delivered by the pump.
A twelve horsepower Curtis steam turbine of the impulse single-
stage type, to which is directly connected an absorption dynamom-
eter or water brake, is available for testing. The steam end of
this turbine is piped to a Worthington surface condenser and also
to a Schutte-Koerting condenser.
A small Sturtevant horizontal steam engine is equipped for a
complete test with a prony brake for the measurement of power
output.
ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT 53
Other steam-driven apparatus includes a steam pulsometer
pump, a steam injector, two small vertical steam engines for valve
setting experiments, a heat exchanger for determining heat trans-
fer between steam and water and a Lee steam turbine of twelve
horsepower rating driving a two-stage centrifugal pump.
Apparatus is also available for experiments on the flow of
steam through an orifice and for the determination of moisture
content in steam through the use of throttling and separating
steam calorimeters.
Hydraulic Equipment
The hydraulic equipment in the laboratory includes a two-
stage centrifugal pump with a dual drive or separate drive as may
be desired. The drive is either direct from a fifteen horsepower
direct current motor or else direct from a Lee single-stage steam
turbine.
A six-stage centrifugal pump direct-connected to a forty horse-
power direct current motor has been installed for testing purposes.
The motor, through a speed regulator, has a range in speed from
900 R.P.M. to 2200 R.P.M. The pump is rated at 180 G.P.M.
against a head of 450 feet. The capacity of the pump is measured
by a Venturi tube of the latest design. There is also a rotary
pump driven direct by an electric motor.
Other machines for hydraulic experiments are a triplex power
pump, driven by a three horsepower electric motor, a hydraulic
turbine of the Pelton Wheel type, a small single-stage centrifugal
pump driven directly by a ^-horsepower gasoline engine, a trian-
gular and a rectangular weir for measuring quantities of water dis-
charged by the various pumps in the laboratory, besides the
necessary tanks, platform scales, and hook gages.
Internal Combustion Engines
Under the internal combustion laboratory equipment may be
listed a Fairbanks-Morse ten horsepower gasoline and oil engine,
so arranged that tests may be run with various kinds of fuels and
complete test data obtained; a new Plymouth automobile engine
arranged to run tests with different fuels and carburetors; and two
gasoline airplane engines for demonstration purposes.
Several Diesel engines of various types have been installed,
including a 30 H.P. high speed Fairbanks-Morse machine driving
a 19 K.W. D. C. Generator, an auto truck Diesel, and two small
engines for dismantling and demonstration purposes.
54 ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT
Refrigeration, Heating, and Air Conditioning
The refrigeration equipment includes a ^-ton Frick ammonia
refrigerating machine equipped with a double pipe condenser,
ammonia weighing tanks and a specially designed indicator, and
a standard air-cooled Frigidaire sulphur dioxide machine. Both
of these machines are arranged for testing purposes. A Triumph
compressor is also available for demonstration work. Apparatus
for the determination of heat transference through various sub-
stances is available.
A constant temperature room is equipped with apparatus for
either heating or cooling. Additional equipment consists of a
warm air pressure system with Timken oil burner equipment and
complete automatic controls, a Fedders type unit heater, and oil
burning equipment and controls for demonstration purposes.
For fan testing, a multi-blade blower of Sturtevant manufacture
driven by an electric motor is set up for running different tests
with varying capacity.
A Carrier air conditioner, motor driven, and equipped with
automatic humidity control, is arranged for testing.
A domestic hot water and steam boiler completely equipped
with electrical controls is arranged for testing.
Testing Material and Heat Treatment Equipment
The testing materials equipment includes a 50,000 pound Olsen
Universal testing machine and a 300,000 pound Rhiele Hy-
draulic testing machine of the latest design equipped for tension,
compression, transverse bending, and shearing tests; a 2,000 pound
automatic shot cement tester equipped with transverse tools; a
10,000 inch pound Riehle torsional testing machine; a 220 foot
pound Riehle impact tester for Charpy Izod or tension tests; a
White-Souther motor driven fatigue tester holding two specimens
at one time; and a Ro-Tap sieve shaker with time switch and
sieves for mechanical analysis of aggregate. Among the meas-
uring instruments are Brinell and Olsen-Firth hardness testers;
extensometers for tension, column, and beam tests, and a torsion
meter.
For heat treatment, an electric furnace and a Stewart triple-
purpose gas-fired furnace are available with pyrometers for
temperature measurements.
For studying the effects of heat treatment, a large metallographic
outfit of Bausch <St Lomb make is used. This apparatus makes
ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT 55
possible a magnification of from 125 to 2600 diameters for inspec-
tion and taking photographs of crystalline structures of metals.
Equipment is available for polishing and etching specimens in
preparation for examination of the crystalline structure of the
metal being studied.
Polaroid equipment for photo-elastic stress analysis is also
available. A number of microscopes are also available.
offlCiscellaneous Equipment
In addition to the apparatus mentioned above, the oil testing
equipment includes a Saybolt Universal viscosimeter for viscosity
determination, a Cleveland open cup tester for determining the
flash point and fire point of different grades of oil, a Conradson
carbon residue apparatus, a steam emulsion apparatus, a water
power centrifuge, a cloud and pour test apparatus, a Union oil
colorimeter for color number determination, and a Thurston
friction oil tester for determining the durability and lubricating
prospects of oils.
An Emerson fuel calorimeter is used for finding the calorific
content of solid and liquid fuels, and a Junkers gas calorimeter is
available for determining the heat content of gaseous fuels. For
calibrating gages, two dead weight gage testers of 200 pounds and
500 pounds capacity are used for pressure gages, while for vacuum
gages a water aspirator and a motor driven vacuum pump are
available.
For measuring the flow of water in pipe lines, a Pitot tube, orifice,
Venturi meter, and water meter are located in a pipe line for testing.
Apparatus for measuring flow of air includes a Pitot tube, an
orifice, and an anemometer, besides the necessary draft gages.
Apparatus for measuring flow of steam consists of a calibrated
orifice and a steam flow meter. A recording steam pressure gage
is also available.
An experiment on "Friction of Drives" includes apparatus consist-
ing of three pulleys of different materials with three different kinds
of belts, which make possible nine tests with various combinations.
A motor-driven vacuum pump with a rated capacity of six cubic
feet of free air per minute under 293^2 inches of mercury vacuum
is available for tests.
Included among the measuring instruments are five steam en-
gine indicators, two internal combustion engine indicators, four
hand tachometers (centrifugal type) with three speed ranges from
56 ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT
0 to 4000 R.P.M., one tachograph, one tachoscope, one rotoscope
for speed and vibration determinations, one recording thermom-
eter, planimeters, revolution counters, thermometers, pressure
gages, and a portable strobotac.
A small machine shop is used for maintenance work of the
laboratory and for thesis work. The machines available are a
sixteen-inch motor-driven South Bend engine lathe, two belt-
driven engine lathes, a vertical drill press, a small vertical drill, a
horizontal milling machine, a shaper, a power hack saw, a motor
driven double emery wheel, an arbor press, two nine-inch South
Bend Workshop lathes, and an Eisler spot welding machine. There
are also an anvil and a small hand forge for forging purposes.
Design and Drafting Rooms
The School possesses large, light, and well-equipped drawing
rooms for the carrying on of the designing and drafting which
form so important a part of engineering work. These rooms are
supplied with lockers containing the drawing supplies, and files
containing blue prints, and photographs of machines and struc-
tures that represent the best practice. Drafting room blackboards
are equipped with traveling straightedge devices which facilitate
speed and accuracy in blackboard demonstrations.
Physics Department
The Physics equipment has been carefully selected and is ample
for demonstrating physical principles. The following apparatus
is available for this purpose:
Motor driven Hyvac pump; mechanical oscillator; elasticity
apparatus; Joly balance; barometers; pulleys; specific gravity
bottles; torsion balance; eight-foot slide rule; wave apparatus;
spherometers; organ pipes; tuning forks; Hartl optical disk; arc
illuminator; projection lantern; refraction apparatus; metronome;
lenses; calorimeters; hydrometers; thermometers; burners; appara-
tus for measuring latent heat, specific heat, expansion and mechan-
ical equivalent of heat; optical bench and supplies; diffraction
grating; spectroscopes; rheostats; galvanometers; magnets; electro-
static apparatus; electroscope; Wimshurst machine; induction
coil; ammeters; voltmeters; resistance boxes; condensers; wheat-
stone bridges; thermocouples; demonstration table equipped with
water, compressed air, exhaust hood, 110 volts D.C., 110 volts
A.C., and 220 volts A.C.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
57
List of individual Subjects in cAll Qurricula
Subject
1. Advanced Mathematics
2. Aeronautical Laboratory I (2)
3. Aeronautical Laboratory II
4. Air Conditioning Laboratory
5. Airplane Design
6. Airplane Engine Design (2)
7. Airplane Engine Design, Advanced
8. Applied Mechanics
9. Architectural Design
10. Architectural Design, Advanced
11. Architectural Drawing
12. Business and Industrial Management
13. Chemistry, Analytical Laboratory
14- Chemistry, Analytical Lectures
15. Chemistry, Industrial Laboratory
16. Chemistry, Industrial Lectures
17- Chemistry, Inorganic Laboratory
18. Chemistry, Inorganic Lectures
19. Chemistry, Organic Laboratory
20. Chemistry, Organic Lectures
21. Concrete (1)
22. Concrete Design (2)
23. Electricity I
24. Electricity II
25. Electricity III
26. Electrical Laboratory I
27. Electrical Laboratory II
28. Electrical Laboratory III
29. Engineering Drawing
30. Engineering Laboratory I
31. Engineering Laboratory II
32. Engineering Mathematics
33. Engineering Structures
34. Heat Engineering I (1)
35. Heat Engineering II (2)
36. Heating and Air Conditioning Design
37. Highway Engineering
38. Hydraulics (2)
39. Machine Design
40. Machine Drawing
41. Materials of Construction
and Foundations (1)
42. Mechanism (1)
43. Physics
44. Principles of Air Conditioning (2)
45. Strength of Materials
46. Structural Design
47. Structural Design, Advanced
48. Structural Drawing
49. Sub-Freshman Mathematics Monday
50. Surveying
* Plus laboratory fee (See page 29).
t Not offered in 1940-1941.
(1) Signifies First Semester Course
(2) Signifies Second Semester Course
All other courses are two semesters in length.
Day
Time
Fee
Monday
7-9
$40.00
Wednesday
7-9
20.00
Monday
7-9
40.00* |
Monday
7-9
40.00*
Thursday
7-9
40.00t
Friday
7-9
20.00
Friday
7-9
40.00t
Thursday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9:30
40.00
Wednesday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-11
60.00
Wednesday
7-9
40.00*
Monday
7-11
60.00*
Tuesday
7-9
40.00
Thursday
7-11
60.00*
Tuesday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-11
60.00*
Thursday
7-9
40.00
Monday
7-9
20.00
Monday
7-9
20.00
Tuesday
7-9
40.00
Tuesday
7-9
40.00
Monday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9:30
40.00*
Friday
7-9:30
40.00* f
Friday
7-9:30
40.00*
Wednesday
7-9:30
40.00
Monday
7-9
40.00*
Wednesday
7-9
40.00*
Monday
7-9:30
40.00
Thursday
7-9
40.00
Wednesday
7-9
20.00
Wednesday
7-9
20.00
Thursday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9
40.00
Tuesday
7-9
20.00
Friday
7-9
40.00
Tuesday
7-9:30
40.00
Tuesday
7-9
20.00
Friday
7-9
20.00
Thursday
7-9:30
40.00
Thursday
7-9
20.00f
Monday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9
40.00
Friday
7-9:30
40.00
and Thursday
7-10
80.00
Friday
7-9:30
40.00
58 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
'Description of Courses
TTIE LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE reserves the right
to advance requirements regarding admission, to change the
content and the arrangement of courses, the requirements for
graduation, tuition fees, and other regulations affecting the student
body. Such regulations will affect old and new students.
1. Advanced Mathematics. (Prerequisite, Engineering Mathematics)
In the first part of this course instruction is given by lectures and recitations in
the following subjects: plotting of functions, interpolation, the straight line, the
conic sections, curves represented by various equations of common occurrence
in engineering, graphic solution of equations, determination of laws from the
data of experiments, simplification of formulas. The plotting and analysis of
charts in order to determine empirical formulas is an important part of the
course.
The latter part of this course is devoted to lectures and recitations in the fol-
lowing subjects: rate of change, differentiation, maximum and minimum,
integration, definite integrals, with application to the determination of area,
volume, center of gravity, and moment of inertia. Problems are assigned to
illustrate the use of all formulas studied in class.
2. Aeronautical Laboratory I (2)
This course consists of preliminary experiments on calibration of various
types of fluid flow instruments, laboratory exercises on barometric altimeters,
rate of climb meters, recording thermometers, and humidity instruments.
A Pratt and Whitney Wasp engine is dismantled and reassembled in order to
gain a knowledge of the construction and principles of mechanisms involved
in its operation. Students supplement the laboratory work with library research.
Preliminary experiments on the wind tunnel are performed.
3. Aeronautical Laboratory II
Among the topics covered in this course are: the flow of an ideal fluid, de-
velopment of the wing theory, properties of airfoils, engine and propeller
characteristics, performance calculation, boundary layer and its effects upon the
airplane and reynolds number.
The classroom work is supplemented by laboratory exercises in which the
wind tunnel and fluid flow analyzer are utilized.
4. Air Conditioning Laboratory.
This course consists of a series of tests on various types of air conditioning
and heating apparatus. Among the pieces of apparatus tested are the following:
air blower; unit heater; Carrier air conditioner, provided for humidification or
dehumidification; hot air furnace equipped with oil burner, humidifier, blower,
and air filters; and also automatic controls and a special insulated constant
temperature room for the study of problems in heating and air conditioning.
Experiments are made on various types of refrigeration and cooling apparatus.
The refrigeration equipment consists of compression and absorption types and
includes small commercial and domestic units. A constant temperature room
is used in testing the units. Insulation tests are also included in this course.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 59
5. Airplane Design.
The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods of prac-
tical airplane design as prescribed by the Civil Aeronautics Authority. The
student will begin with the specifications of an airplane and complete the fol-
lowing phases of the design: (1) balance diagram, (2) weight estimate and bal-
ance table, (3) three view drawing, (4) estimate performance, (5) calculate
stability, (6) stress analysis of the structure.
A knowledge of elementary aerodynamics and elementary airplane structures
are prerequisites of this course.
6. Airplane Engine Design (2).
This course covers the basic operating characteristics and design of airplane
engines. Attention is directed to fundamental calculations and principles of
similitude. Each student prepares a design of an important part of some par-
ticular type of engine.
7. Airplane Engine Design, Advanced.
This is a continuation of Course 6 involving the thermodynamic principles
of operating. Also, air capacity, combustion, detonation, mixture require-
ments, ignition, lubrication and working stresses.
8. Applied Mechanics. (Prerequisite, Physics)
A course of lectures and recitations comprising a study of the general methods
and application of statics to structures in equilibrium, including collinear,
concurrent, parallel, and nonconcurrent force systems in a plane and in space;
centroids and moment of inertia. Considerable time is devoted to tension and
compression in frames, the computation of the reactions, the method of joints,
and the manner of distinguishing members containing bending stresses. Vector
diagrams are drawn to show the principles of graphical methods. Problems are
used and assigned continuously to illustrate the underlying facts of the subject.
9. Architectural Design. (Prerequisite, Architectural Drawing)
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the Orders of
Architecture, that he may learn their proportions and characteristics. During
the second semester the student will move towards simple problems in design,
to be drawn and rendered in wash, or he may elect to study the practical appli-
cation of architectural moldings and forms in the scale and detail drawings of
a house. In connection with this course the instructor will outline a course of
reading in Architectural History supplemented with lectures on the subject.
10. Architectural Design, Advanced. (Prerequisite, Architectural Design)
The design of various architectural problems of a more elaborate and com-
plicated nature than Architectural Design. Plans, elevations, and sections
may be drawn and rendered in wash. Students so wishing may shift the em-
phasis of their work to a study of advanced working drawings, typical to those
given to senior draftsmen in actual practice. The Architectural History read-
ings are continued as in Architectural Design.
11. Architectural Drawing. (Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing)
This course deals with the fundamentals of masonry construction. Plans,
elevations and sections of such as a small school building are drawn and traced,
special emphasis being laid on technique, the better to fit a student for work in
an Architect's office. Building materials and their uses are studied, as well as
any architectural forms occurring in the problem under consideration.
60 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
12. Business and Industrial Management.
An introductory survey of the whole field of business and industrial adminis-
tration with special emphasis upon training the student in the analysis of
business and industrial problems. The functions of business and industrial
administrators are discussed with particular reference to the control policies
and devices of the manager. The course presents the problems of business and
industrial administration as an interrelated whole and helps the student to see
the lines of study which lead to solution of these problems.
13-14. Chemistry, Analytical. (Prerequisite, Inorganic Chemistry)
Qualitative Analysis — Lectures and Laboratory — First Semester.
Lectures and recitations are carefully co-ordinated with laboratory work. Not
only is the detection of the common cations and anions considered but also the
theoretical principles relating to hydrolysis, solubility product, ionic equilibrium,
amphoteric substances, complex formations, oxidation and reduction, correct
concentrations, etc. Sequentially related experiments which may be combined
into a complete system of analysis are performed. From time to time unknown
solutions and substances are given the student, the analysis of which emphasizes
the very practical side of the work.
Quantitative Analysis — Lectures and Laboratory — Second Semester.
The major operations of quantitative analysis, such as weighing, measure-
ments of volumes, titration, filtration, ignition, and combustion are considered
both from the theoretical and the manipulative aspects.
Typical analyses and common technical methods are discussed critically, and
unknown solutions and substances, the analysis of which involves volumetric
analysis, including acidimetry and alkalimetry, oxidation and reduction, and
precipitation methods, are performed.
Each analysis requires correct calculation as well as careful analytical pro-
cedure. For this reason quantitative calculations are studied through the medi-
um of representative problems.
15-16. Chemistry, Industrial Lectures and Laboratory. (Prerequisite, Inorganic
Chemistry, Analytical Chemistry)
Lectures.
The lecture work in this course is designed to acquaint the student with the
technology of the chemical industries. The material is presented in the light of
present-day understanding of unit operations and unit processes and thus gives
the student an up-to-date survey of the field of the industrial chemist.
In addition to the study of the acid heavy and basic heavy chemicals such as
salt, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, soda ash, caustic soda, and chlorine, the course
also includes an introduction to the chemical technology of such industries as
rubber, paper, dyes, explosives, solvents, petroleum, soap, etc. The course
content can be adjusted to meet the needs of the students in the class.
Laboratory.
The laboratory work supplements the lectures and acquaints the student with
the plant processes used in the chemical industries.
The experiments are first carried out in test tubes and then on a much larger
scale. In carrying out these chemical processes in the laboratory, the student
controls the operation through the analysis of the products formed and thus
becomes acquainted with the technical methods of analysis used in control
laboratories.
This method is extremely valuable to men who are contemplating a career in
any of the chemical industries. This is true regardless of the nature of his work,
whether it be laboratory, plant, office, or sales work.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 61
17-18. Chemistry, Inorganic, Lectures and Laboratory. (Prerequisite, Elementary
Chemistry, Engineering Mathematics) It is also recommended that students have
completed a course in high school Physics.
This course builds on the foundation laid by the student in his previous
study of Elementary Chemistry and allied subjects. It aims to develop in the
student an understanding of numerous laws, principles, facts of Chemistry,
and to provide him with the preparation necessary for successful pursuit of
more specialized work to which he may be looking ahead. The course should
prove of value to those at present engaged in the field of Chemistry and to those
who plan to enter that field. The work of the course embraces general class
sessions or "lectures", and separate laboratory periods.
In the lectures, the instruction is accompanied by appropriate demonstration
experiments; adequate time is devoted to the solution of numerical problems
that illustrate chemical principles and their application; students' difficulties
are discussed; quizzes and longer tests are held at the discretion of the instructor.
During laboratory periods, students work out under supervision a variety of
experiments involving procedures both of a qualitative and of a quantitative
nature which are planned to illustrate important principles or facts; desirable
laboratory methods are emphasized; principles and results are discussed. The
student is required to make approved records of experiments.
19-20. Chemistry, Organic, Lectures and Laboratory. (Prerequisite, Inorganic
Chemistry, Analytical Chemistry)
Lectures.
In this course the student obtains a thorough foundation in the principles and
theories of organic chemistry. These are presented in a manner that emphasizes
the relationships existing among the various classes of organic compounds. The
practical nature of the subject is stressed by familiarizing the student with the
industrial applications of these theories and principles to such industries as:
petroleum, rubber, dyes, explosives, drugs, etc.
Laboratory.
The carefully selected preparations serve to give the student concrete evidence
of the validity of the theories and principles of organic chemistry. They also
help in developing the laboratory technique necessary in such manipulations
as fractional distillation, physical and chemical separations, extractions, crystal-
lizations, steam distillations, etc.
The fundamental types of chemical changes considered here are esterification,
saponification, sulfonation, nitration, reductions, diazotizations. and condensa-
tion.
21. Concrete. (Prerequisite, Applied Mechanics)
A consideration of the theoretical and practical principles involved in the
design of concrete and reinforced concrete structures. The following subjects
are thoroughly discussed: the design and capacity of existing single reinforced
rectangular beams, double reinforced rectangular beams, and "T" beams; the
fundamental principles underlying diagonal tension and bond stress; column
design and methods of determining stresses in existing columns; the origin of
curves and tables and their uses. Problems involving the above types of sections,
first by the transformed area method and later by curves and tables, are done
by the students.
22. Concrete Design. (Prerequisite, Concrete)
This course will consist of the design of a cantilever retaining wall, retaining
wall with counterfortes, a typical bay of a reinforced concrete building, footing
design, and a reinforced concrete bridge. The course will also include a detail
discussion of the Hardy Cross method of moment distribution, column analogy,
and a comparative discussion of stress analysis in rigid frames.
A Drawing Room
Mechanical Engineering Laboratoi
i**%frJt
l£*3ij:
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 63
23. Electricity I.
A course of lectures and problems designed to give the student the necessary
concept and understanding of the elements of electricity to enable him to com-
prehend the courses to follow in direct and alternating current machinery and
circuits.
In the second semester lectures and problems covering the characteristics,
losses, efficiencies, and operation of direct current machinery.
(This course is coordinated with appropriate laboratory work. Course 26.)
24. Electricity II.
A course of lectures and problems dealing with alternating current circuits
both single and polyphase involving the use of complex algebra.
In the second semester lectures and problems covering the construction,
theory, characteristics and testing of the various types of alternating current
machinery.
(This course is coordinated with appropriate laboratory work. Course 27.)
25. Electricity III.
A course of lectures and problems dealing with the transmission and distribu-
tion of electric power by means of direct and alternating current. A complete
study of the application of the various types of electrical machinery to industry.
In the second semester lectures and problems covering the principles, charac-
teristics, and applications of electronic tubes to industrial and commercial
processes.
(This course is coordinated with appropriate laboratory work. Course 28.)
26. Electrical Laboratory I. (Prerequisite, Physics)
During the first semester this course covers thoroughly by experiment the
theory and operation of direct current motors. Particular emphasis is placed
upon correct experimental technique and upon the use and care of indicating
instruments such as the direct current voltmeter, ammeter, and millivoltmeter
with shunts. Typical experiments performed in this half of the course include
the measurement of resistance by drop-in-potential method and the load opera-
tion curves of the direct current shunt, series, and compound motors.
During the second semester the student does experimental work on the fol-
lowing: Efficiency by Stray Power Method, Operating Characteristics of Shunt
and Compound Generators, Series Booster, and Heat Run on a D.C. Generator.
27. Electrical Laboratory II. (Prerequisite, Electrical Laboratory I)
The first semester of this course is a continuation of the study of direct current
machines. The experiments performed by the student are of an advanced
nature and include: Retardation Method of Measuring Losses, Parallel Opera-
tion of D.C. Generators, Electrical Supply of Losses, Electrical Separation of
Losses, and Direct Current Generator Regulation from No-Load Measurements.
In the second semester the course includes the use of alternating current in-
struments such as the voltmeter, ammeter, and wattmeter. The experiments
begin with a study of series and parallel circuits containing resistance, induct-
ance, and capacitance, the circuit analysis being made by vector diagram and
complex calculation. Other experiments include: Transformer Efficiency and
Regulation, Transformer Heat Run, Parallel Operation of Single-Phase Trans-
formers, Transformer Efficiency [by Opposition [Method, and the Constant
Current Transformer.
28. Electrical Laboratory III. (Prerequisite, Electrical Laboratory II)
The experiments in this course are performed upon three-phase apparatus
and include the following: Transformer Connections in Three Phase Circuits;
Regulation and Efficiency of Alternators by Load Test, No-Load Test, and
A.I.E.E. Methods; V-Curves and Efficiency of a Synchronous Motor; Load
Test on the Six-Phase Synchronous Converter; Load Test on Fynn Weichsel
Motor, and Induction Motor Speed-Torque Curves.
64 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
29. Engineering Drawing.
This course is planned to meet the requirements of a class composed of
students who have had no previous instruction in drafting, and also for those
who may have had one or two years' work in preparatory schools.
Instruction is given in the testing, use and care of the instruments and draw-
ing supplies, and about thirty drawing plates are made. The topics studied in
these plates include: technique practice, lettering, geometric construction,
orthographic projections, auxiliary views, revolution of objects, isometric,
cavalier, cabinet and perspective projection, intersections, sections, helix and
application, screw threads, dimensioning and inking. A number of practical
problems, pertaining to the professional courses to be taken, in which drawing
is the application, are also given.
These give the student a thorough training in the fundamental principles of
mechanical drawing, so that he may easily do the drafting required in his pro-
fessional course. A short lecture will be given at the opening of each class based
on the work at hand, and individual instruction is given during the remainder
of the class period.
For those who have had some experience in Mechanical Drawing, a special
course is devised which will take care of individual needs and offers students
more advanced work.
30. Engineering Laboratory I. (Prerequisite, Heat Engineering I)
This course includes a series of experiments upon various kinds of equipment
used in modern power plants to demonstrate under actual conditions the prin-
ciples developed in the Heat Engineering course. In addition, the work of
course 35 is supplemented by additional theory and by experiments upon va-
rious kinds of equipment. A complete report of each experiment is made.
31. Engineering Laboratory II
This is a continuation of course 30 and involves additional experiments
which include calibration of instruments; performance of hydraulic equipment,
steam equipment as used in power plants, heating units for the household, air
conditioning apparatus, and internal combustion engine.
Advantages and disadvantages of the various equipment are studied and
different units are compared.
32. Engineering Mathematics. (Prerequisite. First courses in Algebra and Plane
Geometry)
Although the primary purpose of this course is to lay a thorough ground work
for Analytical Geometry, Calculus, and Applied Mechanics, it should be under-
stood that the course is a complete unit in itself, enabling the student to handle
a considerable proportion of the practical problems arising in engineering
practice.
For the sake of a common ground work, a rapid review of the fundamental
concepts, processes, theorems, and axioms, is given followed by factoring to
quadratics, rectangular coordinates and graphs, radical equations, theory of
equations, the binomial theorem and logarithms.
Approximately one-third of the course is devoted to the study of Plane
Trigonometry and some of its practical applications. This part includes the
solution of right triangles; solution of oblique triangles by the law of sines,
cosines, tangents and half angle formulas, radians, trigonometric ratios, iden-
tities, and equation.
Instruction, including problems and exercises, is also given in the theory and
use of the slide rule.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 65
33. Engineering Structures. (Prerequisite, Strength of Materials)
First term is an introductory course covering outer forces, reactions, moments
and shears for fixed and moving loads. The use of influence lines, the stress
analysis of composite beams, torsion in rivets, three-moment equations, design
of a deck plate girder bridge, and through plate girder bridge. Each student
must design a deck plate girder bridge.
Second term deals with the computation of stresses of various trusses by the
moving up load method and equivalent uniform live load method. Stresses in
portals; slope deflection method and Hardy Cross method stress distribution in
rigid frames.
34. Heat Engineering I. (Prerequisite, Physics)
The fundamentals of thermodynamics are discussed in this course and include
the general theory of heat and matter; first and second laws of thermodynamics;
equations of state; fundamental equations of thermodynamics; laws of perfect
gases; properties of vapors including use of tables and charts; and the general
equations for the flow of fluids. Particular emphasis is given to the properties
of steam, the use of the steam tables, and the Mollier diagram.
The course also embraces a study of fuels and combustion of fuels as applied
to steam boilers.
The purpose of the course is to familiarize the student with the theory of
heat as applied to prime movers.
35. Heat Engineering II. (Prerequisite, Heat Engineering I)
The applications of the principles taken up in Heat Engineering I are included
in this course. Descriptions of many different kinds of apparatus used in the
steam power plant such as engines, turbines, and auxiliary equipment, including
pumps, condensers, heaters, fans, etc., comprise the major part of the course.
A large number of problems related to the apparatus discussed are solved. In
addition to the above, such items as draft, chimneys, coal and ash handling
equipment, piping and valves, and typical power plants are studied. In addi-
tion, steam apparatus, air compressors, and internal combustion engines are
discussed.
36. Heating and Air Conditioning Design.
The study of the principles and design of heating, ventilating, and air con-
ditioning systems. Class problems, complete from initial survey and calcu-
lation of heating or cooling load to final arrangement of piping and ducts,
include: (1) winter heating, and humidification by steam, hot water, and warm
air systems; (2) summer cooling and dehumidification by mechanical refrigera-
tion, well water, and chemical drying agents. Equipment, such as furnaces,
burners, stokers, fans, controls, etc., will be discussed. The fundamentals of
refrigeration will be studied in connection with summer air conditioning.
37. Highway Engineering.
An outline of the principles governing the finance of highway projects and
assessments of street construction. Thorough discussion of the survey for a
highway project. Lectures on the fundamental principles of highway design;
namely, roadway, alignment, safety devices and accessories. Various present-
day road surfaces are discussed. A study of the fundamental principles of soil
mechanics as it relates to Highway design.
38. Hydraulics. (Prerequisite, Applied Mechanics)
This course is a study of the principles of both hydrostatics and hydro-
dynamics. The subjects considered are: the pressure on submerged areas
together with their points of application; the laws governing the flow of fluids
through orifices, short tubes, nozzles, wiers, pipe lines, and open channels.
66 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
39. Machine Design (Prerequisite, Mechanism)
This course applies to machines the principles of which were presented in
Course 42. Typical problems presented for design are the triplex power pump,
power shearing machine, and a twenty ton hydraulic press.
Minimum sizes of the various parts are calculated and an assembly of the
complete machine is drawn and traced. All calculations are carefully presented
in notebook form.
Also, numerous miscellaneous small problems are taken up.
40. Machine Drawing. (Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing)
This course is taught on a problem basis with the student working out prob-
lems under the supervision of the instructor. The lectures and leading assign-
ments correlate with the class problems. Short quizzes are given to cover the
reading assignments. The principles covered include preliminary machine
sketches, detailing from machines and from assembly drawings, dimensioning
with reference to basic size system, sectioning and the making of assembly
drawings from details, and also problems in cam construction.
The lectures and assigned readings take up such topics as fastenings, machine
elements, methods of manufacture, jigs and fixtures, methods of reproducing
drawings and those drawing techniques that are to be applied to the particular
problem being done.
41. Materials of Construction and Foundations.
(a) Materials of Construction. A detailed study is made of the methods of
manufacturing, properties, and uses of materials used in engineering work,
such as iron, steel, lime, cement, concrete, brick, wood, and stone.
A study is also made of the methods of testing and the strength of various
materials used by the engineer.
(b) Foundations. This course is designed to give the student a clear, concise
survey of the properties and characteristics of the common types of foundation
structures in use. The subjects treated are timber and concrete piles; sheet
piles of wood, steel, and concrete; cofferdams; caissons of the pneumatic box
and open types; open wells, bridge piers and abutments.
Each student must write a report on simple cements, complex cements, con-
crete, steel, timber, piles, cofferdams, and caissons.
42. Mechanism (1). (Prerequisite, Machine Drawing)
The object of the first part of this course is to acquaint the student with the
principles of mechanism which are met in practice and in machine design. The
topics considered are belting, pulley, and gear train calculations, both simple
and epicyclic, cam design and theoretical design of gear-tooth shapes. The
instant center calculations and velocity diagram plots or common linkages are
studied.
43. Physics.
A course covering the fundamental principles of mechanics, heat, light,
sound and electricity. The lectures are illustrated both by demonstration with
apparatus and by stereopticon. Each lecture period is supplemented with a
problem period in which the student learns the practical application of the
laws of physics. Some of the topics taken up in mechanics are equilibrium,
center of gravity, accelerated motion, work, energy, machines, and fluid pressure.
The part of the course on heat includes: expansion of solids, liquids, and gases,
calorimetry and mechanical equivalent of heat. The course also covers the
fundamental properties of light and sound, and the elements of electricity.
Practical problems covering each phase of the work are assigned to fix in the
mind of the student the principles taken up in the lecture period.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 67
44. Principles of Air Conditioning (2)
This course covers the fundamental principles involved in heating and air
conditioning. This includes the study of the properties of air, the psychrometric
charts and tables, methods of measuring temperature, humidity and air ve-
locities, conductivity of various building materials, properties of different types
of insulation and methods of figuring heat losses for all types of building.
45. Strength of Materials. (Prerequisite, Applied Mechanics)
This course comprises the study of the stresses and strains in bodies sub-
jected to tension, compression, and shearing; common theory of beams with
thorough description of the distribution of stresses, shearing forces, and bend-
ing moments; and deflection of beams.
A study is made of the strength of shafting and springs; combined stresses in
beams subjected to tension, compression, and bending; also strength of riveted
joints, columns, and thin hollow cylinders, and brief consideration of strains
and the relation of the stresses on different planes in a body.
46. Structural Design. (Prerequisite, Structural Drawing)
This course consists of a study of the design of such structural units as steel
beams, girders, columns, trusses, riveted connections and steel frames as a
whole. Particular attention is given to the practical phase of construction and
their relation to design. The design of structural timber is also studied. In the
first half of the year the student is given many problems which he works out at
home and in class and the last half of the year is usually devoted to the design
and detailing of some larger, more complicated structures or portions of
structures.
47. Structural Design, Advanced.
This is a continuation of Course 46 in Structural Design and consists largely
of class problems of a more complicated nature. In recent years such structures
as elevated water tanks, mill building frames, portions of an office building
frames and highway bridges have been designed in class. Considerable stress is
laid on the practical phases of construction as well as design requirements.
48. Structural Drawing. (Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing)
The course in Structural Drawing consists of making shop drawings of the
various members of modern steel frames. After making drawings of structural
sections and standard connections, the student is given data from which he
makes framing plans and shop details. The problems usually covered are:
portions of a steel frame building, a bridge girder, and a roof truss.
49. Sub-Freshman Mathematics.
The first part of this course is devoted to a thorough study of Algebra and
Plane Geometry. It then proceeds to more advanced work embraced by the
course in Engineering Mathematics as described in Course 32.
50. Surveying. (Prerequisite, Engineering Mathematics)
(a) A course of lectures, which treats the basic principles such as: taping,
compass, theory and use of the transit as applied to both random and closed
traverses, differential leveling, profile leveling, and double rodded leveling. The
D.M.D. and rectangular coordinate methods (of computing, plotting and run-
ning traverses) are stressed and especially as they may apply to such work, or
procedure as outlined by the Massachusetts Land Court.
(b) A continuation of Surveying (a), consisting of lectures and problems on
Stadia surveying, the theory and use of the plane table, plane, triangulation
simple curves (railroad curves and circular arcs), vertical curves, compound
curves, and elementary earthwork problems.
THE LINCOLN SCHOOLS
EVENING SESSIONS
LINCOLN TECHNICAL INSTITUTE
Associate in Engineering Programs
Courses leading to the Title of Associate in Engineering arc
offered in the following major fields:
Aeronautical Engineering Civil Engineering
Air Conditioning Engineering Electrical Engineering
Architectural Engineering Mechanical Engineering
Chemistry Structural Engineering
Degree Programs
A six-year program conducted in conjunction with North-
eastern University School of Business is available which leads to
the degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Management awarded by
Northeastern University.
Special Programs
For those who do not wish to take one of the regular pro-
grams, special programs consisting of one or more courses can be
arranged to meet individual needs.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
Fully accredited by the New England College Entrance
Certificate Board. General, Classical, and Technical high school
courses are available.
For further information write, indicating the School in which you
are interested
THE LINCOLN SCHOOLS
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Telephone, Kenmore 3177
LINCOLN
PREPARATORY SCHOOL
Accredited by the
New England College Entrance Certificate Board
EVENING SESSIONS
Co-Educational
Effective Methods of Instruction
Efficient Preparation for College
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
CALENDAR
Summer Term, June, 19^0-September, 191/.0
May 20-June 3 Registration period.
June 3 Classes begin.
July 4 Legal holiday. No classes.
September 2 Legal holiday. No classes.
September 9-13 Final examinations.
School Year, September, 19^0-May, 19^1
19 kO
September 9-23 Registration period.
September 23 Classes begin.
November 11 Legal holiday. No classes.
November 28 Thanksgiving Day. No classes.
December 20 Last session before Christmas recess.
19U
January 3 Classes resume.
May 12-16 Final examinations.
Winter Term, January, 191+1-May, 191±1
January 2-13 Registration period.
January 13 Classes begin.
May 26-29 Final examinations.
OFFICE HOURS
August 12, 1940-June U, 19U
Week days, except Saturday 9 a.m. till 9 p.m.
Saturday 9 a.m. till 1 p.m.
June 16, 19U~August 16, 19U
Monday, Wednesday, and Thursday 9 a.m. till 4 p.m.
Tuesday and Friday . . . 9 a.m. till 4 p.m.; 6 p.m. till 8 p.m.
Saturday 9 a.m. till 12 noon
INTERVIEWS
Prospective students, or those desiring advice or guidance with regard to any
part of the school work or curricula, are offered without obligation personal inter-
views with the Principal or his assistants. No inquirer should hesitate to ask for an
appointment as, in the long run, time is saved during the school year by having the
whole educational problem discussed before the opening of the School.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Robekt Gray Dodge
Chairman
Frank Lincoln Richardson
Vice-Chairman
Galen David Light
Secretary and Treasurer
Charles Francis Adams
Wilman Edward Adams
Arthur Atwood Ballantine
George Louis Barnes
Farwell Gregg Bemis
Walter Channing
William Converse Chick
Paul Foster Clark
William James Davidson
Frederic Harold Fay
Edward J. Frost
Franklin Wile Ganse
Harvey Dow Gibson
Henry Ingraham Harriman
Maynard Hutchinson
Chandler Hovey
Arthur Stoddard Johnson
John Russell Macomber
Irving Edwin Moultrop
Augustin Hamilton Parker, Jr.
Frederick Sanford Pratt
Stuart Craig Rand
James Lorin Richards
Charles Milton Rogerson
Leverett Saltonstall
Frank Palmer Speare
Francis Robert Carnegie Steele
Charles Stetson
Earl Place Stevenson
Robert Treat Paine Storeb
Frank Horace Stuart
Edward Watson Supple
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D.
President
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D.
Vice-President
Galen David Light, A.B.
Treasurer
James Wallace Lees, A.M.
Headmaster
John Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S.
Assistant to the Vice-President
William Greene Wilkinson, A.B., Ed.M.
Assistant Headmaster
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
FACULTY
Victor Manuel Aubert Appointed 1939
A.B. National College of Costa Rica, Central America, 1934; A.M. Boston
College, 1940; Instructor in Spanish, Boston College; Professor of Spanish, Berlitz
School of Languages; Private Tutor in Romance Languages.
Spanish
Walter Alfred Baldwin Appointed 1910
A.B. Ohio Wesleyan University, 1906; graduate study University of Chicago
and Harvard University; Head, Department of Mathematics, Chillicothe High
School, Ohio, 1906-08; Head, Department of Mathematics, Mansfield High School,
Ohio, 1908-10; Head, Science Department, Huntington School for Boys, Boston,
1912-14; Instructor in Physics and Chemistry, Lincoln Preparatory School, 1910-.
Physics and Chemistry
William Tilden Bentley Appointed 1916
A.B. Harvard University, 1907; Submaster, Maiden High School, 1914-24;
Belmont School, 1924-29; Principal, Charles A. Daniels School, 1929-.
English
Charles Lee Cheetham Appointed 1928
A.B. Bates College, 1911; A.M. Columbia University, 1927; Instructor in
Mathematics, Portsmouth High School, New Hampshire, 1912-14; Submaster,
Westerly High School, Rhode Island, 1915-17; Instructor in Mathematics and
Science, Tower Hill School, Wilmington, Delaware, 1919-23; Instructor in Math-
ematics and Physics, Roger Ascham School, White Plains, New York, 1923-27;
Instructor in Science, Mathematics and Physics, Public Latin School, Boston,
1928-.
Physics
Preston Harvey Appointed 1933
A.B. Bowdoin College, 1928; Instructor in Latin and History, Portland Country
Day School, 1928-31; Head of Latin Department, Huntington School, 1932-.
Latin and History
Percy Edward Jones Appointed 1923
Sloyd Training School, 1920; B.S. Boston University, 1930; Instructor in
Mathematics and Drawing, Huntington School for Boys, 1919-.
Mathematics
Alfred Blanch ard Kershaw Appointed 1928
A.B. Amherst, 1904; A.M. Amherst, 1907; Instructor, The Allen School, West
Newton. 1908-09; Instructor in English, Brockton High School, 1909-11; Sub-
master, English High School, Boston, 191 1-.
English
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
Stanley D. Miroyiannis Appointed 1936
B.S. Northwest College, 1927; A.M. Massachusetts State College, 1928; Ph.D.
Boston University, 1936; Instructor in Biology, Boston University, 1933-36; Head
of Department of Biology, Northeastern University, 1936-.
Biology
James Harris Morss Appointed 1927
A.B. Boston University, 1903; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1927; Instructor in
Huntington School for Boys, Boston, 1915-.
English
Theodore Woods Noon Appointed 1922
A.B. Yale College, 1896; M.A. Yale University, 1898; Exhibitioner, Emmanuel
College, University of Cambridge, England, 1906-07; Master, Lawrenceville School,
Lawrenceville, New Jersey, 1908-18; B.D. University of Chicago, 1913; S.T.M.
Boston University, 1922; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1924; Instructor in Lincoln
Preparatory School and Huntington School for Boys, Boston, 1922-.
Latin and Ancient History
Deane Stanfield Peacock Appointed 1931
A.B. Bowdoin College, 1917; A.M. Bates College, 1927; Ed.M. Harvard Uni-
versity, 1932; Principal, Oakland High School, Maine, 1919-24; Principal, Freeport
High School, Maine, 1924-31; Junior Master, English High School, Boston, 1932-.
English
Fred Parker Hamilton Pike Appointed 1921
A.B. Colby, 1898; graduate study Johns Hopkins University, 1903-05; Instruc-
tor in Modern Languages in private preparatory schools, 1899-1908; Instructor in
French, Public Latin School, Boston, 1909-.
French and German
Charles Freeman Seaverns Appointed 1914
Harvard University, 1915-17; Instructor in Mathematics and Drawing,
Huntington School for Boys, Boston, 1914-19; Instructor, Everett High School,
1925-.
Mathematics and Mechanical Drawing
Albert Shepard Appointed 1938
A.B. Harvard University, 1913; A.M. Harvard University, 1914; Ph.D. Har-
vard University, 1916; University of Chile, 1916-17; Akron University, 1917-18;
Norwich University, 1918-20; Albany Boys' Academy, 1920-22; University of
North Carolina, 1922-26; Belmont Hill School, 1926-35; Tilton School, 1936-37;
Brookline High School, 1937-.
French
Alfred Loring Skinner Appointed 1927
A.B. Harvard University, 1919; Instructor in Mathematics, North Andover,
Massachusetts, 1919-22; Instructor in Mathematics, Huntington School for Boys,
Boston, 1922-.
Mathematics
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
Harold F. Stevens Appointed 1939
B.S. Tufts College, 1911; Instructor in Mathematics, Hyde Park High School,
1911-.
Mathematics
Herbert Lewis Swan Appointed 1939
Ph.B. Brown University, 1928; Graduate study, Harvard Graduate School of
Education; Head, English Department, Burr and Burton Seminary, Manchester,
Vermont, 1931-32; Head, English Department, Admiral Billard Academy, New
London, Connecticut, 1936-38; Leader in Cambridge and Boston Centers of Adult
Education, 1939-40.
English
John Moore Trout, Jr. Appointed 1936
A.B. Princeton University, 1928; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1932; Instructor
at Huntington School for Boys, 1928-.
English
Daniel P. A. Willard Appointed 1925
B.S. University of New Hampshire, 1913; Principal, Edgartown High School,
Massachusetts, 1913-14; Submaster, Braintree High School, Massachusetts,
1915-16; Instructor in Social Sciences Newton High School, Massachusetts, 1916-.
Social Sciences
Edna M, Edison, Secretary
Helen E. Hildreth, Bookkeeper
Hawthorne P. Summers, Recorder
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
THE LINCOLN SCHOOLS
The Lincoln Schools, conducted by and affiliated with North-
eastern University, include the Lincoln Technical Institute and the
Lincoln Preparatory School. These Schools offer the non-degree-
granting work conducted by Northeastern University. In the
Lincoln Technical Institute the work, however, carries credit
towards the title of Associate in Engineering and is acceptable
also towards the degree of B.B.A. in Engineering and Manage-
ment offered by Northeastern University School of Business.
All classes in the Lincoln Schools are held in the evening and
are especially designed to meet the needs of those who are employed
during the day.
The first of the Lincoln Schools to be established was the
Lincoln Preparatory School, known for many years as the North-
eastern Preparatory School. This School had its real beginning in
1897 in the single courses offered in History, Science, and other
subjects of a cultural nature, and in certain trade courses intended
to benefit men engaged in various occupations.
Gradually the trade courses were discontinued and the remain-
ing subjects were welded into a regular high school program, upon
the completion of which a standard high school diploma was
awarded.
The primary purpose of the School has been effective prepara-
tion of students for college entrance. For this reason constant
attention has been paid through the years to the maintenance and
improvement of standards.
In 1925 women were admitted to classes on the same basis as
men. Since 1924 the School has been accredited by the New Eng-
land College Entrance Certificate Board, a marked distinction in
the case of an evening school, and an expression of confidence that
day school standards are maintained. The School today offers
curricula in the general, scientific, and classical fields. The enroll-
ment has increased from fewer than fifty students to almost four
hundred, of whom one-fifth are women. The faculty has been
increased until it now numbers from twenty to twenty-five men
of wide experience and training, drawn from the leading day pre-
paratory and high schools of Metropolitan Boston.
Next in point of view of time was the Lincoln Technical
Institute, which had its origin in the Evening Polytechnic School.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 9
The latter received its title in 1901, when the work of various
technical departments, such as the Department of Steam Engi-
neering, the Department of Art, the Automotive School and the
Department of Naval Architecture, were grouped together into
curricula. By 1904 we find the School offering definite curricula,
generally of three years' duration, in Architecture, Chemistry,
Marine Engineering, Structural Engineering, Steam Engineering,
along with courses in Art, Navigation, Surveying, Seamanship,
and other related fields. In 1925 the title Lincoln Institute was
given to the Northeastern Evening Polytechnic School. At this
time the Lincoln Institute remodeled, lengthened, and conse-
quently improved the former courses, offering four-year curricula
in Architecture, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engi-
neering, Mechanical Engineering and Structural Engineering.
Since then, additional curricula have been added; namely,
Aeronautical Engineering and Air Conditioning Engineering as
options in Mechanical Engineering.
In addition, provision was made so that students need not
pursue a complete curriculum but could elect individual courses
related to their present occupations, the only prerequisite of entry
being ability to pursue the course with profit to themselves. At
the present time there are five hundred students receiving instruc-
tion in the Lincoln Technical Institute in the various branches of
engineering.
Since 1936 the curricular courses of the Institute have been
credited by Northeastern University School of Business towards
the Degree of Bachelor of Business Administration in Engineering
and Management offered in that school.
Effective 1939 the Executive Council of Northeastern Uni-
versity authorized the Lincoln Technical Institute to award the
Title of Associate in Engineering to those who satisfactorily com-
plete the prescribed curriculum.
The Officers of Administration are constantly alert to chang-
ing conditions and from time to time will modify existing courses
to meet new needs and develop new courses so that real educational
opportunities will be available to employed men and women at
convenient evening hours. In particular they are sincerely inter-
ested in the problems of each student and are available for voca-
tional and educational guidance.
Through the Lincoln Schools many men and women have
10 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
been able to solve their problems and to secure that education
which has enabled them to succeed in the work for which they are
adapted by ability and interest. Without the facilities of the
Lincoln Schools many of these alumni would still be occupying
minor positions with little opportunity for advancement on account
of lack of training.
THE INTEREST IN EDUCATION
The following items show the growth of our school population
and the increasing interest in education at all age levels. They
are the most recent figures available and are issued by the Office
of Education, United States Department of Education.
Approximately one-fourth of the total population of the coun-
try is enrolled in regular full-time day schools. In addition a large
number are studying at night, in the summer, by correspondence,
or in private trade or vocational schools not reporting to the
Office of Education. The number reported for 1935-1936 was
30,587,477 in full-time day schools. The Bureau of Census estimated
the total population as 128,024,000 persons on January 1, 1936.
The following figures show the growth in secondary school
enrollment :
1920 2,494,676
1930 4,799,867
1932 5,592,872
1934 6,090,749
*1936 6,424,968
*Latest figures available
Below is given a table showing the numbers of high school and
college graduates. ^^
Year High School College
1925 596,655 111,161
1930 655,223 122,484
1932 833,252 138,063
1934 914,853 136,156
*1936 1,015,345 143,125
*Latest figures available
More than one million students are graduating from high
school each year. In Massachusetts 29.3 per cent of total school
population is in high school.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 11
THE NEED FOR EDUCATION
These figures surely indicate that in the future, because of the
high general level of educational qualifications, competition for
jobs will be keen. They further indicate that there is little real
hope for advancement for the man who falls behind in the race by
neglecting to secure adequate education and training. As business
conditions improve, there will be increased opportunities for
employment, but there is the danger that those who trust in luck
will be misled by such improvement in business and will hope and
believe they will be carried back to employment and perhaps pros-
perity without any effort on their part. Perhaps they may,
although that is unlikely. If so, they will be the first to suffer
subsequently. But there will be thousands who will now take the
opportunity of making sure, in so far as is possible, that they will
meet subsequent changes in the industrial world much better
prepared than they are now.
Industrial concerns, more than ever before, demand trained
men and women. Those who are now employed know that even
to hold their present positions they must increase their ability or
someone with greater ability will come along and deprive them of
their jobs. How much more necessary is it to increase one's ability
and one's value to his employer if he wishes to get ahead. Even
though additional training should demand pronounced sacrifices,
it should nevertheless be undertaken. The first opportunities will
go to those who will be already trained when business improves.
Very soon the competition of brains will be keener than ever
before. It is not only necessary that a man provide himself with
such adequate training that an employer will desire to retain him,
but he should also, while comfortably employed, endeavor to pre-
pare himself for advancement, either with his present employer in
a more responsible and profitable position or with another employer
who needs his services and is prepared to pay for them. The
depression has shown us that security of employment is the great-
est single need that each of us has. Employment can be made
increasingly secure only by personal effort in securing adequate
training.
12 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
THE LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SCHOOL
Before a prospective student makes a final decision regarding
the evening school he wishes to enter, he should ascertain some
of the characteristics of a good preparatory school. Following are
the outstanding characteristics of the Lincoln Preparatory School :
1. It is non-proprietary, and organized exclusively for service to
students, the income being devoted to that end, rather than
being organized for profit.
2. Adequate fees are charged to insure the employment of the
best teachers attainable and to provide constant improvement
in the educational processes.
3. Scholarship funds are available to assist deserving and needy
students who cannot meet the fees that must be charged if
high standards are to be maintained.
4. It has a trained and experienced faculty; that is, the men who
form its staff are teachers of experience, familiar with college
entrance requirements, with long practice in dealing with the
individual problems of students.
5. All work is conducted on a regular classroom basis to meet the
approval of higher institutions and the New England College
Entrance Certificate Board requirements.
6. The size of the classes is such as to permit reasonably individ-
ualized attention.
7. The courses are conducted so that the content of each course
is thoroughly covered in order that it may be of the maximum
value to the student, not only in the interests of his personal
growth, but as preparation for further study.
8. The student body is adequately prepared for the type of
instruction which is to be imparted in the classroom. The
level of achievement is not lowered by the admission of unfit
students.
9. High quality of performance is maintained in the classroom,
and students bring to bear on their studies an interest and
enthusiasm which permit all work to be conducted on a high,
qualitative plane. Classes are not conducted to be a vehicle
by which students may obtain credit by easy and slipshod
methods. Credit is awarded only when the quality of the stu-
dent's work meets the definition of Requirements of the College
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 13
Entrance Examination Board and the New England College
Entrance Certificate Board.
10. Its graduates have proved successful in college, in the profes-
sions, and in business life.
11. There are adequate laboratories, classrooms, and other
facilities.
12. The administrative organization affords opportunities for
skilled educational and vocational guidance.
AIMS OF THE SCHOOL
The aims of the Lincoln Preparatory School may be classified
as follows:
1. The offering of educational opportunities to men and women
by methods of instruction carefully adapted to the needs of
adult students.
2. The providing of this instruction at convenient evening hours,
so that the student need not leave his or her present employ-
ment while obtaining an education.
3. The conducting of the school work on such a high qualitative
plane that those students who wish to prepare for college
may be adequately prepared for entrance examinations, or for
entrance on certificate if their ability and performance warrant.
4. The offering of a general program to those who do not plan to
enter college, that they may develop a taste for the better
things in life and that they may advance to a larger personal
growth.
5. The selection of the most competent and experienced faculty
available.
6. The maintenance of the excellent work which has earned for
the School the approval of the New England College Entrance
Certificate Board.
7. The personal interest of every school officer in the individual
problem of the student.
LOCATION OF THE SCHOOL
The work of the School is conducted in three buildings of
Northeastern University situated on an eight acre campus on
Huntington Avenue just beyond Massachusetts Avenue opposite
the Boston Opera House.
The West Building at 360 Huntington Avenue contains the
headquarters of the School. This building has more than a hundred
thousand square feet of space and is adequately equipped with
14 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
classroom, drawing room, and laboratory facilities. In the base-
ment are the check-room, the bookstore, and the Husky Hut.
The East Building of the University is the educational wing
of the Huntington Avenue Branch of the Young Men's Christian
Association. It contains the library, classrooms, and the Chemical
laboratories.
The South Building is situated in rear of the East Building
and contains several classrooms, and the Electrical and Biological
laboratories.
ALUMNI
The Alumni of the Lincoln Preparatory School are excellent
witnesses of the work the School has done and is doing. One of our
greatest rewards is the satisfaction of receiving from our former
students, in the form of letters and personal visits after they have
left school, their thanks and appreciation for our efforts.
Many of our graduates are engaged in the various professions,
such as Law, Medicine, Teaching, and Dentistry. Lastly, many
are engaged in successful business activities and in public life.
Furthermore, the School has been of benefit to many who did
not complete our graduation requirements but obtained here the
credits necessary for college entrance or for some other specific pur-
pose, having completed elsewhere part of their high school training.
Women graduates of this School are in the hospital training
schools of the State or have graduated therefrom. Some occupy
teaching and administrative positions in our hospitals. Many
others have proceeded to colleges and professional schools to pre-
pare for positions in teaching, library science, and business.
Many of our students are in colleges and professional schools
scattered across the country. The following are some of the colleges
that have been attended by Alumni of the Lincoln Preparatory
School :
Harvard University Simmons College
Tufts College University of Maine
Massachusetts Institute Clark University
of Technology Massachusetts State College
Boston University University of Chicago
University of Michigan Syracuse University
Jackson College Yale LTniversity
Purdue University Dartmouth College
University of Alabama Bowdoin College
University of Maryland Bates College
Columbia University Northeastern University
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 15
FACULTY
In an evening school it is particularly essential that none but
men of wide experience and high ideals be appointed to the faculty.
Accordingly the faculty of the Lincoln Preparatory School has been
very carefully chosen, all its members having been educated in
the leading colleges and universities. They are men of culture and
high ideals who are in sympathy with evening school students
and understand their aims. They have had excellent training and
wide experience in the subjects which they teach. Most of them
have served with the institution for many years, and as a result
of their personal devotion to the cause of education and their
appreciation of the work this School is attempting, are naturally
interested in its aims and success. The average length of the
teaching experience of faculty members is twenty-three years.
The average length of service in the School is fourteen years. All
of them are at present employed during the day in the leading high
and preparatory schools in Boston and vicinity or are engaged in
graduate study.
STUDENT BODY
The students of the Lincoln Preparatory School are men and
women of earnest purpose, who have come to recognize the value
of education but who through force of circumstances have been
unable to complete a high school course. The ages of the students
range from sixteen to forty -five with the average age twenty -four.
This fact proves conclusively that at all ages educational oppor-
tunities may be used to increase personal satisfaction through the
development of a taste for the better things in life or to bring
about material advancement and increased financial rewards.
Some students are attempting to increase their vocational
opportunities; some are completing a high school education begun
elsewhere but interrupted; some are beginning here their high
school work; some are adding to their training cultural or practical
subjects which were formerly omitted from their training. In fact,
the School is ready to serve students of all ages at a point where
they need real service.
The student body represents also men and women from all
walks of life, as may be seen from the occupational distribution.
16
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
Occupational Survey
Among the occupations of the student body for the school
year 1939-1940 the following are representative:
Accountants
Auditors
Bakers
Boat Builders
Bus Boys
Caretakers
Chauffeurs
Clergymen
Clerks
Dental Technicians
Domestic Workers
Dressmakers
Drivers
Electricians
Elevator Operators
Factory Operators
Finishers
Firemen
Florists
Gas Station Attendants
Hairdressers
Helpers
Hospital Attendants
Hospital Supervisors
Housewives
Insurance Agents
Laboratory Assistants
Laborers
Machinists
Meat Cutters
Mechanics
Menders
Musicians
Nurses
Office Workers
Oilers
Optical Workers
Painters
Parcel Collectors
Plasterer's Helpers
Podiatrists
Policemen
Porters
Printers
Receptionists
Salesmen
Secretaries
Shade Makers
Shippers
Shoeworkers
Social Service Workers
Stenographers
Statisticians
Stockmen
Tailors
Teachers
Technicians
Telephone Operators
Textile Workers
Tree Surgeons
Upholsterers
Waiters
Weighers
Geographical Survey
The following list indicates the areas from which the students
of the school year 1939-1940 came:
Allston
Arlington
Auburndale
Beverly
Billerica
Boston
Brockton
Brookline
Cambridge
Chelsea
Dorchester
Duxbury
East Boston
East Braintree
East Weymouth
Everett
Fall River
Foxboro
Framingham
Greenwood
Hyde Park
Islington
Jamaica Plain
Lowell
Lynn
Maiden
Marblehead
Mattapan
Medford
Melrose
Methuen
Needham
New London, Conn.
Newton Highlands
Newtonville
Norwood
Peabody
Philadelphia, Pa.
Quincy
Roxbury
Scituate
Sharon
SomerviUe
Swanrpscott
Taunton
Wakefield
Waverly
Waltham
Wellesley
West Acton
West Medford
West Medway
Winchester
Wollaston
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 17
INFORMATION REGARDING ADMISSION
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Any man or woman of good moral character, regardless of
occupation, race or creed, who has completed at least eight grades
of a grammar school, or the equivalent, may enroll in the School.
Provided a sufficient number enroll, special courses will be formed
for those who have not completed the work of the eighth grade.
Courses adapted to the needs and education of such appli-
cants are offered each term. It is not advisable, however, for one
younger than sixteen years of age to register, for the courses are
adapted to those who are more mature and are physically able to
work during the day and to study at night.
Students who do not intend to enter higher institutions of
learning may select from the offering of courses a special combina-
tion of subjects which will benefit them in the work in which they
are engaged during the day. Before enrolling for such subjects,
students are urged to see the Headmaster, explaining the particular
nature of the employment in which they are engaged, so that he
can arrange the course best suited for their needs. Special com-
binations of courses may be selected to embrace business, science,
or special technical work.
APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION
Applications for admission should be filed as early as possible
in order that the necessary investigations may be made and the
status of each student definitely determined before the opening of
the term. All applications must be filed on the official application
blank which must be accompanied by the registration fee of five
dollars.
CREDIT FROM OTHER SCHOOLS
Students who have completed high school work in other
approved institutions may obtain credit for that work towards the
diploma of this School by presenting a certified transcript of
record from the school previously attended.
The officers of the School are glad at all times to obtain for
prospective students transcripts of their records of work at other
schools, evaluate such records in terms of diploma credits and
18 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
suggest a program, indicating the cost of the program and the time
necessary to meet graduation requirements. The responsibility
devolves upon the student for making sure that his program does not
contain a subject for which prior credit has already been awarded in
some other school. Such courses, however, may be taken without
credit as review courses preparatory to later advanced work.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 19
TUITION AND OTHER FEES
Registration Fee. $5 is payable by all students on their initial
entrance to the School. This fee is not returnable except where a
student is refused admission.
REGULAR TERM
Full Courses: The Regular Term begins in September and
continues for 32 weeks. During this term students may carry
three courses. Exceptional students or those having ample time
for study may be permitted to carry four courses.
The cost of each course is $40. Fees are payable in eight suc-
cessive monthly payments except for students carrying a single
course, when payments are made in four successive monthly install-
ments.
Payments are due on the third Tuesday of each month.
WINTER TERM
Full Courses: The Winter Term begins in January and extends
for 20 weeks. The work is carried on more intensively than in the
Regular Term, but the same ground is covered, primarily by
means of a longer classroom period. During this term students
are permitted to carry two courses.
The cost of each course is $40. Fees are payable in four
successive monthly installments.
Payments are due on the third Tuesday of each month.
SUMMER TERM
Full Courses: The Term begins in June and extends for 15
weeks. A full year's work is covered in each course, but because
of the intensive nature of the work, a student's program must be
limited. Superior students may be permitted to carry two courses.
The cost of each full-unit summer course is $30. Fees are
payable in three successive monthly installments.
Payments are due on the third Tuesday of each month.
20 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
SPECIAL RATES FOR SCIENCES
Biology
Tuition fee $40.00
Laboratory fee 10.00
Physics
Tuition fee 40.00
Laboratory fee 5.00
Chemistry
Tuition fee 40.00
Laboratory fee 5.00
Laboratory deposit 5.00
The unused portion of the chemistry deposit is refunded after
deduction for breakages.
No reduction in fees is made because of late enrollment.
In certain cases even the installment plan of payment will not
meet the needs of many deserving students. Such students are requested
to confer with an officer of the School regarding a satisfactory plan
for the payment of fees.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The Executive Council has made available a few scholarships
to assist needy students of good mental capacity who, because of
financial limitations, might be deprived of educational opportu-
nities. The award when a scholarship is granted is never in excess
of one-half of the student's tuition fees for the year.
TUITION REGULATIONS
CHARGES FOR PARTIAL ATTENDANCE
In the event of a student's withdrawal from school, he is
charged on a pro rata basis for the weeks he has attended. These
charges are as follows:
32-week courses — 4 pet cent of the total charges for each week
of attendance.
20- week courses — 6 per cent of the total charges for each week
of attendance.
16-week courses — 8 per cent of the total charges for each week
of attendance.
The same charges are applicable in the event that a student
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 21
abandons a part of his program. In addition the full Laboratory
Fee is charged in those cases where a student is pursuing a lab-
oratory course.
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
The fee for a condition or make-up examination regularly
scheduled is $3.
The fee for a make-up quiz regularly scheduled is $1.50.
The diploma fee is $3.
CHARGES FOR DAMAGES
Students who damage apparatus in the laboratories or who
willfully destroy school property will be responsible for the replace-
ment of such damaged articles or for the cost of replacing where
this is undertaken by the School.
REFUND POLICY
Students who are forced to withdraw from a course or from
the School are expected to notify the school office by completing
the withdrawal blanks which will be furnished.
Since the School assumes the obligation of carrying the student
throughout the year for which he registers, and since the instruc-
tion and accommodations are provided on a yearly basis, the
Executive Council has ruled as follows:
A. Applications for refunds must be presented within forty-five days
after withdrawal from School.
B. Refunds in the case of complete withdrawal from School will be
granted by the Committee on Withdrawals for reasons which
they deem adequate. Among the reasons deemed adequate are
the following:
(a) Personal illness.
(b) Change of employment by direction of employer, whether
in the schedule of time or in place of employment.
(c) The situation where the student becomes the sole or partial
support of the family, so as to make it impossible for him
to continue his studies.
(d) Loss of position.
(e) Change of residence.
(/) A voluntary change of employment, the hours or the resi-
dence being such that he is unable to continue attendance.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
In all the above cases it is expected that a medical certificate,
letter from employer, or other appropriate substantiating docu-
mentary evidence will be produced by the student.
C. Refunds are computed from the date of application for refund,
not from the date of last attendance; hence students who are
compelled to discontinue attendance should immediately report
the fact to the school office.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 23
ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS
EXAMINATIONS AND QUIZZES
Examinations are held throughout the term at the discretion
of the instructors. Final examinations are required upon the com-
pletion of all courses. The following system of grading is used :
A — 90 to 100 — Excellent
B— 80 to 89 — Good
C — 70 to 79 — Fair
D — 60 to 69 — Lowest Passing Grade
E — 50 to 59 — Conditioned
F — Below 50 — Failure
A student marked E (conditioned) may enroll in the advanced
course in the same subject immediately following, but upon condi-
tion that he remove his deficiency by special examination early in
the next term. A fee of $3 is required for each such examination
regularly scheduled.
A student receiving the grade of B is exempt from examination
when applying for admission to the colleges composing the New
England College Entrance Certificate Board. A list of these col-
leges is given on page 27.
TRANSFERS
Students are not permitted to change from one course to
another without first consulting the Headmaster and receiving a
Transfer Order signed by him.
REPORTS OF STANDING
An informal report of the student's standing is issued at the
end of the first term; and the formal report, covering the year's
record, is issued at the close of each year.
In the case of students who are under twenty-one years of age,
reports may be sent to parents in the event of unsatisfactory work
on the part of the student, non-compliance with administrative
regulations, continued absence, and withdrawal. Parents of minors
may obtain reports at any time on request.
24 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
A careful record of attendance upon class exercises is kept for
each student. Absence from regularly scheduled classes on any
subject will seriously affect the standing of the student. It may
cause the removal of certain subjects from his schedule and the
listing of these as "conditioned subjects." However, if reasonable
excuse for absence be presented, the student may be allowed to
make up the time lost, and be given credit for the work; but he
must complete the work at such time and in such manner as his
instructor in the course shall designate.
A minimum attendance record of 75 per cent must be maintained
in all classes before a student will be admitted to examination.
LATE REGISTRATION
Students should avoid late registration. Those who find it
necessary to register late may be permitted to enter the School
provided they have not lost so much work as to render it impos-
sible for them to proceed with the courses.
NOTIFY THE OFFICE IMMEDIATELY
(a) Of any change of address;
(b) Of withdrawal from any course — otherwise the fee for that
course will be charged;
(c) Of withdrawal from the School — giving the date of the last
lecture attended.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 25
INFORMATION REGARDING PROGRAM
THE UNIT SYSTEM EXPLAINED
Frequent reference is made in this catalog to "units," and that
there may be no misunderstanding in the minds of students, this
explanation is offered. A unit of high school credit is given upon
the satisfactory completion of the work of one school year in a
single standard subject, the equivalent of which is covered by this
School in thirty-two weeks or in the intensive courses of twenty
and fifteen weeks offered in the winter and summer terms respec-
tively. The following exception is to be noted: Four full courses
in English total three units towards graduation or towards college
entrance.
TERMS AND HOURS OF ATTENDANCE
When assigning a program for a student the school officers
usually assign work which requires attendance for only two evenings
a week.
All classes are scheduled to meet between the hours of 7 p.m.
and 10 p.m.
Each term a schedule is prepared listing the courses to be
offered and the hours at which they meet. A copy may be obtained
on request.
Following is the general arrangement for the completion of a
course in each term of the school year.
Fall Term (32 Weeks)
One full-unit course requires attendance for one hour twice a
week. Students may carry one, two, or three courses during this
term.
Winter Term (20 Weeks)
One full-unit course requires attendance for one and a half
hours twice a week. Students may carry one or two full-unit
courses during this term.
Summer Term (15 Weeks)
One full-unit course requires attendance for one and a half
hours twice a week. Students may carry one or two full-unit
courses during this term.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
COURSES OF STUDY
Algebra 1
Algebra 2
*Biology
*Chemistry
Economics
English 1
English 2
English 3
English 4
French 1
French 2
French 3
Geometry (Plane)
Geometry (Solid)
German 1
German 2
Government
History (Ancient)
History (European)
History (English)
History (United States)
Latin 1
Latin 2
Latin 3
Latin 4
*Mechanical Drawing
*Physics
Spanish
Trigonometry
HOW TO PLAN YOUR PROGRAM OF CLASSES
In choosing subjects each term, students should bear in mind:
(a) The requirements for graduation from the Lincoln Preparatory
School. These are given on page 28.
(b) The admission requirements of the higher institution they wish
to enter. Catalogs of most colleges are on file at the school
office. In case of doubt, consult these and talk with the
Headmaster.
(c) The special requirements for various professions and vocations.
(d) Their special interests, in the event that courses are chosen
from the cultural point of view.
It is especially important to meet the requirements for gradu-
ation so that a diploma may be obtained. Most colleges not only
require fifteen units of high school work, but also insist that the
student be a graduate of a recognized high school. Moreover, in
business and in everyday life it means infinitely more to say one
is a high school graduate than merely to say one has completed
fifteen units of high school work.
These courses meet only once a week in the fall term ; all other courses meet
twice a week, usually on Tuesdays and Fridays.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 27
HOW LONG WILL IT TAKE
TO OBTAIN A DIPLOMA?
The flexible schedule and the twelve months' operation of the
Lincoln Preparatory School enable a student to save considerable
time. The exact time that it will take to obtain a diploma is
dependent upon credit from former institutions attended, hours
available for study, and the number of courses pursued. A stu-
dent who begins his high school work in the Lincoln Preparatory
School can complete his course in from three to five years. How-
ever, it is urged upon students that a high school education is a
matter of accomplishment and not a matter of time, and the School
insists on a high standard of accomplishment.
ADMISSION TO COLLEGE
Since the Lincoln Preparatory School offers regular college
preparatory courses for those who wish to enter college, a student,
according to his record and his plan of procedure, may enter
college in one of the following ways :
B^ Diploma. Certain colleges will admit students on the
diploma from this School. Among these colleges are all those
that accept a standard high school diploma.
By Examination. A few colleges, notably Harvard, Yale,
and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, require
certain examinations from all candidates. This School pre-
pares students for all college entrance examinations and for
the examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board.
By Certificate. The School is accredited by the New Eng-
land College Entrance Certificate Board. Some of the colleges
which accept the certificate of this School are Amherst, Bates,
Bowdoin, Colby, Massachusetts State College, Clark, Middle-
bury, Tufts, Wesleyan, and Williams. Generally speaking,
institutions that accept students by the certificate method will
accept the certificate of this School. The certificate grade is 80
per cent.
28 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The diploma of the Lincoln Preparatory School is granted on
the completion of fifteen units of work, of which at least four must
have been earned in the Lincoln Preparatory School. In addition,
each student must have completed in this School or elsewhere the
required subjects for the diploma for which he is a candidate.
CURRICULA
College Course Diploma
A. For admission to Liberal Arts Colleges
This course prepares for most colleges that offer the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
Required: Units
College Preparatory English 3
Algebra 2
Plane Geometry 1
French, or German, or Spanish 2
Physics, or Chemistry, or Biology 1
United States History ]
Latin, or Greek 2
~12~
Elective:
The remaining three units may be selected from the following:
Units
Spanish 2 to 3
Latin 1 to 2
French 1 to 2
European History 1
Ancient History 1
Solid Geometry %
Trigonometry %
Chemistry, or Physics, or Biology 1
One unit of a foreign language is not acceptable for credit.
Language and Mathematics requirements vary somewhat for entrance to the
different colleges. This is especially true of the Latin requirements. Some colleges
require three entrance units in either French or German. It is the student's respon-
sibility to meet the requirements of the college he elects to enter.
In addition, other electives may be permitted by special consent provided they
are acceptable by the college to which the student seeks entrance.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 29
B. For admission to Engineering Schools and Colleges of Liberal
Arts offering the degree of Bachelor of Science
Required: Units
English 3
French, or German, or Spanish 3
Algebra 2
Plane Geometry 1
Physics, or Chemistry 1
United States History 1
Trigonometry and Solid Geometry 1
~12
Language and Mathematics requirements vary somewhat for entrance to the
different colleges. // is the student's responsibility to meet the requirements of the
college he elects to enter.
Elective:
Subjects may be selected from either the Required or Elective List of the
College Course to make up the necessary fifteen units.
One unit of a foreign language is not acceptable for credit.
General Course Diploma
The General Course offers a general education and also, if the right selection of
subjects is made, enables students to enter certain colleges. A wide selection of sub-
jects is available but choice of as many college preparatory subjects as possible
should be made.
Required: Five Units
Units
English 3
United States History 1
Physics, or Chemistry, or Biology 1
5
Limited Electives: Three Units (choose one option)
Mathematics Option
Algebra 1 and 2 and
Plane Geometry 3
Language Option
Three units of any one of the following or two units of any two:
French, Latin, German, and Spanish 3 or 4
Social Science Option
Economics, Government, English History, Ancient
History, European History, etc 3
Free Electives: Seven Units
Any standard high school subjects to complete total of 15 units.
One unit of a foreign language is not acceptable for credit.
30 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
SPECIAL PROGRAM FOR ADMISSION
TO TRAINING SCHOOLS FOR NURSES
The State Board of Registration in Medicine and the Board
of Registration for Nurses have ruled that a high school education
or its equivalent is a prerequisite for admission to hospital training
schools.
The high school certificate must show the completion of fifteen
units accepted by the high school in meeting graduation require-
ments. These fifteen units are to be as follows:
Required (6 units) Units
1. English (4 years) 3
2. United States History 1
3. Mathematics or Science 2
Limited Electives (6 units)
1. Foreign Modern Language 2 to 4
2. Greek or Latin 2 to 3
3. Mathematics 1 to 4
4. Science 1 to 4
5. Social Studies 1
6. Commercial Subjects 1
7. Practical Arts 1
Free Electives {3 units)
These three units may consist of any work which the high
school accepts as meeting its graduation requirements.
An officer of the School will be glad to arrange a program so
that these electives will be judiciously chosen, not only to aid the
student in the subsequent subjects, but to meet the requirements
of other States with whom a reciprocal arrangement exists with
the State of Massachusetts.
For those already engaged in the profession of nursing, atten-
tion is directed to facilities which are available to those who have
not completed a high school education in accordance with the
above demands. New regulations have been formed regarding
institutional promotion and regarding teaching and administrative
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 31
positions in hospitals, and while such legislation is not retroactive,
it will certainly prove helpful to those who already occupy such
positions to be adequately equipped for advancement and promo-
tion in the event of transfer.
The work conducted by the Lincoln Preparatory School is
acceptable to Massachusetts hospitals and to the State Board of
Registration in Medicine.
32 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
GENERAL INFORMATION
LIBRARIES
The School has excellent facilities for study in the North-
eastern University library and reading room, which is equipped
with dictionaries, encyclopedias, and special texts for carrying on
the work of the School effectively.
Students also have the privilege of taking books from the
Boston Public Library and of using the library for general refer-
ence and reading.
TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES
The Lincoln Preparatory School enjoys the facilities of the
Northeastern University Bookstore, which is a department of the
University and is operated for the convenience of the student body.
All books and supplies which are required by the students for their
work in the University may be purchased at the Bookstore.
RAILROAD TICKETS
Vouchers for half-fare tickets on the Boston Elevated Rail-
road are issued by the school office on the first, sixth, and eleventh
Fridays of each term. The railroad systems entering Boston issue
students' tickets to students under twenty-one years of age. Appli-
cations for these may be obtained at a railroad office and presented
at the school office for signature.
VISITORS
Visitors are always welcome at one class session in any depart-
ment. Those who wish to visit any of the classes should call at the
school office and obtain a visitor's card signed by the Headmaster.
INTERVIEWS AND EDUCATIONAL GUIDANCE
Prospective students or those desiring advice or guidance
with regard to any part of the school work or curricula, or who
wish assistance in the solution of their educational problems,
should note the fact that interviews are available without obliga-
tion, and that the officers of the School will do their utmost to see
that a program is designed which is the most satisfactory for the
individual student. In certain cases, other institutions may be
recommended which suit the student's needs better. Furthermore,
it is important that those with educational problems to solve should
realize the necessity for care in approaching educational work so
that the program selected will be on the best educational basis.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 33
OUTLINES OF COURSES
Note: The courses of the School are arranged in "units."
A unit is ordinarily the amount of work covered in a single subject taken four
or five times a week for a year in a standard day high school.
In this School a unit may be covered in each subject in thirty-two weeks.
See page 25 for explanation of unit system.
Students carry one, two or sometimes three subjects at a time. Fifteen units,
properly selected (see pages 28 and 29), are required for graduation.
The high school courses described below are the equivalent of similar courses
offered in a standard day high school.
The Lincoln Preparatory School reserves the right to change the arrangement
of courses, the requirements for graduation, tuition fees, and other regulations
affecting the students. Such regulations will affect both old and new students.
ENGLISH
The fundamental purposes of the department are to give the student efficient
training in grammar in order to afford a sound basis for correct speech and writing;
to instill correct principles of constructing sentences and paragraphs; to help him
enlarge his vocabulary and to acquire an interest in words; to train him in the
elements of logic as related to the organization and expression of thought; to teach
him how to study; to impart an elementary knowledge of the types and the history
of English literature; and to aid him in forming a taste for good literature and a
genuine appreciation thereof.
English 1. This course is designed to bridge the gap between grade and
high school English. Fundamentals of English grammar, the correct sentence, the
more important rules of spelling and punctuation, simple compositions — especially
the letter — and an introduction to literary selections as models for voluntary
reading are presented.
English 2. This course marks the beginning of a more intensive study of
English, both as a tool and as literature. Functional grammar, development of the
paragraph, careful planning of themes, and a beginning of the critical study of
literary forms, both poetry and prose, form the basis of the course.
English 3. This is an advanced course in composition including precis-
writing and the structure of paragraphs and sentences. There is a rapid review of
grammar and punctuation. The essay, the drama, the novel, and types of poetry
are studied.
English 4. This is a college-preparatory course in composition and litera-
ture, with a thorough review of the fundamentals. Special attention is paid to the
requirements of the College Entrance Examination Board.
LATIN
Exercises in translation at sight begin with the first lessons in which Latin
sentences of any length occur, and continue throughout the course to insure cor-
rect methods of work on the part of the student. In the translations of passages
from the Latin, the use of clear and natural English is insisted upon. Reading
aloud is encouraged. The work in Latin Composition aims to give the student a
thorough knowledge of the fundamental principles of Latin syntax. It has been
found advantageous to use a double system of notebooks, calling for special written
34 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
work from the student. This work deals with Latin forms, principles of Latin
syntax, writing of English-Latin sentences, and finished translations of selected
passages from the Latin. These courses in Latin fulfill the requirements of college
entrance examinations.
Latin 1. Exercises in translations, English-Latin, Latin-English. Drill in
Latin forms, drill in Latin syntax. The course aims to give the student a thorough
knowledge of the fundamental principles of Latin syntax.
Latin 2. The Latin reading is not less in amount than Csesar, Gallic War,
I-IV. This amount of reading is taken from Caesar (Gallic War and Civil War),
Nepos (Lives), Aulus Gellius, Eutropius, Phaedrus, Quintus Curtius Rufus, and
Valerius Maximus, or books of selections containing some of these with other
authors of prose works. Special attention is given to sight translation, to vocabu-
lary study, to the Latin Word List, which contains those words the student is
expected to know at the end of two years of the study of Latin. There is continued
drill in Latin syntax and in Latin forms. This course in second year Latin aims to
meet the needs of those students who plan to enter colleges that require only two
years of Latin.
Latin 3. The Latin reading is not less in amount than Cicero, the oration
against Catiline, for the Manilian Law, and for Archias. This amount of reading
is selected from Cicero (orations, letters, and De Senectute), Sallust (Catiline and
Jugurthine War). The reading for the year includes selections from such authors
as Pliny, Livy, or books of selections containing these and other authors of prose
works. Special attention is given to the study of passages of Latin prose set for
comprehension. The course aims to cultivate in the student the ability to render
unseen passages of Latin prose into clear and natural English, as well as the ability
to write simple Latin prose. Due attention is given, therefore, to vocabulary study,
to the Latin Word List, which contains those words the student is expected to
know at the end of three years of the study of Latin. The political and social life
in Rome in the time of Cicero is studied.
Latin 4. The reading is not less in amount than Virgil, Aeneid I-IV. This
amount of reading is taken from Virgil (Bucolics, Georgics, Aeneid), Ovid (Meta-
morphoses, Fasti, and Tristia), or from books of selections containing poems or
extracts from other poets. Special attention is given to the study of passages of
Latin verse set for comprehension. The course aims to cultivate in the student
the ability to render unseen passages of Latin verse into clear and natural English,
as well as the ability to write simple Latin prose. Due attention is given, there-
fore, to Latin forms, Latin syntax, to vocabulary study, to the Latin Word List,
which contains those words the student is expected to know at the end of four
years of the study of Latin. Literary and historical allusions, prosody, and ques-
tions on subject matter are studied.
FRENCH
The courses in French are planned with the purpose of giving the students (1)
an appreciative comprehension of French, both as literature and as a spoken
language; and (2) a sufficient knowledge to fit them for advanced work. The essen-
tials of the grammar are mastered by continued drill and constant application.
The attainment of good pronunciation receives careful attention, and from the
beginning the student is trained to understand spoken French.
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 35
French 1. This course begins with instruction in pronunciation and division
of words into syllables. Phonetic symbols are not used. The acquisition of a basic
vocabulary is stressed and the memorizing of word groups and short sentences.
The instruction in grammar consists of the elementary forms and uses of
articles, nouns, adjectives, pronouns, adverbs, regular verbs, and a few common
irregular verbs. Much emphasis is placed upon written translation of English into
French.
The reading text provides for the translation of at least seventy-five pages of
simple French. This is largely oral translation.
The textbooks are Roux' "Premier Cours de Francais" and Roux' "Elementary
French Reader."
French 2. This course completes the elements of grammar and syntax, with
great emphasis upon forms and practice in their use in written composition. Fre-
quent review lessons help to make the student familiar with the essentials.
The textbooks are Olmsted-Sirich's "Alternate French Review Grammar" and
Ford and Hicks's "A New French Reader," which provides selections from the works
of well-known French authors and gives a useful vocabulary of common words.
French 3. Carnahan's "Alternate French Review Grammar" is used and
provides a general review and further advance in grammar and in written trans-
lation or connected prose. All the common irregular verbs and many idioms should
be learned.
Buffum's "French Short Stories" provides for the reading of selections from
the works of several modern prose authors.
GERMAN
At the end of the elementary course in German, the student should be able to
read at sight and to translate a passage of easy German prose. He should be able
to put into German, short English sentences taken from the language of everyday
life, and to answer questions upon principles of German grammar. The course
aims to meet the needs not only of those students who are seeking a general knowl-
edge of German, but also of those students who are planning to take the college
entrance examinations.
German 1. Chiles- Wiehr "First German Book" is used as a grammar and
composition book. This is supplemented by reading Gueber Marchen und Erzah
lungen I, II, Immensee by Storm. Drill in pronunciation; practice in reading the
German text aloud; memorizing of simple verse and prose selections.
German 2. "Chiles German Composition and Conversation" is used as a
textbook. This is supplemented by reading "Emil und die Detektive" by Kastner,
followed by translating such works as "Germelshausen" by Gerstacker, "Die
Braune Erica," by Jensen. Exercises in comprehension; memorizing of simple
German verse and prose selections. "German Frequency Word Book" by Morgan,
"German Idiom Word List" by Hauch are used.
SPANISH
Spanish 1. The work of the first year is so planned that it serves as a com-
plete unit in fundamentals for the student who wishes to continue the language
independently by travel or reading. Correct pronunciation, a knowledge of the
grammatical structure of the language, and an ability to read and write within the
36 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
limits of a practical vocabulary are the goals of the course. Standard elementary
readers are used in connection with a grammar text such as Hills and Ford, "First
Spanish Course."
Spanish 2. After a rapid review of the work covered by Spanish 1, the
second year is devoted to the enlargement of vocabulary, including common idioms,
the increase of skill and speed in translation with special emphasis upon sight
translation and free composition. The course prepares for the elementary exami-
nation in Spanish given by the College Entrance Examination Board. The use of
a standard composition book is supplemented by much reading of current as well
as classical Spanish.
HISTORY, GOVERNMENT, ECONOMICS
The aim of the department is to give a broad knowledge of vital conditions in
the growth of the leading countries of the world. This includes the study, not only
of important historical facts, but more especially of the progress of development
in government, society, business, religion, and education. The past is studied that
the present may be better understood.
History (English). This course is a study of English History from the
time of the Roman Conquest to the present. Special emphasis is given to the study
of the structure of government and the legal system because of their bearing upon
American development. Study of English foreign policy is essential to a better
understanding of international problems of the present. Study of church problems,
the Industrial Revolution, democratic growth are stressed because of present-day
tolerant attitude in regard to religion, views as to wisdom of dictatorial or demo-
cratic government, and ever changing economic conditions.
History (United States). A careful and comprehensive study is made
of United States History, including not only the story of earlier times, but also an
analysis of events from the Civil War down to and including our own times. Special
reference is made to the social and industrial development of the country, economic
progress, sources and effects of immigration, and of American government. The
course is designed to cover the requirements of the College Entrance Examination
Board.
History (European). In this course a study is made of the European
powers from the beginning of the seventeenth century to the present. Autocracy
rampant in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries begins to decline in the latter
eighteenth century with the French Revolution. The decline continued in the nine-
teenth century, giving way to democracy, which reached its peak following the
World War, only to yield in many countries to dictatorships of the present day.
International relations are traced, noting especially the influence of commerce and
the subsequent imperial rivalries and wars. The Industrial Revolution, with its
profound effect upon humanity, forms another important part of the course. Con-
siderable stress is given to great leaders of the different European powers.
History (Ancient). This course devotes one term to the study of the
Ancient Orient and Greece as far as the death of Alexander and the break-up of
his empire, with the expansion of Greek culture in the Mediterranean world. The
second term is devoted to the study of the history of Rome to the year 476 a.d.
The course emphasizes the characteristic elements of these civilizations. The work
calls for the study of an accurate historical textbook, in which not less than five
LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL 37
hundred pages of text are devoted to the particular subject. Special attention is
given to map study. The work is supplemented by a topical study of outstanding
phases of the history of the period, including growth of institutions, historic char-
acters, outstanding events and periods. The work calls for consultation of standard
writers on Ancient History, especially books of Readings in Ancient History. The
aim of the course is to meet the needs of those students who are seeking a general
knowledge of the subject as given in a high school, to prepare students for the
examinations that are given by the College Entrance Examination Board as defined
in the Definition of Requirements, published by the Board.
Government. The forms of our local and state governments are taken up
first. These are followed by a careful analysis of the Constitution of the United
States, showing the relationship of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches
of our National Government.
During the second semester a study is made of South America and the principal
nations of Europe, and in addition the smaller nations where innovations may
make investigation of governmental methods worth while.
Economics. The origin and development of our industrial system, and an
analysis into its component parts, together with the economic phenomena accom-
panying them. It is intended to make economics of practical value in everyday life.
During the second semester the course embraces the reform and improvement
of our industrial system; taxation, the tariff, international trade, transportation,
labor and capital, public ownership, wages and profits, and other current economic
problems are treated.
MATHEMATICS
The courses in mathematics are planned to meet the needs of all secondary
students. They afford an opportunity for preparation in the mathematical processes
which are necessary for success in industrial, commercial, or professional careers.
They are intended (1) to acquaint the student with such mathematical processes
and methods as he is most likely to need in the successful pursuit of other studies
and in the various trades and occupations; (2) to prepare the student for the suc-
cessful pursuit of the more advanced branches of mathematics in technical schools
and colleges.
Algebra 1. This course introduces the student to: (1) the positive and the
negative number; to its application in the four fundamental operations leading up
to the solving of formulas and equations, both linear and fractional in one and two
unknowns; (2) the function of the graph for both pictorial representation and the
solving of equations; (3) the literal number and the study of problems.
Algebra 2. Review of Elementary Algebra with more difficult problems.
Quadratics and simultaneous quadratic equations, with applications, progressions,
binomial theorem, logarithms, and that part of Trigonometry required by the
College Entrance Examination Board.
Geometry, Plane. The five books of Plane Geometry are studied. The
numerous original exercises stimulate the power to reason clearly and to derive
logical proofs. Special attention is given to those who expect to take college
entrance examinations. This course meets College Entrance Board requirements.
38 LINCOLN PREPARATORY SCHOOL
Geometry, Solid. This course comprises the standard theorems in Solid
and Spherical Geometry. Stress is laid upon numerical exercises involving mensura-
tion of solid figures. The work is designed primarily for those who are preparing
for college. This course meets College Entrance Board requirements.
Trigonometry. This course is intended for those who wish to offer Trigo-
nometry for college entrance, or for those who intend to take up engineering.
DRAWING
Mechanical Drawing. The fundamentals of Mechanical Drawing are
stressed in this course. A credit towards college entrance will be granted upon
the completion of sixty-five problems or the equivalent. All work is individual and
admits of progress according to the student's ability.
Instruction is given in the testing, use and care of the instruments and draw-
ing supplies, and about thirty drawing plates are made. The topics studied in
these plates include: technique practice, lettering, geometric constructions, ortho-
graphic projection, auxiliary views, revolution of objects, isometric, cavalier, cabinet
and perspective projection, intersections, sections, helix and application, screw
threads, dimensioning and inking.
SCIENCE
Biology. This is a comprehensive course in Biology dealing with plants and
animals; their relation to their environment. The fundamental phenomena of
living things are stressed. The general biological laws and theories are discussed.
Whenever possible, biological principles are illustrated by the laboratory study of
both plant and animal forms.
Physics. This course is intended for two groups of students. First, it will
meet the requirements of those expecting to enter a college or technical school.
Secondly, it is intended to help those who wish a general knowledge of the impor-
tant laws and principles of Physics as applied to modern everyday experiences.
The applications of Physics in such fields as household appliances, the weather,
the automobile, the airplane, radio, etc., are particularly stressed with the idea of
giving a background of culture and enjoyment.
Many students interested in mechanical lines will find it giving them a clearer
understanding of the operations of devices of which they make constant use.
Laboratory experiments and lecture table demonstrations will illustrate the
subject matter studied in the text.
Although the course is not intended to be highly theoretical, an elementary
knowledge of Algebra and Geometry will be of assistance in the solution of problems.
Chemistry. This course has the twofold aim of preparing the student in
Chemistry for entrance to any college or technical school and providing a general
introduction to the subject for other purposes.
There are class discussions of chemical principles and of chemical materials,
solution of numerical problems, practice in such exercises as writing of equations,
demonstration experiments carried through by the instructor. The student does
assigned experiments in the laboratory and writes reports of his work.
The more important elements, both non-metallic and metallic, as well as
numerous compounds, are studied. Important laws and hypotheses of Chemistry
are constantly stressed.
Unless there is urgent reason for following a different order, the student is
advised to arrange his succession of courses in such a way that Chemistry will
be preceded by a study of Physics.
THE
HUNTINGTON
SCHOOL
for BOYS
cZAn Urban Trivate T)ay School
With the Advantages and Physical Facilities of a
Country Day School
320 HUNTINGTON AVENUE
BOSTON, MASS.
FOREWORD
The Huntington School for Boys has as its
primary purpose the adequate preparation of
its students not only for entrance to but espe-
cially for success in the best colleges and uni-
versities. In this accomplishment the School
has enjoyed a most creditable success.
The Huntington School has developed over a
long period of years into a well organized and
unified school, in which the outstanding factors
are the excellence of the faculty, the results
accomplished in preparing boys for college, the
quality of the student body, and the splendid
physical equipment.
This catalog sets forth in some detail what
Huntington offers to boys of Greater Boston as
a result of years of experience in preparing boys
for college.
Within its pages we sincerely hope that our
many friends, and the new friends whom we
look forward to meeting and serving, will find
such information as will be truly helpful in the
solution of the very important problems which
must be solved with boys who wish to go to
college.
HUNTINGTON SCHOOL FOR BOYS
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Robert Gray Dodge, Chairman
Frank Lincoln Richardson, Vice-chairman
Galen David Light, Secretary and Treasurer
Charles Francis Adams
Wilman Edward Adams
Arthur Atwood Ballantine
George Louis Barnes
Farwell Gregg Bemis
Walter Channing
William Converse Chick
Paul Foster Clark
William James Davidson
Frederic Harold Fay
Edward J. Frost
Franklin Wile Ganse
Harvey Dow Gibson
Henry Ingraham Harriman
Chandler Hovey
Maynard Hutchinson
Arthur Stoddard Johnson
John Russell Macomber
Irving Edwin Moultrop
Augustin Hamilton Parker, Jr.
Frederick Sanford Pratt
Stuart Craig Rand
James Lorin Richards
Charles Milton Rogerson
Leverett Saltonstall
Frank Palmer Speare
Francis Robert Carnegie Steele
Charles Stetson
Earl Place Stevenson
Robert Treat Paine Storer
Frank Horace Stuart
Edward Watson Supple
OFFICERS OF THE SCHOOL
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., President
Everett Avery Churchill, A.B., Ed.D., Vice-President
Galen David Light, A.B., Treasurer
Charles Henry Sampson, B.S., Ed.M., Headmaster
- 5 -
FACULTY
Charles Henry Sampson, B.S., Ed.M.
(University of Maine) (Harvard University)
Headmaster
William Sawyer Spencer, A.M.
(Harvard University)
Head of English Department, Emeritus
President, Huntington Chapter, Cum Laude Society
Theodore Martin Chase, B.S., Ed.M.
(Mass. State College) (Harvard University)
Mathematics
Carl Ferdinand Christianson, A.B.
(Wesleyan University)
History
Norman Greene, B.S.,
(Boston University)
Business Subjects
Preston Harvey, A.B.
(Bowdoin College)
Latin
Frederick Charles Hosmer, A.B.
(Boston University) (Harvard University)
Faculty Adviser of The Huntington Record
Percy Edward Jones, B.S.
(Boston University) (Sloyd Training School)
Mathematics, Mechanical Drawing
Roland Leo Leach, A.B., Ed.M.
(Tufts College) (Harvard University)
French and German
Director of Dramatic and French Clubs
James Harris Morss, A.B., Ed.M.
(Boston University) (Harvard University)
English
Arthur Eugene Newcomb, Jr., A.B., Ed.M.
(Middlebury College) (Boston University)
English
Director of Literary Club
- 6 -
FACULTY (Continued)
Alfred Loring Skinner, A.B.
(Harvard University)
Mathematics
John Moore Trout, Jr., A.B., Ed.M.
(Princeton University) (Harvard University)
English, French and German
Director of Chess Club
Harold Clayton Wilcox, S.B., S.M.
(Rhode Island State College) (Brown University)
Physics and Chemistry
Director of Science Club
William Greene Wilkinson, A.B., Ed.M.
(Boston University)
(University of Kentucky) (McGill University) (Ecole Montcel)
French and Spanish
COACHING STAFF
Director of Athletics William Greene Wilkinson
Track Theodore Martin Chase
Basketball Edward Alexander Bartlett
Swimming Raymond English Millard
p se, ., > Thomas Alfred Blake
Tennis John Moore Trout, Jr.
Intermediate School Athletics Percy Edward Jones
Emily Ramsay, Executive Secretary
Evelyn Young, Secretary to the Headmaster
Miriam Blake, Recorder
Myra White, Librarian
Johan Gustave Larsson, M.D., School Physician
- 7 -
CALENDAR
19404941
School Year Begins
Christmas Vacation Begins
Christmas Vacation Ends
First Semester Examinations
Second Semester Begins
Spring Vacation Begins
Spring Vacation Ends
Final Examinations
Commencement
Special Program for College
Board Examination Students
College Entrance Board Examinations
Summer Session (1940)
Summer Session (1941)
September 18
December 20
January 3
January 24-31
February 3
April 4
April 11
May 26-June 3
June 6
June 9-13
June 16-21
July 8-August 30
July 7-August 29
HOLIDAYS
Columbus Day, Armistice Day, Thanksgiving Day, Wash-
ington's Birthday, Patriots' Day, Memorial Day.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Introduction
The Huntington School was established in September,
1909.
From the outset, emphasis has been placed upon the de-
velopment of those qualities and habits which it is neces-
sary for boys to possess if they are to succeed in meeting
college entrance requirements and to succeed in college after
gaining admission.
The School offers both a College Preparatory and General
Course. Most boys who graduate from the General Course
enter Colleges of Business Administration.
With the passing of the years fathers and mothers have
made it very apparent that in Greater Boston there is need
for a first-class private day school such as Huntington which
presents a strong college entrance program, in an environ-
ment where character qualities are emphasized, and which,
at the same time, allows their boys to remain under the
direct influence of the home.
Huntington boys come from all points in Boston and the
surrounding cities and towns, and at times we have students
who commute from as far as Worcester, Providence and New
Hampshire towns and cities.
Huntington is today the only urban private day school in
Boston which presents a complete development program or
has the facilities for doing so.
Huntington students have every opportunity to attain a
sound and well-developed body, strong character, and in-
dependence of thought, through daily association with well-
rounded Christian men, in their studies, sports and general
school life.
Graduates of Huntington are found in practically all of
the New England colleges and in many colleges and uni-
versities located outside of this area.
The School limits its enrollment to a maximum of two
hundred boys each year. There is no desire to increase this
number. It is sufficiently large for the promotion of school
activities which are of interest and value to growing boys.
The School is not so large as to make it difficult for the
- 9 -
Headmaster and his associates to keep in touch with each
individual.
The School enrolls boys in the forms corresponding to the
ninth grade through the twelfth grade. The student body
is, therefore, divided into four forms. It is our belief that
the best time for a boy to start his preparatory work for
college is not later than beginning with the ninth grade.
The School enrolls boys, however, in any form for which
they are adequately prepared.
Although Huntington is a Day School, a few boarding
students are accepted. The School accepts no responsibility
for such students in respect to activities outside of school
hours. The School will co-operate to the fullest extent,
however, in arranging for satisfactory living quarters for
those who come from a distance.
The Complete Development Program at Huntington
The School believes in the complete development of the
individual and many opportunities are given a boy to dis-
cover and develop latent qualities.
For this reason, in addition to the regular program of
studies there has been developed an extra-curricular pro-
gram offering opportunities for supervised play, musical and
other club activities. Competent leadership and excellent
facilities are available for both the educational and extra-
curricular programs.
Scholarship must, in a college preparatory school such as
Huntington, occupy first place in its productive efforts but
we believe that the boy who goes on to college with an
appreciation of values as they should exist in a normal,
active and happy life, is in a better position to succeed than
one who does not have this appreciation.
Location
The School is located in the Boston Y. M. C. A. building
at 320 Huntington Avenue (nearly opposite the Boston
Opera House) in the educational and cultural center of
Boston. It is within easy reach of all points in Greater
Boston. The running time by surface cars from Back Bay
- 10 -
Station is five minutes, and the cars from both the North
and South Stations (by way of Park Street) reach the School
in twenty-five minutes. The School is within easy walking
distance of the Huntington Avenue, Trinity Place and Back
Bay railroad stations. For those who use surface cars only,
the School is fifteen minutes from Park Street in the Subway
and a few minutes from Massachusetts Station in the Boyl-
ston Street Tunnel. The School is accessible by trolley and
automobile from all suburban sections* There are parking
facilities.
Buildings
The School is housed in a building especially equipped for
educational work and for successfully carrying on the com-
plete program which it sponsors.
Recitation The recitation rooms, the physics and chem-
Building istry laboratories, and the drawing rooms
are on the second, third, and fourth floors.
Natatorium The swimming pool, seventy-five feet long
by twenty-five feet wide, is supplied with
filtered water heated to a proper temperature by an elabo-
rate system of pipes. It is one of the finest in New England.
The School has special hours reserved in the pool for its
general swimming work.
Gymnasium In the rear of the main building, and closely
connected with it, is the Samuel Johnson
Memorial Gymnasium, the largest indoor gymnasium in
Boston. On the main floor is the gymnasium proper,
equipped with the best of apparatus. The running track
which encircles it fifteen feet above the floor level is twelve
laps to the mile. A visitors' gallery on the same level seats
500. A special locker room, shower baths and special exer-
cising rooms are on the floor beneath the gymnasium proper.
The Huntington School has the use of the entire gym-
nasium area and equipment at definite scheduled periods.
- 11 -
Equipment
Classrooms The classrooms are of standard size and are
completely equipped with modern school
furniture.
Laboratories The School has well equipped laboratories
for physics and chemistry for conducting
its science courses.
Library The School has excellent library facilities.
Drawing There is a well lighted and properly
Room equipped mechanical drawing room.
Playgrounds
The Huntington School has an athletic field of approxi-
mately five acres in the Longwood section of Brookline, on
Kent Street, one and one-half miles from the school building.
Transportation is furnished free of charge to and from the
field. Here are ample and excellent facilities for all out-of-
door sports. A completely equipped field house furnishes
adequate facilities for both home and visiting teams. Al-
together the School has one of the best athletic fields in
Greater Boston. In addition to these grounds there are
available at the school building tennis courts, jumping pits,
and other facilities for games and sports.
Morning Assembly
Three times each week all students assemble in Bates Hall
for the purpose of taking part in a brief devotional program.
At this time matters of general interest in the school life are
presented to the students.
The School is non-sectarian but thoroughly Christian in
the conduct of all its religious activities. Occasionally at this
- 12 -
time educational talks of value are presented, and special
programs are given by the boys, such as rallies, concerts,
short plays, and speaking programs in observance of the
holidays.
Lunch Room
A large lunch room is provided in the building. A satis-
factory lunch may be had at a moderate cost.
Intermediate and Senior Groups
The Huntington School's student body is divided into two
principal groups indicated as Intermediate and Senior.
Boys in the intermediate group are those taking subjects
customarily offered in the ninth and tenth grades. The
senior group is composed of boys who have one or two
years of work to complete before entering college.
Special Students
Huntington accepts each year a limited number of special
students. Those taking one, two, or three subjects are so
classified. Special students work for credit but not for the
school diploma.
Decision on Type of College Course Important
Parents and students should understand that admission
to an A.B. degree course in college generally requires that
the student shall have demonstrated an ability to succeed
well in the field of languages, either Ancient or Modern, and
in social subjects such as History. Generally speaking,
boys who enter college for the purpose of earning a B.S.
degree should have shown ability somewhat above the
average in the field of Mathematics and Science. It is
highly important that boys who enter college for the pur-
pose of earning any degree should be good English students.
We believe that one of the most important things we ac-
complish in the Huntington School is to discover the best
type of college in which a boy is most likely to succeed.
- 13 -
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Parents or guardians who wish to enter their boys in the
School should fill in the Application Blank, which may be
found at the back of the catalog, and return it to the Head-
master.
The School requires testimonials of good moral character
of all students.
It is expected that no boy will apply for admission whose
conduct in other schools has brought him discredit.
Early registration results in advantage to the student as
special attention to his particular needs is made possible.
A personal interview with the Headmaster of the School is
required.
A registration fee of five dollars must accompany the ap-
plication. This fee is in addition to the regular tuition
charge and when once paid it will not be refunded.
Boys are accepted for admission to all grades from the
ninth through the twelfth.
Entrance Examinations
The School reserves the right to give entrance examinations
if such a procedure seems advisable. These examinations
may be oral or written; they may be in the form of psycho-
logical examinations or aptitude tests.
The policy of the School is a liberal one as far as entrance
requirements are concerned. Most Huntington students are
admitted because of satisfactory previous records, without
examination.
Classification
In the upper Forms a boy is classified according to the units
he has earned for college entrance.
Boys are accepted for the First Form (ninth grade) on the
basis of previous records, scholastic and otherwise, and, if
necessary, of entrance examination results.
- 14 -
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS AND
CURRICULA
Students in the Huntington School are obliged to meet
certain requirements in regard to length of time in attend-
ance, scholastic standing, and course of study, before a
diploma can be awarded.
Diplomas are granted from two courses; namely, College
Preparatory and General:
College Preparatory Diploma
Fifteen Units acceptable for college entrance are required
for graduation. No student will be graduated with the Col-
lege Preparatory diploma unless he can produce evidence of
having received either in the Huntington School, or some
other accredited school, B grades or better in at least eight
units of work, or of having passed eight units of work in
approved college entrance examinations. At least eight
units of required work must be completed at Huntington,
four of which must be of B grade or better. This applies to
all students regardless of the number of years in attendance.
In the remaining seven of the fifteen units required for
graduation no grades less than C are acceptable. A unit
is given for each subject taken five periods a week through-
out the school year or the equivalent thereof, except that
four years of English are counted as three units. A student
must be in attendance for at least one year to receive the
College Preparatory diploma.
Explanatory Note
Parents and boys should know how it is possible to earn a Huntington School diploma
in one year and the position in which a boy must be at the beginning of the year in order
to accomplish this.
It is obvious that at least four years of work in one or more high or preparatory schools
are necessary for securing an accredited diploma. Many boys who earn such in the
Huntington School are already high school graduates. Eight units of work can be com-
pleted in a regular schedule in one year. Such a schedule might well be: English IV (3
units); Modern Language (2 units); Algebra II (2 units); and American History (1 unit).
A boy should know that while completion of such a subject as French III with a B
grade entitles him to three (3) units towards graduation from the Huntington School,
it by no means insures certification to college in three (3) units. This is a matter which
must be decided by the Director of Admissions of the college. If there is doubt, the
College Entrance Board examinations should be taken.
- 15 -
General Course Diploma
Fifteen Units are required for graduation in the General
Course. At least eight of these required units must be com-
pleted at Huntington. A unit is given for each subject taken
five periods a week throughout the school year or the equiva-
lent thereof, except that four years of English are counted as
three units.
All subjects must be passed with a grade of C or better.
Graduates from our General Course most frequently enter
Business Administration colleges and arrange their schedules
on that basis.
College Entrance Units
Fifteen Units are required by most colleges for entrance.
Each year the Huntington School sends to college several
students who do not graduate but who come to us for the
purpose of earning sufficient units, in addition to those
previously earned elsewhere, so that they can be accepted by
the college of their choice.
Since promotion at Huntington is entirely by subjects, the
School is in an excellent position to serve those who do not
need a full program of study or who do not necessarily need
to meet our graduation requirements in order to enter col-
lege.
COLLEGE PREPARATORY COURSE
Required: Units
College Preparatory English (4 years) .... 3
Algebra 2
Plane Geometry 1
French, German, or Spanish 2
Physics or Chemistry 1
American, Ancient, or European History 1
10
- 16 -
Electives: Units
Latin 2, 3 or 4
French, German, or Spanish 2 or 3
Physics or Chemistry 1
American, Ancient, or European History 1
Solid Geometry 3^2
Trigonometry 3^
Mechanical Drawing 1 or Yi
In addition, other electives may be permitted by special
consent provided they are accepted by the college to which
the student seeks entrance.
Language and Mathematics requirements vary somewhat
for entrance to the different colleges. This is especially true
of the Latin and Modern Language requirements. Some
colleges require three entrance units in either French or
German. Some technical colleges require Solid Geometry
or Trigonometry or both for entrance. It is the student's
responsibility to meet the requirements of the college he
elects to enter.
Some colleges accept a limited number of credits in Busi-
ness Subjects.
GENERAL COURSE
The General Course prepares one to occupy a position in
business life and also, if the right selection of subjects is
made, to enter Colleges of Business Administration such as
those of Boston University, Syracuse University, and North-
eastern University.
A wide selection of subjects is possible, but choice of many
college preparatory subjects should be made.
Required: Units
College Preparatory English (4 years) .... 3
American, Ancient, or European History 1
Physics, Chemistry, or Biology 1
Algebra 1 1
17
Electives:
The remaining 9 units may be selected from the following:
Units
American, Ancient, or European History 1
French, German, or Spanish 2
Physics or Chemistry 1
Plane Geometry 1
Bookkeeping 1 or 2
Mechanical Drawing }/}Ot\
General Science /^ or 1
Business Arithmetic y%
Business Law */£
Economics %
Commerce and Industry ^
Civics Y^ or 1
or from any college preparatory subjects offered by the
School.
Special One- Year Course For High School Graduates
Many boys need an additional year of preparation before
going to college; some need to strengthen their foundation
before attempting college work; some need additional units
of certificate grade; and some need intensive preparation for
the College Entrance Board examinations (either Plan A or
Plan B). This course has been a very popular one at Hunt-
ington and much has been done for boys enrolled in it.
Preparation For College
In the Huntington School a boy can be prepared for
entrance to any college. The teaching staff is experienced
in this field and all courses are arranged with college en-
trance always in view.
There are three principal methods by which a boy may
meet the college entrance requirements. These are: (1) By
certificate; (2) By examination; and (3) By a combination of
certificate and examination.
- 18 -
Such colleges as Harvard, Yale, Princeton, and the Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology as a rule require that either
the student pass the College Entrance Board examinations
or the examinations set by the colleges themselves. In the
case of Harvard, the College Board examinations must be
passed.
Any boy interested in entering any one of the above col-
leges should consult the various college catalogs for detailed
information or consult the Headmaster.
Certification for entrance to colleges belonging to the New
England College Certificate Board requires that B grades
shall be earned. Huntington has special certification ar-
rangements with many colleges that do not belong to the
Board.
Special Courses
In Huntington there are especially arranged courses for
preparing boys for entrance to certain colleges.
For example, there is a two-year course in which a boy
may be prepared to meet the requirements for entrance to
the Massachusetts Institute of Technology provided certain
previous requirements have been met. There is a special
folder descriptive of this course which will be sent upon
request.
In Huntington a boy will find especially arranged courses
for entrance to the Boston University College of Business
Administration, the University of Maine, Northeastern Uni-
versity, Worcester Polytechnic Institute and many other
colleges.
An educational offering at Huntington that has helped
many to earn needed credits is the Summer School. Here,
full units may be secured for work done. This session is co-
educational. Much time has been saved by a program in-
cluding one or more regular school years and summer ses-
sions. The Headmaster will gladly discuss such a program
with those who have an interest in it.
- 19 -
Teacher Qualifications
Preparation for College requires teachers who are not
only especially trained but especially adapted for such work.
In Huntington no teachers are engaged with less than five
years of experience in the college preparatory field and
certainly none on the staff are without understanding of the
problems that most boys must face and solve if the college
entrance situation is to be satisfactorily met. All teachers
in Huntington are men who have been selected because of
a demonstrated ability to work with boys.
Parent-Teacher Co-operation
Preparation for College when best accomplished requires
co-operation from all persons involved; namely, the boy,
his parents, his teachers, and the college Directors of Ad-
mission. At various periods throughout the year, Parent-
Teachers Meetings are held. These meetings afford oppor-
tunity for the discussion of mutual problems. The Head-
master is always available for interviews with parents.
Huntington a Recognized School
The School is recognized by the leading colleges. The
School is a member of the New England Association of
College and Secondary Schools and the Private School
Association.
The School has full certification privileges as granted by
the New England College Entrance Certificate Board. The
School has a Cum Laude Charter.
- 20 -
SCHOOL POLICIES
Hours of Attendance
The School is in session five days each week. Attendance
on Saturday mornings may be required of students who need
supplementary instruction, who are behind in their work, or
who are called back for disciplinary reasons.
The daily hours of attendance for boys in the Senior
School are from 9.00 A.M. until 2.15 P.M. Recreational and
extra-curricular activities are held after 2.15. Boys in the
Intermediate School remain until 3.45 except on Fridays,
when they are dismissed at 2.15.
The Intermediate School Schedule is as follows:
9.00— 9.15
9.15 — 12.15
12.15—12.45
12.45— 1.30
1.30— 3.00
3.00— 3.45
Assembly
Recitations
Lunch
Recitation
Physical Training, Games, etc., at
Huntington Field every day except
Friday during the fall and spring.
During the winter this period is used
for Play Activities in the Johnson
Memorial Gymnasium and the Swim-
ming Pool, and for Club Activities,
etc.
Study Period
Examinations
Examinations are held at the close of each semester. Boys
who fail in examinations must make up the deficiency within
a reasonable time or enter a lower Form in the subjects in
which they have failed. Unexcused absence from an ex-
amination means failure in the course.
- 21 -
Marking System
The
following is the
marking
system used by the School:
A
90% to
100%
B
80% to
90%
C
70% to
80%
D
60% to
70% (unsatisfactory)
F
Failure
Inc.
Incompl
ete
A is a mark of high distinction and is given to a student
whose work approaches perfection, or it may be considered
as a grade representing approximately the best that may be
expected of a student.
B is given for work plainly above the average. Students
who are to succeed in the best colleges should be able to at-
tain this grade consistently.
C is given for average work. The standards of the School
are such that students obtaining some C grades with a ma-
jority of B grades or better may expect to succeed in many
colleges and will be recommended for entrance to many
institutions not requiring B grades for certification.
D is given for work that lies between passing and absolute
failure. It is often given to inform the student that by
increased effort, he may place himself in the C group and
then be in a position for even greater rewards. D does not
count for diploma credit.
F indicates failure and requires repeating the subject.
Inc., meaning Incomplete, is given for work which may be
ranked later as a result of make-up work or examinations.
Tests
The School recognizes the need of having its students be-
come accustomed to frequent testing. Entrance to college
often requires ability to pass difficult examinations and suc-
cessful progress in college is quite likely to depend upon
one's ability to meet test situations satisfactorily. The
School believes that a student can overcome the fear and
nervousness incidental to taking examinations by being fre-
quently tested. Short examinations are given often in all
classes.
- 22 -
Reports
Reports of the boys' work are sent home frequently. Work
missed for any logical reason is marked "incomplete" until
made up, when the grade obtained in making up the work is
substituted. Absence from an examination without a
satisfactory excuse means a failing grade (F) in the course.
Promotion By Subjects
Promotion by subjects rather than by classes is the ideal
way to build up a good foundation for success in college.
Why, for example, should a boy proceed with French II
until he has mastered to a reasonably successful degree,
French I?
Promotion by subjects requires a flexible schedule and a
larger teaching staff than would be necessary in the usual
situation. The Huntington School, realizing its responsi-
bilities as they concern the preparation of boys for entrance
to and especially for success in college, offers a schedule
which can generally meet any need of those desiring college
entrance units.
Graduation from the Huntington School and entrance to
the great majority of the colleges requires evidence that
fifteen units have been satisfactorily completed. This is a
reasonable requirement. No student could expect to suc-
ceed in college unless he is capable of meeting it.
Regulations
The co-operation of all parents in the enforcement of regu-
lations is requested. Each boy is expected to be punctual in
his attendance at every school exercise. Dismissing a stu-
dent before the close of the school day interferes seriously
with the school routine and with the student's advancement.
Only in case of unusual urgency should such requests be
made. Outside appointments should be made at a time
when they do not interfere with the school work.
When a boy is entered in the School it is understood that
his attendance is controlled by the School. Absence from
school except for sickness will result in inconvenience to the
student.
- 23 -
The School does not seek to enroll students who require
severe restrictions. The right is reserved by the School to
dismiss any boy whose conduct, influence, industry, or prog-
ress is unsatisfactory in the judgment of the Headmaster.
Detention
The School reserves the right to detain students after the
regular hours, or on Saturday, to make up back work, or for
disciplinary reasons.
HONORS AND AWARDS
Scholarship Honors
Three grades of honors for scholarship are conferred at
the end of each grading period: "Highest Honors" upon all
boys who have maintained a rank of A in all courses;
"Honors" upon all boys who have not received a rank
lower than B in all courses; "Honorable Mention" upon
all boys who have received an average of B in all courses.
Scholarship Awards
Scholarship medals are awarded at Commencement to the
student in each Form in the School who maintains the
highest rank during the year.
The Albert Walter Swenson Memorial Medal
Established in 1929 by Mrs. Swenson in memory of her
husband. Mr. Swenson for nine years served the School
faithfully as Head of the Modern Language Department and
for two and a half years as Associate Headmaster. Awarded
foT excellence in French III to that student who has at-
tended the School for at least one year.
- 24 -
The Class of 1928 Medal
Established in 1928 by the graduating class of that year.
Awarded at Commencement to the member of the Senior
Class who excels in English.
The Richard John Carroll Memorial Medal
Established in 1928 by the parents of Richard John Carroll,
a graduate of the School in 1927 and president of his class.
Awarded at Commencement to the student in the Junior
Class who excels in English Composition.
The Arthur Stanton Carleton Memorial Medal
Established by the parents of Arthur Stanton Carleton in
1930, the year in which Arthur would have graduated from
the Huntington School had he lived. Awarded each year
to the member of the Junior School whose play, spirit, and
character have best maintained the traditions of the School.
The Albert Walter Swenson Public Speaking Medal
Established in 1929 by friends of Mr. Swenson from the
student body and alumni of the School. Awarded to the
winner of the Public Speaking Contest.
Cum Laude Society
The Huntington Chapter of the Cum Laude Society was
established in 1928. This is a national honorary society
which in preparatory schools corresponds to the Phi Beta
Kappa Society in colleges. It is a distinct honor to be elected
to membership in the Society. Each chapter has the privi-
lege of electing to honorary membership full-time members
of the instructing staff.
Each chapter may elect as members those students of the
highest class in any academic course who have had an honor
record up to the time of election and stand in the first fifth
- 25 -
of the class, choosing the whole number at the end of the
school year, or not more than a tenth of the class at any
time during the year and the remainder at the end.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
The School sponsors several extra-curricular activities.
These vary somewhat from year to year, depending upon
the desires of the student body. Generally, we have a Pub-
lic Speaking Group, a Literary Club, a Chess Club, a Cur-
rent Events Club, a French Club, and a Science Club. One
of the principal social events of the year is the Father and
Son Banquet, at which certain groups of students provide
the entertainment. In anticipation of this event, a Glee
Club and Orchestra are organized. The School publishes
a paper called The Huntington Record, and a number of boys
are on the staff of this publication.
Physical Education
Physical education may be denned as the process of devel-
oping the body in the right way. The policy of physical
training in the Huntington School is a broad one. We are
not concerned exclusively with bodily development but
rather with general development. Accordingly we believe
that the by-products of games and sports are of great impor-
tance. To secure the greatest benefits from a program of
physical training the various squads must be under the di-
rection of men who because of what they are and because of
their leadership provide valuable character training.
All students, unless excused as a result of a certificate from
the family physician, are urged to participate in some form
of physical activity during the winter months. A gymna-
sium class meeting regularly each week is available for those
not wishing to enter a definite sport.
- 26 -
A study which we have made seems to indicate that boys
who refuse to become interested in any form of physical
exercise seldom become successful students.
Play is just as much an essential part of any school pro-
gram as study provided it is properly supervised. A well-
balanced program of physical education invariably does
much to increase efficiency in the classroom.
Sports
Many different sports are offered each season; such as,
during the fall, football, track and tennis; during the winter,
track, basketball, skiing and swimming; and during the
spring, baseball, track and tennis. Each sport is directed
by a coach who is experienced in directing athletics.
Social Events
The School sponsors and supervises a well defined program
of social events, namely, the Huntington School Promenade,
the Father and Son Banquet, and the Commencement
Dance.
- 27 -
OUTLINE OF COURSES
Textbooks and Course Content
All textbooks are carefully selected; they are standard and
meet the college entrance requirements. The various course
contents meet in full the requirements as set by the leading
colleges and universities and as outlined by the College
Entrance Examination Board.
The School has a system of review previous to the College
Board examinations which has proved most effective in pre-
paring boys for these important tests.
INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL
Students will select, each year, with the advice of the Head-
master, twenty hours of work. Only the student of excep-
tional ability will be permitted to take more than a normal
schedule of hours.
FORM I (Fourth Year from College)
English Drill in grammar, punctuation, and spell-
ing. Study of the sentence. Study of ele-
mentary composition. Special attention to
the development of good taste in reading.
Class study of Ivanhoe, selected lyric poems
and short stories. Individual reading of at
least four books selected from the College
Board List.
Mathematics The fundamental operations are thor-
oughly covered and in addition, stress is
laid on a sound preparation for the college
preparatory courses in Algebra.
- 28 -
Latin
In the Latin I course an effort is made to
master such vocabulary, inflections and
syntax as seems necessary as a foundation
for college preparatory work in the subject.
Much time is devoted to reading and writ-
ing simple prose and in establishing the
proper relation between Latin and English
words. Boys who have a competent knowl-
edge of English grammar attain the best
success in this Latin course.
Spanish A beginner's course which, although de-
signed primarily for the student who will
continue through a second year, will give a
practical foundation of grammar enabling
one to continue the language for his own
pleasure. Pronunciation, dictation, read-
ing of simple prose, oral practice.
Ancient Brief view of the near Eastern nations,
History stressing their contributions to civilization.
Intensive study of Greece, Alexander's
Empire, and Hellenistic period with special
attention to political, intellectual and artis-
tic development. Intensive study of Rome
emphasizing political growth, development
of legal system, economic problems, and
cultural contributions. Study of the growth
of the Christian Church, German con-
quests to the death of Charlemagne, and
Mohammedanism. Map study. This course
carries college entrance credit.
Mechanical Covers: use of instruments, geometric con-
Drawing structions, orthographic projection, isomet-
ric projection, working drawings of simple
objects, developments and intersections.
- 29
FORM II (Third Year from College)
English Continuation of the work of Form I in
grammar, punctuation, and spelling. Study
of the paragraph. Composition and mem-
ory work. Class study of Silas Marner,
Idylls of the King, Sohrab and Rustum,
Prisoner of Chillon. An introductory study
of the essay. Individual reading of at least
four books from the College Board List.
Mathematics The five books of Plane Geometry accord-
ing to accepted standards. Emphasis on
original proofs and practical applications.
The course covers the College Board re-
quirements.
Latin
Rapid translation of four books of Caesar's
Gallic War or an equal amount from ap-
proved authors, sight reading from Caesar,
Nepos, Tacitus, or Pliny. Systematic study
of grammar and Latin composition. Pre-
pares for Latin 2 College Board Examina-
tion.
French Study of the elementary principles of gram-
Practice in pronunciation and in easy
mar.
conversation. Short written themes and
reading of French stories ranging from the
simple to those of moderate difficulty. In-
troduction to the study of irregular verbs
and common idioms.
Spanish A thorough review of first year Spanish with
more advanced work in grammar and com-
position. Much and varied reading places
emphasis on comprehension. This course
prepares for the Elementary Spanish exami-
nation of the College Board.
- 30 -
Ancient Brief view of the near Eastern nations,
History stressing their contributions to civilization.
Intensive study of Greece, Alexander's
Empire, and Hellenistic period with special
attention to political, intellectual and artis-
tic development. Intensive study of Rome
emphasizing political growth, development
of legal system, economic problems, and
cultural contributions. Study of the growth
of the Christian Church, German con-
quests to the death of Charlemagne, and
Mohammedanism. Map study. This course
carries college entrance credit.
SENIOR SCHOOL
FORM III (Second Year from College)
English Continued study of rhetoric and composi-
tion. Precis Writing. Individual reading
of at least six books from the College
Board List. Introductory study of style and
literary types. Class study of Modern
Essays, Selected Poems, and House of Seven
Gables. Thorough review of English gram-
mar.
Review of Elementary Algebra with more
difficult problems. Simultaneous quadratic
equations with applications, graphical solu-
tions, variables, progressions, the binomial
theorem, logarithms and the Trigonometry
requirements of the College Entrance Exam-
ination Board.
Study of Cicero's Citizenship of Archias,
Manilian Law, and the four orations against
Catiline. Sight reading of selections from
other works of Cicero. Study in compre-
hension of passages selected from other
authors. Continued study of composition
and grammar. Prepares for Latin 3A
College Board examination.
- 31 -
Mathematics
Latin
French Continuation of the formal study of gram-
mar and irregular verbs. Drill on vocabu-
lary and the most frequently used idioms.
Composition and translation of increasing
difficulty. Conversational French. Prepa-
ration for Elementary French examination
of the College Board.
German A beginner's course. Drill in pronuncia-
tion and the rudiments of grammar. Exer-
cises to fix in mind the forms and to culti-
vate readiness in translation. Reading of
easy German.
Spanish Spanish courses offered in Form I and in
Form II are open to students of this Form.
European College preparatory course from the be-
History ginning of the 17th century to the present
time. Intensive study of the decline of
absolutism and the development of de-
mocracy, particularly in England and France
from the 17th to the 20th century. The
rise of Russia and Prussia, the partition of
Poland, the decline of Turkey, the emer-
gence of Germany and Italy as national
states is carefully studied. Great stress is
laid upon international rivalries. Survey
of social, scientific, and intellectual achieve-
ments. Special study of personalities. Map
work.
Chemistry A standard college preparatory course in
Chemistry. Lectures, recitations, labora-
tory experiments and problems with refer-
ence to practical applications of Chemistry
in everyday science and industry. An
appreciation of the science method is
developed which helps the boy in later
scientific studies.
- 32 -
FORM IV (Senior Class)
English Weekly written compositions. A detailed
study of the main branches of literature.
Practice in critical reading of specimens of
modern literature and of classics acceptable
for college preparation. An attempt is
made toward an appreciation of excellence
in literature, and in composition toward
attaining some of the fundamental qualities
of good style. Vocabulary building.
Mathematics Solid Geometry. The standard content of
the four books of Solid Geometry.
Plane Trigonometry. The college entrance
requirements in the subject are covered.
Advanced Algebra. Requirements for the
Gamma College Board examination are
covered.
Review Mathematics. This is a review
course in Algebra and Plane Geometry for
those contemplating taking the College
Board examinations or for those seeking
certification in these subjects.
Rapid reading of the required amount from
the works of Virgil and Ovid. Critical
study of the prescribed reading. Sight
reading with careful study of style. Study
in comprehension of passages selected from
other authors. Prepares for Latin 4A or
Latin 4B College Board examination.
French Continued study of grammar and composi-
tion. Review of irregular verbs and com-
mon idioms. Development of an adequate
vocabulary based on word frequency. Drill
to attain facility in oral comprehension and
expression. Readings from French classics
and modern works of moderate difficulty.
Comprehension exercises on selections of
greater difficulty. Dictation and the writing
of original abstracts and themes. Special
work for College Board examinations.
- 33 -
Latin
Spanish Spanish courses offered in Forms I and II
are open to students in this Form.
German Continued drill in grammar and syntax.
Exercises in writing German from texts and
dictation. Reading of Modern German
prose. Preparation for the Elementary
German examination of the College Board.
Composition work.
American College preparatory course. Study of back-
History ground. Special reference to development
of independence and a strong national gov-
ernment. Intensive study of sectionalism
culminating in Civil War, currency, tariff,
banking, industrial growth particularly
following the Civil War, democratic reform,
foreign relations. Biographical study. Map
work.
Physics The standard college preparatory course in
Physics, dealing with the phenomena of
mechanics, heat, electricity, sound, and
light. Lectures, recitations and sufficient
laboratory experiments to meet the college
entrance requirements. Mathematical prob-
lems and discussion of practical applica-
tions. Special emphasis upon logical scien-
tific thinking to form correct habits for
college and later life.
BUSINESS SUBJECTS
These Courses provide excellent preparation for colleges
of Business Administration and valuable practical training.
Economics A study of the principles underlying our
economic order, and an attempt to recognize
and evaluate the economic implications of
the pressing political and social problems
of today; such as, banking, credit, distribu-
tion of wealth, domestic and foreign trade,
labor problems, etc.
- 34 -
Business The principles of business law, including
Law contracts, sales, negotiable instruments,
agency, partnerships and corporations. A
good introduction to the study of law.
Bookkeeping This course covers the bookkeeping cycle
with emphasis on the theory of adjustments
at the close of the fiscal period. An at-
tempt is made to equip the student with a
solid basis for the study of college accounting.
Business An intensive review of the fundamentals
Arithmetic of basic arithmetic: addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division; and especial
attention given to percentage and discount.
An attempt is made to develop arithmetic
reasoning in the solving of problems.
Commerce A study of the natural resources of the
and World and of their importance to the
Industry development of commerce and industry.
Particular attention is given to the economic
growth of countries, and to the inter-
dependence of nations. A second semester
report is required in which the student is
to apply the content of the course to a
practical situation.
- 35 -
FINANCIAL
The Tuition Rate for all students enrolled in a regular
schedule (four or more subjects) is $450 payable as follows:
On or before the opening day of School. . . $150.
November 1 $150.
February 1 $100.
April 1 $ 50.
Total $450.
Fees A registration fee of $5 is due from all new
students when a place is reserved. When
once paid, it will not be refunded.
When an applicant enrolls in the School, it
is understood, unless otherwise specified,
that he enrolls for the entire year.
The only other fee is that required of
graduates; namely, ten dollars, to cover a
portion of the graduation expenses. This
includes the cost of the diploma. There are
no other fees such as laboratory fees,
athletic fees, mechanical drawing fees, etc.
In other words, the tuition charge for all
regular students covers all school expenses
except books and supplies.
Special Because of the flexible schedule in the
Students Huntington School those who so desire may
generally enroll in separate subjects. Stu-
dents so enrolled, provided not more than
three subjects are pursued, are classified as
special students. Rates charged are on the
basis of the schedule taken.
Charges for The School will not assume responsibility for
Medical injuries received or for expense incurred because
Attention of necessary medical attention in connection
with participation in athletics.
- 36 -
All financial obligations to the School must be met when
due. A diploma cannot be awarded or credit given for
work done in the School in any case where there is money
due for tuition or supplies.
Scholarships
The Trustees of the School believe that a frank statement
should be made in regard to scholarships.
At the Huntington School the class groups are small, the
teachers are experienced and especially trained for work in
the college preparatory field, and the program is unusually
comprehensive. The School has one of the largest and best
equipped plants of any private day school in Greater Boston.
Because of these facts, it is expected that all who are able to
pay the full tuition shall do so.
The Trustees of the School are aware, however, that
certain boys of good character, who have the qualities that
the colleges expect to find in those whom they accept, need
some financial assistance in order that they may further
prepare themselves for entrance to some higher institution
of learning. Because of this, a sum of money has been set
aside for the purpose of making available to such boys
Trustee Scholarships amounting to not more than $150
each. These scholarships are awarded on the basis of
character, previous school record, real financial need, and
the probability of success in college. In view of the fact
that the number of such scholarships is limited, applications
for them are considered in the order received. A personal
interview with the Headmaster of the School is required by
each applicant who is in need of financial assistance. De-
tailed information in regard to one's financial situation may
be asked for.
The Huntington School is glad to extend to the sons of
clergymen, teachers and social workers the privilege of
accepting a special tuition rate. Obviously, boys so classified
must also meet the usual scholastic and character qualifica-
tions.
- 37 -
The School reserves the right to discontinue financial aid
to any boy whose record is in any respect unsatisfactory.
Refunds
The School assumes the obligation of carrying the student
throughout the year. Instruction and accommodations are
provided on a yearly basis; therefore no refunds are granted
except in cases where students are compelled to withdraw
on account of personal illness.
References
Applicants for admission to the Huntington School must
furnish the names of two persons, not relatives, who are able
to vouch for the character and ability of the student and the
financial responsibility of the parent.
The School is always pleased to refer those who inquire
to parents, alumni, or educators, who are thoroughly fa-
miliar with the work of the School. Names and addresses
will be furnished upon request.
Most of our students come to us through the recommenda-
tion of former students and their parents and of college
deans.
38 -
HUNTINGTON SUMMER SCHOOL
Each year, the School conducts a Summer Session beginning
about the first of July and ending about the first of Sep-
tember.
The Huntington Summer School was established in 1912
and since that time has prepared a large number of students
for entrance to the New England colleges and others outside
this area.
The aim of the School is to provide tutoring and class
instruction for those who are conditioned in grammar
school, high school or college entrance subjects; for those
who wish to complete a four-year high school course in three
years; and for those who wish to make special preparation
for entrance examinations to New England colleges.
The program of work includes all the courses accepted for
admission by colleges, together with work usually given in
the eighth grade.
The teaching force is made up of the men of the regular
school faculty.
The Summer Session is co-educational.
The classes are small. The program of work is so ar-
ranged that a year's work in any course, as ordinarily
counted by high schools, is completed during the Summer
Session. Students who elect work which they have not be-
fore attempted usually pursue only one or two courses.
Those who are reviewing are limited only to the amount of
work that they can do well.
Charces
The rate of tuition in the Summer School is as follows:
One subject $ 50.
Two subjects $ 90.
Three subjects $120.
Tuition is not refunded because of withdrawal or change of
schedule. A laboratory fee of $10 is charged all students
taking either Chemistry or Physics.
- 39 -
Each student pays a registration fee of $5 in addition to
the tuition rate. Fees are not refunded in case of with-
drawal. All fees are in addition to the regular tuition
charge.
The charge for individual tutoring is $2.50 an hour.
Three-fifths of the tuition is due upon entrance, plus the
registration fee. The balance, including laboratory fees, is
due on August first.
A special circular of this School will be forwarded upon
request.
40-
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS
During the Year 1939-40, students were enrolled in the
Huntington School from the towns and cities listed below:
Abington
Greenfield
Newton
Allston
Hanover
Norwood
Arlington
Hyde Park
Peabody
Belmont
Jamaica Plain
Revere
Beverly
Lawrence
Roslindale
Boston
Lexington
Roxbury
Brighton
Lowell
Somerville
Brockton
Lynn
Stoughton
Brookline
Lynnfield
Wakefield
Cambridge
Maiden
Watettown
Camden, Maine
Marlboro
Webster
Canton
Mattapan
Wellesley
Chelsea
Medford
West Roxbury
Chestnut Hill
Melrose
Weston
Dedham
Middleboro
Westwood
Dorchester
Milton
Wh. Riv. Jet., Vt,
Everett
Needham
Woburn
Gloucester
Wollaston
- 41 -
COLLEGES WHICH HUNTINGTON
GRADUATES HAVE ENTERED
Huntington sends approximately sixty boys to college each
year. During recent years, graduates of the School have
entered the following institutions of higher education:
Acadia University
Amherst College
Babson Institute
Bates College
Boston College
Boston University
Bowdoin College
Brown University
Cambridge University (England)
Clark University
Colby College
Colgate University
College of William and Mary
Columbia University
Cornell University
Dartmouth College
Duke University
Fordham University
Franklin and Marshall College
Georgia School of Technology
Gettysburg College
Harvard University
Holy Cross College
Lehigh University
Lowell Textile Institute
Mass. College of Pharmacy
Mass. Institute of Technology
Mass. School of Optometry
Mass. State College
Miami University
Michigan State College
Middlebury College
N. E. Conservatory of Music
Nichols Junior College
North Carolina State College
Northeastern University
Norwich University
Oberlin College
Ohio State University
Penn. Military College
Penn. State College
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Pvhode Island State College
Springfield College
Syracuse University
Temple University
Tufts College
U. S. Coast Guard Academy
U. S. Military Academy
U. S. Naval Academy
Union College
University of Alabama
University of Colorado
University of Illinois
University of Iowa
University of Kansas
University of Maine
University of Michigan
University of New Hampshire
University of Notre Dame
University of Pennsylvania
University of Vermont
Virginia Military Institute
Washington and Lee University
Wesleyan University
Western Maryland College
Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Yale University
- 42 -
General Scholarship Fund
We feel that it is the duty of every college preparatory
school to make some contribution towards the education of
worthy boys who have the ability to go to college and who
should, as a matter of fact, have a college training. We
feel that there are many among the alumni and friends of
the School who are glad to help such boys by making con-
tributions to a general scholarship fund. Such contribu-
tions should be sent to the school office and checks should be
made payable to the Huntington School.
Form of Bequest
While it is not necessary, it would be appreciated if those
contemplating gifts or bequests would confer with the
Headmaster of the School regarding the needs of the School
before legal papers are drawn.
Funds given to the School should be left in the following
manner:
"I give and bequeath to the Huntington School for Boys
the sum of dollars."
- 43 -
HUNTINGTON SCHOOL FOR BOYS
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
Applicant's full name
(First Name)
Home address
(Middle Name)
(Last Name)
Date of birth
Place of birth
Father's name
Father's occupation
Business address
Home telephone
Business tel.
Religious preference
Condition of health
College you wish to enter
When?
Schools attended
Name and address of two persons not connected with youT
family, to whom we can refer.
Name
Address
Name
Address
Date
Signed
Parent or Guardian
NOTE: A registration fee of $5.00 must accompany this application.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES DUPL
3 9358 01114039 6
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
3 9358 01114039 6